YQ Connector: support managed ClickHouse

Со стороны dqrun можно обратиться к инстансу коннектора, который работает на streaming стенде, и извлечь данные из облачного CH.

92 files changed, 37472 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/APFixedPoint.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/APFixedPoint.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b93f744a3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/APFixedPoint.h
@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- APFixedPoint.h - Fixed point constant handling -----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// Defines the fixed point number interface.
+/// This is a class for abstracting various operations performed on fixed point
+/// types.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_APFIXEDPOINT_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_APFIXEDPOINT_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+class APFloat;
+struct fltSemantics;
+
+/// The fixed point semantics work similarly to fltSemantics. The width
+/// specifies the whole bit width of the underlying scaled integer (with padding
+/// if any). The scale represents the number of fractional bits in this type.
+/// When HasUnsignedPadding is true and this type is unsigned, the first bit
+/// in the value this represents is treated as padding.
+class FixedPointSemantics {
+public:
+  FixedPointSemantics(unsigned Width, unsigned Scale, bool IsSigned,
+                      bool IsSaturated, bool HasUnsignedPadding)
+      : Width(Width), Scale(Scale), IsSigned(IsSigned),
+        IsSaturated(IsSaturated), HasUnsignedPadding(HasUnsignedPadding) {
+    assert(Width >= Scale && "Not enough room for the scale");
+    assert(!(IsSigned && HasUnsignedPadding) &&
+           "Cannot have unsigned padding on a signed type.");
+  }
+
+  unsigned getWidth() const { return Width; }
+  unsigned getScale() const { return Scale; }
+  bool isSigned() const { return IsSigned; }
+  bool isSaturated() const { return IsSaturated; }
+  bool hasUnsignedPadding() const { return HasUnsignedPadding; }
+
+  void setSaturated(bool Saturated) { IsSaturated = Saturated; }
+
+  /// Return the number of integral bits represented by these semantics. These
+  /// are separate from the fractional bits and do not include the sign or
+  /// padding bit.
+  unsigned getIntegralBits() const {
+    if (IsSigned || (!IsSigned && HasUnsignedPadding))
+      return Width - Scale - 1;
+    else
+      return Width - Scale;
+  }
+
+  /// Return the FixedPointSemantics that allows for calculating the full
+  /// precision semantic that can precisely represent the precision and ranges
+  /// of both input values. This does not compute the resulting semantics for a
+  /// given binary operation.
+  FixedPointSemantics
+  getCommonSemantics(const FixedPointSemantics &Other) const;
+
+  /// Returns true if this fixed-point semantic with its value bits interpreted
+  /// as an integer can fit in the given floating point semantic without
+  /// overflowing to infinity.
+  /// For example, a signed 8-bit fixed-point semantic has a maximum and
+  /// minimum integer representation of 127 and -128, respectively. If both of
+  /// these values can be represented (possibly inexactly) in the floating
+  /// point semantic without overflowing, this returns true.
+  bool fitsInFloatSemantics(const fltSemantics &FloatSema) const;
+
+  /// Return the FixedPointSemantics for an integer type.
+  static FixedPointSemantics GetIntegerSemantics(unsigned Width,
+                                                 bool IsSigned) {
+    return FixedPointSemantics(Width, /*Scale=*/0, IsSigned,
+                               /*IsSaturated=*/false,
+                               /*HasUnsignedPadding=*/false);
+  }
+
+private:
+  unsigned Width          : 16;
+  unsigned Scale          : 13;
+  unsigned IsSigned       : 1;
+  unsigned IsSaturated    : 1;
+  unsigned HasUnsignedPadding : 1;
+};
+
+/// The APFixedPoint class works similarly to APInt/APSInt in that it is a
+/// functional replacement for a scaled integer. It is meant to replicate the
+/// fixed point types proposed in ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. The class carries
+/// info about the fixed point type's width, sign, scale, and saturation, and
+/// provides different operations that would normally be performed on fixed point
+/// types.
+class APFixedPoint {
+public:
+  APFixedPoint(const APInt &Val, const FixedPointSemantics &Sema)
+      : Val(Val, !Sema.isSigned()), Sema(Sema) {
+    assert(Val.getBitWidth() == Sema.getWidth() &&
+           "The value should have a bit width that matches the Sema width");
+  }
+
+  APFixedPoint(uint64_t Val, const FixedPointSemantics &Sema)
+      : APFixedPoint(APInt(Sema.getWidth(), Val, Sema.isSigned()), Sema) {}
+
+  // Zero initialization.
+  APFixedPoint(const FixedPointSemantics &Sema) : APFixedPoint(0, Sema) {}
+
+  APSInt getValue() const { return APSInt(Val, !Sema.isSigned()); }
+  inline unsigned getWidth() const { return Sema.getWidth(); }
+  inline unsigned getScale() const { return Sema.getScale(); }
+  inline bool isSaturated() const { return Sema.isSaturated(); }
+  inline bool isSigned() const { return Sema.isSigned(); }
+  inline bool hasPadding() const { return Sema.hasUnsignedPadding(); }
+  FixedPointSemantics getSemantics() const { return Sema; }
+
+  bool getBoolValue() const { return Val.getBoolValue(); }
+
+  // Convert this number to match the semantics provided. If the overflow
+  // parameter is provided, set this value to true or false to indicate if this
+  // operation results in an overflow.
+  APFixedPoint convert(const FixedPointSemantics &DstSema,
+                       bool *Overflow = nullptr) const;
+
+  // Perform binary operations on a fixed point type. The resulting fixed point
+  // value will be in the common, full precision semantics that can represent
+  // the precision and ranges of both input values. See convert() for an
+  // explanation of the Overflow parameter.
+  APFixedPoint add(const APFixedPoint &Other, bool *Overflow = nullptr) const;
+  APFixedPoint sub(const APFixedPoint &Other, bool *Overflow = nullptr) const;
+  APFixedPoint mul(const APFixedPoint &Other, bool *Overflow = nullptr) const;
+  APFixedPoint div(const APFixedPoint &Other, bool *Overflow = nullptr) const;
+
+  // Perform shift operations on a fixed point type. Unlike the other binary
+  // operations, the resulting fixed point value will be in the original
+  // semantic.
+  APFixedPoint shl(unsigned Amt, bool *Overflow = nullptr) const;
+  APFixedPoint shr(unsigned Amt, bool *Overflow = nullptr) const {
+    // Right shift cannot overflow.
+    if (Overflow)
+      *Overflow = false;
+    return APFixedPoint(Val >> Amt, Sema);
+  }
+
+  /// Perform a unary negation (-X) on this fixed point type, taking into
+  /// account saturation if applicable.
+  APFixedPoint negate(bool *Overflow = nullptr) const;
+
+  /// Return the integral part of this fixed point number, rounded towards
+  /// zero. (-2.5k -> -2)
+  APSInt getIntPart() const {
+    if (Val < 0 && Val != -Val) // Cover the case when we have the min val
+      return -(-Val >> getScale());
+    else
+      return Val >> getScale();
+  }
+
+  /// Return the integral part of this fixed point number, rounded towards
+  /// zero. The value is stored into an APSInt with the provided width and sign.
+  /// If the overflow parameter is provided, and the integral value is not able
+  /// to be fully stored in the provided width and sign, the overflow parameter
+  /// is set to true.
+  APSInt convertToInt(unsigned DstWidth, bool DstSign,
+                      bool *Overflow = nullptr) const;
+
+  /// Convert this fixed point number to a floating point value with the
+  /// provided semantics.
+  APFloat convertToFloat(const fltSemantics &FloatSema) const;
+
+  void toString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str) const;
+  std::string toString() const {
+    SmallString<40> S;
+    toString(S);
+    return std::string(S.str());
+  }
+
+  // If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If LHS < RHS, return -1.
+  int compare(const APFixedPoint &Other) const;
+  bool operator==(const APFixedPoint &Other) const {
+    return compare(Other) == 0;
+  }
+  bool operator!=(const APFixedPoint &Other) const {
+    return compare(Other) != 0;
+  }
+  bool operator>(const APFixedPoint &Other) const { return compare(Other) > 0; }
+  bool operator<(const APFixedPoint &Other) const { return compare(Other) < 0; }
+  bool operator>=(const APFixedPoint &Other) const {
+    return compare(Other) >= 0;
+  }
+  bool operator<=(const APFixedPoint &Other) const {
+    return compare(Other) <= 0;
+  }
+
+  static APFixedPoint getMax(const FixedPointSemantics &Sema);
+  static APFixedPoint getMin(const FixedPointSemantics &Sema);
+
+  /// Given a floating point semantic, return the next floating point semantic
+  /// with a larger exponent and larger or equal mantissa.
+  static const fltSemantics *promoteFloatSemantics(const fltSemantics *S);
+
+  /// Create an APFixedPoint with a value equal to that of the provided integer,
+  /// and in the same semantics as the provided target semantics. If the value
+  /// is not able to fit in the specified fixed point semantics, and the
+  /// overflow parameter is provided, it is set to true.
+  static APFixedPoint getFromIntValue(const APSInt &Value,
+                                      const FixedPointSemantics &DstFXSema,
+                                      bool *Overflow = nullptr);
+
+  /// Create an APFixedPoint with a value equal to that of the provided
+  /// floating point value, in the provided target semantics. If the value is
+  /// not able to fit in the specified fixed point semantics and the overflow
+  /// parameter is specified, it is set to true.
+  /// For NaN, the Overflow flag is always set. For +inf and -inf, if the
+  /// semantic is saturating, the value saturates. Otherwise, the Overflow flag
+  /// is set.
+  static APFixedPoint getFromFloatValue(const APFloat &Value,
+                                        const FixedPointSemantics &DstFXSema,
+                                        bool *Overflow = nullptr);
+
+private:
+  APSInt Val;
+  FixedPointSemantics Sema;
+};
+
+inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const APFixedPoint &FX) {
+  OS << FX.toString();
+  return OS;
+}
+
+} // namespace llvm
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/APFloat.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/APFloat.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3fee3bba7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/APFloat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1354 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/APFloat.h - Arbitrary Precision Floating Point ---*- C++ -*-==//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file declares a class to represent arbitrary precision floating point
+/// values and provide a variety of arithmetic operations on them.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_APFLOAT_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_APFLOAT_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/FloatingPointMode.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
+#include <memory>
+
+#define APFLOAT_DISPATCH_ON_SEMANTICS(METHOD_CALL)                             \
+  do {                                                                         \
+    if (usesLayout<IEEEFloat>(getSemantics()))                                 \
+      return U.IEEE.METHOD_CALL;                                               \
+    if (usesLayout<DoubleAPFloat>(getSemantics()))                             \
+      return U.Double.METHOD_CALL;                                             \
+    llvm_unreachable("Unexpected semantics");                                  \
+  } while (false)
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+struct fltSemantics;
+class APSInt;
+class StringRef;
+class APFloat;
+class raw_ostream;
+
+template <typename T> class Expected;
+template <typename T> class SmallVectorImpl;
+
+/// Enum that represents what fraction of the LSB truncated bits of an fp number
+/// represent.
+///
+/// This essentially combines the roles of guard and sticky bits.
+enum lostFraction { // Example of truncated bits:
+  lfExactlyZero,    // 000000
+  lfLessThanHalf,   // 0xxxxx  x's not all zero
+  lfExactlyHalf,    // 100000
+  lfMoreThanHalf    // 1xxxxx  x's not all zero
+};
+
+/// A self-contained host- and target-independent arbitrary-precision
+/// floating-point software implementation.
+///
+/// APFloat uses bignum integer arithmetic as provided by static functions in
+/// the APInt class.  The library will work with bignum integers whose parts are
+/// any unsigned type at least 16 bits wide, but 64 bits is recommended.
+///
+/// Written for clarity rather than speed, in particular with a view to use in
+/// the front-end of a cross compiler so that target arithmetic can be correctly
+/// performed on the host.  Performance should nonetheless be reasonable,
+/// particularly for its intended use.  It may be useful as a base
+/// implementation for a run-time library during development of a faster
+/// target-specific one.
+///
+/// All 5 rounding modes in the IEEE-754R draft are handled correctly for all
+/// implemented operations.  Currently implemented operations are add, subtract,
+/// multiply, divide, fused-multiply-add, conversion-to-float,
+/// conversion-to-integer and conversion-from-integer.  New rounding modes
+/// (e.g. away from zero) can be added with three or four lines of code.
+///
+/// Four formats are built-in: IEEE single precision, double precision,
+/// quadruple precision, and x87 80-bit extended double (when operating with
+/// full extended precision).  Adding a new format that obeys IEEE semantics
+/// only requires adding two lines of code: a declaration and definition of the
+/// format.
+///
+/// All operations return the status of that operation as an exception bit-mask,
+/// so multiple operations can be done consecutively with their results or-ed
+/// together.  The returned status can be useful for compiler diagnostics; e.g.,
+/// inexact, underflow and overflow can be easily diagnosed on constant folding,
+/// and compiler optimizers can determine what exceptions would be raised by
+/// folding operations and optimize, or perhaps not optimize, accordingly.
+///
+/// At present, underflow tininess is detected after rounding; it should be
+/// straight forward to add support for the before-rounding case too.
+///
+/// The library reads hexadecimal floating point numbers as per C99, and
+/// correctly rounds if necessary according to the specified rounding mode.
+/// Syntax is required to have been validated by the caller.  It also converts
+/// floating point numbers to hexadecimal text as per the C99 %a and %A
+/// conversions.  The output precision (or alternatively the natural minimal
+/// precision) can be specified; if the requested precision is less than the
+/// natural precision the output is correctly rounded for the specified rounding
+/// mode.
+///
+/// It also reads decimal floating point numbers and correctly rounds according
+/// to the specified rounding mode.
+///
+/// Conversion to decimal text is not currently implemented.
+///
+/// Non-zero finite numbers are represented internally as a sign bit, a 16-bit
+/// signed exponent, and the significand as an array of integer parts.  After
+/// normalization of a number of precision P the exponent is within the range of
+/// the format, and if the number is not denormal the P-th bit of the
+/// significand is set as an explicit integer bit.  For denormals the most
+/// significant bit is shifted right so that the exponent is maintained at the
+/// format's minimum, so that the smallest denormal has just the least
+/// significant bit of the significand set.  The sign of zeroes and infinities
+/// is significant; the exponent and significand of such numbers is not stored,
+/// but has a known implicit (deterministic) value: 0 for the significands, 0
+/// for zero exponent, all 1 bits for infinity exponent.  For NaNs the sign and
+/// significand are deterministic, although not really meaningful, and preserved
+/// in non-conversion operations.  The exponent is implicitly all 1 bits.
+///
+/// APFloat does not provide any exception handling beyond default exception
+/// handling. We represent Signaling NaNs via IEEE-754R 2008 6.2.1 should clause
+/// by encoding Signaling NaNs with the first bit of its trailing significand as
+/// 0.
+///
+/// TODO
+/// ====
+///
+/// Some features that may or may not be worth adding:
+///
+/// Binary to decimal conversion (hard).
+///
+/// Optional ability to detect underflow tininess before rounding.
+///
+/// New formats: x87 in single and double precision mode (IEEE apart from
+/// extended exponent range) (hard).
+///
+/// New operations: sqrt, IEEE remainder, C90 fmod, nexttoward.
+///
+
+// This is the common type definitions shared by APFloat and its internal
+// implementation classes. This struct should not define any non-static data
+// members.
+struct APFloatBase {
+  typedef APInt::WordType integerPart;
+  static constexpr unsigned integerPartWidth = APInt::APINT_BITS_PER_WORD;
+
+  /// A signed type to represent a floating point numbers unbiased exponent.
+  typedef int32_t ExponentType;
+
+  /// \name Floating Point Semantics.
+  /// @{
+  enum Semantics {
+    S_IEEEhalf,
+    S_BFloat,
+    S_IEEEsingle,
+    S_IEEEdouble,
+    S_x87DoubleExtended,
+    S_IEEEquad,
+    S_PPCDoubleDouble
+  };
+
+  static const llvm::fltSemantics &EnumToSemantics(Semantics S);
+  static Semantics SemanticsToEnum(const llvm::fltSemantics &Sem);
+
+  static const fltSemantics &IEEEhalf() LLVM_READNONE;
+  static const fltSemantics &BFloat() LLVM_READNONE;
+  static const fltSemantics &IEEEsingle() LLVM_READNONE;
+  static const fltSemantics &IEEEdouble() LLVM_READNONE;
+  static const fltSemantics &IEEEquad() LLVM_READNONE;
+  static const fltSemantics &PPCDoubleDouble() LLVM_READNONE;
+  static const fltSemantics &x87DoubleExtended() LLVM_READNONE;
+
+  /// A Pseudo fltsemantic used to construct APFloats that cannot conflict with
+  /// anything real.
+  static const fltSemantics &Bogus() LLVM_READNONE;
+
+  /// @}
+
+  /// IEEE-754R 5.11: Floating Point Comparison Relations.
+  enum cmpResult {
+    cmpLessThan,
+    cmpEqual,
+    cmpGreaterThan,
+    cmpUnordered
+  };
+
+  /// IEEE-754R 4.3: Rounding-direction attributes.
+  using roundingMode = llvm::RoundingMode;
+
+  static constexpr roundingMode rmNearestTiesToEven =
+                                                RoundingMode::NearestTiesToEven;
+  static constexpr roundingMode rmTowardPositive = RoundingMode::TowardPositive;
+  static constexpr roundingMode rmTowardNegative = RoundingMode::TowardNegative;
+  static constexpr roundingMode rmTowardZero     = RoundingMode::TowardZero;
+  static constexpr roundingMode rmNearestTiesToAway =
+                                                RoundingMode::NearestTiesToAway;
+
+  /// IEEE-754R 7: Default exception handling.
+  ///
+  /// opUnderflow or opOverflow are always returned or-ed with opInexact.
+  ///
+  /// APFloat models this behavior specified by IEEE-754:
+  ///   "For operations producing results in floating-point format, the default
+  ///    result of an operation that signals the invalid operation exception
+  ///    shall be a quiet NaN."
+  enum opStatus {
+    opOK = 0x00,
+    opInvalidOp = 0x01,
+    opDivByZero = 0x02,
+    opOverflow = 0x04,
+    opUnderflow = 0x08,
+    opInexact = 0x10
+  };
+
+  /// Category of internally-represented number.
+  enum fltCategory {
+    fcInfinity,
+    fcNaN,
+    fcNormal,
+    fcZero
+  };
+
+  /// Convenience enum used to construct an uninitialized APFloat.
+  enum uninitializedTag {
+    uninitialized
+  };
+
+  /// Enumeration of \c ilogb error results.
+  enum IlogbErrorKinds {
+    IEK_Zero = INT_MIN + 1,
+    IEK_NaN = INT_MIN,
+    IEK_Inf = INT_MAX
+  };
+
+  static unsigned int semanticsPrecision(const fltSemantics &);
+  static ExponentType semanticsMinExponent(const fltSemantics &);
+  static ExponentType semanticsMaxExponent(const fltSemantics &);
+  static unsigned int semanticsSizeInBits(const fltSemantics &);
+
+  /// Returns the size of the floating point number (in bits) in the given
+  /// semantics.
+  static unsigned getSizeInBits(const fltSemantics &Sem);
+};
+
+namespace detail {
+
+class IEEEFloat final : public APFloatBase {
+public:
+  /// \name Constructors
+  /// @{
+
+  IEEEFloat(const fltSemantics &); // Default construct to +0.0
+  IEEEFloat(const fltSemantics &, integerPart);
+  IEEEFloat(const fltSemantics &, uninitializedTag);
+  IEEEFloat(const fltSemantics &, const APInt &);
+  explicit IEEEFloat(double d);
+  explicit IEEEFloat(float f);
+  IEEEFloat(const IEEEFloat &);
+  IEEEFloat(IEEEFloat &&);
+  ~IEEEFloat();
+
+  /// @}
+
+  /// Returns whether this instance allocated memory.
+  bool needsCleanup() const { return partCount() > 1; }
+
+  /// \name Convenience "constructors"
+  /// @{
+
+  /// @}
+
+  /// \name Arithmetic
+  /// @{
+
+  opStatus add(const IEEEFloat &, roundingMode);
+  opStatus subtract(const IEEEFloat &, roundingMode);
+  opStatus multiply(const IEEEFloat &, roundingMode);
+  opStatus divide(const IEEEFloat &, roundingMode);
+  /// IEEE remainder.
+  opStatus remainder(const IEEEFloat &);
+  /// C fmod, or llvm frem.
+  opStatus mod(const IEEEFloat &);
+  opStatus fusedMultiplyAdd(const IEEEFloat &, const IEEEFloat &, roundingMode);
+  opStatus roundToIntegral(roundingMode);
+  /// IEEE-754R 5.3.1: nextUp/nextDown.
+  opStatus next(bool nextDown);
+
+  /// @}
+
+  /// \name Sign operations.
+  /// @{
+
+  void changeSign();
+
+  /// @}
+
+  /// \name Conversions
+  /// @{
+
+  opStatus convert(const fltSemantics &, roundingMode, bool *);
+  opStatus convertToInteger(MutableArrayRef<integerPart>, unsigned int, bool,
+                            roundingMode, bool *) const;
+  opStatus convertFromAPInt(const APInt &, bool, roundingMode);
+  opStatus convertFromSignExtendedInteger(const integerPart *, unsigned int,
+                                          bool, roundingMode);
+  opStatus convertFromZeroExtendedInteger(const integerPart *, unsigned int,
+                                          bool, roundingMode);
+  Expected<opStatus> convertFromString(StringRef, roundingMode);
+  APInt bitcastToAPInt() const;
+  double convertToDouble() const;
+  float convertToFloat() const;
+
+  /// @}
+
+  /// The definition of equality is not straightforward for floating point, so
+  /// we won't use operator==.  Use one of the following, or write whatever it
+  /// is you really mean.
+  bool operator==(const IEEEFloat &) const = delete;
+
+  /// IEEE comparison with another floating point number (NaNs compare
+  /// unordered, 0==-0).
+  cmpResult compare(const IEEEFloat &) const;
+
+  /// Bitwise comparison for equality (QNaNs compare equal, 0!=-0).
+  bool bitwiseIsEqual(const IEEEFloat &) const;
+
+  /// Write out a hexadecimal representation of the floating point value to DST,
+  /// which must be of sufficient size, in the C99 form [-]0xh.hhhhp[+-]d.
+  /// Return the number of characters written, excluding the terminating NUL.
+  unsigned int convertToHexString(char *dst, unsigned int hexDigits,
+                                  bool upperCase, roundingMode) const;
+
+  /// \name IEEE-754R 5.7.2 General operations.
+  /// @{
+
+  /// IEEE-754R isSignMinus: Returns true if and only if the current value is
+  /// negative.
+  ///
+  /// This applies to zeros and NaNs as well.
+  bool isNegative() const { return sign; }
+
+  /// IEEE-754R isNormal: Returns true if and only if the current value is normal.
+  ///
+  /// This implies that the current value of the float is not zero, subnormal,
+  /// infinite, or NaN following the definition of normality from IEEE-754R.
+  bool isNormal() const { return !isDenormal() && isFiniteNonZero(); }
+
+  /// Returns true if and only if the current value is zero, subnormal, or
+  /// normal.
+  ///
+  /// This means that the value is not infinite or NaN.
+  bool isFinite() const { return !isNaN() && !isInfinity(); }
+
+  /// Returns true if and only if the float is plus or minus zero.
+  bool isZero() const { return category == fcZero; }
+
+  /// IEEE-754R isSubnormal(): Returns true if and only if the float is a
+  /// denormal.
+  bool isDenormal() const;
+
+  /// IEEE-754R isInfinite(): Returns true if and only if the float is infinity.
+  bool isInfinity() const { return category == fcInfinity; }
+
+  /// Returns true if and only if the float is a quiet or signaling NaN.
+  bool isNaN() const { return category == fcNaN; }
+
+  /// Returns true if and only if the float is a signaling NaN.
+  bool isSignaling() const;
+
+  /// @}
+
+  /// \name Simple Queries
+  /// @{
+
+  fltCategory getCategory() const { return category; }
+  const fltSemantics &getSemantics() const { return *semantics; }
+  bool isNonZero() const { return category != fcZero; }
+  bool isFiniteNonZero() const { return isFinite() && !isZero(); }
+  bool isPosZero() const { return isZero() && !isNegative(); }
+  bool isNegZero() const { return isZero() && isNegative(); }
+
+  /// Returns true if and only if the number has the smallest possible non-zero
+  /// magnitude in the current semantics.
+  bool isSmallest() const;
+
+  /// Returns true if and only if the number has the largest possible finite
+  /// magnitude in the current semantics.
+  bool isLargest() const;
+
+  /// Returns true if and only if the number is an exact integer.
+  bool isInteger() const;
+
+  /// @}
+
+  IEEEFloat &operator=(const IEEEFloat &);
+  IEEEFloat &operator=(IEEEFloat &&);
+
+  /// Overload to compute a hash code for an APFloat value.
+  ///
+  /// Note that the use of hash codes for floating point values is in general
+  /// frought with peril. Equality is hard to define for these values. For
+  /// example, should negative and positive zero hash to different codes? Are
+  /// they equal or not? This hash value implementation specifically
+  /// emphasizes producing different codes for different inputs in order to
+  /// be used in canonicalization and memoization. As such, equality is
+  /// bitwiseIsEqual, and 0 != -0.
+  friend hash_code hash_value(const IEEEFloat &Arg);
+
+  /// Converts this value into a decimal string.
+  ///
+  /// \param FormatPrecision The maximum number of digits of
+  ///   precision to output.  If there are fewer digits available,
+  ///   zero padding will not be used unless the value is
+  ///   integral and small enough to be expressed in
+  ///   FormatPrecision digits.  0 means to use the natural
+  ///   precision of the number.
+  /// \param FormatMaxPadding The maximum number of zeros to
+  ///   consider inserting before falling back to scientific
+  ///   notation.  0 means to always use scientific notation.
+  ///
+  /// \param TruncateZero Indicate whether to remove the trailing zero in
+  ///   fraction part or not. Also setting this parameter to false forcing
+  ///   producing of output more similar to default printf behavior.
+  ///   Specifically the lower e is used as exponent delimiter and exponent
+  ///   always contains no less than two digits.
+  ///
+  /// Number       Precision    MaxPadding      Result
+  /// ------       ---------    ----------      ------
+  /// 1.01E+4              5             2       10100
+  /// 1.01E+4              4             2       1.01E+4
+  /// 1.01E+4              5             1       1.01E+4
+  /// 1.01E-2              5             2       0.0101
+  /// 1.01E-2              4             2       0.0101
+  /// 1.01E-2              4             1       1.01E-2
+  void toString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, unsigned FormatPrecision = 0,
+                unsigned FormatMaxPadding = 3, bool TruncateZero = true) const;
+
+  /// If this value has an exact multiplicative inverse, store it in inv and
+  /// return true.
+  bool getExactInverse(APFloat *inv) const;
+
+  /// Returns the exponent of the internal representation of the APFloat.
+  ///
+  /// Because the radix of APFloat is 2, this is equivalent to floor(log2(x)).
+  /// For special APFloat values, this returns special error codes:
+  ///
+  ///   NaN -> \c IEK_NaN
+  ///   0   -> \c IEK_Zero
+  ///   Inf -> \c IEK_Inf
+  ///
+  friend int ilogb(const IEEEFloat &Arg);
+
+  /// Returns: X * 2^Exp for integral exponents.
+  friend IEEEFloat scalbn(IEEEFloat X, int Exp, roundingMode);
+
+  friend IEEEFloat frexp(const IEEEFloat &X, int &Exp, roundingMode);
+
+  /// \name Special value setters.
+  /// @{
+
+  void makeLargest(bool Neg = false);
+  void makeSmallest(bool Neg = false);
+  void makeNaN(bool SNaN = false, bool Neg = false,
+               const APInt *fill = nullptr);
+  void makeInf(bool Neg = false);
+  void makeZero(bool Neg = false);
+  void makeQuiet();
+
+  /// Returns the smallest (by magnitude) normalized finite number in the given
+  /// semantics.
+  ///
+  /// \param Negative - True iff the number should be negative
+  void makeSmallestNormalized(bool Negative = false);
+
+  /// @}
+
+  cmpResult compareAbsoluteValue(const IEEEFloat &) const;
+
+private:
+  /// \name Simple Queries
+  /// @{
+
+  integerPart *significandParts();
+  const integerPart *significandParts() const;
+  unsigned int partCount() const;
+
+  /// @}
+
+  /// \name Significand operations.
+  /// @{
+
+  integerPart addSignificand(const IEEEFloat &);
+  integerPart subtractSignificand(const IEEEFloat &, integerPart);
+  lostFraction addOrSubtractSignificand(const IEEEFloat &, bool subtract);
+  lostFraction multiplySignificand(const IEEEFloat &, IEEEFloat);
+  lostFraction multiplySignificand(const IEEEFloat&);
+  lostFraction divideSignificand(const IEEEFloat &);
+  void incrementSignificand();
+  void initialize(const fltSemantics *);
+  void shiftSignificandLeft(unsigned int);
+  lostFraction shiftSignificandRight(unsigned int);
+  unsigned int significandLSB() const;
+  unsigned int significandMSB() const;
+  void zeroSignificand();
+  /// Return true if the significand excluding the integral bit is all ones.
+  bool isSignificandAllOnes() const;
+  /// Return true if the significand excluding the integral bit is all zeros.
+  bool isSignificandAllZeros() const;
+
+  /// @}
+
+  /// \name Arithmetic on special values.
+  /// @{
+
+  opStatus addOrSubtractSpecials(const IEEEFloat &, bool subtract);
+  opStatus divideSpecials(const IEEEFloat &);
+  opStatus multiplySpecials(const IEEEFloat &);
+  opStatus modSpecials(const IEEEFloat &);
+  opStatus remainderSpecials(const IEEEFloat&);
+
+  /// @}
+
+  /// \name Miscellany
+  /// @{
+
+  bool convertFromStringSpecials(StringRef str);
+  opStatus normalize(roundingMode, lostFraction);
+  opStatus addOrSubtract(const IEEEFloat &, roundingMode, bool subtract);
+  opStatus handleOverflow(roundingMode);
+  bool roundAwayFromZero(roundingMode, lostFraction, unsigned int) const;
+  opStatus convertToSignExtendedInteger(MutableArrayRef<integerPart>,
+                                        unsigned int, bool, roundingMode,
+                                        bool *) const;
+  opStatus convertFromUnsignedParts(const integerPart *, unsigned int,
+                                    roundingMode);
+  Expected<opStatus> convertFromHexadecimalString(StringRef, roundingMode);
+  Expected<opStatus> convertFromDecimalString(StringRef, roundingMode);
+  char *convertNormalToHexString(char *, unsigned int, bool,
+                                 roundingMode) const;
+  opStatus roundSignificandWithExponent(const integerPart *, unsigned int, int,
+                                        roundingMode);
+  ExponentType exponentNaN() const;
+  ExponentType exponentInf() const;
+  ExponentType exponentZero() const;
+
+  /// @}
+
+  APInt convertHalfAPFloatToAPInt() const;
+  APInt convertBFloatAPFloatToAPInt() const;
+  APInt convertFloatAPFloatToAPInt() const;
+  APInt convertDoubleAPFloatToAPInt() const;
+  APInt convertQuadrupleAPFloatToAPInt() const;
+  APInt convertF80LongDoubleAPFloatToAPInt() const;
+  APInt convertPPCDoubleDoubleAPFloatToAPInt() const;
+  void initFromAPInt(const fltSemantics *Sem, const APInt &api);
+  void initFromHalfAPInt(const APInt &api);
+  void initFromBFloatAPInt(const APInt &api);
+  void initFromFloatAPInt(const APInt &api);
+  void initFromDoubleAPInt(const APInt &api);
+  void initFromQuadrupleAPInt(const APInt &api);
+  void initFromF80LongDoubleAPInt(const APInt &api);
+  void initFromPPCDoubleDoubleAPInt(const APInt &api);
+
+  void assign(const IEEEFloat &);
+  void copySignificand(const IEEEFloat &);
+  void freeSignificand();
+
+  /// Note: this must be the first data member.
+  /// The semantics that this value obeys.
+  const fltSemantics *semantics;
+
+  /// A binary fraction with an explicit integer bit.
+  ///
+  /// The significand must be at least one bit wider than the target precision.
+  union Significand {
+    integerPart part;
+    integerPart *parts;
+  } significand;
+
+  /// The signed unbiased exponent of the value.
+  ExponentType exponent;
+
+  /// What kind of floating point number this is.
+  ///
+  /// Only 2 bits are required, but VisualStudio incorrectly sign extends it.
+  /// Using the extra bit keeps it from failing under VisualStudio.
+  fltCategory category : 3;
+
+  /// Sign bit of the number.
+  unsigned int sign : 1;
+};
+
+hash_code hash_value(const IEEEFloat &Arg);
+int ilogb(const IEEEFloat &Arg);
+IEEEFloat scalbn(IEEEFloat X, int Exp, IEEEFloat::roundingMode);
+IEEEFloat frexp(const IEEEFloat &Val, int &Exp, IEEEFloat::roundingMode RM);
+
+// This mode implements more precise float in terms of two APFloats.
+// The interface and layout is designed for arbitrary underlying semantics,
+// though currently only PPCDoubleDouble semantics are supported, whose
+// corresponding underlying semantics are IEEEdouble.
+class DoubleAPFloat final : public APFloatBase {
+  // Note: this must be the first data member.
+  const fltSemantics *Semantics;
+  std::unique_ptr<APFloat[]> Floats;
+
+  opStatus addImpl(const APFloat &a, const APFloat &aa, const APFloat &c,
+                   const APFloat &cc, roundingMode RM);
+
+  opStatus addWithSpecial(const DoubleAPFloat &LHS, const DoubleAPFloat &RHS,
+                          DoubleAPFloat &Out, roundingMode RM);
+
+public:
+  DoubleAPFloat(const fltSemantics &S);
+  DoubleAPFloat(const fltSemantics &S, uninitializedTag);
+  DoubleAPFloat(const fltSemantics &S, integerPart);
+  DoubleAPFloat(const fltSemantics &S, const APInt &I);
+  DoubleAPFloat(const fltSemantics &S, APFloat &&First, APFloat &&Second);
+  DoubleAPFloat(const DoubleAPFloat &RHS);
+  DoubleAPFloat(DoubleAPFloat &&RHS);
+
+  DoubleAPFloat &operator=(const DoubleAPFloat &RHS);
+
+  DoubleAPFloat &operator=(DoubleAPFloat &&RHS) {
+    if (this != &RHS) {
+      this->~DoubleAPFloat();
+      new (this) DoubleAPFloat(std::move(RHS));
+    }
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  bool needsCleanup() const { return Floats != nullptr; }
+
+  APFloat &getFirst() { return Floats[0]; }
+  const APFloat &getFirst() const { return Floats[0]; }
+  APFloat &getSecond() { return Floats[1]; }
+  const APFloat &getSecond() const { return Floats[1]; }
+
+  opStatus add(const DoubleAPFloat &RHS, roundingMode RM);
+  opStatus subtract(const DoubleAPFloat &RHS, roundingMode RM);
+  opStatus multiply(const DoubleAPFloat &RHS, roundingMode RM);
+  opStatus divide(const DoubleAPFloat &RHS, roundingMode RM);
+  opStatus remainder(const DoubleAPFloat &RHS);
+  opStatus mod(const DoubleAPFloat &RHS);
+  opStatus fusedMultiplyAdd(const DoubleAPFloat &Multiplicand,
+                            const DoubleAPFloat &Addend, roundingMode RM);
+  opStatus roundToIntegral(roundingMode RM);
+  void changeSign();
+  cmpResult compareAbsoluteValue(const DoubleAPFloat &RHS) const;
+
+  fltCategory getCategory() const;
+  bool isNegative() const;
+
+  void makeInf(bool Neg);
+  void makeZero(bool Neg);
+  void makeLargest(bool Neg);
+  void makeSmallest(bool Neg);
+  void makeSmallestNormalized(bool Neg);
+  void makeNaN(bool SNaN, bool Neg, const APInt *fill);
+
+  cmpResult compare(const DoubleAPFloat &RHS) const;
+  bool bitwiseIsEqual(const DoubleAPFloat &RHS) const;
+  APInt bitcastToAPInt() const;
+  Expected<opStatus> convertFromString(StringRef, roundingMode);
+  opStatus next(bool nextDown);
+
+  opStatus convertToInteger(MutableArrayRef<integerPart> Input,
+                            unsigned int Width, bool IsSigned, roundingMode RM,
+                            bool *IsExact) const;
+  opStatus convertFromAPInt(const APInt &Input, bool IsSigned, roundingMode RM);
+  opStatus convertFromSignExtendedInteger(const integerPart *Input,
+                                          unsigned int InputSize, bool IsSigned,
+                                          roundingMode RM);
+  opStatus convertFromZeroExtendedInteger(const integerPart *Input,
+                                          unsigned int InputSize, bool IsSigned,
+                                          roundingMode RM);
+  unsigned int convertToHexString(char *DST, unsigned int HexDigits,
+                                  bool UpperCase, roundingMode RM) const;
+
+  bool isDenormal() const;
+  bool isSmallest() const;
+  bool isLargest() const;
+  bool isInteger() const;
+
+  void toString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, unsigned FormatPrecision,
+                unsigned FormatMaxPadding, bool TruncateZero = true) const;
+
+  bool getExactInverse(APFloat *inv) const;
+
+  friend DoubleAPFloat scalbn(const DoubleAPFloat &X, int Exp, roundingMode);
+  friend DoubleAPFloat frexp(const DoubleAPFloat &X, int &Exp, roundingMode);
+  friend hash_code hash_value(const DoubleAPFloat &Arg);
+};
+
+hash_code hash_value(const DoubleAPFloat &Arg);
+
+} // End detail namespace
+
+// This is a interface class that is currently forwarding functionalities from
+// detail::IEEEFloat.
+class APFloat : public APFloatBase {
+  typedef detail::IEEEFloat IEEEFloat;
+  typedef detail::DoubleAPFloat DoubleAPFloat;
+
+  static_assert(std::is_standard_layout<IEEEFloat>::value, "");
+
+  union Storage {
+    const fltSemantics *semantics;
+    IEEEFloat IEEE;
+    DoubleAPFloat Double;
+
+    explicit Storage(IEEEFloat F, const fltSemantics &S);
+    explicit Storage(DoubleAPFloat F, const fltSemantics &S)
+        : Double(std::move(F)) {
+      assert(&S == &PPCDoubleDouble());
+    }
+
+    template <typename... ArgTypes>
+    Storage(const fltSemantics &Semantics, ArgTypes &&... Args) {
+      if (usesLayout<IEEEFloat>(Semantics)) {
+        new (&IEEE) IEEEFloat(Semantics, std::forward<ArgTypes>(Args)...);
+        return;
+      }
+      if (usesLayout<DoubleAPFloat>(Semantics)) {
+        new (&Double) DoubleAPFloat(Semantics, std::forward<ArgTypes>(Args)...);
+        return;
+      }
+      llvm_unreachable("Unexpected semantics");
+    }
+
+    ~Storage() {
+      if (usesLayout<IEEEFloat>(*semantics)) {
+        IEEE.~IEEEFloat();
+        return;
+      }
+      if (usesLayout<DoubleAPFloat>(*semantics)) {
+        Double.~DoubleAPFloat();
+        return;
+      }
+      llvm_unreachable("Unexpected semantics");
+    }
+
+    Storage(const Storage &RHS) {
+      if (usesLayout<IEEEFloat>(*RHS.semantics)) {
+        new (this) IEEEFloat(RHS.IEEE);
+        return;
+      }
+      if (usesLayout<DoubleAPFloat>(*RHS.semantics)) {
+        new (this) DoubleAPFloat(RHS.Double);
+        return;
+      }
+      llvm_unreachable("Unexpected semantics");
+    }
+
+    Storage(Storage &&RHS) {
+      if (usesLayout<IEEEFloat>(*RHS.semantics)) {
+        new (this) IEEEFloat(std::move(RHS.IEEE));
+        return;
+      }
+      if (usesLayout<DoubleAPFloat>(*RHS.semantics)) {
+        new (this) DoubleAPFloat(std::move(RHS.Double));
+        return;
+      }
+      llvm_unreachable("Unexpected semantics");
+    }
+
+    Storage &operator=(const Storage &RHS) {
+      if (usesLayout<IEEEFloat>(*semantics) &&
+          usesLayout<IEEEFloat>(*RHS.semantics)) {
+        IEEE = RHS.IEEE;
+      } else if (usesLayout<DoubleAPFloat>(*semantics) &&
+                 usesLayout<DoubleAPFloat>(*RHS.semantics)) {
+        Double = RHS.Double;
+      } else if (this != &RHS) {
+        this->~Storage();
+        new (this) Storage(RHS);
+      }
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    Storage &operator=(Storage &&RHS) {
+      if (usesLayout<IEEEFloat>(*semantics) &&
+          usesLayout<IEEEFloat>(*RHS.semantics)) {
+        IEEE = std::move(RHS.IEEE);
+      } else if (usesLayout<DoubleAPFloat>(*semantics) &&
+                 usesLayout<DoubleAPFloat>(*RHS.semantics)) {
+        Double = std::move(RHS.Double);
+      } else if (this != &RHS) {
+        this->~Storage();
+        new (this) Storage(std::move(RHS));
+      }
+      return *this;
+    }
+  } U;
+
+  template <typename T> static bool usesLayout(const fltSemantics &Semantics) {
+    static_assert(std::is_same<T, IEEEFloat>::value ||
+                  std::is_same<T, DoubleAPFloat>::value, "");
+    if (std::is_same<T, DoubleAPFloat>::value) {
+      return &Semantics == &PPCDoubleDouble();
+    }
+    return &Semantics != &PPCDoubleDouble();
+  }
+
+  IEEEFloat &getIEEE() {
+    if (usesLayout<IEEEFloat>(*U.semantics))
+      return U.IEEE;
+    if (usesLayout<DoubleAPFloat>(*U.semantics))
+      return U.Double.getFirst().U.IEEE;
+    llvm_unreachable("Unexpected semantics");
+  }
+
+  const IEEEFloat &getIEEE() const {
+    if (usesLayout<IEEEFloat>(*U.semantics))
+      return U.IEEE;
+    if (usesLayout<DoubleAPFloat>(*U.semantics))
+      return U.Double.getFirst().U.IEEE;
+    llvm_unreachable("Unexpected semantics");
+  }
+
+  void makeZero(bool Neg) { APFLOAT_DISPATCH_ON_SEMANTICS(makeZero(Neg)); }
+
+  void makeInf(bool Neg) { APFLOAT_DISPATCH_ON_SEMANTICS(makeInf(Neg)); }
+
+  void makeNaN(bool SNaN, bool Neg, const APInt *fill) {
+    APFLOAT_DISPATCH_ON_SEMANTICS(makeNaN(SNaN, Neg, fill));
+  }
+
+  void makeLargest(bool Neg) {
+    APFLOAT_DISPATCH_ON_SEMANTICS(makeLargest(Neg));
+  }
+
+  void makeSmallest(bool Neg) {
+    APFLOAT_DISPATCH_ON_SEMANTICS(makeSmallest(Neg));
+  }
+
+  void makeSmallestNormalized(bool Neg) {
+    APFLOAT_DISPATCH_ON_SEMANTICS(makeSmallestNormalized(Neg));
+  }
+
+  // FIXME: This is due to clang 3.3 (or older version) always checks for the
+  // default constructor in an array aggregate initialization, even if no
+  // elements in the array is default initialized.
+  APFloat() : U(IEEEdouble()) {
+    llvm_unreachable("This is a workaround for old clang.");
+  }
+
+  explicit APFloat(IEEEFloat F, const fltSemantics &S) : U(std::move(F), S) {}
+  explicit APFloat(DoubleAPFloat F, const fltSemantics &S)
+      : U(std::move(F), S) {}
+
+  cmpResult compareAbsoluteValue(const APFloat &RHS) const {
+    assert(&getSemantics() == &RHS.getSemantics() &&
+           "Should only compare APFloats with the same semantics");
+    if (usesLayout<IEEEFloat>(getSemantics()))
+      return U.IEEE.compareAbsoluteValue(RHS.U.IEEE);
+    if (usesLayout<DoubleAPFloat>(getSemantics()))
+      return U.Double.compareAbsoluteValue(RHS.U.Double);
+    llvm_unreachable("Unexpected semantics");
+  }
+
+public:
+  APFloat(const fltSemantics &Semantics) : U(Semantics) {}
+  APFloat(const fltSemantics &Semantics, StringRef S);
+  APFloat(const fltSemantics &Semantics, integerPart I) : U(Semantics, I) {}
+  template <typename T,
+            typename = std::enable_if_t<std::is_floating_point<T>::value>>
+  APFloat(const fltSemantics &Semantics, T V) = delete;
+  // TODO: Remove this constructor. This isn't faster than the first one.
+  APFloat(const fltSemantics &Semantics, uninitializedTag)
+      : U(Semantics, uninitialized) {}
+  APFloat(const fltSemantics &Semantics, const APInt &I) : U(Semantics, I) {}
+  explicit APFloat(double d) : U(IEEEFloat(d), IEEEdouble()) {}
+  explicit APFloat(float f) : U(IEEEFloat(f), IEEEsingle()) {}
+  APFloat(const APFloat &RHS) = default;
+  APFloat(APFloat &&RHS) = default;
+
+  ~APFloat() = default;
+
+  bool needsCleanup() const { APFLOAT_DISPATCH_ON_SEMANTICS(needsCleanup()); }
+
+  /// Factory for Positive and Negative Zero.
+  ///
+  /// \param Negative True iff the number should be negative.
+  static APFloat getZero(const fltSemantics &Sem, bool Negative = false) {
+    APFloat Val(Sem, uninitialized);
+    Val.makeZero(Negative);
+    return Val;
+  }
+
+  /// Factory for Positive and Negative Infinity.
+  ///
+  /// \param Negative True iff the number should be negative.
+  static APFloat getInf(const fltSemantics &Sem, bool Negative = false) {
+    APFloat Val(Sem, uninitialized);
+    Val.makeInf(Negative);
+    return Val;
+  }
+
+  /// Factory for NaN values.
+  ///
+  /// \param Negative - True iff the NaN generated should be negative.
+  /// \param payload - The unspecified fill bits for creating the NaN, 0 by
+  /// default.  The value is truncated as necessary.
+  static APFloat getNaN(const fltSemantics &Sem, bool Negative = false,
+                        uint64_t payload = 0) {
+    if (payload) {
+      APInt intPayload(64, payload);
+      return getQNaN(Sem, Negative, &intPayload);
+    } else {
+      return getQNaN(Sem, Negative, nullptr);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /// Factory for QNaN values.
+  static APFloat getQNaN(const fltSemantics &Sem, bool Negative = false,
+                         const APInt *payload = nullptr) {
+    APFloat Val(Sem, uninitialized);
+    Val.makeNaN(false, Negative, payload);
+    return Val;
+  }
+
+  /// Factory for SNaN values.
+  static APFloat getSNaN(const fltSemantics &Sem, bool Negative = false,
+                         const APInt *payload = nullptr) {
+    APFloat Val(Sem, uninitialized);
+    Val.makeNaN(true, Negative, payload);
+    return Val;
+  }
+
+  /// Returns the largest finite number in the given semantics.
+  ///
+  /// \param Negative - True iff the number should be negative
+  static APFloat getLargest(const fltSemantics &Sem, bool Negative = false) {
+    APFloat Val(Sem, uninitialized);
+    Val.makeLargest(Negative);
+    return Val;
+  }
+
+  /// Returns the smallest (by magnitude) finite number in the given semantics.
+  /// Might be denormalized, which implies a relative loss of precision.
+  ///
+  /// \param Negative - True iff the number should be negative
+  static APFloat getSmallest(const fltSemantics &Sem, bool Negative = false) {
+    APFloat Val(Sem, uninitialized);
+    Val.makeSmallest(Negative);
+    return Val;
+  }
+
+  /// Returns the smallest (by magnitude) normalized finite number in the given
+  /// semantics.
+  ///
+  /// \param Negative - True iff the number should be negative
+  static APFloat getSmallestNormalized(const fltSemantics &Sem,
+                                       bool Negative = false) {
+    APFloat Val(Sem, uninitialized);
+    Val.makeSmallestNormalized(Negative);
+    return Val;
+  }
+
+  /// Returns a float which is bitcasted from an all one value int.
+  ///
+  /// \param Semantics - type float semantics
+  static APFloat getAllOnesValue(const fltSemantics &Semantics);
+
+  /// Used to insert APFloat objects, or objects that contain APFloat objects,
+  /// into FoldingSets.
+  void Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &NID) const;
+
+  opStatus add(const APFloat &RHS, roundingMode RM) {
+    assert(&getSemantics() == &RHS.getSemantics() &&
+           "Should only call on two APFloats with the same semantics");
+    if (usesLayout<IEEEFloat>(getSemantics()))
+      return U.IEEE.add(RHS.U.IEEE, RM);
+    if (usesLayout<DoubleAPFloat>(getSemantics()))
+      return U.Double.add(RHS.U.Double, RM);
+    llvm_unreachable("Unexpected semantics");
+  }
+  opStatus subtract(const APFloat &RHS, roundingMode RM) {
+    assert(&getSemantics() == &RHS.getSemantics() &&
+           "Should only call on two APFloats with the same semantics");
+    if (usesLayout<IEEEFloat>(getSemantics()))
+      return U.IEEE.subtract(RHS.U.IEEE, RM);
+    if (usesLayout<DoubleAPFloat>(getSemantics()))
+      return U.Double.subtract(RHS.U.Double, RM);
+    llvm_unreachable("Unexpected semantics");
+  }
+  opStatus multiply(const APFloat &RHS, roundingMode RM) {
+    assert(&getSemantics() == &RHS.getSemantics() &&
+           "Should only call on two APFloats with the same semantics");
+    if (usesLayout<IEEEFloat>(getSemantics()))
+      return U.IEEE.multiply(RHS.U.IEEE, RM);
+    if (usesLayout<DoubleAPFloat>(getSemantics()))
+      return U.Double.multiply(RHS.U.Double, RM);
+    llvm_unreachable("Unexpected semantics");
+  }
+  opStatus divide(const APFloat &RHS, roundingMode RM) {
+    assert(&getSemantics() == &RHS.getSemantics() &&
+           "Should only call on two APFloats with the same semantics");
+    if (usesLayout<IEEEFloat>(getSemantics()))
+      return U.IEEE.divide(RHS.U.IEEE, RM);
+    if (usesLayout<DoubleAPFloat>(getSemantics()))
+      return U.Double.divide(RHS.U.Double, RM);
+    llvm_unreachable("Unexpected semantics");
+  }
+  opStatus remainder(const APFloat &RHS) {
+    assert(&getSemantics() == &RHS.getSemantics() &&
+           "Should only call on two APFloats with the same semantics");
+    if (usesLayout<IEEEFloat>(getSemantics()))
+      return U.IEEE.remainder(RHS.U.IEEE);
+    if (usesLayout<DoubleAPFloat>(getSemantics()))
+      return U.Double.remainder(RHS.U.Double);
+    llvm_unreachable("Unexpected semantics");
+  }
+  opStatus mod(const APFloat &RHS) {
+    assert(&getSemantics() == &RHS.getSemantics() &&
+           "Should only call on two APFloats with the same semantics");
+    if (usesLayout<IEEEFloat>(getSemantics()))
+      return U.IEEE.mod(RHS.U.IEEE);
+    if (usesLayout<DoubleAPFloat>(getSemantics()))
+      return U.Double.mod(RHS.U.Double);
+    llvm_unreachable("Unexpected semantics");
+  }
+  opStatus fusedMultiplyAdd(const APFloat &Multiplicand, const APFloat &Addend,
+                            roundingMode RM) {
+    assert(&getSemantics() == &Multiplicand.getSemantics() &&
+           "Should only call on APFloats with the same semantics");
+    assert(&getSemantics() == &Addend.getSemantics() &&
+           "Should only call on APFloats with the same semantics");
+    if (usesLayout<IEEEFloat>(getSemantics()))
+      return U.IEEE.fusedMultiplyAdd(Multiplicand.U.IEEE, Addend.U.IEEE, RM);
+    if (usesLayout<DoubleAPFloat>(getSemantics()))
+      return U.Double.fusedMultiplyAdd(Multiplicand.U.Double, Addend.U.Double,
+                                       RM);
+    llvm_unreachable("Unexpected semantics");
+  }
+  opStatus roundToIntegral(roundingMode RM) {
+    APFLOAT_DISPATCH_ON_SEMANTICS(roundToIntegral(RM));
+  }
+
+  // TODO: bool parameters are not readable and a source of bugs.
+  // Do something.
+  opStatus next(bool nextDown) {
+    APFLOAT_DISPATCH_ON_SEMANTICS(next(nextDown));
+  }
+
+  /// Negate an APFloat.
+  APFloat operator-() const {
+    APFloat Result(*this);
+    Result.changeSign();
+    return Result;
+  }
+
+  /// Add two APFloats, rounding ties to the nearest even.
+  /// No error checking.
+  APFloat operator+(const APFloat &RHS) const {
+    APFloat Result(*this);
+    (void)Result.add(RHS, rmNearestTiesToEven);
+    return Result;
+  }
+
+  /// Subtract two APFloats, rounding ties to the nearest even.
+  /// No error checking.
+  APFloat operator-(const APFloat &RHS) const {
+    APFloat Result(*this);
+    (void)Result.subtract(RHS, rmNearestTiesToEven);
+    return Result;
+  }
+
+  /// Multiply two APFloats, rounding ties to the nearest even.
+  /// No error checking.
+  APFloat operator*(const APFloat &RHS) const {
+    APFloat Result(*this);
+    (void)Result.multiply(RHS, rmNearestTiesToEven);
+    return Result;
+  }
+
+  /// Divide the first APFloat by the second, rounding ties to the nearest even.
+  /// No error checking.
+  APFloat operator/(const APFloat &RHS) const {
+    APFloat Result(*this);
+    (void)Result.divide(RHS, rmNearestTiesToEven);
+    return Result;
+  }
+
+  void changeSign() { APFLOAT_DISPATCH_ON_SEMANTICS(changeSign()); }
+  void clearSign() {
+    if (isNegative())
+      changeSign();
+  }
+  void copySign(const APFloat &RHS) {
+    if (isNegative() != RHS.isNegative())
+      changeSign();
+  }
+
+  /// A static helper to produce a copy of an APFloat value with its sign
+  /// copied from some other APFloat.
+  static APFloat copySign(APFloat Value, const APFloat &Sign) {
+    Value.copySign(Sign);
+    return Value;
+  }
+
+  opStatus convert(const fltSemantics &ToSemantics, roundingMode RM,
+                   bool *losesInfo);
+  opStatus convertToInteger(MutableArrayRef<integerPart> Input,
+                            unsigned int Width, bool IsSigned, roundingMode RM,
+                            bool *IsExact) const {
+    APFLOAT_DISPATCH_ON_SEMANTICS(
+        convertToInteger(Input, Width, IsSigned, RM, IsExact));
+  }
+  opStatus convertToInteger(APSInt &Result, roundingMode RM,
+                            bool *IsExact) const;
+  opStatus convertFromAPInt(const APInt &Input, bool IsSigned,
+                            roundingMode RM) {
+    APFLOAT_DISPATCH_ON_SEMANTICS(convertFromAPInt(Input, IsSigned, RM));
+  }
+  opStatus convertFromSignExtendedInteger(const integerPart *Input,
+                                          unsigned int InputSize, bool IsSigned,
+                                          roundingMode RM) {
+    APFLOAT_DISPATCH_ON_SEMANTICS(
+        convertFromSignExtendedInteger(Input, InputSize, IsSigned, RM));
+  }
+  opStatus convertFromZeroExtendedInteger(const integerPart *Input,
+                                          unsigned int InputSize, bool IsSigned,
+                                          roundingMode RM) {
+    APFLOAT_DISPATCH_ON_SEMANTICS(
+        convertFromZeroExtendedInteger(Input, InputSize, IsSigned, RM));
+  }
+  Expected<opStatus> convertFromString(StringRef, roundingMode);
+  APInt bitcastToAPInt() const {
+    APFLOAT_DISPATCH_ON_SEMANTICS(bitcastToAPInt());
+  }
+
+  /// Converts this APFloat to host double value.
+  ///
+  /// \pre The APFloat must be built using semantics, that can be represented by
+  /// the host double type without loss of precision. It can be IEEEdouble and
+  /// shorter semantics, like IEEEsingle and others.
+  double convertToDouble() const;
+
+  /// Converts this APFloat to host float value.
+  ///
+  /// \pre The APFloat must be built using semantics, that can be represented by
+  /// the host float type without loss of precision. It can be IEEEsingle and
+  /// shorter semantics, like IEEEhalf.
+  float convertToFloat() const;
+
+  bool operator==(const APFloat &RHS) const { return compare(RHS) == cmpEqual; }
+
+  bool operator!=(const APFloat &RHS) const { return compare(RHS) != cmpEqual; }
+
+  bool operator<(const APFloat &RHS) const {
+    return compare(RHS) == cmpLessThan;
+  }
+
+  bool operator>(const APFloat &RHS) const {
+    return compare(RHS) == cmpGreaterThan;
+  }
+
+  bool operator<=(const APFloat &RHS) const {
+    cmpResult Res = compare(RHS);
+    return Res == cmpLessThan || Res == cmpEqual;
+  }
+
+  bool operator>=(const APFloat &RHS) const {
+    cmpResult Res = compare(RHS);
+    return Res == cmpGreaterThan || Res == cmpEqual;
+  }
+
+  cmpResult compare(const APFloat &RHS) const {
+    assert(&getSemantics() == &RHS.getSemantics() &&
+           "Should only compare APFloats with the same semantics");
+    if (usesLayout<IEEEFloat>(getSemantics()))
+      return U.IEEE.compare(RHS.U.IEEE);
+    if (usesLayout<DoubleAPFloat>(getSemantics()))
+      return U.Double.compare(RHS.U.Double);
+    llvm_unreachable("Unexpected semantics");
+  }
+
+  bool bitwiseIsEqual(const APFloat &RHS) const {
+    if (&getSemantics() != &RHS.getSemantics())
+      return false;
+    if (usesLayout<IEEEFloat>(getSemantics()))
+      return U.IEEE.bitwiseIsEqual(RHS.U.IEEE);
+    if (usesLayout<DoubleAPFloat>(getSemantics()))
+      return U.Double.bitwiseIsEqual(RHS.U.Double);
+    llvm_unreachable("Unexpected semantics");
+  }
+
+  /// We don't rely on operator== working on double values, as
+  /// it returns true for things that are clearly not equal, like -0.0 and 0.0.
+  /// As such, this method can be used to do an exact bit-for-bit comparison of
+  /// two floating point values.
+  ///
+  /// We leave the version with the double argument here because it's just so
+  /// convenient to write "2.0" and the like.  Without this function we'd
+  /// have to duplicate its logic everywhere it's called.
+  bool isExactlyValue(double V) const {
+    bool ignored;
+    APFloat Tmp(V);
+    Tmp.convert(getSemantics(), APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
+    return bitwiseIsEqual(Tmp);
+  }
+
+  unsigned int convertToHexString(char *DST, unsigned int HexDigits,
+                                  bool UpperCase, roundingMode RM) const {
+    APFLOAT_DISPATCH_ON_SEMANTICS(
+        convertToHexString(DST, HexDigits, UpperCase, RM));
+  }
+
+  bool isZero() const { return getCategory() == fcZero; }
+  bool isInfinity() const { return getCategory() == fcInfinity; }
+  bool isNaN() const { return getCategory() == fcNaN; }
+
+  bool isNegative() const { return getIEEE().isNegative(); }
+  bool isDenormal() const { APFLOAT_DISPATCH_ON_SEMANTICS(isDenormal()); }
+  bool isSignaling() const { return getIEEE().isSignaling(); }
+
+  bool isNormal() const { return !isDenormal() && isFiniteNonZero(); }
+  bool isFinite() const { return !isNaN() && !isInfinity(); }
+
+  fltCategory getCategory() const { return getIEEE().getCategory(); }
+  const fltSemantics &getSemantics() const { return *U.semantics; }
+  bool isNonZero() const { return !isZero(); }
+  bool isFiniteNonZero() const { return isFinite() && !isZero(); }
+  bool isPosZero() const { return isZero() && !isNegative(); }
+  bool isNegZero() const { return isZero() && isNegative(); }
+  bool isSmallest() const { APFLOAT_DISPATCH_ON_SEMANTICS(isSmallest()); }
+  bool isLargest() const { APFLOAT_DISPATCH_ON_SEMANTICS(isLargest()); }
+  bool isInteger() const { APFLOAT_DISPATCH_ON_SEMANTICS(isInteger()); }
+  bool isIEEE() const { return usesLayout<IEEEFloat>(getSemantics()); }
+
+  APFloat &operator=(const APFloat &RHS) = default;
+  APFloat &operator=(APFloat &&RHS) = default;
+
+  void toString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, unsigned FormatPrecision = 0,
+                unsigned FormatMaxPadding = 3, bool TruncateZero = true) const {
+    APFLOAT_DISPATCH_ON_SEMANTICS(
+        toString(Str, FormatPrecision, FormatMaxPadding, TruncateZero));
+  }
+
+  void print(raw_ostream &) const;
+  void dump() const;
+
+  bool getExactInverse(APFloat *inv) const {
+    APFLOAT_DISPATCH_ON_SEMANTICS(getExactInverse(inv));
+  }
+
+  friend hash_code hash_value(const APFloat &Arg);
+  friend int ilogb(const APFloat &Arg) { return ilogb(Arg.getIEEE()); }
+  friend APFloat scalbn(APFloat X, int Exp, roundingMode RM);
+  friend APFloat frexp(const APFloat &X, int &Exp, roundingMode RM);
+  friend IEEEFloat;
+  friend DoubleAPFloat;
+};
+
+/// See friend declarations above.
+///
+/// These additional declarations are required in order to compile LLVM with IBM
+/// xlC compiler.
+hash_code hash_value(const APFloat &Arg);
+inline APFloat scalbn(APFloat X, int Exp, APFloat::roundingMode RM) {
+  if (APFloat::usesLayout<detail::IEEEFloat>(X.getSemantics()))
+    return APFloat(scalbn(X.U.IEEE, Exp, RM), X.getSemantics());
+  if (APFloat::usesLayout<detail::DoubleAPFloat>(X.getSemantics()))
+    return APFloat(scalbn(X.U.Double, Exp, RM), X.getSemantics());
+  llvm_unreachable("Unexpected semantics");
+}
+
+/// Equivalent of C standard library function.
+///
+/// While the C standard says Exp is an unspecified value for infinity and nan,
+/// this returns INT_MAX for infinities, and INT_MIN for NaNs.
+inline APFloat frexp(const APFloat &X, int &Exp, APFloat::roundingMode RM) {
+  if (APFloat::usesLayout<detail::IEEEFloat>(X.getSemantics()))
+    return APFloat(frexp(X.U.IEEE, Exp, RM), X.getSemantics());
+  if (APFloat::usesLayout<detail::DoubleAPFloat>(X.getSemantics()))
+    return APFloat(frexp(X.U.Double, Exp, RM), X.getSemantics());
+  llvm_unreachable("Unexpected semantics");
+}
+/// Returns the absolute value of the argument.
+inline APFloat abs(APFloat X) {
+  X.clearSign();
+  return X;
+}
+
+/// Returns the negated value of the argument.
+inline APFloat neg(APFloat X) {
+  X.changeSign();
+  return X;
+}
+
+/// Implements IEEE minNum semantics. Returns the smaller of the 2 arguments if
+/// both are not NaN. If either argument is a NaN, returns the other argument.
+LLVM_READONLY
+inline APFloat minnum(const APFloat &A, const APFloat &B) {
+  if (A.isNaN())
+    return B;
+  if (B.isNaN())
+    return A;
+  return B < A ? B : A;
+}
+
+/// Implements IEEE maxNum semantics. Returns the larger of the 2 arguments if
+/// both are not NaN. If either argument is a NaN, returns the other argument.
+LLVM_READONLY
+inline APFloat maxnum(const APFloat &A, const APFloat &B) {
+  if (A.isNaN())
+    return B;
+  if (B.isNaN())
+    return A;
+  return A < B ? B : A;
+}
+
+/// Implements IEEE 754-2018 minimum semantics. Returns the smaller of 2
+/// arguments, propagating NaNs and treating -0 as less than +0.
+LLVM_READONLY
+inline APFloat minimum(const APFloat &A, const APFloat &B) {
+  if (A.isNaN())
+    return A;
+  if (B.isNaN())
+    return B;
+  if (A.isZero() && B.isZero() && (A.isNegative() != B.isNegative()))
+    return A.isNegative() ? A : B;
+  return B < A ? B : A;
+}
+
+/// Implements IEEE 754-2018 maximum semantics. Returns the larger of 2
+/// arguments, propagating NaNs and treating -0 as less than +0.
+LLVM_READONLY
+inline APFloat maximum(const APFloat &A, const APFloat &B) {
+  if (A.isNaN())
+    return A;
+  if (B.isNaN())
+    return B;
+  if (A.isZero() && B.isZero() && (A.isNegative() != B.isNegative()))
+    return A.isNegative() ? B : A;
+  return A < B ? B : A;
+}
+
+} // namespace llvm
+
+#undef APFLOAT_DISPATCH_ON_SEMANTICS
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_APFLOAT_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cf6cdfb515
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2292 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===-- llvm/ADT/APInt.h - For Arbitrary Precision Integer -----*- C++ -*--===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file implements a class to represent arbitrary precision
+/// integral constant values and operations on them.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_APINT_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_APINT_H
+
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <climits>
+#include <cstring>
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace llvm {
+class FoldingSetNodeID;
+class StringRef;
+class hash_code;
+class raw_ostream;
+
+template <typename T> class SmallVectorImpl;
+template <typename T> class ArrayRef;
+template <typename T> class Optional;
+template <typename T, typename Enable> struct DenseMapInfo;
+
+class APInt;
+
+inline APInt operator-(APInt);
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//                              APInt Class
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/// Class for arbitrary precision integers.
+///
+/// APInt is a functional replacement for common case unsigned integer type like
+/// "unsigned", "unsigned long" or "uint64_t", but also allows non-byte-width
+/// integer sizes and large integer value types such as 3-bits, 15-bits, or more
+/// than 64-bits of precision. APInt provides a variety of arithmetic operators
+/// and methods to manipulate integer values of any bit-width. It supports both
+/// the typical integer arithmetic and comparison operations as well as bitwise
+/// manipulation.
+///
+/// The class has several invariants worth noting:
+///   * All bit, byte, and word positions are zero-based.
+///   * Once the bit width is set, it doesn't change except by the Truncate,
+///     SignExtend, or ZeroExtend operations.
+///   * All binary operators must be on APInt instances of the same bit width.
+///     Attempting to use these operators on instances with different bit
+///     widths will yield an assertion.
+///   * The value is stored canonically as an unsigned value. For operations
+///     where it makes a difference, there are both signed and unsigned variants
+///     of the operation. For example, sdiv and udiv. However, because the bit
+///     widths must be the same, operations such as Mul and Add produce the same
+///     results regardless of whether the values are interpreted as signed or
+///     not.
+///   * In general, the class tries to follow the style of computation that LLVM
+///     uses in its IR. This simplifies its use for LLVM.
+///   * APInt supports zero-bit-width values, but operations that require bits
+///     are not defined on it (e.g. you cannot ask for the sign of a zero-bit
+///     integer).  This means that operations like zero extension and logical
+///     shifts are defined, but sign extension and ashr is not.  Zero bit values
+///     compare and hash equal to themselves, and countLeadingZeros returns 0.
+///
+class LLVM_NODISCARD APInt {
+public:
+  typedef uint64_t WordType;
+
+  /// This enum is used to hold the constants we needed for APInt.
+  enum : unsigned {
+    /// Byte size of a word.
+    APINT_WORD_SIZE = sizeof(WordType),
+    /// Bits in a word.
+    APINT_BITS_PER_WORD = APINT_WORD_SIZE * CHAR_BIT
+  };
+
+  enum class Rounding {
+    DOWN,
+    TOWARD_ZERO,
+    UP,
+  };
+
+  static constexpr WordType WORDTYPE_MAX = ~WordType(0);
+
+  /// \name Constructors
+  /// @{
+
+  /// Create a new APInt of numBits width, initialized as val.
+  ///
+  /// If isSigned is true then val is treated as if it were a signed value
+  /// (i.e. as an int64_t) and the appropriate sign extension to the bit width
+  /// will be done. Otherwise, no sign extension occurs (high order bits beyond
+  /// the range of val are zero filled).
+  ///
+  /// \param numBits the bit width of the constructed APInt
+  /// \param val the initial value of the APInt
+  /// \param isSigned how to treat signedness of val
+  APInt(unsigned numBits, uint64_t val, bool isSigned = false)
+      : BitWidth(numBits) {
+    if (isSingleWord()) {
+      U.VAL = val;
+      clearUnusedBits();
+    } else {
+      initSlowCase(val, isSigned);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /// Construct an APInt of numBits width, initialized as bigVal[].
+  ///
+  /// Note that bigVal.size() can be smaller or larger than the corresponding
+  /// bit width but any extraneous bits will be dropped.
+  ///
+  /// \param numBits the bit width of the constructed APInt
+  /// \param bigVal a sequence of words to form the initial value of the APInt
+  APInt(unsigned numBits, ArrayRef<uint64_t> bigVal);
+
+  /// Equivalent to APInt(numBits, ArrayRef<uint64_t>(bigVal, numWords)), but
+  /// deprecated because this constructor is prone to ambiguity with the
+  /// APInt(unsigned, uint64_t, bool) constructor.
+  ///
+  /// If this overload is ever deleted, care should be taken to prevent calls
+  /// from being incorrectly captured by the APInt(unsigned, uint64_t, bool)
+  /// constructor.
+  APInt(unsigned numBits, unsigned numWords, const uint64_t bigVal[]);
+
+  /// Construct an APInt from a string representation.
+  ///
+  /// This constructor interprets the string \p str in the given radix. The
+  /// interpretation stops when the first character that is not suitable for the
+  /// radix is encountered, or the end of the string. Acceptable radix values
+  /// are 2, 8, 10, 16, and 36. It is an error for the value implied by the
+  /// string to require more bits than numBits.
+  ///
+  /// \param numBits the bit width of the constructed APInt
+  /// \param str the string to be interpreted
+  /// \param radix the radix to use for the conversion
+  APInt(unsigned numBits, StringRef str, uint8_t radix);
+
+  /// Default constructor that creates an APInt with a 1-bit zero value.
+  explicit APInt() : BitWidth(1) { U.VAL = 0; }
+
+  /// Copy Constructor.
+  APInt(const APInt &that) : BitWidth(that.BitWidth) {
+    if (isSingleWord())
+      U.VAL = that.U.VAL;
+    else
+      initSlowCase(that);
+  }
+
+  /// Move Constructor.
+  APInt(APInt &&that) : BitWidth(that.BitWidth) {
+    memcpy(&U, &that.U, sizeof(U));
+    that.BitWidth = 0;
+  }
+
+  /// Destructor.
+  ~APInt() {
+    if (needsCleanup())
+      delete[] U.pVal;
+  }
+
+  /// @}
+  /// \name Value Generators
+  /// @{
+
+  /// Get the '0' value for the specified bit-width.
+  static APInt getZero(unsigned numBits) { return APInt(numBits, 0); }
+
+  /// NOTE: This is soft-deprecated.  Please use `getZero()` instead.
+  static APInt getNullValue(unsigned numBits) { return getZero(numBits); }
+
+  /// Return an APInt zero bits wide.
+  static APInt getZeroWidth() { return getZero(0); }
+
+  /// Gets maximum unsigned value of APInt for specific bit width.
+  static APInt getMaxValue(unsigned numBits) { return getAllOnes(numBits); }
+
+  /// Gets maximum signed value of APInt for a specific bit width.
+  static APInt getSignedMaxValue(unsigned numBits) {
+    APInt API = getAllOnes(numBits);
+    API.clearBit(numBits - 1);
+    return API;
+  }
+
+  /// Gets minimum unsigned value of APInt for a specific bit width.
+  static APInt getMinValue(unsigned numBits) { return APInt(numBits, 0); }
+
+  /// Gets minimum signed value of APInt for a specific bit width.
+  static APInt getSignedMinValue(unsigned numBits) {
+    APInt API(numBits, 0);
+    API.setBit(numBits - 1);
+    return API;
+  }
+
+  /// Get the SignMask for a specific bit width.
+  ///
+  /// This is just a wrapper function of getSignedMinValue(), and it helps code
+  /// readability when we want to get a SignMask.
+  static APInt getSignMask(unsigned BitWidth) {
+    return getSignedMinValue(BitWidth);
+  }
+
+  /// Return an APInt of a specified width with all bits set.
+  static APInt getAllOnes(unsigned numBits) {
+    return APInt(numBits, WORDTYPE_MAX, true);
+  }
+
+  /// NOTE: This is soft-deprecated.  Please use `getAllOnes()` instead.
+  static APInt getAllOnesValue(unsigned numBits) { return getAllOnes(numBits); }
+
+  /// Return an APInt with exactly one bit set in the result.
+  static APInt getOneBitSet(unsigned numBits, unsigned BitNo) {
+    APInt Res(numBits, 0);
+    Res.setBit(BitNo);
+    return Res;
+  }
+
+  /// Get a value with a block of bits set.
+  ///
+  /// Constructs an APInt value that has a contiguous range of bits set. The
+  /// bits from loBit (inclusive) to hiBit (exclusive) will be set. All other
+  /// bits will be zero. For example, with parameters(32, 0, 16) you would get
+  /// 0x0000FFFF. Please call getBitsSetWithWrap if \p loBit may be greater than
+  /// \p hiBit.
+  ///
+  /// \param numBits the intended bit width of the result
+  /// \param loBit the index of the lowest bit set.
+  /// \param hiBit the index of the highest bit set.
+  ///
+  /// \returns An APInt value with the requested bits set.
+  static APInt getBitsSet(unsigned numBits, unsigned loBit, unsigned hiBit) {
+    APInt Res(numBits, 0);
+    Res.setBits(loBit, hiBit);
+    return Res;
+  }
+
+  /// Wrap version of getBitsSet.
+  /// If \p hiBit is bigger than \p loBit, this is same with getBitsSet.
+  /// If \p hiBit is not bigger than \p loBit, the set bits "wrap". For example,
+  /// with parameters (32, 28, 4), you would get 0xF000000F.
+  /// If \p hiBit is equal to \p loBit, you would get a result with all bits
+  /// set.
+  static APInt getBitsSetWithWrap(unsigned numBits, unsigned loBit,
+                                  unsigned hiBit) {
+    APInt Res(numBits, 0);
+    Res.setBitsWithWrap(loBit, hiBit);
+    return Res;
+  }
+
+  /// Constructs an APInt value that has a contiguous range of bits set. The
+  /// bits from loBit (inclusive) to numBits (exclusive) will be set. All other
+  /// bits will be zero. For example, with parameters(32, 12) you would get
+  /// 0xFFFFF000.
+  ///
+  /// \param numBits the intended bit width of the result
+  /// \param loBit the index of the lowest bit to set.
+  ///
+  /// \returns An APInt value with the requested bits set.
+  static APInt getBitsSetFrom(unsigned numBits, unsigned loBit) {
+    APInt Res(numBits, 0);
+    Res.setBitsFrom(loBit);
+    return Res;
+  }
+
+  /// Constructs an APInt value that has the top hiBitsSet bits set.
+  ///
+  /// \param numBits the bitwidth of the result
+  /// \param hiBitsSet the number of high-order bits set in the result.
+  static APInt getHighBitsSet(unsigned numBits, unsigned hiBitsSet) {
+    APInt Res(numBits, 0);
+    Res.setHighBits(hiBitsSet);
+    return Res;
+  }
+
+  /// Constructs an APInt value that has the bottom loBitsSet bits set.
+  ///
+  /// \param numBits the bitwidth of the result
+  /// \param loBitsSet the number of low-order bits set in the result.
+  static APInt getLowBitsSet(unsigned numBits, unsigned loBitsSet) {
+    APInt Res(numBits, 0);
+    Res.setLowBits(loBitsSet);
+    return Res;
+  }
+
+  /// Return a value containing V broadcasted over NewLen bits.
+  static APInt getSplat(unsigned NewLen, const APInt &V);
+
+  /// @}
+  /// \name Value Tests
+  /// @{
+
+  /// Determine if this APInt just has one word to store value.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if the number of bits <= 64, false otherwise.
+  bool isSingleWord() const { return BitWidth <= APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; }
+
+  /// Determine sign of this APInt.
+  ///
+  /// This tests the high bit of this APInt to determine if it is set.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if this APInt is negative, false otherwise
+  bool isNegative() const { return (*this)[BitWidth - 1]; }
+
+  /// Determine if this APInt Value is non-negative (>= 0)
+  ///
+  /// This tests the high bit of the APInt to determine if it is unset.
+  bool isNonNegative() const { return !isNegative(); }
+
+  /// Determine if sign bit of this APInt is set.
+  ///
+  /// This tests the high bit of this APInt to determine if it is set.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if this APInt has its sign bit set, false otherwise.
+  bool isSignBitSet() const { return (*this)[BitWidth - 1]; }
+
+  /// Determine if sign bit of this APInt is clear.
+  ///
+  /// This tests the high bit of this APInt to determine if it is clear.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if this APInt has its sign bit clear, false otherwise.
+  bool isSignBitClear() const { return !isSignBitSet(); }
+
+  /// Determine if this APInt Value is positive.
+  ///
+  /// This tests if the value of this APInt is positive (> 0). Note
+  /// that 0 is not a positive value.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if this APInt is positive.
+  bool isStrictlyPositive() const { return isNonNegative() && !isZero(); }
+
+  /// Determine if this APInt Value is non-positive (<= 0).
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if this APInt is non-positive.
+  bool isNonPositive() const { return !isStrictlyPositive(); }
+
+  /// Determine if all bits are set.  This is true for zero-width values.
+  bool isAllOnes() const {
+    if (BitWidth == 0)
+      return true;
+    if (isSingleWord())
+      return U.VAL == WORDTYPE_MAX >> (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - BitWidth);
+    return countTrailingOnesSlowCase() == BitWidth;
+  }
+
+  /// NOTE: This is soft-deprecated.  Please use `isAllOnes()` instead.
+  bool isAllOnesValue() const { return isAllOnes(); }
+
+  /// Determine if this value is zero, i.e. all bits are clear.
+  bool isZero() const {
+    if (isSingleWord())
+      return U.VAL == 0;
+    return countLeadingZerosSlowCase() == BitWidth;
+  }
+
+  /// NOTE: This is soft-deprecated.  Please use `isZero()` instead.
+  bool isNullValue() const { return isZero(); }
+
+  /// Determine if this is a value of 1.
+  ///
+  /// This checks to see if the value of this APInt is one.
+  bool isOne() const {
+    if (isSingleWord())
+      return U.VAL == 1;
+    return countLeadingZerosSlowCase() == BitWidth - 1;
+  }
+
+  /// NOTE: This is soft-deprecated.  Please use `isOne()` instead.
+  bool isOneValue() const { return isOne(); }
+
+  /// Determine if this is the largest unsigned value.
+  ///
+  /// This checks to see if the value of this APInt is the maximum unsigned
+  /// value for the APInt's bit width.
+  bool isMaxValue() const { return isAllOnes(); }
+
+  /// Determine if this is the largest signed value.
+  ///
+  /// This checks to see if the value of this APInt is the maximum signed
+  /// value for the APInt's bit width.
+  bool isMaxSignedValue() const {
+    if (isSingleWord()) {
+      assert(BitWidth && "zero width values not allowed");
+      return U.VAL == ((WordType(1) << (BitWidth - 1)) - 1);
+    }
+    return !isNegative() && countTrailingOnesSlowCase() == BitWidth - 1;
+  }
+
+  /// Determine if this is the smallest unsigned value.
+  ///
+  /// This checks to see if the value of this APInt is the minimum unsigned
+  /// value for the APInt's bit width.
+  bool isMinValue() const { return isZero(); }
+
+  /// Determine if this is the smallest signed value.
+  ///
+  /// This checks to see if the value of this APInt is the minimum signed
+  /// value for the APInt's bit width.
+  bool isMinSignedValue() const {
+    if (isSingleWord()) {
+      assert(BitWidth && "zero width values not allowed");
+      return U.VAL == (WordType(1) << (BitWidth - 1));
+    }
+    return isNegative() && countTrailingZerosSlowCase() == BitWidth - 1;
+  }
+
+  /// Check if this APInt has an N-bits unsigned integer value.
+  bool isIntN(unsigned N) const { return getActiveBits() <= N; }
+
+  /// Check if this APInt has an N-bits signed integer value.
+  bool isSignedIntN(unsigned N) const { return getSignificantBits() <= N; }
+
+  /// Check if this APInt's value is a power of two greater than zero.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if the argument APInt value is a power of two > 0.
+  bool isPowerOf2() const {
+    if (isSingleWord()) {
+      assert(BitWidth && "zero width values not allowed");
+      return isPowerOf2_64(U.VAL);
+    }
+    return countPopulationSlowCase() == 1;
+  }
+
+  /// Check if this APInt's negated value is a power of two greater than zero.
+  bool isNegatedPowerOf2() const {
+    assert(BitWidth && "zero width values not allowed");
+    if (isNonNegative())
+      return false;
+    // NegatedPowerOf2 - shifted mask in the top bits.
+    unsigned LO = countLeadingOnes();
+    unsigned TZ = countTrailingZeros();
+    return (LO + TZ) == BitWidth;
+  }
+
+  /// Check if the APInt's value is returned by getSignMask.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if this is the value returned by getSignMask.
+  bool isSignMask() const { return isMinSignedValue(); }
+
+  /// Convert APInt to a boolean value.
+  ///
+  /// This converts the APInt to a boolean value as a test against zero.
+  bool getBoolValue() const { return !isZero(); }
+
+  /// If this value is smaller than the specified limit, return it, otherwise
+  /// return the limit value.  This causes the value to saturate to the limit.
+  uint64_t getLimitedValue(uint64_t Limit = UINT64_MAX) const {
+    return ugt(Limit) ? Limit : getZExtValue();
+  }
+
+  /// Check if the APInt consists of a repeated bit pattern.
+  ///
+  /// e.g. 0x01010101 satisfies isSplat(8).
+  /// \param SplatSizeInBits The size of the pattern in bits. Must divide bit
+  /// width without remainder.
+  bool isSplat(unsigned SplatSizeInBits) const;
+
+  /// \returns true if this APInt value is a sequence of \param numBits ones
+  /// starting at the least significant bit with the remainder zero.
+  bool isMask(unsigned numBits) const {
+    assert(numBits != 0 && "numBits must be non-zero");
+    assert(numBits <= BitWidth && "numBits out of range");
+    if (isSingleWord())
+      return U.VAL == (WORDTYPE_MAX >> (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - numBits));
+    unsigned Ones = countTrailingOnesSlowCase();
+    return (numBits == Ones) &&
+           ((Ones + countLeadingZerosSlowCase()) == BitWidth);
+  }
+
+  /// \returns true if this APInt is a non-empty sequence of ones starting at
+  /// the least significant bit with the remainder zero.
+  /// Ex. isMask(0x0000FFFFU) == true.
+  bool isMask() const {
+    if (isSingleWord())
+      return isMask_64(U.VAL);
+    unsigned Ones = countTrailingOnesSlowCase();
+    return (Ones > 0) && ((Ones + countLeadingZerosSlowCase()) == BitWidth);
+  }
+
+  /// Return true if this APInt value contains a sequence of ones with
+  /// the remainder zero.
+  bool isShiftedMask() const {
+    if (isSingleWord())
+      return isShiftedMask_64(U.VAL);
+    unsigned Ones = countPopulationSlowCase();
+    unsigned LeadZ = countLeadingZerosSlowCase();
+    return (Ones + LeadZ + countTrailingZeros()) == BitWidth;
+  }
+
+  /// Compute an APInt containing numBits highbits from this APInt.
+  ///
+  /// Get an APInt with the same BitWidth as this APInt, just zero mask the low
+  /// bits and right shift to the least significant bit.
+  ///
+  /// \returns the high "numBits" bits of this APInt.
+  APInt getHiBits(unsigned numBits) const;
+
+  /// Compute an APInt containing numBits lowbits from this APInt.
+  ///
+  /// Get an APInt with the same BitWidth as this APInt, just zero mask the high
+  /// bits.
+  ///
+  /// \returns the low "numBits" bits of this APInt.
+  APInt getLoBits(unsigned numBits) const;
+
+  /// Determine if two APInts have the same value, after zero-extending
+  /// one of them (if needed!) to ensure that the bit-widths match.
+  static bool isSameValue(const APInt &I1, const APInt &I2) {
+    if (I1.getBitWidth() == I2.getBitWidth())
+      return I1 == I2;
+
+    if (I1.getBitWidth() > I2.getBitWidth())
+      return I1 == I2.zext(I1.getBitWidth());
+
+    return I1.zext(I2.getBitWidth()) == I2;
+  }
+
+  /// Overload to compute a hash_code for an APInt value.
+  friend hash_code hash_value(const APInt &Arg);
+
+  /// This function returns a pointer to the internal storage of the APInt.
+  /// This is useful for writing out the APInt in binary form without any
+  /// conversions.
+  const uint64_t *getRawData() const {
+    if (isSingleWord())
+      return &U.VAL;
+    return &U.pVal[0];
+  }
+
+  /// @}
+  /// \name Unary Operators
+  /// @{
+
+  /// Postfix increment operator.  Increment *this by 1.
+  ///
+  /// \returns a new APInt value representing the original value of *this.
+  APInt operator++(int) {
+    APInt API(*this);
+    ++(*this);
+    return API;
+  }
+
+  /// Prefix increment operator.
+  ///
+  /// \returns *this incremented by one
+  APInt &operator++();
+
+  /// Postfix decrement operator. Decrement *this by 1.
+  ///
+  /// \returns a new APInt value representing the original value of *this.
+  APInt operator--(int) {
+    APInt API(*this);
+    --(*this);
+    return API;
+  }
+
+  /// Prefix decrement operator.
+  ///
+  /// \returns *this decremented by one.
+  APInt &operator--();
+
+  /// Logical negation operation on this APInt returns true if zero, like normal
+  /// integers.
+  bool operator!() const { return isZero(); }
+
+  /// @}
+  /// \name Assignment Operators
+  /// @{
+
+  /// Copy assignment operator.
+  ///
+  /// \returns *this after assignment of RHS.
+  APInt &operator=(const APInt &RHS) {
+    // The common case (both source or dest being inline) doesn't require
+    // allocation or deallocation.
+    if (isSingleWord() && RHS.isSingleWord()) {
+      U.VAL = RHS.U.VAL;
+      BitWidth = RHS.BitWidth;
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    assignSlowCase(RHS);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// Move assignment operator.
+  APInt &operator=(APInt &&that) {
+#ifdef EXPENSIVE_CHECKS
+    // Some std::shuffle implementations still do self-assignment.
+    if (this == &that)
+      return *this;
+#endif
+    assert(this != &that && "Self-move not supported");
+    if (!isSingleWord())
+      delete[] U.pVal;
+
+    // Use memcpy so that type based alias analysis sees both VAL and pVal
+    // as modified.
+    memcpy(&U, &that.U, sizeof(U));
+
+    BitWidth = that.BitWidth;
+    that.BitWidth = 0;
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// Assignment operator.
+  ///
+  /// The RHS value is assigned to *this. If the significant bits in RHS exceed
+  /// the bit width, the excess bits are truncated. If the bit width is larger
+  /// than 64, the value is zero filled in the unspecified high order bits.
+  ///
+  /// \returns *this after assignment of RHS value.
+  APInt &operator=(uint64_t RHS) {
+    if (isSingleWord()) {
+      U.VAL = RHS;
+      return clearUnusedBits();
+    }
+    U.pVal[0] = RHS;
+    memset(U.pVal + 1, 0, (getNumWords() - 1) * APINT_WORD_SIZE);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// Bitwise AND assignment operator.
+  ///
+  /// Performs a bitwise AND operation on this APInt and RHS. The result is
+  /// assigned to *this.
+  ///
+  /// \returns *this after ANDing with RHS.
+  APInt &operator&=(const APInt &RHS) {
+    assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same");
+    if (isSingleWord())
+      U.VAL &= RHS.U.VAL;
+    else
+      andAssignSlowCase(RHS);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// Bitwise AND assignment operator.
+  ///
+  /// Performs a bitwise AND operation on this APInt and RHS. RHS is
+  /// logically zero-extended or truncated to match the bit-width of
+  /// the LHS.
+  APInt &operator&=(uint64_t RHS) {
+    if (isSingleWord()) {
+      U.VAL &= RHS;
+      return *this;
+    }
+    U.pVal[0] &= RHS;
+    memset(U.pVal + 1, 0, (getNumWords() - 1) * APINT_WORD_SIZE);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// Bitwise OR assignment operator.
+  ///
+  /// Performs a bitwise OR operation on this APInt and RHS. The result is
+  /// assigned *this;
+  ///
+  /// \returns *this after ORing with RHS.
+  APInt &operator|=(const APInt &RHS) {
+    assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same");
+    if (isSingleWord())
+      U.VAL |= RHS.U.VAL;
+    else
+      orAssignSlowCase(RHS);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// Bitwise OR assignment operator.
+  ///
+  /// Performs a bitwise OR operation on this APInt and RHS. RHS is
+  /// logically zero-extended or truncated to match the bit-width of
+  /// the LHS.
+  APInt &operator|=(uint64_t RHS) {
+    if (isSingleWord()) {
+      U.VAL |= RHS;
+      return clearUnusedBits();
+    }
+    U.pVal[0] |= RHS;
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// Bitwise XOR assignment operator.
+  ///
+  /// Performs a bitwise XOR operation on this APInt and RHS. The result is
+  /// assigned to *this.
+  ///
+  /// \returns *this after XORing with RHS.
+  APInt &operator^=(const APInt &RHS) {
+    assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same");
+    if (isSingleWord())
+      U.VAL ^= RHS.U.VAL;
+    else
+      xorAssignSlowCase(RHS);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// Bitwise XOR assignment operator.
+  ///
+  /// Performs a bitwise XOR operation on this APInt and RHS. RHS is
+  /// logically zero-extended or truncated to match the bit-width of
+  /// the LHS.
+  APInt &operator^=(uint64_t RHS) {
+    if (isSingleWord()) {
+      U.VAL ^= RHS;
+      return clearUnusedBits();
+    }
+    U.pVal[0] ^= RHS;
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// Multiplication assignment operator.
+  ///
+  /// Multiplies this APInt by RHS and assigns the result to *this.
+  ///
+  /// \returns *this
+  APInt &operator*=(const APInt &RHS);
+  APInt &operator*=(uint64_t RHS);
+
+  /// Addition assignment operator.
+  ///
+  /// Adds RHS to *this and assigns the result to *this.
+  ///
+  /// \returns *this
+  APInt &operator+=(const APInt &RHS);
+  APInt &operator+=(uint64_t RHS);
+
+  /// Subtraction assignment operator.
+  ///
+  /// Subtracts RHS from *this and assigns the result to *this.
+  ///
+  /// \returns *this
+  APInt &operator-=(const APInt &RHS);
+  APInt &operator-=(uint64_t RHS);
+
+  /// Left-shift assignment function.
+  ///
+  /// Shifts *this left by shiftAmt and assigns the result to *this.
+  ///
+  /// \returns *this after shifting left by ShiftAmt
+  APInt &operator<<=(unsigned ShiftAmt) {
+    assert(ShiftAmt <= BitWidth && "Invalid shift amount");
+    if (isSingleWord()) {
+      if (ShiftAmt == BitWidth)
+        U.VAL = 0;
+      else
+        U.VAL <<= ShiftAmt;
+      return clearUnusedBits();
+    }
+    shlSlowCase(ShiftAmt);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// Left-shift assignment function.
+  ///
+  /// Shifts *this left by shiftAmt and assigns the result to *this.
+  ///
+  /// \returns *this after shifting left by ShiftAmt
+  APInt &operator<<=(const APInt &ShiftAmt);
+
+  /// @}
+  /// \name Binary Operators
+  /// @{
+
+  /// Multiplication operator.
+  ///
+  /// Multiplies this APInt by RHS and returns the result.
+  APInt operator*(const APInt &RHS) const;
+
+  /// Left logical shift operator.
+  ///
+  /// Shifts this APInt left by \p Bits and returns the result.
+  APInt operator<<(unsigned Bits) const { return shl(Bits); }
+
+  /// Left logical shift operator.
+  ///
+  /// Shifts this APInt left by \p Bits and returns the result.
+  APInt operator<<(const APInt &Bits) const { return shl(Bits); }
+
+  /// Arithmetic right-shift function.
+  ///
+  /// Arithmetic right-shift this APInt by shiftAmt.
+  APInt ashr(unsigned ShiftAmt) const {
+    APInt R(*this);
+    R.ashrInPlace(ShiftAmt);
+    return R;
+  }
+
+  /// Arithmetic right-shift this APInt by ShiftAmt in place.
+  void ashrInPlace(unsigned ShiftAmt) {
+    assert(ShiftAmt <= BitWidth && "Invalid shift amount");
+    if (isSingleWord()) {
+      int64_t SExtVAL = SignExtend64(U.VAL, BitWidth);
+      if (ShiftAmt == BitWidth)
+        U.VAL = SExtVAL >> (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - 1); // Fill with sign bit.
+      else
+        U.VAL = SExtVAL >> ShiftAmt;
+      clearUnusedBits();
+      return;
+    }
+    ashrSlowCase(ShiftAmt);
+  }
+
+  /// Logical right-shift function.
+  ///
+  /// Logical right-shift this APInt by shiftAmt.
+  APInt lshr(unsigned shiftAmt) const {
+    APInt R(*this);
+    R.lshrInPlace(shiftAmt);
+    return R;
+  }
+
+  /// Logical right-shift this APInt by ShiftAmt in place.
+  void lshrInPlace(unsigned ShiftAmt) {
+    assert(ShiftAmt <= BitWidth && "Invalid shift amount");
+    if (isSingleWord()) {
+      if (ShiftAmt == BitWidth)
+        U.VAL = 0;
+      else
+        U.VAL >>= ShiftAmt;
+      return;
+    }
+    lshrSlowCase(ShiftAmt);
+  }
+
+  /// Left-shift function.
+  ///
+  /// Left-shift this APInt by shiftAmt.
+  APInt shl(unsigned shiftAmt) const {
+    APInt R(*this);
+    R <<= shiftAmt;
+    return R;
+  }
+
+  /// Rotate left by rotateAmt.
+  APInt rotl(unsigned rotateAmt) const;
+
+  /// Rotate right by rotateAmt.
+  APInt rotr(unsigned rotateAmt) const;
+
+  /// Arithmetic right-shift function.
+  ///
+  /// Arithmetic right-shift this APInt by shiftAmt.
+  APInt ashr(const APInt &ShiftAmt) const {
+    APInt R(*this);
+    R.ashrInPlace(ShiftAmt);
+    return R;
+  }
+
+  /// Arithmetic right-shift this APInt by shiftAmt in place.
+  void ashrInPlace(const APInt &shiftAmt);
+
+  /// Logical right-shift function.
+  ///
+  /// Logical right-shift this APInt by shiftAmt.
+  APInt lshr(const APInt &ShiftAmt) const {
+    APInt R(*this);
+    R.lshrInPlace(ShiftAmt);
+    return R;
+  }
+
+  /// Logical right-shift this APInt by ShiftAmt in place.
+  void lshrInPlace(const APInt &ShiftAmt);
+
+  /// Left-shift function.
+  ///
+  /// Left-shift this APInt by shiftAmt.
+  APInt shl(const APInt &ShiftAmt) const {
+    APInt R(*this);
+    R <<= ShiftAmt;
+    return R;
+  }
+
+  /// Rotate left by rotateAmt.
+  APInt rotl(const APInt &rotateAmt) const;
+
+  /// Rotate right by rotateAmt.
+  APInt rotr(const APInt &rotateAmt) const;
+
+  /// Concatenate the bits from "NewLSB" onto the bottom of *this.  This is
+  /// equivalent to:
+  ///   (this->zext(NewWidth) << NewLSB.getBitWidth()) | NewLSB.zext(NewWidth)
+  APInt concat(const APInt &NewLSB) const {
+    /// If the result will be small, then both the merged values are small.
+    unsigned NewWidth = getBitWidth() + NewLSB.getBitWidth();
+    if (NewWidth <= APINT_BITS_PER_WORD)
+      return APInt(NewWidth, (U.VAL << NewLSB.getBitWidth()) | NewLSB.U.VAL);
+    return concatSlowCase(NewLSB);
+  }
+
+  /// Unsigned division operation.
+  ///
+  /// Perform an unsigned divide operation on this APInt by RHS. Both this and
+  /// RHS are treated as unsigned quantities for purposes of this division.
+  ///
+  /// \returns a new APInt value containing the division result, rounded towards
+  /// zero.
+  APInt udiv(const APInt &RHS) const;
+  APInt udiv(uint64_t RHS) const;
+
+  /// Signed division function for APInt.
+  ///
+  /// Signed divide this APInt by APInt RHS.
+  ///
+  /// The result is rounded towards zero.
+  APInt sdiv(const APInt &RHS) const;
+  APInt sdiv(int64_t RHS) const;
+
+  /// Unsigned remainder operation.
+  ///
+  /// Perform an unsigned remainder operation on this APInt with RHS being the
+  /// divisor. Both this and RHS are treated as unsigned quantities for purposes
+  /// of this operation. Note that this is a true remainder operation and not a
+  /// modulo operation because the sign follows the sign of the dividend which
+  /// is *this.
+  ///
+  /// \returns a new APInt value containing the remainder result
+  APInt urem(const APInt &RHS) const;
+  uint64_t urem(uint64_t RHS) const;
+
+  /// Function for signed remainder operation.
+  ///
+  /// Signed remainder operation on APInt.
+  APInt srem(const APInt &RHS) const;
+  int64_t srem(int64_t RHS) const;
+
+  /// Dual division/remainder interface.
+  ///
+  /// Sometimes it is convenient to divide two APInt values and obtain both the
+  /// quotient and remainder. This function does both operations in the same
+  /// computation making it a little more efficient. The pair of input arguments
+  /// may overlap with the pair of output arguments. It is safe to call
+  /// udivrem(X, Y, X, Y), for example.
+  static void udivrem(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS, APInt &Quotient,
+                      APInt &Remainder);
+  static void udivrem(const APInt &LHS, uint64_t RHS, APInt &Quotient,
+                      uint64_t &Remainder);
+
+  static void sdivrem(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS, APInt &Quotient,
+                      APInt &Remainder);
+  static void sdivrem(const APInt &LHS, int64_t RHS, APInt &Quotient,
+                      int64_t &Remainder);
+
+  // Operations that return overflow indicators.
+  APInt sadd_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const;
+  APInt uadd_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const;
+  APInt ssub_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const;
+  APInt usub_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const;
+  APInt sdiv_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const;
+  APInt smul_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const;
+  APInt umul_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const;
+  APInt sshl_ov(const APInt &Amt, bool &Overflow) const;
+  APInt ushl_ov(const APInt &Amt, bool &Overflow) const;
+
+  // Operations that saturate
+  APInt sadd_sat(const APInt &RHS) const;
+  APInt uadd_sat(const APInt &RHS) const;
+  APInt ssub_sat(const APInt &RHS) const;
+  APInt usub_sat(const APInt &RHS) const;
+  APInt smul_sat(const APInt &RHS) const;
+  APInt umul_sat(const APInt &RHS) const;
+  APInt sshl_sat(const APInt &RHS) const;
+  APInt ushl_sat(const APInt &RHS) const;
+
+  /// Array-indexing support.
+  ///
+  /// \returns the bit value at bitPosition
+  bool operator[](unsigned bitPosition) const {
+    assert(bitPosition < getBitWidth() && "Bit position out of bounds!");
+    return (maskBit(bitPosition) & getWord(bitPosition)) != 0;
+  }
+
+  /// @}
+  /// \name Comparison Operators
+  /// @{
+
+  /// Equality operator.
+  ///
+  /// Compares this APInt with RHS for the validity of the equality
+  /// relationship.
+  bool operator==(const APInt &RHS) const {
+    assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Comparison requires equal bit widths");
+    if (isSingleWord())
+      return U.VAL == RHS.U.VAL;
+    return equalSlowCase(RHS);
+  }
+
+  /// Equality operator.
+  ///
+  /// Compares this APInt with a uint64_t for the validity of the equality
+  /// relationship.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if *this == Val
+  bool operator==(uint64_t Val) const {
+    return (isSingleWord() || getActiveBits() <= 64) && getZExtValue() == Val;
+  }
+
+  /// Equality comparison.
+  ///
+  /// Compares this APInt with RHS for the validity of the equality
+  /// relationship.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if *this == Val
+  bool eq(const APInt &RHS) const { return (*this) == RHS; }
+
+  /// Inequality operator.
+  ///
+  /// Compares this APInt with RHS for the validity of the inequality
+  /// relationship.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if *this != Val
+  bool operator!=(const APInt &RHS) const { return !((*this) == RHS); }
+
+  /// Inequality operator.
+  ///
+  /// Compares this APInt with a uint64_t for the validity of the inequality
+  /// relationship.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if *this != Val
+  bool operator!=(uint64_t Val) const { return !((*this) == Val); }
+
+  /// Inequality comparison
+  ///
+  /// Compares this APInt with RHS for the validity of the inequality
+  /// relationship.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if *this != Val
+  bool ne(const APInt &RHS) const { return !((*this) == RHS); }
+
+  /// Unsigned less than comparison
+  ///
+  /// Regards both *this and RHS as unsigned quantities and compares them for
+  /// the validity of the less-than relationship.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if *this < RHS when both are considered unsigned.
+  bool ult(const APInt &RHS) const { return compare(RHS) < 0; }
+
+  /// Unsigned less than comparison
+  ///
+  /// Regards both *this as an unsigned quantity and compares it with RHS for
+  /// the validity of the less-than relationship.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if *this < RHS when considered unsigned.
+  bool ult(uint64_t RHS) const {
+    // Only need to check active bits if not a single word.
+    return (isSingleWord() || getActiveBits() <= 64) && getZExtValue() < RHS;
+  }
+
+  /// Signed less than comparison
+  ///
+  /// Regards both *this and RHS as signed quantities and compares them for
+  /// validity of the less-than relationship.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if *this < RHS when both are considered signed.
+  bool slt(const APInt &RHS) const { return compareSigned(RHS) < 0; }
+
+  /// Signed less than comparison
+  ///
+  /// Regards both *this as a signed quantity and compares it with RHS for
+  /// the validity of the less-than relationship.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if *this < RHS when considered signed.
+  bool slt(int64_t RHS) const {
+    return (!isSingleWord() && getSignificantBits() > 64)
+               ? isNegative()
+               : getSExtValue() < RHS;
+  }
+
+  /// Unsigned less or equal comparison
+  ///
+  /// Regards both *this and RHS as unsigned quantities and compares them for
+  /// validity of the less-or-equal relationship.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if *this <= RHS when both are considered unsigned.
+  bool ule(const APInt &RHS) const { return compare(RHS) <= 0; }
+
+  /// Unsigned less or equal comparison
+  ///
+  /// Regards both *this as an unsigned quantity and compares it with RHS for
+  /// the validity of the less-or-equal relationship.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if *this <= RHS when considered unsigned.
+  bool ule(uint64_t RHS) const { return !ugt(RHS); }
+
+  /// Signed less or equal comparison
+  ///
+  /// Regards both *this and RHS as signed quantities and compares them for
+  /// validity of the less-or-equal relationship.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if *this <= RHS when both are considered signed.
+  bool sle(const APInt &RHS) const { return compareSigned(RHS) <= 0; }
+
+  /// Signed less or equal comparison
+  ///
+  /// Regards both *this as a signed quantity and compares it with RHS for the
+  /// validity of the less-or-equal relationship.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if *this <= RHS when considered signed.
+  bool sle(uint64_t RHS) const { return !sgt(RHS); }
+
+  /// Unsigned greater than comparison
+  ///
+  /// Regards both *this and RHS as unsigned quantities and compares them for
+  /// the validity of the greater-than relationship.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if *this > RHS when both are considered unsigned.
+  bool ugt(const APInt &RHS) const { return !ule(RHS); }
+
+  /// Unsigned greater than comparison
+  ///
+  /// Regards both *this as an unsigned quantity and compares it with RHS for
+  /// the validity of the greater-than relationship.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if *this > RHS when considered unsigned.
+  bool ugt(uint64_t RHS) const {
+    // Only need to check active bits if not a single word.
+    return (!isSingleWord() && getActiveBits() > 64) || getZExtValue() > RHS;
+  }
+
+  /// Signed greater than comparison
+  ///
+  /// Regards both *this and RHS as signed quantities and compares them for the
+  /// validity of the greater-than relationship.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if *this > RHS when both are considered signed.
+  bool sgt(const APInt &RHS) const { return !sle(RHS); }
+
+  /// Signed greater than comparison
+  ///
+  /// Regards both *this as a signed quantity and compares it with RHS for
+  /// the validity of the greater-than relationship.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if *this > RHS when considered signed.
+  bool sgt(int64_t RHS) const {
+    return (!isSingleWord() && getSignificantBits() > 64)
+               ? !isNegative()
+               : getSExtValue() > RHS;
+  }
+
+  /// Unsigned greater or equal comparison
+  ///
+  /// Regards both *this and RHS as unsigned quantities and compares them for
+  /// validity of the greater-or-equal relationship.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if *this >= RHS when both are considered unsigned.
+  bool uge(const APInt &RHS) const { return !ult(RHS); }
+
+  /// Unsigned greater or equal comparison
+  ///
+  /// Regards both *this as an unsigned quantity and compares it with RHS for
+  /// the validity of the greater-or-equal relationship.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if *this >= RHS when considered unsigned.
+  bool uge(uint64_t RHS) const { return !ult(RHS); }
+
+  /// Signed greater or equal comparison
+  ///
+  /// Regards both *this and RHS as signed quantities and compares them for
+  /// validity of the greater-or-equal relationship.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if *this >= RHS when both are considered signed.
+  bool sge(const APInt &RHS) const { return !slt(RHS); }
+
+  /// Signed greater or equal comparison
+  ///
+  /// Regards both *this as a signed quantity and compares it with RHS for
+  /// the validity of the greater-or-equal relationship.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if *this >= RHS when considered signed.
+  bool sge(int64_t RHS) const { return !slt(RHS); }
+
+  /// This operation tests if there are any pairs of corresponding bits
+  /// between this APInt and RHS that are both set.
+  bool intersects(const APInt &RHS) const {
+    assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same");
+    if (isSingleWord())
+      return (U.VAL & RHS.U.VAL) != 0;
+    return intersectsSlowCase(RHS);
+  }
+
+  /// This operation checks that all bits set in this APInt are also set in RHS.
+  bool isSubsetOf(const APInt &RHS) const {
+    assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same");
+    if (isSingleWord())
+      return (U.VAL & ~RHS.U.VAL) == 0;
+    return isSubsetOfSlowCase(RHS);
+  }
+
+  /// @}
+  /// \name Resizing Operators
+  /// @{
+
+  /// Truncate to new width.
+  ///
+  /// Truncate the APInt to a specified width. It is an error to specify a width
+  /// that is greater than or equal to the current width.
+  APInt trunc(unsigned width) const;
+
+  /// Truncate to new width with unsigned saturation.
+  ///
+  /// If the APInt, treated as unsigned integer, can be losslessly truncated to
+  /// the new bitwidth, then return truncated APInt. Else, return max value.
+  APInt truncUSat(unsigned width) const;
+
+  /// Truncate to new width with signed saturation.
+  ///
+  /// If this APInt, treated as signed integer, can be losslessly truncated to
+  /// the new bitwidth, then return truncated APInt. Else, return either
+  /// signed min value if the APInt was negative, or signed max value.
+  APInt truncSSat(unsigned width) const;
+
+  /// Sign extend to a new width.
+  ///
+  /// This operation sign extends the APInt to a new width. If the high order
+  /// bit is set, the fill on the left will be done with 1 bits, otherwise zero.
+  /// It is an error to specify a width that is less than or equal to the
+  /// current width.
+  APInt sext(unsigned width) const;
+
+  /// Zero extend to a new width.
+  ///
+  /// This operation zero extends the APInt to a new width. The high order bits
+  /// are filled with 0 bits.  It is an error to specify a width that is less
+  /// than or equal to the current width.
+  APInt zext(unsigned width) const;
+
+  /// Sign extend or truncate to width
+  ///
+  /// Make this APInt have the bit width given by \p width. The value is sign
+  /// extended, truncated, or left alone to make it that width.
+  APInt sextOrTrunc(unsigned width) const;
+
+  /// Zero extend or truncate to width
+  ///
+  /// Make this APInt have the bit width given by \p width. The value is zero
+  /// extended, truncated, or left alone to make it that width.
+  APInt zextOrTrunc(unsigned width) const;
+
+  /// Truncate to width
+  ///
+  /// Make this APInt have the bit width given by \p width. The value is
+  /// truncated or left alone to make it that width.
+  APInt truncOrSelf(unsigned width) const;
+
+  /// Sign extend or truncate to width
+  ///
+  /// Make this APInt have the bit width given by \p width. The value is sign
+  /// extended, or left alone to make it that width.
+  APInt sextOrSelf(unsigned width) const;
+
+  /// Zero extend or truncate to width
+  ///
+  /// Make this APInt have the bit width given by \p width. The value is zero
+  /// extended, or left alone to make it that width.
+  APInt zextOrSelf(unsigned width) const;
+
+  /// @}
+  /// \name Bit Manipulation Operators
+  /// @{
+
+  /// Set every bit to 1.
+  void setAllBits() {
+    if (isSingleWord())
+      U.VAL = WORDTYPE_MAX;
+    else
+      // Set all the bits in all the words.
+      memset(U.pVal, -1, getNumWords() * APINT_WORD_SIZE);
+    // Clear the unused ones
+    clearUnusedBits();
+  }
+
+  /// Set the given bit to 1 whose position is given as "bitPosition".
+  void setBit(unsigned BitPosition) {
+    assert(BitPosition < BitWidth && "BitPosition out of range");
+    WordType Mask = maskBit(BitPosition);
+    if (isSingleWord())
+      U.VAL |= Mask;
+    else
+      U.pVal[whichWord(BitPosition)] |= Mask;
+  }
+
+  /// Set the sign bit to 1.
+  void setSignBit() { setBit(BitWidth - 1); }
+
+  /// Set a given bit to a given value.
+  void setBitVal(unsigned BitPosition, bool BitValue) {
+    if (BitValue)
+      setBit(BitPosition);
+    else
+      clearBit(BitPosition);
+  }
+
+  /// Set the bits from loBit (inclusive) to hiBit (exclusive) to 1.
+  /// This function handles "wrap" case when \p loBit >= \p hiBit, and calls
+  /// setBits when \p loBit < \p hiBit.
+  /// For \p loBit == \p hiBit wrap case, set every bit to 1.
+  void setBitsWithWrap(unsigned loBit, unsigned hiBit) {
+    assert(hiBit <= BitWidth && "hiBit out of range");
+    assert(loBit <= BitWidth && "loBit out of range");
+    if (loBit < hiBit) {
+      setBits(loBit, hiBit);
+      return;
+    }
+    setLowBits(hiBit);
+    setHighBits(BitWidth - loBit);
+  }
+
+  /// Set the bits from loBit (inclusive) to hiBit (exclusive) to 1.
+  /// This function handles case when \p loBit <= \p hiBit.
+  void setBits(unsigned loBit, unsigned hiBit) {
+    assert(hiBit <= BitWidth && "hiBit out of range");
+    assert(loBit <= BitWidth && "loBit out of range");
+    assert(loBit <= hiBit && "loBit greater than hiBit");
+    if (loBit == hiBit)
+      return;
+    if (loBit < APINT_BITS_PER_WORD && hiBit <= APINT_BITS_PER_WORD) {
+      uint64_t mask = WORDTYPE_MAX >> (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - (hiBit - loBit));
+      mask <<= loBit;
+      if (isSingleWord())
+        U.VAL |= mask;
+      else
+        U.pVal[0] |= mask;
+    } else {
+      setBitsSlowCase(loBit, hiBit);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /// Set the top bits starting from loBit.
+  void setBitsFrom(unsigned loBit) { return setBits(loBit, BitWidth); }
+
+  /// Set the bottom loBits bits.
+  void setLowBits(unsigned loBits) { return setBits(0, loBits); }
+
+  /// Set the top hiBits bits.
+  void setHighBits(unsigned hiBits) {
+    return setBits(BitWidth - hiBits, BitWidth);
+  }
+
+  /// Set every bit to 0.
+  void clearAllBits() {
+    if (isSingleWord())
+      U.VAL = 0;
+    else
+      memset(U.pVal, 0, getNumWords() * APINT_WORD_SIZE);
+  }
+
+  /// Set a given bit to 0.
+  ///
+  /// Set the given bit to 0 whose position is given as "bitPosition".
+  void clearBit(unsigned BitPosition) {
+    assert(BitPosition < BitWidth && "BitPosition out of range");
+    WordType Mask = ~maskBit(BitPosition);
+    if (isSingleWord())
+      U.VAL &= Mask;
+    else
+      U.pVal[whichWord(BitPosition)] &= Mask;
+  }
+
+  /// Set bottom loBits bits to 0.
+  void clearLowBits(unsigned loBits) {
+    assert(loBits <= BitWidth && "More bits than bitwidth");
+    APInt Keep = getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - loBits);
+    *this &= Keep;
+  }
+
+  /// Set the sign bit to 0.
+  void clearSignBit() { clearBit(BitWidth - 1); }
+
+  /// Toggle every bit to its opposite value.
+  void flipAllBits() {
+    if (isSingleWord()) {
+      U.VAL ^= WORDTYPE_MAX;
+      clearUnusedBits();
+    } else {
+      flipAllBitsSlowCase();
+    }
+  }
+
+  /// Toggles a given bit to its opposite value.
+  ///
+  /// Toggle a given bit to its opposite value whose position is given
+  /// as "bitPosition".
+  void flipBit(unsigned bitPosition);
+
+  /// Negate this APInt in place.
+  void negate() {
+    flipAllBits();
+    ++(*this);
+  }
+
+  /// Insert the bits from a smaller APInt starting at bitPosition.
+  void insertBits(const APInt &SubBits, unsigned bitPosition);
+  void insertBits(uint64_t SubBits, unsigned bitPosition, unsigned numBits);
+
+  /// Return an APInt with the extracted bits [bitPosition,bitPosition+numBits).
+  APInt extractBits(unsigned numBits, unsigned bitPosition) const;
+  uint64_t extractBitsAsZExtValue(unsigned numBits, unsigned bitPosition) const;
+
+  /// @}
+  /// \name Value Characterization Functions
+  /// @{
+
+  /// Return the number of bits in the APInt.
+  unsigned getBitWidth() const { return BitWidth; }
+
+  /// Get the number of words.
+  ///
+  /// Here one word's bitwidth equals to that of uint64_t.
+  ///
+  /// \returns the number of words to hold the integer value of this APInt.
+  unsigned getNumWords() const { return getNumWords(BitWidth); }
+
+  /// Get the number of words.
+  ///
+  /// *NOTE* Here one word's bitwidth equals to that of uint64_t.
+  ///
+  /// \returns the number of words to hold the integer value with a given bit
+  /// width.
+  static unsigned getNumWords(unsigned BitWidth) {
+    return ((uint64_t)BitWidth + APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - 1) / APINT_BITS_PER_WORD;
+  }
+
+  /// Compute the number of active bits in the value
+  ///
+  /// This function returns the number of active bits which is defined as the
+  /// bit width minus the number of leading zeros. This is used in several
+  /// computations to see how "wide" the value is.
+  unsigned getActiveBits() const { return BitWidth - countLeadingZeros(); }
+
+  /// Compute the number of active words in the value of this APInt.
+  ///
+  /// This is used in conjunction with getActiveData to extract the raw value of
+  /// the APInt.
+  unsigned getActiveWords() const {
+    unsigned numActiveBits = getActiveBits();
+    return numActiveBits ? whichWord(numActiveBits - 1) + 1 : 1;
+  }
+
+  /// Get the minimum bit size for this signed APInt
+  ///
+  /// Computes the minimum bit width for this APInt while considering it to be a
+  /// signed (and probably negative) value. If the value is not negative, this
+  /// function returns the same value as getActiveBits()+1. Otherwise, it
+  /// returns the smallest bit width that will retain the negative value. For
+  /// example, -1 can be written as 0b1 or 0xFFFFFFFFFF. 0b1 is shorter and so
+  /// for -1, this function will always return 1.
+  unsigned getSignificantBits() const {
+    return BitWidth - getNumSignBits() + 1;
+  }
+
+  /// NOTE: This is soft-deprecated.  Please use `getSignificantBits()` instead.
+  unsigned getMinSignedBits() const { return getSignificantBits(); }
+
+  /// Get zero extended value
+  ///
+  /// This method attempts to return the value of this APInt as a zero extended
+  /// uint64_t. The bitwidth must be <= 64 or the value must fit within a
+  /// uint64_t. Otherwise an assertion will result.
+  uint64_t getZExtValue() const {
+    if (isSingleWord())
+      return U.VAL;
+    assert(getActiveBits() <= 64 && "Too many bits for uint64_t");
+    return U.pVal[0];
+  }
+
+  /// Get sign extended value
+  ///
+  /// This method attempts to return the value of this APInt as a sign extended
+  /// int64_t. The bit width must be <= 64 or the value must fit within an
+  /// int64_t. Otherwise an assertion will result.
+  int64_t getSExtValue() const {
+    if (isSingleWord())
+      return SignExtend64(U.VAL, BitWidth);
+    assert(getSignificantBits() <= 64 && "Too many bits for int64_t");
+    return int64_t(U.pVal[0]);
+  }
+
+  /// Get bits required for string value.
+  ///
+  /// This method determines how many bits are required to hold the APInt
+  /// equivalent of the string given by \p str.
+  static unsigned getBitsNeeded(StringRef str, uint8_t radix);
+
+  /// The APInt version of the countLeadingZeros functions in
+  ///   MathExtras.h.
+  ///
+  /// It counts the number of zeros from the most significant bit to the first
+  /// one bit.
+  ///
+  /// \returns BitWidth if the value is zero, otherwise returns the number of
+  ///   zeros from the most significant bit to the first one bits.
+  unsigned countLeadingZeros() const {
+    if (isSingleWord()) {
+      unsigned unusedBits = APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - BitWidth;
+      return llvm::countLeadingZeros(U.VAL) - unusedBits;
+    }
+    return countLeadingZerosSlowCase();
+  }
+
+  /// Count the number of leading one bits.
+  ///
+  /// This function is an APInt version of the countLeadingOnes
+  /// functions in MathExtras.h. It counts the number of ones from the most
+  /// significant bit to the first zero bit.
+  ///
+  /// \returns 0 if the high order bit is not set, otherwise returns the number
+  /// of 1 bits from the most significant to the least
+  unsigned countLeadingOnes() const {
+    if (isSingleWord()) {
+      if (LLVM_UNLIKELY(BitWidth == 0))
+        return 0;
+      return llvm::countLeadingOnes(U.VAL << (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - BitWidth));
+    }
+    return countLeadingOnesSlowCase();
+  }
+
+  /// Computes the number of leading bits of this APInt that are equal to its
+  /// sign bit.
+  unsigned getNumSignBits() const {
+    return isNegative() ? countLeadingOnes() : countLeadingZeros();
+  }
+
+  /// Count the number of trailing zero bits.
+  ///
+  /// This function is an APInt version of the countTrailingZeros
+  /// functions in MathExtras.h. It counts the number of zeros from the least
+  /// significant bit to the first set bit.
+  ///
+  /// \returns BitWidth if the value is zero, otherwise returns the number of
+  /// zeros from the least significant bit to the first one bit.
+  unsigned countTrailingZeros() const {
+    if (isSingleWord()) {
+      unsigned TrailingZeros = llvm::countTrailingZeros(U.VAL);
+      return (TrailingZeros > BitWidth ? BitWidth : TrailingZeros);
+    }
+    return countTrailingZerosSlowCase();
+  }
+
+  /// Count the number of trailing one bits.
+  ///
+  /// This function is an APInt version of the countTrailingOnes
+  /// functions in MathExtras.h. It counts the number of ones from the least
+  /// significant bit to the first zero bit.
+  ///
+  /// \returns BitWidth if the value is all ones, otherwise returns the number
+  /// of ones from the least significant bit to the first zero bit.
+  unsigned countTrailingOnes() const {
+    if (isSingleWord())
+      return llvm::countTrailingOnes(U.VAL);
+    return countTrailingOnesSlowCase();
+  }
+
+  /// Count the number of bits set.
+  ///
+  /// This function is an APInt version of the countPopulation functions
+  /// in MathExtras.h. It counts the number of 1 bits in the APInt value.
+  ///
+  /// \returns 0 if the value is zero, otherwise returns the number of set bits.
+  unsigned countPopulation() const {
+    if (isSingleWord())
+      return llvm::countPopulation(U.VAL);
+    return countPopulationSlowCase();
+  }
+
+  /// @}
+  /// \name Conversion Functions
+  /// @{
+  void print(raw_ostream &OS, bool isSigned) const;
+
+  /// Converts an APInt to a string and append it to Str.  Str is commonly a
+  /// SmallString.
+  void toString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, unsigned Radix, bool Signed,
+                bool formatAsCLiteral = false) const;
+
+  /// Considers the APInt to be unsigned and converts it into a string in the
+  /// radix given. The radix can be 2, 8, 10 16, or 36.
+  void toStringUnsigned(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, unsigned Radix = 10) const {
+    toString(Str, Radix, false, false);
+  }
+
+  /// Considers the APInt to be signed and converts it into a string in the
+  /// radix given. The radix can be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36.
+  void toStringSigned(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, unsigned Radix = 10) const {
+    toString(Str, Radix, true, false);
+  }
+
+  /// \returns a byte-swapped representation of this APInt Value.
+  APInt byteSwap() const;
+
+  /// \returns the value with the bit representation reversed of this APInt
+  /// Value.
+  APInt reverseBits() const;
+
+  /// Converts this APInt to a double value.
+  double roundToDouble(bool isSigned) const;
+
+  /// Converts this unsigned APInt to a double value.
+  double roundToDouble() const { return roundToDouble(false); }
+
+  /// Converts this signed APInt to a double value.
+  double signedRoundToDouble() const { return roundToDouble(true); }
+
+  /// Converts APInt bits to a double
+  ///
+  /// The conversion does not do a translation from integer to double, it just
+  /// re-interprets the bits as a double. Note that it is valid to do this on
+  /// any bit width. Exactly 64 bits will be translated.
+  double bitsToDouble() const { return BitsToDouble(getWord(0)); }
+
+  /// Converts APInt bits to a float
+  ///
+  /// The conversion does not do a translation from integer to float, it just
+  /// re-interprets the bits as a float. Note that it is valid to do this on
+  /// any bit width. Exactly 32 bits will be translated.
+  float bitsToFloat() const {
+    return BitsToFloat(static_cast<uint32_t>(getWord(0)));
+  }
+
+  /// Converts a double to APInt bits.
+  ///
+  /// The conversion does not do a translation from double to integer, it just
+  /// re-interprets the bits of the double.
+  static APInt doubleToBits(double V) {
+    return APInt(sizeof(double) * CHAR_BIT, DoubleToBits(V));
+  }
+
+  /// Converts a float to APInt bits.
+  ///
+  /// The conversion does not do a translation from float to integer, it just
+  /// re-interprets the bits of the float.
+  static APInt floatToBits(float V) {
+    return APInt(sizeof(float) * CHAR_BIT, FloatToBits(V));
+  }
+
+  /// @}
+  /// \name Mathematics Operations
+  /// @{
+
+  /// \returns the floor log base 2 of this APInt.
+  unsigned logBase2() const { return getActiveBits() - 1; }
+
+  /// \returns the ceil log base 2 of this APInt.
+  unsigned ceilLogBase2() const {
+    APInt temp(*this);
+    --temp;
+    return temp.getActiveBits();
+  }
+
+  /// \returns the nearest log base 2 of this APInt. Ties round up.
+  ///
+  /// NOTE: When we have a BitWidth of 1, we define:
+  ///
+  ///   log2(0) = UINT32_MAX
+  ///   log2(1) = 0
+  ///
+  /// to get around any mathematical concerns resulting from
+  /// referencing 2 in a space where 2 does no exist.
+  unsigned nearestLogBase2() const;
+
+  /// \returns the log base 2 of this APInt if its an exact power of two, -1
+  /// otherwise
+  int32_t exactLogBase2() const {
+    if (!isPowerOf2())
+      return -1;
+    return logBase2();
+  }
+
+  /// Compute the square root.
+  APInt sqrt() const;
+
+  /// Get the absolute value.  If *this is < 0 then return -(*this), otherwise
+  /// *this.  Note that the "most negative" signed number (e.g. -128 for 8 bit
+  /// wide APInt) is unchanged due to how negation works.
+  APInt abs() const {
+    if (isNegative())
+      return -(*this);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// \returns the multiplicative inverse for a given modulo.
+  APInt multiplicativeInverse(const APInt &modulo) const;
+
+  /// @}
+  /// \name Building-block Operations for APInt and APFloat
+  /// @{
+
+  // These building block operations operate on a representation of arbitrary
+  // precision, two's-complement, bignum integer values. They should be
+  // sufficient to implement APInt and APFloat bignum requirements. Inputs are
+  // generally a pointer to the base of an array of integer parts, representing
+  // an unsigned bignum, and a count of how many parts there are.
+
+  /// Sets the least significant part of a bignum to the input value, and zeroes
+  /// out higher parts.
+  static void tcSet(WordType *, WordType, unsigned);
+
+  /// Assign one bignum to another.
+  static void tcAssign(WordType *, const WordType *, unsigned);
+
+  /// Returns true if a bignum is zero, false otherwise.
+  static bool tcIsZero(const WordType *, unsigned);
+
+  /// Extract the given bit of a bignum; returns 0 or 1.  Zero-based.
+  static int tcExtractBit(const WordType *, unsigned bit);
+
+  /// Copy the bit vector of width srcBITS from SRC, starting at bit srcLSB, to
+  /// DST, of dstCOUNT parts, such that the bit srcLSB becomes the least
+  /// significant bit of DST.  All high bits above srcBITS in DST are
+  /// zero-filled.
+  static void tcExtract(WordType *, unsigned dstCount, const WordType *,
+                        unsigned srcBits, unsigned srcLSB);
+
+  /// Set the given bit of a bignum.  Zero-based.
+  static void tcSetBit(WordType *, unsigned bit);
+
+  /// Clear the given bit of a bignum.  Zero-based.
+  static void tcClearBit(WordType *, unsigned bit);
+
+  /// Returns the bit number of the least or most significant set bit of a
+  /// number.  If the input number has no bits set -1U is returned.
+  static unsigned tcLSB(const WordType *, unsigned n);
+  static unsigned tcMSB(const WordType *parts, unsigned n);
+
+  /// Negate a bignum in-place.
+  static void tcNegate(WordType *, unsigned);
+
+  /// DST += RHS + CARRY where CARRY is zero or one.  Returns the carry flag.
+  static WordType tcAdd(WordType *, const WordType *, WordType carry, unsigned);
+  /// DST += RHS.  Returns the carry flag.
+  static WordType tcAddPart(WordType *, WordType, unsigned);
+
+  /// DST -= RHS + CARRY where CARRY is zero or one. Returns the carry flag.
+  static WordType tcSubtract(WordType *, const WordType *, WordType carry,
+                             unsigned);
+  /// DST -= RHS.  Returns the carry flag.
+  static WordType tcSubtractPart(WordType *, WordType, unsigned);
+
+  /// DST += SRC * MULTIPLIER + PART   if add is true
+  /// DST  = SRC * MULTIPLIER + PART   if add is false
+  ///
+  /// Requires 0 <= DSTPARTS <= SRCPARTS + 1.  If DST overlaps SRC they must
+  /// start at the same point, i.e. DST == SRC.
+  ///
+  /// If DSTPARTS == SRC_PARTS + 1 no overflow occurs and zero is returned.
+  /// Otherwise DST is filled with the least significant DSTPARTS parts of the
+  /// result, and if all of the omitted higher parts were zero return zero,
+  /// otherwise overflow occurred and return one.
+  static int tcMultiplyPart(WordType *dst, const WordType *src,
+                            WordType multiplier, WordType carry,
+                            unsigned srcParts, unsigned dstParts, bool add);
+
+  /// DST = LHS * RHS, where DST has the same width as the operands and is
+  /// filled with the least significant parts of the result.  Returns one if
+  /// overflow occurred, otherwise zero.  DST must be disjoint from both
+  /// operands.
+  static int tcMultiply(WordType *, const WordType *, const WordType *,
+                        unsigned);
+
+  /// DST = LHS * RHS, where DST has width the sum of the widths of the
+  /// operands. No overflow occurs. DST must be disjoint from both operands.
+  static void tcFullMultiply(WordType *, const WordType *, const WordType *,
+                             unsigned, unsigned);
+
+  /// If RHS is zero LHS and REMAINDER are left unchanged, return one.
+  /// Otherwise set LHS to LHS / RHS with the fractional part discarded, set
+  /// REMAINDER to the remainder, return zero.  i.e.
+  ///
+  ///  OLD_LHS = RHS * LHS + REMAINDER
+  ///
+  /// SCRATCH is a bignum of the same size as the operands and result for use by
+  /// the routine; its contents need not be initialized and are destroyed.  LHS,
+  /// REMAINDER and SCRATCH must be distinct.
+  static int tcDivide(WordType *lhs, const WordType *rhs, WordType *remainder,
+                      WordType *scratch, unsigned parts);
+
+  /// Shift a bignum left Count bits. Shifted in bits are zero. There are no
+  /// restrictions on Count.
+  static void tcShiftLeft(WordType *, unsigned Words, unsigned Count);
+
+  /// Shift a bignum right Count bits.  Shifted in bits are zero.  There are no
+  /// restrictions on Count.
+  static void tcShiftRight(WordType *, unsigned Words, unsigned Count);
+
+  /// Comparison (unsigned) of two bignums.
+  static int tcCompare(const WordType *, const WordType *, unsigned);
+
+  /// Increment a bignum in-place.  Return the carry flag.
+  static WordType tcIncrement(WordType *dst, unsigned parts) {
+    return tcAddPart(dst, 1, parts);
+  }
+
+  /// Decrement a bignum in-place.  Return the borrow flag.
+  static WordType tcDecrement(WordType *dst, unsigned parts) {
+    return tcSubtractPart(dst, 1, parts);
+  }
+
+  /// Used to insert APInt objects, or objects that contain APInt objects, into
+  ///  FoldingSets.
+  void Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &id) const;
+
+  /// debug method
+  void dump() const;
+
+  /// Returns whether this instance allocated memory.
+  bool needsCleanup() const { return !isSingleWord(); }
+
+private:
+  /// This union is used to store the integer value. When the
+  /// integer bit-width <= 64, it uses VAL, otherwise it uses pVal.
+  union {
+    uint64_t VAL;   ///< Used to store the <= 64 bits integer value.
+    uint64_t *pVal; ///< Used to store the >64 bits integer value.
+  } U;
+
+  unsigned BitWidth; ///< The number of bits in this APInt.
+
+  friend struct DenseMapInfo<APInt, void>;
+  friend class APSInt;
+
+  /// This constructor is used only internally for speed of construction of
+  /// temporaries. It is unsafe since it takes ownership of the pointer, so it
+  /// is not public.
+  APInt(uint64_t *val, unsigned bits) : BitWidth(bits) { U.pVal = val; }
+
+  /// Determine which word a bit is in.
+  ///
+  /// \returns the word position for the specified bit position.
+  static unsigned whichWord(unsigned bitPosition) {
+    return bitPosition / APINT_BITS_PER_WORD;
+  }
+
+  /// Determine which bit in a word the specified bit position is in.
+  static unsigned whichBit(unsigned bitPosition) {
+    return bitPosition % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD;
+  }
+
+  /// Get a single bit mask.
+  ///
+  /// \returns a uint64_t with only bit at "whichBit(bitPosition)" set
+  /// This method generates and returns a uint64_t (word) mask for a single
+  /// bit at a specific bit position. This is used to mask the bit in the
+  /// corresponding word.
+  static uint64_t maskBit(unsigned bitPosition) {
+    return 1ULL << whichBit(bitPosition);
+  }
+
+  /// Clear unused high order bits
+  ///
+  /// This method is used internally to clear the top "N" bits in the high order
+  /// word that are not used by the APInt. This is needed after the most
+  /// significant word is assigned a value to ensure that those bits are
+  /// zero'd out.
+  APInt &clearUnusedBits() {
+    // Compute how many bits are used in the final word.
+    unsigned WordBits = ((BitWidth - 1) % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD) + 1;
+
+    // Mask out the high bits.
+    uint64_t mask = WORDTYPE_MAX >> (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - WordBits);
+    if (LLVM_UNLIKELY(BitWidth == 0))
+      mask = 0;
+
+    if (isSingleWord())
+      U.VAL &= mask;
+    else
+      U.pVal[getNumWords() - 1] &= mask;
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// Get the word corresponding to a bit position
+  /// \returns the corresponding word for the specified bit position.
+  uint64_t getWord(unsigned bitPosition) const {
+    return isSingleWord() ? U.VAL : U.pVal[whichWord(bitPosition)];
+  }
+
+  /// Utility method to change the bit width of this APInt to new bit width,
+  /// allocating and/or deallocating as necessary. There is no guarantee on the
+  /// value of any bits upon return. Caller should populate the bits after.
+  void reallocate(unsigned NewBitWidth);
+
+  /// Convert a char array into an APInt
+  ///
+  /// \param radix 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36
+  /// Converts a string into a number.  The string must be non-empty
+  /// and well-formed as a number of the given base. The bit-width
+  /// must be sufficient to hold the result.
+  ///
+  /// This is used by the constructors that take string arguments.
+  ///
+  /// StringRef::getAsInteger is superficially similar but (1) does
+  /// not assume that the string is well-formed and (2) grows the
+  /// result to hold the input.
+  void fromString(unsigned numBits, StringRef str, uint8_t radix);
+
+  /// An internal division function for dividing APInts.
+  ///
+  /// This is used by the toString method to divide by the radix. It simply
+  /// provides a more convenient form of divide for internal use since KnuthDiv
+  /// has specific constraints on its inputs. If those constraints are not met
+  /// then it provides a simpler form of divide.
+  static void divide(const WordType *LHS, unsigned lhsWords,
+                     const WordType *RHS, unsigned rhsWords, WordType *Quotient,
+                     WordType *Remainder);
+
+  /// out-of-line slow case for inline constructor
+  void initSlowCase(uint64_t val, bool isSigned);
+
+  /// shared code between two array constructors
+  void initFromArray(ArrayRef<uint64_t> array);
+
+  /// out-of-line slow case for inline copy constructor
+  void initSlowCase(const APInt &that);
+
+  /// out-of-line slow case for shl
+  void shlSlowCase(unsigned ShiftAmt);
+
+  /// out-of-line slow case for lshr.
+  void lshrSlowCase(unsigned ShiftAmt);
+
+  /// out-of-line slow case for ashr.
+  void ashrSlowCase(unsigned ShiftAmt);
+
+  /// out-of-line slow case for operator=
+  void assignSlowCase(const APInt &RHS);
+
+  /// out-of-line slow case for operator==
+  bool equalSlowCase(const APInt &RHS) const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  /// out-of-line slow case for countLeadingZeros
+  unsigned countLeadingZerosSlowCase() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  /// out-of-line slow case for countLeadingOnes.
+  unsigned countLeadingOnesSlowCase() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  /// out-of-line slow case for countTrailingZeros.
+  unsigned countTrailingZerosSlowCase() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  /// out-of-line slow case for countTrailingOnes
+  unsigned countTrailingOnesSlowCase() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  /// out-of-line slow case for countPopulation
+  unsigned countPopulationSlowCase() const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  /// out-of-line slow case for intersects.
+  bool intersectsSlowCase(const APInt &RHS) const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  /// out-of-line slow case for isSubsetOf.
+  bool isSubsetOfSlowCase(const APInt &RHS) const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  /// out-of-line slow case for setBits.
+  void setBitsSlowCase(unsigned loBit, unsigned hiBit);
+
+  /// out-of-line slow case for flipAllBits.
+  void flipAllBitsSlowCase();
+
+  /// out-of-line slow case for concat.
+  APInt concatSlowCase(const APInt &NewLSB) const;
+
+  /// out-of-line slow case for operator&=.
+  void andAssignSlowCase(const APInt &RHS);
+
+  /// out-of-line slow case for operator|=.
+  void orAssignSlowCase(const APInt &RHS);
+
+  /// out-of-line slow case for operator^=.
+  void xorAssignSlowCase(const APInt &RHS);
+
+  /// Unsigned comparison. Returns -1, 0, or 1 if this APInt is less than, equal
+  /// to, or greater than RHS.
+  int compare(const APInt &RHS) const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  /// Signed comparison. Returns -1, 0, or 1 if this APInt is less than, equal
+  /// to, or greater than RHS.
+  int compareSigned(const APInt &RHS) const LLVM_READONLY;
+
+  /// @}
+};
+
+inline bool operator==(uint64_t V1, const APInt &V2) { return V2 == V1; }
+
+inline bool operator!=(uint64_t V1, const APInt &V2) { return V2 != V1; }
+
+/// Unary bitwise complement operator.
+///
+/// \returns an APInt that is the bitwise complement of \p v.
+inline APInt operator~(APInt v) {
+  v.flipAllBits();
+  return v;
+}
+
+inline APInt operator&(APInt a, const APInt &b) {
+  a &= b;
+  return a;
+}
+
+inline APInt operator&(const APInt &a, APInt &&b) {
+  b &= a;
+  return std::move(b);
+}
+
+inline APInt operator&(APInt a, uint64_t RHS) {
+  a &= RHS;
+  return a;
+}
+
+inline APInt operator&(uint64_t LHS, APInt b) {
+  b &= LHS;
+  return b;
+}
+
+inline APInt operator|(APInt a, const APInt &b) {
+  a |= b;
+  return a;
+}
+
+inline APInt operator|(const APInt &a, APInt &&b) {
+  b |= a;
+  return std::move(b);
+}
+
+inline APInt operator|(APInt a, uint64_t RHS) {
+  a |= RHS;
+  return a;
+}
+
+inline APInt operator|(uint64_t LHS, APInt b) {
+  b |= LHS;
+  return b;
+}
+
+inline APInt operator^(APInt a, const APInt &b) {
+  a ^= b;
+  return a;
+}
+
+inline APInt operator^(const APInt &a, APInt &&b) {
+  b ^= a;
+  return std::move(b);
+}
+
+inline APInt operator^(APInt a, uint64_t RHS) {
+  a ^= RHS;
+  return a;
+}
+
+inline APInt operator^(uint64_t LHS, APInt b) {
+  b ^= LHS;
+  return b;
+}
+
+inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const APInt &I) {
+  I.print(OS, true);
+  return OS;
+}
+
+inline APInt operator-(APInt v) {
+  v.negate();
+  return v;
+}
+
+inline APInt operator+(APInt a, const APInt &b) {
+  a += b;
+  return a;
+}
+
+inline APInt operator+(const APInt &a, APInt &&b) {
+  b += a;
+  return std::move(b);
+}
+
+inline APInt operator+(APInt a, uint64_t RHS) {
+  a += RHS;
+  return a;
+}
+
+inline APInt operator+(uint64_t LHS, APInt b) {
+  b += LHS;
+  return b;
+}
+
+inline APInt operator-(APInt a, const APInt &b) {
+  a -= b;
+  return a;
+}
+
+inline APInt operator-(const APInt &a, APInt &&b) {
+  b.negate();
+  b += a;
+  return std::move(b);
+}
+
+inline APInt operator-(APInt a, uint64_t RHS) {
+  a -= RHS;
+  return a;
+}
+
+inline APInt operator-(uint64_t LHS, APInt b) {
+  b.negate();
+  b += LHS;
+  return b;
+}
+
+inline APInt operator*(APInt a, uint64_t RHS) {
+  a *= RHS;
+  return a;
+}
+
+inline APInt operator*(uint64_t LHS, APInt b) {
+  b *= LHS;
+  return b;
+}
+
+namespace APIntOps {
+
+/// Determine the smaller of two APInts considered to be signed.
+inline const APInt &smin(const APInt &A, const APInt &B) {
+  return A.slt(B) ? A : B;
+}
+
+/// Determine the larger of two APInts considered to be signed.
+inline const APInt &smax(const APInt &A, const APInt &B) {
+  return A.sgt(B) ? A : B;
+}
+
+/// Determine the smaller of two APInts considered to be unsigned.
+inline const APInt &umin(const APInt &A, const APInt &B) {
+  return A.ult(B) ? A : B;
+}
+
+/// Determine the larger of two APInts considered to be unsigned.
+inline const APInt &umax(const APInt &A, const APInt &B) {
+  return A.ugt(B) ? A : B;
+}
+
+/// Compute GCD of two unsigned APInt values.
+///
+/// This function returns the greatest common divisor of the two APInt values
+/// using Stein's algorithm.
+///
+/// \returns the greatest common divisor of A and B.
+APInt GreatestCommonDivisor(APInt A, APInt B);
+
+/// Converts the given APInt to a double value.
+///
+/// Treats the APInt as an unsigned value for conversion purposes.
+inline double RoundAPIntToDouble(const APInt &APIVal) {
+  return APIVal.roundToDouble();
+}
+
+/// Converts the given APInt to a double value.
+///
+/// Treats the APInt as a signed value for conversion purposes.
+inline double RoundSignedAPIntToDouble(const APInt &APIVal) {
+  return APIVal.signedRoundToDouble();
+}
+
+/// Converts the given APInt to a float value.
+inline float RoundAPIntToFloat(const APInt &APIVal) {
+  return float(RoundAPIntToDouble(APIVal));
+}
+
+/// Converts the given APInt to a float value.
+///
+/// Treats the APInt as a signed value for conversion purposes.
+inline float RoundSignedAPIntToFloat(const APInt &APIVal) {
+  return float(APIVal.signedRoundToDouble());
+}
+
+/// Converts the given double value into a APInt.
+///
+/// This function convert a double value to an APInt value.
+APInt RoundDoubleToAPInt(double Double, unsigned width);
+
+/// Converts a float value into a APInt.
+///
+/// Converts a float value into an APInt value.
+inline APInt RoundFloatToAPInt(float Float, unsigned width) {
+  return RoundDoubleToAPInt(double(Float), width);
+}
+
+/// Return A unsign-divided by B, rounded by the given rounding mode.
+APInt RoundingUDiv(const APInt &A, const APInt &B, APInt::Rounding RM);
+
+/// Return A sign-divided by B, rounded by the given rounding mode.
+APInt RoundingSDiv(const APInt &A, const APInt &B, APInt::Rounding RM);
+
+/// Let q(n) = An^2 + Bn + C, and BW = bit width of the value range
+/// (e.g. 32 for i32).
+/// This function finds the smallest number n, such that
+/// (a) n >= 0 and q(n) = 0, or
+/// (b) n >= 1 and q(n-1) and q(n), when evaluated in the set of all
+///     integers, belong to two different intervals [Rk, Rk+R),
+///     where R = 2^BW, and k is an integer.
+/// The idea here is to find when q(n) "overflows" 2^BW, while at the
+/// same time "allowing" subtraction. In unsigned modulo arithmetic a
+/// subtraction (treated as addition of negated numbers) would always
+/// count as an overflow, but here we want to allow values to decrease
+/// and increase as long as they are within the same interval.
+/// Specifically, adding of two negative numbers should not cause an
+/// overflow (as long as the magnitude does not exceed the bit width).
+/// On the other hand, given a positive number, adding a negative
+/// number to it can give a negative result, which would cause the
+/// value to go from [-2^BW, 0) to [0, 2^BW). In that sense, zero is
+/// treated as a special case of an overflow.
+///
+/// This function returns None if after finding k that minimizes the
+/// positive solution to q(n) = kR, both solutions are contained between
+/// two consecutive integers.
+///
+/// There are cases where q(n) > T, and q(n+1) < T (assuming evaluation
+/// in arithmetic modulo 2^BW, and treating the values as signed) by the
+/// virtue of *signed* overflow. This function will *not* find such an n,
+/// however it may find a value of n satisfying the inequalities due to
+/// an *unsigned* overflow (if the values are treated as unsigned).
+/// To find a solution for a signed overflow, treat it as a problem of
+/// finding an unsigned overflow with a range with of BW-1.
+///
+/// The returned value may have a different bit width from the input
+/// coefficients.
+Optional<APInt> SolveQuadraticEquationWrap(APInt A, APInt B, APInt C,
+                                           unsigned RangeWidth);
+
+/// Compare two values, and if they are different, return the position of the
+/// most significant bit that is different in the values.
+Optional<unsigned> GetMostSignificantDifferentBit(const APInt &A,
+                                                  const APInt &B);
+
+/// Splat/Merge neighboring bits to widen/narrow the bitmask represented
+/// by \param A to \param NewBitWidth bits.
+///
+/// e.g. ScaleBitMask(0b0101, 8) -> 0b00110011
+/// e.g. ScaleBitMask(0b00011011, 4) -> 0b0111
+/// A.getBitwidth() or NewBitWidth must be a whole multiples of the other.
+///
+/// TODO: Do we need a mode where all bits must be set when merging down?
+APInt ScaleBitMask(const APInt &A, unsigned NewBitWidth);
+} // namespace APIntOps
+
+// See friend declaration above. This additional declaration is required in
+// order to compile LLVM with IBM xlC compiler.
+hash_code hash_value(const APInt &Arg);
+
+/// StoreIntToMemory - Fills the StoreBytes bytes of memory starting from Dst
+/// with the integer held in IntVal.
+void StoreIntToMemory(const APInt &IntVal, uint8_t *Dst, unsigned StoreBytes);
+
+/// LoadIntFromMemory - Loads the integer stored in the LoadBytes bytes starting
+/// from Src into IntVal, which is assumed to be wide enough and to hold zero.
+void LoadIntFromMemory(APInt &IntVal, const uint8_t *Src, unsigned LoadBytes);
+
+/// Provide DenseMapInfo for APInt.
+template <> struct DenseMapInfo<APInt, void> {
+  static inline APInt getEmptyKey() {
+    APInt V(nullptr, 0);
+    V.U.VAL = 0;
+    return V;
+  }
+
+  static inline APInt getTombstoneKey() {
+    APInt V(nullptr, 0);
+    V.U.VAL = 1;
+    return V;
+  }
+
+  static unsigned getHashValue(const APInt &Key);
+
+  static bool isEqual(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS) {
+    return LHS.getBitWidth() == RHS.getBitWidth() && LHS == RHS;
+  }
+};
+
+} // namespace llvm
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/APSInt.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/APSInt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d0b04575a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/APSInt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,380 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===-- llvm/ADT/APSInt.h - Arbitrary Precision Signed Int -----*- C++ -*--===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file implements the APSInt class, which is a simple class that
+/// represents an arbitrary sized integer that knows its signedness.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_APSINT_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_APSINT_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// An arbitrary precision integer that knows its signedness.
+class LLVM_NODISCARD APSInt : public APInt {
+  bool IsUnsigned;
+
+public:
+  /// Default constructor that creates an uninitialized APInt.
+  explicit APSInt() : IsUnsigned(false) {}
+
+  /// Create an APSInt with the specified width, default to unsigned.
+  explicit APSInt(uint32_t BitWidth, bool isUnsigned = true)
+   : APInt(BitWidth, 0), IsUnsigned(isUnsigned) {}
+
+  explicit APSInt(APInt I, bool isUnsigned = true)
+   : APInt(std::move(I)), IsUnsigned(isUnsigned) {}
+
+  /// Construct an APSInt from a string representation.
+  ///
+  /// This constructor interprets the string \p Str using the radix of 10.
+  /// The interpretation stops at the end of the string. The bit width of the
+  /// constructed APSInt is determined automatically.
+  ///
+  /// \param Str the string to be interpreted.
+  explicit APSInt(StringRef Str);
+
+  /// Determine sign of this APSInt.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if this APSInt is negative, false otherwise
+  bool isNegative() const { return isSigned() && APInt::isNegative(); }
+
+  /// Determine if this APSInt Value is non-negative (>= 0)
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if this APSInt is non-negative, false otherwise
+  bool isNonNegative() const { return !isNegative(); }
+
+  /// Determine if this APSInt Value is positive.
+  ///
+  /// This tests if the value of this APSInt is positive (> 0). Note
+  /// that 0 is not a positive value.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if this APSInt is positive.
+  bool isStrictlyPositive() const { return isNonNegative() && !isZero(); }
+
+  APSInt &operator=(APInt RHS) {
+    // Retain our current sign.
+    APInt::operator=(std::move(RHS));
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  APSInt &operator=(uint64_t RHS) {
+    // Retain our current sign.
+    APInt::operator=(RHS);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  // Query sign information.
+  bool isSigned() const { return !IsUnsigned; }
+  bool isUnsigned() const { return IsUnsigned; }
+  void setIsUnsigned(bool Val) { IsUnsigned = Val; }
+  void setIsSigned(bool Val) { IsUnsigned = !Val; }
+
+  /// Append this APSInt to the specified SmallString.
+  void toString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, unsigned Radix = 10) const {
+    APInt::toString(Str, Radix, isSigned());
+  }
+  using APInt::toString;
+
+  /// Get the correctly-extended \c int64_t value.
+  int64_t getExtValue() const {
+    assert(getMinSignedBits() <= 64 && "Too many bits for int64_t");
+    return isSigned() ? getSExtValue() : getZExtValue();
+  }
+
+  APSInt trunc(uint32_t width) const {
+    return APSInt(APInt::trunc(width), IsUnsigned);
+  }
+
+  APSInt extend(uint32_t width) const {
+    if (IsUnsigned)
+      return APSInt(zext(width), IsUnsigned);
+    else
+      return APSInt(sext(width), IsUnsigned);
+  }
+
+  APSInt extOrTrunc(uint32_t width) const {
+    if (IsUnsigned)
+      return APSInt(zextOrTrunc(width), IsUnsigned);
+    else
+      return APSInt(sextOrTrunc(width), IsUnsigned);
+  }
+
+  const APSInt &operator%=(const APSInt &RHS) {
+    assert(IsUnsigned == RHS.IsUnsigned && "Signedness mismatch!");
+    if (IsUnsigned)
+      *this = urem(RHS);
+    else
+      *this = srem(RHS);
+    return *this;
+  }
+  const APSInt &operator/=(const APSInt &RHS) {
+    assert(IsUnsigned == RHS.IsUnsigned && "Signedness mismatch!");
+    if (IsUnsigned)
+      *this = udiv(RHS);
+    else
+      *this = sdiv(RHS);
+    return *this;
+  }
+  APSInt operator%(const APSInt &RHS) const {
+    assert(IsUnsigned == RHS.IsUnsigned && "Signedness mismatch!");
+    return IsUnsigned ? APSInt(urem(RHS), true) : APSInt(srem(RHS), false);
+  }
+  APSInt operator/(const APSInt &RHS) const {
+    assert(IsUnsigned == RHS.IsUnsigned && "Signedness mismatch!");
+    return IsUnsigned ? APSInt(udiv(RHS), true) : APSInt(sdiv(RHS), false);
+  }
+
+  APSInt operator>>(unsigned Amt) const {
+    return IsUnsigned ? APSInt(lshr(Amt), true) : APSInt(ashr(Amt), false);
+  }
+  APSInt& operator>>=(unsigned Amt) {
+    if (IsUnsigned)
+      lshrInPlace(Amt);
+    else
+      ashrInPlace(Amt);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  inline bool operator<(const APSInt& RHS) const {
+    assert(IsUnsigned == RHS.IsUnsigned && "Signedness mismatch!");
+    return IsUnsigned ? ult(RHS) : slt(RHS);
+  }
+  inline bool operator>(const APSInt& RHS) const {
+    assert(IsUnsigned == RHS.IsUnsigned && "Signedness mismatch!");
+    return IsUnsigned ? ugt(RHS) : sgt(RHS);
+  }
+  inline bool operator<=(const APSInt& RHS) const {
+    assert(IsUnsigned == RHS.IsUnsigned && "Signedness mismatch!");
+    return IsUnsigned ? ule(RHS) : sle(RHS);
+  }
+  inline bool operator>=(const APSInt& RHS) const {
+    assert(IsUnsigned == RHS.IsUnsigned && "Signedness mismatch!");
+    return IsUnsigned ? uge(RHS) : sge(RHS);
+  }
+  inline bool operator==(const APSInt& RHS) const {
+    assert(IsUnsigned == RHS.IsUnsigned && "Signedness mismatch!");
+    return eq(RHS);
+  }
+  inline bool operator!=(const APSInt& RHS) const {
+    return !((*this) == RHS);
+  }
+
+  bool operator==(int64_t RHS) const {
+    return compareValues(*this, get(RHS)) == 0;
+  }
+  bool operator!=(int64_t RHS) const {
+    return compareValues(*this, get(RHS)) != 0;
+  }
+  bool operator<=(int64_t RHS) const {
+    return compareValues(*this, get(RHS)) <= 0;
+  }
+  bool operator>=(int64_t RHS) const {
+    return compareValues(*this, get(RHS)) >= 0;
+  }
+  bool operator<(int64_t RHS) const {
+    return compareValues(*this, get(RHS)) < 0;
+  }
+  bool operator>(int64_t RHS) const {
+    return compareValues(*this, get(RHS)) > 0;
+  }
+
+  // The remaining operators just wrap the logic of APInt, but retain the
+  // signedness information.
+
+  APSInt operator<<(unsigned Bits) const {
+    return APSInt(static_cast<const APInt&>(*this) << Bits, IsUnsigned);
+  }
+  APSInt& operator<<=(unsigned Amt) {
+    static_cast<APInt&>(*this) <<= Amt;
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  APSInt& operator++() {
+    ++(static_cast<APInt&>(*this));
+    return *this;
+  }
+  APSInt& operator--() {
+    --(static_cast<APInt&>(*this));
+    return *this;
+  }
+  APSInt operator++(int) {
+    return APSInt(++static_cast<APInt&>(*this), IsUnsigned);
+  }
+  APSInt operator--(int) {
+    return APSInt(--static_cast<APInt&>(*this), IsUnsigned);
+  }
+  APSInt operator-() const {
+    return APSInt(-static_cast<const APInt&>(*this), IsUnsigned);
+  }
+  APSInt& operator+=(const APSInt& RHS) {
+    assert(IsUnsigned == RHS.IsUnsigned && "Signedness mismatch!");
+    static_cast<APInt&>(*this) += RHS;
+    return *this;
+  }
+  APSInt& operator-=(const APSInt& RHS) {
+    assert(IsUnsigned == RHS.IsUnsigned && "Signedness mismatch!");
+    static_cast<APInt&>(*this) -= RHS;
+    return *this;
+  }
+  APSInt& operator*=(const APSInt& RHS) {
+    assert(IsUnsigned == RHS.IsUnsigned && "Signedness mismatch!");
+    static_cast<APInt&>(*this) *= RHS;
+    return *this;
+  }
+  APSInt& operator&=(const APSInt& RHS) {
+    assert(IsUnsigned == RHS.IsUnsigned && "Signedness mismatch!");
+    static_cast<APInt&>(*this) &= RHS;
+    return *this;
+  }
+  APSInt& operator|=(const APSInt& RHS) {
+    assert(IsUnsigned == RHS.IsUnsigned && "Signedness mismatch!");
+    static_cast<APInt&>(*this) |= RHS;
+    return *this;
+  }
+  APSInt& operator^=(const APSInt& RHS) {
+    assert(IsUnsigned == RHS.IsUnsigned && "Signedness mismatch!");
+    static_cast<APInt&>(*this) ^= RHS;
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  APSInt operator&(const APSInt& RHS) const {
+    assert(IsUnsigned == RHS.IsUnsigned && "Signedness mismatch!");
+    return APSInt(static_cast<const APInt&>(*this) & RHS, IsUnsigned);
+  }
+
+  APSInt operator|(const APSInt& RHS) const {
+    assert(IsUnsigned == RHS.IsUnsigned && "Signedness mismatch!");
+    return APSInt(static_cast<const APInt&>(*this) | RHS, IsUnsigned);
+  }
+
+  APSInt operator^(const APSInt &RHS) const {
+    assert(IsUnsigned == RHS.IsUnsigned && "Signedness mismatch!");
+    return APSInt(static_cast<const APInt&>(*this) ^ RHS, IsUnsigned);
+  }
+
+  APSInt operator*(const APSInt& RHS) const {
+    assert(IsUnsigned == RHS.IsUnsigned && "Signedness mismatch!");
+    return APSInt(static_cast<const APInt&>(*this) * RHS, IsUnsigned);
+  }
+  APSInt operator+(const APSInt& RHS) const {
+    assert(IsUnsigned == RHS.IsUnsigned && "Signedness mismatch!");
+    return APSInt(static_cast<const APInt&>(*this) + RHS, IsUnsigned);
+  }
+  APSInt operator-(const APSInt& RHS) const {
+    assert(IsUnsigned == RHS.IsUnsigned && "Signedness mismatch!");
+    return APSInt(static_cast<const APInt&>(*this) - RHS, IsUnsigned);
+  }
+  APSInt operator~() const {
+    return APSInt(~static_cast<const APInt&>(*this), IsUnsigned);
+  }
+
+  /// Return the APSInt representing the maximum integer value with the given
+  /// bit width and signedness.
+  static APSInt getMaxValue(uint32_t numBits, bool Unsigned) {
+    return APSInt(Unsigned ? APInt::getMaxValue(numBits)
+                           : APInt::getSignedMaxValue(numBits), Unsigned);
+  }
+
+  /// Return the APSInt representing the minimum integer value with the given
+  /// bit width and signedness.
+  static APSInt getMinValue(uint32_t numBits, bool Unsigned) {
+    return APSInt(Unsigned ? APInt::getMinValue(numBits)
+                           : APInt::getSignedMinValue(numBits), Unsigned);
+  }
+
+  /// Determine if two APSInts have the same value, zero- or
+  /// sign-extending as needed.
+  static bool isSameValue(const APSInt &I1, const APSInt &I2) {
+    return !compareValues(I1, I2);
+  }
+
+  /// Compare underlying values of two numbers.
+  static int compareValues(const APSInt &I1, const APSInt &I2) {
+    if (I1.getBitWidth() == I2.getBitWidth() && I1.isSigned() == I2.isSigned())
+      return I1.IsUnsigned ? I1.compare(I2) : I1.compareSigned(I2);
+
+    // Check for a bit-width mismatch.
+    if (I1.getBitWidth() > I2.getBitWidth())
+      return compareValues(I1, I2.extend(I1.getBitWidth()));
+    if (I2.getBitWidth() > I1.getBitWidth())
+      return compareValues(I1.extend(I2.getBitWidth()), I2);
+
+    // We have a signedness mismatch. Check for negative values and do an
+    // unsigned compare if both are positive.
+    if (I1.isSigned()) {
+      assert(!I2.isSigned() && "Expected signed mismatch");
+      if (I1.isNegative())
+        return -1;
+    } else {
+      assert(I2.isSigned() && "Expected signed mismatch");
+      if (I2.isNegative())
+        return 1;
+    }
+
+    return I1.compare(I2);
+  }
+
+  static APSInt get(int64_t X) { return APSInt(APInt(64, X), false); }
+  static APSInt getUnsigned(uint64_t X) { return APSInt(APInt(64, X), true); }
+
+  /// Used to insert APSInt objects, or objects that contain APSInt objects,
+  /// into FoldingSets.
+  void Profile(FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const;
+};
+
+inline bool operator==(int64_t V1, const APSInt &V2) { return V2 == V1; }
+inline bool operator!=(int64_t V1, const APSInt &V2) { return V2 != V1; }
+inline bool operator<=(int64_t V1, const APSInt &V2) { return V2 >= V1; }
+inline bool operator>=(int64_t V1, const APSInt &V2) { return V2 <= V1; }
+inline bool operator<(int64_t V1, const APSInt &V2) { return V2 > V1; }
+inline bool operator>(int64_t V1, const APSInt &V2) { return V2 < V1; }
+
+inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const APSInt &I) {
+  I.print(OS, I.isSigned());
+  return OS;
+}
+
+/// Provide DenseMapInfo for APSInt, using the DenseMapInfo for APInt.
+template <> struct DenseMapInfo<APSInt, void> {
+  static inline APSInt getEmptyKey() {
+    return APSInt(DenseMapInfo<APInt, void>::getEmptyKey());
+  }
+
+  static inline APSInt getTombstoneKey() {
+    return APSInt(DenseMapInfo<APInt, void>::getTombstoneKey());
+  }
+
+  static unsigned getHashValue(const APSInt &Key) {
+    return DenseMapInfo<APInt, void>::getHashValue(Key);
+  }
+
+  static bool isEqual(const APSInt &LHS, const APSInt &RHS) {
+    return LHS.getBitWidth() == RHS.getBitWidth() &&
+           LHS.isUnsigned() == RHS.isUnsigned() && LHS == RHS;
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/AllocatorList.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/AllocatorList.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ce7d47a71d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/AllocatorList.h
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/AllocatorList.h - Custom allocator list ---------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_ALLOCATORLIST_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_ALLOCATORLIST_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/ilist_node.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/iterator.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/simple_ilist.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <iterator>
+#include <type_traits>
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// A linked-list with a custom, local allocator.
+///
+/// Expose a std::list-like interface that owns and uses a custom LLVM-style
+/// allocator (e.g., BumpPtrAllocator), leveraging \a simple_ilist for the
+/// implementation details.
+///
+/// Because this list owns the allocator, calling \a splice() with a different
+/// list isn't generally safe.  As such, \a splice has been left out of the
+/// interface entirely.
+template <class T, class AllocatorT> class AllocatorList : AllocatorT {
+  struct Node : ilist_node<Node> {
+    Node(Node &&) = delete;
+    Node(const Node &) = delete;
+    Node &operator=(Node &&) = delete;
+    Node &operator=(const Node &) = delete;
+
+    Node(T &&V) : V(std::move(V)) {}
+    Node(const T &V) : V(V) {}
+    template <class... Ts> Node(Ts &&... Vs) : V(std::forward<Ts>(Vs)...) {}
+    T V;
+  };
+
+  using list_type = simple_ilist<Node>;
+
+  list_type List;
+
+  AllocatorT &getAlloc() { return *this; }
+  const AllocatorT &getAlloc() const { return *this; }
+
+  template <class... ArgTs> Node *create(ArgTs &&... Args) {
+    return new (getAlloc()) Node(std::forward<ArgTs>(Args)...);
+  }
+
+  struct Cloner {
+    AllocatorList &AL;
+
+    Cloner(AllocatorList &AL) : AL(AL) {}
+
+    Node *operator()(const Node &N) const { return AL.create(N.V); }
+  };
+
+  struct Disposer {
+    AllocatorList &AL;
+
+    Disposer(AllocatorList &AL) : AL(AL) {}
+
+    void operator()(Node *N) const {
+      N->~Node();
+      AL.getAlloc().Deallocate(N);
+    }
+  };
+
+public:
+  using value_type = T;
+  using pointer = T *;
+  using reference = T &;
+  using const_pointer = const T *;
+  using const_reference = const T &;
+  using size_type = typename list_type::size_type;
+  using difference_type = typename list_type::difference_type;
+
+private:
+  template <class ValueT, class IteratorBase>
+  class IteratorImpl
+      : public iterator_adaptor_base<IteratorImpl<ValueT, IteratorBase>,
+                                     IteratorBase,
+                                     std::bidirectional_iterator_tag, ValueT> {
+    template <class OtherValueT, class OtherIteratorBase>
+    friend class IteratorImpl;
+    friend AllocatorList;
+
+    using base_type =
+        iterator_adaptor_base<IteratorImpl<ValueT, IteratorBase>, IteratorBase,
+                              std::bidirectional_iterator_tag, ValueT>;
+
+  public:
+    using value_type = ValueT;
+    using pointer = ValueT *;
+    using reference = ValueT &;
+
+    IteratorImpl() = default;
+    IteratorImpl(const IteratorImpl &) = default;
+    IteratorImpl &operator=(const IteratorImpl &) = default;
+
+    explicit IteratorImpl(const IteratorBase &I) : base_type(I) {}
+
+    template <class OtherValueT, class OtherIteratorBase>
+    IteratorImpl(const IteratorImpl<OtherValueT, OtherIteratorBase> &X,
+                 std::enable_if_t<std::is_convertible<
+                     OtherIteratorBase, IteratorBase>::value> * = nullptr)
+        : base_type(X.wrapped()) {}
+
+    ~IteratorImpl() = default;
+
+    reference operator*() const { return base_type::wrapped()->V; }
+    pointer operator->() const { return &operator*(); }
+  };
+
+public:
+  using iterator = IteratorImpl<T, typename list_type::iterator>;
+  using reverse_iterator =
+      IteratorImpl<T, typename list_type::reverse_iterator>;
+  using const_iterator =
+      IteratorImpl<const T, typename list_type::const_iterator>;
+  using const_reverse_iterator =
+      IteratorImpl<const T, typename list_type::const_reverse_iterator>;
+
+  AllocatorList() = default;
+  AllocatorList(AllocatorList &&X)
+      : AllocatorT(std::move(X.getAlloc())), List(std::move(X.List)) {}
+
+  AllocatorList(const AllocatorList &X) {
+    List.cloneFrom(X.List, Cloner(*this), Disposer(*this));
+  }
+
+  AllocatorList &operator=(AllocatorList &&X) {
+    clear(); // Dispose of current nodes explicitly.
+    List = std::move(X.List);
+    getAlloc() = std::move(X.getAlloc());
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  AllocatorList &operator=(const AllocatorList &X) {
+    List.cloneFrom(X.List, Cloner(*this), Disposer(*this));
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  ~AllocatorList() { clear(); }
+
+  void swap(AllocatorList &RHS) {
+    List.swap(RHS.List);
+    std::swap(getAlloc(), RHS.getAlloc());
+  }
+
+  bool empty() { return List.empty(); }
+  size_t size() { return List.size(); }
+
+  iterator begin() { return iterator(List.begin()); }
+  iterator end() { return iterator(List.end()); }
+  const_iterator begin() const { return const_iterator(List.begin()); }
+  const_iterator end() const { return const_iterator(List.end()); }
+  reverse_iterator rbegin() { return reverse_iterator(List.rbegin()); }
+  reverse_iterator rend() { return reverse_iterator(List.rend()); }
+  const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const {
+    return const_reverse_iterator(List.rbegin());
+  }
+  const_reverse_iterator rend() const {
+    return const_reverse_iterator(List.rend());
+  }
+
+  T &back() { return List.back().V; }
+  T &front() { return List.front().V; }
+  const T &back() const { return List.back().V; }
+  const T &front() const { return List.front().V; }
+
+  template <class... Ts> iterator emplace(iterator I, Ts &&... Vs) {
+    return iterator(List.insert(I.wrapped(), *create(std::forward<Ts>(Vs)...)));
+  }
+
+  iterator insert(iterator I, T &&V) {
+    return iterator(List.insert(I.wrapped(), *create(std::move(V))));
+  }
+  iterator insert(iterator I, const T &V) {
+    return iterator(List.insert(I.wrapped(), *create(V)));
+  }
+
+  template <class Iterator>
+  void insert(iterator I, Iterator First, Iterator Last) {
+    for (; First != Last; ++First)
+      List.insert(I.wrapped(), *create(*First));
+  }
+
+  iterator erase(iterator I) {
+    return iterator(List.eraseAndDispose(I.wrapped(), Disposer(*this)));
+  }
+
+  iterator erase(iterator First, iterator Last) {
+    return iterator(
+        List.eraseAndDispose(First.wrapped(), Last.wrapped(), Disposer(*this)));
+  }
+
+  void clear() { List.clearAndDispose(Disposer(*this)); }
+  void pop_back() { List.eraseAndDispose(--List.end(), Disposer(*this)); }
+  void pop_front() { List.eraseAndDispose(List.begin(), Disposer(*this)); }
+  void push_back(T &&V) { insert(end(), std::move(V)); }
+  void push_front(T &&V) { insert(begin(), std::move(V)); }
+  void push_back(const T &V) { insert(end(), V); }
+  void push_front(const T &V) { insert(begin(), V); }
+  template <class... Ts> void emplace_back(Ts &&... Vs) {
+    emplace(end(), std::forward<Ts>(Vs)...);
+  }
+  template <class... Ts> void emplace_front(Ts &&... Vs) {
+    emplace(begin(), std::forward<Ts>(Vs)...);
+  }
+
+  /// Reset the underlying allocator.
+  ///
+  /// \pre \c empty()
+  void resetAlloc() {
+    assert(empty() && "Cannot reset allocator if not empty");
+    getAlloc().Reset();
+  }
+};
+
+template <class T> using BumpPtrList = AllocatorList<T, BumpPtrAllocator>;
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_ALLOCATORLIST_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/Any.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/Any.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8f3d2fa72d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/Any.h
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- Any.h - Generic type erased holder of any type -----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+///  This file provides Any, a non-template class modeled in the spirit of
+///  std::any.  The idea is to provide a type-safe replacement for C's void*.
+///  It can hold a value of any copy-constructible copy-assignable type
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_ANY_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_ANY_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/STLForwardCompat.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+
+#include <cassert>
+#include <memory>
+#include <type_traits>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+class LLVM_EXTERNAL_VISIBILITY Any {
+
+  // The `Typeid<T>::Id` static data member below is a globally unique
+  // identifier for the type `T`. It is explicitly marked with default
+  // visibility so that when `-fvisibility=hidden` is used, the loader still
+  // merges duplicate definitions across DSO boundaries.
+  template <typename T> struct TypeId { static const char Id; };
+
+  struct StorageBase {
+    virtual ~StorageBase() = default;
+    virtual std::unique_ptr<StorageBase> clone() const = 0;
+    virtual const void *id() const = 0;
+  };
+
+  template <typename T> struct StorageImpl : public StorageBase {
+    explicit StorageImpl(const T &Value) : Value(Value) {}
+
+    explicit StorageImpl(T &&Value) : Value(std::move(Value)) {}
+
+    std::unique_ptr<StorageBase> clone() const override {
+      return std::make_unique<StorageImpl<T>>(Value);
+    }
+
+    const void *id() const override { return &TypeId<T>::Id; }
+
+    T Value;
+
+  private:
+    StorageImpl &operator=(const StorageImpl &Other) = delete;
+    StorageImpl(const StorageImpl &Other) = delete;
+  };
+
+public:
+  Any() = default;
+
+  Any(const Any &Other)
+      : Storage(Other.Storage ? Other.Storage->clone() : nullptr) {}
+
+  // When T is Any or T is not copy-constructible we need to explicitly disable
+  // the forwarding constructor so that the copy constructor gets selected
+  // instead.
+  template <typename T,
+            std::enable_if_t<
+                llvm::conjunction<
+                    llvm::negation<std::is_same<std::decay_t<T>, Any>>,
+                    // We also disable this overload when an `Any` object can be
+                    // converted to the parameter type because in that case,
+                    // this constructor may combine with that conversion during
+                    // overload resolution for determining copy
+                    // constructibility, and then when we try to determine copy
+                    // constructibility below we may infinitely recurse. This is
+                    // being evaluated by the standards committee as a potential
+                    // DR in `std::any` as well, but we're going ahead and
+                    // adopting it to work-around usage of `Any` with types that
+                    // need to be implicitly convertible from an `Any`.
+                    llvm::negation<std::is_convertible<Any, std::decay_t<T>>>,
+                    std::is_copy_constructible<std::decay_t<T>>>::value,
+                int> = 0>
+  Any(T &&Value) {
+    Storage =
+        std::make_unique<StorageImpl<std::decay_t<T>>>(std::forward<T>(Value));
+  }
+
+  Any(Any &&Other) : Storage(std::move(Other.Storage)) {}
+
+  Any &swap(Any &Other) {
+    std::swap(Storage, Other.Storage);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  Any &operator=(Any Other) {
+    Storage = std::move(Other.Storage);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  bool hasValue() const { return !!Storage; }
+
+  void reset() { Storage.reset(); }
+
+private:
+  template <class T> friend T any_cast(const Any &Value);
+  template <class T> friend T any_cast(Any &Value);
+  template <class T> friend T any_cast(Any &&Value);
+  template <class T> friend const T *any_cast(const Any *Value);
+  template <class T> friend T *any_cast(Any *Value);
+  template <typename T> friend bool any_isa(const Any &Value);
+
+  std::unique_ptr<StorageBase> Storage;
+};
+
+template <typename T> const char Any::TypeId<T>::Id = 0;
+
+
+template <typename T> bool any_isa(const Any &Value) {
+  if (!Value.Storage)
+    return false;
+  return Value.Storage->id() == &Any::TypeId<remove_cvref_t<T>>::Id;
+}
+
+template <class T> T any_cast(const Any &Value) {
+  return static_cast<T>(*any_cast<remove_cvref_t<T>>(&Value));
+}
+
+template <class T> T any_cast(Any &Value) {
+  return static_cast<T>(*any_cast<remove_cvref_t<T>>(&Value));
+}
+
+template <class T> T any_cast(Any &&Value) {
+  return static_cast<T>(std::move(*any_cast<remove_cvref_t<T>>(&Value)));
+}
+
+template <class T> const T *any_cast(const Any *Value) {
+  using U = remove_cvref_t<T>;
+  assert(Value && any_isa<T>(*Value) && "Bad any cast!");
+  if (!Value || !any_isa<U>(*Value))
+    return nullptr;
+  return &static_cast<Any::StorageImpl<U> &>(*Value->Storage).Value;
+}
+
+template <class T> T *any_cast(Any *Value) {
+  using U = std::decay_t<T>;
+  assert(Value && any_isa<U>(*Value) && "Bad any cast!");
+  if (!Value || !any_isa<U>(*Value))
+    return nullptr;
+  return &static_cast<Any::StorageImpl<U> &>(*Value->Storage).Value;
+}
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_ANY_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bbadf5469c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h
@@ -0,0 +1,614 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- ArrayRef.h - Array Reference Wrapper ---------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_ARRAYREF_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_ARRAYREF_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/Hashing.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/None.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <array>
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <initializer_list>
+#include <iterator>
+#include <memory>
+#include <type_traits>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+  /// ArrayRef - Represent a constant reference to an array (0 or more elements
+  /// consecutively in memory), i.e. a start pointer and a length.  It allows
+  /// various APIs to take consecutive elements easily and conveniently.
+  ///
+  /// This class does not own the underlying data, it is expected to be used in
+  /// situations where the data resides in some other buffer, whose lifetime
+  /// extends past that of the ArrayRef. For this reason, it is not in general
+  /// safe to store an ArrayRef.
+  ///
+  /// This is intended to be trivially copyable, so it should be passed by
+  /// value.
+  template<typename T>
+  class LLVM_GSL_POINTER LLVM_NODISCARD ArrayRef {
+  public:
+    using value_type = T;
+    using pointer = value_type *;
+    using const_pointer = const value_type *;
+    using reference = value_type &;
+    using const_reference = const value_type &;
+    using iterator = const_pointer;
+    using const_iterator = const_pointer;
+    using reverse_iterator = std::reverse_iterator<iterator>;
+    using const_reverse_iterator = std::reverse_iterator<const_iterator>;
+    using size_type = size_t;
+    using difference_type = ptrdiff_t;
+
+  private:
+    /// The start of the array, in an external buffer.
+    const T *Data = nullptr;
+
+    /// The number of elements.
+    size_type Length = 0;
+
+  public:
+    /// @name Constructors
+    /// @{
+
+    /// Construct an empty ArrayRef.
+    /*implicit*/ ArrayRef() = default;
+
+    /// Construct an empty ArrayRef from None.
+    /*implicit*/ ArrayRef(NoneType) {}
+
+    /// Construct an ArrayRef from a single element.
+    /*implicit*/ ArrayRef(const T &OneElt)
+      : Data(&OneElt), Length(1) {}
+
+    /// Construct an ArrayRef from a pointer and length.
+    /*implicit*/ ArrayRef(const T *data, size_t length)
+      : Data(data), Length(length) {}
+
+    /// Construct an ArrayRef from a range.
+    ArrayRef(const T *begin, const T *end)
+      : Data(begin), Length(end - begin) {}
+
+    /// Construct an ArrayRef from a SmallVector. This is templated in order to
+    /// avoid instantiating SmallVectorTemplateCommon<T> whenever we
+    /// copy-construct an ArrayRef.
+    template<typename U>
+    /*implicit*/ ArrayRef(const SmallVectorTemplateCommon<T, U> &Vec)
+      : Data(Vec.data()), Length(Vec.size()) {
+    }
+
+    /// Construct an ArrayRef from a std::vector.
+    template<typename A>
+    /*implicit*/ ArrayRef(const std::vector<T, A> &Vec)
+      : Data(Vec.data()), Length(Vec.size()) {}
+
+    /// Construct an ArrayRef from a std::array
+    template <size_t N>
+    /*implicit*/ constexpr ArrayRef(const std::array<T, N> &Arr)
+        : Data(Arr.data()), Length(N) {}
+
+    /// Construct an ArrayRef from a C array.
+    template <size_t N>
+    /*implicit*/ constexpr ArrayRef(const T (&Arr)[N]) : Data(Arr), Length(N) {}
+
+    /// Construct an ArrayRef from a std::initializer_list.
+#if LLVM_GNUC_PREREQ(9, 0, 0)
+// Disable gcc's warning in this constructor as it generates an enormous amount
+// of messages. Anyone using ArrayRef should already be aware of the fact that
+// it does not do lifetime extension.
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Winit-list-lifetime"
+#endif
+    /*implicit*/ ArrayRef(const std::initializer_list<T> &Vec)
+    : Data(Vec.begin() == Vec.end() ? (T*)nullptr : Vec.begin()),
+      Length(Vec.size()) {}
+#if LLVM_GNUC_PREREQ(9, 0, 0)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
+
+    /// Construct an ArrayRef<const T*> from ArrayRef<T*>. This uses SFINAE to
+    /// ensure that only ArrayRefs of pointers can be converted.
+    template <typename U>
+    ArrayRef(const ArrayRef<U *> &A,
+             std::enable_if_t<std::is_convertible<U *const *, T const *>::value>
+                 * = nullptr)
+        : Data(A.data()), Length(A.size()) {}
+
+    /// Construct an ArrayRef<const T*> from a SmallVector<T*>. This is
+    /// templated in order to avoid instantiating SmallVectorTemplateCommon<T>
+    /// whenever we copy-construct an ArrayRef.
+    template <typename U, typename DummyT>
+    /*implicit*/ ArrayRef(
+        const SmallVectorTemplateCommon<U *, DummyT> &Vec,
+        std::enable_if_t<std::is_convertible<U *const *, T const *>::value> * =
+            nullptr)
+        : Data(Vec.data()), Length(Vec.size()) {}
+
+    /// Construct an ArrayRef<const T*> from std::vector<T*>. This uses SFINAE
+    /// to ensure that only vectors of pointers can be converted.
+    template <typename U, typename A>
+    ArrayRef(const std::vector<U *, A> &Vec,
+             std::enable_if_t<std::is_convertible<U *const *, T const *>::value>
+                 * = nullptr)
+        : Data(Vec.data()), Length(Vec.size()) {}
+
+    /// @}
+    /// @name Simple Operations
+    /// @{
+
+    iterator begin() const { return Data; }
+    iterator end() const { return Data + Length; }
+
+    reverse_iterator rbegin() const { return reverse_iterator(end()); }
+    reverse_iterator rend() const { return reverse_iterator(begin()); }
+
+    /// empty - Check if the array is empty.
+    bool empty() const { return Length == 0; }
+
+    const T *data() const { return Data; }
+
+    /// size - Get the array size.
+    size_t size() const { return Length; }
+
+    /// front - Get the first element.
+    const T &front() const {
+      assert(!empty());
+      return Data[0];
+    }
+
+    /// back - Get the last element.
+    const T &back() const {
+      assert(!empty());
+      return Data[Length-1];
+    }
+
+    // copy - Allocate copy in Allocator and return ArrayRef<T> to it.
+    template <typename Allocator> ArrayRef<T> copy(Allocator &A) {
+      T *Buff = A.template Allocate<T>(Length);
+      std::uninitialized_copy(begin(), end(), Buff);
+      return ArrayRef<T>(Buff, Length);
+    }
+
+    /// equals - Check for element-wise equality.
+    bool equals(ArrayRef RHS) const {
+      if (Length != RHS.Length)
+        return false;
+      return std::equal(begin(), end(), RHS.begin());
+    }
+
+    /// slice(n, m) - Chop off the first N elements of the array, and keep M
+    /// elements in the array.
+    ArrayRef<T> slice(size_t N, size_t M) const {
+      assert(N+M <= size() && "Invalid specifier");
+      return ArrayRef<T>(data()+N, M);
+    }
+
+    /// slice(n) - Chop off the first N elements of the array.
+    ArrayRef<T> slice(size_t N) const { return slice(N, size() - N); }
+
+    /// Drop the first \p N elements of the array.
+    ArrayRef<T> drop_front(size_t N = 1) const {
+      assert(size() >= N && "Dropping more elements than exist");
+      return slice(N, size() - N);
+    }
+
+    /// Drop the last \p N elements of the array.
+    ArrayRef<T> drop_back(size_t N = 1) const {
+      assert(size() >= N && "Dropping more elements than exist");
+      return slice(0, size() - N);
+    }
+
+    /// Return a copy of *this with the first N elements satisfying the
+    /// given predicate removed.
+    template <class PredicateT> ArrayRef<T> drop_while(PredicateT Pred) const {
+      return ArrayRef<T>(find_if_not(*this, Pred), end());
+    }
+
+    /// Return a copy of *this with the first N elements not satisfying
+    /// the given predicate removed.
+    template <class PredicateT> ArrayRef<T> drop_until(PredicateT Pred) const {
+      return ArrayRef<T>(find_if(*this, Pred), end());
+    }
+
+    /// Return a copy of *this with only the first \p N elements.
+    ArrayRef<T> take_front(size_t N = 1) const {
+      if (N >= size())
+        return *this;
+      return drop_back(size() - N);
+    }
+
+    /// Return a copy of *this with only the last \p N elements.
+    ArrayRef<T> take_back(size_t N = 1) const {
+      if (N >= size())
+        return *this;
+      return drop_front(size() - N);
+    }
+
+    /// Return the first N elements of this Array that satisfy the given
+    /// predicate.
+    template <class PredicateT> ArrayRef<T> take_while(PredicateT Pred) const {
+      return ArrayRef<T>(begin(), find_if_not(*this, Pred));
+    }
+
+    /// Return the first N elements of this Array that don't satisfy the
+    /// given predicate.
+    template <class PredicateT> ArrayRef<T> take_until(PredicateT Pred) const {
+      return ArrayRef<T>(begin(), find_if(*this, Pred));
+    }
+
+    /// @}
+    /// @name Operator Overloads
+    /// @{
+    const T &operator[](size_t Index) const {
+      assert(Index < Length && "Invalid index!");
+      return Data[Index];
+    }
+
+    /// Disallow accidental assignment from a temporary.
+    ///
+    /// The declaration here is extra complicated so that "arrayRef = {}"
+    /// continues to select the move assignment operator.
+    template <typename U>
+    std::enable_if_t<std::is_same<U, T>::value, ArrayRef<T>> &
+    operator=(U &&Temporary) = delete;
+
+    /// Disallow accidental assignment from a temporary.
+    ///
+    /// The declaration here is extra complicated so that "arrayRef = {}"
+    /// continues to select the move assignment operator.
+    template <typename U>
+    std::enable_if_t<std::is_same<U, T>::value, ArrayRef<T>> &
+    operator=(std::initializer_list<U>) = delete;
+
+    /// @}
+    /// @name Expensive Operations
+    /// @{
+    std::vector<T> vec() const {
+      return std::vector<T>(Data, Data+Length);
+    }
+
+    /// @}
+    /// @name Conversion operators
+    /// @{
+    operator std::vector<T>() const {
+      return std::vector<T>(Data, Data+Length);
+    }
+
+    /// @}
+  };
+
+  /// MutableArrayRef - Represent a mutable reference to an array (0 or more
+  /// elements consecutively in memory), i.e. a start pointer and a length.  It
+  /// allows various APIs to take and modify consecutive elements easily and
+  /// conveniently.
+  ///
+  /// This class does not own the underlying data, it is expected to be used in
+  /// situations where the data resides in some other buffer, whose lifetime
+  /// extends past that of the MutableArrayRef. For this reason, it is not in
+  /// general safe to store a MutableArrayRef.
+  ///
+  /// This is intended to be trivially copyable, so it should be passed by
+  /// value.
+  template<typename T>
+  class LLVM_NODISCARD MutableArrayRef : public ArrayRef<T> {
+  public:
+    using value_type = T;
+    using pointer = value_type *;
+    using const_pointer = const value_type *;
+    using reference = value_type &;
+    using const_reference = const value_type &;
+    using iterator = pointer;
+    using const_iterator = const_pointer;
+    using reverse_iterator = std::reverse_iterator<iterator>;
+    using const_reverse_iterator = std::reverse_iterator<const_iterator>;
+    using size_type = size_t;
+    using difference_type = ptrdiff_t;
+
+    /// Construct an empty MutableArrayRef.
+    /*implicit*/ MutableArrayRef() = default;
+
+    /// Construct an empty MutableArrayRef from None.
+    /*implicit*/ MutableArrayRef(NoneType) : ArrayRef<T>() {}
+
+    /// Construct a MutableArrayRef from a single element.
+    /*implicit*/ MutableArrayRef(T &OneElt) : ArrayRef<T>(OneElt) {}
+
+    /// Construct a MutableArrayRef from a pointer and length.
+    /*implicit*/ MutableArrayRef(T *data, size_t length)
+      : ArrayRef<T>(data, length) {}
+
+    /// Construct a MutableArrayRef from a range.
+    MutableArrayRef(T *begin, T *end) : ArrayRef<T>(begin, end) {}
+
+    /// Construct a MutableArrayRef from a SmallVector.
+    /*implicit*/ MutableArrayRef(SmallVectorImpl<T> &Vec)
+    : ArrayRef<T>(Vec) {}
+
+    /// Construct a MutableArrayRef from a std::vector.
+    /*implicit*/ MutableArrayRef(std::vector<T> &Vec)
+    : ArrayRef<T>(Vec) {}
+
+    /// Construct a MutableArrayRef from a std::array
+    template <size_t N>
+    /*implicit*/ constexpr MutableArrayRef(std::array<T, N> &Arr)
+        : ArrayRef<T>(Arr) {}
+
+    /// Construct a MutableArrayRef from a C array.
+    template <size_t N>
+    /*implicit*/ constexpr MutableArrayRef(T (&Arr)[N]) : ArrayRef<T>(Arr) {}
+
+    T *data() const { return const_cast<T*>(ArrayRef<T>::data()); }
+
+    iterator begin() const { return data(); }
+    iterator end() const { return data() + this->size(); }
+
+    reverse_iterator rbegin() const { return reverse_iterator(end()); }
+    reverse_iterator rend() const { return reverse_iterator(begin()); }
+
+    /// front - Get the first element.
+    T &front() const {
+      assert(!this->empty());
+      return data()[0];
+    }
+
+    /// back - Get the last element.
+    T &back() const {
+      assert(!this->empty());
+      return data()[this->size()-1];
+    }
+
+    /// slice(n, m) - Chop off the first N elements of the array, and keep M
+    /// elements in the array.
+    MutableArrayRef<T> slice(size_t N, size_t M) const {
+      assert(N + M <= this->size() && "Invalid specifier");
+      return MutableArrayRef<T>(this->data() + N, M);
+    }
+
+    /// slice(n) - Chop off the first N elements of the array.
+    MutableArrayRef<T> slice(size_t N) const {
+      return slice(N, this->size() - N);
+    }
+
+    /// Drop the first \p N elements of the array.
+    MutableArrayRef<T> drop_front(size_t N = 1) const {
+      assert(this->size() >= N && "Dropping more elements than exist");
+      return slice(N, this->size() - N);
+    }
+
+    MutableArrayRef<T> drop_back(size_t N = 1) const {
+      assert(this->size() >= N && "Dropping more elements than exist");
+      return slice(0, this->size() - N);
+    }
+
+    /// Return a copy of *this with the first N elements satisfying the
+    /// given predicate removed.
+    template <class PredicateT>
+    MutableArrayRef<T> drop_while(PredicateT Pred) const {
+      return MutableArrayRef<T>(find_if_not(*this, Pred), end());
+    }
+
+    /// Return a copy of *this with the first N elements not satisfying
+    /// the given predicate removed.
+    template <class PredicateT>
+    MutableArrayRef<T> drop_until(PredicateT Pred) const {
+      return MutableArrayRef<T>(find_if(*this, Pred), end());
+    }
+
+    /// Return a copy of *this with only the first \p N elements.
+    MutableArrayRef<T> take_front(size_t N = 1) const {
+      if (N >= this->size())
+        return *this;
+      return drop_back(this->size() - N);
+    }
+
+    /// Return a copy of *this with only the last \p N elements.
+    MutableArrayRef<T> take_back(size_t N = 1) const {
+      if (N >= this->size())
+        return *this;
+      return drop_front(this->size() - N);
+    }
+
+    /// Return the first N elements of this Array that satisfy the given
+    /// predicate.
+    template <class PredicateT>
+    MutableArrayRef<T> take_while(PredicateT Pred) const {
+      return MutableArrayRef<T>(begin(), find_if_not(*this, Pred));
+    }
+
+    /// Return the first N elements of this Array that don't satisfy the
+    /// given predicate.
+    template <class PredicateT>
+    MutableArrayRef<T> take_until(PredicateT Pred) const {
+      return MutableArrayRef<T>(begin(), find_if(*this, Pred));
+    }
+
+    /// @}
+    /// @name Operator Overloads
+    /// @{
+    T &operator[](size_t Index) const {
+      assert(Index < this->size() && "Invalid index!");
+      return data()[Index];
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// This is a MutableArrayRef that owns its array.
+  template <typename T> class OwningArrayRef : public MutableArrayRef<T> {
+  public:
+    OwningArrayRef() = default;
+    OwningArrayRef(size_t Size) : MutableArrayRef<T>(new T[Size], Size) {}
+
+    OwningArrayRef(ArrayRef<T> Data)
+        : MutableArrayRef<T>(new T[Data.size()], Data.size()) {
+      std::copy(Data.begin(), Data.end(), this->begin());
+    }
+
+    OwningArrayRef(OwningArrayRef &&Other) { *this = std::move(Other); }
+
+    OwningArrayRef &operator=(OwningArrayRef &&Other) {
+      delete[] this->data();
+      this->MutableArrayRef<T>::operator=(Other);
+      Other.MutableArrayRef<T>::operator=(MutableArrayRef<T>());
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    ~OwningArrayRef() { delete[] this->data(); }
+  };
+
+  /// @name ArrayRef Convenience constructors
+  /// @{
+
+  /// Construct an ArrayRef from a single element.
+  template<typename T>
+  ArrayRef<T> makeArrayRef(const T &OneElt) {
+    return OneElt;
+  }
+
+  /// Construct an ArrayRef from a pointer and length.
+  template<typename T>
+  ArrayRef<T> makeArrayRef(const T *data, size_t length) {
+    return ArrayRef<T>(data, length);
+  }
+
+  /// Construct an ArrayRef from a range.
+  template<typename T>
+  ArrayRef<T> makeArrayRef(const T *begin, const T *end) {
+    return ArrayRef<T>(begin, end);
+  }
+
+  /// Construct an ArrayRef from a SmallVector.
+  template <typename T>
+  ArrayRef<T> makeArrayRef(const SmallVectorImpl<T> &Vec) {
+    return Vec;
+  }
+
+  /// Construct an ArrayRef from a SmallVector.
+  template <typename T, unsigned N>
+  ArrayRef<T> makeArrayRef(const SmallVector<T, N> &Vec) {
+    return Vec;
+  }
+
+  /// Construct an ArrayRef from a std::vector.
+  template<typename T>
+  ArrayRef<T> makeArrayRef(const std::vector<T> &Vec) {
+    return Vec;
+  }
+
+  /// Construct an ArrayRef from a std::array.
+  template <typename T, std::size_t N>
+  ArrayRef<T> makeArrayRef(const std::array<T, N> &Arr) {
+    return Arr;
+  }
+
+  /// Construct an ArrayRef from an ArrayRef (no-op) (const)
+  template <typename T> ArrayRef<T> makeArrayRef(const ArrayRef<T> &Vec) {
+    return Vec;
+  }
+
+  /// Construct an ArrayRef from an ArrayRef (no-op)
+  template <typename T> ArrayRef<T> &makeArrayRef(ArrayRef<T> &Vec) {
+    return Vec;
+  }
+
+  /// Construct an ArrayRef from a C array.
+  template<typename T, size_t N>
+  ArrayRef<T> makeArrayRef(const T (&Arr)[N]) {
+    return ArrayRef<T>(Arr);
+  }
+
+  /// Construct a MutableArrayRef from a single element.
+  template<typename T>
+  MutableArrayRef<T> makeMutableArrayRef(T &OneElt) {
+    return OneElt;
+  }
+
+  /// Construct a MutableArrayRef from a pointer and length.
+  template<typename T>
+  MutableArrayRef<T> makeMutableArrayRef(T *data, size_t length) {
+    return MutableArrayRef<T>(data, length);
+  }
+
+  /// @}
+  /// @name ArrayRef Comparison Operators
+  /// @{
+
+  template<typename T>
+  inline bool operator==(ArrayRef<T> LHS, ArrayRef<T> RHS) {
+    return LHS.equals(RHS);
+  }
+
+  template <typename T>
+  inline bool operator==(SmallVectorImpl<T> &LHS, ArrayRef<T> RHS) {
+    return ArrayRef<T>(LHS).equals(RHS);
+  }
+
+  template <typename T>
+  inline bool operator!=(ArrayRef<T> LHS, ArrayRef<T> RHS) {
+    return !(LHS == RHS);
+  }
+
+  template <typename T>
+  inline bool operator!=(SmallVectorImpl<T> &LHS, ArrayRef<T> RHS) {
+    return !(LHS == RHS);
+  }
+
+  /// @}
+
+  template <typename T> hash_code hash_value(ArrayRef<T> S) {
+    return hash_combine_range(S.begin(), S.end());
+  }
+
+  // Provide DenseMapInfo for ArrayRefs.
+  template <typename T> struct DenseMapInfo<ArrayRef<T>, void> {
+    static inline ArrayRef<T> getEmptyKey() {
+      return ArrayRef<T>(
+          reinterpret_cast<const T *>(~static_cast<uintptr_t>(0)), size_t(0));
+    }
+
+    static inline ArrayRef<T> getTombstoneKey() {
+      return ArrayRef<T>(
+          reinterpret_cast<const T *>(~static_cast<uintptr_t>(1)), size_t(0));
+    }
+
+    static unsigned getHashValue(ArrayRef<T> Val) {
+      assert(Val.data() != getEmptyKey().data() &&
+             "Cannot hash the empty key!");
+      assert(Val.data() != getTombstoneKey().data() &&
+             "Cannot hash the tombstone key!");
+      return (unsigned)(hash_value(Val));
+    }
+
+    static bool isEqual(ArrayRef<T> LHS, ArrayRef<T> RHS) {
+      if (RHS.data() == getEmptyKey().data())
+        return LHS.data() == getEmptyKey().data();
+      if (RHS.data() == getTombstoneKey().data())
+        return LHS.data() == getTombstoneKey().data();
+      return LHS == RHS;
+    }
+  };
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_ARRAYREF_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/BitVector.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/BitVector.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..936a2b2073
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/BitVector.h
@@ -0,0 +1,867 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/BitVector.h - Bit vectors -----------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file implements the BitVector class.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_BITVECTOR_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_BITVECTOR_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMapInfo.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <cassert>
+#include <climits>
+#include <cstdint>
+#include <cstdlib>
+#include <cstring>
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// ForwardIterator for the bits that are set.
+/// Iterators get invalidated when resize / reserve is called.
+template <typename BitVectorT> class const_set_bits_iterator_impl {
+  const BitVectorT &Parent;
+  int Current = 0;
+
+  void advance() {
+    assert(Current != -1 && "Trying to advance past end.");
+    Current = Parent.find_next(Current);
+  }
+
+public:
+  const_set_bits_iterator_impl(const BitVectorT &Parent, int Current)
+      : Parent(Parent), Current(Current) {}
+  explicit const_set_bits_iterator_impl(const BitVectorT &Parent)
+      : const_set_bits_iterator_impl(Parent, Parent.find_first()) {}
+  const_set_bits_iterator_impl(const const_set_bits_iterator_impl &) = default;
+
+  const_set_bits_iterator_impl operator++(int) {
+    auto Prev = *this;
+    advance();
+    return Prev;
+  }
+
+  const_set_bits_iterator_impl &operator++() {
+    advance();
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  unsigned operator*() const { return Current; }
+
+  bool operator==(const const_set_bits_iterator_impl &Other) const {
+    assert(&Parent == &Other.Parent &&
+           "Comparing iterators from different BitVectors");
+    return Current == Other.Current;
+  }
+
+  bool operator!=(const const_set_bits_iterator_impl &Other) const {
+    assert(&Parent == &Other.Parent &&
+           "Comparing iterators from different BitVectors");
+    return Current != Other.Current;
+  }
+};
+
+class BitVector {
+  typedef uintptr_t BitWord;
+
+  enum { BITWORD_SIZE = (unsigned)sizeof(BitWord) * CHAR_BIT };
+
+  static_assert(BITWORD_SIZE == 64 || BITWORD_SIZE == 32,
+                "Unsupported word size");
+
+  using Storage = SmallVector<BitWord>;
+
+  Storage Bits;  // Actual bits.
+  unsigned Size; // Size of bitvector in bits.
+
+public:
+  using size_type = unsigned;
+
+  // Encapsulation of a single bit.
+  class reference {
+
+    BitWord *WordRef;
+    unsigned BitPos;
+
+  public:
+    reference(BitVector &b, unsigned Idx) {
+      WordRef = &b.Bits[Idx / BITWORD_SIZE];
+      BitPos = Idx % BITWORD_SIZE;
+    }
+
+    reference() = delete;
+    reference(const reference&) = default;
+
+    reference &operator=(reference t) {
+      *this = bool(t);
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    reference& operator=(bool t) {
+      if (t)
+        *WordRef |= BitWord(1) << BitPos;
+      else
+        *WordRef &= ~(BitWord(1) << BitPos);
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    operator bool() const {
+      return ((*WordRef) & (BitWord(1) << BitPos)) != 0;
+    }
+  };
+
+  typedef const_set_bits_iterator_impl<BitVector> const_set_bits_iterator;
+  typedef const_set_bits_iterator set_iterator;
+
+  const_set_bits_iterator set_bits_begin() const {
+    return const_set_bits_iterator(*this);
+  }
+  const_set_bits_iterator set_bits_end() const {
+    return const_set_bits_iterator(*this, -1);
+  }
+  iterator_range<const_set_bits_iterator> set_bits() const {
+    return make_range(set_bits_begin(), set_bits_end());
+  }
+
+  /// BitVector default ctor - Creates an empty bitvector.
+  BitVector() : Size(0) {}
+
+  /// BitVector ctor - Creates a bitvector of specified number of bits. All
+  /// bits are initialized to the specified value.
+  explicit BitVector(unsigned s, bool t = false)
+      : Bits(NumBitWords(s), 0 - (BitWord)t), Size(s) {
+    if (t)
+      clear_unused_bits();
+  }
+
+  /// empty - Tests whether there are no bits in this bitvector.
+  bool empty() const { return Size == 0; }
+
+  /// size - Returns the number of bits in this bitvector.
+  size_type size() const { return Size; }
+
+  /// count - Returns the number of bits which are set.
+  size_type count() const {
+    unsigned NumBits = 0;
+    for (auto Bit : Bits)
+      NumBits += countPopulation(Bit);
+    return NumBits;
+  }
+
+  /// any - Returns true if any bit is set.
+  bool any() const {
+    return any_of(Bits, [](BitWord Bit) { return Bit != 0; });
+  }
+
+  /// all - Returns true if all bits are set.
+  bool all() const {
+    for (unsigned i = 0; i < Size / BITWORD_SIZE; ++i)
+      if (Bits[i] != ~BitWord(0))
+        return false;
+
+    // If bits remain check that they are ones. The unused bits are always zero.
+    if (unsigned Remainder = Size % BITWORD_SIZE)
+      return Bits[Size / BITWORD_SIZE] == (BitWord(1) << Remainder) - 1;
+
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  /// none - Returns true if none of the bits are set.
+  bool none() const {
+    return !any();
+  }
+
+  /// find_first_in - Returns the index of the first set / unset bit,
+  /// depending on \p Set, in the range [Begin, End).
+  /// Returns -1 if all bits in the range are unset / set.
+  int find_first_in(unsigned Begin, unsigned End, bool Set = true) const {
+    assert(Begin <= End && End <= Size);
+    if (Begin == End)
+      return -1;
+
+    unsigned FirstWord = Begin / BITWORD_SIZE;
+    unsigned LastWord = (End - 1) / BITWORD_SIZE;
+
+    // Check subsequent words.
+    // The code below is based on search for the first _set_ bit. If
+    // we're searching for the first _unset_, we just take the
+    // complement of each word before we use it and apply
+    // the same method.
+    for (unsigned i = FirstWord; i <= LastWord; ++i) {
+      BitWord Copy = Bits[i];
+      if (!Set)
+        Copy = ~Copy;
+
+      if (i == FirstWord) {
+        unsigned FirstBit = Begin % BITWORD_SIZE;
+        Copy &= maskTrailingZeros<BitWord>(FirstBit);
+      }
+
+      if (i == LastWord) {
+        unsigned LastBit = (End - 1) % BITWORD_SIZE;
+        Copy &= maskTrailingOnes<BitWord>(LastBit + 1);
+      }
+      if (Copy != 0)
+        return i * BITWORD_SIZE + countTrailingZeros(Copy);
+    }
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  /// find_last_in - Returns the index of the last set bit in the range
+  /// [Begin, End).  Returns -1 if all bits in the range are unset.
+  int find_last_in(unsigned Begin, unsigned End) const {
+    assert(Begin <= End && End <= Size);
+    if (Begin == End)
+      return -1;
+
+    unsigned LastWord = (End - 1) / BITWORD_SIZE;
+    unsigned FirstWord = Begin / BITWORD_SIZE;
+
+    for (unsigned i = LastWord + 1; i >= FirstWord + 1; --i) {
+      unsigned CurrentWord = i - 1;
+
+      BitWord Copy = Bits[CurrentWord];
+      if (CurrentWord == LastWord) {
+        unsigned LastBit = (End - 1) % BITWORD_SIZE;
+        Copy &= maskTrailingOnes<BitWord>(LastBit + 1);
+      }
+
+      if (CurrentWord == FirstWord) {
+        unsigned FirstBit = Begin % BITWORD_SIZE;
+        Copy &= maskTrailingZeros<BitWord>(FirstBit);
+      }
+
+      if (Copy != 0)
+        return (CurrentWord + 1) * BITWORD_SIZE - countLeadingZeros(Copy) - 1;
+    }
+
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  /// find_first_unset_in - Returns the index of the first unset bit in the
+  /// range [Begin, End).  Returns -1 if all bits in the range are set.
+  int find_first_unset_in(unsigned Begin, unsigned End) const {
+    return find_first_in(Begin, End, /* Set = */ false);
+  }
+
+  /// find_last_unset_in - Returns the index of the last unset bit in the
+  /// range [Begin, End).  Returns -1 if all bits in the range are set.
+  int find_last_unset_in(unsigned Begin, unsigned End) const {
+    assert(Begin <= End && End <= Size);
+    if (Begin == End)
+      return -1;
+
+    unsigned LastWord = (End - 1) / BITWORD_SIZE;
+    unsigned FirstWord = Begin / BITWORD_SIZE;
+
+    for (unsigned i = LastWord + 1; i >= FirstWord + 1; --i) {
+      unsigned CurrentWord = i - 1;
+
+      BitWord Copy = Bits[CurrentWord];
+      if (CurrentWord == LastWord) {
+        unsigned LastBit = (End - 1) % BITWORD_SIZE;
+        Copy |= maskTrailingZeros<BitWord>(LastBit + 1);
+      }
+
+      if (CurrentWord == FirstWord) {
+        unsigned FirstBit = Begin % BITWORD_SIZE;
+        Copy |= maskTrailingOnes<BitWord>(FirstBit);
+      }
+
+      if (Copy != ~BitWord(0)) {
+        unsigned Result =
+            (CurrentWord + 1) * BITWORD_SIZE - countLeadingOnes(Copy) - 1;
+        return Result < Size ? Result : -1;
+      }
+    }
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  /// find_first - Returns the index of the first set bit, -1 if none
+  /// of the bits are set.
+  int find_first() const { return find_first_in(0, Size); }
+
+  /// find_last - Returns the index of the last set bit, -1 if none of the bits
+  /// are set.
+  int find_last() const { return find_last_in(0, Size); }
+
+  /// find_next - Returns the index of the next set bit following the
+  /// "Prev" bit. Returns -1 if the next set bit is not found.
+  int find_next(unsigned Prev) const { return find_first_in(Prev + 1, Size); }
+
+  /// find_prev - Returns the index of the first set bit that precedes the
+  /// the bit at \p PriorTo.  Returns -1 if all previous bits are unset.
+  int find_prev(unsigned PriorTo) const { return find_last_in(0, PriorTo); }
+
+  /// find_first_unset - Returns the index of the first unset bit, -1 if all
+  /// of the bits are set.
+  int find_first_unset() const { return find_first_unset_in(0, Size); }
+
+  /// find_next_unset - Returns the index of the next unset bit following the
+  /// "Prev" bit.  Returns -1 if all remaining bits are set.
+  int find_next_unset(unsigned Prev) const {
+    return find_first_unset_in(Prev + 1, Size);
+  }
+
+  /// find_last_unset - Returns the index of the last unset bit, -1 if all of
+  /// the bits are set.
+  int find_last_unset() const { return find_last_unset_in(0, Size); }
+
+  /// find_prev_unset - Returns the index of the first unset bit that precedes
+  /// the bit at \p PriorTo.  Returns -1 if all previous bits are set.
+  int find_prev_unset(unsigned PriorTo) {
+    return find_last_unset_in(0, PriorTo);
+  }
+
+  /// clear - Removes all bits from the bitvector.
+  void clear() {
+    Size = 0;
+    Bits.clear();
+  }
+
+  /// resize - Grow or shrink the bitvector.
+  void resize(unsigned N, bool t = false) {
+    set_unused_bits(t);
+    Size = N;
+    Bits.resize(NumBitWords(N), 0 - BitWord(t));
+    clear_unused_bits();
+  }
+
+  void reserve(unsigned N) { Bits.reserve(NumBitWords(N)); }
+
+  // Set, reset, flip
+  BitVector &set() {
+    init_words(true);
+    clear_unused_bits();
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  BitVector &set(unsigned Idx) {
+    assert(Idx < Size && "access in bound");
+    Bits[Idx / BITWORD_SIZE] |= BitWord(1) << (Idx % BITWORD_SIZE);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// set - Efficiently set a range of bits in [I, E)
+  BitVector &set(unsigned I, unsigned E) {
+    assert(I <= E && "Attempted to set backwards range!");
+    assert(E <= size() && "Attempted to set out-of-bounds range!");
+
+    if (I == E) return *this;
+
+    if (I / BITWORD_SIZE == E / BITWORD_SIZE) {
+      BitWord EMask = BitWord(1) << (E % BITWORD_SIZE);
+      BitWord IMask = BitWord(1) << (I % BITWORD_SIZE);
+      BitWord Mask = EMask - IMask;
+      Bits[I / BITWORD_SIZE] |= Mask;
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    BitWord PrefixMask = ~BitWord(0) << (I % BITWORD_SIZE);
+    Bits[I / BITWORD_SIZE] |= PrefixMask;
+    I = alignTo(I, BITWORD_SIZE);
+
+    for (; I + BITWORD_SIZE <= E; I += BITWORD_SIZE)
+      Bits[I / BITWORD_SIZE] = ~BitWord(0);
+
+    BitWord PostfixMask = (BitWord(1) << (E % BITWORD_SIZE)) - 1;
+    if (I < E)
+      Bits[I / BITWORD_SIZE] |= PostfixMask;
+
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  BitVector &reset() {
+    init_words(false);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  BitVector &reset(unsigned Idx) {
+    Bits[Idx / BITWORD_SIZE] &= ~(BitWord(1) << (Idx % BITWORD_SIZE));
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// reset - Efficiently reset a range of bits in [I, E)
+  BitVector &reset(unsigned I, unsigned E) {
+    assert(I <= E && "Attempted to reset backwards range!");
+    assert(E <= size() && "Attempted to reset out-of-bounds range!");
+
+    if (I == E) return *this;
+
+    if (I / BITWORD_SIZE == E / BITWORD_SIZE) {
+      BitWord EMask = BitWord(1) << (E % BITWORD_SIZE);
+      BitWord IMask = BitWord(1) << (I % BITWORD_SIZE);
+      BitWord Mask = EMask - IMask;
+      Bits[I / BITWORD_SIZE] &= ~Mask;
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    BitWord PrefixMask = ~BitWord(0) << (I % BITWORD_SIZE);
+    Bits[I / BITWORD_SIZE] &= ~PrefixMask;
+    I = alignTo(I, BITWORD_SIZE);
+
+    for (; I + BITWORD_SIZE <= E; I += BITWORD_SIZE)
+      Bits[I / BITWORD_SIZE] = BitWord(0);
+
+    BitWord PostfixMask = (BitWord(1) << (E % BITWORD_SIZE)) - 1;
+    if (I < E)
+      Bits[I / BITWORD_SIZE] &= ~PostfixMask;
+
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  BitVector &flip() {
+    for (auto &Bit : Bits)
+      Bit = ~Bit;
+    clear_unused_bits();
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  BitVector &flip(unsigned Idx) {
+    Bits[Idx / BITWORD_SIZE] ^= BitWord(1) << (Idx % BITWORD_SIZE);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  // Indexing.
+  reference operator[](unsigned Idx) {
+    assert (Idx < Size && "Out-of-bounds Bit access.");
+    return reference(*this, Idx);
+  }
+
+  bool operator[](unsigned Idx) const {
+    assert (Idx < Size && "Out-of-bounds Bit access.");
+    BitWord Mask = BitWord(1) << (Idx % BITWORD_SIZE);
+    return (Bits[Idx / BITWORD_SIZE] & Mask) != 0;
+  }
+
+  /// Return the last element in the vector.
+  bool back() const {
+    assert(!empty() && "Getting last element of empty vector.");
+    return (*this)[size() - 1];
+  }
+
+  bool test(unsigned Idx) const {
+    return (*this)[Idx];
+  }
+
+  // Push single bit to end of vector.
+  void push_back(bool Val) {
+    unsigned OldSize = Size;
+    unsigned NewSize = Size + 1;
+
+    // Resize, which will insert zeros.
+    // If we already fit then the unused bits will be already zero.
+    if (NewSize > getBitCapacity())
+      resize(NewSize, false);
+    else
+      Size = NewSize;
+
+    // If true, set single bit.
+    if (Val)
+      set(OldSize);
+  }
+
+  /// Pop one bit from the end of the vector.
+  void pop_back() {
+    assert(!empty() && "Empty vector has no element to pop.");
+    resize(size() - 1);
+  }
+
+  /// Test if any common bits are set.
+  bool anyCommon(const BitVector &RHS) const {
+    unsigned ThisWords = Bits.size();
+    unsigned RHSWords = RHS.Bits.size();
+    for (unsigned i = 0, e = std::min(ThisWords, RHSWords); i != e; ++i)
+      if (Bits[i] & RHS.Bits[i])
+        return true;
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  // Comparison operators.
+  bool operator==(const BitVector &RHS) const {
+    if (size() != RHS.size())
+      return false;
+    unsigned NumWords = Bits.size();
+    return std::equal(Bits.begin(), Bits.begin() + NumWords, RHS.Bits.begin());
+  }
+
+  bool operator!=(const BitVector &RHS) const { return !(*this == RHS); }
+
+  /// Intersection, union, disjoint union.
+  BitVector &operator&=(const BitVector &RHS) {
+    unsigned ThisWords = Bits.size();
+    unsigned RHSWords = RHS.Bits.size();
+    unsigned i;
+    for (i = 0; i != std::min(ThisWords, RHSWords); ++i)
+      Bits[i] &= RHS.Bits[i];
+
+    // Any bits that are just in this bitvector become zero, because they aren't
+    // in the RHS bit vector.  Any words only in RHS are ignored because they
+    // are already zero in the LHS.
+    for (; i != ThisWords; ++i)
+      Bits[i] = 0;
+
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// reset - Reset bits that are set in RHS. Same as *this &= ~RHS.
+  BitVector &reset(const BitVector &RHS) {
+    unsigned ThisWords = Bits.size();
+    unsigned RHSWords = RHS.Bits.size();
+    for (unsigned i = 0; i != std::min(ThisWords, RHSWords); ++i)
+      Bits[i] &= ~RHS.Bits[i];
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// test - Check if (This - RHS) is zero.
+  /// This is the same as reset(RHS) and any().
+  bool test(const BitVector &RHS) const {
+    unsigned ThisWords = Bits.size();
+    unsigned RHSWords = RHS.Bits.size();
+    unsigned i;
+    for (i = 0; i != std::min(ThisWords, RHSWords); ++i)
+      if ((Bits[i] & ~RHS.Bits[i]) != 0)
+        return true;
+
+    for (; i != ThisWords ; ++i)
+      if (Bits[i] != 0)
+        return true;
+
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  template <class F, class... ArgTys>
+  static BitVector &apply(F &&f, BitVector &Out, BitVector const &Arg,
+                          ArgTys const &...Args) {
+    assert(llvm::all_of(
+               std::initializer_list<unsigned>{Args.size()...},
+               [&Arg](auto const &BV) { return Arg.size() == BV; }) &&
+           "consistent sizes");
+    Out.resize(Arg.size());
+    for (size_type I = 0, E = Arg.Bits.size(); I != E; ++I)
+      Out.Bits[I] = f(Arg.Bits[I], Args.Bits[I]...);
+    Out.clear_unused_bits();
+    return Out;
+  }
+
+  BitVector &operator|=(const BitVector &RHS) {
+    if (size() < RHS.size())
+      resize(RHS.size());
+    for (size_type I = 0, E = RHS.Bits.size(); I != E; ++I)
+      Bits[I] |= RHS.Bits[I];
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  BitVector &operator^=(const BitVector &RHS) {
+    if (size() < RHS.size())
+      resize(RHS.size());
+    for (size_type I = 0, E = RHS.Bits.size(); I != E; ++I)
+      Bits[I] ^= RHS.Bits[I];
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  BitVector &operator>>=(unsigned N) {
+    assert(N <= Size);
+    if (LLVM_UNLIKELY(empty() || N == 0))
+      return *this;
+
+    unsigned NumWords = Bits.size();
+    assert(NumWords >= 1);
+
+    wordShr(N / BITWORD_SIZE);
+
+    unsigned BitDistance = N % BITWORD_SIZE;
+    if (BitDistance == 0)
+      return *this;
+
+    // When the shift size is not a multiple of the word size, then we have
+    // a tricky situation where each word in succession needs to extract some
+    // of the bits from the next word and or them into this word while
+    // shifting this word to make room for the new bits.  This has to be done
+    // for every word in the array.
+
+    // Since we're shifting each word right, some bits will fall off the end
+    // of each word to the right, and empty space will be created on the left.
+    // The final word in the array will lose bits permanently, so starting at
+    // the beginning, work forwards shifting each word to the right, and
+    // OR'ing in the bits from the end of the next word to the beginning of
+    // the current word.
+
+    // Example:
+    //   Starting with {0xAABBCCDD, 0xEEFF0011, 0x22334455} and shifting right
+    //   by 4 bits.
+    // Step 1: Word[0] >>= 4           ; 0x0ABBCCDD
+    // Step 2: Word[0] |= 0x10000000   ; 0x1ABBCCDD
+    // Step 3: Word[1] >>= 4           ; 0x0EEFF001
+    // Step 4: Word[1] |= 0x50000000   ; 0x5EEFF001
+    // Step 5: Word[2] >>= 4           ; 0x02334455
+    // Result: { 0x1ABBCCDD, 0x5EEFF001, 0x02334455 }
+    const BitWord Mask = maskTrailingOnes<BitWord>(BitDistance);
+    const unsigned LSH = BITWORD_SIZE - BitDistance;
+
+    for (unsigned I = 0; I < NumWords - 1; ++I) {
+      Bits[I] >>= BitDistance;
+      Bits[I] |= (Bits[I + 1] & Mask) << LSH;
+    }
+
+    Bits[NumWords - 1] >>= BitDistance;
+
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  BitVector &operator<<=(unsigned N) {
+    assert(N <= Size);
+    if (LLVM_UNLIKELY(empty() || N == 0))
+      return *this;
+
+    unsigned NumWords = Bits.size();
+    assert(NumWords >= 1);
+
+    wordShl(N / BITWORD_SIZE);
+
+    unsigned BitDistance = N % BITWORD_SIZE;
+    if (BitDistance == 0)
+      return *this;
+
+    // When the shift size is not a multiple of the word size, then we have
+    // a tricky situation where each word in succession needs to extract some
+    // of the bits from the previous word and or them into this word while
+    // shifting this word to make room for the new bits.  This has to be done
+    // for every word in the array.  This is similar to the algorithm outlined
+    // in operator>>=, but backwards.
+
+    // Since we're shifting each word left, some bits will fall off the end
+    // of each word to the left, and empty space will be created on the right.
+    // The first word in the array will lose bits permanently, so starting at
+    // the end, work backwards shifting each word to the left, and OR'ing
+    // in the bits from the end of the next word to the beginning of the
+    // current word.
+
+    // Example:
+    //   Starting with {0xAABBCCDD, 0xEEFF0011, 0x22334455} and shifting left
+    //   by 4 bits.
+    // Step 1: Word[2] <<= 4           ; 0x23344550
+    // Step 2: Word[2] |= 0x0000000E   ; 0x2334455E
+    // Step 3: Word[1] <<= 4           ; 0xEFF00110
+    // Step 4: Word[1] |= 0x0000000A   ; 0xEFF0011A
+    // Step 5: Word[0] <<= 4           ; 0xABBCCDD0
+    // Result: { 0xABBCCDD0, 0xEFF0011A, 0x2334455E }
+    const BitWord Mask = maskLeadingOnes<BitWord>(BitDistance);
+    const unsigned RSH = BITWORD_SIZE - BitDistance;
+
+    for (int I = NumWords - 1; I > 0; --I) {
+      Bits[I] <<= BitDistance;
+      Bits[I] |= (Bits[I - 1] & Mask) >> RSH;
+    }
+    Bits[0] <<= BitDistance;
+    clear_unused_bits();
+
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  void swap(BitVector &RHS) {
+    std::swap(Bits, RHS.Bits);
+    std::swap(Size, RHS.Size);
+  }
+
+  void invalid() {
+    assert(!Size && Bits.empty());
+    Size = (unsigned)-1;
+  }
+  bool isInvalid() const { return Size == (unsigned)-1; }
+
+  ArrayRef<BitWord> getData() const { return {&Bits[0], Bits.size()}; }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Portable bit mask operations.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  //
+  // These methods all operate on arrays of uint32_t, each holding 32 bits. The
+  // fixed word size makes it easier to work with literal bit vector constants
+  // in portable code.
+  //
+  // The LSB in each word is the lowest numbered bit.  The size of a portable
+  // bit mask is always a whole multiple of 32 bits.  If no bit mask size is
+  // given, the bit mask is assumed to cover the entire BitVector.
+
+  /// setBitsInMask - Add '1' bits from Mask to this vector. Don't resize.
+  /// This computes "*this |= Mask".
+  void setBitsInMask(const uint32_t *Mask, unsigned MaskWords = ~0u) {
+    applyMask<true, false>(Mask, MaskWords);
+  }
+
+  /// clearBitsInMask - Clear any bits in this vector that are set in Mask.
+  /// Don't resize. This computes "*this &= ~Mask".
+  void clearBitsInMask(const uint32_t *Mask, unsigned MaskWords = ~0u) {
+    applyMask<false, false>(Mask, MaskWords);
+  }
+
+  /// setBitsNotInMask - Add a bit to this vector for every '0' bit in Mask.
+  /// Don't resize.  This computes "*this |= ~Mask".
+  void setBitsNotInMask(const uint32_t *Mask, unsigned MaskWords = ~0u) {
+    applyMask<true, true>(Mask, MaskWords);
+  }
+
+  /// clearBitsNotInMask - Clear a bit in this vector for every '0' bit in Mask.
+  /// Don't resize.  This computes "*this &= Mask".
+  void clearBitsNotInMask(const uint32_t *Mask, unsigned MaskWords = ~0u) {
+    applyMask<false, true>(Mask, MaskWords);
+  }
+
+private:
+  /// Perform a logical left shift of \p Count words by moving everything
+  /// \p Count words to the right in memory.
+  ///
+  /// While confusing, words are stored from least significant at Bits[0] to
+  /// most significant at Bits[NumWords-1].  A logical shift left, however,
+  /// moves the current least significant bit to a higher logical index, and
+  /// fills the previous least significant bits with 0.  Thus, we actually
+  /// need to move the bytes of the memory to the right, not to the left.
+  /// Example:
+  ///   Words = [0xBBBBAAAA, 0xDDDDFFFF, 0x00000000, 0xDDDD0000]
+  /// represents a BitVector where 0xBBBBAAAA contain the least significant
+  /// bits.  So if we want to shift the BitVector left by 2 words, we need
+  /// to turn this into 0x00000000 0x00000000 0xBBBBAAAA 0xDDDDFFFF by using a
+  /// memmove which moves right, not left.
+  void wordShl(uint32_t Count) {
+    if (Count == 0)
+      return;
+
+    uint32_t NumWords = Bits.size();
+
+    // Since we always move Word-sized chunks of data with src and dest both
+    // aligned to a word-boundary, we don't need to worry about endianness
+    // here.
+    std::copy(Bits.begin(), Bits.begin() + NumWords - Count,
+              Bits.begin() + Count);
+    std::fill(Bits.begin(), Bits.begin() + Count, 0);
+    clear_unused_bits();
+  }
+
+  /// Perform a logical right shift of \p Count words by moving those
+  /// words to the left in memory.  See wordShl for more information.
+  ///
+  void wordShr(uint32_t Count) {
+    if (Count == 0)
+      return;
+
+    uint32_t NumWords = Bits.size();
+
+    std::copy(Bits.begin() + Count, Bits.begin() + NumWords, Bits.begin());
+    std::fill(Bits.begin() + NumWords - Count, Bits.begin() + NumWords, 0);
+  }
+
+  int next_unset_in_word(int WordIndex, BitWord Word) const {
+    unsigned Result = WordIndex * BITWORD_SIZE + countTrailingOnes(Word);
+    return Result < size() ? Result : -1;
+  }
+
+  unsigned NumBitWords(unsigned S) const {
+    return (S + BITWORD_SIZE-1) / BITWORD_SIZE;
+  }
+
+  // Set the unused bits in the high words.
+  void set_unused_bits(bool t = true) {
+    //  Then set any stray high bits of the last used word.
+    if (unsigned ExtraBits = Size % BITWORD_SIZE) {
+      BitWord ExtraBitMask = ~BitWord(0) << ExtraBits;
+      if (t)
+        Bits.back() |= ExtraBitMask;
+      else
+        Bits.back() &= ~ExtraBitMask;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Clear the unused bits in the high words.
+  void clear_unused_bits() {
+    set_unused_bits(false);
+  }
+
+  void init_words(bool t) {
+    std::fill(Bits.begin(), Bits.end(), 0 - (BitWord)t);
+  }
+
+  template<bool AddBits, bool InvertMask>
+  void applyMask(const uint32_t *Mask, unsigned MaskWords) {
+    static_assert(BITWORD_SIZE % 32 == 0, "Unsupported BitWord size.");
+    MaskWords = std::min(MaskWords, (size() + 31) / 32);
+    const unsigned Scale = BITWORD_SIZE / 32;
+    unsigned i;
+    for (i = 0; MaskWords >= Scale; ++i, MaskWords -= Scale) {
+      BitWord BW = Bits[i];
+      // This inner loop should unroll completely when BITWORD_SIZE > 32.
+      for (unsigned b = 0; b != BITWORD_SIZE; b += 32) {
+        uint32_t M = *Mask++;
+        if (InvertMask) M = ~M;
+        if (AddBits) BW |=   BitWord(M) << b;
+        else         BW &= ~(BitWord(M) << b);
+      }
+      Bits[i] = BW;
+    }
+    for (unsigned b = 0; MaskWords; b += 32, --MaskWords) {
+      uint32_t M = *Mask++;
+      if (InvertMask) M = ~M;
+      if (AddBits) Bits[i] |=   BitWord(M) << b;
+      else         Bits[i] &= ~(BitWord(M) << b);
+    }
+    if (AddBits)
+      clear_unused_bits();
+  }
+
+public:
+  /// Return the size (in bytes) of the bit vector.
+  size_type getMemorySize() const { return Bits.size() * sizeof(BitWord); }
+  size_type getBitCapacity() const { return Bits.size() * BITWORD_SIZE; }
+};
+
+inline BitVector::size_type capacity_in_bytes(const BitVector &X) {
+  return X.getMemorySize();
+}
+
+template <> struct DenseMapInfo<BitVector> {
+  static inline BitVector getEmptyKey() { return {}; }
+  static inline BitVector getTombstoneKey() {
+    BitVector V;
+    V.invalid();
+    return V;
+  }
+  static unsigned getHashValue(const BitVector &V) {
+    return DenseMapInfo<std::pair<BitVector::size_type, ArrayRef<uintptr_t>>>::
+        getHashValue(std::make_pair(V.size(), V.getData()));
+  }
+  static bool isEqual(const BitVector &LHS, const BitVector &RHS) {
+    if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
+      return LHS.isInvalid() == RHS.isInvalid();
+    return LHS == RHS;
+  }
+};
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+namespace std {
+  /// Implement std::swap in terms of BitVector swap.
+inline void swap(llvm::BitVector &LHS, llvm::BitVector &RHS) { LHS.swap(RHS); }
+} // end namespace std
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_BITVECTOR_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/Bitfields.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/Bitfields.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2759b15a2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/Bitfields.h
@@ -0,0 +1,300 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===-- llvm/ADT/Bitfield.h - Get and Set bits in an integer ---*- C++ -*--===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file implements methods to test, set and extract typed bits from packed
+/// unsigned integers.
+///
+/// Why not C++ bitfields?
+/// ----------------------
+/// C++ bitfields do not offer control over the bit layout nor consistent
+/// behavior when it comes to out of range values.
+/// For instance, the layout is implementation defined and adjacent bits may be
+/// packed together but are not required to. This is problematic when storage is
+/// sparse and data must be stored in a particular integer type.
+///
+/// The methods provided in this file ensure precise control over the
+/// layout/storage as well as protection against out of range values.
+///
+/// Usage example
+/// -------------
+/// \code{.cpp}
+///  uint8_t Storage = 0;
+///
+///  // Store and retrieve a single bit as bool.
+///  using Bool = Bitfield::Element<bool, 0, 1>;
+///  Bitfield::set<Bool>(Storage, true);
+///  EXPECT_EQ(Storage, 0b00000001);
+///  //                          ^
+///  EXPECT_EQ(Bitfield::get<Bool>(Storage), true);
+///
+///  // Store and retrieve a 2 bit typed enum.
+///  // Note: enum underlying type must be unsigned.
+///  enum class SuitEnum : uint8_t { CLUBS, DIAMONDS, HEARTS, SPADES };
+///  // Note: enum maximum value needs to be passed in as last parameter.
+///  using Suit = Bitfield::Element<SuitEnum, 1, 2, SuitEnum::SPADES>;
+///  Bitfield::set<Suit>(Storage, SuitEnum::HEARTS);
+///  EXPECT_EQ(Storage, 0b00000101);
+///  //                        ^^
+///  EXPECT_EQ(Bitfield::get<Suit>(Storage), SuitEnum::HEARTS);
+///
+///  // Store and retrieve a 5 bit value as unsigned.
+///  using Value = Bitfield::Element<unsigned, 3, 5>;
+///  Bitfield::set<Value>(Storage, 10);
+///  EXPECT_EQ(Storage, 0b01010101);
+///  //                   ^^^^^
+///  EXPECT_EQ(Bitfield::get<Value>(Storage), 10U);
+///
+///  // Interpret the same 5 bit value as signed.
+///  using SignedValue = Bitfield::Element<int, 3, 5>;
+///  Bitfield::set<SignedValue>(Storage, -2);
+///  EXPECT_EQ(Storage, 0b11110101);
+///  //                   ^^^^^
+///  EXPECT_EQ(Bitfield::get<SignedValue>(Storage), -2);
+///
+///  // Ability to efficiently test if a field is non zero.
+///  EXPECT_TRUE(Bitfield::test<Value>(Storage));
+///
+///  // Alter Storage changes value.
+///  Storage = 0;
+///  EXPECT_EQ(Bitfield::get<Bool>(Storage), false);
+///  EXPECT_EQ(Bitfield::get<Suit>(Storage), SuitEnum::CLUBS);
+///  EXPECT_EQ(Bitfield::get<Value>(Storage), 0U);
+///  EXPECT_EQ(Bitfield::get<SignedValue>(Storage), 0);
+///
+///  Storage = 255;
+///  EXPECT_EQ(Bitfield::get<Bool>(Storage), true);
+///  EXPECT_EQ(Bitfield::get<Suit>(Storage), SuitEnum::SPADES);
+///  EXPECT_EQ(Bitfield::get<Value>(Storage), 31U);
+///  EXPECT_EQ(Bitfield::get<SignedValue>(Storage), -1);
+/// \endcode
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_BITFIELDS_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_BITFIELDS_H
+
+#include <cassert>
+#include <climits> // CHAR_BIT
+#include <cstddef> // size_t
+#include <cstdint> // uintXX_t
+#include <limits>  // numeric_limits
+#include <type_traits>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+namespace bitfields_details {
+
+/// A struct defining useful bit patterns for n-bits integer types.
+template <typename T, unsigned Bits> struct BitPatterns {
+  /// Bit patterns are forged using the equivalent `Unsigned` type because of
+  /// undefined operations over signed types (e.g. Bitwise shift operators).
+  /// Moreover same size casting from unsigned to signed is well defined but not
+  /// the other way around.
+  using Unsigned = typename std::make_unsigned<T>::type;
+  static_assert(sizeof(Unsigned) == sizeof(T), "Types must have same size");
+
+  static constexpr unsigned TypeBits = sizeof(Unsigned) * CHAR_BIT;
+  static_assert(TypeBits >= Bits, "n-bit must fit in T");
+
+  /// e.g. with TypeBits == 8 and Bits == 6.
+  static constexpr Unsigned AllZeros = Unsigned(0);                  // 00000000
+  static constexpr Unsigned AllOnes = ~Unsigned(0);                  // 11111111
+  static constexpr Unsigned Umin = AllZeros;                         // 00000000
+  static constexpr Unsigned Umax = AllOnes >> (TypeBits - Bits);     // 00111111
+  static constexpr Unsigned SignBitMask = Unsigned(1) << (Bits - 1); // 00100000
+  static constexpr Unsigned Smax = Umax >> 1U;                       // 00011111
+  static constexpr Unsigned Smin = ~Smax;                            // 11100000
+  static constexpr Unsigned SignExtend = Unsigned(Smin << 1U);       // 11000000
+};
+
+/// `Compressor` is used to manipulate the bits of a (possibly signed) integer
+/// type so it can be packed and unpacked into a `bits` sized integer,
+/// `Compressor` is specialized on signed-ness so no runtime cost is incurred.
+/// The `pack` method also checks that the passed in `UserValue` is valid.
+template <typename T, unsigned Bits, bool = std::is_unsigned<T>::value>
+struct Compressor {
+  static_assert(std::is_unsigned<T>::value, "T is unsigned");
+  using BP = BitPatterns<T, Bits>;
+
+  static T pack(T UserValue, T UserMaxValue) {
+    assert(UserValue <= UserMaxValue && "value is too big");
+    assert(UserValue <= BP::Umax && "value is too big");
+    return UserValue;
+  }
+
+  static T unpack(T StorageValue) { return StorageValue; }
+};
+
+template <typename T, unsigned Bits> struct Compressor<T, Bits, false> {
+  static_assert(std::is_signed<T>::value, "T is signed");
+  using BP = BitPatterns<T, Bits>;
+
+  static T pack(T UserValue, T UserMaxValue) {
+    assert(UserValue <= UserMaxValue && "value is too big");
+    assert(UserValue <= T(BP::Smax) && "value is too big");
+    assert(UserValue >= T(BP::Smin) && "value is too small");
+    if (UserValue < 0)
+      UserValue &= ~BP::SignExtend;
+    return UserValue;
+  }
+
+  static T unpack(T StorageValue) {
+    if (StorageValue >= T(BP::SignBitMask))
+      StorageValue |= BP::SignExtend;
+    return StorageValue;
+  }
+};
+
+/// Impl is where Bifield description and Storage are put together to interact
+/// with values.
+template <typename Bitfield, typename StorageType> struct Impl {
+  static_assert(std::is_unsigned<StorageType>::value,
+                "Storage must be unsigned");
+  using IntegerType = typename Bitfield::IntegerType;
+  using C = Compressor<IntegerType, Bitfield::Bits>;
+  using BP = BitPatterns<StorageType, Bitfield::Bits>;
+
+  static constexpr size_t StorageBits = sizeof(StorageType) * CHAR_BIT;
+  static_assert(Bitfield::FirstBit <= StorageBits, "Data must fit in mask");
+  static_assert(Bitfield::LastBit <= StorageBits, "Data must fit in mask");
+  static constexpr StorageType Mask = BP::Umax << Bitfield::Shift;
+
+  /// Checks `UserValue` is within bounds and packs it between `FirstBit` and
+  /// `LastBit` of `Packed` leaving the rest unchanged.
+  static void update(StorageType &Packed, IntegerType UserValue) {
+    const StorageType StorageValue = C::pack(UserValue, Bitfield::UserMaxValue);
+    Packed &= ~Mask;
+    Packed |= StorageValue << Bitfield::Shift;
+  }
+
+  /// Interprets bits between `FirstBit` and `LastBit` of `Packed` as
+  /// an`IntegerType`.
+  static IntegerType extract(StorageType Packed) {
+    const StorageType StorageValue = (Packed & Mask) >> Bitfield::Shift;
+    return C::unpack(StorageValue);
+  }
+
+  /// Interprets bits between `FirstBit` and `LastBit` of `Packed` as
+  /// an`IntegerType`.
+  static StorageType test(StorageType Packed) { return Packed & Mask; }
+};
+
+/// `Bitfield` deals with the following type:
+/// - unsigned enums
+/// - signed and unsigned integer
+/// - `bool`
+/// Internally though we only manipulate integer with well defined and
+/// consistent semantics, this excludes typed enums and `bool` that are replaced
+/// with their unsigned counterparts. The correct type is restored in the public
+/// API.
+template <typename T, bool = std::is_enum<T>::value>
+struct ResolveUnderlyingType {
+  using type = typename std::underlying_type<T>::type;
+};
+template <typename T> struct ResolveUnderlyingType<T, false> {
+  using type = T;
+};
+template <> struct ResolveUnderlyingType<bool, false> {
+  /// In case sizeof(bool) != 1, replace `void` by an additionnal
+  /// std::conditional.
+  using type = std::conditional<sizeof(bool) == 1, uint8_t, void>::type;
+};
+
+} // namespace bitfields_details
+
+/// Holds functions to get, set or test bitfields.
+struct Bitfield {
+  /// Describes an element of a Bitfield. This type is then used with the
+  /// Bitfield static member functions.
+  /// \tparam T         The type of the field once in unpacked form.
+  /// \tparam Offset    The position of the first bit.
+  /// \tparam Size      The size of the field.
+  /// \tparam MaxValue  For enums the maximum enum allowed.
+  template <typename T, unsigned Offset, unsigned Size,
+            T MaxValue = std::is_enum<T>::value
+                             ? T(0) // coupled with static_assert below
+                             : std::numeric_limits<T>::max()>
+  struct Element {
+    using Type = T;
+    using IntegerType =
+        typename bitfields_details::ResolveUnderlyingType<T>::type;
+    static constexpr unsigned Shift = Offset;
+    static constexpr unsigned Bits = Size;
+    static constexpr unsigned FirstBit = Offset;
+    static constexpr unsigned LastBit = Shift + Bits - 1;
+    static constexpr unsigned NextBit = Shift + Bits;
+
+  private:
+    template <typename, typename> friend struct bitfields_details::Impl;
+
+    static_assert(Bits > 0, "Bits must be non zero");
+    static constexpr size_t TypeBits = sizeof(IntegerType) * CHAR_BIT;
+    static_assert(Bits <= TypeBits, "Bits may not be greater than T size");
+    static_assert(!std::is_enum<T>::value || MaxValue != T(0),
+                  "Enum Bitfields must provide a MaxValue");
+    static_assert(!std::is_enum<T>::value ||
+                      std::is_unsigned<IntegerType>::value,
+                  "Enum must be unsigned");
+    static_assert(std::is_integral<IntegerType>::value &&
+                      std::numeric_limits<IntegerType>::is_integer,
+                  "IntegerType must be an integer type");
+
+    static constexpr IntegerType UserMaxValue =
+        static_cast<IntegerType>(MaxValue);
+  };
+
+  /// Unpacks the field from the `Packed` value.
+  template <typename Bitfield, typename StorageType>
+  static typename Bitfield::Type get(StorageType Packed) {
+    using I = bitfields_details::Impl<Bitfield, StorageType>;
+    return static_cast<typename Bitfield::Type>(I::extract(Packed));
+  }
+
+  /// Return a non-zero value if the field is non-zero.
+  /// It is more efficient than `getField`.
+  template <typename Bitfield, typename StorageType>
+  static StorageType test(StorageType Packed) {
+    using I = bitfields_details::Impl<Bitfield, StorageType>;
+    return I::test(Packed);
+  }
+
+  /// Sets the typed value in the provided `Packed` value.
+  /// The method will asserts if the provided value is too big to fit in.
+  template <typename Bitfield, typename StorageType>
+  static void set(StorageType &Packed, typename Bitfield::Type Value) {
+    using I = bitfields_details::Impl<Bitfield, StorageType>;
+    I::update(Packed, static_cast<typename Bitfield::IntegerType>(Value));
+  }
+
+  /// Returns whether the two bitfields share common bits.
+  template <typename A, typename B> static constexpr bool isOverlapping() {
+    return A::LastBit >= B::FirstBit && B::LastBit >= A::FirstBit;
+  }
+
+  template <typename A> static constexpr bool areContiguous() { return true; }
+  template <typename A, typename B, typename... Others>
+  static constexpr bool areContiguous() {
+    return A::NextBit == B::FirstBit && areContiguous<B, Others...>();
+  }
+};
+
+} // namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_BITFIELDS_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/BitmaskEnum.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/BitmaskEnum.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0b210593da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/BitmaskEnum.h
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===-- llvm/ADT/BitmaskEnum.h ----------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_BITMASKENUM_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_BITMASKENUM_H
+
+#include <cassert>
+#include <type_traits>
+#include <utility>
+
+#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
+
+/// LLVM_MARK_AS_BITMASK_ENUM lets you opt in an individual enum type so you can
+/// perform bitwise operations on it without putting static_cast everywhere.
+///
+/// \code
+///   enum MyEnum {
+///     E1 = 1, E2 = 2, E3 = 4, E4 = 8,
+///     LLVM_MARK_AS_BITMASK_ENUM(/* LargestValue = */ E4)
+///   };
+///
+///   void Foo() {
+///     MyEnum A = (E1 | E2) & E3 ^ ~E4; // Look, ma: No static_cast!
+///   }
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// Normally when you do a bitwise operation on an enum value, you get back an
+/// instance of the underlying type (e.g. int).  But using this macro, bitwise
+/// ops on your enum will return you back instances of the enum.  This is
+/// particularly useful for enums which represent a combination of flags.
+///
+/// The parameter to LLVM_MARK_AS_BITMASK_ENUM should be the largest individual
+/// value in your enum.
+///
+/// All of the enum's values must be non-negative.
+#define LLVM_MARK_AS_BITMASK_ENUM(LargestValue)                                \
+  LLVM_BITMASK_LARGEST_ENUMERATOR = LargestValue
+
+/// LLVM_ENABLE_BITMASK_ENUMS_IN_NAMESPACE() pulls the operator overloads used
+/// by LLVM_MARK_AS_BITMASK_ENUM into the current namespace.
+///
+/// Suppose you have an enum foo::bar::MyEnum.  Before using
+/// LLVM_MARK_AS_BITMASK_ENUM on MyEnum, you must put
+/// LLVM_ENABLE_BITMASK_ENUMS_IN_NAMESPACE() somewhere inside namespace foo or
+/// namespace foo::bar.  This allows the relevant operator overloads to be found
+/// by ADL.
+///
+/// You don't need to use this macro in namespace llvm; it's done at the bottom
+/// of this file.
+#define LLVM_ENABLE_BITMASK_ENUMS_IN_NAMESPACE()                               \
+  using ::llvm::BitmaskEnumDetail::operator~;                                  \
+  using ::llvm::BitmaskEnumDetail::operator|;                                  \
+  using ::llvm::BitmaskEnumDetail::operator&;                                  \
+  using ::llvm::BitmaskEnumDetail::operator^;                                  \
+  using ::llvm::BitmaskEnumDetail::operator|=;                                 \
+  using ::llvm::BitmaskEnumDetail::operator&=;                                 \
+  /* Force a semicolon at the end of this macro. */                            \
+  using ::llvm::BitmaskEnumDetail::operator^=
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// Traits class to determine whether an enum has a
+/// LLVM_BITMASK_LARGEST_ENUMERATOR enumerator.
+template <typename E, typename Enable = void>
+struct is_bitmask_enum : std::false_type {};
+
+template <typename E>
+struct is_bitmask_enum<
+    E, std::enable_if_t<sizeof(E::LLVM_BITMASK_LARGEST_ENUMERATOR) >= 0>>
+    : std::true_type {};
+namespace BitmaskEnumDetail {
+
+/// Get a bitmask with 1s in all places up to the high-order bit of E's largest
+/// value.
+template <typename E> std::underlying_type_t<E> Mask() {
+  // On overflow, NextPowerOf2 returns zero with the type uint64_t, so
+  // subtracting 1 gives us the mask with all bits set, like we want.
+  return NextPowerOf2(static_cast<std::underlying_type_t<E>>(
+             E::LLVM_BITMASK_LARGEST_ENUMERATOR)) -
+         1;
+}
+
+/// Check that Val is in range for E, and return Val cast to E's underlying
+/// type.
+template <typename E> std::underlying_type_t<E> Underlying(E Val) {
+  auto U = static_cast<std::underlying_type_t<E>>(Val);
+  assert(U >= 0 && "Negative enum values are not allowed.");
+  assert(U <= Mask<E>() && "Enum value too large (or largest val too small?)");
+  return U;
+}
+
+constexpr unsigned bitWidth(uint64_t Value) {
+  return Value ? 1 + bitWidth(Value >> 1) : 0;
+}
+
+template <typename E, typename = std::enable_if_t<is_bitmask_enum<E>::value>>
+E operator~(E Val) {
+  return static_cast<E>(~Underlying(Val) & Mask<E>());
+}
+
+template <typename E, typename = std::enable_if_t<is_bitmask_enum<E>::value>>
+E operator|(E LHS, E RHS) {
+  return static_cast<E>(Underlying(LHS) | Underlying(RHS));
+}
+
+template <typename E, typename = std::enable_if_t<is_bitmask_enum<E>::value>>
+E operator&(E LHS, E RHS) {
+  return static_cast<E>(Underlying(LHS) & Underlying(RHS));
+}
+
+template <typename E, typename = std::enable_if_t<is_bitmask_enum<E>::value>>
+E operator^(E LHS, E RHS) {
+  return static_cast<E>(Underlying(LHS) ^ Underlying(RHS));
+}
+
+// |=, &=, and ^= return a reference to LHS, to match the behavior of the
+// operators on builtin types.
+
+template <typename E, typename = std::enable_if_t<is_bitmask_enum<E>::value>>
+E &operator|=(E &LHS, E RHS) {
+  LHS = LHS | RHS;
+  return LHS;
+}
+
+template <typename E, typename = std::enable_if_t<is_bitmask_enum<E>::value>>
+E &operator&=(E &LHS, E RHS) {
+  LHS = LHS & RHS;
+  return LHS;
+}
+
+template <typename E, typename = std::enable_if_t<is_bitmask_enum<E>::value>>
+E &operator^=(E &LHS, E RHS) {
+  LHS = LHS ^ RHS;
+  return LHS;
+}
+
+} // namespace BitmaskEnumDetail
+
+// Enable bitmask enums in namespace ::llvm and all nested namespaces.
+LLVM_ENABLE_BITMASK_ENUMS_IN_NAMESPACE();
+template <typename E, typename = std::enable_if_t<is_bitmask_enum<E>::value>>
+constexpr unsigned BitWidth = BitmaskEnumDetail::bitWidth(uint64_t{
+    static_cast<std::underlying_type_t<E>>(
+        E::LLVM_BITMASK_LARGEST_ENUMERATOR)});
+
+} // namespace llvm
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/BreadthFirstIterator.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/BreadthFirstIterator.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a91823d845
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/BreadthFirstIterator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/BreadthFirstIterator.h - Breadth First iterator -*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file builds on the ADT/GraphTraits.h file to build a generic breadth
+/// first graph iterator.  This file exposes the following functions/types:
+///
+/// bf_begin/bf_end/bf_iterator
+///   * Normal breadth-first iteration - visit a graph level-by-level.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_BREADTHFIRSTITERATOR_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_BREADTHFIRSTITERATOR_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/GraphTraits.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/None.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h"
+#include <iterator>
+#include <queue>
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+// bf_iterator_storage - A private class which is used to figure out where to
+// store the visited set. We only provide a non-external variant for now.
+template <class SetType> class bf_iterator_storage {
+public:
+  SetType Visited;
+};
+
+// The visited state for the iteration is a simple set.
+template <typename NodeRef, unsigned SmallSize = 8>
+using bf_iterator_default_set = SmallPtrSet<NodeRef, SmallSize>;
+
+// Generic Breadth first search iterator.
+template <class GraphT,
+          class SetType =
+              bf_iterator_default_set<typename GraphTraits<GraphT>::NodeRef>,
+          class GT = GraphTraits<GraphT>>
+class bf_iterator : public bf_iterator_storage<SetType> {
+public:
+  using iterator_category = std::forward_iterator_tag;
+  using value_type = typename GT::NodeRef;
+  using difference_type = std::ptrdiff_t;
+  using pointer = value_type *;
+  using reference = value_type &;
+
+private:
+  using NodeRef = typename GT::NodeRef;
+  using ChildItTy = typename GT::ChildIteratorType;
+
+  // First element is the node reference, second is the next child to visit.
+  using QueueElement = std::pair<NodeRef, Optional<ChildItTy>>;
+
+  // Visit queue - used to maintain BFS ordering.
+  // Optional<> because we need markers for levels.
+  std::queue<Optional<QueueElement>> VisitQueue;
+
+  // Current level.
+  unsigned Level = 0;
+
+  inline bf_iterator(NodeRef Node) {
+    this->Visited.insert(Node);
+    Level = 0;
+
+    // Also, insert a dummy node as marker.
+    VisitQueue.push(QueueElement(Node, None));
+    VisitQueue.push(None);
+  }
+
+  inline bf_iterator() = default;
+
+  inline void toNext() {
+    Optional<QueueElement> Head = VisitQueue.front();
+    QueueElement H = Head.getValue();
+    NodeRef Node = H.first;
+    Optional<ChildItTy> &ChildIt = H.second;
+
+    if (!ChildIt)
+      ChildIt.emplace(GT::child_begin(Node));
+    while (*ChildIt != GT::child_end(Node)) {
+      NodeRef Next = *(*ChildIt)++;
+
+      // Already visited?
+      if (this->Visited.insert(Next).second)
+        VisitQueue.push(QueueElement(Next, None));
+    }
+    VisitQueue.pop();
+
+    // Go to the next element skipping markers if needed.
+    if (!VisitQueue.empty()) {
+      Head = VisitQueue.front();
+      if (Head != None)
+        return;
+      Level += 1;
+      VisitQueue.pop();
+
+      // Don't push another marker if this is the last
+      // element.
+      if (!VisitQueue.empty())
+        VisitQueue.push(None);
+    }
+  }
+
+public:
+  // Provide static begin and end methods as our public "constructors"
+  static bf_iterator begin(const GraphT &G) {
+    return bf_iterator(GT::getEntryNode(G));
+  }
+
+  static bf_iterator end(const GraphT &G) { return bf_iterator(); }
+
+  bool operator==(const bf_iterator &RHS) const {
+    return VisitQueue == RHS.VisitQueue;
+  }
+
+  bool operator!=(const bf_iterator &RHS) const { return !(*this == RHS); }
+
+  const NodeRef &operator*() const { return VisitQueue.front()->first; }
+
+  // This is a nonstandard operator-> that dereferences the pointer an extra
+  // time so that you can actually call methods on the node, because the
+  // contained type is a pointer.
+  NodeRef operator->() const { return **this; }
+
+  bf_iterator &operator++() { // Pre-increment
+    toNext();
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  bf_iterator operator++(int) { // Post-increment
+    bf_iterator ItCopy = *this;
+    ++*this;
+    return ItCopy;
+  }
+
+  unsigned getLevel() const { return Level; }
+};
+
+// Provide global constructors that automatically figure out correct types.
+template <class T> bf_iterator<T> bf_begin(const T &G) {
+  return bf_iterator<T>::begin(G);
+}
+
+template <class T> bf_iterator<T> bf_end(const T &G) {
+  return bf_iterator<T>::end(G);
+}
+
+// Provide an accessor method to use them in range-based patterns.
+template <class T> iterator_range<bf_iterator<T>> breadth_first(const T &G) {
+  return make_range(bf_begin(G), bf_end(G));
+}
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_BREADTHFIRSTITERATOR_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/CachedHashString.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/CachedHashString.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..63703d413e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/CachedHashString.h
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/CachedHashString.h - Prehashed string/StringRef -*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines CachedHashString and CachedHashStringRef.  These are
+/// owning and not-owning string types that store their hash in addition to
+/// their string data.
+///
+/// Unlike std::string, CachedHashString can be used in DenseSet/DenseMap
+/// (because, unlike std::string, CachedHashString lets us have empty and
+/// tombstone values).
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_CACHEDHASHSTRING_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_CACHEDHASHSTRING_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMapInfo.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// A container which contains a StringRef plus a precomputed hash.
+class CachedHashStringRef {
+  const char *P;
+  uint32_t Size;
+  uint32_t Hash;
+
+public:
+  // Explicit because hashing a string isn't free.
+  explicit CachedHashStringRef(StringRef S)
+      : CachedHashStringRef(S, DenseMapInfo<StringRef>::getHashValue(S)) {}
+
+  CachedHashStringRef(StringRef S, uint32_t Hash)
+      : P(S.data()), Size(S.size()), Hash(Hash) {
+    assert(S.size() <= std::numeric_limits<uint32_t>::max());
+  }
+
+  StringRef val() const { return StringRef(P, Size); }
+  const char *data() const { return P; }
+  uint32_t size() const { return Size; }
+  uint32_t hash() const { return Hash; }
+};
+
+template <> struct DenseMapInfo<CachedHashStringRef> {
+  static CachedHashStringRef getEmptyKey() {
+    return CachedHashStringRef(DenseMapInfo<StringRef>::getEmptyKey(), 0);
+  }
+  static CachedHashStringRef getTombstoneKey() {
+    return CachedHashStringRef(DenseMapInfo<StringRef>::getTombstoneKey(), 1);
+  }
+  static unsigned getHashValue(const CachedHashStringRef &S) {
+    assert(!isEqual(S, getEmptyKey()) && "Cannot hash the empty key!");
+    assert(!isEqual(S, getTombstoneKey()) && "Cannot hash the tombstone key!");
+    return S.hash();
+  }
+  static bool isEqual(const CachedHashStringRef &LHS,
+                      const CachedHashStringRef &RHS) {
+    return LHS.hash() == RHS.hash() &&
+           DenseMapInfo<StringRef>::isEqual(LHS.val(), RHS.val());
+  }
+};
+
+/// A container which contains a string, which it owns, plus a precomputed hash.
+///
+/// We do not null-terminate the string.
+class CachedHashString {
+  friend struct DenseMapInfo<CachedHashString>;
+
+  char *P;
+  uint32_t Size;
+  uint32_t Hash;
+
+  static char *getEmptyKeyPtr() { return DenseMapInfo<char *>::getEmptyKey(); }
+  static char *getTombstoneKeyPtr() {
+    return DenseMapInfo<char *>::getTombstoneKey();
+  }
+
+  bool isEmptyOrTombstone() const {
+    return P == getEmptyKeyPtr() || P == getTombstoneKeyPtr();
+  }
+
+  struct ConstructEmptyOrTombstoneTy {};
+
+  CachedHashString(ConstructEmptyOrTombstoneTy, char *EmptyOrTombstonePtr)
+      : P(EmptyOrTombstonePtr), Size(0), Hash(0) {
+    assert(isEmptyOrTombstone());
+  }
+
+  // TODO: Use small-string optimization to avoid allocating.
+
+public:
+  explicit CachedHashString(const char *S) : CachedHashString(StringRef(S)) {}
+
+  // Explicit because copying and hashing a string isn't free.
+  explicit CachedHashString(StringRef S)
+      : CachedHashString(S, DenseMapInfo<StringRef>::getHashValue(S)) {}
+
+  CachedHashString(StringRef S, uint32_t Hash)
+      : P(new char[S.size()]), Size(S.size()), Hash(Hash) {
+    memcpy(P, S.data(), S.size());
+  }
+
+  // Ideally this class would not be copyable.  But SetVector requires copyable
+  // keys, and we want this to be usable there.
+  CachedHashString(const CachedHashString &Other)
+      : Size(Other.Size), Hash(Other.Hash) {
+    if (Other.isEmptyOrTombstone()) {
+      P = Other.P;
+    } else {
+      P = new char[Size];
+      memcpy(P, Other.P, Size);
+    }
+  }
+
+  CachedHashString &operator=(CachedHashString Other) {
+    swap(*this, Other);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  CachedHashString(CachedHashString &&Other) noexcept
+      : P(Other.P), Size(Other.Size), Hash(Other.Hash) {
+    Other.P = getEmptyKeyPtr();
+  }
+
+  ~CachedHashString() {
+    if (!isEmptyOrTombstone())
+      delete[] P;
+  }
+
+  StringRef val() const { return StringRef(P, Size); }
+  uint32_t size() const { return Size; }
+  uint32_t hash() const { return Hash; }
+
+  operator StringRef() const { return val(); }
+  operator CachedHashStringRef() const {
+    return CachedHashStringRef(val(), Hash);
+  }
+
+  friend void swap(CachedHashString &LHS, CachedHashString &RHS) {
+    using std::swap;
+    swap(LHS.P, RHS.P);
+    swap(LHS.Size, RHS.Size);
+    swap(LHS.Hash, RHS.Hash);
+  }
+};
+
+template <> struct DenseMapInfo<CachedHashString> {
+  static CachedHashString getEmptyKey() {
+    return CachedHashString(CachedHashString::ConstructEmptyOrTombstoneTy(),
+                            CachedHashString::getEmptyKeyPtr());
+  }
+  static CachedHashString getTombstoneKey() {
+    return CachedHashString(CachedHashString::ConstructEmptyOrTombstoneTy(),
+                            CachedHashString::getTombstoneKeyPtr());
+  }
+  static unsigned getHashValue(const CachedHashString &S) {
+    assert(!isEqual(S, getEmptyKey()) && "Cannot hash the empty key!");
+    assert(!isEqual(S, getTombstoneKey()) && "Cannot hash the tombstone key!");
+    return S.hash();
+  }
+  static bool isEqual(const CachedHashString &LHS,
+                      const CachedHashString &RHS) {
+    if (LHS.hash() != RHS.hash())
+      return false;
+    if (LHS.P == CachedHashString::getEmptyKeyPtr())
+      return RHS.P == CachedHashString::getEmptyKeyPtr();
+    if (LHS.P == CachedHashString::getTombstoneKeyPtr())
+      return RHS.P == CachedHashString::getTombstoneKeyPtr();
+
+    // This is safe because if RHS.P is the empty or tombstone key, it will have
+    // length 0, so we'll never dereference its pointer.
+    return LHS.val() == RHS.val();
+  }
+};
+
+} // namespace llvm
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/CoalescingBitVector.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/CoalescingBitVector.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a5777c6ef7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/CoalescingBitVector.h
@@ -0,0 +1,462 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/CoalescingBitVector.h - A coalescing bitvector --*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// A bitvector that uses an IntervalMap to coalesce adjacent elements
+/// into intervals.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_COALESCINGBITVECTOR_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_COALESCINGBITVECTOR_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/IntervalMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+
+#include <initializer_list>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// A bitvector that, under the hood, relies on an IntervalMap to coalesce
+/// elements into intervals. Good for representing sets which predominantly
+/// contain contiguous ranges. Bad for representing sets with lots of gaps
+/// between elements.
+///
+/// Compared to SparseBitVector, CoalescingBitVector offers more predictable
+/// performance for non-sequential find() operations.
+///
+/// \tparam IndexT - The type of the index into the bitvector.
+template <typename IndexT> class CoalescingBitVector {
+  static_assert(std::is_unsigned<IndexT>::value,
+                "Index must be an unsigned integer.");
+
+  using ThisT = CoalescingBitVector<IndexT>;
+
+  /// An interval map for closed integer ranges. The mapped values are unused.
+  using MapT = IntervalMap<IndexT, char>;
+
+  using UnderlyingIterator = typename MapT::const_iterator;
+
+  using IntervalT = std::pair<IndexT, IndexT>;
+
+public:
+  using Allocator = typename MapT::Allocator;
+
+  /// Construct by passing in a CoalescingBitVector<IndexT>::Allocator
+  /// reference.
+  CoalescingBitVector(Allocator &Alloc)
+      : Alloc(&Alloc), Intervals(Alloc) {}
+
+  /// \name Copy/move constructors and assignment operators.
+  /// @{
+
+  CoalescingBitVector(const ThisT &Other)
+      : Alloc(Other.Alloc), Intervals(*Other.Alloc) {
+    set(Other);
+  }
+
+  ThisT &operator=(const ThisT &Other) {
+    clear();
+    set(Other);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  CoalescingBitVector(ThisT &&Other) = delete;
+  ThisT &operator=(ThisT &&Other) = delete;
+
+  /// @}
+
+  /// Clear all the bits.
+  void clear() { Intervals.clear(); }
+
+  /// Check whether no bits are set.
+  bool empty() const { return Intervals.empty(); }
+
+  /// Count the number of set bits.
+  unsigned count() const {
+    unsigned Bits = 0;
+    for (auto It = Intervals.begin(), End = Intervals.end(); It != End; ++It)
+      Bits += 1 + It.stop() - It.start();
+    return Bits;
+  }
+
+  /// Set the bit at \p Index.
+  ///
+  /// This method does /not/ support setting a bit that has already been set,
+  /// for efficiency reasons. If possible, restructure your code to not set the
+  /// same bit multiple times, or use \ref test_and_set.
+  void set(IndexT Index) {
+    assert(!test(Index) && "Setting already-set bits not supported/efficient, "
+                           "IntervalMap will assert");
+    insert(Index, Index);
+  }
+
+  /// Set the bits set in \p Other.
+  ///
+  /// This method does /not/ support setting already-set bits, see \ref set
+  /// for the rationale. For a safe set union operation, use \ref operator|=.
+  void set(const ThisT &Other) {
+    for (auto It = Other.Intervals.begin(), End = Other.Intervals.end();
+         It != End; ++It)
+      insert(It.start(), It.stop());
+  }
+
+  /// Set the bits at \p Indices. Used for testing, primarily.
+  void set(std::initializer_list<IndexT> Indices) {
+    for (IndexT Index : Indices)
+      set(Index);
+  }
+
+  /// Check whether the bit at \p Index is set.
+  bool test(IndexT Index) const {
+    const auto It = Intervals.find(Index);
+    if (It == Intervals.end())
+      return false;
+    assert(It.stop() >= Index && "Interval must end after Index");
+    return It.start() <= Index;
+  }
+
+  /// Set the bit at \p Index. Supports setting an already-set bit.
+  void test_and_set(IndexT Index) {
+    if (!test(Index))
+      set(Index);
+  }
+
+  /// Reset the bit at \p Index. Supports resetting an already-unset bit.
+  void reset(IndexT Index) {
+    auto It = Intervals.find(Index);
+    if (It == Intervals.end())
+      return;
+
+    // Split the interval containing Index into up to two parts: one from
+    // [Start, Index-1] and another from [Index+1, Stop]. If Index is equal to
+    // either Start or Stop, we create one new interval. If Index is equal to
+    // both Start and Stop, we simply erase the existing interval.
+    IndexT Start = It.start();
+    if (Index < Start)
+      // The index was not set.
+      return;
+    IndexT Stop = It.stop();
+    assert(Index <= Stop && "Wrong interval for index");
+    It.erase();
+    if (Start < Index)
+      insert(Start, Index - 1);
+    if (Index < Stop)
+      insert(Index + 1, Stop);
+  }
+
+  /// Set union. If \p RHS is guaranteed to not overlap with this, \ref set may
+  /// be a faster alternative.
+  void operator|=(const ThisT &RHS) {
+    // Get the overlaps between the two interval maps.
+    SmallVector<IntervalT, 8> Overlaps;
+    getOverlaps(RHS, Overlaps);
+
+    // Insert the non-overlapping parts of all the intervals from RHS.
+    for (auto It = RHS.Intervals.begin(), End = RHS.Intervals.end();
+         It != End; ++It) {
+      IndexT Start = It.start();
+      IndexT Stop = It.stop();
+      SmallVector<IntervalT, 8> NonOverlappingParts;
+      getNonOverlappingParts(Start, Stop, Overlaps, NonOverlappingParts);
+      for (IntervalT AdditivePortion : NonOverlappingParts)
+        insert(AdditivePortion.first, AdditivePortion.second);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /// Set intersection.
+  void operator&=(const ThisT &RHS) {
+    // Get the overlaps between the two interval maps (i.e. the intersection).
+    SmallVector<IntervalT, 8> Overlaps;
+    getOverlaps(RHS, Overlaps);
+    // Rebuild the interval map, including only the overlaps.
+    clear();
+    for (IntervalT Overlap : Overlaps)
+      insert(Overlap.first, Overlap.second);
+  }
+
+  /// Reset all bits present in \p Other.
+  void intersectWithComplement(const ThisT &Other) {
+    SmallVector<IntervalT, 8> Overlaps;
+    if (!getOverlaps(Other, Overlaps)) {
+      // If there is no overlap with Other, the intersection is empty.
+      return;
+    }
+
+    // Delete the overlapping intervals. Split up intervals that only partially
+    // intersect an overlap.
+    for (IntervalT Overlap : Overlaps) {
+      IndexT OlapStart, OlapStop;
+      std::tie(OlapStart, OlapStop) = Overlap;
+
+      auto It = Intervals.find(OlapStart);
+      IndexT CurrStart = It.start();
+      IndexT CurrStop = It.stop();
+      assert(CurrStart <= OlapStart && OlapStop <= CurrStop &&
+             "Expected some intersection!");
+
+      // Split the overlap interval into up to two parts: one from [CurrStart,
+      // OlapStart-1] and another from [OlapStop+1, CurrStop]. If OlapStart is
+      // equal to CurrStart, the first split interval is unnecessary. Ditto for
+      // when OlapStop is equal to CurrStop, we omit the second split interval.
+      It.erase();
+      if (CurrStart < OlapStart)
+        insert(CurrStart, OlapStart - 1);
+      if (OlapStop < CurrStop)
+        insert(OlapStop + 1, CurrStop);
+    }
+  }
+
+  bool operator==(const ThisT &RHS) const {
+    // We cannot just use std::equal because it checks the dereferenced values
+    // of an iterator pair for equality, not the iterators themselves. In our
+    // case that results in comparison of the (unused) IntervalMap values.
+    auto ItL = Intervals.begin();
+    auto ItR = RHS.Intervals.begin();
+    while (ItL != Intervals.end() && ItR != RHS.Intervals.end() &&
+           ItL.start() == ItR.start() && ItL.stop() == ItR.stop()) {
+      ++ItL;
+      ++ItR;
+    }
+    return ItL == Intervals.end() && ItR == RHS.Intervals.end();
+  }
+
+  bool operator!=(const ThisT &RHS) const { return !operator==(RHS); }
+
+  class const_iterator {
+    friend class CoalescingBitVector;
+
+  public:
+    using iterator_category = std::forward_iterator_tag;
+    using value_type = IndexT;
+    using difference_type = std::ptrdiff_t;
+    using pointer = value_type *;
+    using reference = value_type &;
+
+  private:
+    // For performance reasons, make the offset at the end different than the
+    // one used in \ref begin, to optimize the common `It == end()` pattern.
+    static constexpr unsigned kIteratorAtTheEndOffset = ~0u;
+
+    UnderlyingIterator MapIterator;
+    unsigned OffsetIntoMapIterator = 0;
+
+    // Querying the start/stop of an IntervalMap iterator can be very expensive.
+    // Cache these values for performance reasons.
+    IndexT CachedStart = IndexT();
+    IndexT CachedStop = IndexT();
+
+    void setToEnd() {
+      OffsetIntoMapIterator = kIteratorAtTheEndOffset;
+      CachedStart = IndexT();
+      CachedStop = IndexT();
+    }
+
+    /// MapIterator has just changed, reset the cached state to point to the
+    /// start of the new underlying iterator.
+    void resetCache() {
+      if (MapIterator.valid()) {
+        OffsetIntoMapIterator = 0;
+        CachedStart = MapIterator.start();
+        CachedStop = MapIterator.stop();
+      } else {
+        setToEnd();
+      }
+    }
+
+    /// Advance the iterator to \p Index, if it is contained within the current
+    /// interval. The public-facing method which supports advancing past the
+    /// current interval is \ref advanceToLowerBound.
+    void advanceTo(IndexT Index) {
+      assert(Index <= CachedStop && "Cannot advance to OOB index");
+      if (Index < CachedStart)
+        // We're already past this index.
+        return;
+      OffsetIntoMapIterator = Index - CachedStart;
+    }
+
+    const_iterator(UnderlyingIterator MapIt) : MapIterator(MapIt) {
+      resetCache();
+    }
+
+  public:
+    const_iterator() { setToEnd(); }
+
+    bool operator==(const const_iterator &RHS) const {
+      // Do /not/ compare MapIterator for equality, as this is very expensive.
+      // The cached start/stop values make that check unnecessary.
+      return std::tie(OffsetIntoMapIterator, CachedStart, CachedStop) ==
+             std::tie(RHS.OffsetIntoMapIterator, RHS.CachedStart,
+                      RHS.CachedStop);
+    }
+
+    bool operator!=(const const_iterator &RHS) const {
+      return !operator==(RHS);
+    }
+
+    IndexT operator*() const { return CachedStart + OffsetIntoMapIterator; }
+
+    const_iterator &operator++() { // Pre-increment (++It).
+      if (CachedStart + OffsetIntoMapIterator < CachedStop) {
+        // Keep going within the current interval.
+        ++OffsetIntoMapIterator;
+      } else {
+        // We reached the end of the current interval: advance.
+        ++MapIterator;
+        resetCache();
+      }
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    const_iterator operator++(int) { // Post-increment (It++).
+      const_iterator tmp = *this;
+      operator++();
+      return tmp;
+    }
+
+    /// Advance the iterator to the first set bit AT, OR AFTER, \p Index. If
+    /// no such set bit exists, advance to end(). This is like std::lower_bound.
+    /// This is useful if \p Index is close to the current iterator position.
+    /// However, unlike \ref find(), this has worst-case O(n) performance.
+    void advanceToLowerBound(IndexT Index) {
+      if (OffsetIntoMapIterator == kIteratorAtTheEndOffset)
+        return;
+
+      // Advance to the first interval containing (or past) Index, or to end().
+      while (Index > CachedStop) {
+        ++MapIterator;
+        resetCache();
+        if (OffsetIntoMapIterator == kIteratorAtTheEndOffset)
+          return;
+      }
+
+      advanceTo(Index);
+    }
+  };
+
+  const_iterator begin() const { return const_iterator(Intervals.begin()); }
+
+  const_iterator end() const { return const_iterator(); }
+
+  /// Return an iterator pointing to the first set bit AT, OR AFTER, \p Index.
+  /// If no such set bit exists, return end(). This is like std::lower_bound.
+  /// This has worst-case logarithmic performance (roughly O(log(gaps between
+  /// contiguous ranges))).
+  const_iterator find(IndexT Index) const {
+    auto UnderlyingIt = Intervals.find(Index);
+    if (UnderlyingIt == Intervals.end())
+      return end();
+    auto It = const_iterator(UnderlyingIt);
+    It.advanceTo(Index);
+    return It;
+  }
+
+  /// Return a range iterator which iterates over all of the set bits in the
+  /// half-open range [Start, End).
+  iterator_range<const_iterator> half_open_range(IndexT Start,
+                                                 IndexT End) const {
+    assert(Start < End && "Not a valid range");
+    auto StartIt = find(Start);
+    if (StartIt == end() || *StartIt >= End)
+      return {end(), end()};
+    auto EndIt = StartIt;
+    EndIt.advanceToLowerBound(End);
+    return {StartIt, EndIt};
+  }
+
+  void print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
+    OS << "{";
+    for (auto It = Intervals.begin(), End = Intervals.end(); It != End;
+         ++It) {
+      OS << "[" << It.start();
+      if (It.start() != It.stop())
+        OS << ", " << It.stop();
+      OS << "]";
+    }
+    OS << "}";
+  }
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
+  LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void dump() const {
+    // LLDB swallows the first line of output after callling dump(). Add
+    // newlines before/after the braces to work around this.
+    dbgs() << "\n";
+    print(dbgs());
+    dbgs() << "\n";
+  }
+#endif
+
+private:
+  void insert(IndexT Start, IndexT End) { Intervals.insert(Start, End, 0); }
+
+  /// Record the overlaps between \p this and \p Other in \p Overlaps. Return
+  /// true if there is any overlap.
+  bool getOverlaps(const ThisT &Other,
+                   SmallVectorImpl<IntervalT> &Overlaps) const {
+    for (IntervalMapOverlaps<MapT, MapT> I(Intervals, Other.Intervals);
+         I.valid(); ++I)
+      Overlaps.emplace_back(I.start(), I.stop());
+    assert(llvm::is_sorted(Overlaps,
+                           [](IntervalT LHS, IntervalT RHS) {
+                             return LHS.second < RHS.first;
+                           }) &&
+           "Overlaps must be sorted");
+    return !Overlaps.empty();
+  }
+
+  /// Given the set of overlaps between this and some other bitvector, and an
+  /// interval [Start, Stop] from that bitvector, determine the portions of the
+  /// interval which do not overlap with this.
+  void getNonOverlappingParts(IndexT Start, IndexT Stop,
+                              const SmallVectorImpl<IntervalT> &Overlaps,
+                              SmallVectorImpl<IntervalT> &NonOverlappingParts) {
+    IndexT NextUncoveredBit = Start;
+    for (IntervalT Overlap : Overlaps) {
+      IndexT OlapStart, OlapStop;
+      std::tie(OlapStart, OlapStop) = Overlap;
+
+      // [Start;Stop] and [OlapStart;OlapStop] overlap iff OlapStart <= Stop
+      // and Start <= OlapStop.
+      bool DoesOverlap = OlapStart <= Stop && Start <= OlapStop;
+      if (!DoesOverlap)
+        continue;
+
+      // Cover the range [NextUncoveredBit, OlapStart). This puts the start of
+      // the next uncovered range at OlapStop+1.
+      if (NextUncoveredBit < OlapStart)
+        NonOverlappingParts.emplace_back(NextUncoveredBit, OlapStart - 1);
+      NextUncoveredBit = OlapStop + 1;
+      if (NextUncoveredBit > Stop)
+        break;
+    }
+    if (NextUncoveredBit <= Stop)
+      NonOverlappingParts.emplace_back(NextUncoveredBit, Stop);
+  }
+
+  Allocator *Alloc;
+  MapT Intervals;
+};
+
+} // namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_COALESCINGBITVECTOR_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/CombinationGenerator.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/CombinationGenerator.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..35bdc781f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/CombinationGenerator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===-- llvm/ADT/CombinationGenerator.h ------------------------*- C++ -*--===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// Combination generator.
+///
+/// Example: given input {{0, 1}, {2}, {3, 4}} it will produce the following
+/// combinations: {0, 2, 3}, {0, 2, 4}, {1, 2, 3}, {1, 2, 4}.
+///
+/// It is useful to think of input as vector-of-vectors, where the
+/// outer vector is the variable space, and inner vector is choice space.
+/// The number of choices for each variable can be different.
+///
+/// As for implementation, it is useful to think of this as a weird number,
+/// where each digit (==variable) may have different base (==number of choices).
+/// Thus modelling of 'produce next combination' is exactly analogous to the
+/// incrementing of an number - increment lowest digit (pick next choice for the
+/// variable), and if it wrapped to the beginning then increment next digit.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_COMBINATIONGENERATOR_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_COMBINATIONGENERATOR_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/STLFunctionalExtras.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstring>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+template <typename choice_type, typename choices_storage_type,
+          int variable_smallsize>
+class CombinationGenerator {
+  template <typename T> struct WrappingIterator {
+    using value_type = T;
+
+    const ArrayRef<value_type> Range;
+    typename decltype(Range)::const_iterator Position;
+
+    // Rewind the tape, placing the position to again point at the beginning.
+    void rewind() { Position = Range.begin(); }
+
+    // Advance position forward, possibly wrapping to the beginning.
+    // Returns whether the wrap happened.
+    bool advance() {
+      ++Position;
+      bool Wrapped = Position == Range.end();
+      if (Wrapped)
+        rewind();
+      return Wrapped;
+    }
+
+    // Get the value at which we are currently pointing.
+    const value_type &operator*() const { return *Position; }
+
+    WrappingIterator(ArrayRef<value_type> Range_) : Range(Range_) {
+      assert(!Range.empty() && "The range must not be empty.");
+      rewind();
+    }
+  };
+
+  const ArrayRef<choices_storage_type> VariablesChoices;
+
+  void performGeneration(
+      const function_ref<bool(ArrayRef<choice_type>)> Callback) const {
+    SmallVector<WrappingIterator<choice_type>, variable_smallsize>
+        VariablesState;
+
+    // 'increment' of the the whole VariablesState is defined identically to the
+    // increment of a number: starting from the least significant element,
+    // increment it, and if it wrapped, then propagate that carry by also
+    // incrementing next (more significant) element.
+    auto IncrementState =
+        [](MutableArrayRef<WrappingIterator<choice_type>> VariablesState)
+        -> bool {
+      for (WrappingIterator<choice_type> &Variable :
+           llvm::reverse(VariablesState)) {
+        bool Wrapped = Variable.advance();
+        if (!Wrapped)
+          return false; // There you go, next combination is ready.
+        // We have carry - increment more significant variable next..
+      }
+      return true; // MSB variable wrapped, no more unique combinations.
+    };
+
+    // Initialize the per-variable state to refer to the possible choices for
+    // that variable.
+    VariablesState.reserve(VariablesChoices.size());
+    for (ArrayRef<choice_type> VC : VariablesChoices)
+      VariablesState.emplace_back(VC);
+
+    // Temporary buffer to store each combination before performing Callback.
+    SmallVector<choice_type, variable_smallsize> CurrentCombination;
+    CurrentCombination.resize(VariablesState.size());
+
+    while (true) {
+      // Gather the currently-selected variable choices into a vector.
+      for (auto I : llvm::zip(VariablesState, CurrentCombination))
+        std::get<1>(I) = *std::get<0>(I);
+      // And pass the new combination into callback, as intended.
+      if (/*Abort=*/Callback(CurrentCombination))
+        return;
+      // And tick the state to next combination, which will be unique.
+      if (IncrementState(VariablesState))
+        return; // All combinations produced.
+    }
+  };
+
+public:
+  CombinationGenerator(ArrayRef<choices_storage_type> VariablesChoices_)
+      : VariablesChoices(VariablesChoices_) {
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    assert(!VariablesChoices.empty() && "There should be some variables.");
+    llvm::for_each(VariablesChoices, [](ArrayRef<choice_type> VariableChoices) {
+      assert(!VariableChoices.empty() &&
+             "There must always be some choice, at least a placeholder one.");
+    });
+#endif
+  }
+
+  // How many combinations can we produce, max?
+  // This is at most how many times the callback will be called.
+  size_t numCombinations() const {
+    size_t NumVariants = 1;
+    for (ArrayRef<choice_type> VariableChoices : VariablesChoices)
+      NumVariants *= VariableChoices.size();
+    assert(NumVariants >= 1 &&
+           "We should always end up producing at least one combination");
+    return NumVariants;
+  }
+
+  // Actually perform exhaustive combination generation.
+  // Each result will be passed into the callback.
+  void generate(const function_ref<bool(ArrayRef<choice_type>)> Callback) {
+    performGeneration(Callback);
+  }
+};
+
+} // namespace llvm
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/DAGDeltaAlgorithm.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/DAGDeltaAlgorithm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dc08d81408
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/DAGDeltaAlgorithm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- DAGDeltaAlgorithm.h - A DAG Minimization Algorithm ------*- C++ -*--===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_DAGDELTAALGORITHM_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_DAGDELTAALGORITHM_H
+
+#include <set>
+#include <utility>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// DAGDeltaAlgorithm - Implements a "delta debugging" algorithm for minimizing
+/// directed acyclic graphs using a predicate function.
+///
+/// The result of the algorithm is a subset of the input change set which is
+/// guaranteed to satisfy the predicate, assuming that the input set did. For
+/// well formed predicates, the result set is guaranteed to be such that
+/// removing any single element not required by the dependencies on the other
+/// elements would falsify the predicate.
+///
+/// The DAG should be used to represent dependencies in the changes which are
+/// likely to hold across the predicate function. That is, for a particular
+/// changeset S and predicate P:
+///
+///   P(S) => P(S union pred(S))
+///
+/// The minimization algorithm uses this dependency information to attempt to
+/// eagerly prune large subsets of changes. As with \see DeltaAlgorithm, the DAG
+/// is not required to satisfy this property, but the algorithm will run
+/// substantially fewer tests with appropriate dependencies. \see DeltaAlgorithm
+/// for more information on the properties which the predicate function itself
+/// should satisfy.
+class DAGDeltaAlgorithm {
+  virtual void anchor();
+
+public:
+  using change_ty = unsigned;
+  using edge_ty = std::pair<change_ty, change_ty>;
+
+  // FIXME: Use a decent data structure.
+  using changeset_ty = std::set<change_ty>;
+  using changesetlist_ty = std::vector<changeset_ty>;
+
+public:
+  virtual ~DAGDeltaAlgorithm() = default;
+
+  /// Run - Minimize the DAG formed by the \p Changes vertices and the
+  /// \p Dependencies edges by executing \see ExecuteOneTest() on subsets of
+  /// changes and returning the smallest set which still satisfies the test
+  /// predicate and the input \p Dependencies.
+  ///
+  /// \param Changes The list of changes.
+  ///
+  /// \param Dependencies The list of dependencies amongst changes. For each
+  /// (x,y) in \p Dependencies, both x and y must be in \p Changes. The
+  /// minimization algorithm guarantees that for each tested changed set S,
+  /// \f$ x \in S \f$ implies \f$ y \in S \f$. It is an error to have cyclic
+  /// dependencies.
+  changeset_ty Run(const changeset_ty &Changes,
+                   const std::vector<edge_ty> &Dependencies);
+
+  /// UpdatedSearchState - Callback used when the search state changes.
+  virtual void UpdatedSearchState(const changeset_ty &Changes,
+                                  const changesetlist_ty &Sets,
+                                  const changeset_ty &Required) {}
+
+  /// ExecuteOneTest - Execute a single test predicate on the change set \p S.
+  virtual bool ExecuteOneTest(const changeset_ty &S) = 0;
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_DAGDELTAALGORITHM_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/DeltaAlgorithm.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/DeltaAlgorithm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..670ca4d877
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/DeltaAlgorithm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- DeltaAlgorithm.h - A Set Minimization Algorithm ---------*- C++ -*--===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_DELTAALGORITHM_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_DELTAALGORITHM_H
+
+#include <set>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// DeltaAlgorithm - Implements the delta debugging algorithm (A. Zeller '99)
+/// for minimizing arbitrary sets using a predicate function.
+///
+/// The result of the algorithm is a subset of the input change set which is
+/// guaranteed to satisfy the predicate, assuming that the input set did. For
+/// well formed predicates, the result set is guaranteed to be such that
+/// removing any single element would falsify the predicate.
+///
+/// For best results the predicate function *should* (but need not) satisfy
+/// certain properties, in particular:
+///  (1) The predicate should return false on an empty set and true on the full
+///  set.
+///  (2) If the predicate returns true for a set of changes, it should return
+///  true for all supersets of that set.
+///
+/// It is not an error to provide a predicate that does not satisfy these
+/// requirements, and the algorithm will generally produce reasonable
+/// results. However, it may run substantially more tests than with a good
+/// predicate.
+class DeltaAlgorithm {
+public:
+  using change_ty = unsigned;
+  // FIXME: Use a decent data structure.
+  using changeset_ty = std::set<change_ty>;
+  using changesetlist_ty = std::vector<changeset_ty>;
+
+private:
+  /// Cache of failed test results. Successful test results are never cached
+  /// since we always reduce following a success.
+  std::set<changeset_ty> FailedTestsCache;
+
+  /// GetTestResult - Get the test result for the \p Changes from the
+  /// cache, executing the test if necessary.
+  ///
+  /// \param Changes - The change set to test.
+  /// \return - The test result.
+  bool GetTestResult(const changeset_ty &Changes);
+
+  /// Split - Partition a set of changes \p S into one or two subsets.
+  void Split(const changeset_ty &S, changesetlist_ty &Res);
+
+  /// Delta - Minimize a set of \p Changes which has been partitioned into
+  /// smaller sets, by attempting to remove individual subsets.
+  changeset_ty Delta(const changeset_ty &Changes,
+                     const changesetlist_ty &Sets);
+
+  /// Search - Search for a subset (or subsets) in \p Sets which can be
+  /// removed from \p Changes while still satisfying the predicate.
+  ///
+  /// \param Res - On success, a subset of Changes which satisfies the
+  /// predicate.
+  /// \return - True on success.
+  bool Search(const changeset_ty &Changes, const changesetlist_ty &Sets,
+              changeset_ty &Res);
+
+protected:
+  /// UpdatedSearchState - Callback used when the search state changes.
+  virtual void UpdatedSearchState(const changeset_ty &Changes,
+                                  const changesetlist_ty &Sets) {}
+
+  /// ExecuteOneTest - Execute a single test predicate on the change set \p S.
+  virtual bool ExecuteOneTest(const changeset_ty &S) = 0;
+
+  DeltaAlgorithm& operator=(const DeltaAlgorithm&) = default;
+
+public:
+  virtual ~DeltaAlgorithm();
+
+  /// Run - Minimize the set \p Changes by executing \see ExecuteOneTest() on
+  /// subsets of changes and returning the smallest set which still satisfies
+  /// the test predicate.
+  changeset_ty Run(const changeset_ty &Changes);
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_DELTAALGORITHM_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..beb57f9249
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1320 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h - Dense probed hash table ------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines the DenseMap class.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_DENSEMAP_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_DENSEMAP_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMapInfo.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/EpochTracker.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/AlignOf.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/MemAlloc.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ReverseIteration.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <cstring>
+#include <initializer_list>
+#include <iterator>
+#include <new>
+#include <type_traits>
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+namespace detail {
+
+// We extend a pair to allow users to override the bucket type with their own
+// implementation without requiring two members.
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValueT>
+struct DenseMapPair : public std::pair<KeyT, ValueT> {
+  using std::pair<KeyT, ValueT>::pair;
+
+  KeyT &getFirst() { return std::pair<KeyT, ValueT>::first; }
+  const KeyT &getFirst() const { return std::pair<KeyT, ValueT>::first; }
+  ValueT &getSecond() { return std::pair<KeyT, ValueT>::second; }
+  const ValueT &getSecond() const { return std::pair<KeyT, ValueT>::second; }
+};
+
+} // end namespace detail
+
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValueT,
+          typename KeyInfoT = DenseMapInfo<KeyT>,
+          typename Bucket = llvm::detail::DenseMapPair<KeyT, ValueT>,
+          bool IsConst = false>
+class DenseMapIterator;
+
+template <typename DerivedT, typename KeyT, typename ValueT, typename KeyInfoT,
+          typename BucketT>
+class DenseMapBase : public DebugEpochBase {
+  template <typename T>
+  using const_arg_type_t = typename const_pointer_or_const_ref<T>::type;
+
+public:
+  using size_type = unsigned;
+  using key_type = KeyT;
+  using mapped_type = ValueT;
+  using value_type = BucketT;
+
+  using iterator = DenseMapIterator<KeyT, ValueT, KeyInfoT, BucketT>;
+  using const_iterator =
+      DenseMapIterator<KeyT, ValueT, KeyInfoT, BucketT, true>;
+
+  inline iterator begin() {
+    // When the map is empty, avoid the overhead of advancing/retreating past
+    // empty buckets.
+    if (empty())
+      return end();
+    if (shouldReverseIterate<KeyT>())
+      return makeIterator(getBucketsEnd() - 1, getBuckets(), *this);
+    return makeIterator(getBuckets(), getBucketsEnd(), *this);
+  }
+  inline iterator end() {
+    return makeIterator(getBucketsEnd(), getBucketsEnd(), *this, true);
+  }
+  inline const_iterator begin() const {
+    if (empty())
+      return end();
+    if (shouldReverseIterate<KeyT>())
+      return makeConstIterator(getBucketsEnd() - 1, getBuckets(), *this);
+    return makeConstIterator(getBuckets(), getBucketsEnd(), *this);
+  }
+  inline const_iterator end() const {
+    return makeConstIterator(getBucketsEnd(), getBucketsEnd(), *this, true);
+  }
+
+  LLVM_NODISCARD bool empty() const {
+    return getNumEntries() == 0;
+  }
+  unsigned size() const { return getNumEntries(); }
+
+  /// Grow the densemap so that it can contain at least \p NumEntries items
+  /// before resizing again.
+  void reserve(size_type NumEntries) {
+    auto NumBuckets = getMinBucketToReserveForEntries(NumEntries);
+    incrementEpoch();
+    if (NumBuckets > getNumBuckets())
+      grow(NumBuckets);
+  }
+
+  void clear() {
+    incrementEpoch();
+    if (getNumEntries() == 0 && getNumTombstones() == 0) return;
+
+    // If the capacity of the array is huge, and the # elements used is small,
+    // shrink the array.
+    if (getNumEntries() * 4 < getNumBuckets() && getNumBuckets() > 64) {
+      shrink_and_clear();
+      return;
+    }
+
+    const KeyT EmptyKey = getEmptyKey(), TombstoneKey = getTombstoneKey();
+    if (std::is_trivially_destructible<ValueT>::value) {
+      // Use a simpler loop when values don't need destruction.
+      for (BucketT *P = getBuckets(), *E = getBucketsEnd(); P != E; ++P)
+        P->getFirst() = EmptyKey;
+    } else {
+      unsigned NumEntries = getNumEntries();
+      for (BucketT *P = getBuckets(), *E = getBucketsEnd(); P != E; ++P) {
+        if (!KeyInfoT::isEqual(P->getFirst(), EmptyKey)) {
+          if (!KeyInfoT::isEqual(P->getFirst(), TombstoneKey)) {
+            P->getSecond().~ValueT();
+            --NumEntries;
+          }
+          P->getFirst() = EmptyKey;
+        }
+      }
+      assert(NumEntries == 0 && "Node count imbalance!");
+    }
+    setNumEntries(0);
+    setNumTombstones(0);
+  }
+
+  /// Return 1 if the specified key is in the map, 0 otherwise.
+  size_type count(const_arg_type_t<KeyT> Val) const {
+    const BucketT *TheBucket;
+    return LookupBucketFor(Val, TheBucket) ? 1 : 0;
+  }
+
+  iterator find(const_arg_type_t<KeyT> Val) {
+    BucketT *TheBucket;
+    if (LookupBucketFor(Val, TheBucket))
+      return makeIterator(TheBucket,
+                          shouldReverseIterate<KeyT>() ? getBuckets()
+                                                       : getBucketsEnd(),
+                          *this, true);
+    return end();
+  }
+  const_iterator find(const_arg_type_t<KeyT> Val) const {
+    const BucketT *TheBucket;
+    if (LookupBucketFor(Val, TheBucket))
+      return makeConstIterator(TheBucket,
+                               shouldReverseIterate<KeyT>() ? getBuckets()
+                                                            : getBucketsEnd(),
+                               *this, true);
+    return end();
+  }
+
+  /// Alternate version of find() which allows a different, and possibly
+  /// less expensive, key type.
+  /// The DenseMapInfo is responsible for supplying methods
+  /// getHashValue(LookupKeyT) and isEqual(LookupKeyT, KeyT) for each key
+  /// type used.
+  template<class LookupKeyT>
+  iterator find_as(const LookupKeyT &Val) {
+    BucketT *TheBucket;
+    if (LookupBucketFor(Val, TheBucket))
+      return makeIterator(TheBucket,
+                          shouldReverseIterate<KeyT>() ? getBuckets()
+                                                       : getBucketsEnd(),
+                          *this, true);
+    return end();
+  }
+  template<class LookupKeyT>
+  const_iterator find_as(const LookupKeyT &Val) const {
+    const BucketT *TheBucket;
+    if (LookupBucketFor(Val, TheBucket))
+      return makeConstIterator(TheBucket,
+                               shouldReverseIterate<KeyT>() ? getBuckets()
+                                                            : getBucketsEnd(),
+                               *this, true);
+    return end();
+  }
+
+  /// lookup - Return the entry for the specified key, or a default
+  /// constructed value if no such entry exists.
+  ValueT lookup(const_arg_type_t<KeyT> Val) const {
+    const BucketT *TheBucket;
+    if (LookupBucketFor(Val, TheBucket))
+      return TheBucket->getSecond();
+    return ValueT();
+  }
+
+  // Inserts key,value pair into the map if the key isn't already in the map.
+  // If the key is already in the map, it returns false and doesn't update the
+  // value.
+  std::pair<iterator, bool> insert(const std::pair<KeyT, ValueT> &KV) {
+    return try_emplace(KV.first, KV.second);
+  }
+
+  // Inserts key,value pair into the map if the key isn't already in the map.
+  // If the key is already in the map, it returns false and doesn't update the
+  // value.
+  std::pair<iterator, bool> insert(std::pair<KeyT, ValueT> &&KV) {
+    return try_emplace(std::move(KV.first), std::move(KV.second));
+  }
+
+  // Inserts key,value pair into the map if the key isn't already in the map.
+  // The value is constructed in-place if the key is not in the map, otherwise
+  // it is not moved.
+  template <typename... Ts>
+  std::pair<iterator, bool> try_emplace(KeyT &&Key, Ts &&... Args) {
+    BucketT *TheBucket;
+    if (LookupBucketFor(Key, TheBucket))
+      return std::make_pair(makeIterator(TheBucket,
+                                         shouldReverseIterate<KeyT>()
+                                             ? getBuckets()
+                                             : getBucketsEnd(),
+                                         *this, true),
+                            false); // Already in map.
+
+    // Otherwise, insert the new element.
+    TheBucket =
+        InsertIntoBucket(TheBucket, std::move(Key), std::forward<Ts>(Args)...);
+    return std::make_pair(makeIterator(TheBucket,
+                                       shouldReverseIterate<KeyT>()
+                                           ? getBuckets()
+                                           : getBucketsEnd(),
+                                       *this, true),
+                          true);
+  }
+
+  // Inserts key,value pair into the map if the key isn't already in the map.
+  // The value is constructed in-place if the key is not in the map, otherwise
+  // it is not moved.
+  template <typename... Ts>
+  std::pair<iterator, bool> try_emplace(const KeyT &Key, Ts &&... Args) {
+    BucketT *TheBucket;
+    if (LookupBucketFor(Key, TheBucket))
+      return std::make_pair(makeIterator(TheBucket,
+                                         shouldReverseIterate<KeyT>()
+                                             ? getBuckets()
+                                             : getBucketsEnd(),
+                                         *this, true),
+                            false); // Already in map.
+
+    // Otherwise, insert the new element.
+    TheBucket = InsertIntoBucket(TheBucket, Key, std::forward<Ts>(Args)...);
+    return std::make_pair(makeIterator(TheBucket,
+                                       shouldReverseIterate<KeyT>()
+                                           ? getBuckets()
+                                           : getBucketsEnd(),
+                                       *this, true),
+                          true);
+  }
+
+  /// Alternate version of insert() which allows a different, and possibly
+  /// less expensive, key type.
+  /// The DenseMapInfo is responsible for supplying methods
+  /// getHashValue(LookupKeyT) and isEqual(LookupKeyT, KeyT) for each key
+  /// type used.
+  template <typename LookupKeyT>
+  std::pair<iterator, bool> insert_as(std::pair<KeyT, ValueT> &&KV,
+                                      const LookupKeyT &Val) {
+    BucketT *TheBucket;
+    if (LookupBucketFor(Val, TheBucket))
+      return std::make_pair(makeIterator(TheBucket,
+                                         shouldReverseIterate<KeyT>()
+                                             ? getBuckets()
+                                             : getBucketsEnd(),
+                                         *this, true),
+                            false); // Already in map.
+
+    // Otherwise, insert the new element.
+    TheBucket = InsertIntoBucketWithLookup(TheBucket, std::move(KV.first),
+                                           std::move(KV.second), Val);
+    return std::make_pair(makeIterator(TheBucket,
+                                       shouldReverseIterate<KeyT>()
+                                           ? getBuckets()
+                                           : getBucketsEnd(),
+                                       *this, true),
+                          true);
+  }
+
+  /// insert - Range insertion of pairs.
+  template<typename InputIt>
+  void insert(InputIt I, InputIt E) {
+    for (; I != E; ++I)
+      insert(*I);
+  }
+
+  bool erase(const KeyT &Val) {
+    BucketT *TheBucket;
+    if (!LookupBucketFor(Val, TheBucket))
+      return false; // not in map.
+
+    TheBucket->getSecond().~ValueT();
+    TheBucket->getFirst() = getTombstoneKey();
+    decrementNumEntries();
+    incrementNumTombstones();
+    return true;
+  }
+  void erase(iterator I) {
+    BucketT *TheBucket = &*I;
+    TheBucket->getSecond().~ValueT();
+    TheBucket->getFirst() = getTombstoneKey();
+    decrementNumEntries();
+    incrementNumTombstones();
+  }
+
+  value_type& FindAndConstruct(const KeyT &Key) {
+    BucketT *TheBucket;
+    if (LookupBucketFor(Key, TheBucket))
+      return *TheBucket;
+
+    return *InsertIntoBucket(TheBucket, Key);
+  }
+
+  ValueT &operator[](const KeyT &Key) {
+    return FindAndConstruct(Key).second;
+  }
+
+  value_type& FindAndConstruct(KeyT &&Key) {
+    BucketT *TheBucket;
+    if (LookupBucketFor(Key, TheBucket))
+      return *TheBucket;
+
+    return *InsertIntoBucket(TheBucket, std::move(Key));
+  }
+
+  ValueT &operator[](KeyT &&Key) {
+    return FindAndConstruct(std::move(Key)).second;
+  }
+
+  /// isPointerIntoBucketsArray - Return true if the specified pointer points
+  /// somewhere into the DenseMap's array of buckets (i.e. either to a key or
+  /// value in the DenseMap).
+  bool isPointerIntoBucketsArray(const void *Ptr) const {
+    return Ptr >= getBuckets() && Ptr < getBucketsEnd();
+  }
+
+  /// getPointerIntoBucketsArray() - Return an opaque pointer into the buckets
+  /// array.  In conjunction with the previous method, this can be used to
+  /// determine whether an insertion caused the DenseMap to reallocate.
+  const void *getPointerIntoBucketsArray() const { return getBuckets(); }
+
+protected:
+  DenseMapBase() = default;
+
+  void destroyAll() {
+    if (getNumBuckets() == 0) // Nothing to do.
+      return;
+
+    const KeyT EmptyKey = getEmptyKey(), TombstoneKey = getTombstoneKey();
+    for (BucketT *P = getBuckets(), *E = getBucketsEnd(); P != E; ++P) {
+      if (!KeyInfoT::isEqual(P->getFirst(), EmptyKey) &&
+          !KeyInfoT::isEqual(P->getFirst(), TombstoneKey))
+        P->getSecond().~ValueT();
+      P->getFirst().~KeyT();
+    }
+  }
+
+  void initEmpty() {
+    setNumEntries(0);
+    setNumTombstones(0);
+
+    assert((getNumBuckets() & (getNumBuckets()-1)) == 0 &&
+           "# initial buckets must be a power of two!");
+    const KeyT EmptyKey = getEmptyKey();
+    for (BucketT *B = getBuckets(), *E = getBucketsEnd(); B != E; ++B)
+      ::new (&B->getFirst()) KeyT(EmptyKey);
+  }
+
+  /// Returns the number of buckets to allocate to ensure that the DenseMap can
+  /// accommodate \p NumEntries without need to grow().
+  unsigned getMinBucketToReserveForEntries(unsigned NumEntries) {
+    // Ensure that "NumEntries * 4 < NumBuckets * 3"
+    if (NumEntries == 0)
+      return 0;
+    // +1 is required because of the strict equality.
+    // For example if NumEntries is 48, we need to return 401.
+    return NextPowerOf2(NumEntries * 4 / 3 + 1);
+  }
+
+  void moveFromOldBuckets(BucketT *OldBucketsBegin, BucketT *OldBucketsEnd) {
+    initEmpty();
+
+    // Insert all the old elements.
+    const KeyT EmptyKey = getEmptyKey();
+    const KeyT TombstoneKey = getTombstoneKey();
+    for (BucketT *B = OldBucketsBegin, *E = OldBucketsEnd; B != E; ++B) {
+      if (!KeyInfoT::isEqual(B->getFirst(), EmptyKey) &&
+          !KeyInfoT::isEqual(B->getFirst(), TombstoneKey)) {
+        // Insert the key/value into the new table.
+        BucketT *DestBucket;
+        bool FoundVal = LookupBucketFor(B->getFirst(), DestBucket);
+        (void)FoundVal; // silence warning.
+        assert(!FoundVal && "Key already in new map?");
+        DestBucket->getFirst() = std::move(B->getFirst());
+        ::new (&DestBucket->getSecond()) ValueT(std::move(B->getSecond()));
+        incrementNumEntries();
+
+        // Free the value.
+        B->getSecond().~ValueT();
+      }
+      B->getFirst().~KeyT();
+    }
+  }
+
+  template <typename OtherBaseT>
+  void copyFrom(
+      const DenseMapBase<OtherBaseT, KeyT, ValueT, KeyInfoT, BucketT> &other) {
+    assert(&other != this);
+    assert(getNumBuckets() == other.getNumBuckets());
+
+    setNumEntries(other.getNumEntries());
+    setNumTombstones(other.getNumTombstones());
+
+    if (std::is_trivially_copyable<KeyT>::value &&
+        std::is_trivially_copyable<ValueT>::value)
+      memcpy(reinterpret_cast<void *>(getBuckets()), other.getBuckets(),
+             getNumBuckets() * sizeof(BucketT));
+    else
+      for (size_t i = 0; i < getNumBuckets(); ++i) {
+        ::new (&getBuckets()[i].getFirst())
+            KeyT(other.getBuckets()[i].getFirst());
+        if (!KeyInfoT::isEqual(getBuckets()[i].getFirst(), getEmptyKey()) &&
+            !KeyInfoT::isEqual(getBuckets()[i].getFirst(), getTombstoneKey()))
+          ::new (&getBuckets()[i].getSecond())
+              ValueT(other.getBuckets()[i].getSecond());
+      }
+  }
+
+  static unsigned getHashValue(const KeyT &Val) {
+    return KeyInfoT::getHashValue(Val);
+  }
+
+  template<typename LookupKeyT>
+  static unsigned getHashValue(const LookupKeyT &Val) {
+    return KeyInfoT::getHashValue(Val);
+  }
+
+  static const KeyT getEmptyKey() {
+    static_assert(std::is_base_of<DenseMapBase, DerivedT>::value,
+                  "Must pass the derived type to this template!");
+    return KeyInfoT::getEmptyKey();
+  }
+
+  static const KeyT getTombstoneKey() {
+    return KeyInfoT::getTombstoneKey();
+  }
+
+private:
+  iterator makeIterator(BucketT *P, BucketT *E,
+                        DebugEpochBase &Epoch,
+                        bool NoAdvance=false) {
+    if (shouldReverseIterate<KeyT>()) {
+      BucketT *B = P == getBucketsEnd() ? getBuckets() : P + 1;
+      return iterator(B, E, Epoch, NoAdvance);
+    }
+    return iterator(P, E, Epoch, NoAdvance);
+  }
+
+  const_iterator makeConstIterator(const BucketT *P, const BucketT *E,
+                                   const DebugEpochBase &Epoch,
+                                   const bool NoAdvance=false) const {
+    if (shouldReverseIterate<KeyT>()) {
+      const BucketT *B = P == getBucketsEnd() ? getBuckets() : P + 1;
+      return const_iterator(B, E, Epoch, NoAdvance);
+    }
+    return const_iterator(P, E, Epoch, NoAdvance);
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNumEntries() const {
+    return static_cast<const DerivedT *>(this)->getNumEntries();
+  }
+
+  void setNumEntries(unsigned Num) {
+    static_cast<DerivedT *>(this)->setNumEntries(Num);
+  }
+
+  void incrementNumEntries() {
+    setNumEntries(getNumEntries() + 1);
+  }
+
+  void decrementNumEntries() {
+    setNumEntries(getNumEntries() - 1);
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNumTombstones() const {
+    return static_cast<const DerivedT *>(this)->getNumTombstones();
+  }
+
+  void setNumTombstones(unsigned Num) {
+    static_cast<DerivedT *>(this)->setNumTombstones(Num);
+  }
+
+  void incrementNumTombstones() {
+    setNumTombstones(getNumTombstones() + 1);
+  }
+
+  void decrementNumTombstones() {
+    setNumTombstones(getNumTombstones() - 1);
+  }
+
+  const BucketT *getBuckets() const {
+    return static_cast<const DerivedT *>(this)->getBuckets();
+  }
+
+  BucketT *getBuckets() {
+    return static_cast<DerivedT *>(this)->getBuckets();
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNumBuckets() const {
+    return static_cast<const DerivedT *>(this)->getNumBuckets();
+  }
+
+  BucketT *getBucketsEnd() {
+    return getBuckets() + getNumBuckets();
+  }
+
+  const BucketT *getBucketsEnd() const {
+    return getBuckets() + getNumBuckets();
+  }
+
+  void grow(unsigned AtLeast) {
+    static_cast<DerivedT *>(this)->grow(AtLeast);
+  }
+
+  void shrink_and_clear() {
+    static_cast<DerivedT *>(this)->shrink_and_clear();
+  }
+
+  template <typename KeyArg, typename... ValueArgs>
+  BucketT *InsertIntoBucket(BucketT *TheBucket, KeyArg &&Key,
+                            ValueArgs &&... Values) {
+    TheBucket = InsertIntoBucketImpl(Key, Key, TheBucket);
+
+    TheBucket->getFirst() = std::forward<KeyArg>(Key);
+    ::new (&TheBucket->getSecond()) ValueT(std::forward<ValueArgs>(Values)...);
+    return TheBucket;
+  }
+
+  template <typename LookupKeyT>
+  BucketT *InsertIntoBucketWithLookup(BucketT *TheBucket, KeyT &&Key,
+                                      ValueT &&Value, LookupKeyT &Lookup) {
+    TheBucket = InsertIntoBucketImpl(Key, Lookup, TheBucket);
+
+    TheBucket->getFirst() = std::move(Key);
+    ::new (&TheBucket->getSecond()) ValueT(std::move(Value));
+    return TheBucket;
+  }
+
+  template <typename LookupKeyT>
+  BucketT *InsertIntoBucketImpl(const KeyT &Key, const LookupKeyT &Lookup,
+                                BucketT *TheBucket) {
+    incrementEpoch();
+
+    // If the load of the hash table is more than 3/4, or if fewer than 1/8 of
+    // the buckets are empty (meaning that many are filled with tombstones),
+    // grow the table.
+    //
+    // The later case is tricky.  For example, if we had one empty bucket with
+    // tons of tombstones, failing lookups (e.g. for insertion) would have to
+    // probe almost the entire table until it found the empty bucket.  If the
+    // table completely filled with tombstones, no lookup would ever succeed,
+    // causing infinite loops in lookup.
+    unsigned NewNumEntries = getNumEntries() + 1;
+    unsigned NumBuckets = getNumBuckets();
+    if (LLVM_UNLIKELY(NewNumEntries * 4 >= NumBuckets * 3)) {
+      this->grow(NumBuckets * 2);
+      LookupBucketFor(Lookup, TheBucket);
+      NumBuckets = getNumBuckets();
+    } else if (LLVM_UNLIKELY(NumBuckets-(NewNumEntries+getNumTombstones()) <=
+                             NumBuckets/8)) {
+      this->grow(NumBuckets);
+      LookupBucketFor(Lookup, TheBucket);
+    }
+    assert(TheBucket);
+
+    // Only update the state after we've grown our bucket space appropriately
+    // so that when growing buckets we have self-consistent entry count.
+    incrementNumEntries();
+
+    // If we are writing over a tombstone, remember this.
+    const KeyT EmptyKey = getEmptyKey();
+    if (!KeyInfoT::isEqual(TheBucket->getFirst(), EmptyKey))
+      decrementNumTombstones();
+
+    return TheBucket;
+  }
+
+  /// LookupBucketFor - Lookup the appropriate bucket for Val, returning it in
+  /// FoundBucket.  If the bucket contains the key and a value, this returns
+  /// true, otherwise it returns a bucket with an empty marker or tombstone and
+  /// returns false.
+  template<typename LookupKeyT>
+  bool LookupBucketFor(const LookupKeyT &Val,
+                       const BucketT *&FoundBucket) const {
+    const BucketT *BucketsPtr = getBuckets();
+    const unsigned NumBuckets = getNumBuckets();
+
+    if (NumBuckets == 0) {
+      FoundBucket = nullptr;
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    // FoundTombstone - Keep track of whether we find a tombstone while probing.
+    const BucketT *FoundTombstone = nullptr;
+    const KeyT EmptyKey = getEmptyKey();
+    const KeyT TombstoneKey = getTombstoneKey();
+    assert(!KeyInfoT::isEqual(Val, EmptyKey) &&
+           !KeyInfoT::isEqual(Val, TombstoneKey) &&
+           "Empty/Tombstone value shouldn't be inserted into map!");
+
+    unsigned BucketNo = getHashValue(Val) & (NumBuckets-1);
+    unsigned ProbeAmt = 1;
+    while (true) {
+      const BucketT *ThisBucket = BucketsPtr + BucketNo;
+      // Found Val's bucket?  If so, return it.
+      if (LLVM_LIKELY(KeyInfoT::isEqual(Val, ThisBucket->getFirst()))) {
+        FoundBucket = ThisBucket;
+        return true;
+      }
+
+      // If we found an empty bucket, the key doesn't exist in the set.
+      // Insert it and return the default value.
+      if (LLVM_LIKELY(KeyInfoT::isEqual(ThisBucket->getFirst(), EmptyKey))) {
+        // If we've already seen a tombstone while probing, fill it in instead
+        // of the empty bucket we eventually probed to.
+        FoundBucket = FoundTombstone ? FoundTombstone : ThisBucket;
+        return false;
+      }
+
+      // If this is a tombstone, remember it.  If Val ends up not in the map, we
+      // prefer to return it than something that would require more probing.
+      if (KeyInfoT::isEqual(ThisBucket->getFirst(), TombstoneKey) &&
+          !FoundTombstone)
+        FoundTombstone = ThisBucket;  // Remember the first tombstone found.
+
+      // Otherwise, it's a hash collision or a tombstone, continue quadratic
+      // probing.
+      BucketNo += ProbeAmt++;
+      BucketNo &= (NumBuckets-1);
+    }
+  }
+
+  template <typename LookupKeyT>
+  bool LookupBucketFor(const LookupKeyT &Val, BucketT *&FoundBucket) {
+    const BucketT *ConstFoundBucket;
+    bool Result = const_cast<const DenseMapBase *>(this)
+      ->LookupBucketFor(Val, ConstFoundBucket);
+    FoundBucket = const_cast<BucketT *>(ConstFoundBucket);
+    return Result;
+  }
+
+public:
+  /// Return the approximate size (in bytes) of the actual map.
+  /// This is just the raw memory used by DenseMap.
+  /// If entries are pointers to objects, the size of the referenced objects
+  /// are not included.
+  size_t getMemorySize() const {
+    return getNumBuckets() * sizeof(BucketT);
+  }
+};
+
+/// Equality comparison for DenseMap.
+///
+/// Iterates over elements of LHS confirming that each (key, value) pair in LHS
+/// is also in RHS, and that no additional pairs are in RHS.
+/// Equivalent to N calls to RHS.find and N value comparisons. Amortized
+/// complexity is linear, worst case is O(N^2) (if every hash collides).
+template <typename DerivedT, typename KeyT, typename ValueT, typename KeyInfoT,
+          typename BucketT>
+bool operator==(
+    const DenseMapBase<DerivedT, KeyT, ValueT, KeyInfoT, BucketT> &LHS,
+    const DenseMapBase<DerivedT, KeyT, ValueT, KeyInfoT, BucketT> &RHS) {
+  if (LHS.size() != RHS.size())
+    return false;
+
+  for (auto &KV : LHS) {
+    auto I = RHS.find(KV.first);
+    if (I == RHS.end() || I->second != KV.second)
+      return false;
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/// Inequality comparison for DenseMap.
+///
+/// Equivalent to !(LHS == RHS). See operator== for performance notes.
+template <typename DerivedT, typename KeyT, typename ValueT, typename KeyInfoT,
+          typename BucketT>
+bool operator!=(
+    const DenseMapBase<DerivedT, KeyT, ValueT, KeyInfoT, BucketT> &LHS,
+    const DenseMapBase<DerivedT, KeyT, ValueT, KeyInfoT, BucketT> &RHS) {
+  return !(LHS == RHS);
+}
+
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValueT,
+          typename KeyInfoT = DenseMapInfo<KeyT>,
+          typename BucketT = llvm::detail::DenseMapPair<KeyT, ValueT>>
+class DenseMap : public DenseMapBase<DenseMap<KeyT, ValueT, KeyInfoT, BucketT>,
+                                     KeyT, ValueT, KeyInfoT, BucketT> {
+  friend class DenseMapBase<DenseMap, KeyT, ValueT, KeyInfoT, BucketT>;
+
+  // Lift some types from the dependent base class into this class for
+  // simplicity of referring to them.
+  using BaseT = DenseMapBase<DenseMap, KeyT, ValueT, KeyInfoT, BucketT>;
+
+  BucketT *Buckets;
+  unsigned NumEntries;
+  unsigned NumTombstones;
+  unsigned NumBuckets;
+
+public:
+  /// Create a DenseMap with an optional \p InitialReserve that guarantee that
+  /// this number of elements can be inserted in the map without grow()
+  explicit DenseMap(unsigned InitialReserve = 0) { init(InitialReserve); }
+
+  DenseMap(const DenseMap &other) : BaseT() {
+    init(0);
+    copyFrom(other);
+  }
+
+  DenseMap(DenseMap &&other) : BaseT() {
+    init(0);
+    swap(other);
+  }
+
+  template<typename InputIt>
+  DenseMap(const InputIt &I, const InputIt &E) {
+    init(std::distance(I, E));
+    this->insert(I, E);
+  }
+
+  DenseMap(std::initializer_list<typename BaseT::value_type> Vals) {
+    init(Vals.size());
+    this->insert(Vals.begin(), Vals.end());
+  }
+
+  ~DenseMap() {
+    this->destroyAll();
+    deallocate_buffer(Buckets, sizeof(BucketT) * NumBuckets, alignof(BucketT));
+  }
+
+  void swap(DenseMap& RHS) {
+    this->incrementEpoch();
+    RHS.incrementEpoch();
+    std::swap(Buckets, RHS.Buckets);
+    std::swap(NumEntries, RHS.NumEntries);
+    std::swap(NumTombstones, RHS.NumTombstones);
+    std::swap(NumBuckets, RHS.NumBuckets);
+  }
+
+  DenseMap& operator=(const DenseMap& other) {
+    if (&other != this)
+      copyFrom(other);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  DenseMap& operator=(DenseMap &&other) {
+    this->destroyAll();
+    deallocate_buffer(Buckets, sizeof(BucketT) * NumBuckets, alignof(BucketT));
+    init(0);
+    swap(other);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  void copyFrom(const DenseMap& other) {
+    this->destroyAll();
+    deallocate_buffer(Buckets, sizeof(BucketT) * NumBuckets, alignof(BucketT));
+    if (allocateBuckets(other.NumBuckets)) {
+      this->BaseT::copyFrom(other);
+    } else {
+      NumEntries = 0;
+      NumTombstones = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  void init(unsigned InitNumEntries) {
+    auto InitBuckets = BaseT::getMinBucketToReserveForEntries(InitNumEntries);
+    if (allocateBuckets(InitBuckets)) {
+      this->BaseT::initEmpty();
+    } else {
+      NumEntries = 0;
+      NumTombstones = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  void grow(unsigned AtLeast) {
+    unsigned OldNumBuckets = NumBuckets;
+    BucketT *OldBuckets = Buckets;
+
+    allocateBuckets(std::max<unsigned>(64, static_cast<unsigned>(NextPowerOf2(AtLeast-1))));
+    assert(Buckets);
+    if (!OldBuckets) {
+      this->BaseT::initEmpty();
+      return;
+    }
+
+    this->moveFromOldBuckets(OldBuckets, OldBuckets+OldNumBuckets);
+
+    // Free the old table.
+    deallocate_buffer(OldBuckets, sizeof(BucketT) * OldNumBuckets,
+                      alignof(BucketT));
+  }
+
+  void shrink_and_clear() {
+    unsigned OldNumBuckets = NumBuckets;
+    unsigned OldNumEntries = NumEntries;
+    this->destroyAll();
+
+    // Reduce the number of buckets.
+    unsigned NewNumBuckets = 0;
+    if (OldNumEntries)
+      NewNumBuckets = std::max(64, 1 << (Log2_32_Ceil(OldNumEntries) + 1));
+    if (NewNumBuckets == NumBuckets) {
+      this->BaseT::initEmpty();
+      return;
+    }
+
+    deallocate_buffer(Buckets, sizeof(BucketT) * OldNumBuckets,
+                      alignof(BucketT));
+    init(NewNumBuckets);
+  }
+
+private:
+  unsigned getNumEntries() const {
+    return NumEntries;
+  }
+
+  void setNumEntries(unsigned Num) {
+    NumEntries = Num;
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNumTombstones() const {
+    return NumTombstones;
+  }
+
+  void setNumTombstones(unsigned Num) {
+    NumTombstones = Num;
+  }
+
+  BucketT *getBuckets() const {
+    return Buckets;
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNumBuckets() const {
+    return NumBuckets;
+  }
+
+  bool allocateBuckets(unsigned Num) {
+    NumBuckets = Num;
+    if (NumBuckets == 0) {
+      Buckets = nullptr;
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    Buckets = static_cast<BucketT *>(
+        allocate_buffer(sizeof(BucketT) * NumBuckets, alignof(BucketT)));
+    return true;
+  }
+};
+
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValueT, unsigned InlineBuckets = 4,
+          typename KeyInfoT = DenseMapInfo<KeyT>,
+          typename BucketT = llvm::detail::DenseMapPair<KeyT, ValueT>>
+class SmallDenseMap
+    : public DenseMapBase<
+          SmallDenseMap<KeyT, ValueT, InlineBuckets, KeyInfoT, BucketT>, KeyT,
+          ValueT, KeyInfoT, BucketT> {
+  friend class DenseMapBase<SmallDenseMap, KeyT, ValueT, KeyInfoT, BucketT>;
+
+  // Lift some types from the dependent base class into this class for
+  // simplicity of referring to them.
+  using BaseT = DenseMapBase<SmallDenseMap, KeyT, ValueT, KeyInfoT, BucketT>;
+
+  static_assert(isPowerOf2_64(InlineBuckets),
+                "InlineBuckets must be a power of 2.");
+
+  unsigned Small : 1;
+  unsigned NumEntries : 31;
+  unsigned NumTombstones;
+
+  struct LargeRep {
+    BucketT *Buckets;
+    unsigned NumBuckets;
+  };
+
+  /// A "union" of an inline bucket array and the struct representing
+  /// a large bucket. This union will be discriminated by the 'Small' bit.
+  AlignedCharArrayUnion<BucketT[InlineBuckets], LargeRep> storage;
+
+public:
+  explicit SmallDenseMap(unsigned NumInitBuckets = 0) {
+    init(NumInitBuckets);
+  }
+
+  SmallDenseMap(const SmallDenseMap &other) : BaseT() {
+    init(0);
+    copyFrom(other);
+  }
+
+  SmallDenseMap(SmallDenseMap &&other) : BaseT() {
+    init(0);
+    swap(other);
+  }
+
+  template<typename InputIt>
+  SmallDenseMap(const InputIt &I, const InputIt &E) {
+    init(NextPowerOf2(std::distance(I, E)));
+    this->insert(I, E);
+  }
+
+  SmallDenseMap(std::initializer_list<typename BaseT::value_type> Vals)
+      : SmallDenseMap(Vals.begin(), Vals.end()) {}
+
+  ~SmallDenseMap() {
+    this->destroyAll();
+    deallocateBuckets();
+  }
+
+  void swap(SmallDenseMap& RHS) {
+    unsigned TmpNumEntries = RHS.NumEntries;
+    RHS.NumEntries = NumEntries;
+    NumEntries = TmpNumEntries;
+    std::swap(NumTombstones, RHS.NumTombstones);
+
+    const KeyT EmptyKey = this->getEmptyKey();
+    const KeyT TombstoneKey = this->getTombstoneKey();
+    if (Small && RHS.Small) {
+      // If we're swapping inline bucket arrays, we have to cope with some of
+      // the tricky bits of DenseMap's storage system: the buckets are not
+      // fully initialized. Thus we swap every key, but we may have
+      // a one-directional move of the value.
+      for (unsigned i = 0, e = InlineBuckets; i != e; ++i) {
+        BucketT *LHSB = &getInlineBuckets()[i],
+                *RHSB = &RHS.getInlineBuckets()[i];
+        bool hasLHSValue = (!KeyInfoT::isEqual(LHSB->getFirst(), EmptyKey) &&
+                            !KeyInfoT::isEqual(LHSB->getFirst(), TombstoneKey));
+        bool hasRHSValue = (!KeyInfoT::isEqual(RHSB->getFirst(), EmptyKey) &&
+                            !KeyInfoT::isEqual(RHSB->getFirst(), TombstoneKey));
+        if (hasLHSValue && hasRHSValue) {
+          // Swap together if we can...
+          std::swap(*LHSB, *RHSB);
+          continue;
+        }
+        // Swap separately and handle any asymmetry.
+        std::swap(LHSB->getFirst(), RHSB->getFirst());
+        if (hasLHSValue) {
+          ::new (&RHSB->getSecond()) ValueT(std::move(LHSB->getSecond()));
+          LHSB->getSecond().~ValueT();
+        } else if (hasRHSValue) {
+          ::new (&LHSB->getSecond()) ValueT(std::move(RHSB->getSecond()));
+          RHSB->getSecond().~ValueT();
+        }
+      }
+      return;
+    }
+    if (!Small && !RHS.Small) {
+      std::swap(getLargeRep()->Buckets, RHS.getLargeRep()->Buckets);
+      std::swap(getLargeRep()->NumBuckets, RHS.getLargeRep()->NumBuckets);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    SmallDenseMap &SmallSide = Small ? *this : RHS;
+    SmallDenseMap &LargeSide = Small ? RHS : *this;
+
+    // First stash the large side's rep and move the small side across.
+    LargeRep TmpRep = std::move(*LargeSide.getLargeRep());
+    LargeSide.getLargeRep()->~LargeRep();
+    LargeSide.Small = true;
+    // This is similar to the standard move-from-old-buckets, but the bucket
+    // count hasn't actually rotated in this case. So we have to carefully
+    // move construct the keys and values into their new locations, but there
+    // is no need to re-hash things.
+    for (unsigned i = 0, e = InlineBuckets; i != e; ++i) {
+      BucketT *NewB = &LargeSide.getInlineBuckets()[i],
+              *OldB = &SmallSide.getInlineBuckets()[i];
+      ::new (&NewB->getFirst()) KeyT(std::move(OldB->getFirst()));
+      OldB->getFirst().~KeyT();
+      if (!KeyInfoT::isEqual(NewB->getFirst(), EmptyKey) &&
+          !KeyInfoT::isEqual(NewB->getFirst(), TombstoneKey)) {
+        ::new (&NewB->getSecond()) ValueT(std::move(OldB->getSecond()));
+        OldB->getSecond().~ValueT();
+      }
+    }
+
+    // The hard part of moving the small buckets across is done, just move
+    // the TmpRep into its new home.
+    SmallSide.Small = false;
+    new (SmallSide.getLargeRep()) LargeRep(std::move(TmpRep));
+  }
+
+  SmallDenseMap& operator=(const SmallDenseMap& other) {
+    if (&other != this)
+      copyFrom(other);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  SmallDenseMap& operator=(SmallDenseMap &&other) {
+    this->destroyAll();
+    deallocateBuckets();
+    init(0);
+    swap(other);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  void copyFrom(const SmallDenseMap& other) {
+    this->destroyAll();
+    deallocateBuckets();
+    Small = true;
+    if (other.getNumBuckets() > InlineBuckets) {
+      Small = false;
+      new (getLargeRep()) LargeRep(allocateBuckets(other.getNumBuckets()));
+    }
+    this->BaseT::copyFrom(other);
+  }
+
+  void init(unsigned InitBuckets) {
+    Small = true;
+    if (InitBuckets > InlineBuckets) {
+      Small = false;
+      new (getLargeRep()) LargeRep(allocateBuckets(InitBuckets));
+    }
+    this->BaseT::initEmpty();
+  }
+
+  void grow(unsigned AtLeast) {
+    if (AtLeast > InlineBuckets)
+      AtLeast = std::max<unsigned>(64, NextPowerOf2(AtLeast-1));
+
+    if (Small) {
+      // First move the inline buckets into a temporary storage.
+      AlignedCharArrayUnion<BucketT[InlineBuckets]> TmpStorage;
+      BucketT *TmpBegin = reinterpret_cast<BucketT *>(&TmpStorage);
+      BucketT *TmpEnd = TmpBegin;
+
+      // Loop over the buckets, moving non-empty, non-tombstones into the
+      // temporary storage. Have the loop move the TmpEnd forward as it goes.
+      const KeyT EmptyKey = this->getEmptyKey();
+      const KeyT TombstoneKey = this->getTombstoneKey();
+      for (BucketT *P = getBuckets(), *E = P + InlineBuckets; P != E; ++P) {
+        if (!KeyInfoT::isEqual(P->getFirst(), EmptyKey) &&
+            !KeyInfoT::isEqual(P->getFirst(), TombstoneKey)) {
+          assert(size_t(TmpEnd - TmpBegin) < InlineBuckets &&
+                 "Too many inline buckets!");
+          ::new (&TmpEnd->getFirst()) KeyT(std::move(P->getFirst()));
+          ::new (&TmpEnd->getSecond()) ValueT(std::move(P->getSecond()));
+          ++TmpEnd;
+          P->getSecond().~ValueT();
+        }
+        P->getFirst().~KeyT();
+      }
+
+      // AtLeast == InlineBuckets can happen if there are many tombstones,
+      // and grow() is used to remove them. Usually we always switch to the
+      // large rep here.
+      if (AtLeast > InlineBuckets) {
+        Small = false;
+        new (getLargeRep()) LargeRep(allocateBuckets(AtLeast));
+      }
+      this->moveFromOldBuckets(TmpBegin, TmpEnd);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    LargeRep OldRep = std::move(*getLargeRep());
+    getLargeRep()->~LargeRep();
+    if (AtLeast <= InlineBuckets) {
+      Small = true;
+    } else {
+      new (getLargeRep()) LargeRep(allocateBuckets(AtLeast));
+    }
+
+    this->moveFromOldBuckets(OldRep.Buckets, OldRep.Buckets+OldRep.NumBuckets);
+
+    // Free the old table.
+    deallocate_buffer(OldRep.Buckets, sizeof(BucketT) * OldRep.NumBuckets,
+                      alignof(BucketT));
+  }
+
+  void shrink_and_clear() {
+    unsigned OldSize = this->size();
+    this->destroyAll();
+
+    // Reduce the number of buckets.
+    unsigned NewNumBuckets = 0;
+    if (OldSize) {
+      NewNumBuckets = 1 << (Log2_32_Ceil(OldSize) + 1);
+      if (NewNumBuckets > InlineBuckets && NewNumBuckets < 64u)
+        NewNumBuckets = 64;
+    }
+    if ((Small && NewNumBuckets <= InlineBuckets) ||
+        (!Small && NewNumBuckets == getLargeRep()->NumBuckets)) {
+      this->BaseT::initEmpty();
+      return;
+    }
+
+    deallocateBuckets();
+    init(NewNumBuckets);
+  }
+
+private:
+  unsigned getNumEntries() const {
+    return NumEntries;
+  }
+
+  void setNumEntries(unsigned Num) {
+    // NumEntries is hardcoded to be 31 bits wide.
+    assert(Num < (1U << 31) && "Cannot support more than 1<<31 entries");
+    NumEntries = Num;
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNumTombstones() const {
+    return NumTombstones;
+  }
+
+  void setNumTombstones(unsigned Num) {
+    NumTombstones = Num;
+  }
+
+  const BucketT *getInlineBuckets() const {
+    assert(Small);
+    // Note that this cast does not violate aliasing rules as we assert that
+    // the memory's dynamic type is the small, inline bucket buffer, and the
+    // 'storage' is a POD containing a char buffer.
+    return reinterpret_cast<const BucketT *>(&storage);
+  }
+
+  BucketT *getInlineBuckets() {
+    return const_cast<BucketT *>(
+      const_cast<const SmallDenseMap *>(this)->getInlineBuckets());
+  }
+
+  const LargeRep *getLargeRep() const {
+    assert(!Small);
+    // Note, same rule about aliasing as with getInlineBuckets.
+    return reinterpret_cast<const LargeRep *>(&storage);
+  }
+
+  LargeRep *getLargeRep() {
+    return const_cast<LargeRep *>(
+      const_cast<const SmallDenseMap *>(this)->getLargeRep());
+  }
+
+  const BucketT *getBuckets() const {
+    return Small ? getInlineBuckets() : getLargeRep()->Buckets;
+  }
+
+  BucketT *getBuckets() {
+    return const_cast<BucketT *>(
+      const_cast<const SmallDenseMap *>(this)->getBuckets());
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNumBuckets() const {
+    return Small ? InlineBuckets : getLargeRep()->NumBuckets;
+  }
+
+  void deallocateBuckets() {
+    if (Small)
+      return;
+
+    deallocate_buffer(getLargeRep()->Buckets,
+                      sizeof(BucketT) * getLargeRep()->NumBuckets,
+                      alignof(BucketT));
+    getLargeRep()->~LargeRep();
+  }
+
+  LargeRep allocateBuckets(unsigned Num) {
+    assert(Num > InlineBuckets && "Must allocate more buckets than are inline");
+    LargeRep Rep = {static_cast<BucketT *>(allocate_buffer(
+                        sizeof(BucketT) * Num, alignof(BucketT))),
+                    Num};
+    return Rep;
+  }
+};
+
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValueT, typename KeyInfoT, typename Bucket,
+          bool IsConst>
+class DenseMapIterator : DebugEpochBase::HandleBase {
+  friend class DenseMapIterator<KeyT, ValueT, KeyInfoT, Bucket, true>;
+  friend class DenseMapIterator<KeyT, ValueT, KeyInfoT, Bucket, false>;
+
+public:
+  using difference_type = ptrdiff_t;
+  using value_type =
+      typename std::conditional<IsConst, const Bucket, Bucket>::type;
+  using pointer = value_type *;
+  using reference = value_type &;
+  using iterator_category = std::forward_iterator_tag;
+
+private:
+  pointer Ptr = nullptr;
+  pointer End = nullptr;
+
+public:
+  DenseMapIterator() = default;
+
+  DenseMapIterator(pointer Pos, pointer E, const DebugEpochBase &Epoch,
+                   bool NoAdvance = false)
+      : DebugEpochBase::HandleBase(&Epoch), Ptr(Pos), End(E) {
+    assert(isHandleInSync() && "invalid construction!");
+
+    if (NoAdvance) return;
+    if (shouldReverseIterate<KeyT>()) {
+      RetreatPastEmptyBuckets();
+      return;
+    }
+    AdvancePastEmptyBuckets();
+  }
+
+  // Converting ctor from non-const iterators to const iterators. SFINAE'd out
+  // for const iterator destinations so it doesn't end up as a user defined copy
+  // constructor.
+  template <bool IsConstSrc,
+            typename = std::enable_if_t<!IsConstSrc && IsConst>>
+  DenseMapIterator(
+      const DenseMapIterator<KeyT, ValueT, KeyInfoT, Bucket, IsConstSrc> &I)
+      : DebugEpochBase::HandleBase(I), Ptr(I.Ptr), End(I.End) {}
+
+  reference operator*() const {
+    assert(isHandleInSync() && "invalid iterator access!");
+    assert(Ptr != End && "dereferencing end() iterator");
+    if (shouldReverseIterate<KeyT>())
+      return Ptr[-1];
+    return *Ptr;
+  }
+  pointer operator->() const {
+    assert(isHandleInSync() && "invalid iterator access!");
+    assert(Ptr != End && "dereferencing end() iterator");
+    if (shouldReverseIterate<KeyT>())
+      return &(Ptr[-1]);
+    return Ptr;
+  }
+
+  friend bool operator==(const DenseMapIterator &LHS,
+                         const DenseMapIterator &RHS) {
+    assert((!LHS.Ptr || LHS.isHandleInSync()) && "handle not in sync!");
+    assert((!RHS.Ptr || RHS.isHandleInSync()) && "handle not in sync!");
+    assert(LHS.getEpochAddress() == RHS.getEpochAddress() &&
+           "comparing incomparable iterators!");
+    return LHS.Ptr == RHS.Ptr;
+  }
+
+  friend bool operator!=(const DenseMapIterator &LHS,
+                         const DenseMapIterator &RHS) {
+    return !(LHS == RHS);
+  }
+
+  inline DenseMapIterator& operator++() {  // Preincrement
+    assert(isHandleInSync() && "invalid iterator access!");
+    assert(Ptr != End && "incrementing end() iterator");
+    if (shouldReverseIterate<KeyT>()) {
+      --Ptr;
+      RetreatPastEmptyBuckets();
+      return *this;
+    }
+    ++Ptr;
+    AdvancePastEmptyBuckets();
+    return *this;
+  }
+  DenseMapIterator operator++(int) {  // Postincrement
+    assert(isHandleInSync() && "invalid iterator access!");
+    DenseMapIterator tmp = *this; ++*this; return tmp;
+  }
+
+private:
+  void AdvancePastEmptyBuckets() {
+    assert(Ptr <= End);
+    const KeyT Empty = KeyInfoT::getEmptyKey();
+    const KeyT Tombstone = KeyInfoT::getTombstoneKey();
+
+    while (Ptr != End && (KeyInfoT::isEqual(Ptr->getFirst(), Empty) ||
+                          KeyInfoT::isEqual(Ptr->getFirst(), Tombstone)))
+      ++Ptr;
+  }
+
+  void RetreatPastEmptyBuckets() {
+    assert(Ptr >= End);
+    const KeyT Empty = KeyInfoT::getEmptyKey();
+    const KeyT Tombstone = KeyInfoT::getTombstoneKey();
+
+    while (Ptr != End && (KeyInfoT::isEqual(Ptr[-1].getFirst(), Empty) ||
+                          KeyInfoT::isEqual(Ptr[-1].getFirst(), Tombstone)))
+      --Ptr;
+  }
+};
+
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValueT, typename KeyInfoT>
+inline size_t capacity_in_bytes(const DenseMap<KeyT, ValueT, KeyInfoT> &X) {
+  return X.getMemorySize();
+}
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_DENSEMAP_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/DenseMapInfo.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/DenseMapInfo.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c6f23828ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/DenseMapInfo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/DenseMapInfo.h - Type traits for DenseMap -------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines DenseMapInfo traits for DenseMap.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_DENSEMAPINFO_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_DENSEMAPINFO_H
+
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <cstdint>
+#include <tuple>
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+namespace detail {
+
+/// Simplistic combination of 32-bit hash values into 32-bit hash values.
+static inline unsigned combineHashValue(unsigned a, unsigned b) {
+  uint64_t key = (uint64_t)a << 32 | (uint64_t)b;
+  key += ~(key << 32);
+  key ^= (key >> 22);
+  key += ~(key << 13);
+  key ^= (key >> 8);
+  key += (key << 3);
+  key ^= (key >> 15);
+  key += ~(key << 27);
+  key ^= (key >> 31);
+  return (unsigned)key;
+}
+
+} // end namespace detail
+
+/// An information struct used to provide DenseMap with the various necessary
+/// components for a given value type `T`. `Enable` is an optional additional
+/// parameter that is used to support SFINAE (generally using std::enable_if_t)
+/// in derived DenseMapInfo specializations; in non-SFINAE use cases this should
+/// just be `void`.
+template<typename T, typename Enable = void>
+struct DenseMapInfo {
+  //static inline T getEmptyKey();
+  //static inline T getTombstoneKey();
+  //static unsigned getHashValue(const T &Val);
+  //static bool isEqual(const T &LHS, const T &RHS);
+};
+
+// Provide DenseMapInfo for all pointers. Come up with sentinel pointer values
+// that are aligned to alignof(T) bytes, but try to avoid requiring T to be
+// complete. This allows clients to instantiate DenseMap<T*, ...> with forward
+// declared key types. Assume that no pointer key type requires more than 4096
+// bytes of alignment.
+template<typename T>
+struct DenseMapInfo<T*> {
+  // The following should hold, but it would require T to be complete:
+  // static_assert(alignof(T) <= (1 << Log2MaxAlign),
+  //               "DenseMap does not support pointer keys requiring more than "
+  //               "Log2MaxAlign bits of alignment");
+  static constexpr uintptr_t Log2MaxAlign = 12;
+
+  static inline T* getEmptyKey() {
+    uintptr_t Val = static_cast<uintptr_t>(-1);
+    Val <<= Log2MaxAlign;
+    return reinterpret_cast<T*>(Val);
+  }
+
+  static inline T* getTombstoneKey() {
+    uintptr_t Val = static_cast<uintptr_t>(-2);
+    Val <<= Log2MaxAlign;
+    return reinterpret_cast<T*>(Val);
+  }
+
+  static unsigned getHashValue(const T *PtrVal) {
+    return (unsigned((uintptr_t)PtrVal) >> 4) ^
+           (unsigned((uintptr_t)PtrVal) >> 9);
+  }
+
+  static bool isEqual(const T *LHS, const T *RHS) { return LHS == RHS; }
+};
+
+// Provide DenseMapInfo for chars.
+template<> struct DenseMapInfo<char> {
+  static inline char getEmptyKey() { return ~0; }
+  static inline char getTombstoneKey() { return ~0 - 1; }
+  static unsigned getHashValue(const char& Val) { return Val * 37U; }
+
+  static bool isEqual(const char &LHS, const char &RHS) {
+    return LHS == RHS;
+  }
+};
+
+// Provide DenseMapInfo for unsigned chars.
+template <> struct DenseMapInfo<unsigned char> {
+  static inline unsigned char getEmptyKey() { return ~0; }
+  static inline unsigned char getTombstoneKey() { return ~0 - 1; }
+  static unsigned getHashValue(const unsigned char &Val) { return Val * 37U; }
+
+  static bool isEqual(const unsigned char &LHS, const unsigned char &RHS) {
+    return LHS == RHS;
+  }
+};
+
+// Provide DenseMapInfo for unsigned shorts.
+template <> struct DenseMapInfo<unsigned short> {
+  static inline unsigned short getEmptyKey() { return 0xFFFF; }
+  static inline unsigned short getTombstoneKey() { return 0xFFFF - 1; }
+  static unsigned getHashValue(const unsigned short &Val) { return Val * 37U; }
+
+  static bool isEqual(const unsigned short &LHS, const unsigned short &RHS) {
+    return LHS == RHS;
+  }
+};
+
+// Provide DenseMapInfo for unsigned ints.
+template<> struct DenseMapInfo<unsigned> {
+  static inline unsigned getEmptyKey() { return ~0U; }
+  static inline unsigned getTombstoneKey() { return ~0U - 1; }
+  static unsigned getHashValue(const unsigned& Val) { return Val * 37U; }
+
+  static bool isEqual(const unsigned& LHS, const unsigned& RHS) {
+    return LHS == RHS;
+  }
+};
+
+// Provide DenseMapInfo for unsigned longs.
+template<> struct DenseMapInfo<unsigned long> {
+  static inline unsigned long getEmptyKey() { return ~0UL; }
+  static inline unsigned long getTombstoneKey() { return ~0UL - 1L; }
+
+  static unsigned getHashValue(const unsigned long& Val) {
+    return (unsigned)(Val * 37UL);
+  }
+
+  static bool isEqual(const unsigned long& LHS, const unsigned long& RHS) {
+    return LHS == RHS;
+  }
+};
+
+// Provide DenseMapInfo for unsigned long longs.
+template<> struct DenseMapInfo<unsigned long long> {
+  static inline unsigned long long getEmptyKey() { return ~0ULL; }
+  static inline unsigned long long getTombstoneKey() { return ~0ULL - 1ULL; }
+
+  static unsigned getHashValue(const unsigned long long& Val) {
+    return (unsigned)(Val * 37ULL);
+  }
+
+  static bool isEqual(const unsigned long long& LHS,
+                      const unsigned long long& RHS) {
+    return LHS == RHS;
+  }
+};
+
+// Provide DenseMapInfo for shorts.
+template <> struct DenseMapInfo<short> {
+  static inline short getEmptyKey() { return 0x7FFF; }
+  static inline short getTombstoneKey() { return -0x7FFF - 1; }
+  static unsigned getHashValue(const short &Val) { return Val * 37U; }
+  static bool isEqual(const short &LHS, const short &RHS) { return LHS == RHS; }
+};
+
+// Provide DenseMapInfo for ints.
+template<> struct DenseMapInfo<int> {
+  static inline int getEmptyKey() { return 0x7fffffff; }
+  static inline int getTombstoneKey() { return -0x7fffffff - 1; }
+  static unsigned getHashValue(const int& Val) { return (unsigned)(Val * 37U); }
+
+  static bool isEqual(const int& LHS, const int& RHS) {
+    return LHS == RHS;
+  }
+};
+
+// Provide DenseMapInfo for longs.
+template<> struct DenseMapInfo<long> {
+  static inline long getEmptyKey() {
+    return (1UL << (sizeof(long) * 8 - 1)) - 1UL;
+  }
+
+  static inline long getTombstoneKey() { return getEmptyKey() - 1L; }
+
+  static unsigned getHashValue(const long& Val) {
+    return (unsigned)(Val * 37UL);
+  }
+
+  static bool isEqual(const long& LHS, const long& RHS) {
+    return LHS == RHS;
+  }
+};
+
+// Provide DenseMapInfo for long longs.
+template<> struct DenseMapInfo<long long> {
+  static inline long long getEmptyKey() { return 0x7fffffffffffffffLL; }
+  static inline long long getTombstoneKey() { return -0x7fffffffffffffffLL-1; }
+
+  static unsigned getHashValue(const long long& Val) {
+    return (unsigned)(Val * 37ULL);
+  }
+
+  static bool isEqual(const long long& LHS,
+                      const long long& RHS) {
+    return LHS == RHS;
+  }
+};
+
+// Provide DenseMapInfo for all pairs whose members have info.
+template<typename T, typename U>
+struct DenseMapInfo<std::pair<T, U>> {
+  using Pair = std::pair<T, U>;
+  using FirstInfo = DenseMapInfo<T>;
+  using SecondInfo = DenseMapInfo<U>;
+
+  static inline Pair getEmptyKey() {
+    return std::make_pair(FirstInfo::getEmptyKey(),
+                          SecondInfo::getEmptyKey());
+  }
+
+  static inline Pair getTombstoneKey() {
+    return std::make_pair(FirstInfo::getTombstoneKey(),
+                          SecondInfo::getTombstoneKey());
+  }
+
+  static unsigned getHashValue(const Pair& PairVal) {
+    return detail::combineHashValue(FirstInfo::getHashValue(PairVal.first),
+                                    SecondInfo::getHashValue(PairVal.second));
+  }
+
+  static bool isEqual(const Pair &LHS, const Pair &RHS) {
+    return FirstInfo::isEqual(LHS.first, RHS.first) &&
+           SecondInfo::isEqual(LHS.second, RHS.second);
+  }
+};
+
+// Provide DenseMapInfo for all tuples whose members have info.
+template <typename... Ts> struct DenseMapInfo<std::tuple<Ts...>> {
+  using Tuple = std::tuple<Ts...>;
+
+  static inline Tuple getEmptyKey() {
+    return Tuple(DenseMapInfo<Ts>::getEmptyKey()...);
+  }
+
+  static inline Tuple getTombstoneKey() {
+    return Tuple(DenseMapInfo<Ts>::getTombstoneKey()...);
+  }
+
+  template <unsigned I>
+  static unsigned getHashValueImpl(const Tuple &values, std::false_type) {
+    using EltType = typename std::tuple_element<I, Tuple>::type;
+    std::integral_constant<bool, I + 1 == sizeof...(Ts)> atEnd;
+    return detail::combineHashValue(
+        DenseMapInfo<EltType>::getHashValue(std::get<I>(values)),
+        getHashValueImpl<I + 1>(values, atEnd));
+  }
+
+  template <unsigned I>
+  static unsigned getHashValueImpl(const Tuple &, std::true_type) {
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  static unsigned getHashValue(const std::tuple<Ts...> &values) {
+    std::integral_constant<bool, 0 == sizeof...(Ts)> atEnd;
+    return getHashValueImpl<0>(values, atEnd);
+  }
+
+  template <unsigned I>
+  static bool isEqualImpl(const Tuple &lhs, const Tuple &rhs, std::false_type) {
+    using EltType = typename std::tuple_element<I, Tuple>::type;
+    std::integral_constant<bool, I + 1 == sizeof...(Ts)> atEnd;
+    return DenseMapInfo<EltType>::isEqual(std::get<I>(lhs), std::get<I>(rhs)) &&
+           isEqualImpl<I + 1>(lhs, rhs, atEnd);
+  }
+
+  template <unsigned I>
+  static bool isEqualImpl(const Tuple &, const Tuple &, std::true_type) {
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  static bool isEqual(const Tuple &lhs, const Tuple &rhs) {
+    std::integral_constant<bool, 0 == sizeof...(Ts)> atEnd;
+    return isEqualImpl<0>(lhs, rhs, atEnd);
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_DENSEMAPINFO_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..823535ec14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h
@@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h - Dense probed hash table ------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines the DenseSet and SmallDenseSet classes.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_DENSESET_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_DENSESET_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMapInfo.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <initializer_list>
+#include <iterator>
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+namespace detail {
+
+struct DenseSetEmpty {};
+
+// Use the empty base class trick so we can create a DenseMap where the buckets
+// contain only a single item.
+template <typename KeyT> class DenseSetPair : public DenseSetEmpty {
+  KeyT key;
+
+public:
+  KeyT &getFirst() { return key; }
+  const KeyT &getFirst() const { return key; }
+  DenseSetEmpty &getSecond() { return *this; }
+  const DenseSetEmpty &getSecond() const { return *this; }
+};
+
+/// Base class for DenseSet and DenseSmallSet.
+///
+/// MapTy should be either
+///
+///   DenseMap<ValueT, detail::DenseSetEmpty, ValueInfoT,
+///            detail::DenseSetPair<ValueT>>
+///
+/// or the equivalent SmallDenseMap type.  ValueInfoT must implement the
+/// DenseMapInfo "concept".
+template <typename ValueT, typename MapTy, typename ValueInfoT>
+class DenseSetImpl {
+  static_assert(sizeof(typename MapTy::value_type) == sizeof(ValueT),
+                "DenseMap buckets unexpectedly large!");
+  MapTy TheMap;
+
+  template <typename T>
+  using const_arg_type_t = typename const_pointer_or_const_ref<T>::type;
+
+public:
+  using key_type = ValueT;
+  using value_type = ValueT;
+  using size_type = unsigned;
+
+  explicit DenseSetImpl(unsigned InitialReserve = 0) : TheMap(InitialReserve) {}
+
+  template <typename InputIt>
+  DenseSetImpl(const InputIt &I, const InputIt &E)
+      : DenseSetImpl(PowerOf2Ceil(std::distance(I, E))) {
+    insert(I, E);
+  }
+
+  DenseSetImpl(std::initializer_list<ValueT> Elems)
+      : DenseSetImpl(PowerOf2Ceil(Elems.size())) {
+    insert(Elems.begin(), Elems.end());
+  }
+
+  bool empty() const { return TheMap.empty(); }
+  size_type size() const { return TheMap.size(); }
+  size_t getMemorySize() const { return TheMap.getMemorySize(); }
+
+  /// Grow the DenseSet so that it has at least Size buckets. Will not shrink
+  /// the Size of the set.
+  void resize(size_t Size) { TheMap.resize(Size); }
+
+  /// Grow the DenseSet so that it can contain at least \p NumEntries items
+  /// before resizing again.
+  void reserve(size_t Size) { TheMap.reserve(Size); }
+
+  void clear() {
+    TheMap.clear();
+  }
+
+  /// Return 1 if the specified key is in the set, 0 otherwise.
+  size_type count(const_arg_type_t<ValueT> V) const {
+    return TheMap.count(V);
+  }
+
+  bool erase(const ValueT &V) {
+    return TheMap.erase(V);
+  }
+
+  void swap(DenseSetImpl &RHS) { TheMap.swap(RHS.TheMap); }
+
+  // Iterators.
+
+  class ConstIterator;
+
+  class Iterator {
+    typename MapTy::iterator I;
+    friend class DenseSetImpl;
+    friend class ConstIterator;
+
+  public:
+    using difference_type = typename MapTy::iterator::difference_type;
+    using value_type = ValueT;
+    using pointer = value_type *;
+    using reference = value_type &;
+    using iterator_category = std::forward_iterator_tag;
+
+    Iterator() = default;
+    Iterator(const typename MapTy::iterator &i) : I(i) {}
+
+    ValueT &operator*() { return I->getFirst(); }
+    const ValueT &operator*() const { return I->getFirst(); }
+    ValueT *operator->() { return &I->getFirst(); }
+    const ValueT *operator->() const { return &I->getFirst(); }
+
+    Iterator& operator++() { ++I; return *this; }
+    Iterator operator++(int) { auto T = *this; ++I; return T; }
+    friend bool operator==(const Iterator &X, const Iterator &Y) {
+      return X.I == Y.I;
+    }
+    friend bool operator!=(const Iterator &X, const Iterator &Y) {
+      return X.I != Y.I;
+    }
+  };
+
+  class ConstIterator {
+    typename MapTy::const_iterator I;
+    friend class DenseSetImpl;
+    friend class Iterator;
+
+  public:
+    using difference_type = typename MapTy::const_iterator::difference_type;
+    using value_type = ValueT;
+    using pointer = const value_type *;
+    using reference = const value_type &;
+    using iterator_category = std::forward_iterator_tag;
+
+    ConstIterator() = default;
+    ConstIterator(const Iterator &B) : I(B.I) {}
+    ConstIterator(const typename MapTy::const_iterator &i) : I(i) {}
+
+    const ValueT &operator*() const { return I->getFirst(); }
+    const ValueT *operator->() const { return &I->getFirst(); }
+
+    ConstIterator& operator++() { ++I; return *this; }
+    ConstIterator operator++(int) { auto T = *this; ++I; return T; }
+    friend bool operator==(const ConstIterator &X, const ConstIterator &Y) {
+      return X.I == Y.I;
+    }
+    friend bool operator!=(const ConstIterator &X, const ConstIterator &Y) {
+      return X.I != Y.I;
+    }
+  };
+
+  using iterator = Iterator;
+  using const_iterator = ConstIterator;
+
+  iterator begin() { return Iterator(TheMap.begin()); }
+  iterator end() { return Iterator(TheMap.end()); }
+
+  const_iterator begin() const { return ConstIterator(TheMap.begin()); }
+  const_iterator end() const { return ConstIterator(TheMap.end()); }
+
+  iterator find(const_arg_type_t<ValueT> V) { return Iterator(TheMap.find(V)); }
+  const_iterator find(const_arg_type_t<ValueT> V) const {
+    return ConstIterator(TheMap.find(V));
+  }
+
+  /// Check if the set contains the given element.
+  bool contains(const_arg_type_t<ValueT> V) const {
+    return TheMap.find(V) != TheMap.end();
+  }
+
+  /// Alternative version of find() which allows a different, and possibly less
+  /// expensive, key type.
+  /// The DenseMapInfo is responsible for supplying methods
+  /// getHashValue(LookupKeyT) and isEqual(LookupKeyT, KeyT) for each key type
+  /// used.
+  template <class LookupKeyT>
+  iterator find_as(const LookupKeyT &Val) {
+    return Iterator(TheMap.find_as(Val));
+  }
+  template <class LookupKeyT>
+  const_iterator find_as(const LookupKeyT &Val) const {
+    return ConstIterator(TheMap.find_as(Val));
+  }
+
+  void erase(Iterator I) { return TheMap.erase(I.I); }
+  void erase(ConstIterator CI) { return TheMap.erase(CI.I); }
+
+  std::pair<iterator, bool> insert(const ValueT &V) {
+    detail::DenseSetEmpty Empty;
+    return TheMap.try_emplace(V, Empty);
+  }
+
+  std::pair<iterator, bool> insert(ValueT &&V) {
+    detail::DenseSetEmpty Empty;
+    return TheMap.try_emplace(std::move(V), Empty);
+  }
+
+  /// Alternative version of insert that uses a different (and possibly less
+  /// expensive) key type.
+  template <typename LookupKeyT>
+  std::pair<iterator, bool> insert_as(const ValueT &V,
+                                      const LookupKeyT &LookupKey) {
+    return TheMap.insert_as({V, detail::DenseSetEmpty()}, LookupKey);
+  }
+  template <typename LookupKeyT>
+  std::pair<iterator, bool> insert_as(ValueT &&V, const LookupKeyT &LookupKey) {
+    return TheMap.insert_as({std::move(V), detail::DenseSetEmpty()}, LookupKey);
+  }
+
+  // Range insertion of values.
+  template<typename InputIt>
+  void insert(InputIt I, InputIt E) {
+    for (; I != E; ++I)
+      insert(*I);
+  }
+};
+
+/// Equality comparison for DenseSet.
+///
+/// Iterates over elements of LHS confirming that each element is also a member
+/// of RHS, and that RHS contains no additional values.
+/// Equivalent to N calls to RHS.count. Amortized complexity is linear, worst
+/// case is O(N^2) (if every hash collides).
+template <typename ValueT, typename MapTy, typename ValueInfoT>
+bool operator==(const DenseSetImpl<ValueT, MapTy, ValueInfoT> &LHS,
+                const DenseSetImpl<ValueT, MapTy, ValueInfoT> &RHS) {
+  if (LHS.size() != RHS.size())
+    return false;
+
+  for (auto &E : LHS)
+    if (!RHS.count(E))
+      return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/// Inequality comparison for DenseSet.
+///
+/// Equivalent to !(LHS == RHS). See operator== for performance notes.
+template <typename ValueT, typename MapTy, typename ValueInfoT>
+bool operator!=(const DenseSetImpl<ValueT, MapTy, ValueInfoT> &LHS,
+                const DenseSetImpl<ValueT, MapTy, ValueInfoT> &RHS) {
+  return !(LHS == RHS);
+}
+
+} // end namespace detail
+
+/// Implements a dense probed hash-table based set.
+template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT = DenseMapInfo<ValueT>>
+class DenseSet : public detail::DenseSetImpl<
+                     ValueT, DenseMap<ValueT, detail::DenseSetEmpty, ValueInfoT,
+                                      detail::DenseSetPair<ValueT>>,
+                     ValueInfoT> {
+  using BaseT =
+      detail::DenseSetImpl<ValueT,
+                           DenseMap<ValueT, detail::DenseSetEmpty, ValueInfoT,
+                                    detail::DenseSetPair<ValueT>>,
+                           ValueInfoT>;
+
+public:
+  using BaseT::BaseT;
+};
+
+/// Implements a dense probed hash-table based set with some number of buckets
+/// stored inline.
+template <typename ValueT, unsigned InlineBuckets = 4,
+          typename ValueInfoT = DenseMapInfo<ValueT>>
+class SmallDenseSet
+    : public detail::DenseSetImpl<
+          ValueT, SmallDenseMap<ValueT, detail::DenseSetEmpty, InlineBuckets,
+                                ValueInfoT, detail::DenseSetPair<ValueT>>,
+          ValueInfoT> {
+  using BaseT = detail::DenseSetImpl<
+      ValueT, SmallDenseMap<ValueT, detail::DenseSetEmpty, InlineBuckets,
+                            ValueInfoT, detail::DenseSetPair<ValueT>>,
+      ValueInfoT>;
+
+public:
+  using BaseT::BaseT;
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_DENSESET_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/DepthFirstIterator.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/DepthFirstIterator.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fecf943bd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/DepthFirstIterator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/DepthFirstIterator.h - Depth First iterator -----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file builds on the ADT/GraphTraits.h file to build generic depth
+/// first graph iterator.  This file exposes the following functions/types:
+///
+/// df_begin/df_end/df_iterator
+///   * Normal depth-first iteration - visit a node and then all of its
+///     children.
+///
+/// idf_begin/idf_end/idf_iterator
+///   * Depth-first iteration on the 'inverse' graph.
+///
+/// df_ext_begin/df_ext_end/df_ext_iterator
+///   * Normal depth-first iteration - visit a node and then all of its
+///     children. This iterator stores the 'visited' set in an external set,
+///     which allows it to be more efficient, and allows external clients to
+///     use the set for other purposes.
+///
+/// idf_ext_begin/idf_ext_end/idf_ext_iterator
+///   * Depth-first iteration on the 'inverse' graph.
+///     This iterator stores the 'visited' set in an external set, which
+///     allows it to be more efficient, and allows external clients to use
+///     the set for other purposes.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_DEPTHFIRSTITERATOR_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_DEPTHFIRSTITERATOR_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/GraphTraits.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/None.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h"
+#include <iterator>
+#include <utility>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+// df_iterator_storage - A private class which is used to figure out where to
+// store the visited set.
+template<class SetType, bool External>   // Non-external set
+class df_iterator_storage {
+public:
+  SetType Visited;
+};
+
+template<class SetType>
+class df_iterator_storage<SetType, true> {
+public:
+  df_iterator_storage(SetType &VSet) : Visited(VSet) {}
+  df_iterator_storage(const df_iterator_storage &S) : Visited(S.Visited) {}
+
+  SetType &Visited;
+};
+
+// The visited stated for the iteration is a simple set augmented with
+// one more method, completed, which is invoked when all children of a
+// node have been processed. It is intended to distinguish of back and
+// cross edges in the spanning tree but is not used in the common case.
+template <typename NodeRef, unsigned SmallSize=8>
+struct df_iterator_default_set : public SmallPtrSet<NodeRef, SmallSize> {
+  using BaseSet = SmallPtrSet<NodeRef, SmallSize>;
+  using iterator = typename BaseSet::iterator;
+
+  std::pair<iterator,bool> insert(NodeRef N) { return BaseSet::insert(N); }
+  template <typename IterT>
+  void insert(IterT Begin, IterT End) { BaseSet::insert(Begin,End); }
+
+  void completed(NodeRef) {}
+};
+
+// Generic Depth First Iterator
+template <class GraphT,
+          class SetType =
+              df_iterator_default_set<typename GraphTraits<GraphT>::NodeRef>,
+          bool ExtStorage = false, class GT = GraphTraits<GraphT>>
+class df_iterator : public df_iterator_storage<SetType, ExtStorage> {
+public:
+  using iterator_category = std::forward_iterator_tag;
+  using value_type = typename GT::NodeRef;
+  using difference_type = std::ptrdiff_t;
+  using pointer = value_type *;
+  using reference = value_type &;
+
+private:
+  using NodeRef = typename GT::NodeRef;
+  using ChildItTy = typename GT::ChildIteratorType;
+
+  // First element is node reference, second is the 'next child' to visit.
+  // The second child is initialized lazily to pick up graph changes during the
+  // DFS.
+  using StackElement = std::pair<NodeRef, Optional<ChildItTy>>;
+
+  // VisitStack - Used to maintain the ordering.  Top = current block
+  std::vector<StackElement> VisitStack;
+
+  inline df_iterator(NodeRef Node) {
+    this->Visited.insert(Node);
+    VisitStack.push_back(StackElement(Node, None));
+  }
+
+  inline df_iterator() = default; // End is when stack is empty
+
+  inline df_iterator(NodeRef Node, SetType &S)
+      : df_iterator_storage<SetType, ExtStorage>(S) {
+    if (this->Visited.insert(Node).second)
+      VisitStack.push_back(StackElement(Node, None));
+  }
+
+  inline df_iterator(SetType &S)
+    : df_iterator_storage<SetType, ExtStorage>(S) {
+    // End is when stack is empty
+  }
+
+  inline void toNext() {
+    do {
+      NodeRef Node = VisitStack.back().first;
+      Optional<ChildItTy> &Opt = VisitStack.back().second;
+
+      if (!Opt)
+        Opt.emplace(GT::child_begin(Node));
+
+      // Notice that we directly mutate *Opt here, so that
+      // VisitStack.back().second actually gets updated as the iterator
+      // increases.
+      while (*Opt != GT::child_end(Node)) {
+        NodeRef Next = *(*Opt)++;
+        // Has our next sibling been visited?
+        if (this->Visited.insert(Next).second) {
+          // No, do it now.
+          VisitStack.push_back(StackElement(Next, None));
+          return;
+        }
+      }
+      this->Visited.completed(Node);
+
+      // Oops, ran out of successors... go up a level on the stack.
+      VisitStack.pop_back();
+    } while (!VisitStack.empty());
+  }
+
+public:
+  // Provide static begin and end methods as our public "constructors"
+  static df_iterator begin(const GraphT &G) {
+    return df_iterator(GT::getEntryNode(G));
+  }
+  static df_iterator end(const GraphT &G) { return df_iterator(); }
+
+  // Static begin and end methods as our public ctors for external iterators
+  static df_iterator begin(const GraphT &G, SetType &S) {
+    return df_iterator(GT::getEntryNode(G), S);
+  }
+  static df_iterator end(const GraphT &G, SetType &S) { return df_iterator(S); }
+
+  bool operator==(const df_iterator &x) const {
+    return VisitStack == x.VisitStack;
+  }
+  bool operator!=(const df_iterator &x) const { return !(*this == x); }
+
+  const NodeRef &operator*() const { return VisitStack.back().first; }
+
+  // This is a nonstandard operator-> that dereferences the pointer an extra
+  // time... so that you can actually call methods ON the Node, because
+  // the contained type is a pointer.  This allows BBIt->getTerminator() f.e.
+  //
+  NodeRef operator->() const { return **this; }
+
+  df_iterator &operator++() { // Preincrement
+    toNext();
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// Skips all children of the current node and traverses to next node
+  ///
+  /// Note: This function takes care of incrementing the iterator. If you
+  /// always increment and call this function, you risk walking off the end.
+  df_iterator &skipChildren() {
+    VisitStack.pop_back();
+    if (!VisitStack.empty())
+      toNext();
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  df_iterator operator++(int) { // Postincrement
+    df_iterator tmp = *this;
+    ++*this;
+    return tmp;
+  }
+
+  // nodeVisited - return true if this iterator has already visited the
+  // specified node.  This is public, and will probably be used to iterate over
+  // nodes that a depth first iteration did not find: ie unreachable nodes.
+  //
+  bool nodeVisited(NodeRef Node) const {
+    return this->Visited.contains(Node);
+  }
+
+  /// getPathLength - Return the length of the path from the entry node to the
+  /// current node, counting both nodes.
+  unsigned getPathLength() const { return VisitStack.size(); }
+
+  /// getPath - Return the n'th node in the path from the entry node to the
+  /// current node.
+  NodeRef getPath(unsigned n) const { return VisitStack[n].first; }
+};
+
+// Provide global constructors that automatically figure out correct types...
+//
+template <class T>
+df_iterator<T> df_begin(const T& G) {
+  return df_iterator<T>::begin(G);
+}
+
+template <class T>
+df_iterator<T> df_end(const T& G) {
+  return df_iterator<T>::end(G);
+}
+
+// Provide an accessor method to use them in range-based patterns.
+template <class T>
+iterator_range<df_iterator<T>> depth_first(const T& G) {
+  return make_range(df_begin(G), df_end(G));
+}
+
+// Provide global definitions of external depth first iterators...
+template <class T, class SetTy = df_iterator_default_set<typename GraphTraits<T>::NodeRef>>
+struct df_ext_iterator : public df_iterator<T, SetTy, true> {
+  df_ext_iterator(const df_iterator<T, SetTy, true> &V)
+    : df_iterator<T, SetTy, true>(V) {}
+};
+
+template <class T, class SetTy>
+df_ext_iterator<T, SetTy> df_ext_begin(const T& G, SetTy &S) {
+  return df_ext_iterator<T, SetTy>::begin(G, S);
+}
+
+template <class T, class SetTy>
+df_ext_iterator<T, SetTy> df_ext_end(const T& G, SetTy &S) {
+  return df_ext_iterator<T, SetTy>::end(G, S);
+}
+
+template <class T, class SetTy>
+iterator_range<df_ext_iterator<T, SetTy>> depth_first_ext(const T& G,
+                                                          SetTy &S) {
+  return make_range(df_ext_begin(G, S), df_ext_end(G, S));
+}
+
+// Provide global definitions of inverse depth first iterators...
+template <class T,
+          class SetTy =
+              df_iterator_default_set<typename GraphTraits<T>::NodeRef>,
+          bool External = false>
+struct idf_iterator : public df_iterator<Inverse<T>, SetTy, External> {
+  idf_iterator(const df_iterator<Inverse<T>, SetTy, External> &V)
+    : df_iterator<Inverse<T>, SetTy, External>(V) {}
+};
+
+template <class T>
+idf_iterator<T> idf_begin(const T& G) {
+  return idf_iterator<T>::begin(Inverse<T>(G));
+}
+
+template <class T>
+idf_iterator<T> idf_end(const T& G){
+  return idf_iterator<T>::end(Inverse<T>(G));
+}
+
+// Provide an accessor method to use them in range-based patterns.
+template <class T>
+iterator_range<idf_iterator<T>> inverse_depth_first(const T& G) {
+  return make_range(idf_begin(G), idf_end(G));
+}
+
+// Provide global definitions of external inverse depth first iterators...
+template <class T, class SetTy = df_iterator_default_set<typename GraphTraits<T>::NodeRef>>
+struct idf_ext_iterator : public idf_iterator<T, SetTy, true> {
+  idf_ext_iterator(const idf_iterator<T, SetTy, true> &V)
+    : idf_iterator<T, SetTy, true>(V) {}
+  idf_ext_iterator(const df_iterator<Inverse<T>, SetTy, true> &V)
+    : idf_iterator<T, SetTy, true>(V) {}
+};
+
+template <class T, class SetTy>
+idf_ext_iterator<T, SetTy> idf_ext_begin(const T& G, SetTy &S) {
+  return idf_ext_iterator<T, SetTy>::begin(Inverse<T>(G), S);
+}
+
+template <class T, class SetTy>
+idf_ext_iterator<T, SetTy> idf_ext_end(const T& G, SetTy &S) {
+  return idf_ext_iterator<T, SetTy>::end(Inverse<T>(G), S);
+}
+
+template <class T, class SetTy>
+iterator_range<idf_ext_iterator<T, SetTy>> inverse_depth_first_ext(const T& G,
+                                                                   SetTy &S) {
+  return make_range(idf_ext_begin(G, S), idf_ext_end(G, S));
+}
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_DEPTHFIRSTITERATOR_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/DirectedGraph.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/DirectedGraph.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bc560c4f27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/DirectedGraph.h
@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/DirectedGraph.h - Directed Graph ----------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines the interface and a base class implementation for a
+/// directed graph.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_DIRECTEDGRAPH_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_DIRECTEDGRAPH_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/GraphTraits.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// Represent an edge in the directed graph.
+/// The edge contains the target node it connects to.
+template <class NodeType, class EdgeType> class DGEdge {
+public:
+  DGEdge() = delete;
+  /// Create an edge pointing to the given node \p N.
+  explicit DGEdge(NodeType &N) : TargetNode(N) {}
+  explicit DGEdge(const DGEdge<NodeType, EdgeType> &E)
+      : TargetNode(E.TargetNode) {}
+  DGEdge<NodeType, EdgeType> &operator=(const DGEdge<NodeType, EdgeType> &E) {
+    TargetNode = E.TargetNode;
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// Static polymorphism: delegate implementation (via isEqualTo) to the
+  /// derived class.
+  bool operator==(const DGEdge &E) const {
+    return getDerived().isEqualTo(E.getDerived());
+  }
+  bool operator!=(const DGEdge &E) const { return !operator==(E); }
+
+  /// Retrieve the target node this edge connects to.
+  const NodeType &getTargetNode() const { return TargetNode; }
+  NodeType &getTargetNode() {
+    return const_cast<NodeType &>(
+        static_cast<const DGEdge<NodeType, EdgeType> &>(*this).getTargetNode());
+  }
+
+  /// Set the target node this edge connects to.
+  void setTargetNode(const NodeType &N) { TargetNode = N; }
+
+protected:
+  // As the default implementation use address comparison for equality.
+  bool isEqualTo(const EdgeType &E) const { return this == &E; }
+
+  // Cast the 'this' pointer to the derived type and return a reference.
+  EdgeType &getDerived() { return *static_cast<EdgeType *>(this); }
+  const EdgeType &getDerived() const {
+    return *static_cast<const EdgeType *>(this);
+  }
+
+  // The target node this edge connects to.
+  NodeType &TargetNode;
+};
+
+/// Represent a node in the directed graph.
+/// The node has a (possibly empty) list of outgoing edges.
+template <class NodeType, class EdgeType> class DGNode {
+public:
+  using EdgeListTy = SetVector<EdgeType *>;
+  using iterator = typename EdgeListTy::iterator;
+  using const_iterator = typename EdgeListTy::const_iterator;
+
+  /// Create a node with a single outgoing edge \p E.
+  explicit DGNode(EdgeType &E) : Edges() { Edges.insert(&E); }
+  DGNode() = default;
+
+  explicit DGNode(const DGNode<NodeType, EdgeType> &N) : Edges(N.Edges) {}
+  DGNode(DGNode<NodeType, EdgeType> &&N) : Edges(std::move(N.Edges)) {}
+
+  DGNode<NodeType, EdgeType> &operator=(const DGNode<NodeType, EdgeType> &N) {
+    Edges = N.Edges;
+    return *this;
+  }
+  DGNode<NodeType, EdgeType> &operator=(const DGNode<NodeType, EdgeType> &&N) {
+    Edges = std::move(N.Edges);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// Static polymorphism: delegate implementation (via isEqualTo) to the
+  /// derived class.
+  friend bool operator==(const NodeType &M, const NodeType &N) {
+    return M.isEqualTo(N);
+  }
+  friend bool operator!=(const NodeType &M, const NodeType &N) {
+    return !(M == N);
+  }
+
+  const_iterator begin() const { return Edges.begin(); }
+  const_iterator end() const { return Edges.end(); }
+  iterator begin() { return Edges.begin(); }
+  iterator end() { return Edges.end(); }
+  const EdgeType &front() const { return *Edges.front(); }
+  EdgeType &front() { return *Edges.front(); }
+  const EdgeType &back() const { return *Edges.back(); }
+  EdgeType &back() { return *Edges.back(); }
+
+  /// Collect in \p EL, all the edges from this node to \p N.
+  /// Return true if at least one edge was found, and false otherwise.
+  /// Note that this implementation allows more than one edge to connect
+  /// a given pair of nodes.
+  bool findEdgesTo(const NodeType &N, SmallVectorImpl<EdgeType *> &EL) const {
+    assert(EL.empty() && "Expected the list of edges to be empty.");
+    for (auto *E : Edges)
+      if (E->getTargetNode() == N)
+        EL.push_back(E);
+    return !EL.empty();
+  }
+
+  /// Add the given edge \p E to this node, if it doesn't exist already. Returns
+  /// true if the edge is added and false otherwise.
+  bool addEdge(EdgeType &E) { return Edges.insert(&E); }
+
+  /// Remove the given edge \p E from this node, if it exists.
+  void removeEdge(EdgeType &E) { Edges.remove(&E); }
+
+  /// Test whether there is an edge that goes from this node to \p N.
+  bool hasEdgeTo(const NodeType &N) const {
+    return (findEdgeTo(N) != Edges.end());
+  }
+
+  /// Retrieve the outgoing edges for the node.
+  const EdgeListTy &getEdges() const { return Edges; }
+  EdgeListTy &getEdges() {
+    return const_cast<EdgeListTy &>(
+        static_cast<const DGNode<NodeType, EdgeType> &>(*this).Edges);
+  }
+
+  /// Clear the outgoing edges.
+  void clear() { Edges.clear(); }
+
+protected:
+  // As the default implementation use address comparison for equality.
+  bool isEqualTo(const NodeType &N) const { return this == &N; }
+
+  // Cast the 'this' pointer to the derived type and return a reference.
+  NodeType &getDerived() { return *static_cast<NodeType *>(this); }
+  const NodeType &getDerived() const {
+    return *static_cast<const NodeType *>(this);
+  }
+
+  /// Find an edge to \p N. If more than one edge exists, this will return
+  /// the first one in the list of edges.
+  const_iterator findEdgeTo(const NodeType &N) const {
+    return llvm::find_if(
+        Edges, [&N](const EdgeType *E) { return E->getTargetNode() == N; });
+  }
+
+  // The list of outgoing edges.
+  EdgeListTy Edges;
+};
+
+/// Directed graph
+///
+/// The graph is represented by a table of nodes.
+/// Each node contains a (possibly empty) list of outgoing edges.
+/// Each edge contains the target node it connects to.
+template <class NodeType, class EdgeType> class DirectedGraph {
+protected:
+  using NodeListTy = SmallVector<NodeType *, 10>;
+  using EdgeListTy = SmallVector<EdgeType *, 10>;
+public:
+  using iterator = typename NodeListTy::iterator;
+  using const_iterator = typename NodeListTy::const_iterator;
+  using DGraphType = DirectedGraph<NodeType, EdgeType>;
+
+  DirectedGraph() = default;
+  explicit DirectedGraph(NodeType &N) : Nodes() { addNode(N); }
+  DirectedGraph(const DGraphType &G) : Nodes(G.Nodes) {}
+  DirectedGraph(DGraphType &&RHS) : Nodes(std::move(RHS.Nodes)) {}
+  DGraphType &operator=(const DGraphType &G) {
+    Nodes = G.Nodes;
+    return *this;
+  }
+  DGraphType &operator=(const DGraphType &&G) {
+    Nodes = std::move(G.Nodes);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  const_iterator begin() const { return Nodes.begin(); }
+  const_iterator end() const { return Nodes.end(); }
+  iterator begin() { return Nodes.begin(); }
+  iterator end() { return Nodes.end(); }
+  const NodeType &front() const { return *Nodes.front(); }
+  NodeType &front() { return *Nodes.front(); }
+  const NodeType &back() const { return *Nodes.back(); }
+  NodeType &back() { return *Nodes.back(); }
+
+  size_t size() const { return Nodes.size(); }
+
+  /// Find the given node \p N in the table.
+  const_iterator findNode(const NodeType &N) const {
+    return llvm::find_if(Nodes,
+                         [&N](const NodeType *Node) { return *Node == N; });
+  }
+  iterator findNode(const NodeType &N) {
+    return const_cast<iterator>(
+        static_cast<const DGraphType &>(*this).findNode(N));
+  }
+
+  /// Add the given node \p N to the graph if it is not already present.
+  bool addNode(NodeType &N) {
+    if (findNode(N) != Nodes.end())
+      return false;
+    Nodes.push_back(&N);
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  /// Collect in \p EL all edges that are coming into node \p N. Return true
+  /// if at least one edge was found, and false otherwise.
+  bool findIncomingEdgesToNode(const NodeType &N, SmallVectorImpl<EdgeType*> &EL) const {
+    assert(EL.empty() && "Expected the list of edges to be empty.");
+    EdgeListTy TempList;
+    for (auto *Node : Nodes) {
+      if (*Node == N)
+        continue;
+      Node->findEdgesTo(N, TempList);
+      llvm::append_range(EL, TempList);
+      TempList.clear();
+    }
+    return !EL.empty();
+  }
+
+  /// Remove the given node \p N from the graph. If the node has incoming or
+  /// outgoing edges, they are also removed. Return true if the node was found
+  /// and then removed, and false if the node was not found in the graph to
+  /// begin with.
+  bool removeNode(NodeType &N) {
+    iterator IT = findNode(N);
+    if (IT == Nodes.end())
+      return false;
+    // Remove incoming edges.
+    EdgeListTy EL;
+    for (auto *Node : Nodes) {
+      if (*Node == N)
+        continue;
+      Node->findEdgesTo(N, EL);
+      for (auto *E : EL)
+        Node->removeEdge(*E);
+      EL.clear();
+    }
+    N.clear();
+    Nodes.erase(IT);
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  /// Assuming nodes \p Src and \p Dst are already in the graph, connect node \p
+  /// Src to node \p Dst using the provided edge \p E. Return true if \p Src is
+  /// not already connected to \p Dst via \p E, and false otherwise.
+  bool connect(NodeType &Src, NodeType &Dst, EdgeType &E) {
+    assert(findNode(Src) != Nodes.end() && "Src node should be present.");
+    assert(findNode(Dst) != Nodes.end() && "Dst node should be present.");
+    assert((E.getTargetNode() == Dst) &&
+           "Target of the given edge does not match Dst.");
+    return Src.addEdge(E);
+  }
+
+protected:
+  // The list of nodes in the graph.
+  NodeListTy Nodes;
+};
+
+} // namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_DIRECTEDGRAPH_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/EnumeratedArray.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/EnumeratedArray.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ec637168c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/EnumeratedArray.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/EnumeratedArray.h - Enumerated Array-------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines an array type that can be indexed using scoped enum
+/// values.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_ENUMERATEDARRAY_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_ENUMERATEDARRAY_H
+
+#include <cassert>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+template <typename ValueType, typename Enumeration,
+          Enumeration LargestEnum = Enumeration::Last, typename IndexType = int,
+          IndexType Size = 1 + static_cast<IndexType>(LargestEnum)>
+class EnumeratedArray {
+public:
+  EnumeratedArray() = default;
+  EnumeratedArray(ValueType V) {
+    for (IndexType IX = 0; IX < Size; ++IX) {
+      Underlying[IX] = V;
+    }
+  }
+  inline const ValueType &operator[](const Enumeration Index) const {
+    auto IX = static_cast<const IndexType>(Index);
+    assert(IX >= 0 && IX < Size && "Index is out of bounds.");
+    return Underlying[IX];
+  }
+  inline ValueType &operator[](const Enumeration Index) {
+    return const_cast<ValueType &>(
+        static_cast<const EnumeratedArray<ValueType, Enumeration, LargestEnum,
+                                          IndexType, Size> &>(*this)[Index]);
+  }
+  inline IndexType size() { return Size; }
+
+private:
+  ValueType Underlying[Size];
+};
+
+} // namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_ENUMERATEDARRAY_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/EpochTracker.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/EpochTracker.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..21eb21cf5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/EpochTracker.h
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/EpochTracker.h - ADT epoch tracking --------------*- C++ -*-==//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines the DebugEpochBase and DebugEpochBase::HandleBase classes.
+/// These can be used to write iterators that are fail-fast when LLVM is built
+/// with asserts enabled.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_EPOCHTRACKER_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_EPOCHTRACKER_H
+
+#include "llvm/Config/abi-breaking.h"
+
+#include <cstdint>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+#if LLVM_ENABLE_ABI_BREAKING_CHECKS
+
+/// A base class for data structure classes wishing to make iterators
+/// ("handles") pointing into themselves fail-fast.  When building without
+/// asserts, this class is empty and does nothing.
+///
+/// DebugEpochBase does not by itself track handles pointing into itself.  The
+/// expectation is that routines touching the handles will poll on
+/// isHandleInSync at appropriate points to assert that the handle they're using
+/// is still valid.
+///
+class DebugEpochBase {
+  uint64_t Epoch;
+
+public:
+  DebugEpochBase() : Epoch(0) {}
+
+  /// Calling incrementEpoch invalidates all handles pointing into the
+  /// calling instance.
+  void incrementEpoch() { ++Epoch; }
+
+  /// The destructor calls incrementEpoch to make use-after-free bugs
+  /// more likely to crash deterministically.
+  ~DebugEpochBase() { incrementEpoch(); }
+
+  /// A base class for iterator classes ("handles") that wish to poll for
+  /// iterator invalidating modifications in the underlying data structure.
+  /// When LLVM is built without asserts, this class is empty and does nothing.
+  ///
+  /// HandleBase does not track the parent data structure by itself.  It expects
+  /// the routines modifying the data structure to call incrementEpoch when they
+  /// make an iterator-invalidating modification.
+  ///
+  class HandleBase {
+    const uint64_t *EpochAddress;
+    uint64_t EpochAtCreation;
+
+  public:
+    HandleBase() : EpochAddress(nullptr), EpochAtCreation(UINT64_MAX) {}
+
+    explicit HandleBase(const DebugEpochBase *Parent)
+        : EpochAddress(&Parent->Epoch), EpochAtCreation(Parent->Epoch) {}
+
+    /// Returns true if the DebugEpochBase this Handle is linked to has
+    /// not called incrementEpoch on itself since the creation of this
+    /// HandleBase instance.
+    bool isHandleInSync() const { return *EpochAddress == EpochAtCreation; }
+
+    /// Returns a pointer to the epoch word stored in the data structure
+    /// this handle points into.  Can be used to check if two iterators point
+    /// into the same data structure.
+    const void *getEpochAddress() const { return EpochAddress; }
+  };
+};
+
+#else
+
+class DebugEpochBase {
+public:
+  void incrementEpoch() {}
+
+  class HandleBase {
+  public:
+    HandleBase() = default;
+    explicit HandleBase(const DebugEpochBase *) {}
+    bool isHandleInSync() const { return true; }
+    const void *getEpochAddress() const { return nullptr; }
+  };
+};
+
+#endif // LLVM_ENABLE_ABI_BREAKING_CHECKS
+
+} // namespace llvm
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/EquivalenceClasses.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/EquivalenceClasses.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0d05148713
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/EquivalenceClasses.h
@@ -0,0 +1,327 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/EquivalenceClasses.h - Generic Equiv. Classes ---*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// Generic implementation of equivalence classes through the use Tarjan's
+/// efficient union-find algorithm.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_EQUIVALENCECLASSES_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_EQUIVALENCECLASSES_H
+
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <cstdint>
+#include <iterator>
+#include <set>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// EquivalenceClasses - This represents a collection of equivalence classes and
+/// supports three efficient operations: insert an element into a class of its
+/// own, union two classes, and find the class for a given element.  In
+/// addition to these modification methods, it is possible to iterate over all
+/// of the equivalence classes and all of the elements in a class.
+///
+/// This implementation is an efficient implementation that only stores one copy
+/// of the element being indexed per entry in the set, and allows any arbitrary
+/// type to be indexed (as long as it can be ordered with operator< or a
+/// comparator is provided).
+///
+/// Here is a simple example using integers:
+///
+/// \code
+///  EquivalenceClasses<int> EC;
+///  EC.unionSets(1, 2);                // insert 1, 2 into the same set
+///  EC.insert(4); EC.insert(5);        // insert 4, 5 into own sets
+///  EC.unionSets(5, 1);                // merge the set for 1 with 5's set.
+///
+///  for (EquivalenceClasses<int>::iterator I = EC.begin(), E = EC.end();
+///       I != E; ++I) {           // Iterate over all of the equivalence sets.
+///    if (!I->isLeader()) continue;   // Ignore non-leader sets.
+///    for (EquivalenceClasses<int>::member_iterator MI = EC.member_begin(I);
+///         MI != EC.member_end(); ++MI)   // Loop over members in this set.
+///      cerr << *MI << " ";  // Print member.
+///    cerr << "\n";   // Finish set.
+///  }
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// This example prints:
+///   4
+///   5 1 2
+///
+template <class ElemTy, class Compare = std::less<ElemTy>>
+class EquivalenceClasses {
+  /// ECValue - The EquivalenceClasses data structure is just a set of these.
+  /// Each of these represents a relation for a value.  First it stores the
+  /// value itself, which provides the ordering that the set queries.  Next, it
+  /// provides a "next pointer", which is used to enumerate all of the elements
+  /// in the unioned set.  Finally, it defines either a "end of list pointer" or
+  /// "leader pointer" depending on whether the value itself is a leader.  A
+  /// "leader pointer" points to the node that is the leader for this element,
+  /// if the node is not a leader.  A "end of list pointer" points to the last
+  /// node in the list of members of this list.  Whether or not a node is a
+  /// leader is determined by a bit stolen from one of the pointers.
+  class ECValue {
+    friend class EquivalenceClasses;
+
+    mutable const ECValue *Leader, *Next;
+    ElemTy Data;
+
+    // ECValue ctor - Start out with EndOfList pointing to this node, Next is
+    // Null, isLeader = true.
+    ECValue(const ElemTy &Elt)
+      : Leader(this), Next((ECValue*)(intptr_t)1), Data(Elt) {}
+
+    const ECValue *getLeader() const {
+      if (isLeader()) return this;
+      if (Leader->isLeader()) return Leader;
+      // Path compression.
+      return Leader = Leader->getLeader();
+    }
+
+    const ECValue *getEndOfList() const {
+      assert(isLeader() && "Cannot get the end of a list for a non-leader!");
+      return Leader;
+    }
+
+    void setNext(const ECValue *NewNext) const {
+      assert(getNext() == nullptr && "Already has a next pointer!");
+      Next = (const ECValue*)((intptr_t)NewNext | (intptr_t)isLeader());
+    }
+
+  public:
+    ECValue(const ECValue &RHS) : Leader(this), Next((ECValue*)(intptr_t)1),
+                                  Data(RHS.Data) {
+      // Only support copying of singleton nodes.
+      assert(RHS.isLeader() && RHS.getNext() == nullptr && "Not a singleton!");
+    }
+
+    bool isLeader() const { return (intptr_t)Next & 1; }
+    const ElemTy &getData() const { return Data; }
+
+    const ECValue *getNext() const {
+      return (ECValue*)((intptr_t)Next & ~(intptr_t)1);
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// A wrapper of the comparator, to be passed to the set.
+  struct ECValueComparator {
+    using is_transparent = void;
+
+    ECValueComparator() : compare(Compare()) {}
+
+    bool operator()(const ECValue &lhs, const ECValue &rhs) const {
+      return compare(lhs.Data, rhs.Data);
+    }
+
+    template <typename T>
+    bool operator()(const T &lhs, const ECValue &rhs) const {
+      return compare(lhs, rhs.Data);
+    }
+
+    template <typename T>
+    bool operator()(const ECValue &lhs, const T &rhs) const {
+      return compare(lhs.Data, rhs);
+    }
+
+    const Compare compare;
+  };
+
+  /// TheMapping - This implicitly provides a mapping from ElemTy values to the
+  /// ECValues, it just keeps the key as part of the value.
+  std::set<ECValue, ECValueComparator> TheMapping;
+
+public:
+  EquivalenceClasses() = default;
+  EquivalenceClasses(const EquivalenceClasses &RHS) {
+    operator=(RHS);
+  }
+
+  const EquivalenceClasses &operator=(const EquivalenceClasses &RHS) {
+    TheMapping.clear();
+    for (iterator I = RHS.begin(), E = RHS.end(); I != E; ++I)
+      if (I->isLeader()) {
+        member_iterator MI = RHS.member_begin(I);
+        member_iterator LeaderIt = member_begin(insert(*MI));
+        for (++MI; MI != member_end(); ++MI)
+          unionSets(LeaderIt, member_begin(insert(*MI)));
+      }
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Inspection methods
+  //
+
+  /// iterator* - Provides a way to iterate over all values in the set.
+  using iterator = typename std::set<ECValue>::const_iterator;
+
+  iterator begin() const { return TheMapping.begin(); }
+  iterator end() const { return TheMapping.end(); }
+
+  bool empty() const { return TheMapping.empty(); }
+
+  /// member_* Iterate over the members of an equivalence class.
+  class member_iterator;
+  member_iterator member_begin(iterator I) const {
+    // Only leaders provide anything to iterate over.
+    return member_iterator(I->isLeader() ? &*I : nullptr);
+  }
+  member_iterator member_end() const {
+    return member_iterator(nullptr);
+  }
+
+  /// findValue - Return an iterator to the specified value.  If it does not
+  /// exist, end() is returned.
+  iterator findValue(const ElemTy &V) const {
+    return TheMapping.find(V);
+  }
+
+  /// getLeaderValue - Return the leader for the specified value that is in the
+  /// set.  It is an error to call this method for a value that is not yet in
+  /// the set.  For that, call getOrInsertLeaderValue(V).
+  const ElemTy &getLeaderValue(const ElemTy &V) const {
+    member_iterator MI = findLeader(V);
+    assert(MI != member_end() && "Value is not in the set!");
+    return *MI;
+  }
+
+  /// getOrInsertLeaderValue - Return the leader for the specified value that is
+  /// in the set.  If the member is not in the set, it is inserted, then
+  /// returned.
+  const ElemTy &getOrInsertLeaderValue(const ElemTy &V) {
+    member_iterator MI = findLeader(insert(V));
+    assert(MI != member_end() && "Value is not in the set!");
+    return *MI;
+  }
+
+  /// getNumClasses - Return the number of equivalence classes in this set.
+  /// Note that this is a linear time operation.
+  unsigned getNumClasses() const {
+    unsigned NC = 0;
+    for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I)
+      if (I->isLeader()) ++NC;
+    return NC;
+  }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Mutation methods
+
+  /// insert - Insert a new value into the union/find set, ignoring the request
+  /// if the value already exists.
+  iterator insert(const ElemTy &Data) {
+    return TheMapping.insert(ECValue(Data)).first;
+  }
+
+  /// findLeader - Given a value in the set, return a member iterator for the
+  /// equivalence class it is in.  This does the path-compression part that
+  /// makes union-find "union findy".  This returns an end iterator if the value
+  /// is not in the equivalence class.
+  member_iterator findLeader(iterator I) const {
+    if (I == TheMapping.end()) return member_end();
+    return member_iterator(I->getLeader());
+  }
+  member_iterator findLeader(const ElemTy &V) const {
+    return findLeader(TheMapping.find(V));
+  }
+
+  /// union - Merge the two equivalence sets for the specified values, inserting
+  /// them if they do not already exist in the equivalence set.
+  member_iterator unionSets(const ElemTy &V1, const ElemTy &V2) {
+    iterator V1I = insert(V1), V2I = insert(V2);
+    return unionSets(findLeader(V1I), findLeader(V2I));
+  }
+  member_iterator unionSets(member_iterator L1, member_iterator L2) {
+    assert(L1 != member_end() && L2 != member_end() && "Illegal inputs!");
+    if (L1 == L2) return L1;   // Unifying the same two sets, noop.
+
+    // Otherwise, this is a real union operation.  Set the end of the L1 list to
+    // point to the L2 leader node.
+    const ECValue &L1LV = *L1.Node, &L2LV = *L2.Node;
+    L1LV.getEndOfList()->setNext(&L2LV);
+
+    // Update L1LV's end of list pointer.
+    L1LV.Leader = L2LV.getEndOfList();
+
+    // Clear L2's leader flag:
+    L2LV.Next = L2LV.getNext();
+
+    // L2's leader is now L1.
+    L2LV.Leader = &L1LV;
+    return L1;
+  }
+
+  // isEquivalent - Return true if V1 is equivalent to V2. This can happen if
+  // V1 is equal to V2 or if they belong to one equivalence class.
+  bool isEquivalent(const ElemTy &V1, const ElemTy &V2) const {
+    // Fast path: any element is equivalent to itself.
+    if (V1 == V2)
+      return true;
+    auto It = findLeader(V1);
+    return It != member_end() && It == findLeader(V2);
+  }
+
+  class member_iterator {
+    friend class EquivalenceClasses;
+
+    const ECValue *Node;
+
+  public:
+    using iterator_category = std::forward_iterator_tag;
+    using value_type = const ElemTy;
+    using size_type = std::size_t;
+    using difference_type = std::ptrdiff_t;
+    using pointer = value_type *;
+    using reference = value_type &;
+
+    explicit member_iterator() = default;
+    explicit member_iterator(const ECValue *N) : Node(N) {}
+
+    reference operator*() const {
+      assert(Node != nullptr && "Dereferencing end()!");
+      return Node->getData();
+    }
+    pointer operator->() const { return &operator*(); }
+
+    member_iterator &operator++() {
+      assert(Node != nullptr && "++'d off the end of the list!");
+      Node = Node->getNext();
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    member_iterator operator++(int) {    // postincrement operators.
+      member_iterator tmp = *this;
+      ++*this;
+      return tmp;
+    }
+
+    bool operator==(const member_iterator &RHS) const {
+      return Node == RHS.Node;
+    }
+    bool operator!=(const member_iterator &RHS) const {
+      return Node != RHS.Node;
+    }
+  };
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_EQUIVALENCECLASSES_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/FloatingPointMode.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/FloatingPointMode.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7f33ca09b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/FloatingPointMode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/Support/FloatingPointMode.h -------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// Utilities for dealing with flags related to floating point mode controls.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===/
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_FLOATINGPOINTMODE_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_FLOATINGPOINTMODE_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// Rounding mode.
+///
+/// Enumerates supported rounding modes, as well as some special values. The set
+/// of the modes must agree with IEEE-754, 4.3.1 and 4.3.2. The constants
+/// assigned to the IEEE rounding modes must agree with the values used by
+/// FLT_ROUNDS (C11, 5.2.4.2.2p8).
+///
+/// This value is packed into bitfield in some cases, including \c FPOptions, so
+/// the rounding mode values and the special value \c Dynamic must fit into the
+/// the bit field (now - 3 bits). The value \c Invalid is used only in values
+/// returned by intrinsics to indicate errors, it should never be stored as
+/// rounding mode value, so it does not need to fit the bit fields.
+///
+enum class RoundingMode : int8_t {
+  // Rounding mode defined in IEEE-754.
+  TowardZero        = 0,    ///< roundTowardZero.
+  NearestTiesToEven = 1,    ///< roundTiesToEven.
+  TowardPositive    = 2,    ///< roundTowardPositive.
+  TowardNegative    = 3,    ///< roundTowardNegative.
+  NearestTiesToAway = 4,    ///< roundTiesToAway.
+
+  // Special values.
+  Dynamic = 7,    ///< Denotes mode unknown at compile time.
+  Invalid = -1    ///< Denotes invalid value.
+};
+
+/// Returns text representation of the given rounding mode.
+inline StringRef spell(RoundingMode RM) {
+  switch (RM) {
+  case RoundingMode::TowardZero: return "towardzero";
+  case RoundingMode::NearestTiesToEven: return "tonearest";
+  case RoundingMode::TowardPositive: return "upward";
+  case RoundingMode::TowardNegative: return "downward";
+  case RoundingMode::NearestTiesToAway: return "tonearestaway";
+  case RoundingMode::Dynamic: return "dynamic";
+  default: return "invalid";
+  }
+}
+
+inline raw_ostream &operator << (raw_ostream &OS, RoundingMode RM) {
+  OS << spell(RM);
+  return OS;
+}
+
+/// Represent subnormal handling kind for floating point instruction inputs and
+/// outputs.
+struct DenormalMode {
+  /// Represent handled modes for denormal (aka subnormal) modes in the floating
+  /// point environment.
+  enum DenormalModeKind : int8_t {
+    Invalid = -1,
+
+    /// IEEE-754 denormal numbers preserved.
+    IEEE,
+
+    /// The sign of a flushed-to-zero number is preserved in the sign of 0
+    PreserveSign,
+
+    /// Denormals are flushed to positive zero.
+    PositiveZero
+  };
+
+  /// Denormal flushing mode for floating point instruction results in the
+  /// default floating point environment.
+  DenormalModeKind Output = DenormalModeKind::Invalid;
+
+  /// Denormal treatment kind for floating point instruction inputs in the
+  /// default floating-point environment. If this is not DenormalModeKind::IEEE,
+  /// floating-point instructions implicitly treat the input value as 0.
+  DenormalModeKind Input = DenormalModeKind::Invalid;
+
+  constexpr DenormalMode() = default;
+  constexpr DenormalMode(DenormalModeKind Out, DenormalModeKind In) :
+    Output(Out), Input(In) {}
+
+
+  static constexpr DenormalMode getInvalid() {
+    return DenormalMode(DenormalModeKind::Invalid, DenormalModeKind::Invalid);
+  }
+
+  static constexpr DenormalMode getIEEE() {
+    return DenormalMode(DenormalModeKind::IEEE, DenormalModeKind::IEEE);
+  }
+
+  static constexpr DenormalMode getPreserveSign() {
+    return DenormalMode(DenormalModeKind::PreserveSign,
+                        DenormalModeKind::PreserveSign);
+  }
+
+  static constexpr DenormalMode getPositiveZero() {
+    return DenormalMode(DenormalModeKind::PositiveZero,
+                        DenormalModeKind::PositiveZero);
+  }
+
+  bool operator==(DenormalMode Other) const {
+    return Output == Other.Output && Input == Other.Input;
+  }
+
+  bool operator!=(DenormalMode Other) const {
+    return !(*this == Other);
+  }
+
+  bool isSimple() const {
+    return Input == Output;
+  }
+
+  bool isValid() const {
+    return Output != DenormalModeKind::Invalid &&
+           Input != DenormalModeKind::Invalid;
+  }
+
+  inline void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
+
+  inline std::string str() const {
+    std::string storage;
+    raw_string_ostream OS(storage);
+    print(OS);
+    return OS.str();
+  }
+};
+
+inline raw_ostream& operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, DenormalMode Mode) {
+  Mode.print(OS);
+  return OS;
+}
+
+/// Parse the expected names from the denormal-fp-math attribute.
+inline DenormalMode::DenormalModeKind
+parseDenormalFPAttributeComponent(StringRef Str) {
+  // Assume ieee on unspecified attribute.
+  return StringSwitch<DenormalMode::DenormalModeKind>(Str)
+    .Cases("", "ieee", DenormalMode::IEEE)
+    .Case("preserve-sign", DenormalMode::PreserveSign)
+    .Case("positive-zero", DenormalMode::PositiveZero)
+    .Default(DenormalMode::Invalid);
+}
+
+/// Return the name used for the denormal handling mode used by the the
+/// expected names from the denormal-fp-math attribute.
+inline StringRef denormalModeKindName(DenormalMode::DenormalModeKind Mode) {
+  switch (Mode) {
+  case DenormalMode::IEEE:
+    return "ieee";
+  case DenormalMode::PreserveSign:
+    return "preserve-sign";
+  case DenormalMode::PositiveZero:
+    return "positive-zero";
+  default:
+    return "";
+  }
+}
+
+/// Returns the denormal mode to use for inputs and outputs.
+inline DenormalMode parseDenormalFPAttribute(StringRef Str) {
+  StringRef OutputStr, InputStr;
+  std::tie(OutputStr, InputStr) = Str.split(',');
+
+  DenormalMode Mode;
+  Mode.Output = parseDenormalFPAttributeComponent(OutputStr);
+
+  // Maintain compatability with old form of the attribute which only specified
+  // one component.
+  Mode.Input = InputStr.empty() ? Mode.Output  :
+               parseDenormalFPAttributeComponent(InputStr);
+
+  return Mode;
+}
+
+void DenormalMode::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
+  OS << denormalModeKindName(Output) << ',' << denormalModeKindName(Input);
+}
+
+}
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_FLOATINGPOINTMODE_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..37e2ce98a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h
@@ -0,0 +1,819 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h - Uniquing Hash Set ----------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines a hash set that can be used to remove duplication of nodes
+/// in a graph.  This code was originally created by Chris Lattner for use with
+/// SelectionDAGCSEMap, but was isolated to provide use across the llvm code
+/// set.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_FOLDINGSET_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_FOLDINGSET_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/iterator.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <cstdint>
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// This folding set used for two purposes:
+///   1. Given information about a node we want to create, look up the unique
+///      instance of the node in the set.  If the node already exists, return
+///      it, otherwise return the bucket it should be inserted into.
+///   2. Given a node that has already been created, remove it from the set.
+///
+/// This class is implemented as a single-link chained hash table, where the
+/// "buckets" are actually the nodes themselves (the next pointer is in the
+/// node).  The last node points back to the bucket to simplify node removal.
+///
+/// Any node that is to be included in the folding set must be a subclass of
+/// FoldingSetNode.  The node class must also define a Profile method used to
+/// establish the unique bits of data for the node.  The Profile method is
+/// passed a FoldingSetNodeID object which is used to gather the bits.  Just
+/// call one of the Add* functions defined in the FoldingSetBase::NodeID class.
+/// NOTE: That the folding set does not own the nodes and it is the
+/// responsibility of the user to dispose of the nodes.
+///
+/// Eg.
+///    class MyNode : public FoldingSetNode {
+///    private:
+///      std::string Name;
+///      unsigned Value;
+///    public:
+///      MyNode(const char *N, unsigned V) : Name(N), Value(V) {}
+///       ...
+///      void Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
+///        ID.AddString(Name);
+///        ID.AddInteger(Value);
+///      }
+///      ...
+///    };
+///
+/// To define the folding set itself use the FoldingSet template;
+///
+/// Eg.
+///    FoldingSet<MyNode> MyFoldingSet;
+///
+/// Four public methods are available to manipulate the folding set;
+///
+/// 1) If you have an existing node that you want add to the set but unsure
+/// that the node might already exist then call;
+///
+///    MyNode *M = MyFoldingSet.GetOrInsertNode(N);
+///
+/// If The result is equal to the input then the node has been inserted.
+/// Otherwise, the result is the node existing in the folding set, and the
+/// input can be discarded (use the result instead.)
+///
+/// 2) If you are ready to construct a node but want to check if it already
+/// exists, then call FindNodeOrInsertPos with a FoldingSetNodeID of the bits to
+/// check;
+///
+///   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
+///   ID.AddString(Name);
+///   ID.AddInteger(Value);
+///   void *InsertPoint;
+///
+///    MyNode *M = MyFoldingSet.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPoint);
+///
+/// If found then M will be non-NULL, else InsertPoint will point to where it
+/// should be inserted using InsertNode.
+///
+/// 3) If you get a NULL result from FindNodeOrInsertPos then you can insert a
+/// new node with InsertNode;
+///
+///    MyFoldingSet.InsertNode(M, InsertPoint);
+///
+/// 4) Finally, if you want to remove a node from the folding set call;
+///
+///    bool WasRemoved = MyFoldingSet.RemoveNode(M);
+///
+/// The result indicates whether the node existed in the folding set.
+
+class FoldingSetNodeID;
+class StringRef;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// FoldingSetBase - Implements the folding set functionality.  The main
+/// structure is an array of buckets.  Each bucket is indexed by the hash of
+/// the nodes it contains.  The bucket itself points to the nodes contained
+/// in the bucket via a singly linked list.  The last node in the list points
+/// back to the bucket to facilitate node removal.
+///
+class FoldingSetBase {
+protected:
+  /// Buckets - Array of bucket chains.
+  void **Buckets;
+
+  /// NumBuckets - Length of the Buckets array.  Always a power of 2.
+  unsigned NumBuckets;
+
+  /// NumNodes - Number of nodes in the folding set. Growth occurs when NumNodes
+  /// is greater than twice the number of buckets.
+  unsigned NumNodes;
+
+  explicit FoldingSetBase(unsigned Log2InitSize = 6);
+  FoldingSetBase(FoldingSetBase &&Arg);
+  FoldingSetBase &operator=(FoldingSetBase &&RHS);
+  ~FoldingSetBase();
+
+public:
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  /// Node - This class is used to maintain the singly linked bucket list in
+  /// a folding set.
+  class Node {
+  private:
+    // NextInFoldingSetBucket - next link in the bucket list.
+    void *NextInFoldingSetBucket = nullptr;
+
+  public:
+    Node() = default;
+
+    // Accessors
+    void *getNextInBucket() const { return NextInFoldingSetBucket; }
+    void SetNextInBucket(void *N) { NextInFoldingSetBucket = N; }
+  };
+
+  /// clear - Remove all nodes from the folding set.
+  void clear();
+
+  /// size - Returns the number of nodes in the folding set.
+  unsigned size() const { return NumNodes; }
+
+  /// empty - Returns true if there are no nodes in the folding set.
+  bool empty() const { return NumNodes == 0; }
+
+  /// capacity - Returns the number of nodes permitted in the folding set
+  /// before a rebucket operation is performed.
+  unsigned capacity() {
+    // We allow a load factor of up to 2.0,
+    // so that means our capacity is NumBuckets * 2
+    return NumBuckets * 2;
+  }
+
+protected:
+  /// Functions provided by the derived class to compute folding properties.
+  /// This is effectively a vtable for FoldingSetBase, except that we don't
+  /// actually store a pointer to it in the object.
+  struct FoldingSetInfo {
+    /// GetNodeProfile - Instantiations of the FoldingSet template implement
+    /// this function to gather data bits for the given node.
+    void (*GetNodeProfile)(const FoldingSetBase *Self, Node *N,
+                           FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
+
+    /// NodeEquals - Instantiations of the FoldingSet template implement
+    /// this function to compare the given node with the given ID.
+    bool (*NodeEquals)(const FoldingSetBase *Self, Node *N,
+                       const FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned IDHash,
+                       FoldingSetNodeID &TempID);
+
+    /// ComputeNodeHash - Instantiations of the FoldingSet template implement
+    /// this function to compute a hash value for the given node.
+    unsigned (*ComputeNodeHash)(const FoldingSetBase *Self, Node *N,
+                                FoldingSetNodeID &TempID);
+  };
+
+private:
+  /// GrowHashTable - Double the size of the hash table and rehash everything.
+  void GrowHashTable(const FoldingSetInfo &Info);
+
+  /// GrowBucketCount - resize the hash table and rehash everything.
+  /// NewBucketCount must be a power of two, and must be greater than the old
+  /// bucket count.
+  void GrowBucketCount(unsigned NewBucketCount, const FoldingSetInfo &Info);
+
+protected:
+  // The below methods are protected to encourage subclasses to provide a more
+  // type-safe API.
+
+  /// reserve - Increase the number of buckets such that adding the
+  /// EltCount-th node won't cause a rebucket operation. reserve is permitted
+  /// to allocate more space than requested by EltCount.
+  void reserve(unsigned EltCount, const FoldingSetInfo &Info);
+
+  /// RemoveNode - Remove a node from the folding set, returning true if one
+  /// was removed or false if the node was not in the folding set.
+  bool RemoveNode(Node *N);
+
+  /// GetOrInsertNode - If there is an existing simple Node exactly
+  /// equal to the specified node, return it.  Otherwise, insert 'N' and return
+  /// it instead.
+  Node *GetOrInsertNode(Node *N, const FoldingSetInfo &Info);
+
+  /// FindNodeOrInsertPos - Look up the node specified by ID.  If it exists,
+  /// return it.  If not, return the insertion token that will make insertion
+  /// faster.
+  Node *FindNodeOrInsertPos(const FoldingSetNodeID &ID, void *&InsertPos,
+                            const FoldingSetInfo &Info);
+
+  /// InsertNode - Insert the specified node into the folding set, knowing that
+  /// it is not already in the folding set.  InsertPos must be obtained from
+  /// FindNodeOrInsertPos.
+  void InsertNode(Node *N, void *InsertPos, const FoldingSetInfo &Info);
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/// DefaultFoldingSetTrait - This class provides default implementations
+/// for FoldingSetTrait implementations.
+template<typename T> struct DefaultFoldingSetTrait {
+  static void Profile(const T &X, FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    X.Profile(ID);
+  }
+  static void Profile(T &X, FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    X.Profile(ID);
+  }
+
+  // Equals - Test if the profile for X would match ID, using TempID
+  // to compute a temporary ID if necessary. The default implementation
+  // just calls Profile and does a regular comparison. Implementations
+  // can override this to provide more efficient implementations.
+  static inline bool Equals(T &X, const FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned IDHash,
+                            FoldingSetNodeID &TempID);
+
+  // ComputeHash - Compute a hash value for X, using TempID to
+  // compute a temporary ID if necessary. The default implementation
+  // just calls Profile and does a regular hash computation.
+  // Implementations can override this to provide more efficient
+  // implementations.
+  static inline unsigned ComputeHash(T &X, FoldingSetNodeID &TempID);
+};
+
+/// FoldingSetTrait - This trait class is used to define behavior of how
+/// to "profile" (in the FoldingSet parlance) an object of a given type.
+/// The default behavior is to invoke a 'Profile' method on an object, but
+/// through template specialization the behavior can be tailored for specific
+/// types.  Combined with the FoldingSetNodeWrapper class, one can add objects
+/// to FoldingSets that were not originally designed to have that behavior.
+template<typename T> struct FoldingSetTrait
+  : public DefaultFoldingSetTrait<T> {};
+
+/// DefaultContextualFoldingSetTrait - Like DefaultFoldingSetTrait, but
+/// for ContextualFoldingSets.
+template<typename T, typename Ctx>
+struct DefaultContextualFoldingSetTrait {
+  static void Profile(T &X, FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Ctx Context) {
+    X.Profile(ID, Context);
+  }
+
+  static inline bool Equals(T &X, const FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned IDHash,
+                            FoldingSetNodeID &TempID, Ctx Context);
+  static inline unsigned ComputeHash(T &X, FoldingSetNodeID &TempID,
+                                     Ctx Context);
+};
+
+/// ContextualFoldingSetTrait - Like FoldingSetTrait, but for
+/// ContextualFoldingSets.
+template<typename T, typename Ctx> struct ContextualFoldingSetTrait
+  : public DefaultContextualFoldingSetTrait<T, Ctx> {};
+
+//===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// FoldingSetNodeIDRef - This class describes a reference to an interned
+/// FoldingSetNodeID, which can be a useful to store node id data rather
+/// than using plain FoldingSetNodeIDs, since the 32-element SmallVector
+/// is often much larger than necessary, and the possibility of heap
+/// allocation means it requires a non-trivial destructor call.
+class FoldingSetNodeIDRef {
+  const unsigned *Data = nullptr;
+  size_t Size = 0;
+
+public:
+  FoldingSetNodeIDRef() = default;
+  FoldingSetNodeIDRef(const unsigned *D, size_t S) : Data(D), Size(S) {}
+
+  /// ComputeHash - Compute a strong hash value for this FoldingSetNodeIDRef,
+  /// used to lookup the node in the FoldingSetBase.
+  unsigned ComputeHash() const;
+
+  bool operator==(FoldingSetNodeIDRef) const;
+
+  bool operator!=(FoldingSetNodeIDRef RHS) const { return !(*this == RHS); }
+
+  /// Used to compare the "ordering" of two nodes as defined by the
+  /// profiled bits and their ordering defined by memcmp().
+  bool operator<(FoldingSetNodeIDRef) const;
+
+  const unsigned *getData() const { return Data; }
+  size_t getSize() const { return Size; }
+};
+
+//===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// FoldingSetNodeID - This class is used to gather all the unique data bits of
+/// a node.  When all the bits are gathered this class is used to produce a
+/// hash value for the node.
+class FoldingSetNodeID {
+  /// Bits - Vector of all the data bits that make the node unique.
+  /// Use a SmallVector to avoid a heap allocation in the common case.
+  SmallVector<unsigned, 32> Bits;
+
+public:
+  FoldingSetNodeID() = default;
+
+  FoldingSetNodeID(FoldingSetNodeIDRef Ref)
+    : Bits(Ref.getData(), Ref.getData() + Ref.getSize()) {}
+
+  /// Add* - Add various data types to Bit data.
+  void AddPointer(const void *Ptr);
+  void AddInteger(signed I);
+  void AddInteger(unsigned I);
+  void AddInteger(long I);
+  void AddInteger(unsigned long I);
+  void AddInteger(long long I);
+  void AddInteger(unsigned long long I);
+  void AddBoolean(bool B) { AddInteger(B ? 1U : 0U); }
+  void AddString(StringRef String);
+  void AddNodeID(const FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
+
+  template <typename T>
+  inline void Add(const T &x) { FoldingSetTrait<T>::Profile(x, *this); }
+
+  /// clear - Clear the accumulated profile, allowing this FoldingSetNodeID
+  /// object to be used to compute a new profile.
+  inline void clear() { Bits.clear(); }
+
+  /// ComputeHash - Compute a strong hash value for this FoldingSetNodeID, used
+  /// to lookup the node in the FoldingSetBase.
+  unsigned ComputeHash() const;
+
+  /// operator== - Used to compare two nodes to each other.
+  bool operator==(const FoldingSetNodeID &RHS) const;
+  bool operator==(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef RHS) const;
+
+  bool operator!=(const FoldingSetNodeID &RHS) const { return !(*this == RHS); }
+  bool operator!=(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef RHS) const { return !(*this ==RHS);}
+
+  /// Used to compare the "ordering" of two nodes as defined by the
+  /// profiled bits and their ordering defined by memcmp().
+  bool operator<(const FoldingSetNodeID &RHS) const;
+  bool operator<(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef RHS) const;
+
+  /// Intern - Copy this node's data to a memory region allocated from the
+  /// given allocator and return a FoldingSetNodeIDRef describing the
+  /// interned data.
+  FoldingSetNodeIDRef Intern(BumpPtrAllocator &Allocator) const;
+};
+
+// Convenience type to hide the implementation of the folding set.
+using FoldingSetNode = FoldingSetBase::Node;
+template<class T> class FoldingSetIterator;
+template<class T> class FoldingSetBucketIterator;
+
+// Definitions of FoldingSetTrait and ContextualFoldingSetTrait functions, which
+// require the definition of FoldingSetNodeID.
+template<typename T>
+inline bool
+DefaultFoldingSetTrait<T>::Equals(T &X, const FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
+                                  unsigned /*IDHash*/,
+                                  FoldingSetNodeID &TempID) {
+  FoldingSetTrait<T>::Profile(X, TempID);
+  return TempID == ID;
+}
+template<typename T>
+inline unsigned
+DefaultFoldingSetTrait<T>::ComputeHash(T &X, FoldingSetNodeID &TempID) {
+  FoldingSetTrait<T>::Profile(X, TempID);
+  return TempID.ComputeHash();
+}
+template<typename T, typename Ctx>
+inline bool
+DefaultContextualFoldingSetTrait<T, Ctx>::Equals(T &X,
+                                                 const FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
+                                                 unsigned /*IDHash*/,
+                                                 FoldingSetNodeID &TempID,
+                                                 Ctx Context) {
+  ContextualFoldingSetTrait<T, Ctx>::Profile(X, TempID, Context);
+  return TempID == ID;
+}
+template<typename T, typename Ctx>
+inline unsigned
+DefaultContextualFoldingSetTrait<T, Ctx>::ComputeHash(T &X,
+                                                      FoldingSetNodeID &TempID,
+                                                      Ctx Context) {
+  ContextualFoldingSetTrait<T, Ctx>::Profile(X, TempID, Context);
+  return TempID.ComputeHash();
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// FoldingSetImpl - An implementation detail that lets us share code between
+/// FoldingSet and ContextualFoldingSet.
+template <class Derived, class T> class FoldingSetImpl : public FoldingSetBase {
+protected:
+  explicit FoldingSetImpl(unsigned Log2InitSize)
+      : FoldingSetBase(Log2InitSize) {}
+
+  FoldingSetImpl(FoldingSetImpl &&Arg) = default;
+  FoldingSetImpl &operator=(FoldingSetImpl &&RHS) = default;
+  ~FoldingSetImpl() = default;
+
+public:
+  using iterator = FoldingSetIterator<T>;
+
+  iterator begin() { return iterator(Buckets); }
+  iterator end() { return iterator(Buckets+NumBuckets); }
+
+  using const_iterator = FoldingSetIterator<const T>;
+
+  const_iterator begin() const { return const_iterator(Buckets); }
+  const_iterator end() const { return const_iterator(Buckets+NumBuckets); }
+
+  using bucket_iterator = FoldingSetBucketIterator<T>;
+
+  bucket_iterator bucket_begin(unsigned hash) {
+    return bucket_iterator(Buckets + (hash & (NumBuckets-1)));
+  }
+
+  bucket_iterator bucket_end(unsigned hash) {
+    return bucket_iterator(Buckets + (hash & (NumBuckets-1)), true);
+  }
+
+  /// reserve - Increase the number of buckets such that adding the
+  /// EltCount-th node won't cause a rebucket operation. reserve is permitted
+  /// to allocate more space than requested by EltCount.
+  void reserve(unsigned EltCount) {
+    return FoldingSetBase::reserve(EltCount, Derived::getFoldingSetInfo());
+  }
+
+  /// RemoveNode - Remove a node from the folding set, returning true if one
+  /// was removed or false if the node was not in the folding set.
+  bool RemoveNode(T *N) {
+    return FoldingSetBase::RemoveNode(N);
+  }
+
+  /// GetOrInsertNode - If there is an existing simple Node exactly
+  /// equal to the specified node, return it.  Otherwise, insert 'N' and
+  /// return it instead.
+  T *GetOrInsertNode(T *N) {
+    return static_cast<T *>(
+        FoldingSetBase::GetOrInsertNode(N, Derived::getFoldingSetInfo()));
+  }
+
+  /// FindNodeOrInsertPos - Look up the node specified by ID.  If it exists,
+  /// return it.  If not, return the insertion token that will make insertion
+  /// faster.
+  T *FindNodeOrInsertPos(const FoldingSetNodeID &ID, void *&InsertPos) {
+    return static_cast<T *>(FoldingSetBase::FindNodeOrInsertPos(
+        ID, InsertPos, Derived::getFoldingSetInfo()));
+  }
+
+  /// InsertNode - Insert the specified node into the folding set, knowing that
+  /// it is not already in the folding set.  InsertPos must be obtained from
+  /// FindNodeOrInsertPos.
+  void InsertNode(T *N, void *InsertPos) {
+    FoldingSetBase::InsertNode(N, InsertPos, Derived::getFoldingSetInfo());
+  }
+
+  /// InsertNode - Insert the specified node into the folding set, knowing that
+  /// it is not already in the folding set.
+  void InsertNode(T *N) {
+    T *Inserted = GetOrInsertNode(N);
+    (void)Inserted;
+    assert(Inserted == N && "Node already inserted!");
+  }
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// FoldingSet - This template class is used to instantiate a specialized
+/// implementation of the folding set to the node class T.  T must be a
+/// subclass of FoldingSetNode and implement a Profile function.
+///
+/// Note that this set type is movable and move-assignable. However, its
+/// moved-from state is not a valid state for anything other than
+/// move-assigning and destroying. This is primarily to enable movable APIs
+/// that incorporate these objects.
+template <class T>
+class FoldingSet : public FoldingSetImpl<FoldingSet<T>, T> {
+  using Super = FoldingSetImpl<FoldingSet, T>;
+  using Node = typename Super::Node;
+
+  /// GetNodeProfile - Each instantiation of the FoldingSet needs to provide a
+  /// way to convert nodes into a unique specifier.
+  static void GetNodeProfile(const FoldingSetBase *, Node *N,
+                             FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    T *TN = static_cast<T *>(N);
+    FoldingSetTrait<T>::Profile(*TN, ID);
+  }
+
+  /// NodeEquals - Instantiations may optionally provide a way to compare a
+  /// node with a specified ID.
+  static bool NodeEquals(const FoldingSetBase *, Node *N,
+                         const FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned IDHash,
+                         FoldingSetNodeID &TempID) {
+    T *TN = static_cast<T *>(N);
+    return FoldingSetTrait<T>::Equals(*TN, ID, IDHash, TempID);
+  }
+
+  /// ComputeNodeHash - Instantiations may optionally provide a way to compute a
+  /// hash value directly from a node.
+  static unsigned ComputeNodeHash(const FoldingSetBase *, Node *N,
+                                  FoldingSetNodeID &TempID) {
+    T *TN = static_cast<T *>(N);
+    return FoldingSetTrait<T>::ComputeHash(*TN, TempID);
+  }
+
+  static const FoldingSetBase::FoldingSetInfo &getFoldingSetInfo() {
+    static constexpr FoldingSetBase::FoldingSetInfo Info = {
+        GetNodeProfile, NodeEquals, ComputeNodeHash};
+    return Info;
+  }
+  friend Super;
+
+public:
+  explicit FoldingSet(unsigned Log2InitSize = 6) : Super(Log2InitSize) {}
+  FoldingSet(FoldingSet &&Arg) = default;
+  FoldingSet &operator=(FoldingSet &&RHS) = default;
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// ContextualFoldingSet - This template class is a further refinement
+/// of FoldingSet which provides a context argument when calling
+/// Profile on its nodes.  Currently, that argument is fixed at
+/// initialization time.
+///
+/// T must be a subclass of FoldingSetNode and implement a Profile
+/// function with signature
+///   void Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &, Ctx);
+template <class T, class Ctx>
+class ContextualFoldingSet
+    : public FoldingSetImpl<ContextualFoldingSet<T, Ctx>, T> {
+  // Unfortunately, this can't derive from FoldingSet<T> because the
+  // construction of the vtable for FoldingSet<T> requires
+  // FoldingSet<T>::GetNodeProfile to be instantiated, which in turn
+  // requires a single-argument T::Profile().
+
+  using Super = FoldingSetImpl<ContextualFoldingSet, T>;
+  using Node = typename Super::Node;
+
+  Ctx Context;
+
+  static const Ctx &getContext(const FoldingSetBase *Base) {
+    return static_cast<const ContextualFoldingSet*>(Base)->Context;
+  }
+
+  /// GetNodeProfile - Each instantiatation of the FoldingSet needs to provide a
+  /// way to convert nodes into a unique specifier.
+  static void GetNodeProfile(const FoldingSetBase *Base, Node *N,
+                             FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    T *TN = static_cast<T *>(N);
+    ContextualFoldingSetTrait<T, Ctx>::Profile(*TN, ID, getContext(Base));
+  }
+
+  static bool NodeEquals(const FoldingSetBase *Base, Node *N,
+                         const FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned IDHash,
+                         FoldingSetNodeID &TempID) {
+    T *TN = static_cast<T *>(N);
+    return ContextualFoldingSetTrait<T, Ctx>::Equals(*TN, ID, IDHash, TempID,
+                                                     getContext(Base));
+  }
+
+  static unsigned ComputeNodeHash(const FoldingSetBase *Base, Node *N,
+                                  FoldingSetNodeID &TempID) {
+    T *TN = static_cast<T *>(N);
+    return ContextualFoldingSetTrait<T, Ctx>::ComputeHash(*TN, TempID,
+                                                          getContext(Base));
+  }
+
+  static const FoldingSetBase::FoldingSetInfo &getFoldingSetInfo() {
+    static constexpr FoldingSetBase::FoldingSetInfo Info = {
+        GetNodeProfile, NodeEquals, ComputeNodeHash};
+    return Info;
+  }
+  friend Super;
+
+public:
+  explicit ContextualFoldingSet(Ctx Context, unsigned Log2InitSize = 6)
+      : Super(Log2InitSize), Context(Context) {}
+
+  Ctx getContext() const { return Context; }
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// FoldingSetVector - This template class combines a FoldingSet and a vector
+/// to provide the interface of FoldingSet but with deterministic iteration
+/// order based on the insertion order. T must be a subclass of FoldingSetNode
+/// and implement a Profile function.
+template <class T, class VectorT = SmallVector<T*, 8>>
+class FoldingSetVector {
+  FoldingSet<T> Set;
+  VectorT Vector;
+
+public:
+  explicit FoldingSetVector(unsigned Log2InitSize = 6) : Set(Log2InitSize) {}
+
+  using iterator = pointee_iterator<typename VectorT::iterator>;
+
+  iterator begin() { return Vector.begin(); }
+  iterator end()   { return Vector.end(); }
+
+  using const_iterator = pointee_iterator<typename VectorT::const_iterator>;
+
+  const_iterator begin() const { return Vector.begin(); }
+  const_iterator end()   const { return Vector.end(); }
+
+  /// clear - Remove all nodes from the folding set.
+  void clear() { Set.clear(); Vector.clear(); }
+
+  /// FindNodeOrInsertPos - Look up the node specified by ID.  If it exists,
+  /// return it.  If not, return the insertion token that will make insertion
+  /// faster.
+  T *FindNodeOrInsertPos(const FoldingSetNodeID &ID, void *&InsertPos) {
+    return Set.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
+  }
+
+  /// GetOrInsertNode - If there is an existing simple Node exactly
+  /// equal to the specified node, return it.  Otherwise, insert 'N' and
+  /// return it instead.
+  T *GetOrInsertNode(T *N) {
+    T *Result = Set.GetOrInsertNode(N);
+    if (Result == N) Vector.push_back(N);
+    return Result;
+  }
+
+  /// InsertNode - Insert the specified node into the folding set, knowing that
+  /// it is not already in the folding set.  InsertPos must be obtained from
+  /// FindNodeOrInsertPos.
+  void InsertNode(T *N, void *InsertPos) {
+    Set.InsertNode(N, InsertPos);
+    Vector.push_back(N);
+  }
+
+  /// InsertNode - Insert the specified node into the folding set, knowing that
+  /// it is not already in the folding set.
+  void InsertNode(T *N) {
+    Set.InsertNode(N);
+    Vector.push_back(N);
+  }
+
+  /// size - Returns the number of nodes in the folding set.
+  unsigned size() const { return Set.size(); }
+
+  /// empty - Returns true if there are no nodes in the folding set.
+  bool empty() const { return Set.empty(); }
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// FoldingSetIteratorImpl - This is the common iterator support shared by all
+/// folding sets, which knows how to walk the folding set hash table.
+class FoldingSetIteratorImpl {
+protected:
+  FoldingSetNode *NodePtr;
+
+  FoldingSetIteratorImpl(void **Bucket);
+
+  void advance();
+
+public:
+  bool operator==(const FoldingSetIteratorImpl &RHS) const {
+    return NodePtr == RHS.NodePtr;
+  }
+  bool operator!=(const FoldingSetIteratorImpl &RHS) const {
+    return NodePtr != RHS.NodePtr;
+  }
+};
+
+template <class T> class FoldingSetIterator : public FoldingSetIteratorImpl {
+public:
+  explicit FoldingSetIterator(void **Bucket) : FoldingSetIteratorImpl(Bucket) {}
+
+  T &operator*() const {
+    return *static_cast<T*>(NodePtr);
+  }
+
+  T *operator->() const {
+    return static_cast<T*>(NodePtr);
+  }
+
+  inline FoldingSetIterator &operator++() {          // Preincrement
+    advance();
+    return *this;
+  }
+  FoldingSetIterator operator++(int) {        // Postincrement
+    FoldingSetIterator tmp = *this; ++*this; return tmp;
+  }
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// FoldingSetBucketIteratorImpl - This is the common bucket iterator support
+/// shared by all folding sets, which knows how to walk a particular bucket
+/// of a folding set hash table.
+class FoldingSetBucketIteratorImpl {
+protected:
+  void *Ptr;
+
+  explicit FoldingSetBucketIteratorImpl(void **Bucket);
+
+  FoldingSetBucketIteratorImpl(void **Bucket, bool) : Ptr(Bucket) {}
+
+  void advance() {
+    void *Probe = static_cast<FoldingSetNode*>(Ptr)->getNextInBucket();
+    uintptr_t x = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Probe) & ~0x1;
+    Ptr = reinterpret_cast<void*>(x);
+  }
+
+public:
+  bool operator==(const FoldingSetBucketIteratorImpl &RHS) const {
+    return Ptr == RHS.Ptr;
+  }
+  bool operator!=(const FoldingSetBucketIteratorImpl &RHS) const {
+    return Ptr != RHS.Ptr;
+  }
+};
+
+template <class T>
+class FoldingSetBucketIterator : public FoldingSetBucketIteratorImpl {
+public:
+  explicit FoldingSetBucketIterator(void **Bucket) :
+    FoldingSetBucketIteratorImpl(Bucket) {}
+
+  FoldingSetBucketIterator(void **Bucket, bool) :
+    FoldingSetBucketIteratorImpl(Bucket, true) {}
+
+  T &operator*() const { return *static_cast<T*>(Ptr); }
+  T *operator->() const { return static_cast<T*>(Ptr); }
+
+  inline FoldingSetBucketIterator &operator++() { // Preincrement
+    advance();
+    return *this;
+  }
+  FoldingSetBucketIterator operator++(int) {      // Postincrement
+    FoldingSetBucketIterator tmp = *this; ++*this; return tmp;
+  }
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// FoldingSetNodeWrapper - This template class is used to "wrap" arbitrary
+/// types in an enclosing object so that they can be inserted into FoldingSets.
+template <typename T>
+class FoldingSetNodeWrapper : public FoldingSetNode {
+  T data;
+
+public:
+  template <typename... Ts>
+  explicit FoldingSetNodeWrapper(Ts &&... Args)
+      : data(std::forward<Ts>(Args)...) {}
+
+  void Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { FoldingSetTrait<T>::Profile(data, ID); }
+
+  T &getValue() { return data; }
+  const T &getValue() const { return data; }
+
+  operator T&() { return data; }
+  operator const T&() const { return data; }
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// FastFoldingSetNode - This is a subclass of FoldingSetNode which stores
+/// a FoldingSetNodeID value rather than requiring the node to recompute it
+/// each time it is needed. This trades space for speed (which can be
+/// significant if the ID is long), and it also permits nodes to drop
+/// information that would otherwise only be required for recomputing an ID.
+class FastFoldingSetNode : public FoldingSetNode {
+  FoldingSetNodeID FastID;
+
+protected:
+  explicit FastFoldingSetNode(const FoldingSetNodeID &ID) : FastID(ID) {}
+
+public:
+  void Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { ID.AddNodeID(FastID); }
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Partial specializations of FoldingSetTrait.
+
+template<typename T> struct FoldingSetTrait<T*> {
+  static inline void Profile(T *X, FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    ID.AddPointer(X);
+  }
+};
+template <typename T1, typename T2>
+struct FoldingSetTrait<std::pair<T1, T2>> {
+  static inline void Profile(const std::pair<T1, T2> &P,
+                             FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+    ID.Add(P.first);
+    ID.Add(P.second);
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_FOLDINGSET_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/FunctionExtras.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/FunctionExtras.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4792a3f364
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/FunctionExtras.h
@@ -0,0 +1,427 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- FunctionExtras.h - Function type erasure utilities -------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// \file
+/// This file provides a collection of function (or more generally, callable)
+/// type erasure utilities supplementing those provided by the standard library
+/// in `<function>`.
+///
+/// It provides `unique_function`, which works like `std::function` but supports
+/// move-only callable objects and const-qualification.
+///
+/// Future plans:
+/// - Add a `function` that provides ref-qualified support, which doesn't work
+///   with `std::function`.
+/// - Provide support for specifying multiple signatures to type erase callable
+///   objects with an overload set, such as those produced by generic lambdas.
+/// - Expand to include a copyable utility that directly replaces std::function
+///   but brings the above improvements.
+///
+/// Note that LLVM's utilities are greatly simplified by not supporting
+/// allocators.
+///
+/// If the standard library ever begins to provide comparable facilities we can
+/// consider switching to those.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_FUNCTIONEXTRAS_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_FUNCTIONEXTRAS_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/STLForwardCompat.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/MemAlloc.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
+#include <cstring>
+#include <memory>
+#include <type_traits>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// unique_function is a type-erasing functor similar to std::function.
+///
+/// It can hold move-only function objects, like lambdas capturing unique_ptrs.
+/// Accordingly, it is movable but not copyable.
+///
+/// It supports const-qualification:
+/// - unique_function<int() const> has a const operator().
+///   It can only hold functions which themselves have a const operator().
+/// - unique_function<int()> has a non-const operator().
+///   It can hold functions with a non-const operator(), like mutable lambdas.
+template <typename FunctionT> class unique_function;
+
+namespace detail {
+
+template <typename T>
+using EnableIfTrivial =
+    std::enable_if_t<llvm::is_trivially_move_constructible<T>::value &&
+                     std::is_trivially_destructible<T>::value>;
+template <typename CallableT, typename ThisT>
+using EnableUnlessSameType =
+    std::enable_if_t<!std::is_same<remove_cvref_t<CallableT>, ThisT>::value>;
+template <typename CallableT, typename Ret, typename... Params>
+using EnableIfCallable = std::enable_if_t<llvm::disjunction<
+    std::is_void<Ret>,
+    std::is_same<decltype(std::declval<CallableT>()(std::declval<Params>()...)),
+                 Ret>,
+    std::is_same<const decltype(std::declval<CallableT>()(
+                     std::declval<Params>()...)),
+                 Ret>,
+    std::is_convertible<decltype(std::declval<CallableT>()(
+                            std::declval<Params>()...)),
+                        Ret>>::value>;
+
+template <typename ReturnT, typename... ParamTs> class UniqueFunctionBase {
+protected:
+  static constexpr size_t InlineStorageSize = sizeof(void *) * 3;
+
+  template <typename T, class = void>
+  struct IsSizeLessThanThresholdT : std::false_type {};
+
+  template <typename T>
+  struct IsSizeLessThanThresholdT<
+      T, std::enable_if_t<sizeof(T) <= 2 * sizeof(void *)>> : std::true_type {};
+
+  // Provide a type function to map parameters that won't observe extra copies
+  // or moves and which are small enough to likely pass in register to values
+  // and all other types to l-value reference types. We use this to compute the
+  // types used in our erased call utility to minimize copies and moves unless
+  // doing so would force things unnecessarily into memory.
+  //
+  // The heuristic used is related to common ABI register passing conventions.
+  // It doesn't have to be exact though, and in one way it is more strict
+  // because we want to still be able to observe either moves *or* copies.
+  template <typename T> struct AdjustedParamTBase {
+    static_assert(!std::is_reference<T>::value,
+                  "references should be handled by template specialization");
+    using type = typename std::conditional<
+        llvm::is_trivially_copy_constructible<T>::value &&
+            llvm::is_trivially_move_constructible<T>::value &&
+            IsSizeLessThanThresholdT<T>::value,
+        T, T &>::type;
+  };
+
+  // This specialization ensures that 'AdjustedParam<V<T>&>' or
+  // 'AdjustedParam<V<T>&&>' does not trigger a compile-time error when 'T' is
+  // an incomplete type and V a templated type.
+  template <typename T> struct AdjustedParamTBase<T &> { using type = T &; };
+  template <typename T> struct AdjustedParamTBase<T &&> { using type = T &; };
+
+  template <typename T>
+  using AdjustedParamT = typename AdjustedParamTBase<T>::type;
+
+  // The type of the erased function pointer we use as a callback to dispatch to
+  // the stored callable when it is trivial to move and destroy.
+  using CallPtrT = ReturnT (*)(void *CallableAddr,
+                               AdjustedParamT<ParamTs>... Params);
+  using MovePtrT = void (*)(void *LHSCallableAddr, void *RHSCallableAddr);
+  using DestroyPtrT = void (*)(void *CallableAddr);
+
+  /// A struct to hold a single trivial callback with sufficient alignment for
+  /// our bitpacking.
+  struct alignas(8) TrivialCallback {
+    CallPtrT CallPtr;
+  };
+
+  /// A struct we use to aggregate three callbacks when we need full set of
+  /// operations.
+  struct alignas(8) NonTrivialCallbacks {
+    CallPtrT CallPtr;
+    MovePtrT MovePtr;
+    DestroyPtrT DestroyPtr;
+  };
+
+  // Create a pointer union between either a pointer to a static trivial call
+  // pointer in a struct or a pointer to a static struct of the call, move, and
+  // destroy pointers.
+  using CallbackPointerUnionT =
+      PointerUnion<TrivialCallback *, NonTrivialCallbacks *>;
+
+  // The main storage buffer. This will either have a pointer to out-of-line
+  // storage or an inline buffer storing the callable.
+  union StorageUnionT {
+    // For out-of-line storage we keep a pointer to the underlying storage and
+    // the size. This is enough to deallocate the memory.
+    struct OutOfLineStorageT {
+      void *StoragePtr;
+      size_t Size;
+      size_t Alignment;
+    } OutOfLineStorage;
+    static_assert(
+        sizeof(OutOfLineStorageT) <= InlineStorageSize,
+        "Should always use all of the out-of-line storage for inline storage!");
+
+    // For in-line storage, we just provide an aligned character buffer. We
+    // provide three pointers worth of storage here.
+    // This is mutable as an inlined `const unique_function<void() const>` may
+    // still modify its own mutable members.
+    mutable
+        typename std::aligned_storage<InlineStorageSize, alignof(void *)>::type
+            InlineStorage;
+  } StorageUnion;
+
+  // A compressed pointer to either our dispatching callback or our table of
+  // dispatching callbacks and the flag for whether the callable itself is
+  // stored inline or not.
+  PointerIntPair<CallbackPointerUnionT, 1, bool> CallbackAndInlineFlag;
+
+  bool isInlineStorage() const { return CallbackAndInlineFlag.getInt(); }
+
+  bool isTrivialCallback() const {
+    return CallbackAndInlineFlag.getPointer().template is<TrivialCallback *>();
+  }
+
+  CallPtrT getTrivialCallback() const {
+    return CallbackAndInlineFlag.getPointer().template get<TrivialCallback *>()->CallPtr;
+  }
+
+  NonTrivialCallbacks *getNonTrivialCallbacks() const {
+    return CallbackAndInlineFlag.getPointer()
+        .template get<NonTrivialCallbacks *>();
+  }
+
+  CallPtrT getCallPtr() const {
+    return isTrivialCallback() ? getTrivialCallback()
+                               : getNonTrivialCallbacks()->CallPtr;
+  }
+
+  // These three functions are only const in the narrow sense. They return
+  // mutable pointers to function state.
+  // This allows unique_function<T const>::operator() to be const, even if the
+  // underlying functor may be internally mutable.
+  //
+  // const callers must ensure they're only used in const-correct ways.
+  void *getCalleePtr() const {
+    return isInlineStorage() ? getInlineStorage() : getOutOfLineStorage();
+  }
+  void *getInlineStorage() const { return &StorageUnion.InlineStorage; }
+  void *getOutOfLineStorage() const {
+    return StorageUnion.OutOfLineStorage.StoragePtr;
+  }
+
+  size_t getOutOfLineStorageSize() const {
+    return StorageUnion.OutOfLineStorage.Size;
+  }
+  size_t getOutOfLineStorageAlignment() const {
+    return StorageUnion.OutOfLineStorage.Alignment;
+  }
+
+  void setOutOfLineStorage(void *Ptr, size_t Size, size_t Alignment) {
+    StorageUnion.OutOfLineStorage = {Ptr, Size, Alignment};
+  }
+
+  template <typename CalledAsT>
+  static ReturnT CallImpl(void *CallableAddr,
+                          AdjustedParamT<ParamTs>... Params) {
+    auto &Func = *reinterpret_cast<CalledAsT *>(CallableAddr);
+    return Func(std::forward<ParamTs>(Params)...);
+  }
+
+  template <typename CallableT>
+  static void MoveImpl(void *LHSCallableAddr, void *RHSCallableAddr) noexcept {
+    new (LHSCallableAddr)
+        CallableT(std::move(*reinterpret_cast<CallableT *>(RHSCallableAddr)));
+  }
+
+  template <typename CallableT>
+  static void DestroyImpl(void *CallableAddr) noexcept {
+    reinterpret_cast<CallableT *>(CallableAddr)->~CallableT();
+  }
+
+  // The pointers to call/move/destroy functions are determined for each
+  // callable type (and called-as type, which determines the overload chosen).
+  // (definitions are out-of-line).
+
+  // By default, we need an object that contains all the different
+  // type erased behaviors needed. Create a static instance of the struct type
+  // here and each instance will contain a pointer to it.
+  // Wrap in a struct to avoid https://gcc.gnu.org/PR71954
+  template <typename CallableT, typename CalledAs, typename Enable = void>
+  struct CallbacksHolder {
+    static NonTrivialCallbacks Callbacks;
+  };
+  // See if we can create a trivial callback. We need the callable to be
+  // trivially moved and trivially destroyed so that we don't have to store
+  // type erased callbacks for those operations.
+  template <typename CallableT, typename CalledAs>
+  struct CallbacksHolder<CallableT, CalledAs, EnableIfTrivial<CallableT>> {
+    static TrivialCallback Callbacks;
+  };
+
+  // A simple tag type so the call-as type to be passed to the constructor.
+  template <typename T> struct CalledAs {};
+
+  // Essentially the "main" unique_function constructor, but subclasses
+  // provide the qualified type to be used for the call.
+  // (We always store a T, even if the call will use a pointer to const T).
+  template <typename CallableT, typename CalledAsT>
+  UniqueFunctionBase(CallableT Callable, CalledAs<CalledAsT>) {
+    bool IsInlineStorage = true;
+    void *CallableAddr = getInlineStorage();
+    if (sizeof(CallableT) > InlineStorageSize ||
+        alignof(CallableT) > alignof(decltype(StorageUnion.InlineStorage))) {
+      IsInlineStorage = false;
+      // Allocate out-of-line storage. FIXME: Use an explicit alignment
+      // parameter in C++17 mode.
+      auto Size = sizeof(CallableT);
+      auto Alignment = alignof(CallableT);
+      CallableAddr = allocate_buffer(Size, Alignment);
+      setOutOfLineStorage(CallableAddr, Size, Alignment);
+    }
+
+    // Now move into the storage.
+    new (CallableAddr) CallableT(std::move(Callable));
+    CallbackAndInlineFlag.setPointerAndInt(
+        &CallbacksHolder<CallableT, CalledAsT>::Callbacks, IsInlineStorage);
+  }
+
+  ~UniqueFunctionBase() {
+    if (!CallbackAndInlineFlag.getPointer())
+      return;
+
+    // Cache this value so we don't re-check it after type-erased operations.
+    bool IsInlineStorage = isInlineStorage();
+
+    if (!isTrivialCallback())
+      getNonTrivialCallbacks()->DestroyPtr(
+          IsInlineStorage ? getInlineStorage() : getOutOfLineStorage());
+
+    if (!IsInlineStorage)
+      deallocate_buffer(getOutOfLineStorage(), getOutOfLineStorageSize(),
+                        getOutOfLineStorageAlignment());
+  }
+
+  UniqueFunctionBase(UniqueFunctionBase &&RHS) noexcept {
+    // Copy the callback and inline flag.
+    CallbackAndInlineFlag = RHS.CallbackAndInlineFlag;
+
+    // If the RHS is empty, just copying the above is sufficient.
+    if (!RHS)
+      return;
+
+    if (!isInlineStorage()) {
+      // The out-of-line case is easiest to move.
+      StorageUnion.OutOfLineStorage = RHS.StorageUnion.OutOfLineStorage;
+    } else if (isTrivialCallback()) {
+      // Move is trivial, just memcpy the bytes across.
+      memcpy(getInlineStorage(), RHS.getInlineStorage(), InlineStorageSize);
+    } else {
+      // Non-trivial move, so dispatch to a type-erased implementation.
+      getNonTrivialCallbacks()->MovePtr(getInlineStorage(),
+                                        RHS.getInlineStorage());
+    }
+
+    // Clear the old callback and inline flag to get back to as-if-null.
+    RHS.CallbackAndInlineFlag = {};
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    // In debug builds, we also scribble across the rest of the storage.
+    memset(RHS.getInlineStorage(), 0xAD, InlineStorageSize);
+#endif
+  }
+
+  UniqueFunctionBase &operator=(UniqueFunctionBase &&RHS) noexcept {
+    if (this == &RHS)
+      return *this;
+
+    // Because we don't try to provide any exception safety guarantees we can
+    // implement move assignment very simply by first destroying the current
+    // object and then move-constructing over top of it.
+    this->~UniqueFunctionBase();
+    new (this) UniqueFunctionBase(std::move(RHS));
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  UniqueFunctionBase() = default;
+
+public:
+  explicit operator bool() const {
+    return (bool)CallbackAndInlineFlag.getPointer();
+  }
+};
+
+template <typename R, typename... P>
+template <typename CallableT, typename CalledAsT, typename Enable>
+typename UniqueFunctionBase<R, P...>::NonTrivialCallbacks UniqueFunctionBase<
+    R, P...>::CallbacksHolder<CallableT, CalledAsT, Enable>::Callbacks = {
+    &CallImpl<CalledAsT>, &MoveImpl<CallableT>, &DestroyImpl<CallableT>};
+
+template <typename R, typename... P>
+template <typename CallableT, typename CalledAsT>
+typename UniqueFunctionBase<R, P...>::TrivialCallback
+    UniqueFunctionBase<R, P...>::CallbacksHolder<
+        CallableT, CalledAsT, EnableIfTrivial<CallableT>>::Callbacks{
+        &CallImpl<CalledAsT>};
+
+} // namespace detail
+
+template <typename R, typename... P>
+class unique_function<R(P...)> : public detail::UniqueFunctionBase<R, P...> {
+  using Base = detail::UniqueFunctionBase<R, P...>;
+
+public:
+  unique_function() = default;
+  unique_function(std::nullptr_t) {}
+  unique_function(unique_function &&) = default;
+  unique_function(const unique_function &) = delete;
+  unique_function &operator=(unique_function &&) = default;
+  unique_function &operator=(const unique_function &) = delete;
+
+  template <typename CallableT>
+  unique_function(
+      CallableT Callable,
+      detail::EnableUnlessSameType<CallableT, unique_function> * = nullptr,
+      detail::EnableIfCallable<CallableT, R, P...> * = nullptr)
+      : Base(std::forward<CallableT>(Callable),
+             typename Base::template CalledAs<CallableT>{}) {}
+
+  R operator()(P... Params) {
+    return this->getCallPtr()(this->getCalleePtr(), Params...);
+  }
+};
+
+template <typename R, typename... P>
+class unique_function<R(P...) const>
+    : public detail::UniqueFunctionBase<R, P...> {
+  using Base = detail::UniqueFunctionBase<R, P...>;
+
+public:
+  unique_function() = default;
+  unique_function(std::nullptr_t) {}
+  unique_function(unique_function &&) = default;
+  unique_function(const unique_function &) = delete;
+  unique_function &operator=(unique_function &&) = default;
+  unique_function &operator=(const unique_function &) = delete;
+
+  template <typename CallableT>
+  unique_function(
+      CallableT Callable,
+      detail::EnableUnlessSameType<CallableT, unique_function> * = nullptr,
+      detail::EnableIfCallable<const CallableT, R, P...> * = nullptr)
+      : Base(std::forward<CallableT>(Callable),
+             typename Base::template CalledAs<const CallableT>{}) {}
+
+  R operator()(P... Params) const {
+    return this->getCallPtr()(this->getCalleePtr(), Params...);
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_FUNCTIONEXTRAS_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/GenericCycleImpl.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/GenericCycleImpl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c1c8c0c455
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/GenericCycleImpl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,423 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- GenericCycleImpl.h -------------------------------------*- C++ -*---===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This template implementation resides in a separate file so that it
+/// does not get injected into every .cpp file that includes the
+/// generic header.
+///
+/// DO NOT INCLUDE THIS FILE WHEN MERELY USING CYCLEINFO.
+///
+/// This file should only be included by files that implement a
+/// specialization of the relevant templates. Currently these are:
+/// - CycleAnalysis.cpp
+/// - MachineCycleAnalysis.cpp
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_GENERICCYCLEIMPL_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_GENERICCYCLEIMPL_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DepthFirstIterator.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/GenericCycleInfo.h"
+
+#define DEBUG_TYPE "generic-cycle-impl"
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+template <typename ContextT>
+bool GenericCycle<ContextT>::contains(const GenericCycle *C) const {
+  if (!C)
+    return false;
+
+  if (Depth > C->Depth)
+    return false;
+  while (Depth < C->Depth)
+    C = C->ParentCycle;
+  return this == C;
+}
+
+template <typename ContextT>
+void GenericCycle<ContextT>::getExitBlocks(
+    SmallVectorImpl<BlockT *> &TmpStorage) const {
+  TmpStorage.clear();
+
+  size_t NumExitBlocks = 0;
+  for (BlockT *Block : blocks()) {
+    llvm::append_range(TmpStorage, successors(Block));
+
+    for (size_t Idx = NumExitBlocks, End = TmpStorage.size(); Idx < End;
+         ++Idx) {
+      BlockT *Succ = TmpStorage[Idx];
+      if (!contains(Succ)) {
+        auto ExitEndIt = TmpStorage.begin() + NumExitBlocks;
+        if (std::find(TmpStorage.begin(), ExitEndIt, Succ) == ExitEndIt)
+          TmpStorage[NumExitBlocks++] = Succ;
+      }
+    }
+
+    TmpStorage.resize(NumExitBlocks);
+  }
+}
+
+/// \brief Helper class for computing cycle information.
+template <typename ContextT> class GenericCycleInfoCompute {
+  using BlockT = typename ContextT::BlockT;
+  using CycleInfoT = GenericCycleInfo<ContextT>;
+  using CycleT = typename CycleInfoT::CycleT;
+
+  CycleInfoT &Info;
+
+  struct DFSInfo {
+    unsigned Start = 0; // DFS start; positive if block is found
+    unsigned End = 0;   // DFS end
+
+    DFSInfo() = default;
+    explicit DFSInfo(unsigned Start) : Start(Start) {}
+
+    /// Whether this node is an ancestor (or equal to) the node \p Other
+    /// in the DFS tree.
+    bool isAncestorOf(const DFSInfo &Other) const {
+      return Start <= Other.Start && Other.End <= End;
+    }
+  };
+
+  DenseMap<BlockT *, DFSInfo> BlockDFSInfo;
+  SmallVector<BlockT *, 8> BlockPreorder;
+
+  GenericCycleInfoCompute(const GenericCycleInfoCompute &) = delete;
+  GenericCycleInfoCompute &operator=(const GenericCycleInfoCompute &) = delete;
+
+public:
+  GenericCycleInfoCompute(CycleInfoT &Info) : Info(Info) {}
+
+  void run(BlockT *EntryBlock);
+
+  static void updateDepth(CycleT *SubTree);
+
+private:
+  void dfs(BlockT *EntryBlock);
+};
+
+template <typename ContextT>
+auto GenericCycleInfo<ContextT>::getTopLevelParentCycle(
+    const BlockT *Block) const -> CycleT * {
+  auto MapIt = BlockMap.find(Block);
+  if (MapIt == BlockMap.end())
+    return nullptr;
+
+  auto *C = MapIt->second;
+  while (C->ParentCycle)
+    C = C->ParentCycle;
+  return C;
+}
+
+template <typename ContextT>
+void GenericCycleInfo<ContextT>::moveToNewParent(CycleT *NewParent,
+                                                 CycleT *Child) {
+  auto &CurrentContainer =
+      Child->ParentCycle ? Child->ParentCycle->Children : TopLevelCycles;
+  auto Pos = llvm::find_if(CurrentContainer, [=](const auto &Ptr) -> bool {
+    return Child == Ptr.get();
+  });
+  assert(Pos != CurrentContainer.end());
+  NewParent->Children.push_back(std::move(*Pos));
+  *Pos = std::move(CurrentContainer.back());
+  CurrentContainer.pop_back();
+  Child->ParentCycle = NewParent;
+}
+
+/// \brief Main function of the cycle info computations.
+template <typename ContextT>
+void GenericCycleInfoCompute<ContextT>::run(BlockT *EntryBlock) {
+  LLVM_DEBUG(errs() << "Entry block: " << Info.Context.print(EntryBlock)
+                    << "\n");
+  dfs(EntryBlock);
+
+  SmallVector<BlockT *, 8> Worklist;
+
+  for (BlockT *HeaderCandidate : llvm::reverse(BlockPreorder)) {
+    const DFSInfo CandidateInfo = BlockDFSInfo.lookup(HeaderCandidate);
+
+    for (BlockT *Pred : predecessors(HeaderCandidate)) {
+      const DFSInfo PredDFSInfo = BlockDFSInfo.lookup(Pred);
+      if (CandidateInfo.isAncestorOf(PredDFSInfo))
+        Worklist.push_back(Pred);
+    }
+    if (Worklist.empty()) {
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    // Found a cycle with the candidate as its header.
+    LLVM_DEBUG(errs() << "Found cycle for header: "
+                      << Info.Context.print(HeaderCandidate) << "\n");
+    std::unique_ptr<CycleT> NewCycle = std::make_unique<CycleT>();
+    NewCycle->appendEntry(HeaderCandidate);
+    NewCycle->appendBlock(HeaderCandidate);
+    Info.BlockMap.try_emplace(HeaderCandidate, NewCycle.get());
+
+    // Helper function to process (non-back-edge) predecessors of a discovered
+    // block and either add them to the worklist or recognize that the given
+    // block is an additional cycle entry.
+    auto ProcessPredecessors = [&](BlockT *Block) {
+      LLVM_DEBUG(errs() << "  block " << Info.Context.print(Block) << ": ");
+
+      bool IsEntry = false;
+      for (BlockT *Pred : predecessors(Block)) {
+        const DFSInfo PredDFSInfo = BlockDFSInfo.lookup(Pred);
+        if (CandidateInfo.isAncestorOf(PredDFSInfo)) {
+          Worklist.push_back(Pred);
+        } else {
+          IsEntry = true;
+        }
+      }
+      if (IsEntry) {
+        assert(!NewCycle->isEntry(Block));
+        LLVM_DEBUG(errs() << "append as entry\n");
+        NewCycle->appendEntry(Block);
+      } else {
+        LLVM_DEBUG(errs() << "append as child\n");
+      }
+    };
+
+    do {
+      BlockT *Block = Worklist.pop_back_val();
+      if (Block == HeaderCandidate)
+        continue;
+
+      // If the block has already been discovered by some cycle
+      // (possibly by ourself), then the outermost cycle containing it
+      // should become our child.
+      if (auto *BlockParent = Info.getTopLevelParentCycle(Block)) {
+        LLVM_DEBUG(errs() << "  block " << Info.Context.print(Block) << ": ");
+
+        if (BlockParent != NewCycle.get()) {
+          LLVM_DEBUG(errs()
+                     << "discovered child cycle "
+                     << Info.Context.print(BlockParent->getHeader()) << "\n");
+          // Make BlockParent the child of NewCycle.
+          Info.moveToNewParent(NewCycle.get(), BlockParent);
+          NewCycle->Blocks.insert(NewCycle->Blocks.end(),
+                                  BlockParent->block_begin(),
+                                  BlockParent->block_end());
+
+          for (auto *ChildEntry : BlockParent->entries())
+            ProcessPredecessors(ChildEntry);
+        } else {
+          LLVM_DEBUG(errs()
+                     << "known child cycle "
+                     << Info.Context.print(BlockParent->getHeader()) << "\n");
+        }
+      } else {
+        Info.BlockMap.try_emplace(Block, NewCycle.get());
+        assert(!is_contained(NewCycle->Blocks, Block));
+        NewCycle->Blocks.push_back(Block);
+        ProcessPredecessors(Block);
+      }
+    } while (!Worklist.empty());
+
+    Info.TopLevelCycles.push_back(std::move(NewCycle));
+  }
+
+  // Fix top-level cycle links and compute cycle depths.
+  for (auto *TLC : Info.toplevel_cycles()) {
+    LLVM_DEBUG(errs() << "top-level cycle: "
+                      << Info.Context.print(TLC->getHeader()) << "\n");
+
+    TLC->ParentCycle = nullptr;
+    updateDepth(TLC);
+  }
+}
+
+/// \brief Recompute depth values of \p SubTree and all descendants.
+template <typename ContextT>
+void GenericCycleInfoCompute<ContextT>::updateDepth(CycleT *SubTree) {
+  for (CycleT *Cycle : depth_first(SubTree))
+    Cycle->Depth = Cycle->ParentCycle ? Cycle->ParentCycle->Depth + 1 : 1;
+}
+
+/// \brief Compute a DFS of basic blocks starting at the function entry.
+///
+/// Fills BlockDFSInfo with start/end counters and BlockPreorder.
+template <typename ContextT>
+void GenericCycleInfoCompute<ContextT>::dfs(BlockT *EntryBlock) {
+  SmallVector<unsigned, 8> DFSTreeStack;
+  SmallVector<BlockT *, 8> TraverseStack;
+  unsigned Counter = 0;
+  TraverseStack.emplace_back(EntryBlock);
+
+  do {
+    BlockT *Block = TraverseStack.back();
+    LLVM_DEBUG(errs() << "DFS visiting block: " << Info.Context.print(Block)
+                      << "\n");
+    if (!BlockDFSInfo.count(Block)) {
+      // We're visiting the block for the first time. Open its DFSInfo, add
+      // successors to the traversal stack, and remember the traversal stack
+      // depth at which the block was opened, so that we can correctly record
+      // its end time.
+      LLVM_DEBUG(errs() << "  first encountered at depth "
+                        << TraverseStack.size() << "\n");
+
+      DFSTreeStack.emplace_back(TraverseStack.size());
+      llvm::append_range(TraverseStack, successors(Block));
+
+      LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
+      bool Added = BlockDFSInfo.try_emplace(Block, ++Counter).second;
+      assert(Added);
+      BlockPreorder.push_back(Block);
+      LLVM_DEBUG(errs() << "  preorder number: " << Counter << "\n");
+    } else {
+      assert(!DFSTreeStack.empty());
+      if (DFSTreeStack.back() == TraverseStack.size()) {
+        LLVM_DEBUG(errs() << "  ended at " << Counter << "\n");
+        BlockDFSInfo.find(Block)->second.End = Counter;
+        DFSTreeStack.pop_back();
+      } else {
+        LLVM_DEBUG(errs() << "  already done\n");
+      }
+      TraverseStack.pop_back();
+    }
+  } while (!TraverseStack.empty());
+  assert(DFSTreeStack.empty());
+
+  LLVM_DEBUG(
+    errs() << "Preorder:\n";
+    for (int i = 0, e = BlockPreorder.size(); i != e; ++i) {
+      errs() << "  " << Info.Context.print(BlockPreorder[i]) << ": " << i << "\n";
+    }
+  );
+}
+
+/// \brief Reset the object to its initial state.
+template <typename ContextT> void GenericCycleInfo<ContextT>::clear() {
+  TopLevelCycles.clear();
+  BlockMap.clear();
+}
+
+/// \brief Compute the cycle info for a function.
+template <typename ContextT>
+void GenericCycleInfo<ContextT>::compute(FunctionT &F) {
+  GenericCycleInfoCompute<ContextT> Compute(*this);
+  Context.setFunction(F);
+
+  LLVM_DEBUG(errs() << "Computing cycles for function: " << F.getName()
+                    << "\n");
+  Compute.run(ContextT::getEntryBlock(F));
+
+  assert(validateTree());
+}
+
+/// \brief Find the innermost cycle containing a given block.
+///
+/// \returns the innermost cycle containing \p Block or nullptr if
+///          it is not contained in any cycle.
+template <typename ContextT>
+auto GenericCycleInfo<ContextT>::getCycle(const BlockT *Block) const
+    -> CycleT * {
+  auto MapIt = BlockMap.find(Block);
+  if (MapIt != BlockMap.end())
+    return MapIt->second;
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
+/// \brief Validate the internal consistency of the cycle tree.
+///
+/// Note that this does \em not check that cycles are really cycles in the CFG,
+/// or that the right set of cycles in the CFG were found.
+template <typename ContextT>
+bool GenericCycleInfo<ContextT>::validateTree() const {
+  DenseSet<BlockT *> Blocks;
+  DenseSet<BlockT *> Entries;
+
+  auto reportError = [](const char *File, int Line, const char *Cond) {
+    errs() << File << ':' << Line
+           << ": GenericCycleInfo::validateTree: " << Cond << '\n';
+  };
+#define check(cond)                                                            \
+  do {                                                                         \
+    if (!(cond)) {                                                             \
+      reportError(__FILE__, __LINE__, #cond);                                  \
+      return false;                                                            \
+    }                                                                          \
+  } while (false)
+
+  for (const auto *TLC : toplevel_cycles()) {
+    for (const CycleT *Cycle : depth_first(TLC)) {
+      if (Cycle->ParentCycle)
+        check(is_contained(Cycle->ParentCycle->children(), Cycle));
+
+      for (BlockT *Block : Cycle->Blocks) {
+        auto MapIt = BlockMap.find(Block);
+        check(MapIt != BlockMap.end());
+        check(Cycle->contains(MapIt->second));
+        check(Blocks.insert(Block).second); // duplicates in block list?
+      }
+      Blocks.clear();
+
+      check(!Cycle->Entries.empty());
+      for (BlockT *Entry : Cycle->Entries) {
+        check(Entries.insert(Entry).second); // duplicate entry?
+        check(is_contained(Cycle->Blocks, Entry));
+      }
+      Entries.clear();
+
+      unsigned ChildDepth = 0;
+      for (const CycleT *Child : Cycle->children()) {
+        check(Child->Depth > Cycle->Depth);
+        if (!ChildDepth) {
+          ChildDepth = Child->Depth;
+        } else {
+          check(ChildDepth == Child->Depth);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  for (const auto &Entry : BlockMap) {
+    BlockT *Block = Entry.first;
+    for (const CycleT *Cycle = Entry.second; Cycle;
+         Cycle = Cycle->ParentCycle) {
+      check(is_contained(Cycle->Blocks, Block));
+    }
+  }
+
+#undef check
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/// \brief Print the cycle info.
+template <typename ContextT>
+void GenericCycleInfo<ContextT>::print(raw_ostream &Out) const {
+  for (const auto *TLC : toplevel_cycles()) {
+    for (const CycleT *Cycle : depth_first(TLC)) {
+      for (unsigned I = 0; I < Cycle->Depth; ++I)
+        Out << "    ";
+
+      Out << Cycle->print(Context) << '\n';
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+} // namespace llvm
+
+#undef DEBUG_TYPE
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_GENERICCYCLEIMPL_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/GenericCycleInfo.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/GenericCycleInfo.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fc2df758ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/GenericCycleInfo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,345 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- GenericCycleInfo.h - Info for Cycles in any IR ------*- C++ -*------===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief Find all cycles in a control-flow graph, including irreducible loops.
+///
+/// See docs/CycleTerminology.rst for a formal definition of cycles.
+///
+/// Briefly:
+/// - A cycle is a generalization of a loop which can represent
+///   irreducible control flow.
+/// - Cycles identified in a program are implementation defined,
+///   depending on the DFS traversal chosen.
+/// - Cycles are well-nested, and form a forest with a parent-child
+///   relationship.
+/// - In any choice of DFS, every natural loop L is represented by a
+///   unique cycle C which is a superset of L.
+/// - In the absence of irreducible control flow, the cycles are
+///   exactly the natural loops in the program.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_GENERICCYCLEINFO_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_GENERICCYCLEINFO_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/GenericSSAContext.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/GraphTraits.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/iterator.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Printable.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+template <typename ContextT> class GenericCycleInfo;
+template <typename ContextT> class GenericCycleInfoCompute;
+
+/// A possibly irreducible generalization of a \ref Loop.
+template <typename ContextT> class GenericCycle {
+public:
+  using BlockT = typename ContextT::BlockT;
+  using FunctionT = typename ContextT::FunctionT;
+  template <typename> friend class GenericCycleInfo;
+  template <typename> friend class GenericCycleInfoCompute;
+
+private:
+  /// The parent cycle. Is null for the root "cycle". Top-level cycles point
+  /// at the root.
+  GenericCycle *ParentCycle = nullptr;
+
+  /// The entry block(s) of the cycle. The header is the only entry if
+  /// this is a loop. Is empty for the root "cycle", to avoid
+  /// unnecessary memory use.
+  SmallVector<BlockT *, 1> Entries;
+
+  /// Child cycles, if any.
+  std::vector<std::unique_ptr<GenericCycle>> Children;
+
+  /// Basic blocks that are contained in the cycle, including entry blocks,
+  /// and including blocks that are part of a child cycle.
+  std::vector<BlockT *> Blocks;
+
+  /// Depth of the cycle in the tree. The root "cycle" is at depth 0.
+  ///
+  /// \note Depths are not necessarily contiguous. However, child loops always
+  ///       have strictly greater depth than their parents, and sibling loops
+  ///       always have the same depth.
+  unsigned Depth = 0;
+
+  void clear() {
+    Entries.clear();
+    Children.clear();
+    Blocks.clear();
+    Depth = 0;
+    ParentCycle = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  void appendEntry(BlockT *Block) { Entries.push_back(Block); }
+  void appendBlock(BlockT *Block) { Blocks.push_back(Block); }
+
+  GenericCycle(const GenericCycle &) = delete;
+  GenericCycle &operator=(const GenericCycle &) = delete;
+  GenericCycle(GenericCycle &&Rhs) = delete;
+  GenericCycle &operator=(GenericCycle &&Rhs) = delete;
+
+public:
+  GenericCycle() = default;
+
+  /// \brief Whether the cycle is a natural loop.
+  bool isReducible() const { return Entries.size() == 1; }
+
+  BlockT *getHeader() const { return Entries[0]; }
+
+  /// \brief Return whether \p Block is an entry block of the cycle.
+  bool isEntry(BlockT *Block) const { return is_contained(Entries, Block); }
+
+  /// \brief Return whether \p Block is contained in the cycle.
+  bool contains(const BlockT *Block) const {
+    return is_contained(Blocks, Block);
+  }
+
+  /// \brief Returns true iff this cycle contains \p C.
+  ///
+  /// Note: Non-strict containment check, i.e. returns true if C is the
+  /// same cycle.
+  bool contains(const GenericCycle *C) const;
+
+  const GenericCycle *getParentCycle() const { return ParentCycle; }
+  GenericCycle *getParentCycle() { return ParentCycle; }
+  unsigned getDepth() const { return Depth; }
+
+  /// Return all of the successor blocks of this cycle.
+  ///
+  /// These are the blocks _outside of the current cycle_ which are
+  /// branched to.
+  void getExitBlocks(SmallVectorImpl<BlockT *> &TmpStorage) const;
+
+  /// Iteration over child cycles.
+  //@{
+  using const_child_iterator_base =
+      typename std::vector<std::unique_ptr<GenericCycle>>::const_iterator;
+  struct const_child_iterator
+      : iterator_adaptor_base<const_child_iterator, const_child_iterator_base> {
+    using Base =
+        iterator_adaptor_base<const_child_iterator, const_child_iterator_base>;
+
+    const_child_iterator() = default;
+    explicit const_child_iterator(const_child_iterator_base I) : Base(I) {}
+
+    const const_child_iterator_base &wrapped() { return Base::wrapped(); }
+    GenericCycle *operator*() const { return Base::I->get(); }
+  };
+
+  const_child_iterator child_begin() const {
+    return const_child_iterator{Children.begin()};
+  }
+  const_child_iterator child_end() const {
+    return const_child_iterator{Children.end()};
+  }
+  size_t getNumChildren() const { return Children.size(); }
+  iterator_range<const_child_iterator> children() const {
+    return llvm::make_range(const_child_iterator{Children.begin()},
+                            const_child_iterator{Children.end()});
+  }
+  //@}
+
+  /// Iteration over blocks in the cycle (including entry blocks).
+  //@{
+  using const_block_iterator = typename std::vector<BlockT *>::const_iterator;
+
+  const_block_iterator block_begin() const {
+    return const_block_iterator{Blocks.begin()};
+  }
+  const_block_iterator block_end() const {
+    return const_block_iterator{Blocks.end()};
+  }
+  size_t getNumBlocks() const { return Blocks.size(); }
+  iterator_range<const_block_iterator> blocks() const {
+    return llvm::make_range(block_begin(), block_end());
+  }
+  //@}
+
+  /// Iteration over entry blocks.
+  //@{
+  using const_entry_iterator =
+      typename SmallVectorImpl<BlockT *>::const_iterator;
+
+  size_t getNumEntries() const { return Entries.size(); }
+  iterator_range<const_entry_iterator> entries() const {
+    return llvm::make_range(Entries.begin(), Entries.end());
+  }
+
+  Printable printEntries(const ContextT &Ctx) const {
+    return Printable([this, &Ctx](raw_ostream &Out) {
+      bool First = true;
+      for (auto *Entry : Entries) {
+        if (!First)
+          Out << ' ';
+        First = false;
+        Out << Ctx.print(Entry);
+      }
+    });
+  }
+
+  Printable print(const ContextT &Ctx) const {
+    return Printable([this, &Ctx](raw_ostream &Out) {
+      Out << "depth=" << Depth << ": entries(" << printEntries(Ctx) << ')';
+
+      for (auto *Block : Blocks) {
+        if (isEntry(Block))
+          continue;
+
+        Out << ' ' << Ctx.print(Block);
+      }
+    });
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Cycle information for a function.
+template <typename ContextT> class GenericCycleInfo {
+public:
+  using BlockT = typename ContextT::BlockT;
+  using CycleT = GenericCycle<ContextT>;
+  using FunctionT = typename ContextT::FunctionT;
+  template <typename> friend class GenericCycle;
+  template <typename> friend class GenericCycleInfoCompute;
+
+private:
+  ContextT Context;
+
+  /// Map basic blocks to their inner-most containing loop.
+  DenseMap<BlockT *, CycleT *> BlockMap;
+
+  /// Outermost cycles discovered by any DFS.
+  ///
+  /// Note: The implementation treats the nullptr as the parent of
+  /// every top-level cycle. See \ref contains for an example.
+  std::vector<std::unique_ptr<CycleT>> TopLevelCycles;
+
+public:
+  GenericCycleInfo() = default;
+  GenericCycleInfo(GenericCycleInfo &&) = default;
+  GenericCycleInfo &operator=(GenericCycleInfo &&) = default;
+
+  void clear();
+  void compute(FunctionT &F);
+
+  FunctionT *getFunction() const { return Context.getFunction(); }
+  const ContextT &getSSAContext() const { return Context; }
+
+  CycleT *getCycle(const BlockT *Block) const;
+  CycleT *getTopLevelParentCycle(const BlockT *Block) const;
+
+  /// Move \p Child to \p NewParent by manipulating Children vectors.
+  ///
+  /// Note: This is an incomplete operation that does not update the
+  /// list of blocks in the new parent or the depth of the subtree.
+  void moveToNewParent(CycleT *NewParent, CycleT *Child);
+
+  /// Methods for debug and self-test.
+  //@{
+  bool validateTree() const;
+  void print(raw_ostream &Out) const;
+  void dump() const { print(dbgs()); }
+  //@}
+
+  /// Iteration over top-level cycles.
+  //@{
+  using const_toplevel_iterator_base =
+      typename std::vector<std::unique_ptr<CycleT>>::const_iterator;
+  struct const_toplevel_iterator
+      : iterator_adaptor_base<const_toplevel_iterator,
+                              const_toplevel_iterator_base> {
+    using Base = iterator_adaptor_base<const_toplevel_iterator,
+                                       const_toplevel_iterator_base>;
+
+    const_toplevel_iterator() = default;
+    explicit const_toplevel_iterator(const_toplevel_iterator_base I)
+        : Base(I) {}
+
+    const const_toplevel_iterator_base &wrapped() { return Base::wrapped(); }
+    CycleT *operator*() const { return Base::I->get(); }
+  };
+
+  const_toplevel_iterator toplevel_begin() const {
+    return const_toplevel_iterator{TopLevelCycles.begin()};
+  }
+  const_toplevel_iterator toplevel_end() const {
+    return const_toplevel_iterator{TopLevelCycles.end()};
+  }
+
+  iterator_range<const_toplevel_iterator> toplevel_cycles() const {
+    return llvm::make_range(const_toplevel_iterator{TopLevelCycles.begin()},
+                            const_toplevel_iterator{TopLevelCycles.end()});
+  }
+  //@}
+};
+
+/// \brief GraphTraits for iterating over a sub-tree of the CycleT tree.
+template <typename CycleRefT, typename ChildIteratorT> struct CycleGraphTraits {
+  using NodeRef = CycleRefT;
+
+  using nodes_iterator = ChildIteratorT;
+  using ChildIteratorType = nodes_iterator;
+
+  static NodeRef getEntryNode(NodeRef Graph) { return Graph; }
+
+  static ChildIteratorType child_begin(NodeRef Ref) {
+    return Ref->child_begin();
+  }
+  static ChildIteratorType child_end(NodeRef Ref) { return Ref->child_end(); }
+
+  // Not implemented:
+  // static nodes_iterator nodes_begin(GraphType *G)
+  // static nodes_iterator nodes_end  (GraphType *G)
+  //    nodes_iterator/begin/end - Allow iteration over all nodes in the graph
+
+  // typedef EdgeRef           - Type of Edge token in the graph, which should
+  //                             be cheap to copy.
+  // typedef ChildEdgeIteratorType - Type used to iterate over children edges in
+  //                             graph, dereference to a EdgeRef.
+
+  // static ChildEdgeIteratorType child_edge_begin(NodeRef)
+  // static ChildEdgeIteratorType child_edge_end(NodeRef)
+  //     Return iterators that point to the beginning and ending of the
+  //     edge list for the given callgraph node.
+  //
+  // static NodeRef edge_dest(EdgeRef)
+  //     Return the destination node of an edge.
+  // static unsigned       size       (GraphType *G)
+  //    Return total number of nodes in the graph
+};
+
+template <typename BlockT>
+struct GraphTraits<const GenericCycle<BlockT> *>
+    : CycleGraphTraits<const GenericCycle<BlockT> *,
+                       typename GenericCycle<BlockT>::const_child_iterator> {};
+template <typename BlockT>
+struct GraphTraits<GenericCycle<BlockT> *>
+    : CycleGraphTraits<GenericCycle<BlockT> *,
+                       typename GenericCycle<BlockT>::const_child_iterator> {};
+
+} // namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_GENERICCYCLEINFO_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/GenericSSAContext.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/GenericSSAContext.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..845e92df80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/GenericSSAContext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- GenericSSAContext.h --------------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// \file
+///
+/// This file defines the little GenericSSAContext<X> template class
+/// that can be used to implement IR analyses as templates.
+/// Specializing these templates allows the analyses to be used over
+/// both LLVM IR and Machine IR.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_GENERICSSACONTEXT_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_GENERICSSACONTEXT_H
+
+#include "llvm/Support/Printable.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+template <typename _FunctionT> class GenericSSAContext {
+public:
+  // Specializations should provide the following types that are similar to how
+  // LLVM IR is structured:
+
+  // The smallest unit of the IR is a ValueT. The SSA context uses a ValueRefT,
+  // which is a pointer to a ValueT, since Machine IR does not have the
+  // equivalent of a ValueT.
+  //
+  // using ValueRefT = ...
+
+  // An InstT is a subclass of ValueT that itself defines one or more ValueT
+  // objects.
+  //
+  // using InstT = ... must be a subclass of Value
+
+  // A BlockT is a sequence of InstT, and forms a node of the CFG. It
+  // has global methods predecessors() and successors() that return
+  // the list of incoming CFG edges and outgoing CFG edges
+  // respectively.
+  //
+  // using BlockT = ...
+
+  // A FunctionT represents a CFG along with arguments and return values. It is
+  // the smallest complete unit of code in a Module.
+  //
+  // The compiler produces an error here if this class is implicitly
+  // specialized due to an instantiation. An explicit specialization
+  // of this template needs to be added before the instantiation point
+  // indicated by the compiler.
+  using FunctionT = typename _FunctionT::invalidTemplateInstanceError;
+
+  // Every FunctionT has a unique BlockT marked as its entry.
+  //
+  // static BlockT* getEntryBlock(FunctionT &F);
+
+  // Initialize the SSA context with information about the FunctionT being
+  // processed.
+  //
+  // void setFunction(FunctionT &function);
+  // FunctionT* getFunction() const;
+
+  // Methods to print various objects.
+  //
+  // Printable print(BlockT *block) const;
+  // Printable print(InstructionT *inst) const;
+  // Printable print(ValueRefT value) const;
+};
+} // namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_GENERICSSACONTEXT_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/GraphTraits.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/GraphTraits.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b0edc6adc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/GraphTraits.h
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/GraphTraits.h - Graph traits template -----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines the little GraphTraits<X> template class that should be
+/// specialized by classes that want to be iteratable by generic graph
+/// iterators.
+///
+/// This file also defines the marker class Inverse that is used to iterate over
+/// graphs in a graph defined, inverse ordering...
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_GRAPHTRAITS_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_GRAPHTRAITS_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+// GraphTraits - This class should be specialized by different graph types...
+// which is why the default version is empty.
+//
+// This template evolved from supporting `BasicBlock` to also later supporting
+// more complex types (e.g. CFG and DomTree).
+//
+// GraphTraits can be used to create a view over a graph interpreting it
+// differently without requiring a copy of the original graph. This could
+// be achieved by carrying more data in NodeRef. See LoopBodyTraits for one
+// example.
+template<class GraphType>
+struct GraphTraits {
+  // Elements to provide:
+
+  // typedef NodeRef           - Type of Node token in the graph, which should
+  //                             be cheap to copy.
+  // typedef ChildIteratorType - Type used to iterate over children in graph,
+  //                             dereference to a NodeRef.
+
+  // static NodeRef getEntryNode(const GraphType &)
+  //    Return the entry node of the graph
+
+  // static ChildIteratorType child_begin(NodeRef)
+  // static ChildIteratorType child_end  (NodeRef)
+  //    Return iterators that point to the beginning and ending of the child
+  //    node list for the specified node.
+
+  // typedef  ...iterator nodes_iterator; - dereference to a NodeRef
+  // static nodes_iterator nodes_begin(GraphType *G)
+  // static nodes_iterator nodes_end  (GraphType *G)
+  //    nodes_iterator/begin/end - Allow iteration over all nodes in the graph
+
+  // typedef EdgeRef           - Type of Edge token in the graph, which should
+  //                             be cheap to copy.
+  // typedef ChildEdgeIteratorType - Type used to iterate over children edges in
+  //                             graph, dereference to a EdgeRef.
+
+  // static ChildEdgeIteratorType child_edge_begin(NodeRef)
+  // static ChildEdgeIteratorType child_edge_end(NodeRef)
+  //     Return iterators that point to the beginning and ending of the
+  //     edge list for the given callgraph node.
+  //
+  // static NodeRef edge_dest(EdgeRef)
+  //     Return the destination node of an edge.
+
+  // static unsigned       size       (GraphType *G)
+  //    Return total number of nodes in the graph
+
+  // If anyone tries to use this class without having an appropriate
+  // specialization, make an error.  If you get this error, it's because you
+  // need to include the appropriate specialization of GraphTraits<> for your
+  // graph, or you need to define it for a new graph type. Either that or
+  // your argument to XXX_begin(...) is unknown or needs to have the proper .h
+  // file #include'd.
+  using NodeRef = typename GraphType::UnknownGraphTypeError;
+};
+
+// Inverse - This class is used as a little marker class to tell the graph
+// iterator to iterate over the graph in a graph defined "Inverse" ordering.
+// Not all graphs define an inverse ordering, and if they do, it depends on
+// the graph exactly what that is.  Here's an example of usage with the
+// df_iterator:
+//
+// idf_iterator<Method*> I = idf_begin(M), E = idf_end(M);
+// for (; I != E; ++I) { ... }
+//
+// Which is equivalent to:
+// df_iterator<Inverse<Method*>> I = idf_begin(M), E = idf_end(M);
+// for (; I != E; ++I) { ... }
+//
+template <class GraphType>
+struct Inverse {
+  const GraphType &Graph;
+
+  inline Inverse(const GraphType &G) : Graph(G) {}
+};
+
+// Provide a partial specialization of GraphTraits so that the inverse of an
+// inverse falls back to the original graph.
+template <class T> struct GraphTraits<Inverse<Inverse<T>>> : GraphTraits<T> {};
+
+// Provide iterator ranges for the graph traits nodes and children
+template <class GraphType>
+iterator_range<typename GraphTraits<GraphType>::nodes_iterator>
+nodes(const GraphType &G) {
+  return make_range(GraphTraits<GraphType>::nodes_begin(G),
+                    GraphTraits<GraphType>::nodes_end(G));
+}
+template <class GraphType>
+iterator_range<typename GraphTraits<Inverse<GraphType>>::nodes_iterator>
+inverse_nodes(const GraphType &G) {
+  return make_range(GraphTraits<Inverse<GraphType>>::nodes_begin(G),
+                    GraphTraits<Inverse<GraphType>>::nodes_end(G));
+}
+
+template <class GraphType>
+iterator_range<typename GraphTraits<GraphType>::ChildIteratorType>
+children(const typename GraphTraits<GraphType>::NodeRef &G) {
+  return make_range(GraphTraits<GraphType>::child_begin(G),
+                    GraphTraits<GraphType>::child_end(G));
+}
+
+template <class GraphType>
+iterator_range<typename GraphTraits<Inverse<GraphType>>::ChildIteratorType>
+inverse_children(const typename GraphTraits<GraphType>::NodeRef &G) {
+  return make_range(GraphTraits<Inverse<GraphType>>::child_begin(G),
+                    GraphTraits<Inverse<GraphType>>::child_end(G));
+}
+
+template <class GraphType>
+iterator_range<typename GraphTraits<GraphType>::ChildEdgeIteratorType>
+children_edges(const typename GraphTraits<GraphType>::NodeRef &G) {
+  return make_range(GraphTraits<GraphType>::child_edge_begin(G),
+                    GraphTraits<GraphType>::child_edge_end(G));
+}
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_GRAPHTRAITS_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/Hashing.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/Hashing.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4d61819a24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/Hashing.h
@@ -0,0 +1,701 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===-- llvm/ADT/Hashing.h - Utilities for hashing --------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file implements the newly proposed standard C++ interfaces for hashing
+// arbitrary data and building hash functions for user-defined types. This
+// interface was originally proposed in N3333[1] and is currently under review
+// for inclusion in a future TR and/or standard.
+//
+// The primary interfaces provide are comprised of one type and three functions:
+//
+//  -- 'hash_code' class is an opaque type representing the hash code for some
+//     data. It is the intended product of hashing, and can be used to implement
+//     hash tables, checksumming, and other common uses of hashes. It is not an
+//     integer type (although it can be converted to one) because it is risky
+//     to assume much about the internals of a hash_code. In particular, each
+//     execution of the program has a high probability of producing a different
+//     hash_code for a given input. Thus their values are not stable to save or
+//     persist, and should only be used during the execution for the
+//     construction of hashing datastructures.
+//
+//  -- 'hash_value' is a function designed to be overloaded for each
+//     user-defined type which wishes to be used within a hashing context. It
+//     should be overloaded within the user-defined type's namespace and found
+//     via ADL. Overloads for primitive types are provided by this library.
+//
+//  -- 'hash_combine' and 'hash_combine_range' are functions designed to aid
+//      programmers in easily and intuitively combining a set of data into
+//      a single hash_code for their object. They should only logically be used
+//      within the implementation of a 'hash_value' routine or similar context.
+//
+// Note that 'hash_combine_range' contains very special logic for hashing
+// a contiguous array of integers or pointers. This logic is *extremely* fast,
+// on a modern Intel "Gainestown" Xeon (Nehalem uarch) @2.2 GHz, these were
+// benchmarked at over 6.5 GiB/s for large keys, and <20 cycles/hash for keys
+// under 32-bytes.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_HASHING_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_HASHING_H
+
+#include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/SwapByteOrder.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstring>
+#include <string>
+#include <tuple>
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace llvm {
+template <typename T, typename Enable> struct DenseMapInfo;
+
+/// An opaque object representing a hash code.
+///
+/// This object represents the result of hashing some entity. It is intended to
+/// be used to implement hashtables or other hashing-based data structures.
+/// While it wraps and exposes a numeric value, this value should not be
+/// trusted to be stable or predictable across processes or executions.
+///
+/// In order to obtain the hash_code for an object 'x':
+/// \code
+///   using llvm::hash_value;
+///   llvm::hash_code code = hash_value(x);
+/// \endcode
+class hash_code {
+  size_t value;
+
+public:
+  /// Default construct a hash_code.
+  /// Note that this leaves the value uninitialized.
+  hash_code() = default;
+
+  /// Form a hash code directly from a numerical value.
+  hash_code(size_t value) : value(value) {}
+
+  /// Convert the hash code to its numerical value for use.
+  /*explicit*/ operator size_t() const { return value; }
+
+  friend bool operator==(const hash_code &lhs, const hash_code &rhs) {
+    return lhs.value == rhs.value;
+  }
+  friend bool operator!=(const hash_code &lhs, const hash_code &rhs) {
+    return lhs.value != rhs.value;
+  }
+
+  /// Allow a hash_code to be directly run through hash_value.
+  friend size_t hash_value(const hash_code &code) { return code.value; }
+};
+
+/// Compute a hash_code for any integer value.
+///
+/// Note that this function is intended to compute the same hash_code for
+/// a particular value without regard to the pre-promotion type. This is in
+/// contrast to hash_combine which may produce different hash_codes for
+/// differing argument types even if they would implicit promote to a common
+/// type without changing the value.
+template <typename T>
+std::enable_if_t<is_integral_or_enum<T>::value, hash_code> hash_value(T value);
+
+/// Compute a hash_code for a pointer's address.
+///
+/// N.B.: This hashes the *address*. Not the value and not the type.
+template <typename T> hash_code hash_value(const T *ptr);
+
+/// Compute a hash_code for a pair of objects.
+template <typename T, typename U>
+hash_code hash_value(const std::pair<T, U> &arg);
+
+/// Compute a hash_code for a tuple.
+template <typename... Ts>
+hash_code hash_value(const std::tuple<Ts...> &arg);
+
+/// Compute a hash_code for a standard string.
+template <typename T>
+hash_code hash_value(const std::basic_string<T> &arg);
+
+
+/// Override the execution seed with a fixed value.
+///
+/// This hashing library uses a per-execution seed designed to change on each
+/// run with high probability in order to ensure that the hash codes are not
+/// attackable and to ensure that output which is intended to be stable does
+/// not rely on the particulars of the hash codes produced.
+///
+/// That said, there are use cases where it is important to be able to
+/// reproduce *exactly* a specific behavior. To that end, we provide a function
+/// which will forcibly set the seed to a fixed value. This must be done at the
+/// start of the program, before any hashes are computed. Also, it cannot be
+/// undone. This makes it thread-hostile and very hard to use outside of
+/// immediately on start of a simple program designed for reproducible
+/// behavior.
+void set_fixed_execution_hash_seed(uint64_t fixed_value);
+
+
+// All of the implementation details of actually computing the various hash
+// code values are held within this namespace. These routines are included in
+// the header file mainly to allow inlining and constant propagation.
+namespace hashing {
+namespace detail {
+
+inline uint64_t fetch64(const char *p) {
+  uint64_t result;
+  memcpy(&result, p, sizeof(result));
+  if (sys::IsBigEndianHost)
+    sys::swapByteOrder(result);
+  return result;
+}
+
+inline uint32_t fetch32(const char *p) {
+  uint32_t result;
+  memcpy(&result, p, sizeof(result));
+  if (sys::IsBigEndianHost)
+    sys::swapByteOrder(result);
+  return result;
+}
+
+/// Some primes between 2^63 and 2^64 for various uses.
+static constexpr uint64_t k0 = 0xc3a5c85c97cb3127ULL;
+static constexpr uint64_t k1 = 0xb492b66fbe98f273ULL;
+static constexpr uint64_t k2 = 0x9ae16a3b2f90404fULL;
+static constexpr uint64_t k3 = 0xc949d7c7509e6557ULL;
+
+/// Bitwise right rotate.
+/// Normally this will compile to a single instruction, especially if the
+/// shift is a manifest constant.
+inline uint64_t rotate(uint64_t val, size_t shift) {
+  // Avoid shifting by 64: doing so yields an undefined result.
+  return shift == 0 ? val : ((val >> shift) | (val << (64 - shift)));
+}
+
+inline uint64_t shift_mix(uint64_t val) {
+  return val ^ (val >> 47);
+}
+
+inline uint64_t hash_16_bytes(uint64_t low, uint64_t high) {
+  // Murmur-inspired hashing.
+  const uint64_t kMul = 0x9ddfea08eb382d69ULL;
+  uint64_t a = (low ^ high) * kMul;
+  a ^= (a >> 47);
+  uint64_t b = (high ^ a) * kMul;
+  b ^= (b >> 47);
+  b *= kMul;
+  return b;
+}
+
+inline uint64_t hash_1to3_bytes(const char *s, size_t len, uint64_t seed) {
+  uint8_t a = s[0];
+  uint8_t b = s[len >> 1];
+  uint8_t c = s[len - 1];
+  uint32_t y = static_cast<uint32_t>(a) + (static_cast<uint32_t>(b) << 8);
+  uint32_t z = static_cast<uint32_t>(len) + (static_cast<uint32_t>(c) << 2);
+  return shift_mix(y * k2 ^ z * k3 ^ seed) * k2;
+}
+
+inline uint64_t hash_4to8_bytes(const char *s, size_t len, uint64_t seed) {
+  uint64_t a = fetch32(s);
+  return hash_16_bytes(len + (a << 3), seed ^ fetch32(s + len - 4));
+}
+
+inline uint64_t hash_9to16_bytes(const char *s, size_t len, uint64_t seed) {
+  uint64_t a = fetch64(s);
+  uint64_t b = fetch64(s + len - 8);
+  return hash_16_bytes(seed ^ a, rotate(b + len, len)) ^ b;
+}
+
+inline uint64_t hash_17to32_bytes(const char *s, size_t len, uint64_t seed) {
+  uint64_t a = fetch64(s) * k1;
+  uint64_t b = fetch64(s + 8);
+  uint64_t c = fetch64(s + len - 8) * k2;
+  uint64_t d = fetch64(s + len - 16) * k0;
+  return hash_16_bytes(rotate(a - b, 43) + rotate(c ^ seed, 30) + d,
+                       a + rotate(b ^ k3, 20) - c + len + seed);
+}
+
+inline uint64_t hash_33to64_bytes(const char *s, size_t len, uint64_t seed) {
+  uint64_t z = fetch64(s + 24);
+  uint64_t a = fetch64(s) + (len + fetch64(s + len - 16)) * k0;
+  uint64_t b = rotate(a + z, 52);
+  uint64_t c = rotate(a, 37);
+  a += fetch64(s + 8);
+  c += rotate(a, 7);
+  a += fetch64(s + 16);
+  uint64_t vf = a + z;
+  uint64_t vs = b + rotate(a, 31) + c;
+  a = fetch64(s + 16) + fetch64(s + len - 32);
+  z = fetch64(s + len - 8);
+  b = rotate(a + z, 52);
+  c = rotate(a, 37);
+  a += fetch64(s + len - 24);
+  c += rotate(a, 7);
+  a += fetch64(s + len - 16);
+  uint64_t wf = a + z;
+  uint64_t ws = b + rotate(a, 31) + c;
+  uint64_t r = shift_mix((vf + ws) * k2 + (wf + vs) * k0);
+  return shift_mix((seed ^ (r * k0)) + vs) * k2;
+}
+
+inline uint64_t hash_short(const char *s, size_t length, uint64_t seed) {
+  if (length >= 4 && length <= 8)
+    return hash_4to8_bytes(s, length, seed);
+  if (length > 8 && length <= 16)
+    return hash_9to16_bytes(s, length, seed);
+  if (length > 16 && length <= 32)
+    return hash_17to32_bytes(s, length, seed);
+  if (length > 32)
+    return hash_33to64_bytes(s, length, seed);
+  if (length != 0)
+    return hash_1to3_bytes(s, length, seed);
+
+  return k2 ^ seed;
+}
+
+/// The intermediate state used during hashing.
+/// Currently, the algorithm for computing hash codes is based on CityHash and
+/// keeps 56 bytes of arbitrary state.
+struct hash_state {
+  uint64_t h0 = 0, h1 = 0, h2 = 0, h3 = 0, h4 = 0, h5 = 0, h6 = 0;
+
+  /// Create a new hash_state structure and initialize it based on the
+  /// seed and the first 64-byte chunk.
+  /// This effectively performs the initial mix.
+  static hash_state create(const char *s, uint64_t seed) {
+    hash_state state = {
+      0, seed, hash_16_bytes(seed, k1), rotate(seed ^ k1, 49),
+      seed * k1, shift_mix(seed), 0 };
+    state.h6 = hash_16_bytes(state.h4, state.h5);
+    state.mix(s);
+    return state;
+  }
+
+  /// Mix 32-bytes from the input sequence into the 16-bytes of 'a'
+  /// and 'b', including whatever is already in 'a' and 'b'.
+  static void mix_32_bytes(const char *s, uint64_t &a, uint64_t &b) {
+    a += fetch64(s);
+    uint64_t c = fetch64(s + 24);
+    b = rotate(b + a + c, 21);
+    uint64_t d = a;
+    a += fetch64(s + 8) + fetch64(s + 16);
+    b += rotate(a, 44) + d;
+    a += c;
+  }
+
+  /// Mix in a 64-byte buffer of data.
+  /// We mix all 64 bytes even when the chunk length is smaller, but we
+  /// record the actual length.
+  void mix(const char *s) {
+    h0 = rotate(h0 + h1 + h3 + fetch64(s + 8), 37) * k1;
+    h1 = rotate(h1 + h4 + fetch64(s + 48), 42) * k1;
+    h0 ^= h6;
+    h1 += h3 + fetch64(s + 40);
+    h2 = rotate(h2 + h5, 33) * k1;
+    h3 = h4 * k1;
+    h4 = h0 + h5;
+    mix_32_bytes(s, h3, h4);
+    h5 = h2 + h6;
+    h6 = h1 + fetch64(s + 16);
+    mix_32_bytes(s + 32, h5, h6);
+    std::swap(h2, h0);
+  }
+
+  /// Compute the final 64-bit hash code value based on the current
+  /// state and the length of bytes hashed.
+  uint64_t finalize(size_t length) {
+    return hash_16_bytes(hash_16_bytes(h3, h5) + shift_mix(h1) * k1 + h2,
+                         hash_16_bytes(h4, h6) + shift_mix(length) * k1 + h0);
+  }
+};
+
+
+/// A global, fixed seed-override variable.
+///
+/// This variable can be set using the \see llvm::set_fixed_execution_seed
+/// function. See that function for details. Do not, under any circumstances,
+/// set or read this variable.
+extern uint64_t fixed_seed_override;
+
+inline uint64_t get_execution_seed() {
+  // FIXME: This needs to be a per-execution seed. This is just a placeholder
+  // implementation. Switching to a per-execution seed is likely to flush out
+  // instability bugs and so will happen as its own commit.
+  //
+  // However, if there is a fixed seed override set the first time this is
+  // called, return that instead of the per-execution seed.
+  const uint64_t seed_prime = 0xff51afd7ed558ccdULL;
+  static uint64_t seed = fixed_seed_override ? fixed_seed_override : seed_prime;
+  return seed;
+}
+
+
+/// Trait to indicate whether a type's bits can be hashed directly.
+///
+/// A type trait which is true if we want to combine values for hashing by
+/// reading the underlying data. It is false if values of this type must
+/// first be passed to hash_value, and the resulting hash_codes combined.
+//
+// FIXME: We want to replace is_integral_or_enum and is_pointer here with
+// a predicate which asserts that comparing the underlying storage of two
+// values of the type for equality is equivalent to comparing the two values
+// for equality. For all the platforms we care about, this holds for integers
+// and pointers, but there are platforms where it doesn't and we would like to
+// support user-defined types which happen to satisfy this property.
+template <typename T> struct is_hashable_data
+  : std::integral_constant<bool, ((is_integral_or_enum<T>::value ||
+                                   std::is_pointer<T>::value) &&
+                                  64 % sizeof(T) == 0)> {};
+
+// Special case std::pair to detect when both types are viable and when there
+// is no alignment-derived padding in the pair. This is a bit of a lie because
+// std::pair isn't truly POD, but it's close enough in all reasonable
+// implementations for our use case of hashing the underlying data.
+template <typename T, typename U> struct is_hashable_data<std::pair<T, U> >
+  : std::integral_constant<bool, (is_hashable_data<T>::value &&
+                                  is_hashable_data<U>::value &&
+                                  (sizeof(T) + sizeof(U)) ==
+                                   sizeof(std::pair<T, U>))> {};
+
+/// Helper to get the hashable data representation for a type.
+/// This variant is enabled when the type itself can be used.
+template <typename T>
+std::enable_if_t<is_hashable_data<T>::value, T>
+get_hashable_data(const T &value) {
+  return value;
+}
+/// Helper to get the hashable data representation for a type.
+/// This variant is enabled when we must first call hash_value and use the
+/// result as our data.
+template <typename T>
+std::enable_if_t<!is_hashable_data<T>::value, size_t>
+get_hashable_data(const T &value) {
+  using ::llvm::hash_value;
+  return hash_value(value);
+}
+
+/// Helper to store data from a value into a buffer and advance the
+/// pointer into that buffer.
+///
+/// This routine first checks whether there is enough space in the provided
+/// buffer, and if not immediately returns false. If there is space, it
+/// copies the underlying bytes of value into the buffer, advances the
+/// buffer_ptr past the copied bytes, and returns true.
+template <typename T>
+bool store_and_advance(char *&buffer_ptr, char *buffer_end, const T& value,
+                       size_t offset = 0) {
+  size_t store_size = sizeof(value) - offset;
+  if (buffer_ptr + store_size > buffer_end)
+    return false;
+  const char *value_data = reinterpret_cast<const char *>(&value);
+  memcpy(buffer_ptr, value_data + offset, store_size);
+  buffer_ptr += store_size;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/// Implement the combining of integral values into a hash_code.
+///
+/// This overload is selected when the value type of the iterator is
+/// integral. Rather than computing a hash_code for each object and then
+/// combining them, this (as an optimization) directly combines the integers.
+template <typename InputIteratorT>
+hash_code hash_combine_range_impl(InputIteratorT first, InputIteratorT last) {
+  const uint64_t seed = get_execution_seed();
+  char buffer[64], *buffer_ptr = buffer;
+  char *const buffer_end = std::end(buffer);
+  while (first != last && store_and_advance(buffer_ptr, buffer_end,
+                                            get_hashable_data(*first)))
+    ++first;
+  if (first == last)
+    return hash_short(buffer, buffer_ptr - buffer, seed);
+  assert(buffer_ptr == buffer_end);
+
+  hash_state state = state.create(buffer, seed);
+  size_t length = 64;
+  while (first != last) {
+    // Fill up the buffer. We don't clear it, which re-mixes the last round
+    // when only a partial 64-byte chunk is left.
+    buffer_ptr = buffer;
+    while (first != last && store_and_advance(buffer_ptr, buffer_end,
+                                              get_hashable_data(*first)))
+      ++first;
+
+    // Rotate the buffer if we did a partial fill in order to simulate doing
+    // a mix of the last 64-bytes. That is how the algorithm works when we
+    // have a contiguous byte sequence, and we want to emulate that here.
+    std::rotate(buffer, buffer_ptr, buffer_end);
+
+    // Mix this chunk into the current state.
+    state.mix(buffer);
+    length += buffer_ptr - buffer;
+  };
+
+  return state.finalize(length);
+}
+
+/// Implement the combining of integral values into a hash_code.
+///
+/// This overload is selected when the value type of the iterator is integral
+/// and when the input iterator is actually a pointer. Rather than computing
+/// a hash_code for each object and then combining them, this (as an
+/// optimization) directly combines the integers. Also, because the integers
+/// are stored in contiguous memory, this routine avoids copying each value
+/// and directly reads from the underlying memory.
+template <typename ValueT>
+std::enable_if_t<is_hashable_data<ValueT>::value, hash_code>
+hash_combine_range_impl(ValueT *first, ValueT *last) {
+  const uint64_t seed = get_execution_seed();
+  const char *s_begin = reinterpret_cast<const char *>(first);
+  const char *s_end = reinterpret_cast<const char *>(last);
+  const size_t length = std::distance(s_begin, s_end);
+  if (length <= 64)
+    return hash_short(s_begin, length, seed);
+
+  const char *s_aligned_end = s_begin + (length & ~63);
+  hash_state state = state.create(s_begin, seed);
+  s_begin += 64;
+  while (s_begin != s_aligned_end) {
+    state.mix(s_begin);
+    s_begin += 64;
+  }
+  if (length & 63)
+    state.mix(s_end - 64);
+
+  return state.finalize(length);
+}
+
+} // namespace detail
+} // namespace hashing
+
+
+/// Compute a hash_code for a sequence of values.
+///
+/// This hashes a sequence of values. It produces the same hash_code as
+/// 'hash_combine(a, b, c, ...)', but can run over arbitrary sized sequences
+/// and is significantly faster given pointers and types which can be hashed as
+/// a sequence of bytes.
+template <typename InputIteratorT>
+hash_code hash_combine_range(InputIteratorT first, InputIteratorT last) {
+  return ::llvm::hashing::detail::hash_combine_range_impl(first, last);
+}
+
+
+// Implementation details for hash_combine.
+namespace hashing {
+namespace detail {
+
+/// Helper class to manage the recursive combining of hash_combine
+/// arguments.
+///
+/// This class exists to manage the state and various calls involved in the
+/// recursive combining of arguments used in hash_combine. It is particularly
+/// useful at minimizing the code in the recursive calls to ease the pain
+/// caused by a lack of variadic functions.
+struct hash_combine_recursive_helper {
+  char buffer[64] = {};
+  hash_state state;
+  const uint64_t seed;
+
+public:
+  /// Construct a recursive hash combining helper.
+  ///
+  /// This sets up the state for a recursive hash combine, including getting
+  /// the seed and buffer setup.
+  hash_combine_recursive_helper()
+    : seed(get_execution_seed()) {}
+
+  /// Combine one chunk of data into the current in-flight hash.
+  ///
+  /// This merges one chunk of data into the hash. First it tries to buffer
+  /// the data. If the buffer is full, it hashes the buffer into its
+  /// hash_state, empties it, and then merges the new chunk in. This also
+  /// handles cases where the data straddles the end of the buffer.
+  template <typename T>
+  char *combine_data(size_t &length, char *buffer_ptr, char *buffer_end, T data) {
+    if (!store_and_advance(buffer_ptr, buffer_end, data)) {
+      // Check for skew which prevents the buffer from being packed, and do
+      // a partial store into the buffer to fill it. This is only a concern
+      // with the variadic combine because that formation can have varying
+      // argument types.
+      size_t partial_store_size = buffer_end - buffer_ptr;
+      memcpy(buffer_ptr, &data, partial_store_size);
+
+      // If the store fails, our buffer is full and ready to hash. We have to
+      // either initialize the hash state (on the first full buffer) or mix
+      // this buffer into the existing hash state. Length tracks the *hashed*
+      // length, not the buffered length.
+      if (length == 0) {
+        state = state.create(buffer, seed);
+        length = 64;
+      } else {
+        // Mix this chunk into the current state and bump length up by 64.
+        state.mix(buffer);
+        length += 64;
+      }
+      // Reset the buffer_ptr to the head of the buffer for the next chunk of
+      // data.
+      buffer_ptr = buffer;
+
+      // Try again to store into the buffer -- this cannot fail as we only
+      // store types smaller than the buffer.
+      if (!store_and_advance(buffer_ptr, buffer_end, data,
+                             partial_store_size))
+        llvm_unreachable("buffer smaller than stored type");
+    }
+    return buffer_ptr;
+  }
+
+  /// Recursive, variadic combining method.
+  ///
+  /// This function recurses through each argument, combining that argument
+  /// into a single hash.
+  template <typename T, typename ...Ts>
+  hash_code combine(size_t length, char *buffer_ptr, char *buffer_end,
+                    const T &arg, const Ts &...args) {
+    buffer_ptr = combine_data(length, buffer_ptr, buffer_end, get_hashable_data(arg));
+
+    // Recurse to the next argument.
+    return combine(length, buffer_ptr, buffer_end, args...);
+  }
+
+  /// Base case for recursive, variadic combining.
+  ///
+  /// The base case when combining arguments recursively is reached when all
+  /// arguments have been handled. It flushes the remaining buffer and
+  /// constructs a hash_code.
+  hash_code combine(size_t length, char *buffer_ptr, char *buffer_end) {
+    // Check whether the entire set of values fit in the buffer. If so, we'll
+    // use the optimized short hashing routine and skip state entirely.
+    if (length == 0)
+      return hash_short(buffer, buffer_ptr - buffer, seed);
+
+    // Mix the final buffer, rotating it if we did a partial fill in order to
+    // simulate doing a mix of the last 64-bytes. That is how the algorithm
+    // works when we have a contiguous byte sequence, and we want to emulate
+    // that here.
+    std::rotate(buffer, buffer_ptr, buffer_end);
+
+    // Mix this chunk into the current state.
+    state.mix(buffer);
+    length += buffer_ptr - buffer;
+
+    return state.finalize(length);
+  }
+};
+
+} // namespace detail
+} // namespace hashing
+
+/// Combine values into a single hash_code.
+///
+/// This routine accepts a varying number of arguments of any type. It will
+/// attempt to combine them into a single hash_code. For user-defined types it
+/// attempts to call a \see hash_value overload (via ADL) for the type. For
+/// integer and pointer types it directly combines their data into the
+/// resulting hash_code.
+///
+/// The result is suitable for returning from a user's hash_value
+/// *implementation* for their user-defined type. Consumers of a type should
+/// *not* call this routine, they should instead call 'hash_value'.
+template <typename ...Ts> hash_code hash_combine(const Ts &...args) {
+  // Recursively hash each argument using a helper class.
+  ::llvm::hashing::detail::hash_combine_recursive_helper helper;
+  return helper.combine(0, helper.buffer, helper.buffer + 64, args...);
+}
+
+// Implementation details for implementations of hash_value overloads provided
+// here.
+namespace hashing {
+namespace detail {
+
+/// Helper to hash the value of a single integer.
+///
+/// Overloads for smaller integer types are not provided to ensure consistent
+/// behavior in the presence of integral promotions. Essentially,
+/// "hash_value('4')" and "hash_value('0' + 4)" should be the same.
+inline hash_code hash_integer_value(uint64_t value) {
+  // Similar to hash_4to8_bytes but using a seed instead of length.
+  const uint64_t seed = get_execution_seed();
+  const char *s = reinterpret_cast<const char *>(&value);
+  const uint64_t a = fetch32(s);
+  return hash_16_bytes(seed + (a << 3), fetch32(s + 4));
+}
+
+} // namespace detail
+} // namespace hashing
+
+// Declared and documented above, but defined here so that any of the hashing
+// infrastructure is available.
+template <typename T>
+std::enable_if_t<is_integral_or_enum<T>::value, hash_code> hash_value(T value) {
+  return ::llvm::hashing::detail::hash_integer_value(
+      static_cast<uint64_t>(value));
+}
+
+// Declared and documented above, but defined here so that any of the hashing
+// infrastructure is available.
+template <typename T> hash_code hash_value(const T *ptr) {
+  return ::llvm::hashing::detail::hash_integer_value(
+    reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(ptr));
+}
+
+// Declared and documented above, but defined here so that any of the hashing
+// infrastructure is available.
+template <typename T, typename U>
+hash_code hash_value(const std::pair<T, U> &arg) {
+  return hash_combine(arg.first, arg.second);
+}
+
+// Implementation details for the hash_value overload for std::tuple<...>(...).
+namespace hashing {
+namespace detail {
+
+template <typename... Ts, std::size_t... Indices>
+hash_code hash_value_tuple_helper(const std::tuple<Ts...> &arg,
+                                  std::index_sequence<Indices...>) {
+  return hash_combine(std::get<Indices>(arg)...);
+}
+
+} // namespace detail
+} // namespace hashing
+
+template <typename... Ts>
+hash_code hash_value(const std::tuple<Ts...> &arg) {
+  // TODO: Use std::apply when LLVM starts using C++17.
+  return ::llvm::hashing::detail::hash_value_tuple_helper(
+      arg, typename std::index_sequence_for<Ts...>());
+}
+
+// Declared and documented above, but defined here so that any of the hashing
+// infrastructure is available.
+template <typename T>
+hash_code hash_value(const std::basic_string<T> &arg) {
+  return hash_combine_range(arg.begin(), arg.end());
+}
+
+template <> struct DenseMapInfo<hash_code, void> {
+  static inline hash_code getEmptyKey() { return hash_code(-1); }
+  static inline hash_code getTombstoneKey() { return hash_code(-2); }
+  static unsigned getHashValue(hash_code val) { return val; }
+  static bool isEqual(hash_code LHS, hash_code RHS) { return LHS == RHS; }
+};
+
+} // namespace llvm
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ImmutableList.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ImmutableList.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0be8d88a92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ImmutableList.h
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//==--- ImmutableList.h - Immutable (functional) list interface --*- C++ -*-==//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines the ImmutableList class.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_IMMUTABLELIST_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_IMMUTABLELIST_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstdint>
+#include <new>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+template <typename T> class ImmutableListFactory;
+
+template <typename T>
+class ImmutableListImpl : public FoldingSetNode {
+  friend class ImmutableListFactory<T>;
+
+  T Head;
+  const ImmutableListImpl* Tail;
+
+  template <typename ElemT>
+  ImmutableListImpl(ElemT &&head, const ImmutableListImpl *tail = nullptr)
+    : Head(std::forward<ElemT>(head)), Tail(tail) {}
+
+public:
+  ImmutableListImpl(const ImmutableListImpl &) = delete;
+  ImmutableListImpl &operator=(const ImmutableListImpl &) = delete;
+
+  const T& getHead() const { return Head; }
+  const ImmutableListImpl* getTail() const { return Tail; }
+
+  static inline void Profile(FoldingSetNodeID& ID, const T& H,
+                             const ImmutableListImpl* L){
+    ID.AddPointer(L);
+    ID.Add(H);
+  }
+
+  void Profile(FoldingSetNodeID& ID) {
+    Profile(ID, Head, Tail);
+  }
+};
+
+/// ImmutableList - This class represents an immutable (functional) list.
+///  It is implemented as a smart pointer (wraps ImmutableListImpl), so it
+///  it is intended to always be copied by value as if it were a pointer.
+///  This interface matches ImmutableSet and ImmutableMap.  ImmutableList
+///  objects should almost never be created directly, and instead should
+///  be created by ImmutableListFactory objects that manage the lifetime
+///  of a group of lists.  When the factory object is reclaimed, all lists
+///  created by that factory are released as well.
+template <typename T>
+class ImmutableList {
+public:
+  using value_type = T;
+  using Factory = ImmutableListFactory<T>;
+
+  static_assert(std::is_trivially_destructible<T>::value,
+                "T must be trivially destructible!");
+
+private:
+  const ImmutableListImpl<T>* X;
+
+public:
+  // This constructor should normally only be called by ImmutableListFactory<T>.
+  // There may be cases, however, when one needs to extract the internal pointer
+  // and reconstruct a list object from that pointer.
+  ImmutableList(const ImmutableListImpl<T>* x = nullptr) : X(x) {}
+
+  const ImmutableListImpl<T>* getInternalPointer() const {
+    return X;
+  }
+
+  class iterator {
+    const ImmutableListImpl<T>* L = nullptr;
+
+  public:
+    iterator() = default;
+    iterator(ImmutableList l) : L(l.getInternalPointer()) {}
+
+    iterator& operator++() { L = L->getTail(); return *this; }
+    bool operator==(const iterator& I) const { return L == I.L; }
+    bool operator!=(const iterator& I) const { return L != I.L; }
+    const value_type& operator*() const { return L->getHead(); }
+    const typename std::remove_reference<value_type>::type* operator->() const {
+      return &L->getHead();
+    }
+
+    ImmutableList getList() const { return L; }
+  };
+
+  /// begin - Returns an iterator referring to the head of the list, or
+  ///  an iterator denoting the end of the list if the list is empty.
+  iterator begin() const { return iterator(X); }
+
+  /// end - Returns an iterator denoting the end of the list.  This iterator
+  ///  does not refer to a valid list element.
+  iterator end() const { return iterator(); }
+
+  /// isEmpty - Returns true if the list is empty.
+  bool isEmpty() const { return !X; }
+
+  bool contains(const T& V) const {
+    for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I) {
+      if (*I == V)
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// isEqual - Returns true if two lists are equal.  Because all lists created
+  ///  from the same ImmutableListFactory are uniqued, this has O(1) complexity
+  ///  because it the contents of the list do not need to be compared.  Note
+  ///  that you should only compare two lists created from the same
+  ///  ImmutableListFactory.
+  bool isEqual(const ImmutableList& L) const { return X == L.X; }
+
+  bool operator==(const ImmutableList& L) const { return isEqual(L); }
+
+  /// getHead - Returns the head of the list.
+  const T& getHead() const {
+    assert(!isEmpty() && "Cannot get the head of an empty list.");
+    return X->getHead();
+  }
+
+  /// getTail - Returns the tail of the list, which is another (possibly empty)
+  ///  ImmutableList.
+  ImmutableList getTail() const {
+    return X ? X->getTail() : nullptr;
+  }
+
+  void Profile(FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const {
+    ID.AddPointer(X);
+  }
+};
+
+template <typename T>
+class ImmutableListFactory {
+  using ListTy = ImmutableListImpl<T>;
+  using CacheTy = FoldingSet<ListTy>;
+
+  CacheTy Cache;
+  uintptr_t Allocator;
+
+  bool ownsAllocator() const {
+    return (Allocator & 0x1) == 0;
+  }
+
+  BumpPtrAllocator& getAllocator() const {
+    return *reinterpret_cast<BumpPtrAllocator*>(Allocator & ~0x1);
+  }
+
+public:
+  ImmutableListFactory()
+    : Allocator(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(new BumpPtrAllocator())) {}
+
+  ImmutableListFactory(BumpPtrAllocator& Alloc)
+  : Allocator(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(&Alloc) | 0x1) {}
+
+  ~ImmutableListFactory() {
+    if (ownsAllocator()) delete &getAllocator();
+  }
+
+  template <typename ElemT>
+  LLVM_NODISCARD ImmutableList<T> concat(ElemT &&Head, ImmutableList<T> Tail) {
+    // Profile the new list to see if it already exists in our cache.
+    FoldingSetNodeID ID;
+    void* InsertPos;
+
+    const ListTy* TailImpl = Tail.getInternalPointer();
+    ListTy::Profile(ID, Head, TailImpl);
+    ListTy* L = Cache.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
+
+    if (!L) {
+      // The list does not exist in our cache.  Create it.
+      BumpPtrAllocator& A = getAllocator();
+      L = (ListTy*) A.Allocate<ListTy>();
+      new (L) ListTy(std::forward<ElemT>(Head), TailImpl);
+
+      // Insert the new list into the cache.
+      Cache.InsertNode(L, InsertPos);
+    }
+
+    return L;
+  }
+
+  template <typename ElemT>
+  LLVM_NODISCARD ImmutableList<T> add(ElemT &&Data, ImmutableList<T> L) {
+    return concat(std::forward<ElemT>(Data), L);
+  }
+
+  template <typename ...CtorArgs>
+  LLVM_NODISCARD ImmutableList<T> emplace(ImmutableList<T> Tail,
+                                          CtorArgs &&...Args) {
+    return concat(T(std::forward<CtorArgs>(Args)...), Tail);
+  }
+
+  ImmutableList<T> getEmptyList() const {
+    return ImmutableList<T>(nullptr);
+  }
+
+  template <typename ElemT>
+  ImmutableList<T> create(ElemT &&Data) {
+    return concat(std::forward<ElemT>(Data), getEmptyList());
+  }
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Partially-specialized Traits.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+template <typename T> struct DenseMapInfo<ImmutableList<T>, void> {
+  static inline ImmutableList<T> getEmptyKey() {
+    return reinterpret_cast<ImmutableListImpl<T>*>(-1);
+  }
+
+  static inline ImmutableList<T> getTombstoneKey() {
+    return reinterpret_cast<ImmutableListImpl<T>*>(-2);
+  }
+
+  static unsigned getHashValue(ImmutableList<T> X) {
+    uintptr_t PtrVal = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(X.getInternalPointer());
+    return (unsigned((uintptr_t)PtrVal) >> 4) ^
+           (unsigned((uintptr_t)PtrVal) >> 9);
+  }
+
+  static bool isEqual(ImmutableList<T> X1, ImmutableList<T> X2) {
+    return X1 == X2;
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_IMMUTABLELIST_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ImmutableMap.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ImmutableMap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0ab26f6b2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ImmutableMap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===--- ImmutableMap.h - Immutable (functional) map interface --*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines the ImmutableMap class.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_IMMUTABLEMAP_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_IMMUTABLEMAP_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ImmutableSet.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// ImutKeyValueInfo -Traits class used by ImmutableMap.  While both the first
+/// and second elements in a pair are used to generate profile information,
+/// only the first element (the key) is used by isEqual and isLess.
+template <typename T, typename S>
+struct ImutKeyValueInfo {
+  using value_type = const std::pair<T,S>;
+  using value_type_ref = const value_type&;
+  using key_type = const T;
+  using key_type_ref = const T&;
+  using data_type = const S;
+  using data_type_ref = const S&;
+
+  static inline key_type_ref KeyOfValue(value_type_ref V) {
+    return V.first;
+  }
+
+  static inline data_type_ref DataOfValue(value_type_ref V) {
+    return V.second;
+  }
+
+  static inline bool isEqual(key_type_ref L, key_type_ref R) {
+    return ImutContainerInfo<T>::isEqual(L,R);
+  }
+  static inline bool isLess(key_type_ref L, key_type_ref R) {
+    return ImutContainerInfo<T>::isLess(L,R);
+  }
+
+  static inline bool isDataEqual(data_type_ref L, data_type_ref R) {
+    return ImutContainerInfo<S>::isEqual(L,R);
+  }
+
+  static inline void Profile(FoldingSetNodeID& ID, value_type_ref V) {
+    ImutContainerInfo<T>::Profile(ID, V.first);
+    ImutContainerInfo<S>::Profile(ID, V.second);
+  }
+};
+
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT,
+          typename ValInfo = ImutKeyValueInfo<KeyT,ValT>>
+class ImmutableMap {
+public:
+  using value_type = typename ValInfo::value_type;
+  using value_type_ref = typename ValInfo::value_type_ref;
+  using key_type = typename ValInfo::key_type;
+  using key_type_ref = typename ValInfo::key_type_ref;
+  using data_type = typename ValInfo::data_type;
+  using data_type_ref = typename ValInfo::data_type_ref;
+  using TreeTy = ImutAVLTree<ValInfo>;
+
+protected:
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<TreeTy> Root;
+
+public:
+  /// Constructs a map from a pointer to a tree root.  In general one
+  /// should use a Factory object to create maps instead of directly
+  /// invoking the constructor, but there are cases where make this
+  /// constructor public is useful.
+  explicit ImmutableMap(const TreeTy *R) : Root(const_cast<TreeTy *>(R)) {}
+
+  class Factory {
+    typename TreeTy::Factory F;
+    const bool Canonicalize;
+
+  public:
+    Factory(bool canonicalize = true) : Canonicalize(canonicalize) {}
+
+    Factory(BumpPtrAllocator &Alloc, bool canonicalize = true)
+        : F(Alloc), Canonicalize(canonicalize) {}
+
+    Factory(const Factory &) = delete;
+    Factory &operator=(const Factory &) = delete;
+
+    ImmutableMap getEmptyMap() { return ImmutableMap(F.getEmptyTree()); }
+
+    LLVM_NODISCARD ImmutableMap add(ImmutableMap Old, key_type_ref K,
+                                    data_type_ref D) {
+      TreeTy *T = F.add(Old.Root.get(), std::pair<key_type, data_type>(K, D));
+      return ImmutableMap(Canonicalize ? F.getCanonicalTree(T): T);
+    }
+
+    LLVM_NODISCARD ImmutableMap remove(ImmutableMap Old, key_type_ref K) {
+      TreeTy *T = F.remove(Old.Root.get(), K);
+      return ImmutableMap(Canonicalize ? F.getCanonicalTree(T): T);
+    }
+
+    typename TreeTy::Factory *getTreeFactory() const {
+      return const_cast<typename TreeTy::Factory *>(&F);
+    }
+  };
+
+  bool contains(key_type_ref K) const {
+    return Root ? Root->contains(K) : false;
+  }
+
+  bool operator==(const ImmutableMap &RHS) const {
+    return Root && RHS.Root ? Root->isEqual(*RHS.Root.get()) : Root == RHS.Root;
+  }
+
+  bool operator!=(const ImmutableMap &RHS) const {
+    return Root && RHS.Root ? Root->isNotEqual(*RHS.Root.get())
+                            : Root != RHS.Root;
+  }
+
+  TreeTy *getRoot() const {
+    if (Root) { Root->retain(); }
+    return Root.get();
+  }
+
+  TreeTy *getRootWithoutRetain() const { return Root.get(); }
+
+  void manualRetain() {
+    if (Root) Root->retain();
+  }
+
+  void manualRelease() {
+    if (Root) Root->release();
+  }
+
+  bool isEmpty() const { return !Root; }
+
+public:
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+  // For testing.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  void verify() const { if (Root) Root->verify(); }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Iterators.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  class iterator : public ImutAVLValueIterator<ImmutableMap> {
+    friend class ImmutableMap;
+
+    iterator() = default;
+    explicit iterator(TreeTy *Tree) : iterator::ImutAVLValueIterator(Tree) {}
+
+  public:
+    key_type_ref getKey() const { return (*this)->first; }
+    data_type_ref getData() const { return (*this)->second; }
+  };
+
+  iterator begin() const { return iterator(Root.get()); }
+  iterator end() const { return iterator(); }
+
+  data_type* lookup(key_type_ref K) const {
+    if (Root) {
+      TreeTy* T = Root->find(K);
+      if (T) return &T->getValue().second;
+    }
+
+    return nullptr;
+  }
+
+  /// getMaxElement - Returns the <key,value> pair in the ImmutableMap for
+  ///  which key is the highest in the ordering of keys in the map.  This
+  ///  method returns NULL if the map is empty.
+  value_type* getMaxElement() const {
+    return Root ? &(Root->getMaxElement()->getValue()) : nullptr;
+  }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Utility methods.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  unsigned getHeight() const { return Root ? Root->getHeight() : 0; }
+
+  static inline void Profile(FoldingSetNodeID& ID, const ImmutableMap& M) {
+    ID.AddPointer(M.Root.get());
+  }
+
+  inline void Profile(FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const {
+    return Profile(ID,*this);
+  }
+};
+
+// NOTE: This will possibly become the new implementation of ImmutableMap some day.
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT,
+typename ValInfo = ImutKeyValueInfo<KeyT,ValT>>
+class ImmutableMapRef {
+public:
+  using value_type = typename ValInfo::value_type;
+  using value_type_ref = typename ValInfo::value_type_ref;
+  using key_type = typename ValInfo::key_type;
+  using key_type_ref = typename ValInfo::key_type_ref;
+  using data_type = typename ValInfo::data_type;
+  using data_type_ref = typename ValInfo::data_type_ref;
+  using TreeTy = ImutAVLTree<ValInfo>;
+  using FactoryTy = typename TreeTy::Factory;
+
+protected:
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<TreeTy> Root;
+  FactoryTy *Factory;
+
+public:
+  /// Constructs a map from a pointer to a tree root.  In general one
+  /// should use a Factory object to create maps instead of directly
+  /// invoking the constructor, but there are cases where make this
+  /// constructor public is useful.
+  ImmutableMapRef(const TreeTy *R, FactoryTy *F)
+      : Root(const_cast<TreeTy *>(R)), Factory(F) {}
+
+  ImmutableMapRef(const ImmutableMap<KeyT, ValT> &X,
+                  typename ImmutableMap<KeyT, ValT>::Factory &F)
+      : Root(X.getRootWithoutRetain()), Factory(F.getTreeFactory()) {}
+
+  static inline ImmutableMapRef getEmptyMap(FactoryTy *F) {
+    return ImmutableMapRef(nullptr, F);
+  }
+
+  void manualRetain() {
+    if (Root) Root->retain();
+  }
+
+  void manualRelease() {
+    if (Root) Root->release();
+  }
+
+  ImmutableMapRef add(key_type_ref K, data_type_ref D) const {
+    TreeTy *NewT =
+        Factory->add(Root.get(), std::pair<key_type, data_type>(K, D));
+    return ImmutableMapRef(NewT, Factory);
+  }
+
+  ImmutableMapRef remove(key_type_ref K) const {
+    TreeTy *NewT = Factory->remove(Root.get(), K);
+    return ImmutableMapRef(NewT, Factory);
+  }
+
+  bool contains(key_type_ref K) const {
+    return Root ? Root->contains(K) : false;
+  }
+
+  ImmutableMap<KeyT, ValT> asImmutableMap() const {
+    return ImmutableMap<KeyT, ValT>(Factory->getCanonicalTree(Root.get()));
+  }
+
+  bool operator==(const ImmutableMapRef &RHS) const {
+    return Root && RHS.Root ? Root->isEqual(*RHS.Root.get()) : Root == RHS.Root;
+  }
+
+  bool operator!=(const ImmutableMapRef &RHS) const {
+    return Root && RHS.Root ? Root->isNotEqual(*RHS.Root.get())
+                            : Root != RHS.Root;
+  }
+
+  bool isEmpty() const { return !Root; }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+  // For testing.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  void verify() const {
+    if (Root)
+      Root->verify();
+  }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Iterators.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  class iterator : public ImutAVLValueIterator<ImmutableMapRef> {
+    friend class ImmutableMapRef;
+
+    iterator() = default;
+    explicit iterator(TreeTy *Tree) : iterator::ImutAVLValueIterator(Tree) {}
+
+  public:
+    key_type_ref getKey() const { return (*this)->first; }
+    data_type_ref getData() const { return (*this)->second; }
+  };
+
+  iterator begin() const { return iterator(Root.get()); }
+  iterator end() const { return iterator(); }
+
+  data_type *lookup(key_type_ref K) const {
+    if (Root) {
+      TreeTy* T = Root->find(K);
+      if (T) return &T->getValue().second;
+    }
+
+    return nullptr;
+  }
+
+  /// getMaxElement - Returns the <key,value> pair in the ImmutableMap for
+  ///  which key is the highest in the ordering of keys in the map.  This
+  ///  method returns NULL if the map is empty.
+  value_type* getMaxElement() const {
+    return Root ? &(Root->getMaxElement()->getValue()) : nullptr;
+  }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Utility methods.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  unsigned getHeight() const { return Root ? Root->getHeight() : 0; }
+
+  static inline void Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ImmutableMapRef &M) {
+    ID.AddPointer(M.Root.get());
+  }
+
+  inline void Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { return Profile(ID, *this); }
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_IMMUTABLEMAP_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ImmutableSet.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ImmutableSet.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..54100fcfbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ImmutableSet.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1182 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===--- ImmutableSet.h - Immutable (functional) set interface --*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines the ImutAVLTree and ImmutableSet classes.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_IMMUTABLESET_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_IMMUTABLESET_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/iterator.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstdint>
+#include <functional>
+#include <iterator>
+#include <new>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Immutable AVL-Tree Definition.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+template <typename ImutInfo> class ImutAVLFactory;
+template <typename ImutInfo> class ImutIntervalAVLFactory;
+template <typename ImutInfo> class ImutAVLTreeInOrderIterator;
+template <typename ImutInfo> class ImutAVLTreeGenericIterator;
+
+template <typename ImutInfo >
+class ImutAVLTree {
+public:
+  using key_type_ref = typename ImutInfo::key_type_ref;
+  using value_type = typename ImutInfo::value_type;
+  using value_type_ref = typename ImutInfo::value_type_ref;
+  using Factory = ImutAVLFactory<ImutInfo>;
+  using iterator = ImutAVLTreeInOrderIterator<ImutInfo>;
+
+  friend class ImutAVLFactory<ImutInfo>;
+  friend class ImutIntervalAVLFactory<ImutInfo>;
+  friend class ImutAVLTreeGenericIterator<ImutInfo>;
+
+  //===----------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Public Interface.
+  //===----------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  /// Return a pointer to the left subtree.  This value
+  ///  is NULL if there is no left subtree.
+  ImutAVLTree *getLeft() const { return left; }
+
+  /// Return a pointer to the right subtree.  This value is
+  ///  NULL if there is no right subtree.
+  ImutAVLTree *getRight() const { return right; }
+
+  /// getHeight - Returns the height of the tree.  A tree with no subtrees
+  ///  has a height of 1.
+  unsigned getHeight() const { return height; }
+
+  /// getValue - Returns the data value associated with the tree node.
+  const value_type& getValue() const { return value; }
+
+  /// find - Finds the subtree associated with the specified key value.
+  ///  This method returns NULL if no matching subtree is found.
+  ImutAVLTree* find(key_type_ref K) {
+    ImutAVLTree *T = this;
+    while (T) {
+      key_type_ref CurrentKey = ImutInfo::KeyOfValue(T->getValue());
+      if (ImutInfo::isEqual(K,CurrentKey))
+        return T;
+      else if (ImutInfo::isLess(K,CurrentKey))
+        T = T->getLeft();
+      else
+        T = T->getRight();
+    }
+    return nullptr;
+  }
+
+  /// getMaxElement - Find the subtree associated with the highest ranged
+  ///  key value.
+  ImutAVLTree* getMaxElement() {
+    ImutAVLTree *T = this;
+    ImutAVLTree *Right = T->getRight();
+    while (Right) { T = Right; Right = T->getRight(); }
+    return T;
+  }
+
+  /// size - Returns the number of nodes in the tree, which includes
+  ///  both leaves and non-leaf nodes.
+  unsigned size() const {
+    unsigned n = 1;
+    if (const ImutAVLTree* L = getLeft())
+      n += L->size();
+    if (const ImutAVLTree* R = getRight())
+      n += R->size();
+    return n;
+  }
+
+  /// begin - Returns an iterator that iterates over the nodes of the tree
+  ///  in an inorder traversal.  The returned iterator thus refers to the
+  ///  the tree node with the minimum data element.
+  iterator begin() const { return iterator(this); }
+
+  /// end - Returns an iterator for the tree that denotes the end of an
+  ///  inorder traversal.
+  iterator end() const { return iterator(); }
+
+  bool isElementEqual(value_type_ref V) const {
+    // Compare the keys.
+    if (!ImutInfo::isEqual(ImutInfo::KeyOfValue(getValue()),
+                           ImutInfo::KeyOfValue(V)))
+      return false;
+
+    // Also compare the data values.
+    if (!ImutInfo::isDataEqual(ImutInfo::DataOfValue(getValue()),
+                               ImutInfo::DataOfValue(V)))
+      return false;
+
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  bool isElementEqual(const ImutAVLTree* RHS) const {
+    return isElementEqual(RHS->getValue());
+  }
+
+  /// isEqual - Compares two trees for structural equality and returns true
+  ///   if they are equal.  This worst case performance of this operation is
+  //    linear in the sizes of the trees.
+  bool isEqual(const ImutAVLTree& RHS) const {
+    if (&RHS == this)
+      return true;
+
+    iterator LItr = begin(), LEnd = end();
+    iterator RItr = RHS.begin(), REnd = RHS.end();
+
+    while (LItr != LEnd && RItr != REnd) {
+      if (&*LItr == &*RItr) {
+        LItr.skipSubTree();
+        RItr.skipSubTree();
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      if (!LItr->isElementEqual(&*RItr))
+        return false;
+
+      ++LItr;
+      ++RItr;
+    }
+
+    return LItr == LEnd && RItr == REnd;
+  }
+
+  /// isNotEqual - Compares two trees for structural inequality.  Performance
+  ///  is the same is isEqual.
+  bool isNotEqual(const ImutAVLTree& RHS) const { return !isEqual(RHS); }
+
+  /// contains - Returns true if this tree contains a subtree (node) that
+  ///  has an data element that matches the specified key.  Complexity
+  ///  is logarithmic in the size of the tree.
+  bool contains(key_type_ref K) { return (bool) find(K); }
+
+  /// validateTree - A utility method that checks that the balancing and
+  ///  ordering invariants of the tree are satisfied.  It is a recursive
+  ///  method that returns the height of the tree, which is then consumed
+  ///  by the enclosing validateTree call.  External callers should ignore the
+  ///  return value.  An invalid tree will cause an assertion to fire in
+  ///  a debug build.
+  unsigned validateTree() const {
+    unsigned HL = getLeft() ? getLeft()->validateTree() : 0;
+    unsigned HR = getRight() ? getRight()->validateTree() : 0;
+    (void) HL;
+    (void) HR;
+
+    assert(getHeight() == ( HL > HR ? HL : HR ) + 1
+            && "Height calculation wrong");
+
+    assert((HL > HR ? HL-HR : HR-HL) <= 2
+           && "Balancing invariant violated");
+
+    assert((!getLeft() ||
+            ImutInfo::isLess(ImutInfo::KeyOfValue(getLeft()->getValue()),
+                             ImutInfo::KeyOfValue(getValue()))) &&
+           "Value in left child is not less that current value");
+
+    assert((!getRight() ||
+             ImutInfo::isLess(ImutInfo::KeyOfValue(getValue()),
+                              ImutInfo::KeyOfValue(getRight()->getValue()))) &&
+           "Current value is not less that value of right child");
+
+    return getHeight();
+  }
+
+  //===----------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Internal values.
+  //===----------------------------------------------------===//
+
+private:
+  Factory *factory;
+  ImutAVLTree *left;
+  ImutAVLTree *right;
+  ImutAVLTree *prev = nullptr;
+  ImutAVLTree *next = nullptr;
+
+  unsigned height : 28;
+  bool IsMutable : 1;
+  bool IsDigestCached : 1;
+  bool IsCanonicalized : 1;
+
+  value_type value;
+  uint32_t digest = 0;
+  uint32_t refCount = 0;
+
+  //===----------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Internal methods (node manipulation; used by Factory).
+  //===----------------------------------------------------===//
+
+private:
+  /// ImutAVLTree - Internal constructor that is only called by
+  ///   ImutAVLFactory.
+  ImutAVLTree(Factory *f, ImutAVLTree* l, ImutAVLTree* r, value_type_ref v,
+              unsigned height)
+    : factory(f), left(l), right(r), height(height), IsMutable(true),
+      IsDigestCached(false), IsCanonicalized(false), value(v)
+  {
+    if (left) left->retain();
+    if (right) right->retain();
+  }
+
+  /// isMutable - Returns true if the left and right subtree references
+  ///  (as well as height) can be changed.  If this method returns false,
+  ///  the tree is truly immutable.  Trees returned from an ImutAVLFactory
+  ///  object should always have this method return true.  Further, if this
+  ///  method returns false for an instance of ImutAVLTree, all subtrees
+  ///  will also have this method return false.  The converse is not true.
+  bool isMutable() const { return IsMutable; }
+
+  /// hasCachedDigest - Returns true if the digest for this tree is cached.
+  ///  This can only be true if the tree is immutable.
+  bool hasCachedDigest() const { return IsDigestCached; }
+
+  //===----------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Mutating operations.  A tree root can be manipulated as
+  // long as its reference has not "escaped" from internal
+  // methods of a factory object (see below).  When a tree
+  // pointer is externally viewable by client code, the
+  // internal "mutable bit" is cleared to mark the tree
+  // immutable.  Note that a tree that still has its mutable
+  // bit set may have children (subtrees) that are themselves
+  // immutable.
+  //===----------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  /// markImmutable - Clears the mutable flag for a tree.  After this happens,
+  ///   it is an error to call setLeft(), setRight(), and setHeight().
+  void markImmutable() {
+    assert(isMutable() && "Mutable flag already removed.");
+    IsMutable = false;
+  }
+
+  /// markedCachedDigest - Clears the NoCachedDigest flag for a tree.
+  void markedCachedDigest() {
+    assert(!hasCachedDigest() && "NoCachedDigest flag already removed.");
+    IsDigestCached = true;
+  }
+
+  /// setHeight - Changes the height of the tree.  Used internally by
+  ///  ImutAVLFactory.
+  void setHeight(unsigned h) {
+    assert(isMutable() && "Only a mutable tree can have its height changed.");
+    height = h;
+  }
+
+  static uint32_t computeDigest(ImutAVLTree *L, ImutAVLTree *R,
+                                value_type_ref V) {
+    uint32_t digest = 0;
+
+    if (L)
+      digest += L->computeDigest();
+
+    // Compute digest of stored data.
+    FoldingSetNodeID ID;
+    ImutInfo::Profile(ID,V);
+    digest += ID.ComputeHash();
+
+    if (R)
+      digest += R->computeDigest();
+
+    return digest;
+  }
+
+  uint32_t computeDigest() {
+    // Check the lowest bit to determine if digest has actually been
+    // pre-computed.
+    if (hasCachedDigest())
+      return digest;
+
+    uint32_t X = computeDigest(getLeft(), getRight(), getValue());
+    digest = X;
+    markedCachedDigest();
+    return X;
+  }
+
+  //===----------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Reference count operations.
+  //===----------------------------------------------------===//
+
+public:
+  void retain() { ++refCount; }
+
+  void release() {
+    assert(refCount > 0);
+    if (--refCount == 0)
+      destroy();
+  }
+
+  void destroy() {
+    if (left)
+      left->release();
+    if (right)
+      right->release();
+    if (IsCanonicalized) {
+      if (next)
+        next->prev = prev;
+
+      if (prev)
+        prev->next = next;
+      else
+        factory->Cache[factory->maskCacheIndex(computeDigest())] = next;
+    }
+
+    // We need to clear the mutability bit in case we are
+    // destroying the node as part of a sweep in ImutAVLFactory::recoverNodes().
+    IsMutable = false;
+    factory->freeNodes.push_back(this);
+  }
+};
+
+template <typename ImutInfo>
+struct IntrusiveRefCntPtrInfo<ImutAVLTree<ImutInfo>> {
+  static void retain(ImutAVLTree<ImutInfo> *Tree) { Tree->retain(); }
+  static void release(ImutAVLTree<ImutInfo> *Tree) { Tree->release(); }
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Immutable AVL-Tree Factory class.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+template <typename ImutInfo >
+class ImutAVLFactory {
+  friend class ImutAVLTree<ImutInfo>;
+
+  using TreeTy = ImutAVLTree<ImutInfo>;
+  using value_type_ref = typename TreeTy::value_type_ref;
+  using key_type_ref = typename TreeTy::key_type_ref;
+  using CacheTy = DenseMap<unsigned, TreeTy*>;
+
+  CacheTy Cache;
+  uintptr_t Allocator;
+  std::vector<TreeTy*> createdNodes;
+  std::vector<TreeTy*> freeNodes;
+
+  bool ownsAllocator() const {
+    return (Allocator & 0x1) == 0;
+  }
+
+  BumpPtrAllocator& getAllocator() const {
+    return *reinterpret_cast<BumpPtrAllocator*>(Allocator & ~0x1);
+  }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Public interface.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+
+public:
+  ImutAVLFactory()
+    : Allocator(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(new BumpPtrAllocator())) {}
+
+  ImutAVLFactory(BumpPtrAllocator& Alloc)
+    : Allocator(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(&Alloc) | 0x1) {}
+
+  ~ImutAVLFactory() {
+    if (ownsAllocator()) delete &getAllocator();
+  }
+
+  TreeTy* add(TreeTy* T, value_type_ref V) {
+    T = add_internal(V,T);
+    markImmutable(T);
+    recoverNodes();
+    return T;
+  }
+
+  TreeTy* remove(TreeTy* T, key_type_ref V) {
+    T = remove_internal(V,T);
+    markImmutable(T);
+    recoverNodes();
+    return T;
+  }
+
+  TreeTy* getEmptyTree() const { return nullptr; }
+
+protected:
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+  // A bunch of quick helper functions used for reasoning
+  // about the properties of trees and their children.
+  // These have succinct names so that the balancing code
+  // is as terse (and readable) as possible.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  bool            isEmpty(TreeTy* T) const { return !T; }
+  unsigned        getHeight(TreeTy* T) const { return T ? T->getHeight() : 0; }
+  TreeTy*         getLeft(TreeTy* T) const { return T->getLeft(); }
+  TreeTy*         getRight(TreeTy* T) const { return T->getRight(); }
+  value_type_ref  getValue(TreeTy* T) const { return T->value; }
+
+  // Make sure the index is not the Tombstone or Entry key of the DenseMap.
+  static unsigned maskCacheIndex(unsigned I) { return (I & ~0x02); }
+
+  unsigned incrementHeight(TreeTy* L, TreeTy* R) const {
+    unsigned hl = getHeight(L);
+    unsigned hr = getHeight(R);
+    return (hl > hr ? hl : hr) + 1;
+  }
+
+  static bool compareTreeWithSection(TreeTy* T,
+                                     typename TreeTy::iterator& TI,
+                                     typename TreeTy::iterator& TE) {
+    typename TreeTy::iterator I = T->begin(), E = T->end();
+    for ( ; I!=E ; ++I, ++TI) {
+      if (TI == TE || !I->isElementEqual(&*TI))
+        return false;
+    }
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+  // "createNode" is used to generate new tree roots that link
+  // to other trees.  The function may also simply move links
+  // in an existing root if that root is still marked mutable.
+  // This is necessary because otherwise our balancing code
+  // would leak memory as it would create nodes that are
+  // then discarded later before the finished tree is
+  // returned to the caller.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  TreeTy* createNode(TreeTy* L, value_type_ref V, TreeTy* R) {
+    BumpPtrAllocator& A = getAllocator();
+    TreeTy* T;
+    if (!freeNodes.empty()) {
+      T = freeNodes.back();
+      freeNodes.pop_back();
+      assert(T != L);
+      assert(T != R);
+    } else {
+      T = (TreeTy*) A.Allocate<TreeTy>();
+    }
+    new (T) TreeTy(this, L, R, V, incrementHeight(L,R));
+    createdNodes.push_back(T);
+    return T;
+  }
+
+  TreeTy* createNode(TreeTy* newLeft, TreeTy* oldTree, TreeTy* newRight) {
+    return createNode(newLeft, getValue(oldTree), newRight);
+  }
+
+  void recoverNodes() {
+    for (unsigned i = 0, n = createdNodes.size(); i < n; ++i) {
+      TreeTy *N = createdNodes[i];
+      if (N->isMutable() && N->refCount == 0)
+        N->destroy();
+    }
+    createdNodes.clear();
+  }
+
+  /// balanceTree - Used by add_internal and remove_internal to
+  ///  balance a newly created tree.
+  TreeTy* balanceTree(TreeTy* L, value_type_ref V, TreeTy* R) {
+    unsigned hl = getHeight(L);
+    unsigned hr = getHeight(R);
+
+    if (hl > hr + 2) {
+      assert(!isEmpty(L) && "Left tree cannot be empty to have a height >= 2");
+
+      TreeTy *LL = getLeft(L);
+      TreeTy *LR = getRight(L);
+
+      if (getHeight(LL) >= getHeight(LR))
+        return createNode(LL, L, createNode(LR,V,R));
+
+      assert(!isEmpty(LR) && "LR cannot be empty because it has a height >= 1");
+
+      TreeTy *LRL = getLeft(LR);
+      TreeTy *LRR = getRight(LR);
+
+      return createNode(createNode(LL,L,LRL), LR, createNode(LRR,V,R));
+    }
+
+    if (hr > hl + 2) {
+      assert(!isEmpty(R) && "Right tree cannot be empty to have a height >= 2");
+
+      TreeTy *RL = getLeft(R);
+      TreeTy *RR = getRight(R);
+
+      if (getHeight(RR) >= getHeight(RL))
+        return createNode(createNode(L,V,RL), R, RR);
+
+      assert(!isEmpty(RL) && "RL cannot be empty because it has a height >= 1");
+
+      TreeTy *RLL = getLeft(RL);
+      TreeTy *RLR = getRight(RL);
+
+      return createNode(createNode(L,V,RLL), RL, createNode(RLR,R,RR));
+    }
+
+    return createNode(L,V,R);
+  }
+
+  /// add_internal - Creates a new tree that includes the specified
+  ///  data and the data from the original tree.  If the original tree
+  ///  already contained the data item, the original tree is returned.
+  TreeTy* add_internal(value_type_ref V, TreeTy* T) {
+    if (isEmpty(T))
+      return createNode(T, V, T);
+    assert(!T->isMutable());
+
+    key_type_ref K = ImutInfo::KeyOfValue(V);
+    key_type_ref KCurrent = ImutInfo::KeyOfValue(getValue(T));
+
+    if (ImutInfo::isEqual(K,KCurrent))
+      return createNode(getLeft(T), V, getRight(T));
+    else if (ImutInfo::isLess(K,KCurrent))
+      return balanceTree(add_internal(V, getLeft(T)), getValue(T), getRight(T));
+    else
+      return balanceTree(getLeft(T), getValue(T), add_internal(V, getRight(T)));
+  }
+
+  /// remove_internal - Creates a new tree that includes all the data
+  ///  from the original tree except the specified data.  If the
+  ///  specified data did not exist in the original tree, the original
+  ///  tree is returned.
+  TreeTy* remove_internal(key_type_ref K, TreeTy* T) {
+    if (isEmpty(T))
+      return T;
+
+    assert(!T->isMutable());
+
+    key_type_ref KCurrent = ImutInfo::KeyOfValue(getValue(T));
+
+    if (ImutInfo::isEqual(K,KCurrent)) {
+      return combineTrees(getLeft(T), getRight(T));
+    } else if (ImutInfo::isLess(K,KCurrent)) {
+      return balanceTree(remove_internal(K, getLeft(T)),
+                                            getValue(T), getRight(T));
+    } else {
+      return balanceTree(getLeft(T), getValue(T),
+                         remove_internal(K, getRight(T)));
+    }
+  }
+
+  TreeTy* combineTrees(TreeTy* L, TreeTy* R) {
+    if (isEmpty(L))
+      return R;
+    if (isEmpty(R))
+      return L;
+    TreeTy* OldNode;
+    TreeTy* newRight = removeMinBinding(R,OldNode);
+    return balanceTree(L, getValue(OldNode), newRight);
+  }
+
+  TreeTy* removeMinBinding(TreeTy* T, TreeTy*& Noderemoved) {
+    assert(!isEmpty(T));
+    if (isEmpty(getLeft(T))) {
+      Noderemoved = T;
+      return getRight(T);
+    }
+    return balanceTree(removeMinBinding(getLeft(T), Noderemoved),
+                       getValue(T), getRight(T));
+  }
+
+  /// markImmutable - Clears the mutable bits of a root and all of its
+  ///  descendants.
+  void markImmutable(TreeTy* T) {
+    if (!T || !T->isMutable())
+      return;
+    T->markImmutable();
+    markImmutable(getLeft(T));
+    markImmutable(getRight(T));
+  }
+
+public:
+  TreeTy *getCanonicalTree(TreeTy *TNew) {
+    if (!TNew)
+      return nullptr;
+
+    if (TNew->IsCanonicalized)
+      return TNew;
+
+    // Search the hashtable for another tree with the same digest, and
+    // if find a collision compare those trees by their contents.
+    unsigned digest = TNew->computeDigest();
+    TreeTy *&entry = Cache[maskCacheIndex(digest)];
+    do {
+      if (!entry)
+        break;
+      for (TreeTy *T = entry ; T != nullptr; T = T->next) {
+        // Compare the Contents('T') with Contents('TNew')
+        typename TreeTy::iterator TI = T->begin(), TE = T->end();
+        if (!compareTreeWithSection(TNew, TI, TE))
+          continue;
+        if (TI != TE)
+          continue; // T has more contents than TNew.
+        // Trees did match!  Return 'T'.
+        if (TNew->refCount == 0)
+          TNew->destroy();
+        return T;
+      }
+      entry->prev = TNew;
+      TNew->next = entry;
+    }
+    while (false);
+
+    entry = TNew;
+    TNew->IsCanonicalized = true;
+    return TNew;
+  }
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Immutable AVL-Tree Iterators.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+template <typename ImutInfo> class ImutAVLTreeGenericIterator {
+  SmallVector<uintptr_t,20> stack;
+
+public:
+  using iterator_category = std::bidirectional_iterator_tag;
+  using value_type = ImutAVLTree<ImutInfo>;
+  using difference_type = std::ptrdiff_t;
+  using pointer = value_type *;
+  using reference = value_type &;
+
+  enum VisitFlag { VisitedNone=0x0, VisitedLeft=0x1, VisitedRight=0x3,
+                   Flags=0x3 };
+
+  using TreeTy = ImutAVLTree<ImutInfo>;
+
+  ImutAVLTreeGenericIterator() = default;
+  ImutAVLTreeGenericIterator(const TreeTy *Root) {
+    if (Root) stack.push_back(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Root));
+  }
+
+  TreeTy &operator*() const {
+    assert(!stack.empty());
+    return *reinterpret_cast<TreeTy *>(stack.back() & ~Flags);
+  }
+  TreeTy *operator->() const { return &*this; }
+
+  uintptr_t getVisitState() const {
+    assert(!stack.empty());
+    return stack.back() & Flags;
+  }
+
+  bool atEnd() const { return stack.empty(); }
+
+  bool atBeginning() const {
+    return stack.size() == 1 && getVisitState() == VisitedNone;
+  }
+
+  void skipToParent() {
+    assert(!stack.empty());
+    stack.pop_back();
+    if (stack.empty())
+      return;
+    switch (getVisitState()) {
+      case VisitedNone:
+        stack.back() |= VisitedLeft;
+        break;
+      case VisitedLeft:
+        stack.back() |= VisitedRight;
+        break;
+      default:
+        llvm_unreachable("Unreachable.");
+    }
+  }
+
+  bool operator==(const ImutAVLTreeGenericIterator &x) const {
+    return stack == x.stack;
+  }
+
+  bool operator!=(const ImutAVLTreeGenericIterator &x) const {
+    return !(*this == x);
+  }
+
+  ImutAVLTreeGenericIterator &operator++() {
+    assert(!stack.empty());
+    TreeTy* Current = reinterpret_cast<TreeTy*>(stack.back() & ~Flags);
+    assert(Current);
+    switch (getVisitState()) {
+      case VisitedNone:
+        if (TreeTy* L = Current->getLeft())
+          stack.push_back(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(L));
+        else
+          stack.back() |= VisitedLeft;
+        break;
+      case VisitedLeft:
+        if (TreeTy* R = Current->getRight())
+          stack.push_back(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(R));
+        else
+          stack.back() |= VisitedRight;
+        break;
+      case VisitedRight:
+        skipToParent();
+        break;
+      default:
+        llvm_unreachable("Unreachable.");
+    }
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  ImutAVLTreeGenericIterator &operator--() {
+    assert(!stack.empty());
+    TreeTy* Current = reinterpret_cast<TreeTy*>(stack.back() & ~Flags);
+    assert(Current);
+    switch (getVisitState()) {
+      case VisitedNone:
+        stack.pop_back();
+        break;
+      case VisitedLeft:
+        stack.back() &= ~Flags; // Set state to "VisitedNone."
+        if (TreeTy* L = Current->getLeft())
+          stack.push_back(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(L) | VisitedRight);
+        break;
+      case VisitedRight:
+        stack.back() &= ~Flags;
+        stack.back() |= VisitedLeft;
+        if (TreeTy* R = Current->getRight())
+          stack.push_back(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(R) | VisitedRight);
+        break;
+      default:
+        llvm_unreachable("Unreachable.");
+    }
+    return *this;
+  }
+};
+
+template <typename ImutInfo> class ImutAVLTreeInOrderIterator {
+  using InternalIteratorTy = ImutAVLTreeGenericIterator<ImutInfo>;
+
+  InternalIteratorTy InternalItr;
+
+public:
+  using iterator_category = std::bidirectional_iterator_tag;
+  using value_type = ImutAVLTree<ImutInfo>;
+  using difference_type = std::ptrdiff_t;
+  using pointer = value_type *;
+  using reference = value_type &;
+
+  using TreeTy = ImutAVLTree<ImutInfo>;
+
+  ImutAVLTreeInOrderIterator(const TreeTy* Root) : InternalItr(Root) {
+    if (Root)
+      ++*this; // Advance to first element.
+  }
+
+  ImutAVLTreeInOrderIterator() : InternalItr() {}
+
+  bool operator==(const ImutAVLTreeInOrderIterator &x) const {
+    return InternalItr == x.InternalItr;
+  }
+
+  bool operator!=(const ImutAVLTreeInOrderIterator &x) const {
+    return !(*this == x);
+  }
+
+  TreeTy &operator*() const { return *InternalItr; }
+  TreeTy *operator->() const { return &*InternalItr; }
+
+  ImutAVLTreeInOrderIterator &operator++() {
+    do ++InternalItr;
+    while (!InternalItr.atEnd() &&
+           InternalItr.getVisitState() != InternalIteratorTy::VisitedLeft);
+
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  ImutAVLTreeInOrderIterator &operator--() {
+    do --InternalItr;
+    while (!InternalItr.atBeginning() &&
+           InternalItr.getVisitState() != InternalIteratorTy::VisitedLeft);
+
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  void skipSubTree() {
+    InternalItr.skipToParent();
+
+    while (!InternalItr.atEnd() &&
+           InternalItr.getVisitState() != InternalIteratorTy::VisitedLeft)
+      ++InternalItr;
+  }
+};
+
+/// Generic iterator that wraps a T::TreeTy::iterator and exposes
+/// iterator::getValue() on dereference.
+template <typename T>
+struct ImutAVLValueIterator
+    : iterator_adaptor_base<
+          ImutAVLValueIterator<T>, typename T::TreeTy::iterator,
+          typename std::iterator_traits<
+              typename T::TreeTy::iterator>::iterator_category,
+          const typename T::value_type> {
+  ImutAVLValueIterator() = default;
+  explicit ImutAVLValueIterator(typename T::TreeTy *Tree)
+      : ImutAVLValueIterator::iterator_adaptor_base(Tree) {}
+
+  typename ImutAVLValueIterator::reference operator*() const {
+    return this->I->getValue();
+  }
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Trait classes for Profile information.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/// Generic profile template.  The default behavior is to invoke the
+/// profile method of an object.  Specializations for primitive integers
+/// and generic handling of pointers is done below.
+template <typename T>
+struct ImutProfileInfo {
+  using value_type = const T;
+  using value_type_ref = const T&;
+
+  static void Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &ID, value_type_ref X) {
+    FoldingSetTrait<T>::Profile(X,ID);
+  }
+};
+
+/// Profile traits for integers.
+template <typename T>
+struct ImutProfileInteger {
+  using value_type = const T;
+  using value_type_ref = const T&;
+
+  static void Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &ID, value_type_ref X) {
+    ID.AddInteger(X);
+  }
+};
+
+#define PROFILE_INTEGER_INFO(X)\
+template<> struct ImutProfileInfo<X> : ImutProfileInteger<X> {};
+
+PROFILE_INTEGER_INFO(char)
+PROFILE_INTEGER_INFO(unsigned char)
+PROFILE_INTEGER_INFO(short)
+PROFILE_INTEGER_INFO(unsigned short)
+PROFILE_INTEGER_INFO(unsigned)
+PROFILE_INTEGER_INFO(signed)
+PROFILE_INTEGER_INFO(long)
+PROFILE_INTEGER_INFO(unsigned long)
+PROFILE_INTEGER_INFO(long long)
+PROFILE_INTEGER_INFO(unsigned long long)
+
+#undef PROFILE_INTEGER_INFO
+
+/// Profile traits for booleans.
+template <>
+struct ImutProfileInfo<bool> {
+  using value_type = const bool;
+  using value_type_ref = const bool&;
+
+  static void Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &ID, value_type_ref X) {
+    ID.AddBoolean(X);
+  }
+};
+
+/// Generic profile trait for pointer types.  We treat pointers as
+/// references to unique objects.
+template <typename T>
+struct ImutProfileInfo<T*> {
+  using value_type = const T*;
+  using value_type_ref = value_type;
+
+  static void Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &ID, value_type_ref X) {
+    ID.AddPointer(X);
+  }
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Trait classes that contain element comparison operators and type
+//  definitions used by ImutAVLTree, ImmutableSet, and ImmutableMap.  These
+//  inherit from the profile traits (ImutProfileInfo) to include operations
+//  for element profiling.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/// ImutContainerInfo - Generic definition of comparison operations for
+///   elements of immutable containers that defaults to using
+///   std::equal_to<> and std::less<> to perform comparison of elements.
+template <typename T>
+struct ImutContainerInfo : public ImutProfileInfo<T> {
+  using value_type = typename ImutProfileInfo<T>::value_type;
+  using value_type_ref = typename ImutProfileInfo<T>::value_type_ref;
+  using key_type = value_type;
+  using key_type_ref = value_type_ref;
+  using data_type = bool;
+  using data_type_ref = bool;
+
+  static key_type_ref KeyOfValue(value_type_ref D) { return D; }
+  static data_type_ref DataOfValue(value_type_ref) { return true; }
+
+  static bool isEqual(key_type_ref LHS, key_type_ref RHS) {
+    return std::equal_to<key_type>()(LHS,RHS);
+  }
+
+  static bool isLess(key_type_ref LHS, key_type_ref RHS) {
+    return std::less<key_type>()(LHS,RHS);
+  }
+
+  static bool isDataEqual(data_type_ref, data_type_ref) { return true; }
+};
+
+/// ImutContainerInfo - Specialization for pointer values to treat pointers
+///  as references to unique objects.  Pointers are thus compared by
+///  their addresses.
+template <typename T>
+struct ImutContainerInfo<T*> : public ImutProfileInfo<T*> {
+  using value_type = typename ImutProfileInfo<T*>::value_type;
+  using value_type_ref = typename ImutProfileInfo<T*>::value_type_ref;
+  using key_type = value_type;
+  using key_type_ref = value_type_ref;
+  using data_type = bool;
+  using data_type_ref = bool;
+
+  static key_type_ref KeyOfValue(value_type_ref D) { return D; }
+  static data_type_ref DataOfValue(value_type_ref) { return true; }
+
+  static bool isEqual(key_type_ref LHS, key_type_ref RHS) { return LHS == RHS; }
+
+  static bool isLess(key_type_ref LHS, key_type_ref RHS) { return LHS < RHS; }
+
+  static bool isDataEqual(data_type_ref, data_type_ref) { return true; }
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Immutable Set
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+template <typename ValT, typename ValInfo = ImutContainerInfo<ValT>>
+class ImmutableSet {
+public:
+  using value_type = typename ValInfo::value_type;
+  using value_type_ref = typename ValInfo::value_type_ref;
+  using TreeTy = ImutAVLTree<ValInfo>;
+
+private:
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<TreeTy> Root;
+
+public:
+  /// Constructs a set from a pointer to a tree root.  In general one
+  /// should use a Factory object to create sets instead of directly
+  /// invoking the constructor, but there are cases where make this
+  /// constructor public is useful.
+  explicit ImmutableSet(TreeTy *R) : Root(R) {}
+
+  class Factory {
+    typename TreeTy::Factory F;
+    const bool Canonicalize;
+
+  public:
+    Factory(bool canonicalize = true)
+      : Canonicalize(canonicalize) {}
+
+    Factory(BumpPtrAllocator& Alloc, bool canonicalize = true)
+      : F(Alloc), Canonicalize(canonicalize) {}
+
+    Factory(const Factory& RHS) = delete;
+    void operator=(const Factory& RHS) = delete;
+
+    /// getEmptySet - Returns an immutable set that contains no elements.
+    ImmutableSet getEmptySet() {
+      return ImmutableSet(F.getEmptyTree());
+    }
+
+    /// add - Creates a new immutable set that contains all of the values
+    ///  of the original set with the addition of the specified value.  If
+    ///  the original set already included the value, then the original set is
+    ///  returned and no memory is allocated.  The time and space complexity
+    ///  of this operation is logarithmic in the size of the original set.
+    ///  The memory allocated to represent the set is released when the
+    ///  factory object that created the set is destroyed.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD ImmutableSet add(ImmutableSet Old, value_type_ref V) {
+      TreeTy *NewT = F.add(Old.Root.get(), V);
+      return ImmutableSet(Canonicalize ? F.getCanonicalTree(NewT) : NewT);
+    }
+
+    /// remove - Creates a new immutable set that contains all of the values
+    ///  of the original set with the exception of the specified value.  If
+    ///  the original set did not contain the value, the original set is
+    ///  returned and no memory is allocated.  The time and space complexity
+    ///  of this operation is logarithmic in the size of the original set.
+    ///  The memory allocated to represent the set is released when the
+    ///  factory object that created the set is destroyed.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD ImmutableSet remove(ImmutableSet Old, value_type_ref V) {
+      TreeTy *NewT = F.remove(Old.Root.get(), V);
+      return ImmutableSet(Canonicalize ? F.getCanonicalTree(NewT) : NewT);
+    }
+
+    BumpPtrAllocator& getAllocator() { return F.getAllocator(); }
+
+    typename TreeTy::Factory *getTreeFactory() const {
+      return const_cast<typename TreeTy::Factory *>(&F);
+    }
+  };
+
+  friend class Factory;
+
+  /// Returns true if the set contains the specified value.
+  bool contains(value_type_ref V) const {
+    return Root ? Root->contains(V) : false;
+  }
+
+  bool operator==(const ImmutableSet &RHS) const {
+    return Root && RHS.Root ? Root->isEqual(*RHS.Root.get()) : Root == RHS.Root;
+  }
+
+  bool operator!=(const ImmutableSet &RHS) const {
+    return Root && RHS.Root ? Root->isNotEqual(*RHS.Root.get())
+                            : Root != RHS.Root;
+  }
+
+  TreeTy *getRoot() {
+    if (Root) { Root->retain(); }
+    return Root.get();
+  }
+
+  TreeTy *getRootWithoutRetain() const { return Root.get(); }
+
+  /// isEmpty - Return true if the set contains no elements.
+  bool isEmpty() const { return !Root; }
+
+  /// isSingleton - Return true if the set contains exactly one element.
+  ///   This method runs in constant time.
+  bool isSingleton() const { return getHeight() == 1; }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Iterators.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  using iterator = ImutAVLValueIterator<ImmutableSet>;
+
+  iterator begin() const { return iterator(Root.get()); }
+  iterator end() const { return iterator(); }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Utility methods.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  unsigned getHeight() const { return Root ? Root->getHeight() : 0; }
+
+  static void Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ImmutableSet &S) {
+    ID.AddPointer(S.Root.get());
+  }
+
+  void Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { return Profile(ID, *this); }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+  // For testing.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  void validateTree() const { if (Root) Root->validateTree(); }
+};
+
+// NOTE: This may some day replace the current ImmutableSet.
+template <typename ValT, typename ValInfo = ImutContainerInfo<ValT>>
+class ImmutableSetRef {
+public:
+  using value_type = typename ValInfo::value_type;
+  using value_type_ref = typename ValInfo::value_type_ref;
+  using TreeTy = ImutAVLTree<ValInfo>;
+  using FactoryTy = typename TreeTy::Factory;
+
+private:
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<TreeTy> Root;
+  FactoryTy *Factory;
+
+public:
+  /// Constructs a set from a pointer to a tree root.  In general one
+  /// should use a Factory object to create sets instead of directly
+  /// invoking the constructor, but there are cases where make this
+  /// constructor public is useful.
+  ImmutableSetRef(TreeTy *R, FactoryTy *F) : Root(R), Factory(F) {}
+
+  static ImmutableSetRef getEmptySet(FactoryTy *F) {
+    return ImmutableSetRef(0, F);
+  }
+
+  ImmutableSetRef add(value_type_ref V) {
+    return ImmutableSetRef(Factory->add(Root.get(), V), Factory);
+  }
+
+  ImmutableSetRef remove(value_type_ref V) {
+    return ImmutableSetRef(Factory->remove(Root.get(), V), Factory);
+  }
+
+  /// Returns true if the set contains the specified value.
+  bool contains(value_type_ref V) const {
+    return Root ? Root->contains(V) : false;
+  }
+
+  ImmutableSet<ValT> asImmutableSet(bool canonicalize = true) const {
+    return ImmutableSet<ValT>(
+        canonicalize ? Factory->getCanonicalTree(Root.get()) : Root.get());
+  }
+
+  TreeTy *getRootWithoutRetain() const { return Root.get(); }
+
+  bool operator==(const ImmutableSetRef &RHS) const {
+    return Root && RHS.Root ? Root->isEqual(*RHS.Root.get()) : Root == RHS.Root;
+  }
+
+  bool operator!=(const ImmutableSetRef &RHS) const {
+    return Root && RHS.Root ? Root->isNotEqual(*RHS.Root.get())
+                            : Root != RHS.Root;
+  }
+
+  /// isEmpty - Return true if the set contains no elements.
+  bool isEmpty() const { return !Root; }
+
+  /// isSingleton - Return true if the set contains exactly one element.
+  ///   This method runs in constant time.
+  bool isSingleton() const { return getHeight() == 1; }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Iterators.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  using iterator = ImutAVLValueIterator<ImmutableSetRef>;
+
+  iterator begin() const { return iterator(Root.get()); }
+  iterator end() const { return iterator(); }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+  // Utility methods.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  unsigned getHeight() const { return Root ? Root->getHeight() : 0; }
+
+  static void Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ImmutableSetRef &S) {
+    ID.AddPointer(S.Root.get());
+  }
+
+  void Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { return Profile(ID, *this); }
+
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+  // For testing.
+  //===--------------------------------------------------===//
+
+  void validateTree() const { if (Root) Root->validateTree(); }
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_IMMUTABLESET_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/IndexedMap.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/IndexedMap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d45d968819
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/IndexedMap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/IndexedMap.h - An index map implementation ------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file implements an indexed map. The index map template takes two
+/// types. The first is the mapped type and the second is a functor
+/// that maps its argument to a size_t. On instantiation a "null" value
+/// can be provided to be used as a "does not exist" indicator in the
+/// map. A member function grow() is provided that given the value of
+/// the maximally indexed key (the argument of the functor) makes sure
+/// the map has enough space for it.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_INDEXEDMAP_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_INDEXEDMAP_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
+#include <cassert>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+template <typename T, typename ToIndexT = identity<unsigned>>
+  class IndexedMap {
+    using IndexT = typename ToIndexT::argument_type;
+    // Prefer SmallVector with zero inline storage over std::vector. IndexedMaps
+    // can grow very large and SmallVector grows more efficiently as long as T
+    // is trivially copyable.
+    using StorageT = SmallVector<T, 0>;
+
+    StorageT storage_;
+    T nullVal_;
+    ToIndexT toIndex_;
+
+  public:
+    IndexedMap() : nullVal_(T()) {}
+
+    explicit IndexedMap(const T& val) : nullVal_(val) {}
+
+    typename StorageT::reference operator[](IndexT n) {
+      assert(toIndex_(n) < storage_.size() && "index out of bounds!");
+      return storage_[toIndex_(n)];
+    }
+
+    typename StorageT::const_reference operator[](IndexT n) const {
+      assert(toIndex_(n) < storage_.size() && "index out of bounds!");
+      return storage_[toIndex_(n)];
+    }
+
+    void reserve(typename StorageT::size_type s) {
+      storage_.reserve(s);
+    }
+
+    void resize(typename StorageT::size_type s) {
+      storage_.resize(s, nullVal_);
+    }
+
+    void clear() {
+      storage_.clear();
+    }
+
+    void grow(IndexT n) {
+      unsigned NewSize = toIndex_(n) + 1;
+      if (NewSize > storage_.size())
+        resize(NewSize);
+    }
+
+    bool inBounds(IndexT n) const {
+      return toIndex_(n) < storage_.size();
+    }
+
+    typename StorageT::size_type size() const {
+      return storage_.size();
+    }
+  };
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_INDEXEDMAP_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/IntEqClasses.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/IntEqClasses.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9358a87912
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/IntEqClasses.h
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===-- llvm/ADT/IntEqClasses.h - Equiv. Classes of Integers ----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// Equivalence classes for small integers. This is a mapping of the integers
+/// 0 .. N-1 into M equivalence classes numbered 0 .. M-1.
+///
+/// Initially each integer has its own equivalence class. Classes are joined by
+/// passing a representative member of each class to join().
+///
+/// Once the classes are built, compress() will number them 0 .. M-1 and prevent
+/// further changes.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_INTEQCLASSES_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_INTEQCLASSES_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+class IntEqClasses {
+  /// EC - When uncompressed, map each integer to a smaller member of its
+  /// equivalence class. The class leader is the smallest member and maps to
+  /// itself.
+  ///
+  /// When compressed, EC[i] is the equivalence class of i.
+  SmallVector<unsigned, 8> EC;
+
+  /// NumClasses - The number of equivalence classes when compressed, or 0 when
+  /// uncompressed.
+  unsigned NumClasses;
+
+public:
+  /// IntEqClasses - Create an equivalence class mapping for 0 .. N-1.
+  IntEqClasses(unsigned N = 0) : NumClasses(0) { grow(N); }
+
+  /// grow - Increase capacity to hold 0 .. N-1, putting new integers in unique
+  /// equivalence classes.
+  /// This requires an uncompressed map.
+  void grow(unsigned N);
+
+  /// clear - Clear all classes so that grow() will assign a unique class to
+  /// every integer.
+  void clear() {
+    EC.clear();
+    NumClasses = 0;
+  }
+
+  /// Join the equivalence classes of a and b. After joining classes,
+  /// findLeader(a) == findLeader(b). This requires an uncompressed map.
+  /// Returns the new leader.
+  unsigned join(unsigned a, unsigned b);
+
+  /// findLeader - Compute the leader of a's equivalence class. This is the
+  /// smallest member of the class.
+  /// This requires an uncompressed map.
+  unsigned findLeader(unsigned a) const;
+
+  /// compress - Compress equivalence classes by numbering them 0 .. M.
+  /// This makes the equivalence class map immutable.
+  void compress();
+
+  /// getNumClasses - Return the number of equivalence classes after compress()
+  /// was called.
+  unsigned getNumClasses() const { return NumClasses; }
+
+  /// operator[] - Return a's equivalence class number, 0 .. getNumClasses()-1.
+  /// This requires a compressed map.
+  unsigned operator[](unsigned a) const {
+    assert(NumClasses && "operator[] called before compress()");
+    return EC[a];
+  }
+
+  /// uncompress - Change back to the uncompressed representation that allows
+  /// editing.
+  void uncompress();
+};
+
+} // End llvm namespace
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/IntervalMap.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/IntervalMap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d2493c266e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/IntervalMap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2185 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/IntervalMap.h - A sorted interval map -----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file implements a coalescing interval map for small objects.
+///
+/// KeyT objects are mapped to ValT objects. Intervals of keys that map to the
+/// same value are represented in a compressed form.
+///
+/// Iterators provide ordered access to the compressed intervals rather than the
+/// individual keys, and insert and erase operations use key intervals as well.
+///
+/// Like SmallVector, IntervalMap will store the first N intervals in the map
+/// object itself without any allocations. When space is exhausted it switches
+/// to a B+-tree representation with very small overhead for small key and
+/// value objects.
+///
+/// A Traits class specifies how keys are compared. It also allows IntervalMap
+/// to work with both closed and half-open intervals.
+///
+/// Keys and values are not stored next to each other in a std::pair, so we
+/// don't provide such a value_type. Dereferencing iterators only returns the
+/// mapped value. The interval bounds are accessible through the start() and
+/// stop() iterator methods.
+///
+/// IntervalMap is optimized for small key and value objects, 4 or 8 bytes
+/// each is the optimal size. For large objects use std::map instead.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// Synopsis:
+//
+// template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+// class IntervalMap {
+// public:
+//   typedef KeyT key_type;
+//   typedef ValT mapped_type;
+//   typedef RecyclingAllocator<...> Allocator;
+//   class iterator;
+//   class const_iterator;
+//
+//   explicit IntervalMap(Allocator&);
+//   ~IntervalMap():
+//
+//   bool empty() const;
+//   KeyT start() const;
+//   KeyT stop() const;
+//   ValT lookup(KeyT x, Value NotFound = Value()) const;
+//
+//   const_iterator begin() const;
+//   const_iterator end() const;
+//   iterator begin();
+//   iterator end();
+//   const_iterator find(KeyT x) const;
+//   iterator find(KeyT x);
+//
+//   void insert(KeyT a, KeyT b, ValT y);
+//   void clear();
+// };
+//
+// template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+// class IntervalMap::const_iterator {
+// public:
+//   using iterator_category = std::bidirectional_iterator_tag;
+//   using value_type = ValT;
+//   using difference_type = std::ptrdiff_t;
+//   using pointer = value_type *;
+//   using reference = value_type &;
+//
+//   bool operator==(const const_iterator &) const;
+//   bool operator!=(const const_iterator &) const;
+//   bool valid() const;
+//
+//   const KeyT &start() const;
+//   const KeyT &stop() const;
+//   const ValT &value() const;
+//   const ValT &operator*() const;
+//   const ValT *operator->() const;
+//
+//   const_iterator &operator++();
+//   const_iterator &operator++(int);
+//   const_iterator &operator--();
+//   const_iterator &operator--(int);
+//   void goToBegin();
+//   void goToEnd();
+//   void find(KeyT x);
+//   void advanceTo(KeyT x);
+// };
+//
+// template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+// class IntervalMap::iterator : public const_iterator {
+// public:
+//   void insert(KeyT a, KeyT b, Value y);
+//   void erase();
+// };
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_INTERVALMAP_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_INTERVALMAP_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/bit.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/AlignOf.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/RecyclingAllocator.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstdint>
+#include <iterator>
+#include <new>
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//---                              Key traits                              ---//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// The IntervalMap works with closed or half-open intervals.
+// Adjacent intervals that map to the same value are coalesced.
+//
+// The IntervalMapInfo traits class is used to determine if a key is contained
+// in an interval, and if two intervals are adjacent so they can be coalesced.
+// The provided implementation works for closed integer intervals, other keys
+// probably need a specialized version.
+//
+// The point x is contained in [a;b] when !startLess(x, a) && !stopLess(b, x).
+//
+// It is assumed that (a;b] half-open intervals are not used, only [a;b) is
+// allowed. This is so that stopLess(a, b) can be used to determine if two
+// intervals overlap.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+template <typename T>
+struct IntervalMapInfo {
+  /// startLess - Return true if x is not in [a;b].
+  /// This is x < a both for closed intervals and for [a;b) half-open intervals.
+  static inline bool startLess(const T &x, const T &a) {
+    return x < a;
+  }
+
+  /// stopLess - Return true if x is not in [a;b].
+  /// This is b < x for a closed interval, b <= x for [a;b) half-open intervals.
+  static inline bool stopLess(const T &b, const T &x) {
+    return b < x;
+  }
+
+  /// adjacent - Return true when the intervals [x;a] and [b;y] can coalesce.
+  /// This is a+1 == b for closed intervals, a == b for half-open intervals.
+  static inline bool adjacent(const T &a, const T &b) {
+    return a+1 == b;
+  }
+
+  /// nonEmpty - Return true if [a;b] is non-empty.
+  /// This is a <= b for a closed interval, a < b for [a;b) half-open intervals.
+  static inline bool nonEmpty(const T &a, const T &b) {
+    return a <= b;
+  }
+};
+
+template <typename T>
+struct IntervalMapHalfOpenInfo {
+  /// startLess - Return true if x is not in [a;b).
+  static inline bool startLess(const T &x, const T &a) {
+    return x < a;
+  }
+
+  /// stopLess - Return true if x is not in [a;b).
+  static inline bool stopLess(const T &b, const T &x) {
+    return b <= x;
+  }
+
+  /// adjacent - Return true when the intervals [x;a) and [b;y) can coalesce.
+  static inline bool adjacent(const T &a, const T &b) {
+    return a == b;
+  }
+
+  /// nonEmpty - Return true if [a;b) is non-empty.
+  static inline bool nonEmpty(const T &a, const T &b) {
+    return a < b;
+  }
+};
+
+/// IntervalMapImpl - Namespace used for IntervalMap implementation details.
+/// It should be considered private to the implementation.
+namespace IntervalMapImpl {
+
+using IdxPair = std::pair<unsigned,unsigned>;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//---                    IntervalMapImpl::NodeBase                         ---//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// Both leaf and branch nodes store vectors of pairs.
+// Leaves store ((KeyT, KeyT), ValT) pairs, branches use (NodeRef, KeyT).
+//
+// Keys and values are stored in separate arrays to avoid padding caused by
+// different object alignments. This also helps improve locality of reference
+// when searching the keys.
+//
+// The nodes don't know how many elements they contain - that information is
+// stored elsewhere. Omitting the size field prevents padding and allows a node
+// to fill the allocated cache lines completely.
+//
+// These are typical key and value sizes, the node branching factor (N), and
+// wasted space when nodes are sized to fit in three cache lines (192 bytes):
+//
+//   T1  T2   N Waste  Used by
+//    4   4  24   0    Branch<4> (32-bit pointers)
+//    8   4  16   0    Leaf<4,4>, Branch<4>
+//    8   8  12   0    Leaf<4,8>, Branch<8>
+//   16   4   9  12    Leaf<8,4>
+//   16   8   8   0    Leaf<8,8>
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+template <typename T1, typename T2, unsigned N>
+class NodeBase {
+public:
+  enum { Capacity = N };
+
+  T1 first[N];
+  T2 second[N];
+
+  /// copy - Copy elements from another node.
+  /// @param Other Node elements are copied from.
+  /// @param i     Beginning of the source range in other.
+  /// @param j     Beginning of the destination range in this.
+  /// @param Count Number of elements to copy.
+  template <unsigned M>
+  void copy(const NodeBase<T1, T2, M> &Other, unsigned i,
+            unsigned j, unsigned Count) {
+    assert(i + Count <= M && "Invalid source range");
+    assert(j + Count <= N && "Invalid dest range");
+    for (unsigned e = i + Count; i != e; ++i, ++j) {
+      first[j]  = Other.first[i];
+      second[j] = Other.second[i];
+    }
+  }
+
+  /// moveLeft - Move elements to the left.
+  /// @param i     Beginning of the source range.
+  /// @param j     Beginning of the destination range.
+  /// @param Count Number of elements to copy.
+  void moveLeft(unsigned i, unsigned j, unsigned Count) {
+    assert(j <= i && "Use moveRight shift elements right");
+    copy(*this, i, j, Count);
+  }
+
+  /// moveRight - Move elements to the right.
+  /// @param i     Beginning of the source range.
+  /// @param j     Beginning of the destination range.
+  /// @param Count Number of elements to copy.
+  void moveRight(unsigned i, unsigned j, unsigned Count) {
+    assert(i <= j && "Use moveLeft shift elements left");
+    assert(j + Count <= N && "Invalid range");
+    while (Count--) {
+      first[j + Count]  = first[i + Count];
+      second[j + Count] = second[i + Count];
+    }
+  }
+
+  /// erase - Erase elements [i;j).
+  /// @param i    Beginning of the range to erase.
+  /// @param j    End of the range. (Exclusive).
+  /// @param Size Number of elements in node.
+  void erase(unsigned i, unsigned j, unsigned Size) {
+    moveLeft(j, i, Size - j);
+  }
+
+  /// erase - Erase element at i.
+  /// @param i    Index of element to erase.
+  /// @param Size Number of elements in node.
+  void erase(unsigned i, unsigned Size) {
+    erase(i, i+1, Size);
+  }
+
+  /// shift - Shift elements [i;size) 1 position to the right.
+  /// @param i    Beginning of the range to move.
+  /// @param Size Number of elements in node.
+  void shift(unsigned i, unsigned Size) {
+    moveRight(i, i + 1, Size - i);
+  }
+
+  /// transferToLeftSib - Transfer elements to a left sibling node.
+  /// @param Size  Number of elements in this.
+  /// @param Sib   Left sibling node.
+  /// @param SSize Number of elements in sib.
+  /// @param Count Number of elements to transfer.
+  void transferToLeftSib(unsigned Size, NodeBase &Sib, unsigned SSize,
+                         unsigned Count) {
+    Sib.copy(*this, 0, SSize, Count);
+    erase(0, Count, Size);
+  }
+
+  /// transferToRightSib - Transfer elements to a right sibling node.
+  /// @param Size  Number of elements in this.
+  /// @param Sib   Right sibling node.
+  /// @param SSize Number of elements in sib.
+  /// @param Count Number of elements to transfer.
+  void transferToRightSib(unsigned Size, NodeBase &Sib, unsigned SSize,
+                          unsigned Count) {
+    Sib.moveRight(0, Count, SSize);
+    Sib.copy(*this, Size-Count, 0, Count);
+  }
+
+  /// adjustFromLeftSib - Adjust the number if elements in this node by moving
+  /// elements to or from a left sibling node.
+  /// @param Size  Number of elements in this.
+  /// @param Sib   Right sibling node.
+  /// @param SSize Number of elements in sib.
+  /// @param Add   The number of elements to add to this node, possibly < 0.
+  /// @return      Number of elements added to this node, possibly negative.
+  int adjustFromLeftSib(unsigned Size, NodeBase &Sib, unsigned SSize, int Add) {
+    if (Add > 0) {
+      // We want to grow, copy from sib.
+      unsigned Count = std::min(std::min(unsigned(Add), SSize), N - Size);
+      Sib.transferToRightSib(SSize, *this, Size, Count);
+      return Count;
+    } else {
+      // We want to shrink, copy to sib.
+      unsigned Count = std::min(std::min(unsigned(-Add), Size), N - SSize);
+      transferToLeftSib(Size, Sib, SSize, Count);
+      return -Count;
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+/// IntervalMapImpl::adjustSiblingSizes - Move elements between sibling nodes.
+/// @param Node  Array of pointers to sibling nodes.
+/// @param Nodes Number of nodes.
+/// @param CurSize Array of current node sizes, will be overwritten.
+/// @param NewSize Array of desired node sizes.
+template <typename NodeT>
+void adjustSiblingSizes(NodeT *Node[], unsigned Nodes,
+                        unsigned CurSize[], const unsigned NewSize[]) {
+  // Move elements right.
+  for (int n = Nodes - 1; n; --n) {
+    if (CurSize[n] == NewSize[n])
+      continue;
+    for (int m = n - 1; m != -1; --m) {
+      int d = Node[n]->adjustFromLeftSib(CurSize[n], *Node[m], CurSize[m],
+                                         NewSize[n] - CurSize[n]);
+      CurSize[m] -= d;
+      CurSize[n] += d;
+      // Keep going if the current node was exhausted.
+      if (CurSize[n] >= NewSize[n])
+          break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (Nodes == 0)
+    return;
+
+  // Move elements left.
+  for (unsigned n = 0; n != Nodes - 1; ++n) {
+    if (CurSize[n] == NewSize[n])
+      continue;
+    for (unsigned m = n + 1; m != Nodes; ++m) {
+      int d = Node[m]->adjustFromLeftSib(CurSize[m], *Node[n], CurSize[n],
+                                        CurSize[n] -  NewSize[n]);
+      CurSize[m] += d;
+      CurSize[n] -= d;
+      // Keep going if the current node was exhausted.
+      if (CurSize[n] >= NewSize[n])
+          break;
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  for (unsigned n = 0; n != Nodes; n++)
+    assert(CurSize[n] == NewSize[n] && "Insufficient element shuffle");
+#endif
+}
+
+/// IntervalMapImpl::distribute - Compute a new distribution of node elements
+/// after an overflow or underflow. Reserve space for a new element at Position,
+/// and compute the node that will hold Position after redistributing node
+/// elements.
+///
+/// It is required that
+///
+///   Elements == sum(CurSize), and
+///   Elements + Grow <= Nodes * Capacity.
+///
+/// NewSize[] will be filled in such that:
+///
+///   sum(NewSize) == Elements, and
+///   NewSize[i] <= Capacity.
+///
+/// The returned index is the node where Position will go, so:
+///
+///   sum(NewSize[0..idx-1]) <= Position
+///   sum(NewSize[0..idx])   >= Position
+///
+/// The last equality, sum(NewSize[0..idx]) == Position, can only happen when
+/// Grow is set and NewSize[idx] == Capacity-1. The index points to the node
+/// before the one holding the Position'th element where there is room for an
+/// insertion.
+///
+/// @param Nodes    The number of nodes.
+/// @param Elements Total elements in all nodes.
+/// @param Capacity The capacity of each node.
+/// @param CurSize  Array[Nodes] of current node sizes, or NULL.
+/// @param NewSize  Array[Nodes] to receive the new node sizes.
+/// @param Position Insert position.
+/// @param Grow     Reserve space for a new element at Position.
+/// @return         (node, offset) for Position.
+IdxPair distribute(unsigned Nodes, unsigned Elements, unsigned Capacity,
+                   const unsigned *CurSize, unsigned NewSize[],
+                   unsigned Position, bool Grow);
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//---                   IntervalMapImpl::NodeSizer                         ---//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// Compute node sizes from key and value types.
+//
+// The branching factors are chosen to make nodes fit in three cache lines.
+// This may not be possible if keys or values are very large. Such large objects
+// are handled correctly, but a std::map would probably give better performance.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+enum {
+  // Cache line size. Most architectures have 32 or 64 byte cache lines.
+  // We use 64 bytes here because it provides good branching factors.
+  Log2CacheLine = 6,
+  CacheLineBytes = 1 << Log2CacheLine,
+  DesiredNodeBytes = 3 * CacheLineBytes
+};
+
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT>
+struct NodeSizer {
+  enum {
+    // Compute the leaf node branching factor that makes a node fit in three
+    // cache lines. The branching factor must be at least 3, or some B+-tree
+    // balancing algorithms won't work.
+    // LeafSize can't be larger than CacheLineBytes. This is required by the
+    // PointerIntPair used by NodeRef.
+    DesiredLeafSize = DesiredNodeBytes /
+      static_cast<unsigned>(2*sizeof(KeyT)+sizeof(ValT)),
+    MinLeafSize = 3,
+    LeafSize = DesiredLeafSize > MinLeafSize ? DesiredLeafSize : MinLeafSize
+  };
+
+  using LeafBase = NodeBase<std::pair<KeyT, KeyT>, ValT, LeafSize>;
+
+  enum {
+    // Now that we have the leaf branching factor, compute the actual allocation
+    // unit size by rounding up to a whole number of cache lines.
+    AllocBytes = (sizeof(LeafBase) + CacheLineBytes-1) & ~(CacheLineBytes-1),
+
+    // Determine the branching factor for branch nodes.
+    BranchSize = AllocBytes /
+      static_cast<unsigned>(sizeof(KeyT) + sizeof(void*))
+  };
+
+  /// Allocator - The recycling allocator used for both branch and leaf nodes.
+  /// This typedef is very likely to be identical for all IntervalMaps with
+  /// reasonably sized entries, so the same allocator can be shared among
+  /// different kinds of maps.
+  using Allocator =
+      RecyclingAllocator<BumpPtrAllocator, char, AllocBytes, CacheLineBytes>;
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//---                     IntervalMapImpl::NodeRef                         ---//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// B+-tree nodes can be leaves or branches, so we need a polymorphic node
+// pointer that can point to both kinds.
+//
+// All nodes are cache line aligned and the low 6 bits of a node pointer are
+// always 0. These bits are used to store the number of elements in the
+// referenced node. Besides saving space, placing node sizes in the parents
+// allow tree balancing algorithms to run without faulting cache lines for nodes
+// that may not need to be modified.
+//
+// A NodeRef doesn't know whether it references a leaf node or a branch node.
+// It is the responsibility of the caller to use the correct types.
+//
+// Nodes are never supposed to be empty, and it is invalid to store a node size
+// of 0 in a NodeRef. The valid range of sizes is 1-64.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+class NodeRef {
+  struct CacheAlignedPointerTraits {
+    static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(void *P) { return P; }
+    static inline void *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { return P; }
+    static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = Log2CacheLine;
+  };
+  PointerIntPair<void*, Log2CacheLine, unsigned, CacheAlignedPointerTraits> pip;
+
+public:
+  /// NodeRef - Create a null ref.
+  NodeRef() = default;
+
+  /// operator bool - Detect a null ref.
+  explicit operator bool() const { return pip.getOpaqueValue(); }
+
+  /// NodeRef - Create a reference to the node p with n elements.
+  template <typename NodeT>
+  NodeRef(NodeT *p, unsigned n) : pip(p, n - 1) {
+    assert(n <= NodeT::Capacity && "Size too big for node");
+  }
+
+  /// size - Return the number of elements in the referenced node.
+  unsigned size() const { return pip.getInt() + 1; }
+
+  /// setSize - Update the node size.
+  void setSize(unsigned n) { pip.setInt(n - 1); }
+
+  /// subtree - Access the i'th subtree reference in a branch node.
+  /// This depends on branch nodes storing the NodeRef array as their first
+  /// member.
+  NodeRef &subtree(unsigned i) const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<NodeRef*>(pip.getPointer())[i];
+  }
+
+  /// get - Dereference as a NodeT reference.
+  template <typename NodeT>
+  NodeT &get() const {
+    return *reinterpret_cast<NodeT*>(pip.getPointer());
+  }
+
+  bool operator==(const NodeRef &RHS) const {
+    if (pip == RHS.pip)
+      return true;
+    assert(pip.getPointer() != RHS.pip.getPointer() && "Inconsistent NodeRefs");
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  bool operator!=(const NodeRef &RHS) const {
+    return !operator==(RHS);
+  }
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//---                      IntervalMapImpl::LeafNode                       ---//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// Leaf nodes store up to N disjoint intervals with corresponding values.
+//
+// The intervals are kept sorted and fully coalesced so there are no adjacent
+// intervals mapping to the same value.
+//
+// These constraints are always satisfied:
+//
+// - Traits::stopLess(start(i), stop(i))    - Non-empty, sane intervals.
+//
+// - Traits::stopLess(stop(i), start(i + 1) - Sorted.
+//
+// - value(i) != value(i + 1) || !Traits::adjacent(stop(i), start(i + 1))
+//                                          - Fully coalesced.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+class LeafNode : public NodeBase<std::pair<KeyT, KeyT>, ValT, N> {
+public:
+  const KeyT &start(unsigned i) const { return this->first[i].first; }
+  const KeyT &stop(unsigned i) const { return this->first[i].second; }
+  const ValT &value(unsigned i) const { return this->second[i]; }
+
+  KeyT &start(unsigned i) { return this->first[i].first; }
+  KeyT &stop(unsigned i) { return this->first[i].second; }
+  ValT &value(unsigned i) { return this->second[i]; }
+
+  /// findFrom - Find the first interval after i that may contain x.
+  /// @param i    Starting index for the search.
+  /// @param Size Number of elements in node.
+  /// @param x    Key to search for.
+  /// @return     First index with !stopLess(key[i].stop, x), or size.
+  ///             This is the first interval that can possibly contain x.
+  unsigned findFrom(unsigned i, unsigned Size, KeyT x) const {
+    assert(i <= Size && Size <= N && "Bad indices");
+    assert((i == 0 || Traits::stopLess(stop(i - 1), x)) &&
+           "Index is past the needed point");
+    while (i != Size && Traits::stopLess(stop(i), x)) ++i;
+    return i;
+  }
+
+  /// safeFind - Find an interval that is known to exist. This is the same as
+  /// findFrom except is it assumed that x is at least within range of the last
+  /// interval.
+  /// @param i Starting index for the search.
+  /// @param x Key to search for.
+  /// @return  First index with !stopLess(key[i].stop, x), never size.
+  ///          This is the first interval that can possibly contain x.
+  unsigned safeFind(unsigned i, KeyT x) const {
+    assert(i < N && "Bad index");
+    assert((i == 0 || Traits::stopLess(stop(i - 1), x)) &&
+           "Index is past the needed point");
+    while (Traits::stopLess(stop(i), x)) ++i;
+    assert(i < N && "Unsafe intervals");
+    return i;
+  }
+
+  /// safeLookup - Lookup mapped value for a safe key.
+  /// It is assumed that x is within range of the last entry.
+  /// @param x        Key to search for.
+  /// @param NotFound Value to return if x is not in any interval.
+  /// @return         The mapped value at x or NotFound.
+  ValT safeLookup(KeyT x, ValT NotFound) const {
+    unsigned i = safeFind(0, x);
+    return Traits::startLess(x, start(i)) ? NotFound : value(i);
+  }
+
+  unsigned insertFrom(unsigned &Pos, unsigned Size, KeyT a, KeyT b, ValT y);
+};
+
+/// insertFrom - Add mapping of [a;b] to y if possible, coalescing as much as
+/// possible. This may cause the node to grow by 1, or it may cause the node
+/// to shrink because of coalescing.
+/// @param Pos  Starting index = insertFrom(0, size, a)
+/// @param Size Number of elements in node.
+/// @param a    Interval start.
+/// @param b    Interval stop.
+/// @param y    Value be mapped.
+/// @return     (insert position, new size), or (i, Capacity+1) on overflow.
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+unsigned LeafNode<KeyT, ValT, N, Traits>::
+insertFrom(unsigned &Pos, unsigned Size, KeyT a, KeyT b, ValT y) {
+  unsigned i = Pos;
+  assert(i <= Size && Size <= N && "Invalid index");
+  assert(!Traits::stopLess(b, a) && "Invalid interval");
+
+  // Verify the findFrom invariant.
+  assert((i == 0 || Traits::stopLess(stop(i - 1), a)));
+  assert((i == Size || !Traits::stopLess(stop(i), a)));
+  assert((i == Size || Traits::stopLess(b, start(i))) && "Overlapping insert");
+
+  // Coalesce with previous interval.
+  if (i && value(i - 1) == y && Traits::adjacent(stop(i - 1), a)) {
+    Pos = i - 1;
+    // Also coalesce with next interval?
+    if (i != Size && value(i) == y && Traits::adjacent(b, start(i))) {
+      stop(i - 1) = stop(i);
+      this->erase(i, Size);
+      return Size - 1;
+    }
+    stop(i - 1) = b;
+    return Size;
+  }
+
+  // Detect overflow.
+  if (i == N)
+    return N + 1;
+
+  // Add new interval at end.
+  if (i == Size) {
+    start(i) = a;
+    stop(i) = b;
+    value(i) = y;
+    return Size + 1;
+  }
+
+  // Try to coalesce with following interval.
+  if (value(i) == y && Traits::adjacent(b, start(i))) {
+    start(i) = a;
+    return Size;
+  }
+
+  // We must insert before i. Detect overflow.
+  if (Size == N)
+    return N + 1;
+
+  // Insert before i.
+  this->shift(i, Size);
+  start(i) = a;
+  stop(i) = b;
+  value(i) = y;
+  return Size + 1;
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//---                   IntervalMapImpl::BranchNode                        ---//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// A branch node stores references to 1--N subtrees all of the same height.
+//
+// The key array in a branch node holds the rightmost stop key of each subtree.
+// It is redundant to store the last stop key since it can be found in the
+// parent node, but doing so makes tree balancing a lot simpler.
+//
+// It is unusual for a branch node to only have one subtree, but it can happen
+// in the root node if it is smaller than the normal nodes.
+//
+// When all of the leaf nodes from all the subtrees are concatenated, they must
+// satisfy the same constraints as a single leaf node. They must be sorted,
+// sane, and fully coalesced.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+class BranchNode : public NodeBase<NodeRef, KeyT, N> {
+public:
+  const KeyT &stop(unsigned i) const { return this->second[i]; }
+  const NodeRef &subtree(unsigned i) const { return this->first[i]; }
+
+  KeyT &stop(unsigned i) { return this->second[i]; }
+  NodeRef &subtree(unsigned i) { return this->first[i]; }
+
+  /// findFrom - Find the first subtree after i that may contain x.
+  /// @param i    Starting index for the search.
+  /// @param Size Number of elements in node.
+  /// @param x    Key to search for.
+  /// @return     First index with !stopLess(key[i], x), or size.
+  ///             This is the first subtree that can possibly contain x.
+  unsigned findFrom(unsigned i, unsigned Size, KeyT x) const {
+    assert(i <= Size && Size <= N && "Bad indices");
+    assert((i == 0 || Traits::stopLess(stop(i - 1), x)) &&
+           "Index to findFrom is past the needed point");
+    while (i != Size && Traits::stopLess(stop(i), x)) ++i;
+    return i;
+  }
+
+  /// safeFind - Find a subtree that is known to exist. This is the same as
+  /// findFrom except is it assumed that x is in range.
+  /// @param i Starting index for the search.
+  /// @param x Key to search for.
+  /// @return  First index with !stopLess(key[i], x), never size.
+  ///          This is the first subtree that can possibly contain x.
+  unsigned safeFind(unsigned i, KeyT x) const {
+    assert(i < N && "Bad index");
+    assert((i == 0 || Traits::stopLess(stop(i - 1), x)) &&
+           "Index is past the needed point");
+    while (Traits::stopLess(stop(i), x)) ++i;
+    assert(i < N && "Unsafe intervals");
+    return i;
+  }
+
+  /// safeLookup - Get the subtree containing x, Assuming that x is in range.
+  /// @param x Key to search for.
+  /// @return  Subtree containing x
+  NodeRef safeLookup(KeyT x) const {
+    return subtree(safeFind(0, x));
+  }
+
+  /// insert - Insert a new (subtree, stop) pair.
+  /// @param i    Insert position, following entries will be shifted.
+  /// @param Size Number of elements in node.
+  /// @param Node Subtree to insert.
+  /// @param Stop Last key in subtree.
+  void insert(unsigned i, unsigned Size, NodeRef Node, KeyT Stop) {
+    assert(Size < N && "branch node overflow");
+    assert(i <= Size && "Bad insert position");
+    this->shift(i, Size);
+    subtree(i) = Node;
+    stop(i) = Stop;
+  }
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//---                         IntervalMapImpl::Path                        ---//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// A Path is used by iterators to represent a position in a B+-tree, and the
+// path to get there from the root.
+//
+// The Path class also contains the tree navigation code that doesn't have to
+// be templatized.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+class Path {
+  /// Entry - Each step in the path is a node pointer and an offset into that
+  /// node.
+  struct Entry {
+    void *node;
+    unsigned size;
+    unsigned offset;
+
+    Entry(void *Node, unsigned Size, unsigned Offset)
+      : node(Node), size(Size), offset(Offset) {}
+
+    Entry(NodeRef Node, unsigned Offset)
+      : node(&Node.subtree(0)), size(Node.size()), offset(Offset) {}
+
+    NodeRef &subtree(unsigned i) const {
+      return reinterpret_cast<NodeRef*>(node)[i];
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// path - The path entries, path[0] is the root node, path.back() is a leaf.
+  SmallVector<Entry, 4> path;
+
+public:
+  // Node accessors.
+  template <typename NodeT> NodeT &node(unsigned Level) const {
+    return *reinterpret_cast<NodeT*>(path[Level].node);
+  }
+  unsigned size(unsigned Level) const { return path[Level].size; }
+  unsigned offset(unsigned Level) const { return path[Level].offset; }
+  unsigned &offset(unsigned Level) { return path[Level].offset; }
+
+  // Leaf accessors.
+  template <typename NodeT> NodeT &leaf() const {
+    return *reinterpret_cast<NodeT*>(path.back().node);
+  }
+  unsigned leafSize() const { return path.back().size; }
+  unsigned leafOffset() const { return path.back().offset; }
+  unsigned &leafOffset() { return path.back().offset; }
+
+  /// valid - Return true if path is at a valid node, not at end().
+  bool valid() const {
+    return !path.empty() && path.front().offset < path.front().size;
+  }
+
+  /// height - Return the height of the tree corresponding to this path.
+  /// This matches map->height in a full path.
+  unsigned height() const { return path.size() - 1; }
+
+  /// subtree - Get the subtree referenced from Level. When the path is
+  /// consistent, node(Level + 1) == subtree(Level).
+  /// @param Level 0..height-1. The leaves have no subtrees.
+  NodeRef &subtree(unsigned Level) const {
+    return path[Level].subtree(path[Level].offset);
+  }
+
+  /// reset - Reset cached information about node(Level) from subtree(Level -1).
+  /// @param Level 1..height. The node to update after parent node changed.
+  void reset(unsigned Level) {
+    path[Level] = Entry(subtree(Level - 1), offset(Level));
+  }
+
+  /// push - Add entry to path.
+  /// @param Node Node to add, should be subtree(path.size()-1).
+  /// @param Offset Offset into Node.
+  void push(NodeRef Node, unsigned Offset) {
+    path.push_back(Entry(Node, Offset));
+  }
+
+  /// pop - Remove the last path entry.
+  void pop() {
+    path.pop_back();
+  }
+
+  /// setSize - Set the size of a node both in the path and in the tree.
+  /// @param Level 0..height. Note that setting the root size won't change
+  ///              map->rootSize.
+  /// @param Size New node size.
+  void setSize(unsigned Level, unsigned Size) {
+    path[Level].size = Size;
+    if (Level)
+      subtree(Level - 1).setSize(Size);
+  }
+
+  /// setRoot - Clear the path and set a new root node.
+  /// @param Node New root node.
+  /// @param Size New root size.
+  /// @param Offset Offset into root node.
+  void setRoot(void *Node, unsigned Size, unsigned Offset) {
+    path.clear();
+    path.push_back(Entry(Node, Size, Offset));
+  }
+
+  /// replaceRoot - Replace the current root node with two new entries after the
+  /// tree height has increased.
+  /// @param Root The new root node.
+  /// @param Size Number of entries in the new root.
+  /// @param Offsets Offsets into the root and first branch nodes.
+  void replaceRoot(void *Root, unsigned Size, IdxPair Offsets);
+
+  /// getLeftSibling - Get the left sibling node at Level, or a null NodeRef.
+  /// @param Level Get the sibling to node(Level).
+  /// @return Left sibling, or NodeRef().
+  NodeRef getLeftSibling(unsigned Level) const;
+
+  /// moveLeft - Move path to the left sibling at Level. Leave nodes below Level
+  /// unaltered.
+  /// @param Level Move node(Level).
+  void moveLeft(unsigned Level);
+
+  /// fillLeft - Grow path to Height by taking leftmost branches.
+  /// @param Height The target height.
+  void fillLeft(unsigned Height) {
+    while (height() < Height)
+      push(subtree(height()), 0);
+  }
+
+  /// getLeftSibling - Get the left sibling node at Level, or a null NodeRef.
+  /// @param Level Get the sibling to node(Level).
+  /// @return Left sibling, or NodeRef().
+  NodeRef getRightSibling(unsigned Level) const;
+
+  /// moveRight - Move path to the left sibling at Level. Leave nodes below
+  /// Level unaltered.
+  /// @param Level Move node(Level).
+  void moveRight(unsigned Level);
+
+  /// atBegin - Return true if path is at begin().
+  bool atBegin() const {
+    for (unsigned i = 0, e = path.size(); i != e; ++i)
+      if (path[i].offset != 0)
+        return false;
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  /// atLastEntry - Return true if the path is at the last entry of the node at
+  /// Level.
+  /// @param Level Node to examine.
+  bool atLastEntry(unsigned Level) const {
+    return path[Level].offset == path[Level].size - 1;
+  }
+
+  /// legalizeForInsert - Prepare the path for an insertion at Level. When the
+  /// path is at end(), node(Level) may not be a legal node. legalizeForInsert
+  /// ensures that node(Level) is real by moving back to the last node at Level,
+  /// and setting offset(Level) to size(Level) if required.
+  /// @param Level The level where an insertion is about to take place.
+  void legalizeForInsert(unsigned Level) {
+    if (valid())
+      return;
+    moveLeft(Level);
+    ++path[Level].offset;
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace IntervalMapImpl
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//---                          IntervalMap                                ----//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT,
+          unsigned N = IntervalMapImpl::NodeSizer<KeyT, ValT>::LeafSize,
+          typename Traits = IntervalMapInfo<KeyT>>
+class IntervalMap {
+  using Sizer = IntervalMapImpl::NodeSizer<KeyT, ValT>;
+  using Leaf = IntervalMapImpl::LeafNode<KeyT, ValT, Sizer::LeafSize, Traits>;
+  using Branch =
+      IntervalMapImpl::BranchNode<KeyT, ValT, Sizer::BranchSize, Traits>;
+  using RootLeaf = IntervalMapImpl::LeafNode<KeyT, ValT, N, Traits>;
+  using IdxPair = IntervalMapImpl::IdxPair;
+
+  // The RootLeaf capacity is given as a template parameter. We must compute the
+  // corresponding RootBranch capacity.
+  enum {
+    DesiredRootBranchCap = (sizeof(RootLeaf) - sizeof(KeyT)) /
+      (sizeof(KeyT) + sizeof(IntervalMapImpl::NodeRef)),
+    RootBranchCap = DesiredRootBranchCap ? DesiredRootBranchCap : 1
+  };
+
+  using RootBranch =
+      IntervalMapImpl::BranchNode<KeyT, ValT, RootBranchCap, Traits>;
+
+  // When branched, we store a global start key as well as the branch node.
+  struct RootBranchData {
+    KeyT start;
+    RootBranch node;
+  };
+
+public:
+  using Allocator = typename Sizer::Allocator;
+  using KeyType = KeyT;
+  using ValueType = ValT;
+  using KeyTraits = Traits;
+
+private:
+  // The root data is either a RootLeaf or a RootBranchData instance.
+  AlignedCharArrayUnion<RootLeaf, RootBranchData> data;
+
+  // Tree height.
+  // 0: Leaves in root.
+  // 1: Root points to leaf.
+  // 2: root->branch->leaf ...
+  unsigned height;
+
+  // Number of entries in the root node.
+  unsigned rootSize;
+
+  // Allocator used for creating external nodes.
+  Allocator &allocator;
+
+  /// Represent data as a node type without breaking aliasing rules.
+  template <typename T> T &dataAs() const { return *llvm::bit_cast<T *>(&data); }
+
+  const RootLeaf &rootLeaf() const {
+    assert(!branched() && "Cannot acces leaf data in branched root");
+    return dataAs<RootLeaf>();
+  }
+  RootLeaf &rootLeaf() {
+    assert(!branched() && "Cannot acces leaf data in branched root");
+    return dataAs<RootLeaf>();
+  }
+
+  RootBranchData &rootBranchData() const {
+    assert(branched() && "Cannot access branch data in non-branched root");
+    return dataAs<RootBranchData>();
+  }
+  RootBranchData &rootBranchData() {
+    assert(branched() && "Cannot access branch data in non-branched root");
+    return dataAs<RootBranchData>();
+  }
+
+  const RootBranch &rootBranch() const { return rootBranchData().node; }
+  RootBranch &rootBranch()             { return rootBranchData().node; }
+  KeyT rootBranchStart() const { return rootBranchData().start; }
+  KeyT &rootBranchStart()      { return rootBranchData().start; }
+
+  template <typename NodeT> NodeT *newNode() {
+    return new(allocator.template Allocate<NodeT>()) NodeT();
+  }
+
+  template <typename NodeT> void deleteNode(NodeT *P) {
+    P->~NodeT();
+    allocator.Deallocate(P);
+  }
+
+  IdxPair branchRoot(unsigned Position);
+  IdxPair splitRoot(unsigned Position);
+
+  void switchRootToBranch() {
+    rootLeaf().~RootLeaf();
+    height = 1;
+    new (&rootBranchData()) RootBranchData();
+  }
+
+  void switchRootToLeaf() {
+    rootBranchData().~RootBranchData();
+    height = 0;
+    new(&rootLeaf()) RootLeaf();
+  }
+
+  bool branched() const { return height > 0; }
+
+  ValT treeSafeLookup(KeyT x, ValT NotFound) const;
+  void visitNodes(void (IntervalMap::*f)(IntervalMapImpl::NodeRef,
+                  unsigned Level));
+  void deleteNode(IntervalMapImpl::NodeRef Node, unsigned Level);
+
+public:
+  explicit IntervalMap(Allocator &a) : height(0), rootSize(0), allocator(a) {
+    assert((uintptr_t(&data) & (alignof(RootLeaf) - 1)) == 0 &&
+           "Insufficient alignment");
+    new(&rootLeaf()) RootLeaf();
+  }
+
+  ~IntervalMap() {
+    clear();
+    rootLeaf().~RootLeaf();
+  }
+
+  /// empty -  Return true when no intervals are mapped.
+  bool empty() const {
+    return rootSize == 0;
+  }
+
+  /// start - Return the smallest mapped key in a non-empty map.
+  KeyT start() const {
+    assert(!empty() && "Empty IntervalMap has no start");
+    return !branched() ? rootLeaf().start(0) : rootBranchStart();
+  }
+
+  /// stop - Return the largest mapped key in a non-empty map.
+  KeyT stop() const {
+    assert(!empty() && "Empty IntervalMap has no stop");
+    return !branched() ? rootLeaf().stop(rootSize - 1) :
+                         rootBranch().stop(rootSize - 1);
+  }
+
+  /// lookup - Return the mapped value at x or NotFound.
+  ValT lookup(KeyT x, ValT NotFound = ValT()) const {
+    if (empty() || Traits::startLess(x, start()) || Traits::stopLess(stop(), x))
+      return NotFound;
+    return branched() ? treeSafeLookup(x, NotFound) :
+                        rootLeaf().safeLookup(x, NotFound);
+  }
+
+  /// insert - Add a mapping of [a;b] to y, coalesce with adjacent intervals.
+  /// It is assumed that no key in the interval is mapped to another value, but
+  /// overlapping intervals already mapped to y will be coalesced.
+  void insert(KeyT a, KeyT b, ValT y) {
+    if (branched() || rootSize == RootLeaf::Capacity)
+      return find(a).insert(a, b, y);
+
+    // Easy insert into root leaf.
+    unsigned p = rootLeaf().findFrom(0, rootSize, a);
+    rootSize = rootLeaf().insertFrom(p, rootSize, a, b, y);
+  }
+
+  /// clear - Remove all entries.
+  void clear();
+
+  class const_iterator;
+  class iterator;
+  friend class const_iterator;
+  friend class iterator;
+
+  const_iterator begin() const {
+    const_iterator I(*this);
+    I.goToBegin();
+    return I;
+  }
+
+  iterator begin() {
+    iterator I(*this);
+    I.goToBegin();
+    return I;
+  }
+
+  const_iterator end() const {
+    const_iterator I(*this);
+    I.goToEnd();
+    return I;
+  }
+
+  iterator end() {
+    iterator I(*this);
+    I.goToEnd();
+    return I;
+  }
+
+  /// find - Return an iterator pointing to the first interval ending at or
+  /// after x, or end().
+  const_iterator find(KeyT x) const {
+    const_iterator I(*this);
+    I.find(x);
+    return I;
+  }
+
+  iterator find(KeyT x) {
+    iterator I(*this);
+    I.find(x);
+    return I;
+  }
+
+  /// overlaps(a, b) - Return true if the intervals in this map overlap with the
+  /// interval [a;b].
+  bool overlaps(KeyT a, KeyT b) const {
+    assert(Traits::nonEmpty(a, b));
+    const_iterator I = find(a);
+    if (!I.valid())
+      return false;
+    // [a;b] and [x;y] overlap iff x<=b and a<=y. The find() call guarantees the
+    // second part (y = find(a).stop()), so it is sufficient to check the first
+    // one.
+    return !Traits::stopLess(b, I.start());
+  }
+};
+
+/// treeSafeLookup - Return the mapped value at x or NotFound, assuming a
+/// branched root.
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+ValT IntervalMap<KeyT, ValT, N, Traits>::
+treeSafeLookup(KeyT x, ValT NotFound) const {
+  assert(branched() && "treeLookup assumes a branched root");
+
+  IntervalMapImpl::NodeRef NR = rootBranch().safeLookup(x);
+  for (unsigned h = height-1; h; --h)
+    NR = NR.get<Branch>().safeLookup(x);
+  return NR.get<Leaf>().safeLookup(x, NotFound);
+}
+
+// branchRoot - Switch from a leaf root to a branched root.
+// Return the new (root offset, node offset) corresponding to Position.
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+IntervalMapImpl::IdxPair IntervalMap<KeyT, ValT, N, Traits>::
+branchRoot(unsigned Position) {
+  using namespace IntervalMapImpl;
+  // How many external leaf nodes to hold RootLeaf+1?
+  const unsigned Nodes = RootLeaf::Capacity / Leaf::Capacity + 1;
+
+  // Compute element distribution among new nodes.
+  unsigned size[Nodes];
+  IdxPair NewOffset(0, Position);
+
+  // Is is very common for the root node to be smaller than external nodes.
+  if (Nodes == 1)
+    size[0] = rootSize;
+  else
+    NewOffset = distribute(Nodes, rootSize, Leaf::Capacity,  nullptr, size,
+                           Position, true);
+
+  // Allocate new nodes.
+  unsigned pos = 0;
+  NodeRef node[Nodes];
+  for (unsigned n = 0; n != Nodes; ++n) {
+    Leaf *L = newNode<Leaf>();
+    L->copy(rootLeaf(), pos, 0, size[n]);
+    node[n] = NodeRef(L, size[n]);
+    pos += size[n];
+  }
+
+  // Destroy the old leaf node, construct branch node instead.
+  switchRootToBranch();
+  for (unsigned n = 0; n != Nodes; ++n) {
+    rootBranch().stop(n) = node[n].template get<Leaf>().stop(size[n]-1);
+    rootBranch().subtree(n) = node[n];
+  }
+  rootBranchStart() = node[0].template get<Leaf>().start(0);
+  rootSize = Nodes;
+  return NewOffset;
+}
+
+// splitRoot - Split the current BranchRoot into multiple Branch nodes.
+// Return the new (root offset, node offset) corresponding to Position.
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+IntervalMapImpl::IdxPair IntervalMap<KeyT, ValT, N, Traits>::
+splitRoot(unsigned Position) {
+  using namespace IntervalMapImpl;
+  // How many external leaf nodes to hold RootBranch+1?
+  const unsigned Nodes = RootBranch::Capacity / Branch::Capacity + 1;
+
+  // Compute element distribution among new nodes.
+  unsigned Size[Nodes];
+  IdxPair NewOffset(0, Position);
+
+  // Is is very common for the root node to be smaller than external nodes.
+  if (Nodes == 1)
+    Size[0] = rootSize;
+  else
+    NewOffset = distribute(Nodes, rootSize, Leaf::Capacity,  nullptr, Size,
+                           Position, true);
+
+  // Allocate new nodes.
+  unsigned Pos = 0;
+  NodeRef Node[Nodes];
+  for (unsigned n = 0; n != Nodes; ++n) {
+    Branch *B = newNode<Branch>();
+    B->copy(rootBranch(), Pos, 0, Size[n]);
+    Node[n] = NodeRef(B, Size[n]);
+    Pos += Size[n];
+  }
+
+  for (unsigned n = 0; n != Nodes; ++n) {
+    rootBranch().stop(n) = Node[n].template get<Branch>().stop(Size[n]-1);
+    rootBranch().subtree(n) = Node[n];
+  }
+  rootSize = Nodes;
+  ++height;
+  return NewOffset;
+}
+
+/// visitNodes - Visit each external node.
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+void IntervalMap<KeyT, ValT, N, Traits>::
+visitNodes(void (IntervalMap::*f)(IntervalMapImpl::NodeRef, unsigned Height)) {
+  if (!branched())
+    return;
+  SmallVector<IntervalMapImpl::NodeRef, 4> Refs, NextRefs;
+
+  // Collect level 0 nodes from the root.
+  for (unsigned i = 0; i != rootSize; ++i)
+    Refs.push_back(rootBranch().subtree(i));
+
+  // Visit all branch nodes.
+  for (unsigned h = height - 1; h; --h) {
+    for (unsigned i = 0, e = Refs.size(); i != e; ++i) {
+      for (unsigned j = 0, s = Refs[i].size(); j != s; ++j)
+        NextRefs.push_back(Refs[i].subtree(j));
+      (this->*f)(Refs[i], h);
+    }
+    Refs.clear();
+    Refs.swap(NextRefs);
+  }
+
+  // Visit all leaf nodes.
+  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Refs.size(); i != e; ++i)
+    (this->*f)(Refs[i], 0);
+}
+
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+void IntervalMap<KeyT, ValT, N, Traits>::
+deleteNode(IntervalMapImpl::NodeRef Node, unsigned Level) {
+  if (Level)
+    deleteNode(&Node.get<Branch>());
+  else
+    deleteNode(&Node.get<Leaf>());
+}
+
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+void IntervalMap<KeyT, ValT, N, Traits>::
+clear() {
+  if (branched()) {
+    visitNodes(&IntervalMap::deleteNode);
+    switchRootToLeaf();
+  }
+  rootSize = 0;
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//---                   IntervalMap::const_iterator                       ----//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+class IntervalMap<KeyT, ValT, N, Traits>::const_iterator {
+  friend class IntervalMap;
+
+public:
+  using iterator_category = std::bidirectional_iterator_tag;
+  using value_type = ValT;
+  using difference_type = std::ptrdiff_t;
+  using pointer = value_type *;
+  using reference = value_type &;
+
+protected:
+  // The map referred to.
+  IntervalMap *map = nullptr;
+
+  // We store a full path from the root to the current position.
+  // The path may be partially filled, but never between iterator calls.
+  IntervalMapImpl::Path path;
+
+  explicit const_iterator(const IntervalMap &map) :
+    map(const_cast<IntervalMap*>(&map)) {}
+
+  bool branched() const {
+    assert(map && "Invalid iterator");
+    return map->branched();
+  }
+
+  void setRoot(unsigned Offset) {
+    if (branched())
+      path.setRoot(&map->rootBranch(), map->rootSize, Offset);
+    else
+      path.setRoot(&map->rootLeaf(), map->rootSize, Offset);
+  }
+
+  void pathFillFind(KeyT x);
+  void treeFind(KeyT x);
+  void treeAdvanceTo(KeyT x);
+
+  /// unsafeStart - Writable access to start() for iterator.
+  KeyT &unsafeStart() const {
+    assert(valid() && "Cannot access invalid iterator");
+    return branched() ? path.leaf<Leaf>().start(path.leafOffset()) :
+                        path.leaf<RootLeaf>().start(path.leafOffset());
+  }
+
+  /// unsafeStop - Writable access to stop() for iterator.
+  KeyT &unsafeStop() const {
+    assert(valid() && "Cannot access invalid iterator");
+    return branched() ? path.leaf<Leaf>().stop(path.leafOffset()) :
+                        path.leaf<RootLeaf>().stop(path.leafOffset());
+  }
+
+  /// unsafeValue - Writable access to value() for iterator.
+  ValT &unsafeValue() const {
+    assert(valid() && "Cannot access invalid iterator");
+    return branched() ? path.leaf<Leaf>().value(path.leafOffset()) :
+                        path.leaf<RootLeaf>().value(path.leafOffset());
+  }
+
+public:
+  /// const_iterator - Create an iterator that isn't pointing anywhere.
+  const_iterator() = default;
+
+  /// setMap - Change the map iterated over. This call must be followed by a
+  /// call to goToBegin(), goToEnd(), or find()
+  void setMap(const IntervalMap &m) { map = const_cast<IntervalMap*>(&m); }
+
+  /// valid - Return true if the current position is valid, false for end().
+  bool valid() const { return path.valid(); }
+
+  /// atBegin - Return true if the current position is the first map entry.
+  bool atBegin() const { return path.atBegin(); }
+
+  /// start - Return the beginning of the current interval.
+  const KeyT &start() const { return unsafeStart(); }
+
+  /// stop - Return the end of the current interval.
+  const KeyT &stop() const { return unsafeStop(); }
+
+  /// value - Return the mapped value at the current interval.
+  const ValT &value() const { return unsafeValue(); }
+
+  const ValT &operator*() const { return value(); }
+
+  bool operator==(const const_iterator &RHS) const {
+    assert(map == RHS.map && "Cannot compare iterators from different maps");
+    if (!valid())
+      return !RHS.valid();
+    if (path.leafOffset() != RHS.path.leafOffset())
+      return false;
+    return &path.template leaf<Leaf>() == &RHS.path.template leaf<Leaf>();
+  }
+
+  bool operator!=(const const_iterator &RHS) const {
+    return !operator==(RHS);
+  }
+
+  /// goToBegin - Move to the first interval in map.
+  void goToBegin() {
+    setRoot(0);
+    if (branched())
+      path.fillLeft(map->height);
+  }
+
+  /// goToEnd - Move beyond the last interval in map.
+  void goToEnd() {
+    setRoot(map->rootSize);
+  }
+
+  /// preincrement - Move to the next interval.
+  const_iterator &operator++() {
+    assert(valid() && "Cannot increment end()");
+    if (++path.leafOffset() == path.leafSize() && branched())
+      path.moveRight(map->height);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// postincrement - Don't do that!
+  const_iterator operator++(int) {
+    const_iterator tmp = *this;
+    operator++();
+    return tmp;
+  }
+
+  /// predecrement - Move to the previous interval.
+  const_iterator &operator--() {
+    if (path.leafOffset() && (valid() || !branched()))
+      --path.leafOffset();
+    else
+      path.moveLeft(map->height);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// postdecrement - Don't do that!
+  const_iterator operator--(int) {
+    const_iterator tmp = *this;
+    operator--();
+    return tmp;
+  }
+
+  /// find - Move to the first interval with stop >= x, or end().
+  /// This is a full search from the root, the current position is ignored.
+  void find(KeyT x) {
+    if (branched())
+      treeFind(x);
+    else
+      setRoot(map->rootLeaf().findFrom(0, map->rootSize, x));
+  }
+
+  /// advanceTo - Move to the first interval with stop >= x, or end().
+  /// The search is started from the current position, and no earlier positions
+  /// can be found. This is much faster than find() for small moves.
+  void advanceTo(KeyT x) {
+    if (!valid())
+      return;
+    if (branched())
+      treeAdvanceTo(x);
+    else
+      path.leafOffset() =
+        map->rootLeaf().findFrom(path.leafOffset(), map->rootSize, x);
+  }
+};
+
+/// pathFillFind - Complete path by searching for x.
+/// @param x Key to search for.
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+void IntervalMap<KeyT, ValT, N, Traits>::
+const_iterator::pathFillFind(KeyT x) {
+  IntervalMapImpl::NodeRef NR = path.subtree(path.height());
+  for (unsigned i = map->height - path.height() - 1; i; --i) {
+    unsigned p = NR.get<Branch>().safeFind(0, x);
+    path.push(NR, p);
+    NR = NR.subtree(p);
+  }
+  path.push(NR, NR.get<Leaf>().safeFind(0, x));
+}
+
+/// treeFind - Find in a branched tree.
+/// @param x Key to search for.
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+void IntervalMap<KeyT, ValT, N, Traits>::
+const_iterator::treeFind(KeyT x) {
+  setRoot(map->rootBranch().findFrom(0, map->rootSize, x));
+  if (valid())
+    pathFillFind(x);
+}
+
+/// treeAdvanceTo - Find position after the current one.
+/// @param x Key to search for.
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+void IntervalMap<KeyT, ValT, N, Traits>::
+const_iterator::treeAdvanceTo(KeyT x) {
+  // Can we stay on the same leaf node?
+  if (!Traits::stopLess(path.leaf<Leaf>().stop(path.leafSize() - 1), x)) {
+    path.leafOffset() = path.leaf<Leaf>().safeFind(path.leafOffset(), x);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // Drop the current leaf.
+  path.pop();
+
+  // Search towards the root for a usable subtree.
+  if (path.height()) {
+    for (unsigned l = path.height() - 1; l; --l) {
+      if (!Traits::stopLess(path.node<Branch>(l).stop(path.offset(l)), x)) {
+        // The branch node at l+1 is usable
+        path.offset(l + 1) =
+          path.node<Branch>(l + 1).safeFind(path.offset(l + 1), x);
+        return pathFillFind(x);
+      }
+      path.pop();
+    }
+    // Is the level-1 Branch usable?
+    if (!Traits::stopLess(map->rootBranch().stop(path.offset(0)), x)) {
+      path.offset(1) = path.node<Branch>(1).safeFind(path.offset(1), x);
+      return pathFillFind(x);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // We reached the root.
+  setRoot(map->rootBranch().findFrom(path.offset(0), map->rootSize, x));
+  if (valid())
+    pathFillFind(x);
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//---                       IntervalMap::iterator                         ----//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+class IntervalMap<KeyT, ValT, N, Traits>::iterator : public const_iterator {
+  friend class IntervalMap;
+
+  using IdxPair = IntervalMapImpl::IdxPair;
+
+  explicit iterator(IntervalMap &map) : const_iterator(map) {}
+
+  void setNodeStop(unsigned Level, KeyT Stop);
+  bool insertNode(unsigned Level, IntervalMapImpl::NodeRef Node, KeyT Stop);
+  template <typename NodeT> bool overflow(unsigned Level);
+  void treeInsert(KeyT a, KeyT b, ValT y);
+  void eraseNode(unsigned Level);
+  void treeErase(bool UpdateRoot = true);
+  bool canCoalesceLeft(KeyT Start, ValT x);
+  bool canCoalesceRight(KeyT Stop, ValT x);
+
+public:
+  /// iterator - Create null iterator.
+  iterator() = default;
+
+  /// setStart - Move the start of the current interval.
+  /// This may cause coalescing with the previous interval.
+  /// @param a New start key, must not overlap the previous interval.
+  void setStart(KeyT a);
+
+  /// setStop - Move the end of the current interval.
+  /// This may cause coalescing with the following interval.
+  /// @param b New stop key, must not overlap the following interval.
+  void setStop(KeyT b);
+
+  /// setValue - Change the mapped value of the current interval.
+  /// This may cause coalescing with the previous and following intervals.
+  /// @param x New value.
+  void setValue(ValT x);
+
+  /// setStartUnchecked - Move the start of the current interval without
+  /// checking for coalescing or overlaps.
+  /// This should only be used when it is known that coalescing is not required.
+  /// @param a New start key.
+  void setStartUnchecked(KeyT a) { this->unsafeStart() = a; }
+
+  /// setStopUnchecked - Move the end of the current interval without checking
+  /// for coalescing or overlaps.
+  /// This should only be used when it is known that coalescing is not required.
+  /// @param b New stop key.
+  void setStopUnchecked(KeyT b) {
+    this->unsafeStop() = b;
+    // Update keys in branch nodes as well.
+    if (this->path.atLastEntry(this->path.height()))
+      setNodeStop(this->path.height(), b);
+  }
+
+  /// setValueUnchecked - Change the mapped value of the current interval
+  /// without checking for coalescing.
+  /// @param x New value.
+  void setValueUnchecked(ValT x) { this->unsafeValue() = x; }
+
+  /// insert - Insert mapping [a;b] -> y before the current position.
+  void insert(KeyT a, KeyT b, ValT y);
+
+  /// erase - Erase the current interval.
+  void erase();
+
+  iterator &operator++() {
+    const_iterator::operator++();
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  iterator operator++(int) {
+    iterator tmp = *this;
+    operator++();
+    return tmp;
+  }
+
+  iterator &operator--() {
+    const_iterator::operator--();
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  iterator operator--(int) {
+    iterator tmp = *this;
+    operator--();
+    return tmp;
+  }
+};
+
+/// canCoalesceLeft - Can the current interval coalesce to the left after
+/// changing start or value?
+/// @param Start New start of current interval.
+/// @param Value New value for current interval.
+/// @return True when updating the current interval would enable coalescing.
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+bool IntervalMap<KeyT, ValT, N, Traits>::
+iterator::canCoalesceLeft(KeyT Start, ValT Value) {
+  using namespace IntervalMapImpl;
+  Path &P = this->path;
+  if (!this->branched()) {
+    unsigned i = P.leafOffset();
+    RootLeaf &Node = P.leaf<RootLeaf>();
+    return i && Node.value(i-1) == Value &&
+                Traits::adjacent(Node.stop(i-1), Start);
+  }
+  // Branched.
+  if (unsigned i = P.leafOffset()) {
+    Leaf &Node = P.leaf<Leaf>();
+    return Node.value(i-1) == Value && Traits::adjacent(Node.stop(i-1), Start);
+  } else if (NodeRef NR = P.getLeftSibling(P.height())) {
+    unsigned i = NR.size() - 1;
+    Leaf &Node = NR.get<Leaf>();
+    return Node.value(i) == Value && Traits::adjacent(Node.stop(i), Start);
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+/// canCoalesceRight - Can the current interval coalesce to the right after
+/// changing stop or value?
+/// @param Stop New stop of current interval.
+/// @param Value New value for current interval.
+/// @return True when updating the current interval would enable coalescing.
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+bool IntervalMap<KeyT, ValT, N, Traits>::
+iterator::canCoalesceRight(KeyT Stop, ValT Value) {
+  using namespace IntervalMapImpl;
+  Path &P = this->path;
+  unsigned i = P.leafOffset() + 1;
+  if (!this->branched()) {
+    if (i >= P.leafSize())
+      return false;
+    RootLeaf &Node = P.leaf<RootLeaf>();
+    return Node.value(i) == Value && Traits::adjacent(Stop, Node.start(i));
+  }
+  // Branched.
+  if (i < P.leafSize()) {
+    Leaf &Node = P.leaf<Leaf>();
+    return Node.value(i) == Value && Traits::adjacent(Stop, Node.start(i));
+  } else if (NodeRef NR = P.getRightSibling(P.height())) {
+    Leaf &Node = NR.get<Leaf>();
+    return Node.value(0) == Value && Traits::adjacent(Stop, Node.start(0));
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+/// setNodeStop - Update the stop key of the current node at level and above.
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+void IntervalMap<KeyT, ValT, N, Traits>::
+iterator::setNodeStop(unsigned Level, KeyT Stop) {
+  // There are no references to the root node, so nothing to update.
+  if (!Level)
+    return;
+  IntervalMapImpl::Path &P = this->path;
+  // Update nodes pointing to the current node.
+  while (--Level) {
+    P.node<Branch>(Level).stop(P.offset(Level)) = Stop;
+    if (!P.atLastEntry(Level))
+      return;
+  }
+  // Update root separately since it has a different layout.
+  P.node<RootBranch>(Level).stop(P.offset(Level)) = Stop;
+}
+
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+void IntervalMap<KeyT, ValT, N, Traits>::
+iterator::setStart(KeyT a) {
+  assert(Traits::nonEmpty(a, this->stop()) && "Cannot move start beyond stop");
+  KeyT &CurStart = this->unsafeStart();
+  if (!Traits::startLess(a, CurStart) || !canCoalesceLeft(a, this->value())) {
+    CurStart = a;
+    return;
+  }
+  // Coalesce with the interval to the left.
+  --*this;
+  a = this->start();
+  erase();
+  setStartUnchecked(a);
+}
+
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+void IntervalMap<KeyT, ValT, N, Traits>::
+iterator::setStop(KeyT b) {
+  assert(Traits::nonEmpty(this->start(), b) && "Cannot move stop beyond start");
+  if (Traits::startLess(b, this->stop()) ||
+      !canCoalesceRight(b, this->value())) {
+    setStopUnchecked(b);
+    return;
+  }
+  // Coalesce with interval to the right.
+  KeyT a = this->start();
+  erase();
+  setStartUnchecked(a);
+}
+
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+void IntervalMap<KeyT, ValT, N, Traits>::
+iterator::setValue(ValT x) {
+  setValueUnchecked(x);
+  if (canCoalesceRight(this->stop(), x)) {
+    KeyT a = this->start();
+    erase();
+    setStartUnchecked(a);
+  }
+  if (canCoalesceLeft(this->start(), x)) {
+    --*this;
+    KeyT a = this->start();
+    erase();
+    setStartUnchecked(a);
+  }
+}
+
+/// insertNode - insert a node before the current path at level.
+/// Leave the current path pointing at the new node.
+/// @param Level path index of the node to be inserted.
+/// @param Node The node to be inserted.
+/// @param Stop The last index in the new node.
+/// @return True if the tree height was increased.
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+bool IntervalMap<KeyT, ValT, N, Traits>::
+iterator::insertNode(unsigned Level, IntervalMapImpl::NodeRef Node, KeyT Stop) {
+  assert(Level && "Cannot insert next to the root");
+  bool SplitRoot = false;
+  IntervalMap &IM = *this->map;
+  IntervalMapImpl::Path &P = this->path;
+
+  if (Level == 1) {
+    // Insert into the root branch node.
+    if (IM.rootSize < RootBranch::Capacity) {
+      IM.rootBranch().insert(P.offset(0), IM.rootSize, Node, Stop);
+      P.setSize(0, ++IM.rootSize);
+      P.reset(Level);
+      return SplitRoot;
+    }
+
+    // We need to split the root while keeping our position.
+    SplitRoot = true;
+    IdxPair Offset = IM.splitRoot(P.offset(0));
+    P.replaceRoot(&IM.rootBranch(), IM.rootSize, Offset);
+
+    // Fall through to insert at the new higher level.
+    ++Level;
+  }
+
+  // When inserting before end(), make sure we have a valid path.
+  P.legalizeForInsert(--Level);
+
+  // Insert into the branch node at Level-1.
+  if (P.size(Level) == Branch::Capacity) {
+    // Branch node is full, handle handle the overflow.
+    assert(!SplitRoot && "Cannot overflow after splitting the root");
+    SplitRoot = overflow<Branch>(Level);
+    Level += SplitRoot;
+  }
+  P.node<Branch>(Level).insert(P.offset(Level), P.size(Level), Node, Stop);
+  P.setSize(Level, P.size(Level) + 1);
+  if (P.atLastEntry(Level))
+    setNodeStop(Level, Stop);
+  P.reset(Level + 1);
+  return SplitRoot;
+}
+
+// insert
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+void IntervalMap<KeyT, ValT, N, Traits>::
+iterator::insert(KeyT a, KeyT b, ValT y) {
+  if (this->branched())
+    return treeInsert(a, b, y);
+  IntervalMap &IM = *this->map;
+  IntervalMapImpl::Path &P = this->path;
+
+  // Try simple root leaf insert.
+  unsigned Size = IM.rootLeaf().insertFrom(P.leafOffset(), IM.rootSize, a, b, y);
+
+  // Was the root node insert successful?
+  if (Size <= RootLeaf::Capacity) {
+    P.setSize(0, IM.rootSize = Size);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // Root leaf node is full, we must branch.
+  IdxPair Offset = IM.branchRoot(P.leafOffset());
+  P.replaceRoot(&IM.rootBranch(), IM.rootSize, Offset);
+
+  // Now it fits in the new leaf.
+  treeInsert(a, b, y);
+}
+
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+void IntervalMap<KeyT, ValT, N, Traits>::
+iterator::treeInsert(KeyT a, KeyT b, ValT y) {
+  using namespace IntervalMapImpl;
+  Path &P = this->path;
+
+  if (!P.valid())
+    P.legalizeForInsert(this->map->height);
+
+  // Check if this insertion will extend the node to the left.
+  if (P.leafOffset() == 0 && Traits::startLess(a, P.leaf<Leaf>().start(0))) {
+    // Node is growing to the left, will it affect a left sibling node?
+    if (NodeRef Sib = P.getLeftSibling(P.height())) {
+      Leaf &SibLeaf = Sib.get<Leaf>();
+      unsigned SibOfs = Sib.size() - 1;
+      if (SibLeaf.value(SibOfs) == y &&
+          Traits::adjacent(SibLeaf.stop(SibOfs), a)) {
+        // This insertion will coalesce with the last entry in SibLeaf. We can
+        // handle it in two ways:
+        //  1. Extend SibLeaf.stop to b and be done, or
+        //  2. Extend a to SibLeaf, erase the SibLeaf entry and continue.
+        // We prefer 1., but need 2 when coalescing to the right as well.
+        Leaf &CurLeaf = P.leaf<Leaf>();
+        P.moveLeft(P.height());
+        if (Traits::stopLess(b, CurLeaf.start(0)) &&
+            (y != CurLeaf.value(0) || !Traits::adjacent(b, CurLeaf.start(0)))) {
+          // Easy, just extend SibLeaf and we're done.
+          setNodeStop(P.height(), SibLeaf.stop(SibOfs) = b);
+          return;
+        } else {
+          // We have both left and right coalescing. Erase the old SibLeaf entry
+          // and continue inserting the larger interval.
+          a = SibLeaf.start(SibOfs);
+          treeErase(/* UpdateRoot= */false);
+        }
+      }
+    } else {
+      // No left sibling means we are at begin(). Update cached bound.
+      this->map->rootBranchStart() = a;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // When we are inserting at the end of a leaf node, we must update stops.
+  unsigned Size = P.leafSize();
+  bool Grow = P.leafOffset() == Size;
+  Size = P.leaf<Leaf>().insertFrom(P.leafOffset(), Size, a, b, y);
+
+  // Leaf insertion unsuccessful? Overflow and try again.
+  if (Size > Leaf::Capacity) {
+    overflow<Leaf>(P.height());
+    Grow = P.leafOffset() == P.leafSize();
+    Size = P.leaf<Leaf>().insertFrom(P.leafOffset(), P.leafSize(), a, b, y);
+    assert(Size <= Leaf::Capacity && "overflow() didn't make room");
+  }
+
+  // Inserted, update offset and leaf size.
+  P.setSize(P.height(), Size);
+
+  // Insert was the last node entry, update stops.
+  if (Grow)
+    setNodeStop(P.height(), b);
+}
+
+/// erase - erase the current interval and move to the next position.
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+void IntervalMap<KeyT, ValT, N, Traits>::
+iterator::erase() {
+  IntervalMap &IM = *this->map;
+  IntervalMapImpl::Path &P = this->path;
+  assert(P.valid() && "Cannot erase end()");
+  if (this->branched())
+    return treeErase();
+  IM.rootLeaf().erase(P.leafOffset(), IM.rootSize);
+  P.setSize(0, --IM.rootSize);
+}
+
+/// treeErase - erase() for a branched tree.
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+void IntervalMap<KeyT, ValT, N, Traits>::
+iterator::treeErase(bool UpdateRoot) {
+  IntervalMap &IM = *this->map;
+  IntervalMapImpl::Path &P = this->path;
+  Leaf &Node = P.leaf<Leaf>();
+
+  // Nodes are not allowed to become empty.
+  if (P.leafSize() == 1) {
+    IM.deleteNode(&Node);
+    eraseNode(IM.height);
+    // Update rootBranchStart if we erased begin().
+    if (UpdateRoot && IM.branched() && P.valid() && P.atBegin())
+      IM.rootBranchStart() = P.leaf<Leaf>().start(0);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // Erase current entry.
+  Node.erase(P.leafOffset(), P.leafSize());
+  unsigned NewSize = P.leafSize() - 1;
+  P.setSize(IM.height, NewSize);
+  // When we erase the last entry, update stop and move to a legal position.
+  if (P.leafOffset() == NewSize) {
+    setNodeStop(IM.height, Node.stop(NewSize - 1));
+    P.moveRight(IM.height);
+  } else if (UpdateRoot && P.atBegin())
+    IM.rootBranchStart() = P.leaf<Leaf>().start(0);
+}
+
+/// eraseNode - Erase the current node at Level from its parent and move path to
+/// the first entry of the next sibling node.
+/// The node must be deallocated by the caller.
+/// @param Level 1..height, the root node cannot be erased.
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+void IntervalMap<KeyT, ValT, N, Traits>::
+iterator::eraseNode(unsigned Level) {
+  assert(Level && "Cannot erase root node");
+  IntervalMap &IM = *this->map;
+  IntervalMapImpl::Path &P = this->path;
+
+  if (--Level == 0) {
+    IM.rootBranch().erase(P.offset(0), IM.rootSize);
+    P.setSize(0, --IM.rootSize);
+    // If this cleared the root, switch to height=0.
+    if (IM.empty()) {
+      IM.switchRootToLeaf();
+      this->setRoot(0);
+      return;
+    }
+  } else {
+    // Remove node ref from branch node at Level.
+    Branch &Parent = P.node<Branch>(Level);
+    if (P.size(Level) == 1) {
+      // Branch node became empty, remove it recursively.
+      IM.deleteNode(&Parent);
+      eraseNode(Level);
+    } else {
+      // Branch node won't become empty.
+      Parent.erase(P.offset(Level), P.size(Level));
+      unsigned NewSize = P.size(Level) - 1;
+      P.setSize(Level, NewSize);
+      // If we removed the last branch, update stop and move to a legal pos.
+      if (P.offset(Level) == NewSize) {
+        setNodeStop(Level, Parent.stop(NewSize - 1));
+        P.moveRight(Level);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  // Update path cache for the new right sibling position.
+  if (P.valid()) {
+    P.reset(Level + 1);
+    P.offset(Level + 1) = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/// overflow - Distribute entries of the current node evenly among
+/// its siblings and ensure that the current node is not full.
+/// This may require allocating a new node.
+/// @tparam NodeT The type of node at Level (Leaf or Branch).
+/// @param Level path index of the overflowing node.
+/// @return True when the tree height was changed.
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValT, unsigned N, typename Traits>
+template <typename NodeT>
+bool IntervalMap<KeyT, ValT, N, Traits>::
+iterator::overflow(unsigned Level) {
+  using namespace IntervalMapImpl;
+  Path &P = this->path;
+  unsigned CurSize[4];
+  NodeT *Node[4];
+  unsigned Nodes = 0;
+  unsigned Elements = 0;
+  unsigned Offset = P.offset(Level);
+
+  // Do we have a left sibling?
+  NodeRef LeftSib = P.getLeftSibling(Level);
+  if (LeftSib) {
+    Offset += Elements = CurSize[Nodes] = LeftSib.size();
+    Node[Nodes++] = &LeftSib.get<NodeT>();
+  }
+
+  // Current node.
+  Elements += CurSize[Nodes] = P.size(Level);
+  Node[Nodes++] = &P.node<NodeT>(Level);
+
+  // Do we have a right sibling?
+  NodeRef RightSib = P.getRightSibling(Level);
+  if (RightSib) {
+    Elements += CurSize[Nodes] = RightSib.size();
+    Node[Nodes++] = &RightSib.get<NodeT>();
+  }
+
+  // Do we need to allocate a new node?
+  unsigned NewNode = 0;
+  if (Elements + 1 > Nodes * NodeT::Capacity) {
+    // Insert NewNode at the penultimate position, or after a single node.
+    NewNode = Nodes == 1 ? 1 : Nodes - 1;
+    CurSize[Nodes] = CurSize[NewNode];
+    Node[Nodes] = Node[NewNode];
+    CurSize[NewNode] = 0;
+    Node[NewNode] = this->map->template newNode<NodeT>();
+    ++Nodes;
+  }
+
+  // Compute the new element distribution.
+  unsigned NewSize[4];
+  IdxPair NewOffset = distribute(Nodes, Elements, NodeT::Capacity,
+                                 CurSize, NewSize, Offset, true);
+  adjustSiblingSizes(Node, Nodes, CurSize, NewSize);
+
+  // Move current location to the leftmost node.
+  if (LeftSib)
+    P.moveLeft(Level);
+
+  // Elements have been rearranged, now update node sizes and stops.
+  bool SplitRoot = false;
+  unsigned Pos = 0;
+  while (true) {
+    KeyT Stop = Node[Pos]->stop(NewSize[Pos]-1);
+    if (NewNode && Pos == NewNode) {
+      SplitRoot = insertNode(Level, NodeRef(Node[Pos], NewSize[Pos]), Stop);
+      Level += SplitRoot;
+    } else {
+      P.setSize(Level, NewSize[Pos]);
+      setNodeStop(Level, Stop);
+    }
+    if (Pos + 1 == Nodes)
+      break;
+    P.moveRight(Level);
+    ++Pos;
+  }
+
+  // Where was I? Find NewOffset.
+  while(Pos != NewOffset.first) {
+    P.moveLeft(Level);
+    --Pos;
+  }
+  P.offset(Level) = NewOffset.second;
+  return SplitRoot;
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//---                       IntervalMapOverlaps                           ----//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/// IntervalMapOverlaps - Iterate over the overlaps of mapped intervals in two
+/// IntervalMaps. The maps may be different, but the KeyT and Traits types
+/// should be the same.
+///
+/// Typical uses:
+///
+/// 1. Test for overlap:
+///    bool overlap = IntervalMapOverlaps(a, b).valid();
+///
+/// 2. Enumerate overlaps:
+///    for (IntervalMapOverlaps I(a, b); I.valid() ; ++I) { ... }
+///
+template <typename MapA, typename MapB>
+class IntervalMapOverlaps {
+  using KeyType = typename MapA::KeyType;
+  using Traits = typename MapA::KeyTraits;
+
+  typename MapA::const_iterator posA;
+  typename MapB::const_iterator posB;
+
+  /// advance - Move posA and posB forward until reaching an overlap, or until
+  /// either meets end.
+  /// Don't move the iterators if they are already overlapping.
+  void advance() {
+    if (!valid())
+      return;
+
+    if (Traits::stopLess(posA.stop(), posB.start())) {
+      // A ends before B begins. Catch up.
+      posA.advanceTo(posB.start());
+      if (!posA.valid() || !Traits::stopLess(posB.stop(), posA.start()))
+        return;
+    } else if (Traits::stopLess(posB.stop(), posA.start())) {
+      // B ends before A begins. Catch up.
+      posB.advanceTo(posA.start());
+      if (!posB.valid() || !Traits::stopLess(posA.stop(), posB.start()))
+        return;
+    } else
+      // Already overlapping.
+      return;
+
+    while (true) {
+      // Make a.end > b.start.
+      posA.advanceTo(posB.start());
+      if (!posA.valid() || !Traits::stopLess(posB.stop(), posA.start()))
+        return;
+      // Make b.end > a.start.
+      posB.advanceTo(posA.start());
+      if (!posB.valid() || !Traits::stopLess(posA.stop(), posB.start()))
+        return;
+    }
+  }
+
+public:
+  /// IntervalMapOverlaps - Create an iterator for the overlaps of a and b.
+  IntervalMapOverlaps(const MapA &a, const MapB &b)
+    : posA(b.empty() ? a.end() : a.find(b.start())),
+      posB(posA.valid() ? b.find(posA.start()) : b.end()) { advance(); }
+
+  /// valid - Return true if iterator is at an overlap.
+  bool valid() const {
+    return posA.valid() && posB.valid();
+  }
+
+  /// a - access the left hand side in the overlap.
+  const typename MapA::const_iterator &a() const { return posA; }
+
+  /// b - access the right hand side in the overlap.
+  const typename MapB::const_iterator &b() const { return posB; }
+
+  /// start - Beginning of the overlapping interval.
+  KeyType start() const {
+    KeyType ak = a().start();
+    KeyType bk = b().start();
+    return Traits::startLess(ak, bk) ? bk : ak;
+  }
+
+  /// stop - End of the overlapping interval.
+  KeyType stop() const {
+    KeyType ak = a().stop();
+    KeyType bk = b().stop();
+    return Traits::startLess(ak, bk) ? ak : bk;
+  }
+
+  /// skipA - Move to the next overlap that doesn't involve a().
+  void skipA() {
+    ++posA;
+    advance();
+  }
+
+  /// skipB - Move to the next overlap that doesn't involve b().
+  void skipB() {
+    ++posB;
+    advance();
+  }
+
+  /// Preincrement - Move to the next overlap.
+  IntervalMapOverlaps &operator++() {
+    // Bump the iterator that ends first. The other one may have more overlaps.
+    if (Traits::startLess(posB.stop(), posA.stop()))
+      skipB();
+    else
+      skipA();
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// advanceTo - Move to the first overlapping interval with
+  /// stopLess(x, stop()).
+  void advanceTo(KeyType x) {
+    if (!valid())
+      return;
+    // Make sure advanceTo sees monotonic keys.
+    if (Traits::stopLess(posA.stop(), x))
+      posA.advanceTo(x);
+    if (Traits::stopLess(posB.stop(), x))
+      posB.advanceTo(x);
+    advance();
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_INTERVALMAP_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ba7d8498b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//==- llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h - Smart Refcounting Pointer --*- C++ -*-==//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines the RefCountedBase, ThreadSafeRefCountedBase, and
+/// IntrusiveRefCntPtr classes.
+///
+/// IntrusiveRefCntPtr is a smart pointer to an object which maintains a
+/// reference count.  (ThreadSafe)RefCountedBase is a mixin class that adds a
+/// refcount member variable and methods for updating the refcount.  An object
+/// that inherits from (ThreadSafe)RefCountedBase deletes itself when its
+/// refcount hits zero.
+///
+/// For example:
+///
+/// ```
+///   class MyClass : public RefCountedBase<MyClass> {};
+///
+///   void foo() {
+///     // Constructing an IntrusiveRefCntPtr increases the pointee's refcount
+///     // by 1 (from 0 in this case).
+///     IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MyClass> Ptr1(new MyClass());
+///
+///     // Copying an IntrusiveRefCntPtr increases the pointee's refcount by 1.
+///     IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MyClass> Ptr2(Ptr1);
+///
+///     // Constructing an IntrusiveRefCntPtr has no effect on the object's
+///     // refcount.  After a move, the moved-from pointer is null.
+///     IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MyClass> Ptr3(std::move(Ptr1));
+///     assert(Ptr1 == nullptr);
+///
+///     // Clearing an IntrusiveRefCntPtr decreases the pointee's refcount by 1.
+///     Ptr2.reset();
+///
+///     // The object deletes itself when we return from the function, because
+///     // Ptr3's destructor decrements its refcount to 0.
+///   }
+/// ```
+///
+/// You can use IntrusiveRefCntPtr with isa<T>(), dyn_cast<T>(), etc.:
+///
+/// ```
+///   IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MyClass> Ptr(new MyClass());
+///   OtherClass *Other = dyn_cast<OtherClass>(Ptr);  // Ptr.get() not required
+/// ```
+///
+/// IntrusiveRefCntPtr works with any class that
+///
+///  - inherits from (ThreadSafe)RefCountedBase,
+///  - has Retain() and Release() methods, or
+///  - specializes IntrusiveRefCntPtrInfo.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_INTRUSIVEREFCNTPTR_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_INTRUSIVEREFCNTPTR_H
+
+#include <atomic>
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <memory>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// A CRTP mixin class that adds reference counting to a type.
+///
+/// The lifetime of an object which inherits from RefCountedBase is managed by
+/// calls to Release() and Retain(), which increment and decrement the object's
+/// refcount, respectively.  When a Release() call decrements the refcount to 0,
+/// the object deletes itself.
+template <class Derived> class RefCountedBase {
+  mutable unsigned RefCount = 0;
+
+protected:
+  RefCountedBase() = default;
+  RefCountedBase(const RefCountedBase &) {}
+  RefCountedBase &operator=(const RefCountedBase &) = delete;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  ~RefCountedBase() {
+    assert(RefCount == 0 &&
+           "Destruction occured when there are still references to this.");
+  }
+#else
+  // Default the destructor in release builds, A trivial destructor may enable
+  // better codegen.
+  ~RefCountedBase() = default;
+#endif
+
+public:
+  void Retain() const { ++RefCount; }
+
+  void Release() const {
+    assert(RefCount > 0 && "Reference count is already zero.");
+    if (--RefCount == 0)
+      delete static_cast<const Derived *>(this);
+  }
+};
+
+/// A thread-safe version of \c RefCountedBase.
+template <class Derived> class ThreadSafeRefCountedBase {
+  mutable std::atomic<int> RefCount{0};
+
+protected:
+  ThreadSafeRefCountedBase() = default;
+  ThreadSafeRefCountedBase(const ThreadSafeRefCountedBase &) {}
+  ThreadSafeRefCountedBase &
+  operator=(const ThreadSafeRefCountedBase &) = delete;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  ~ThreadSafeRefCountedBase() {
+    assert(RefCount == 0 &&
+           "Destruction occured when there are still references to this.");
+  }
+#else
+  // Default the destructor in release builds, A trivial destructor may enable
+  // better codegen.
+  ~ThreadSafeRefCountedBase() = default;
+#endif
+
+public:
+  void Retain() const { RefCount.fetch_add(1, std::memory_order_relaxed); }
+
+  void Release() const {
+    int NewRefCount = RefCount.fetch_sub(1, std::memory_order_acq_rel) - 1;
+    assert(NewRefCount >= 0 && "Reference count was already zero.");
+    if (NewRefCount == 0)
+      delete static_cast<const Derived *>(this);
+  }
+};
+
+/// Class you can specialize to provide custom retain/release functionality for
+/// a type.
+///
+/// Usually specializing this class is not necessary, as IntrusiveRefCntPtr
+/// works with any type which defines Retain() and Release() functions -- you
+/// can define those functions yourself if RefCountedBase doesn't work for you.
+///
+/// One case when you might want to specialize this type is if you have
+///  - Foo.h defines type Foo and includes Bar.h, and
+///  - Bar.h uses IntrusiveRefCntPtr<Foo> in inline functions.
+///
+/// Because Foo.h includes Bar.h, Bar.h can't include Foo.h in order to pull in
+/// the declaration of Foo.  Without the declaration of Foo, normally Bar.h
+/// wouldn't be able to use IntrusiveRefCntPtr<Foo>, which wants to call
+/// T::Retain and T::Release.
+///
+/// To resolve this, Bar.h could include a third header, FooFwd.h, which
+/// forward-declares Foo and specializes IntrusiveRefCntPtrInfo<Foo>.  Then
+/// Bar.h could use IntrusiveRefCntPtr<Foo>, although it still couldn't call any
+/// functions on Foo itself, because Foo would be an incomplete type.
+template <typename T> struct IntrusiveRefCntPtrInfo {
+  static void retain(T *obj) { obj->Retain(); }
+  static void release(T *obj) { obj->Release(); }
+};
+
+/// A smart pointer to a reference-counted object that inherits from
+/// RefCountedBase or ThreadSafeRefCountedBase.
+///
+/// This class increments its pointee's reference count when it is created, and
+/// decrements its refcount when it's destroyed (or is changed to point to a
+/// different object).
+template <typename T> class IntrusiveRefCntPtr {
+  T *Obj = nullptr;
+
+public:
+  using element_type = T;
+
+  explicit IntrusiveRefCntPtr() = default;
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr(T *obj) : Obj(obj) { retain(); }
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr(const IntrusiveRefCntPtr &S) : Obj(S.Obj) { retain(); }
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr(IntrusiveRefCntPtr &&S) : Obj(S.Obj) { S.Obj = nullptr; }
+
+  template <class X,
+            std::enable_if_t<std::is_convertible<X *, T *>::value, bool> = true>
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr(IntrusiveRefCntPtr<X> S) : Obj(S.get()) {
+    S.Obj = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  template <class X,
+            std::enable_if_t<std::is_convertible<X *, T *>::value, bool> = true>
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr(std::unique_ptr<X> S) : Obj(S.release()) {
+    retain();
+  }
+
+  ~IntrusiveRefCntPtr() { release(); }
+
+  IntrusiveRefCntPtr &operator=(IntrusiveRefCntPtr S) {
+    swap(S);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  T &operator*() const { return *Obj; }
+  T *operator->() const { return Obj; }
+  T *get() const { return Obj; }
+  explicit operator bool() const { return Obj; }
+
+  void swap(IntrusiveRefCntPtr &other) {
+    T *tmp = other.Obj;
+    other.Obj = Obj;
+    Obj = tmp;
+  }
+
+  void reset() {
+    release();
+    Obj = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  void resetWithoutRelease() { Obj = nullptr; }
+
+private:
+  void retain() {
+    if (Obj)
+      IntrusiveRefCntPtrInfo<T>::retain(Obj);
+  }
+
+  void release() {
+    if (Obj)
+      IntrusiveRefCntPtrInfo<T>::release(Obj);
+  }
+
+  template <typename X> friend class IntrusiveRefCntPtr;
+};
+
+template <class T, class U>
+inline bool operator==(const IntrusiveRefCntPtr<T> &A,
+                       const IntrusiveRefCntPtr<U> &B) {
+  return A.get() == B.get();
+}
+
+template <class T, class U>
+inline bool operator!=(const IntrusiveRefCntPtr<T> &A,
+                       const IntrusiveRefCntPtr<U> &B) {
+  return A.get() != B.get();
+}
+
+template <class T, class U>
+inline bool operator==(const IntrusiveRefCntPtr<T> &A, U *B) {
+  return A.get() == B;
+}
+
+template <class T, class U>
+inline bool operator!=(const IntrusiveRefCntPtr<T> &A, U *B) {
+  return A.get() != B;
+}
+
+template <class T, class U>
+inline bool operator==(T *A, const IntrusiveRefCntPtr<U> &B) {
+  return A == B.get();
+}
+
+template <class T, class U>
+inline bool operator!=(T *A, const IntrusiveRefCntPtr<U> &B) {
+  return A != B.get();
+}
+
+template <class T>
+bool operator==(std::nullptr_t, const IntrusiveRefCntPtr<T> &B) {
+  return !B;
+}
+
+template <class T>
+bool operator==(const IntrusiveRefCntPtr<T> &A, std::nullptr_t B) {
+  return B == A;
+}
+
+template <class T>
+bool operator!=(std::nullptr_t A, const IntrusiveRefCntPtr<T> &B) {
+  return !(A == B);
+}
+
+template <class T>
+bool operator!=(const IntrusiveRefCntPtr<T> &A, std::nullptr_t B) {
+  return !(A == B);
+}
+
+// Make IntrusiveRefCntPtr work with dyn_cast, isa, and the other idioms from
+// Casting.h.
+template <typename From> struct simplify_type;
+
+template <class T> struct simplify_type<IntrusiveRefCntPtr<T>> {
+  using SimpleType = T *;
+
+  static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(IntrusiveRefCntPtr<T> &Val) {
+    return Val.get();
+  }
+};
+
+template <class T> struct simplify_type<const IntrusiveRefCntPtr<T>> {
+  using SimpleType = /*const*/ T *;
+
+  static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(const IntrusiveRefCntPtr<T> &Val) {
+    return Val.get();
+  }
+};
+
+/// Factory function for creating intrusive ref counted pointers.
+template <typename T, typename... Args>
+IntrusiveRefCntPtr<T> makeIntrusiveRefCnt(Args &&...A) {
+  return IntrusiveRefCntPtr<T>(new T(std::forward<Args>(A)...));
+}
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_INTRUSIVEREFCNTPTR_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/MapVector.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/MapVector.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..491371d9a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/MapVector.h
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/MapVector.h - Map w/ deterministic value order --*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file implements a map that provides insertion order iteration. The
+/// interface is purposefully minimal. The key is assumed to be cheap to copy
+/// and 2 copies are kept, one for indexing in a DenseMap, one for iteration in
+/// a std::vector.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_MAPVECTOR_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_MAPVECTOR_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <iterator>
+#include <type_traits>
+#include <utility>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// This class implements a map that also provides access to all stored values
+/// in a deterministic order. The values are kept in a std::vector and the
+/// mapping is done with DenseMap from Keys to indexes in that vector.
+template<typename KeyT, typename ValueT,
+         typename MapType = DenseMap<KeyT, unsigned>,
+         typename VectorType = std::vector<std::pair<KeyT, ValueT>>>
+class MapVector {
+  MapType Map;
+  VectorType Vector;
+
+  static_assert(
+      std::is_integral<typename MapType::mapped_type>::value,
+      "The mapped_type of the specified Map must be an integral type");
+
+public:
+  using key_type = KeyT;
+  using value_type = typename VectorType::value_type;
+  using size_type = typename VectorType::size_type;
+
+  using iterator = typename VectorType::iterator;
+  using const_iterator = typename VectorType::const_iterator;
+  using reverse_iterator = typename VectorType::reverse_iterator;
+  using const_reverse_iterator = typename VectorType::const_reverse_iterator;
+
+  /// Clear the MapVector and return the underlying vector.
+  VectorType takeVector() {
+    Map.clear();
+    return std::move(Vector);
+  }
+
+  size_type size() const { return Vector.size(); }
+
+  /// Grow the MapVector so that it can contain at least \p NumEntries items
+  /// before resizing again.
+  void reserve(size_type NumEntries) {
+    Map.reserve(NumEntries);
+    Vector.reserve(NumEntries);
+  }
+
+  iterator begin() { return Vector.begin(); }
+  const_iterator begin() const { return Vector.begin(); }
+  iterator end() { return Vector.end(); }
+  const_iterator end() const { return Vector.end(); }
+
+  reverse_iterator rbegin() { return Vector.rbegin(); }
+  const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const { return Vector.rbegin(); }
+  reverse_iterator rend() { return Vector.rend(); }
+  const_reverse_iterator rend() const { return Vector.rend(); }
+
+  bool empty() const {
+    return Vector.empty();
+  }
+
+  std::pair<KeyT, ValueT>       &front()       { return Vector.front(); }
+  const std::pair<KeyT, ValueT> &front() const { return Vector.front(); }
+  std::pair<KeyT, ValueT>       &back()        { return Vector.back(); }
+  const std::pair<KeyT, ValueT> &back()  const { return Vector.back(); }
+
+  void clear() {
+    Map.clear();
+    Vector.clear();
+  }
+
+  void swap(MapVector &RHS) {
+    std::swap(Map, RHS.Map);
+    std::swap(Vector, RHS.Vector);
+  }
+
+  ValueT &operator[](const KeyT &Key) {
+    std::pair<KeyT, typename MapType::mapped_type> Pair = std::make_pair(Key, 0);
+    std::pair<typename MapType::iterator, bool> Result = Map.insert(Pair);
+    auto &I = Result.first->second;
+    if (Result.second) {
+      Vector.push_back(std::make_pair(Key, ValueT()));
+      I = Vector.size() - 1;
+    }
+    return Vector[I].second;
+  }
+
+  // Returns a copy of the value.  Only allowed if ValueT is copyable.
+  ValueT lookup(const KeyT &Key) const {
+    static_assert(std::is_copy_constructible<ValueT>::value,
+                  "Cannot call lookup() if ValueT is not copyable.");
+    typename MapType::const_iterator Pos = Map.find(Key);
+    return Pos == Map.end()? ValueT() : Vector[Pos->second].second;
+  }
+
+  std::pair<iterator, bool> insert(const std::pair<KeyT, ValueT> &KV) {
+    std::pair<KeyT, typename MapType::mapped_type> Pair = std::make_pair(KV.first, 0);
+    std::pair<typename MapType::iterator, bool> Result = Map.insert(Pair);
+    auto &I = Result.first->second;
+    if (Result.second) {
+      Vector.push_back(std::make_pair(KV.first, KV.second));
+      I = Vector.size() - 1;
+      return std::make_pair(std::prev(end()), true);
+    }
+    return std::make_pair(begin() + I, false);
+  }
+
+  std::pair<iterator, bool> insert(std::pair<KeyT, ValueT> &&KV) {
+    // Copy KV.first into the map, then move it into the vector.
+    std::pair<KeyT, typename MapType::mapped_type> Pair = std::make_pair(KV.first, 0);
+    std::pair<typename MapType::iterator, bool> Result = Map.insert(Pair);
+    auto &I = Result.first->second;
+    if (Result.second) {
+      Vector.push_back(std::move(KV));
+      I = Vector.size() - 1;
+      return std::make_pair(std::prev(end()), true);
+    }
+    return std::make_pair(begin() + I, false);
+  }
+
+  size_type count(const KeyT &Key) const {
+    typename MapType::const_iterator Pos = Map.find(Key);
+    return Pos == Map.end()? 0 : 1;
+  }
+
+  iterator find(const KeyT &Key) {
+    typename MapType::const_iterator Pos = Map.find(Key);
+    return Pos == Map.end()? Vector.end() :
+                            (Vector.begin() + Pos->second);
+  }
+
+  const_iterator find(const KeyT &Key) const {
+    typename MapType::const_iterator Pos = Map.find(Key);
+    return Pos == Map.end()? Vector.end() :
+                            (Vector.begin() + Pos->second);
+  }
+
+  /// Remove the last element from the vector.
+  void pop_back() {
+    typename MapType::iterator Pos = Map.find(Vector.back().first);
+    Map.erase(Pos);
+    Vector.pop_back();
+  }
+
+  /// Remove the element given by Iterator.
+  ///
+  /// Returns an iterator to the element following the one which was removed,
+  /// which may be end().
+  ///
+  /// \note This is a deceivingly expensive operation (linear time).  It's
+  /// usually better to use \a remove_if() if possible.
+  typename VectorType::iterator erase(typename VectorType::iterator Iterator) {
+    Map.erase(Iterator->first);
+    auto Next = Vector.erase(Iterator);
+    if (Next == Vector.end())
+      return Next;
+
+    // Update indices in the map.
+    size_t Index = Next - Vector.begin();
+    for (auto &I : Map) {
+      assert(I.second != Index && "Index was already erased!");
+      if (I.second > Index)
+        --I.second;
+    }
+    return Next;
+  }
+
+  /// Remove all elements with the key value Key.
+  ///
+  /// Returns the number of elements removed.
+  size_type erase(const KeyT &Key) {
+    auto Iterator = find(Key);
+    if (Iterator == end())
+      return 0;
+    erase(Iterator);
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  /// Remove the elements that match the predicate.
+  ///
+  /// Erase all elements that match \c Pred in a single pass.  Takes linear
+  /// time.
+  template <class Predicate> void remove_if(Predicate Pred);
+};
+
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValueT, typename MapType, typename VectorType>
+template <class Function>
+void MapVector<KeyT, ValueT, MapType, VectorType>::remove_if(Function Pred) {
+  auto O = Vector.begin();
+  for (auto I = O, E = Vector.end(); I != E; ++I) {
+    if (Pred(*I)) {
+      // Erase from the map.
+      Map.erase(I->first);
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    if (I != O) {
+      // Move the value and update the index in the map.
+      *O = std::move(*I);
+      Map[O->first] = O - Vector.begin();
+    }
+    ++O;
+  }
+  // Erase trailing entries in the vector.
+  Vector.erase(O, Vector.end());
+}
+
+/// A MapVector that performs no allocations if smaller than a certain
+/// size.
+template <typename KeyT, typename ValueT, unsigned N>
+struct SmallMapVector
+    : MapVector<KeyT, ValueT, SmallDenseMap<KeyT, unsigned, N>,
+                SmallVector<std::pair<KeyT, ValueT>, N>> {
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_MAPVECTOR_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/None.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/None.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3e4fcfde0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/None.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===-- None.h - Simple null value for implicit construction ------*- C++ -*-=//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+///  This file provides None, an enumerator for use in implicit constructors
+///  of various (usually templated) types to make such construction more
+///  terse.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_NONE_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_NONE_H
+
+namespace llvm {
+/// A simple null object to allow implicit construction of Optional<T>
+/// and similar types without having to spell out the specialization's name.
+// (constant value 1 in an attempt to workaround MSVC build issue... )
+enum class NoneType { None = 1 };
+const NoneType None = NoneType::None;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/Optional.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/Optional.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fa4a7fc94f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/Optional.h
@@ -0,0 +1,508 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- Optional.h - Simple variant for passing optional values --*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+///  This file provides Optional, a template class modeled in the spirit of
+///  OCaml's 'opt' variant.  The idea is to strongly type whether or not
+///  a value can be optional.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_OPTIONAL_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_OPTIONAL_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/Hashing.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/None.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/STLForwardCompat.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <new>
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+class raw_ostream;
+
+namespace optional_detail {
+
+/// Storage for any type.
+//
+// The specialization condition intentionally uses
+// llvm::is_trivially_{copy/move}_constructible instead of
+// std::is_trivially_{copy/move}_constructible. GCC versions prior to 7.4 may
+// instantiate the copy/move constructor of `T` when
+// std::is_trivially_{copy/move}_constructible is instantiated.  This causes
+// compilation to fail if we query the trivially copy/move constructible
+// property of a class which is not copy/move constructible.
+//
+// The current implementation of OptionalStorage insists that in order to use
+// the trivial specialization, the value_type must be trivially copy
+// constructible and trivially copy assignable due to =default implementations
+// of the copy/move constructor/assignment.  It does not follow that this is
+// necessarily the case std::is_trivially_copyable is true (hence the expanded
+// specialization condition).
+//
+// The move constructible / assignable conditions emulate the remaining behavior
+// of std::is_trivially_copyable.
+template <typename T,
+          bool = (llvm::is_trivially_copy_constructible<T>::value &&
+                  std::is_trivially_copy_assignable<T>::value &&
+                  (llvm::is_trivially_move_constructible<T>::value ||
+                   !std::is_move_constructible<T>::value) &&
+                  (std::is_trivially_move_assignable<T>::value ||
+                   !std::is_move_assignable<T>::value))>
+class OptionalStorage {
+  union {
+    char empty;
+    T value;
+  };
+  bool hasVal;
+
+public:
+  ~OptionalStorage() { reset(); }
+
+  constexpr OptionalStorage() noexcept : empty(), hasVal(false) {}
+
+  constexpr OptionalStorage(OptionalStorage const &other) : OptionalStorage() {
+    if (other.hasValue()) {
+      emplace(other.value);
+    }
+  }
+  constexpr OptionalStorage(OptionalStorage &&other) : OptionalStorage() {
+    if (other.hasValue()) {
+      emplace(std::move(other.value));
+    }
+  }
+
+  template <class... Args>
+  constexpr explicit OptionalStorage(in_place_t, Args &&... args)
+      : value(std::forward<Args>(args)...), hasVal(true) {}
+
+  void reset() noexcept {
+    if (hasVal) {
+      value.~T();
+      hasVal = false;
+    }
+  }
+
+  constexpr bool hasValue() const noexcept { return hasVal; }
+
+  T &getValue() LLVM_LVALUE_FUNCTION noexcept {
+    assert(hasVal);
+    return value;
+  }
+  constexpr T const &getValue() const LLVM_LVALUE_FUNCTION noexcept {
+    assert(hasVal);
+    return value;
+  }
+#if LLVM_HAS_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS
+  T &&getValue() && noexcept {
+    assert(hasVal);
+    return std::move(value);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  template <class... Args> void emplace(Args &&... args) {
+    reset();
+    ::new ((void *)std::addressof(value)) T(std::forward<Args>(args)...);
+    hasVal = true;
+  }
+
+  OptionalStorage &operator=(T const &y) {
+    if (hasValue()) {
+      value = y;
+    } else {
+      ::new ((void *)std::addressof(value)) T(y);
+      hasVal = true;
+    }
+    return *this;
+  }
+  OptionalStorage &operator=(T &&y) {
+    if (hasValue()) {
+      value = std::move(y);
+    } else {
+      ::new ((void *)std::addressof(value)) T(std::move(y));
+      hasVal = true;
+    }
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  OptionalStorage &operator=(OptionalStorage const &other) {
+    if (other.hasValue()) {
+      if (hasValue()) {
+        value = other.value;
+      } else {
+        ::new ((void *)std::addressof(value)) T(other.value);
+        hasVal = true;
+      }
+    } else {
+      reset();
+    }
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  OptionalStorage &operator=(OptionalStorage &&other) {
+    if (other.hasValue()) {
+      if (hasValue()) {
+        value = std::move(other.value);
+      } else {
+        ::new ((void *)std::addressof(value)) T(std::move(other.value));
+        hasVal = true;
+      }
+    } else {
+      reset();
+    }
+    return *this;
+  }
+};
+
+template <typename T> class OptionalStorage<T, true> {
+  union {
+    char empty;
+    T value;
+  };
+  bool hasVal = false;
+
+public:
+  ~OptionalStorage() = default;
+
+  constexpr OptionalStorage() noexcept : empty{} {}
+
+  constexpr OptionalStorage(OptionalStorage const &other) = default;
+  constexpr OptionalStorage(OptionalStorage &&other) = default;
+
+  OptionalStorage &operator=(OptionalStorage const &other) = default;
+  OptionalStorage &operator=(OptionalStorage &&other) = default;
+
+  template <class... Args>
+  constexpr explicit OptionalStorage(in_place_t, Args &&... args)
+      : value(std::forward<Args>(args)...), hasVal(true) {}
+
+  void reset() noexcept {
+    if (hasVal) {
+      value.~T();
+      hasVal = false;
+    }
+  }
+
+  constexpr bool hasValue() const noexcept { return hasVal; }
+
+  T &getValue() LLVM_LVALUE_FUNCTION noexcept {
+    assert(hasVal);
+    return value;
+  }
+  constexpr T const &getValue() const LLVM_LVALUE_FUNCTION noexcept {
+    assert(hasVal);
+    return value;
+  }
+#if LLVM_HAS_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS
+  T &&getValue() && noexcept {
+    assert(hasVal);
+    return std::move(value);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  template <class... Args> void emplace(Args &&... args) {
+    reset();
+    ::new ((void *)std::addressof(value)) T(std::forward<Args>(args)...);
+    hasVal = true;
+  }
+
+  OptionalStorage &operator=(T const &y) {
+    if (hasValue()) {
+      value = y;
+    } else {
+      ::new ((void *)std::addressof(value)) T(y);
+      hasVal = true;
+    }
+    return *this;
+  }
+  OptionalStorage &operator=(T &&y) {
+    if (hasValue()) {
+      value = std::move(y);
+    } else {
+      ::new ((void *)std::addressof(value)) T(std::move(y));
+      hasVal = true;
+    }
+    return *this;
+  }
+};
+
+} // namespace optional_detail
+
+template <typename T> class Optional {
+  optional_detail::OptionalStorage<T> Storage;
+
+public:
+  using value_type = T;
+
+  constexpr Optional() = default;
+  constexpr Optional(NoneType) {}
+
+  constexpr Optional(const T &y) : Storage(in_place, y) {}
+  constexpr Optional(const Optional &O) = default;
+
+  constexpr Optional(T &&y) : Storage(in_place, std::move(y)) {}
+  constexpr Optional(Optional &&O) = default;
+
+  template <typename... ArgTypes>
+  constexpr Optional(in_place_t, ArgTypes &&...Args)
+      : Storage(in_place, std::forward<ArgTypes>(Args)...) {}
+
+  Optional &operator=(T &&y) {
+    Storage = std::move(y);
+    return *this;
+  }
+  Optional &operator=(Optional &&O) = default;
+
+  /// Create a new object by constructing it in place with the given arguments.
+  template <typename... ArgTypes> void emplace(ArgTypes &&... Args) {
+    Storage.emplace(std::forward<ArgTypes>(Args)...);
+  }
+
+  static constexpr Optional create(const T *y) {
+    return y ? Optional(*y) : Optional();
+  }
+
+  Optional &operator=(const T &y) {
+    Storage = y;
+    return *this;
+  }
+  Optional &operator=(const Optional &O) = default;
+
+  void reset() { Storage.reset(); }
+
+  constexpr const T *getPointer() const { return &Storage.getValue(); }
+  T *getPointer() { return &Storage.getValue(); }
+  constexpr const T &getValue() const LLVM_LVALUE_FUNCTION {
+    return Storage.getValue();
+  }
+  T &getValue() LLVM_LVALUE_FUNCTION { return Storage.getValue(); }
+
+  constexpr explicit operator bool() const { return hasValue(); }
+  constexpr bool hasValue() const { return Storage.hasValue(); }
+  constexpr const T *operator->() const { return getPointer(); }
+  T *operator->() { return getPointer(); }
+  constexpr const T &operator*() const LLVM_LVALUE_FUNCTION {
+    return getValue();
+  }
+  T &operator*() LLVM_LVALUE_FUNCTION { return getValue(); }
+
+  template <typename U>
+  constexpr T getValueOr(U &&value) const LLVM_LVALUE_FUNCTION {
+    return hasValue() ? getValue() : std::forward<U>(value);
+  }
+
+  /// Apply a function to the value if present; otherwise return None.
+  template <class Function>
+  auto map(const Function &F) const LLVM_LVALUE_FUNCTION
+      -> Optional<decltype(F(getValue()))> {
+    if (*this) return F(getValue());
+    return None;
+  }
+
+#if LLVM_HAS_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS
+  T &&getValue() && { return std::move(Storage.getValue()); }
+  T &&operator*() && { return std::move(Storage.getValue()); }
+
+  template <typename U>
+  T getValueOr(U &&value) && {
+    return hasValue() ? std::move(getValue()) : std::forward<U>(value);
+  }
+
+  /// Apply a function to the value if present; otherwise return None.
+  template <class Function>
+  auto map(const Function &F) &&
+      -> Optional<decltype(F(std::move(*this).getValue()))> {
+    if (*this) return F(std::move(*this).getValue());
+    return None;
+  }
+#endif
+};
+
+template <class T> llvm::hash_code hash_value(const Optional<T> &O) {
+  return O ? hash_combine(true, *O) : hash_value(false);
+}
+
+template <typename T, typename U>
+constexpr bool operator==(const Optional<T> &X, const Optional<U> &Y) {
+  if (X && Y)
+    return *X == *Y;
+  return X.hasValue() == Y.hasValue();
+}
+
+template <typename T, typename U>
+constexpr bool operator!=(const Optional<T> &X, const Optional<U> &Y) {
+  return !(X == Y);
+}
+
+template <typename T, typename U>
+constexpr bool operator<(const Optional<T> &X, const Optional<U> &Y) {
+  if (X && Y)
+    return *X < *Y;
+  return X.hasValue() < Y.hasValue();
+}
+
+template <typename T, typename U>
+constexpr bool operator<=(const Optional<T> &X, const Optional<U> &Y) {
+  return !(Y < X);
+}
+
+template <typename T, typename U>
+constexpr bool operator>(const Optional<T> &X, const Optional<U> &Y) {
+  return Y < X;
+}
+
+template <typename T, typename U>
+constexpr bool operator>=(const Optional<T> &X, const Optional<U> &Y) {
+  return !(X < Y);
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+constexpr bool operator==(const Optional<T> &X, NoneType) {
+  return !X;
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+constexpr bool operator==(NoneType, const Optional<T> &X) {
+  return X == None;
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+constexpr bool operator!=(const Optional<T> &X, NoneType) {
+  return !(X == None);
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+constexpr bool operator!=(NoneType, const Optional<T> &X) {
+  return X != None;
+}
+
+template <typename T> constexpr bool operator<(const Optional<T> &, NoneType) {
+  return false;
+}
+
+template <typename T> constexpr bool operator<(NoneType, const Optional<T> &X) {
+  return X.hasValue();
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+constexpr bool operator<=(const Optional<T> &X, NoneType) {
+  return !(None < X);
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+constexpr bool operator<=(NoneType, const Optional<T> &X) {
+  return !(X < None);
+}
+
+template <typename T> constexpr bool operator>(const Optional<T> &X, NoneType) {
+  return None < X;
+}
+
+template <typename T> constexpr bool operator>(NoneType, const Optional<T> &X) {
+  return X < None;
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+constexpr bool operator>=(const Optional<T> &X, NoneType) {
+  return None <= X;
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+constexpr bool operator>=(NoneType, const Optional<T> &X) {
+  return X <= None;
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+constexpr bool operator==(const Optional<T> &X, const T &Y) {
+  return X && *X == Y;
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+constexpr bool operator==(const T &X, const Optional<T> &Y) {
+  return Y && X == *Y;
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+constexpr bool operator!=(const Optional<T> &X, const T &Y) {
+  return !(X == Y);
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+constexpr bool operator!=(const T &X, const Optional<T> &Y) {
+  return !(X == Y);
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+constexpr bool operator<(const Optional<T> &X, const T &Y) {
+  return !X || *X < Y;
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+constexpr bool operator<(const T &X, const Optional<T> &Y) {
+  return Y && X < *Y;
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+constexpr bool operator<=(const Optional<T> &X, const T &Y) {
+  return !(Y < X);
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+constexpr bool operator<=(const T &X, const Optional<T> &Y) {
+  return !(Y < X);
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+constexpr bool operator>(const Optional<T> &X, const T &Y) {
+  return Y < X;
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+constexpr bool operator>(const T &X, const Optional<T> &Y) {
+  return Y < X;
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+constexpr bool operator>=(const Optional<T> &X, const T &Y) {
+  return !(X < Y);
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+constexpr bool operator>=(const T &X, const Optional<T> &Y) {
+  return !(X < Y);
+}
+
+raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, NoneType);
+
+template <typename T, typename = decltype(std::declval<raw_ostream &>()
+                                          << std::declval<const T &>())>
+raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const Optional<T> &O) {
+  if (O)
+    OS << *O;
+  else
+    OS << None;
+  return OS;
+}
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_OPTIONAL_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/PackedVector.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/PackedVector.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b216dbd828
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/PackedVector.h
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/PackedVector.h - Packed values vector -----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file implements the PackedVector class.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_PACKEDVECTOR_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_PACKEDVECTOR_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/BitVector.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <limits>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+template <typename T, unsigned BitNum, typename BitVectorTy, bool isSigned>
+class PackedVectorBase;
+
+// This won't be necessary if we can specialize members without specializing
+// the parent template.
+template <typename T, unsigned BitNum, typename BitVectorTy>
+class PackedVectorBase<T, BitNum, BitVectorTy, false> {
+protected:
+  static T getValue(const BitVectorTy &Bits, unsigned Idx) {
+    T val = T();
+    for (unsigned i = 0; i != BitNum; ++i)
+      val = T(val | ((Bits[(Idx << (BitNum-1)) + i] ? 1UL : 0UL) << i));
+    return val;
+  }
+
+  static void setValue(BitVectorTy &Bits, unsigned Idx, T val) {
+    assert((val >> BitNum) == 0 && "value is too big");
+    for (unsigned i = 0; i != BitNum; ++i)
+      Bits[(Idx << (BitNum-1)) + i] = val & (T(1) << i);
+  }
+};
+
+template <typename T, unsigned BitNum, typename BitVectorTy>
+class PackedVectorBase<T, BitNum, BitVectorTy, true> {
+protected:
+  static T getValue(const BitVectorTy &Bits, unsigned Idx) {
+    T val = T();
+    for (unsigned i = 0; i != BitNum-1; ++i)
+      val = T(val | ((Bits[(Idx << (BitNum-1)) + i] ? 1UL : 0UL) << i));
+    if (Bits[(Idx << (BitNum-1)) + BitNum-1])
+      val = ~val;
+    return val;
+  }
+
+  static void setValue(BitVectorTy &Bits, unsigned Idx, T val) {
+    if (val < 0) {
+      val = ~val;
+      Bits.set((Idx << (BitNum-1)) + BitNum-1);
+    }
+    assert((val >> (BitNum-1)) == 0 && "value is too big");
+    for (unsigned i = 0; i != BitNum-1; ++i)
+      Bits[(Idx << (BitNum-1)) + i] = val & (T(1) << i);
+  }
+};
+
+/// Store a vector of values using a specific number of bits for each
+/// value. Both signed and unsigned types can be used, e.g
+/// @code
+///   PackedVector<signed, 2> vec;
+/// @endcode
+/// will create a vector accepting values -2, -1, 0, 1. Any other value will hit
+/// an assertion.
+template <typename T, unsigned BitNum, typename BitVectorTy = BitVector>
+class PackedVector : public PackedVectorBase<T, BitNum, BitVectorTy,
+                                            std::numeric_limits<T>::is_signed> {
+  BitVectorTy Bits;
+  using base = PackedVectorBase<T, BitNum, BitVectorTy,
+                                std::numeric_limits<T>::is_signed>;
+
+public:
+  class reference {
+    PackedVector &Vec;
+    const unsigned Idx;
+
+  public:
+    reference() = delete;
+    reference(PackedVector &vec, unsigned idx) : Vec(vec), Idx(idx) {}
+
+    reference &operator=(T val) {
+      Vec.setValue(Vec.Bits, Idx, val);
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    operator T() const {
+      return Vec.getValue(Vec.Bits, Idx);
+    }
+  };
+
+  PackedVector() = default;
+  explicit PackedVector(unsigned size) : Bits(size << (BitNum-1)) {}
+
+  bool empty() const { return Bits.empty(); }
+
+  unsigned size() const { return Bits.size() >> (BitNum - 1); }
+
+  void clear() { Bits.clear(); }
+
+  void resize(unsigned N) { Bits.resize(N << (BitNum - 1)); }
+
+  void reserve(unsigned N) { Bits.reserve(N << (BitNum-1)); }
+
+  PackedVector &reset() {
+    Bits.reset();
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  void push_back(T val) {
+    resize(size()+1);
+    (*this)[size()-1] = val;
+  }
+
+  reference operator[](unsigned Idx) {
+    return reference(*this, Idx);
+  }
+
+  T operator[](unsigned Idx) const {
+    return base::getValue(Bits, Idx);
+  }
+
+  bool operator==(const PackedVector &RHS) const {
+    return Bits == RHS.Bits;
+  }
+
+  bool operator!=(const PackedVector &RHS) const {
+    return Bits != RHS.Bits;
+  }
+
+  PackedVector &operator|=(const PackedVector &RHS) {
+    Bits |= RHS.Bits;
+    return *this;
+  }
+};
+
+// Leave BitNum=0 undefined.
+template <typename T> class PackedVector<T, 0>;
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_PACKEDVECTOR_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/PointerEmbeddedInt.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/PointerEmbeddedInt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..98b87fb47c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/PointerEmbeddedInt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/PointerEmbeddedInt.h ----------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_POINTEREMBEDDEDINT_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_POINTEREMBEDDEDINT_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMapInfo.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <climits>
+#include <cstdint>
+#include <type_traits>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// Utility to embed an integer into a pointer-like type. This is specifically
+/// intended to allow embedding integers where fewer bits are required than
+/// exist in a pointer, and the integer can participate in abstractions along
+/// side other pointer-like types. For example it can be placed into a \c
+/// PointerSumType or \c PointerUnion.
+///
+/// Note that much like pointers, an integer value of zero has special utility
+/// due to boolean conversions. For example, a non-null value can be tested for
+/// in the above abstractions without testing the particular active member.
+/// Also, the default constructed value zero initializes the integer.
+template <typename IntT, int Bits = sizeof(IntT) * CHAR_BIT>
+class PointerEmbeddedInt {
+  uintptr_t Value = 0;
+
+  // Note: This '<' is correct; using '<=' would result in some shifts
+  // overflowing their storage types.
+  static_assert(Bits < sizeof(uintptr_t) * CHAR_BIT,
+                "Cannot embed more bits than we have in a pointer!");
+
+  enum : uintptr_t {
+    // We shift as many zeros into the value as we can while preserving the
+    // number of bits desired for the integer.
+    Shift = sizeof(uintptr_t) * CHAR_BIT - Bits,
+
+    // We also want to be able to mask out the preserved bits for asserts.
+    Mask = static_cast<uintptr_t>(-1) << Bits
+  };
+
+  struct RawValueTag {
+    explicit RawValueTag() = default;
+  };
+
+  friend struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<PointerEmbeddedInt>;
+
+  explicit PointerEmbeddedInt(uintptr_t Value, RawValueTag) : Value(Value) {}
+
+public:
+  PointerEmbeddedInt() = default;
+
+  PointerEmbeddedInt(IntT I) { *this = I; }
+
+  PointerEmbeddedInt &operator=(IntT I) {
+    assert((std::is_signed<IntT>::value ? isInt<Bits>(I) : isUInt<Bits>(I)) &&
+           "Integer has bits outside those preserved!");
+    Value = static_cast<uintptr_t>(I) << Shift;
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  // Note that this implicit conversion additionally allows all of the basic
+  // comparison operators to work transparently, etc.
+  operator IntT() const {
+    if (std::is_signed<IntT>::value)
+      return static_cast<IntT>(static_cast<intptr_t>(Value) >> Shift);
+    return static_cast<IntT>(Value >> Shift);
+  }
+};
+
+// Provide pointer like traits to support use with pointer unions and sum
+// types.
+template <typename IntT, int Bits>
+struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<PointerEmbeddedInt<IntT, Bits>> {
+  using T = PointerEmbeddedInt<IntT, Bits>;
+
+  static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(const T &P) {
+    return reinterpret_cast<void *>(P.Value);
+  }
+
+  static inline T getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
+    return T(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(P), typename T::RawValueTag());
+  }
+
+  static inline T getFromVoidPointer(const void *P) {
+    return T(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(P), typename T::RawValueTag());
+  }
+
+  static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = T::Shift;
+};
+
+// Teach DenseMap how to use PointerEmbeddedInt objects as keys if the Int type
+// itself can be a key.
+template <typename IntT, int Bits>
+struct DenseMapInfo<PointerEmbeddedInt<IntT, Bits>> {
+  using T = PointerEmbeddedInt<IntT, Bits>;
+  using IntInfo = DenseMapInfo<IntT>;
+
+  static inline T getEmptyKey() { return IntInfo::getEmptyKey(); }
+  static inline T getTombstoneKey() { return IntInfo::getTombstoneKey(); }
+
+  static unsigned getHashValue(const T &Arg) {
+    return IntInfo::getHashValue(Arg);
+  }
+
+  static bool isEqual(const T &LHS, const T &RHS) { return LHS == RHS; }
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_POINTEREMBEDDEDINT_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6575de275a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h
@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h - Pair for pointer and int -----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines the PointerIntPair class.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_POINTERINTPAIR_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_POINTERINTPAIR_H
+
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstdint>
+#include <limits>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+template <typename T, typename Enable> struct DenseMapInfo;
+template <typename PointerT, unsigned IntBits, typename PtrTraits>
+struct PointerIntPairInfo;
+
+/// PointerIntPair - This class implements a pair of a pointer and small
+/// integer.  It is designed to represent this in the space required by one
+/// pointer by bitmangling the integer into the low part of the pointer.  This
+/// can only be done for small integers: typically up to 3 bits, but it depends
+/// on the number of bits available according to PointerLikeTypeTraits for the
+/// type.
+///
+/// Note that PointerIntPair always puts the IntVal part in the highest bits
+/// possible.  For example, PointerIntPair<void*, 1, bool> will put the bit for
+/// the bool into bit #2, not bit #0, which allows the low two bits to be used
+/// for something else.  For example, this allows:
+///   PointerIntPair<PointerIntPair<void*, 1, bool>, 1, bool>
+/// ... and the two bools will land in different bits.
+template <typename PointerTy, unsigned IntBits, typename IntType = unsigned,
+          typename PtrTraits = PointerLikeTypeTraits<PointerTy>,
+          typename Info = PointerIntPairInfo<PointerTy, IntBits, PtrTraits>>
+class PointerIntPair {
+  // Used by MSVC visualizer and generally helpful for debugging/visualizing.
+  using InfoTy = Info;
+  intptr_t Value = 0;
+
+public:
+  constexpr PointerIntPair() = default;
+
+  PointerIntPair(PointerTy PtrVal, IntType IntVal) {
+    setPointerAndInt(PtrVal, IntVal);
+  }
+
+  explicit PointerIntPair(PointerTy PtrVal) { initWithPointer(PtrVal); }
+
+  PointerTy getPointer() const { return Info::getPointer(Value); }
+
+  IntType getInt() const { return (IntType)Info::getInt(Value); }
+
+  void setPointer(PointerTy PtrVal) LLVM_LVALUE_FUNCTION {
+    Value = Info::updatePointer(Value, PtrVal);
+  }
+
+  void setInt(IntType IntVal) LLVM_LVALUE_FUNCTION {
+    Value = Info::updateInt(Value, static_cast<intptr_t>(IntVal));
+  }
+
+  void initWithPointer(PointerTy PtrVal) LLVM_LVALUE_FUNCTION {
+    Value = Info::updatePointer(0, PtrVal);
+  }
+
+  void setPointerAndInt(PointerTy PtrVal, IntType IntVal) LLVM_LVALUE_FUNCTION {
+    Value = Info::updateInt(Info::updatePointer(0, PtrVal),
+                            static_cast<intptr_t>(IntVal));
+  }
+
+  PointerTy const *getAddrOfPointer() const {
+    return const_cast<PointerIntPair *>(this)->getAddrOfPointer();
+  }
+
+  PointerTy *getAddrOfPointer() {
+    assert(Value == reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(getPointer()) &&
+           "Can only return the address if IntBits is cleared and "
+           "PtrTraits doesn't change the pointer");
+    return reinterpret_cast<PointerTy *>(&Value);
+  }
+
+  void *getOpaqueValue() const { return reinterpret_cast<void *>(Value); }
+
+  void setFromOpaqueValue(void *Val) LLVM_LVALUE_FUNCTION {
+    Value = reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(Val);
+  }
+
+  static PointerIntPair getFromOpaqueValue(void *V) {
+    PointerIntPair P;
+    P.setFromOpaqueValue(V);
+    return P;
+  }
+
+  // Allow PointerIntPairs to be created from const void * if and only if the
+  // pointer type could be created from a const void *.
+  static PointerIntPair getFromOpaqueValue(const void *V) {
+    (void)PtrTraits::getFromVoidPointer(V);
+    return getFromOpaqueValue(const_cast<void *>(V));
+  }
+
+  bool operator==(const PointerIntPair &RHS) const {
+    return Value == RHS.Value;
+  }
+
+  bool operator!=(const PointerIntPair &RHS) const {
+    return Value != RHS.Value;
+  }
+
+  bool operator<(const PointerIntPair &RHS) const { return Value < RHS.Value; }
+  bool operator>(const PointerIntPair &RHS) const { return Value > RHS.Value; }
+
+  bool operator<=(const PointerIntPair &RHS) const {
+    return Value <= RHS.Value;
+  }
+
+  bool operator>=(const PointerIntPair &RHS) const {
+    return Value >= RHS.Value;
+  }
+};
+
+// Specialize is_trivially_copyable to avoid limitation of llvm::is_trivially_copyable
+// when compiled with gcc 4.9.
+template <typename PointerTy, unsigned IntBits, typename IntType,
+          typename PtrTraits,
+          typename Info>
+struct is_trivially_copyable<PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType, PtrTraits, Info>> : std::true_type {
+#ifdef HAVE_STD_IS_TRIVIALLY_COPYABLE
+  static_assert(std::is_trivially_copyable<PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType, PtrTraits, Info>>::value,
+                "inconsistent behavior between llvm:: and std:: implementation of is_trivially_copyable");
+#endif
+};
+
+
+template <typename PointerT, unsigned IntBits, typename PtrTraits>
+struct PointerIntPairInfo {
+  static_assert(PtrTraits::NumLowBitsAvailable <
+                    std::numeric_limits<uintptr_t>::digits,
+                "cannot use a pointer type that has all bits free");
+  static_assert(IntBits <= PtrTraits::NumLowBitsAvailable,
+                "PointerIntPair with integer size too large for pointer");
+  enum MaskAndShiftConstants : uintptr_t {
+    /// PointerBitMask - The bits that come from the pointer.
+    PointerBitMask =
+        ~(uintptr_t)(((intptr_t)1 << PtrTraits::NumLowBitsAvailable) - 1),
+
+    /// IntShift - The number of low bits that we reserve for other uses, and
+    /// keep zero.
+    IntShift = (uintptr_t)PtrTraits::NumLowBitsAvailable - IntBits,
+
+    /// IntMask - This is the unshifted mask for valid bits of the int type.
+    IntMask = (uintptr_t)(((intptr_t)1 << IntBits) - 1),
+
+    // ShiftedIntMask - This is the bits for the integer shifted in place.
+    ShiftedIntMask = (uintptr_t)(IntMask << IntShift)
+  };
+
+  static PointerT getPointer(intptr_t Value) {
+    return PtrTraits::getFromVoidPointer(
+        reinterpret_cast<void *>(Value & PointerBitMask));
+  }
+
+  static intptr_t getInt(intptr_t Value) {
+    return (Value >> IntShift) & IntMask;
+  }
+
+  static intptr_t updatePointer(intptr_t OrigValue, PointerT Ptr) {
+    intptr_t PtrWord =
+        reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(PtrTraits::getAsVoidPointer(Ptr));
+    assert((PtrWord & ~PointerBitMask) == 0 &&
+           "Pointer is not sufficiently aligned");
+    // Preserve all low bits, just update the pointer.
+    return PtrWord | (OrigValue & ~PointerBitMask);
+  }
+
+  static intptr_t updateInt(intptr_t OrigValue, intptr_t Int) {
+    intptr_t IntWord = static_cast<intptr_t>(Int);
+    assert((IntWord & ~IntMask) == 0 && "Integer too large for field");
+
+    // Preserve all bits other than the ones we are updating.
+    return (OrigValue & ~ShiftedIntMask) | IntWord << IntShift;
+  }
+};
+
+// Provide specialization of DenseMapInfo for PointerIntPair.
+template <typename PointerTy, unsigned IntBits, typename IntType>
+struct DenseMapInfo<PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType>, void> {
+  using Ty = PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType>;
+
+  static Ty getEmptyKey() {
+    uintptr_t Val = static_cast<uintptr_t>(-1);
+    Val <<= PointerLikeTypeTraits<Ty>::NumLowBitsAvailable;
+    return Ty::getFromOpaqueValue(reinterpret_cast<void *>(Val));
+  }
+
+  static Ty getTombstoneKey() {
+    uintptr_t Val = static_cast<uintptr_t>(-2);
+    Val <<= PointerLikeTypeTraits<PointerTy>::NumLowBitsAvailable;
+    return Ty::getFromOpaqueValue(reinterpret_cast<void *>(Val));
+  }
+
+  static unsigned getHashValue(Ty V) {
+    uintptr_t IV = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(V.getOpaqueValue());
+    return unsigned(IV) ^ unsigned(IV >> 9);
+  }
+
+  static bool isEqual(const Ty &LHS, const Ty &RHS) { return LHS == RHS; }
+};
+
+// Teach SmallPtrSet that PointerIntPair is "basically a pointer".
+template <typename PointerTy, unsigned IntBits, typename IntType,
+          typename PtrTraits>
+struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<
+    PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType, PtrTraits>> {
+  static inline void *
+  getAsVoidPointer(const PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType> &P) {
+    return P.getOpaqueValue();
+  }
+
+  static inline PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType>
+  getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
+    return PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType>::getFromOpaqueValue(P);
+  }
+
+  static inline PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType>
+  getFromVoidPointer(const void *P) {
+    return PointerIntPair<PointerTy, IntBits, IntType>::getFromOpaqueValue(P);
+  }
+
+  static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable =
+      PtrTraits::NumLowBitsAvailable - IntBits;
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_POINTERINTPAIR_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/PointerSumType.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/PointerSumType.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9399bd30b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/PointerSumType.h
@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/PointerSumType.h --------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_POINTERSUMTYPE_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_POINTERSUMTYPE_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/bit.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMapInfo.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstdint>
+#include <type_traits>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// A compile time pair of an integer tag and the pointer-like type which it
+/// indexes within a sum type. Also allows the user to specify a particular
+/// traits class for pointer types with custom behavior such as over-aligned
+/// allocation.
+template <uintptr_t N, typename PointerArgT,
+          typename TraitsArgT = PointerLikeTypeTraits<PointerArgT>>
+struct PointerSumTypeMember {
+  enum { Tag = N };
+  using PointerT = PointerArgT;
+  using TraitsT = TraitsArgT;
+};
+
+namespace detail {
+
+template <typename TagT, typename... MemberTs> struct PointerSumTypeHelper;
+
+} // end namespace detail
+
+/// A sum type over pointer-like types.
+///
+/// This is a normal tagged union across pointer-like types that uses the low
+/// bits of the pointers to store the tag.
+///
+/// Each member of the sum type is specified by passing a \c
+/// PointerSumTypeMember specialization in the variadic member argument list.
+/// This allows the user to control the particular tag value associated with
+/// a particular type, use the same type for multiple different tags, and
+/// customize the pointer-like traits used for a particular member. Note that
+/// these *must* be specializations of \c PointerSumTypeMember, no other type
+/// will suffice, even if it provides a compatible interface.
+///
+/// This type implements all of the comparison operators and even hash table
+/// support by comparing the underlying storage of the pointer values. It
+/// doesn't support delegating to particular members for comparisons.
+///
+/// It also default constructs to a zero tag with a null pointer, whatever that
+/// would be. This means that the zero value for the tag type is significant
+/// and may be desirable to set to a state that is particularly desirable to
+/// default construct.
+///
+/// Having a supported zero-valued tag also enables getting the address of a
+/// pointer stored with that tag provided it is stored in its natural bit
+/// representation. This works because in the case of a zero-valued tag, the
+/// pointer's value is directly stored into this object and we can expose the
+/// address of that internal storage. This is especially useful when building an
+/// `ArrayRef` of a single pointer stored in a sum type.
+///
+/// There is no support for constructing or accessing with a dynamic tag as
+/// that would fundamentally violate the type safety provided by the sum type.
+template <typename TagT, typename... MemberTs> class PointerSumType {
+  using HelperT = detail::PointerSumTypeHelper<TagT, MemberTs...>;
+
+  // We keep both the raw value and the min tag value's pointer in a union. When
+  // the minimum tag value is zero, this allows code below to cleanly expose the
+  // address of the zero-tag pointer instead of just the zero-tag pointer
+  // itself. This is especially useful when building `ArrayRef`s out of a single
+  // pointer. However, we have to carefully access the union due to the active
+  // member potentially changing. When we *store* a new value, we directly
+  // access the union to allow us to store using the obvious types. However,
+  // when we *read* a value, we copy the underlying storage out to avoid relying
+  // on one member or the other being active.
+  union StorageT {
+    // Ensure we get a null default constructed value. We don't use a member
+    // initializer because some compilers seem to not implement those correctly
+    // for a union.
+    StorageT() : Value(0) {}
+
+    uintptr_t Value;
+
+    typename HelperT::template Lookup<HelperT::MinTag>::PointerT MinTagPointer;
+  };
+
+  StorageT Storage;
+
+public:
+  constexpr PointerSumType() = default;
+
+  /// A typed setter to a given tagged member of the sum type.
+  template <TagT N>
+  void set(typename HelperT::template Lookup<N>::PointerT Pointer) {
+    void *V = HelperT::template Lookup<N>::TraitsT::getAsVoidPointer(Pointer);
+    assert((reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(V) & HelperT::TagMask) == 0 &&
+           "Pointer is insufficiently aligned to store the discriminant!");
+    Storage.Value = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(V) | N;
+  }
+
+  /// A typed constructor for a specific tagged member of the sum type.
+  template <TagT N>
+  static PointerSumType
+  create(typename HelperT::template Lookup<N>::PointerT Pointer) {
+    PointerSumType Result;
+    Result.set<N>(Pointer);
+    return Result;
+  }
+
+  /// Clear the value to null with the min tag type.
+  void clear() { set<HelperT::MinTag>(nullptr); }
+
+  TagT getTag() const {
+    return static_cast<TagT>(getOpaqueValue() & HelperT::TagMask);
+  }
+
+  template <TagT N> bool is() const { return N == getTag(); }
+
+  template <TagT N> typename HelperT::template Lookup<N>::PointerT get() const {
+    void *P = is<N>() ? getVoidPtr() : nullptr;
+    return HelperT::template Lookup<N>::TraitsT::getFromVoidPointer(P);
+  }
+
+  template <TagT N>
+  typename HelperT::template Lookup<N>::PointerT cast() const {
+    assert(is<N>() && "This instance has a different active member.");
+    return HelperT::template Lookup<N>::TraitsT::getFromVoidPointer(
+        getVoidPtr());
+  }
+
+  /// If the tag is zero and the pointer's value isn't changed when being
+  /// stored, get the address of the stored value type-punned to the zero-tag's
+  /// pointer type.
+  typename HelperT::template Lookup<HelperT::MinTag>::PointerT const *
+  getAddrOfZeroTagPointer() const {
+    return const_cast<PointerSumType *>(this)->getAddrOfZeroTagPointer();
+  }
+
+  /// If the tag is zero and the pointer's value isn't changed when being
+  /// stored, get the address of the stored value type-punned to the zero-tag's
+  /// pointer type.
+  typename HelperT::template Lookup<HelperT::MinTag>::PointerT *
+  getAddrOfZeroTagPointer() {
+    static_assert(HelperT::MinTag == 0, "Non-zero minimum tag value!");
+    assert(is<HelperT::MinTag>() && "The active tag is not zero!");
+    // Store the initial value of the pointer when read out of our storage.
+    auto InitialPtr = get<HelperT::MinTag>();
+    // Now update the active member of the union to be the actual pointer-typed
+    // member so that accessing it indirectly through the returned address is
+    // valid.
+    Storage.MinTagPointer = InitialPtr;
+    // Finally, validate that this was a no-op as expected by reading it back
+    // out using the same underlying-storage read as above.
+    assert(InitialPtr == get<HelperT::MinTag>() &&
+           "Switching to typed storage changed the pointer returned!");
+    // Now we can correctly return an address to typed storage.
+    return &Storage.MinTagPointer;
+  }
+
+  explicit operator bool() const {
+    return getOpaqueValue() & HelperT::PointerMask;
+  }
+  bool operator==(const PointerSumType &R) const {
+    return getOpaqueValue() == R.getOpaqueValue();
+  }
+  bool operator!=(const PointerSumType &R) const {
+    return getOpaqueValue() != R.getOpaqueValue();
+  }
+  bool operator<(const PointerSumType &R) const {
+    return getOpaqueValue() < R.getOpaqueValue();
+  }
+  bool operator>(const PointerSumType &R) const {
+    return getOpaqueValue() > R.getOpaqueValue();
+  }
+  bool operator<=(const PointerSumType &R) const {
+    return getOpaqueValue() <= R.getOpaqueValue();
+  }
+  bool operator>=(const PointerSumType &R) const {
+    return getOpaqueValue() >= R.getOpaqueValue();
+  }
+
+  uintptr_t getOpaqueValue() const {
+    // Read the underlying storage of the union, regardless of the active
+    // member.
+    return bit_cast<uintptr_t>(Storage);
+  }
+
+protected:
+  void *getVoidPtr() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<void *>(getOpaqueValue() & HelperT::PointerMask);
+  }
+};
+
+namespace detail {
+
+/// A helper template for implementing \c PointerSumType. It provides fast
+/// compile-time lookup of the member from a particular tag value, along with
+/// useful constants and compile time checking infrastructure..
+template <typename TagT, typename... MemberTs>
+struct PointerSumTypeHelper : MemberTs... {
+  // First we use a trick to allow quickly looking up information about
+  // a particular member of the sum type. This works because we arranged to
+  // have this type derive from all of the member type templates. We can select
+  // the matching member for a tag using type deduction during overload
+  // resolution.
+  template <TagT N, typename PointerT, typename TraitsT>
+  static PointerSumTypeMember<N, PointerT, TraitsT>
+  LookupOverload(PointerSumTypeMember<N, PointerT, TraitsT> *);
+  template <TagT N> static void LookupOverload(...);
+  template <TagT N> struct Lookup {
+    // Compute a particular member type by resolving the lookup helper overload.
+    using MemberT = decltype(
+        LookupOverload<N>(static_cast<PointerSumTypeHelper *>(nullptr)));
+
+    /// The Nth member's pointer type.
+    using PointerT = typename MemberT::PointerT;
+
+    /// The Nth member's traits type.
+    using TraitsT = typename MemberT::TraitsT;
+  };
+
+  // Next we need to compute the number of bits available for the discriminant
+  // by taking the min of the bits available for each member. Much of this
+  // would be amazingly easier with good constexpr support.
+  template <uintptr_t V, uintptr_t... Vs>
+  struct Min : std::integral_constant<
+                   uintptr_t, (V < Min<Vs...>::value ? V : Min<Vs...>::value)> {
+  };
+  template <uintptr_t V>
+  struct Min<V> : std::integral_constant<uintptr_t, V> {};
+  enum { NumTagBits = Min<MemberTs::TraitsT::NumLowBitsAvailable...>::value };
+
+  // Also compute the smallest discriminant and various masks for convenience.
+  constexpr static TagT MinTag =
+      static_cast<TagT>(Min<MemberTs::Tag...>::value);
+  enum : uint64_t {
+    PointerMask = static_cast<uint64_t>(-1) << NumTagBits,
+    TagMask = ~PointerMask
+  };
+
+  // Finally we need a recursive template to do static checks of each
+  // member.
+  template <typename MemberT, typename... InnerMemberTs>
+  struct Checker : Checker<InnerMemberTs...> {
+    static_assert(MemberT::Tag < (1 << NumTagBits),
+                  "This discriminant value requires too many bits!");
+  };
+  template <typename MemberT> struct Checker<MemberT> : std::true_type {
+    static_assert(MemberT::Tag < (1 << NumTagBits),
+                  "This discriminant value requires too many bits!");
+  };
+  static_assert(Checker<MemberTs...>::value,
+                "Each member must pass the checker.");
+};
+
+} // end namespace detail
+
+// Teach DenseMap how to use PointerSumTypes as keys.
+template <typename TagT, typename... MemberTs>
+struct DenseMapInfo<PointerSumType<TagT, MemberTs...>> {
+  using SumType = PointerSumType<TagT, MemberTs...>;
+  using HelperT = detail::PointerSumTypeHelper<TagT, MemberTs...>;
+  enum { SomeTag = HelperT::MinTag };
+  using SomePointerT =
+      typename HelperT::template Lookup<HelperT::MinTag>::PointerT;
+  using SomePointerInfo = DenseMapInfo<SomePointerT>;
+
+  static inline SumType getEmptyKey() {
+    return SumType::create<SomeTag>(SomePointerInfo::getEmptyKey());
+  }
+
+  static inline SumType getTombstoneKey() {
+    return SumType::create<SomeTag>(SomePointerInfo::getTombstoneKey());
+  }
+
+  static unsigned getHashValue(const SumType &Arg) {
+    uintptr_t OpaqueValue = Arg.getOpaqueValue();
+    return DenseMapInfo<uintptr_t>::getHashValue(OpaqueValue);
+  }
+
+  static bool isEqual(const SumType &LHS, const SumType &RHS) {
+    return LHS == RHS;
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_POINTERSUMTYPE_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0d775d5c54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h
@@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h - Discriminated Union of 2 Ptrs --*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines the PointerUnion class, which is a discriminated union of
+/// pointer types.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_POINTERUNION_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_POINTERUNION_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMapInfo.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <cstdint>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+namespace pointer_union_detail {
+  /// Determine the number of bits required to store integers with values < n.
+  /// This is ceil(log2(n)).
+  constexpr int bitsRequired(unsigned n) {
+    return n > 1 ? 1 + bitsRequired((n + 1) / 2) : 0;
+  }
+
+  template <typename... Ts> constexpr int lowBitsAvailable() {
+    return std::min<int>({PointerLikeTypeTraits<Ts>::NumLowBitsAvailable...});
+  }
+
+  /// Find the first type in a list of types.
+  template <typename T, typename...> struct GetFirstType {
+    using type = T;
+  };
+
+  /// Provide PointerLikeTypeTraits for void* that is used by PointerUnion
+  /// for the template arguments.
+  template <typename ...PTs> class PointerUnionUIntTraits {
+  public:
+    static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(void *P) { return P; }
+    static inline void *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { return P; }
+    static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = lowBitsAvailable<PTs...>();
+  };
+
+  template <typename Derived, typename ValTy, int I, typename ...Types>
+  class PointerUnionMembers;
+
+  template <typename Derived, typename ValTy, int I>
+  class PointerUnionMembers<Derived, ValTy, I> {
+  protected:
+    ValTy Val;
+    PointerUnionMembers() = default;
+    PointerUnionMembers(ValTy Val) : Val(Val) {}
+
+    friend struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<Derived>;
+  };
+
+  template <typename Derived, typename ValTy, int I, typename Type,
+            typename ...Types>
+  class PointerUnionMembers<Derived, ValTy, I, Type, Types...>
+      : public PointerUnionMembers<Derived, ValTy, I + 1, Types...> {
+    using Base = PointerUnionMembers<Derived, ValTy, I + 1, Types...>;
+  public:
+    using Base::Base;
+    PointerUnionMembers() = default;
+    PointerUnionMembers(Type V)
+        : Base(ValTy(const_cast<void *>(
+                         PointerLikeTypeTraits<Type>::getAsVoidPointer(V)),
+                     I)) {}
+
+    using Base::operator=;
+    Derived &operator=(Type V) {
+      this->Val = ValTy(
+          const_cast<void *>(PointerLikeTypeTraits<Type>::getAsVoidPointer(V)),
+          I);
+      return static_cast<Derived &>(*this);
+    };
+  };
+}
+
+/// A discriminated union of two or more pointer types, with the discriminator
+/// in the low bit of the pointer.
+///
+/// This implementation is extremely efficient in space due to leveraging the
+/// low bits of the pointer, while exposing a natural and type-safe API.
+///
+/// Common use patterns would be something like this:
+///    PointerUnion<int*, float*> P;
+///    P = (int*)0;
+///    printf("%d %d", P.is<int*>(), P.is<float*>());  // prints "1 0"
+///    X = P.get<int*>();     // ok.
+///    Y = P.get<float*>();   // runtime assertion failure.
+///    Z = P.get<double*>();  // compile time failure.
+///    P = (float*)0;
+///    Y = P.get<float*>();   // ok.
+///    X = P.get<int*>();     // runtime assertion failure.
+///    PointerUnion<int*, int*> Q; // compile time failure.
+template <typename... PTs>
+class PointerUnion
+    : public pointer_union_detail::PointerUnionMembers<
+          PointerUnion<PTs...>,
+          PointerIntPair<
+              void *, pointer_union_detail::bitsRequired(sizeof...(PTs)), int,
+              pointer_union_detail::PointerUnionUIntTraits<PTs...>>,
+          0, PTs...> {
+  static_assert(TypesAreDistinct<PTs...>::value,
+                "PointerUnion alternative types cannot be repeated");
+  // The first type is special because we want to directly cast a pointer to a
+  // default-initialized union to a pointer to the first type. But we don't
+  // want PointerUnion to be a 'template <typename First, typename ...Rest>'
+  // because it's much more convenient to have a name for the whole pack. So
+  // split off the first type here.
+  using First = TypeAtIndex<0, PTs...>;
+  using Base = typename PointerUnion::PointerUnionMembers;
+
+public:
+  PointerUnion() = default;
+
+  PointerUnion(std::nullptr_t) : PointerUnion() {}
+  using Base::Base;
+
+  /// Test if the pointer held in the union is null, regardless of
+  /// which type it is.
+  bool isNull() const { return !this->Val.getPointer(); }
+
+  explicit operator bool() const { return !isNull(); }
+
+  /// Test if the Union currently holds the type matching T.
+  template <typename T> bool is() const {
+    return this->Val.getInt() == FirstIndexOfType<T, PTs...>::value;
+  }
+
+  /// Returns the value of the specified pointer type.
+  ///
+  /// If the specified pointer type is incorrect, assert.
+  template <typename T> T get() const {
+    assert(is<T>() && "Invalid accessor called");
+    return PointerLikeTypeTraits<T>::getFromVoidPointer(this->Val.getPointer());
+  }
+
+  /// Returns the current pointer if it is of the specified pointer type,
+  /// otherwise returns null.
+  template <typename T> T dyn_cast() const {
+    if (is<T>())
+      return get<T>();
+    return T();
+  }
+
+  /// If the union is set to the first pointer type get an address pointing to
+  /// it.
+  First const *getAddrOfPtr1() const {
+    return const_cast<PointerUnion *>(this)->getAddrOfPtr1();
+  }
+
+  /// If the union is set to the first pointer type get an address pointing to
+  /// it.
+  First *getAddrOfPtr1() {
+    assert(is<First>() && "Val is not the first pointer");
+    assert(
+        PointerLikeTypeTraits<First>::getAsVoidPointer(get<First>()) ==
+            this->Val.getPointer() &&
+        "Can't get the address because PointerLikeTypeTraits changes the ptr");
+    return const_cast<First *>(
+        reinterpret_cast<const First *>(this->Val.getAddrOfPointer()));
+  }
+
+  /// Assignment from nullptr which just clears the union.
+  const PointerUnion &operator=(std::nullptr_t) {
+    this->Val.initWithPointer(nullptr);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// Assignment from elements of the union.
+  using Base::operator=;
+
+  void *getOpaqueValue() const { return this->Val.getOpaqueValue(); }
+  static inline PointerUnion getFromOpaqueValue(void *VP) {
+    PointerUnion V;
+    V.Val = decltype(V.Val)::getFromOpaqueValue(VP);
+    return V;
+  }
+};
+
+template <typename ...PTs>
+bool operator==(PointerUnion<PTs...> lhs, PointerUnion<PTs...> rhs) {
+  return lhs.getOpaqueValue() == rhs.getOpaqueValue();
+}
+
+template <typename ...PTs>
+bool operator!=(PointerUnion<PTs...> lhs, PointerUnion<PTs...> rhs) {
+  return lhs.getOpaqueValue() != rhs.getOpaqueValue();
+}
+
+template <typename ...PTs>
+bool operator<(PointerUnion<PTs...> lhs, PointerUnion<PTs...> rhs) {
+  return lhs.getOpaqueValue() < rhs.getOpaqueValue();
+}
+
+// Teach SmallPtrSet that PointerUnion is "basically a pointer", that has
+// # low bits available = min(PT1bits,PT2bits)-1.
+template <typename ...PTs>
+struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<PointerUnion<PTs...>> {
+  static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(const PointerUnion<PTs...> &P) {
+    return P.getOpaqueValue();
+  }
+
+  static inline PointerUnion<PTs...> getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
+    return PointerUnion<PTs...>::getFromOpaqueValue(P);
+  }
+
+  // The number of bits available are the min of the pointer types minus the
+  // bits needed for the discriminator.
+  static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = PointerLikeTypeTraits<decltype(
+      PointerUnion<PTs...>::Val)>::NumLowBitsAvailable;
+};
+
+// Teach DenseMap how to use PointerUnions as keys.
+template <typename ...PTs> struct DenseMapInfo<PointerUnion<PTs...>> {
+  using Union = PointerUnion<PTs...>;
+  using FirstInfo =
+      DenseMapInfo<typename pointer_union_detail::GetFirstType<PTs...>::type>;
+
+  static inline Union getEmptyKey() { return Union(FirstInfo::getEmptyKey()); }
+
+  static inline Union getTombstoneKey() {
+    return Union(FirstInfo::getTombstoneKey());
+  }
+
+  static unsigned getHashValue(const Union &UnionVal) {
+    intptr_t key = (intptr_t)UnionVal.getOpaqueValue();
+    return DenseMapInfo<intptr_t>::getHashValue(key);
+  }
+
+  static bool isEqual(const Union &LHS, const Union &RHS) {
+    return LHS == RHS;
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_POINTERUNION_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/PostOrderIterator.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/PostOrderIterator.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2fe5197ed2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/PostOrderIterator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,326 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/PostOrderIterator.h - PostOrder iterator --------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file builds on the ADT/GraphTraits.h file to build a generic graph
+/// post order iterator.  This should work over any graph type that has a
+/// GraphTraits specialization.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_POSTORDERITERATOR_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_POSTORDERITERATOR_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/GraphTraits.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h"
+#include <iterator>
+#include <set>
+#include <utility>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+// The po_iterator_storage template provides access to the set of already
+// visited nodes during the po_iterator's depth-first traversal.
+//
+// The default implementation simply contains a set of visited nodes, while
+// the External=true version uses a reference to an external set.
+//
+// It is possible to prune the depth-first traversal in several ways:
+//
+// - When providing an external set that already contains some graph nodes,
+//   those nodes won't be visited again. This is useful for restarting a
+//   post-order traversal on a graph with nodes that aren't dominated by a
+//   single node.
+//
+// - By providing a custom SetType class, unwanted graph nodes can be excluded
+//   by having the insert() function return false. This could for example
+//   confine a CFG traversal to blocks in a specific loop.
+//
+// - Finally, by specializing the po_iterator_storage template itself, graph
+//   edges can be pruned by returning false in the insertEdge() function. This
+//   could be used to remove loop back-edges from the CFG seen by po_iterator.
+//
+// A specialized po_iterator_storage class can observe both the pre-order and
+// the post-order. The insertEdge() function is called in a pre-order, while
+// the finishPostorder() function is called just before the po_iterator moves
+// on to the next node.
+
+/// Default po_iterator_storage implementation with an internal set object.
+template<class SetType, bool External>
+class po_iterator_storage {
+  SetType Visited;
+
+public:
+  // Return true if edge destination should be visited.
+  template <typename NodeRef>
+  bool insertEdge(Optional<NodeRef> From, NodeRef To) {
+    return Visited.insert(To).second;
+  }
+
+  // Called after all children of BB have been visited.
+  template <typename NodeRef> void finishPostorder(NodeRef BB) {}
+};
+
+/// Specialization of po_iterator_storage that references an external set.
+template<class SetType>
+class po_iterator_storage<SetType, true> {
+  SetType &Visited;
+
+public:
+  po_iterator_storage(SetType &VSet) : Visited(VSet) {}
+  po_iterator_storage(const po_iterator_storage &S) : Visited(S.Visited) {}
+
+  // Return true if edge destination should be visited, called with From = 0 for
+  // the root node.
+  // Graph edges can be pruned by specializing this function.
+  template <class NodeRef> bool insertEdge(Optional<NodeRef> From, NodeRef To) {
+    return Visited.insert(To).second;
+  }
+
+  // Called after all children of BB have been visited.
+  template <class NodeRef> void finishPostorder(NodeRef BB) {}
+};
+
+template <class GraphT,
+          class SetType = SmallPtrSet<typename GraphTraits<GraphT>::NodeRef, 8>,
+          bool ExtStorage = false, class GT = GraphTraits<GraphT>>
+class po_iterator : public po_iterator_storage<SetType, ExtStorage> {
+public:
+  using iterator_category = std::forward_iterator_tag;
+  using value_type = typename GT::NodeRef;
+  using difference_type = std::ptrdiff_t;
+  using pointer = value_type *;
+  using reference = value_type &;
+
+private:
+  using NodeRef = typename GT::NodeRef;
+  using ChildItTy = typename GT::ChildIteratorType;
+
+  // VisitStack - Used to maintain the ordering.  Top = current block
+  // First element is basic block pointer, second is the 'next child' to visit
+  SmallVector<std::pair<NodeRef, ChildItTy>, 8> VisitStack;
+
+  po_iterator(NodeRef BB) {
+    this->insertEdge(Optional<NodeRef>(), BB);
+    VisitStack.push_back(std::make_pair(BB, GT::child_begin(BB)));
+    traverseChild();
+  }
+
+  po_iterator() = default; // End is when stack is empty.
+
+  po_iterator(NodeRef BB, SetType &S)
+      : po_iterator_storage<SetType, ExtStorage>(S) {
+    if (this->insertEdge(Optional<NodeRef>(), BB)) {
+      VisitStack.push_back(std::make_pair(BB, GT::child_begin(BB)));
+      traverseChild();
+    }
+  }
+
+  po_iterator(SetType &S)
+      : po_iterator_storage<SetType, ExtStorage>(S) {
+  } // End is when stack is empty.
+
+  void traverseChild() {
+    while (VisitStack.back().second != GT::child_end(VisitStack.back().first)) {
+      NodeRef BB = *VisitStack.back().second++;
+      if (this->insertEdge(Optional<NodeRef>(VisitStack.back().first), BB)) {
+        // If the block is not visited...
+        VisitStack.push_back(std::make_pair(BB, GT::child_begin(BB)));
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+public:
+  // Provide static "constructors"...
+  static po_iterator begin(const GraphT &G) {
+    return po_iterator(GT::getEntryNode(G));
+  }
+  static po_iterator end(const GraphT &G) { return po_iterator(); }
+
+  static po_iterator begin(const GraphT &G, SetType &S) {
+    return po_iterator(GT::getEntryNode(G), S);
+  }
+  static po_iterator end(const GraphT &G, SetType &S) { return po_iterator(S); }
+
+  bool operator==(const po_iterator &x) const {
+    return VisitStack == x.VisitStack;
+  }
+  bool operator!=(const po_iterator &x) const { return !(*this == x); }
+
+  const NodeRef &operator*() const { return VisitStack.back().first; }
+
+  // This is a nonstandard operator-> that dereferences the pointer an extra
+  // time... so that you can actually call methods ON the BasicBlock, because
+  // the contained type is a pointer.  This allows BBIt->getTerminator() f.e.
+  //
+  NodeRef operator->() const { return **this; }
+
+  po_iterator &operator++() { // Preincrement
+    this->finishPostorder(VisitStack.back().first);
+    VisitStack.pop_back();
+    if (!VisitStack.empty())
+      traverseChild();
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  po_iterator operator++(int) { // Postincrement
+    po_iterator tmp = *this;
+    ++*this;
+    return tmp;
+  }
+};
+
+// Provide global constructors that automatically figure out correct types...
+//
+template <class T>
+po_iterator<T> po_begin(const T &G) { return po_iterator<T>::begin(G); }
+template <class T>
+po_iterator<T> po_end  (const T &G) { return po_iterator<T>::end(G); }
+
+template <class T> iterator_range<po_iterator<T>> post_order(const T &G) {
+  return make_range(po_begin(G), po_end(G));
+}
+
+// Provide global definitions of external postorder iterators...
+template <class T, class SetType = std::set<typename GraphTraits<T>::NodeRef>>
+struct po_ext_iterator : public po_iterator<T, SetType, true> {
+  po_ext_iterator(const po_iterator<T, SetType, true> &V) :
+  po_iterator<T, SetType, true>(V) {}
+};
+
+template<class T, class SetType>
+po_ext_iterator<T, SetType> po_ext_begin(T G, SetType &S) {
+  return po_ext_iterator<T, SetType>::begin(G, S);
+}
+
+template<class T, class SetType>
+po_ext_iterator<T, SetType> po_ext_end(T G, SetType &S) {
+  return po_ext_iterator<T, SetType>::end(G, S);
+}
+
+template <class T, class SetType>
+iterator_range<po_ext_iterator<T, SetType>> post_order_ext(const T &G, SetType &S) {
+  return make_range(po_ext_begin(G, S), po_ext_end(G, S));
+}
+
+// Provide global definitions of inverse post order iterators...
+template <class T, class SetType = std::set<typename GraphTraits<T>::NodeRef>,
+          bool External = false>
+struct ipo_iterator : public po_iterator<Inverse<T>, SetType, External> {
+  ipo_iterator(const po_iterator<Inverse<T>, SetType, External> &V) :
+     po_iterator<Inverse<T>, SetType, External> (V) {}
+};
+
+template <class T>
+ipo_iterator<T> ipo_begin(const T &G) {
+  return ipo_iterator<T>::begin(G);
+}
+
+template <class T>
+ipo_iterator<T> ipo_end(const T &G){
+  return ipo_iterator<T>::end(G);
+}
+
+template <class T>
+iterator_range<ipo_iterator<T>> inverse_post_order(const T &G) {
+  return make_range(ipo_begin(G), ipo_end(G));
+}
+
+// Provide global definitions of external inverse postorder iterators...
+template <class T, class SetType = std::set<typename GraphTraits<T>::NodeRef>>
+struct ipo_ext_iterator : public ipo_iterator<T, SetType, true> {
+  ipo_ext_iterator(const ipo_iterator<T, SetType, true> &V) :
+    ipo_iterator<T, SetType, true>(V) {}
+  ipo_ext_iterator(const po_iterator<Inverse<T>, SetType, true> &V) :
+    ipo_iterator<T, SetType, true>(V) {}
+};
+
+template <class T, class SetType>
+ipo_ext_iterator<T, SetType> ipo_ext_begin(const T &G, SetType &S) {
+  return ipo_ext_iterator<T, SetType>::begin(G, S);
+}
+
+template <class T, class SetType>
+ipo_ext_iterator<T, SetType> ipo_ext_end(const T &G, SetType &S) {
+  return ipo_ext_iterator<T, SetType>::end(G, S);
+}
+
+template <class T, class SetType>
+iterator_range<ipo_ext_iterator<T, SetType>>
+inverse_post_order_ext(const T &G, SetType &S) {
+  return make_range(ipo_ext_begin(G, S), ipo_ext_end(G, S));
+}
+
+//===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Reverse Post Order CFG iterator code
+//===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This is used to visit basic blocks in a method in reverse post order.  This
+// class is awkward to use because I don't know a good incremental algorithm to
+// computer RPO from a graph.  Because of this, the construction of the
+// ReversePostOrderTraversal object is expensive (it must walk the entire graph
+// with a postorder iterator to build the data structures).  The moral of this
+// story is: Don't create more ReversePostOrderTraversal classes than necessary.
+//
+// Because it does the traversal in its constructor, it won't invalidate when
+// BasicBlocks are removed, *but* it may contain erased blocks. Some places
+// rely on this behavior (i.e. GVN).
+//
+// This class should be used like this:
+// {
+//   ReversePostOrderTraversal<Function*> RPOT(FuncPtr); // Expensive to create
+//   for (rpo_iterator I = RPOT.begin(); I != RPOT.end(); ++I) {
+//      ...
+//   }
+//   for (rpo_iterator I = RPOT.begin(); I != RPOT.end(); ++I) {
+//      ...
+//   }
+// }
+//
+
+template<class GraphT, class GT = GraphTraits<GraphT>>
+class ReversePostOrderTraversal {
+  using NodeRef = typename GT::NodeRef;
+
+  std::vector<NodeRef> Blocks; // Block list in normal PO order
+
+  void Initialize(const GraphT &G) {
+    std::copy(po_begin(G), po_end(G), std::back_inserter(Blocks));
+  }
+
+public:
+  using rpo_iterator = typename std::vector<NodeRef>::reverse_iterator;
+  using const_rpo_iterator = typename std::vector<NodeRef>::const_reverse_iterator;
+
+  ReversePostOrderTraversal(const GraphT &G) { Initialize(G); }
+
+  // Because we want a reverse post order, use reverse iterators from the vector
+  rpo_iterator begin() { return Blocks.rbegin(); }
+  const_rpo_iterator begin() const { return Blocks.crbegin(); }
+  rpo_iterator end() { return Blocks.rend(); }
+  const_rpo_iterator end() const { return Blocks.crend(); }
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_POSTORDERITERATOR_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/PriorityQueue.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/PriorityQueue.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d2c31a82c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/PriorityQueue.h
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/PriorityQueue.h - Priority queues ---------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines the PriorityQueue class.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_PRIORITYQUEUE_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_PRIORITYQUEUE_H
+
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <queue>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// PriorityQueue - This class behaves like std::priority_queue and
+/// provides a few additional convenience functions.
+///
+template<class T,
+         class Sequence = std::vector<T>,
+         class Compare = std::less<typename Sequence::value_type> >
+class PriorityQueue : public std::priority_queue<T, Sequence, Compare> {
+public:
+  explicit PriorityQueue(const Compare &compare = Compare(),
+                         const Sequence &sequence = Sequence())
+    : std::priority_queue<T, Sequence, Compare>(compare, sequence)
+  {}
+
+  template<class Iterator>
+  PriorityQueue(Iterator begin, Iterator end,
+                const Compare &compare = Compare(),
+                const Sequence &sequence = Sequence())
+    : std::priority_queue<T, Sequence, Compare>(begin, end, compare, sequence)
+  {}
+
+  /// erase_one - Erase one element from the queue, regardless of its
+  /// position. This operation performs a linear search to find an element
+  /// equal to t, but then uses all logarithmic-time algorithms to do
+  /// the erase operation.
+  ///
+  void erase_one(const T &t) {
+    // Linear-search to find the element.
+    typename Sequence::size_type i = find(this->c, t) - this->c.begin();
+
+    // Logarithmic-time heap bubble-up.
+    while (i != 0) {
+      typename Sequence::size_type parent = (i - 1) / 2;
+      this->c[i] = this->c[parent];
+      i = parent;
+    }
+
+    // The element we want to remove is now at the root, so we can use
+    // priority_queue's plain pop to remove it.
+    this->pop();
+  }
+
+  /// reheapify - If an element in the queue has changed in a way that
+  /// affects its standing in the comparison function, the queue's
+  /// internal state becomes invalid. Calling reheapify() resets the
+  /// queue's state, making it valid again. This operation has time
+  /// complexity proportional to the number of elements in the queue,
+  /// so don't plan to use it a lot.
+  ///
+  void reheapify() {
+    std::make_heap(this->c.begin(), this->c.end(), this->comp);
+  }
+
+  /// clear - Erase all elements from the queue.
+  ///
+  void clear() {
+    this->c.clear();
+  }
+};
+
+} // End llvm namespace
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/PriorityWorklist.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/PriorityWorklist.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f11bc08566
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/PriorityWorklist.h
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- PriorityWorklist.h - Worklist with insertion priority ----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+///
+/// This file provides a priority worklist. See the class comments for details.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_PRIORITYWORKLIST_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_PRIORITYWORKLIST_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <iterator>
+#include <type_traits>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// A FILO worklist that prioritizes on re-insertion without duplication.
+///
+/// This is very similar to a \c SetVector with the primary difference that
+/// while re-insertion does not create a duplicate, it does adjust the
+/// visitation order to respect the last insertion point. This can be useful
+/// when the visit order needs to be prioritized based on insertion point
+/// without actually having duplicate visits.
+///
+/// Note that this doesn't prevent re-insertion of elements which have been
+/// visited -- if you need to break cycles, a set will still be necessary.
+///
+/// The type \c T must be default constructable to a null value that will be
+/// ignored. It is an error to insert such a value, and popping elements will
+/// never produce such a value. It is expected to be used with common nullable
+/// types like pointers or optionals.
+///
+/// Internally this uses a vector to store the worklist and a map to identify
+/// existing elements in the worklist. Both of these may be customized, but the
+/// map must support the basic DenseMap API for mapping from a T to an integer
+/// index into the vector.
+///
+/// A partial specialization is provided to automatically select a SmallVector
+/// and a SmallDenseMap if custom data structures are not provided.
+template <typename T, typename VectorT = std::vector<T>,
+          typename MapT = DenseMap<T, ptrdiff_t>>
+class PriorityWorklist {
+public:
+  using value_type = T;
+  using key_type = T;
+  using reference = T&;
+  using const_reference = const T&;
+  using size_type = typename MapT::size_type;
+
+  /// Construct an empty PriorityWorklist
+  PriorityWorklist() = default;
+
+  /// Determine if the PriorityWorklist is empty or not.
+  bool empty() const {
+    return V.empty();
+  }
+
+  /// Returns the number of elements in the worklist.
+  size_type size() const {
+    return M.size();
+  }
+
+  /// Count the number of elements of a given key in the PriorityWorklist.
+  /// \returns 0 if the element is not in the PriorityWorklist, 1 if it is.
+  size_type count(const key_type &key) const {
+    return M.count(key);
+  }
+
+  /// Return the last element of the PriorityWorklist.
+  const T &back() const {
+    assert(!empty() && "Cannot call back() on empty PriorityWorklist!");
+    return V.back();
+  }
+
+  /// Insert a new element into the PriorityWorklist.
+  /// \returns true if the element was inserted into the PriorityWorklist.
+  bool insert(const T &X) {
+    assert(X != T() && "Cannot insert a null (default constructed) value!");
+    auto InsertResult = M.insert({X, V.size()});
+    if (InsertResult.second) {
+      // Fresh value, just append it to the vector.
+      V.push_back(X);
+      return true;
+    }
+
+    auto &Index = InsertResult.first->second;
+    assert(V[Index] == X && "Value not actually at index in map!");
+    if (Index != (ptrdiff_t)(V.size() - 1)) {
+      // If the element isn't at the back, null it out and append a fresh one.
+      V[Index] = T();
+      Index = (ptrdiff_t)V.size();
+      V.push_back(X);
+    }
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// Insert a sequence of new elements into the PriorityWorklist.
+  template <typename SequenceT>
+  std::enable_if_t<!std::is_convertible<SequenceT, T>::value>
+  insert(SequenceT &&Input) {
+    if (std::begin(Input) == std::end(Input))
+      // Nothing to do for an empty input sequence.
+      return;
+
+    // First pull the input sequence into the vector as a bulk append
+    // operation.
+    ptrdiff_t StartIndex = V.size();
+    V.insert(V.end(), std::begin(Input), std::end(Input));
+    // Now walk backwards fixing up the index map and deleting any duplicates.
+    for (ptrdiff_t i = V.size() - 1; i >= StartIndex; --i) {
+      auto InsertResult = M.insert({V[i], i});
+      if (InsertResult.second)
+        continue;
+
+      // If the existing index is before this insert's start, nuke that one and
+      // move it up.
+      ptrdiff_t &Index = InsertResult.first->second;
+      if (Index < StartIndex) {
+        V[Index] = T();
+        Index = i;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      // Otherwise the existing one comes first so just clear out the value in
+      // this slot.
+      V[i] = T();
+    }
+  }
+
+  /// Remove the last element of the PriorityWorklist.
+  void pop_back() {
+    assert(!empty() && "Cannot remove an element when empty!");
+    assert(back() != T() && "Cannot have a null element at the back!");
+    M.erase(back());
+    do {
+      V.pop_back();
+    } while (!V.empty() && V.back() == T());
+  }
+
+  LLVM_NODISCARD T pop_back_val() {
+    T Ret = back();
+    pop_back();
+    return Ret;
+  }
+
+  /// Erase an item from the worklist.
+  ///
+  /// Note that this is constant time due to the nature of the worklist implementation.
+  bool erase(const T& X) {
+    auto I = M.find(X);
+    if (I == M.end())
+      return false;
+
+    assert(V[I->second] == X && "Value not actually at index in map!");
+    if (I->second == (ptrdiff_t)(V.size() - 1)) {
+      do {
+        V.pop_back();
+      } while (!V.empty() && V.back() == T());
+    } else {
+      V[I->second] = T();
+    }
+    M.erase(I);
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  /// Erase items from the set vector based on a predicate function.
+  ///
+  /// This is intended to be equivalent to the following code, if we could
+  /// write it:
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  ///   V.erase(remove_if(V, P), V.end());
+  /// \endcode
+  ///
+  /// However, PriorityWorklist doesn't expose non-const iterators, making any
+  /// algorithm like remove_if impossible to use.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if any element is removed.
+  template <typename UnaryPredicate>
+  bool erase_if(UnaryPredicate P) {
+    typename VectorT::iterator E =
+        remove_if(V, TestAndEraseFromMap<UnaryPredicate>(P, M));
+    if (E == V.end())
+      return false;
+    for (auto I = V.begin(); I != E; ++I)
+      if (*I != T())
+        M[*I] = I - V.begin();
+    V.erase(E, V.end());
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  /// Reverse the items in the PriorityWorklist.
+  ///
+  /// This does an in-place reversal. Other kinds of reverse aren't easy to
+  /// support in the face of the worklist semantics.
+
+  /// Completely clear the PriorityWorklist
+  void clear() {
+    M.clear();
+    V.clear();
+  }
+
+private:
+  /// A wrapper predicate designed for use with std::remove_if.
+  ///
+  /// This predicate wraps a predicate suitable for use with std::remove_if to
+  /// call M.erase(x) on each element which is slated for removal. This just
+  /// allows the predicate to be move only which we can't do with lambdas
+  /// today.
+  template <typename UnaryPredicateT>
+  class TestAndEraseFromMap {
+    UnaryPredicateT P;
+    MapT &M;
+
+  public:
+    TestAndEraseFromMap(UnaryPredicateT P, MapT &M)
+        : P(std::move(P)), M(M) {}
+
+    bool operator()(const T &Arg) {
+      if (Arg == T())
+        // Skip null values in the PriorityWorklist.
+        return false;
+
+      if (P(Arg)) {
+        M.erase(Arg);
+        return true;
+      }
+      return false;
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// The map from value to index in the vector.
+  MapT M;
+
+  /// The vector of elements in insertion order.
+  VectorT V;
+};
+
+/// A version of \c PriorityWorklist that selects small size optimized data
+/// structures for the vector and map.
+template <typename T, unsigned N>
+class SmallPriorityWorklist
+    : public PriorityWorklist<T, SmallVector<T, N>,
+                              SmallDenseMap<T, ptrdiff_t>> {
+public:
+  SmallPriorityWorklist() = default;
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_PRIORITYWORKLIST_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SCCIterator.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SCCIterator.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..06810834a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SCCIterator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,383 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- ADT/SCCIterator.h - Strongly Connected Comp. Iter. -------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// \file
+///
+/// This builds on the llvm/ADT/GraphTraits.h file to find the strongly
+/// connected components (SCCs) of a graph in O(N+E) time using Tarjan's DFS
+/// algorithm.
+///
+/// The SCC iterator has the important property that if a node in SCC S1 has an
+/// edge to a node in SCC S2, then it visits S1 *after* S2.
+///
+/// To visit S1 *before* S2, use the scc_iterator on the Inverse graph. (NOTE:
+/// This requires some simple wrappers and is not supported yet.)
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_SCCITERATOR_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_SCCITERATOR_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/GraphTraits.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/iterator.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <iterator>
+#include <queue>
+#include <set>
+#include <unordered_map>
+#include <unordered_set>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// Enumerate the SCCs of a directed graph in reverse topological order
+/// of the SCC DAG.
+///
+/// This is implemented using Tarjan's DFS algorithm using an internal stack to
+/// build up a vector of nodes in a particular SCC. Note that it is a forward
+/// iterator and thus you cannot backtrack or re-visit nodes.
+template <class GraphT, class GT = GraphTraits<GraphT>>
+class scc_iterator : public iterator_facade_base<
+                         scc_iterator<GraphT, GT>, std::forward_iterator_tag,
+                         const std::vector<typename GT::NodeRef>, ptrdiff_t> {
+  using NodeRef = typename GT::NodeRef;
+  using ChildItTy = typename GT::ChildIteratorType;
+  using SccTy = std::vector<NodeRef>;
+  using reference = typename scc_iterator::reference;
+
+  /// Element of VisitStack during DFS.
+  struct StackElement {
+    NodeRef Node;         ///< The current node pointer.
+    ChildItTy NextChild;  ///< The next child, modified inplace during DFS.
+    unsigned MinVisited;  ///< Minimum uplink value of all children of Node.
+
+    StackElement(NodeRef Node, const ChildItTy &Child, unsigned Min)
+        : Node(Node), NextChild(Child), MinVisited(Min) {}
+
+    bool operator==(const StackElement &Other) const {
+      return Node == Other.Node &&
+             NextChild == Other.NextChild &&
+             MinVisited == Other.MinVisited;
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// The visit counters used to detect when a complete SCC is on the stack.
+  /// visitNum is the global counter.
+  ///
+  /// nodeVisitNumbers are per-node visit numbers, also used as DFS flags.
+  unsigned visitNum;
+  DenseMap<NodeRef, unsigned> nodeVisitNumbers;
+
+  /// Stack holding nodes of the SCC.
+  std::vector<NodeRef> SCCNodeStack;
+
+  /// The current SCC, retrieved using operator*().
+  SccTy CurrentSCC;
+
+  /// DFS stack, Used to maintain the ordering.  The top contains the current
+  /// node, the next child to visit, and the minimum uplink value of all child
+  std::vector<StackElement> VisitStack;
+
+  /// A single "visit" within the non-recursive DFS traversal.
+  void DFSVisitOne(NodeRef N);
+
+  /// The stack-based DFS traversal; defined below.
+  void DFSVisitChildren();
+
+  /// Compute the next SCC using the DFS traversal.
+  void GetNextSCC();
+
+  scc_iterator(NodeRef entryN) : visitNum(0) {
+    DFSVisitOne(entryN);
+    GetNextSCC();
+  }
+
+  /// End is when the DFS stack is empty.
+  scc_iterator() = default;
+
+public:
+  static scc_iterator begin(const GraphT &G) {
+    return scc_iterator(GT::getEntryNode(G));
+  }
+  static scc_iterator end(const GraphT &) { return scc_iterator(); }
+
+  /// Direct loop termination test which is more efficient than
+  /// comparison with \c end().
+  bool isAtEnd() const {
+    assert(!CurrentSCC.empty() || VisitStack.empty());
+    return CurrentSCC.empty();
+  }
+
+  bool operator==(const scc_iterator &x) const {
+    return VisitStack == x.VisitStack && CurrentSCC == x.CurrentSCC;
+  }
+
+  scc_iterator &operator++() {
+    GetNextSCC();
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  reference operator*() const {
+    assert(!CurrentSCC.empty() && "Dereferencing END SCC iterator!");
+    return CurrentSCC;
+  }
+
+  /// Test if the current SCC has a cycle.
+  ///
+  /// If the SCC has more than one node, this is trivially true.  If not, it may
+  /// still contain a cycle if the node has an edge back to itself.
+  bool hasCycle() const;
+
+  /// This informs the \c scc_iterator that the specified \c Old node
+  /// has been deleted, and \c New is to be used in its place.
+  void ReplaceNode(NodeRef Old, NodeRef New) {
+    assert(nodeVisitNumbers.count(Old) && "Old not in scc_iterator?");
+    // Do the assignment in two steps, in case 'New' is not yet in the map, and
+    // inserting it causes the map to grow.
+    auto tempVal = nodeVisitNumbers[Old];
+    nodeVisitNumbers[New] = tempVal;
+    nodeVisitNumbers.erase(Old);
+  }
+};
+
+template <class GraphT, class GT>
+void scc_iterator<GraphT, GT>::DFSVisitOne(NodeRef N) {
+  ++visitNum;
+  nodeVisitNumbers[N] = visitNum;
+  SCCNodeStack.push_back(N);
+  VisitStack.push_back(StackElement(N, GT::child_begin(N), visitNum));
+#if 0 // Enable if needed when debugging.
+  dbgs() << "TarjanSCC: Node " << N <<
+        " : visitNum = " << visitNum << "\n";
+#endif
+}
+
+template <class GraphT, class GT>
+void scc_iterator<GraphT, GT>::DFSVisitChildren() {
+  assert(!VisitStack.empty());
+  while (VisitStack.back().NextChild != GT::child_end(VisitStack.back().Node)) {
+    // TOS has at least one more child so continue DFS
+    NodeRef childN = *VisitStack.back().NextChild++;
+    typename DenseMap<NodeRef, unsigned>::iterator Visited =
+        nodeVisitNumbers.find(childN);
+    if (Visited == nodeVisitNumbers.end()) {
+      // this node has never been seen.
+      DFSVisitOne(childN);
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    unsigned childNum = Visited->second;
+    if (VisitStack.back().MinVisited > childNum)
+      VisitStack.back().MinVisited = childNum;
+  }
+}
+
+template <class GraphT, class GT> void scc_iterator<GraphT, GT>::GetNextSCC() {
+  CurrentSCC.clear(); // Prepare to compute the next SCC
+  while (!VisitStack.empty()) {
+    DFSVisitChildren();
+
+    // Pop the leaf on top of the VisitStack.
+    NodeRef visitingN = VisitStack.back().Node;
+    unsigned minVisitNum = VisitStack.back().MinVisited;
+    assert(VisitStack.back().NextChild == GT::child_end(visitingN));
+    VisitStack.pop_back();
+
+    // Propagate MinVisitNum to parent so we can detect the SCC starting node.
+    if (!VisitStack.empty() && VisitStack.back().MinVisited > minVisitNum)
+      VisitStack.back().MinVisited = minVisitNum;
+
+#if 0 // Enable if needed when debugging.
+    dbgs() << "TarjanSCC: Popped node " << visitingN <<
+          " : minVisitNum = " << minVisitNum << "; Node visit num = " <<
+          nodeVisitNumbers[visitingN] << "\n";
+#endif
+
+    if (minVisitNum != nodeVisitNumbers[visitingN])
+      continue;
+
+    // A full SCC is on the SCCNodeStack!  It includes all nodes below
+    // visitingN on the stack.  Copy those nodes to CurrentSCC,
+    // reset their minVisit values, and return (this suspends
+    // the DFS traversal till the next ++).
+    do {
+      CurrentSCC.push_back(SCCNodeStack.back());
+      SCCNodeStack.pop_back();
+      nodeVisitNumbers[CurrentSCC.back()] = ~0U;
+    } while (CurrentSCC.back() != visitingN);
+    return;
+  }
+}
+
+template <class GraphT, class GT>
+bool scc_iterator<GraphT, GT>::hasCycle() const {
+    assert(!CurrentSCC.empty() && "Dereferencing END SCC iterator!");
+    if (CurrentSCC.size() > 1)
+      return true;
+    NodeRef N = CurrentSCC.front();
+    for (ChildItTy CI = GT::child_begin(N), CE = GT::child_end(N); CI != CE;
+         ++CI)
+      if (*CI == N)
+        return true;
+    return false;
+  }
+
+/// Construct the begin iterator for a deduced graph type T.
+template <class T> scc_iterator<T> scc_begin(const T &G) {
+  return scc_iterator<T>::begin(G);
+}
+
+/// Construct the end iterator for a deduced graph type T.
+template <class T> scc_iterator<T> scc_end(const T &G) {
+  return scc_iterator<T>::end(G);
+}
+
+/// Sort the nodes of a directed SCC in the decreasing order of the edge
+/// weights. The instantiating GraphT type should have weighted edge type
+/// declared in its graph traits in order to use this iterator.
+///
+/// This is implemented using Kruskal's minimal spanning tree algorithm followed
+/// by a BFS walk. First a maximum spanning tree (forest) is built based on all
+/// edges within the SCC collection. Then a BFS walk is initiated on tree nodes
+/// that do not have a predecessor. Finally, the BFS order computed is the
+/// traversal order of the nodes of the SCC. Such order ensures that
+/// high-weighted edges are visited first during the tranversal.
+template <class GraphT, class GT = GraphTraits<GraphT>>
+class scc_member_iterator {
+  using NodeType = typename GT::NodeType;
+  using EdgeType = typename GT::EdgeType;
+  using NodesType = std::vector<NodeType *>;
+
+  // Auxilary node information used during the MST calculation.
+  struct NodeInfo {
+    NodeInfo *Group = this;
+    uint32_t Rank = 0;
+    bool Visited = true;
+  };
+
+  // Find the root group of the node and compress the path from node to the
+  // root.
+  NodeInfo *find(NodeInfo *Node) {
+    if (Node->Group != Node)
+      Node->Group = find(Node->Group);
+    return Node->Group;
+  }
+
+  // Union the source and target node into the same group and return true.
+  // Returns false if they are already in the same group.
+  bool unionGroups(const EdgeType *Edge) {
+    NodeInfo *G1 = find(&NodeInfoMap[Edge->Source]);
+    NodeInfo *G2 = find(&NodeInfoMap[Edge->Target]);
+
+    // If the edge forms a cycle, do not add it to MST
+    if (G1 == G2)
+      return false;
+
+    // Make the smaller rank tree a direct child or the root of high rank tree.
+    if (G1->Rank < G1->Rank)
+      G1->Group = G2;
+    else {
+      G2->Group = G1;
+      // If the ranks are the same, increment root of one tree by one.
+      if (G1->Rank == G2->Rank)
+        G2->Rank++;
+    }
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  std::unordered_map<NodeType *, NodeInfo> NodeInfoMap;
+  NodesType Nodes;
+
+public:
+  scc_member_iterator(const NodesType &InputNodes);
+
+  NodesType &operator*() { return Nodes; }
+};
+
+template <class GraphT, class GT>
+scc_member_iterator<GraphT, GT>::scc_member_iterator(
+    const NodesType &InputNodes) {
+  if (InputNodes.size() <= 1) {
+    Nodes = InputNodes;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // Initialize auxilary node information.
+  NodeInfoMap.clear();
+  for (auto *Node : InputNodes) {
+    // This is specifically used to construct a `NodeInfo` object in place. An
+    // insert operation will involve a copy construction which invalidate the
+    // initial value of the `Group` field which should be `this`.
+    (void)NodeInfoMap[Node].Group;
+  }
+
+  // Sort edges by weights.
+  struct EdgeComparer {
+    bool operator()(const EdgeType *L, const EdgeType *R) const {
+      return L->Weight > R->Weight;
+    }
+  };
+
+  std::multiset<const EdgeType *, EdgeComparer> SortedEdges;
+  for (auto *Node : InputNodes) {
+    for (auto &Edge : Node->Edges) {
+      if (NodeInfoMap.count(Edge.Target))
+        SortedEdges.insert(&Edge);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Traverse all the edges and compute the Maximum Weight Spanning Tree
+  // using Kruskal's algorithm.
+  std::unordered_set<const EdgeType *> MSTEdges;
+  for (auto *Edge : SortedEdges) {
+    if (unionGroups(Edge))
+      MSTEdges.insert(Edge);
+  }
+
+  // Do BFS on MST, starting from nodes that have no incoming edge. These nodes
+  // are "roots" of the MST forest. This ensures that nodes are visited before
+  // their decsendents are, thus ensures hot edges are processed before cold
+  // edges, based on how MST is computed.
+  for (const auto *Edge : MSTEdges)
+    NodeInfoMap[Edge->Target].Visited = false;
+
+  std::queue<NodeType *> Queue;
+  for (auto &Node : NodeInfoMap)
+    if (Node.second.Visited)
+      Queue.push(Node.first);
+
+  while (!Queue.empty()) {
+    auto *Node = Queue.front();
+    Queue.pop();
+    Nodes.push_back(Node);
+    for (auto &Edge : Node->Edges) {
+      if (MSTEdges.count(&Edge) && !NodeInfoMap[Edge.Target].Visited) {
+        NodeInfoMap[Edge.Target].Visited = true;
+        Queue.push(Edge.Target);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert(InputNodes.size() == Nodes.size() && "missing nodes in MST");
+  std::reverse(Nodes.begin(), Nodes.end());
+}
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_SCCITERATOR_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/STLArrayExtras.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/STLArrayExtras.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..13e8790c7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/STLArrayExtras.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/STLArrayExtras.h - additions to <array> ---------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file contains some templates that are useful if you are working with the
+// STL at all.
+//
+// No library is required when using these functions.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_STLARRAYEXTRAS_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_STLARRAYEXTRAS_H
+
+#include <cstddef>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//     Extra additions for arrays
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/// Find the length of an array.
+template <class T, std::size_t N>
+constexpr inline size_t array_lengthof(T (&)[N]) {
+  return N;
+}
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_STLARRAYEXTRAS_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7edabc3d6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2176 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h - Useful STL related functions ------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file contains some templates that are useful if you are working with
+/// the STL at all.
+///
+/// No library is required when using these functions.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_STLEXTRAS_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_STLEXTRAS_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/STLArrayExtras.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/STLForwardCompat.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/STLFunctionalExtras.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/identity.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/iterator.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h"
+#include "llvm/Config/abi-breaking.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <cstdint>
+#include <cstdlib>
+#include <functional>
+#include <initializer_list>
+#include <iterator>
+#include <limits>
+#include <memory>
+#include <tuple>
+#include <type_traits>
+#include <utility>
+
+#ifdef EXPENSIVE_CHECKS
+#include <random> // for std::mt19937
+#endif
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+// Only used by compiler if both template types are the same.  Useful when
+// using SFINAE to test for the existence of member functions.
+template <typename T, T> struct SameType;
+
+namespace detail {
+
+template <typename RangeT>
+using IterOfRange = decltype(std::begin(std::declval<RangeT &>()));
+
+template <typename RangeT>
+using ValueOfRange = typename std::remove_reference<decltype(
+    *std::begin(std::declval<RangeT &>()))>::type;
+
+} // end namespace detail
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//     Extra additions to <type_traits>
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+template <typename T> struct make_const_ptr {
+  using type =
+      typename std::add_pointer<typename std::add_const<T>::type>::type;
+};
+
+template <typename T> struct make_const_ref {
+  using type = typename std::add_lvalue_reference<
+      typename std::add_const<T>::type>::type;
+};
+
+namespace detail {
+template <typename...> using void_t = void;
+template <class, template <class...> class Op, class... Args> struct detector {
+  using value_t = std::false_type;
+};
+template <template <class...> class Op, class... Args>
+struct detector<void_t<Op<Args...>>, Op, Args...> {
+  using value_t = std::true_type;
+};
+} // end namespace detail
+
+/// Detects if a given trait holds for some set of arguments 'Args'.
+/// For example, the given trait could be used to detect if a given type
+/// has a copy assignment operator:
+///   template<class T>
+///   using has_copy_assign_t = decltype(std::declval<T&>()
+///                                                 = std::declval<const T&>());
+///   bool fooHasCopyAssign = is_detected<has_copy_assign_t, FooClass>::value;
+template <template <class...> class Op, class... Args>
+using is_detected = typename detail::detector<void, Op, Args...>::value_t;
+
+namespace detail {
+template <typename Callable, typename... Args>
+using is_invocable =
+    decltype(std::declval<Callable &>()(std::declval<Args>()...));
+} // namespace detail
+
+/// Check if a Callable type can be invoked with the given set of arg types.
+template <typename Callable, typename... Args>
+using is_invocable = is_detected<detail::is_invocable, Callable, Args...>;
+
+/// This class provides various trait information about a callable object.
+///   * To access the number of arguments: Traits::num_args
+///   * To access the type of an argument: Traits::arg_t<Index>
+///   * To access the type of the result:  Traits::result_t
+template <typename T, bool isClass = std::is_class<T>::value>
+struct function_traits : public function_traits<decltype(&T::operator())> {};
+
+/// Overload for class function types.
+template <typename ClassType, typename ReturnType, typename... Args>
+struct function_traits<ReturnType (ClassType::*)(Args...) const, false> {
+  /// The number of arguments to this function.
+  enum { num_args = sizeof...(Args) };
+
+  /// The result type of this function.
+  using result_t = ReturnType;
+
+  /// The type of an argument to this function.
+  template <size_t Index>
+  using arg_t = typename std::tuple_element<Index, std::tuple<Args...>>::type;
+};
+/// Overload for class function types.
+template <typename ClassType, typename ReturnType, typename... Args>
+struct function_traits<ReturnType (ClassType::*)(Args...), false>
+    : function_traits<ReturnType (ClassType::*)(Args...) const> {};
+/// Overload for non-class function types.
+template <typename ReturnType, typename... Args>
+struct function_traits<ReturnType (*)(Args...), false> {
+  /// The number of arguments to this function.
+  enum { num_args = sizeof...(Args) };
+
+  /// The result type of this function.
+  using result_t = ReturnType;
+
+  /// The type of an argument to this function.
+  template <size_t i>
+  using arg_t = typename std::tuple_element<i, std::tuple<Args...>>::type;
+};
+/// Overload for non-class function type references.
+template <typename ReturnType, typename... Args>
+struct function_traits<ReturnType (&)(Args...), false>
+    : public function_traits<ReturnType (*)(Args...)> {};
+
+/// traits class for checking whether type T is one of any of the given
+/// types in the variadic list.
+template <typename T, typename... Ts>
+using is_one_of = disjunction<std::is_same<T, Ts>...>;
+
+/// traits class for checking whether type T is a base class for all
+///  the given types in the variadic list.
+template <typename T, typename... Ts>
+using are_base_of = conjunction<std::is_base_of<T, Ts>...>;
+
+namespace detail {
+template <typename T, typename... Us> struct TypesAreDistinct;
+template <typename T, typename... Us>
+struct TypesAreDistinct
+    : std::integral_constant<bool, !is_one_of<T, Us...>::value &&
+                                       TypesAreDistinct<Us...>::value> {};
+template <typename T> struct TypesAreDistinct<T> : std::true_type {};
+} // namespace detail
+
+/// Determine if all types in Ts are distinct.
+///
+/// Useful to statically assert when Ts is intended to describe a non-multi set
+/// of types.
+///
+/// Expensive (currently quadratic in sizeof(Ts...)), and so should only be
+/// asserted once per instantiation of a type which requires it.
+template <typename... Ts> struct TypesAreDistinct;
+template <> struct TypesAreDistinct<> : std::true_type {};
+template <typename... Ts>
+struct TypesAreDistinct
+    : std::integral_constant<bool, detail::TypesAreDistinct<Ts...>::value> {};
+
+/// Find the first index where a type appears in a list of types.
+///
+/// FirstIndexOfType<T, Us...>::value is the first index of T in Us.
+///
+/// Typically only meaningful when it is otherwise statically known that the
+/// type pack has no duplicate types. This should be guaranteed explicitly with
+/// static_assert(TypesAreDistinct<Us...>::value).
+///
+/// It is a compile-time error to instantiate when T is not present in Us, i.e.
+/// if is_one_of<T, Us...>::value is false.
+template <typename T, typename... Us> struct FirstIndexOfType;
+template <typename T, typename U, typename... Us>
+struct FirstIndexOfType<T, U, Us...>
+    : std::integral_constant<size_t, 1 + FirstIndexOfType<T, Us...>::value> {};
+template <typename T, typename... Us>
+struct FirstIndexOfType<T, T, Us...> : std::integral_constant<size_t, 0> {};
+
+/// Find the type at a given index in a list of types.
+///
+/// TypeAtIndex<I, Ts...> is the type at index I in Ts.
+template <size_t I, typename... Ts>
+using TypeAtIndex = std::tuple_element_t<I, std::tuple<Ts...>>;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//     Extra additions to <iterator>
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+namespace adl_detail {
+
+using std::begin;
+
+template <typename ContainerTy>
+decltype(auto) adl_begin(ContainerTy &&container) {
+  return begin(std::forward<ContainerTy>(container));
+}
+
+using std::end;
+
+template <typename ContainerTy>
+decltype(auto) adl_end(ContainerTy &&container) {
+  return end(std::forward<ContainerTy>(container));
+}
+
+using std::swap;
+
+template <typename T>
+void adl_swap(T &&lhs, T &&rhs) noexcept(noexcept(swap(std::declval<T>(),
+                                                       std::declval<T>()))) {
+  swap(std::forward<T>(lhs), std::forward<T>(rhs));
+}
+
+} // end namespace adl_detail
+
+template <typename ContainerTy>
+decltype(auto) adl_begin(ContainerTy &&container) {
+  return adl_detail::adl_begin(std::forward<ContainerTy>(container));
+}
+
+template <typename ContainerTy>
+decltype(auto) adl_end(ContainerTy &&container) {
+  return adl_detail::adl_end(std::forward<ContainerTy>(container));
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+void adl_swap(T &&lhs, T &&rhs) noexcept(
+    noexcept(adl_detail::adl_swap(std::declval<T>(), std::declval<T>()))) {
+  adl_detail::adl_swap(std::forward<T>(lhs), std::forward<T>(rhs));
+}
+
+/// Test whether \p RangeOrContainer is empty. Similar to C++17 std::empty.
+template <typename T>
+constexpr bool empty(const T &RangeOrContainer) {
+  return adl_begin(RangeOrContainer) == adl_end(RangeOrContainer);
+}
+
+/// Returns true if the given container only contains a single element.
+template <typename ContainerTy> bool hasSingleElement(ContainerTy &&C) {
+  auto B = std::begin(C), E = std::end(C);
+  return B != E && std::next(B) == E;
+}
+
+/// Return a range covering \p RangeOrContainer with the first N elements
+/// excluded.
+template <typename T> auto drop_begin(T &&RangeOrContainer, size_t N = 1) {
+  return make_range(std::next(adl_begin(RangeOrContainer), N),
+                    adl_end(RangeOrContainer));
+}
+
+// mapped_iterator - This is a simple iterator adapter that causes a function to
+// be applied whenever operator* is invoked on the iterator.
+
+template <typename ItTy, typename FuncTy,
+          typename ReferenceTy =
+              decltype(std::declval<FuncTy>()(*std::declval<ItTy>()))>
+class mapped_iterator
+    : public iterator_adaptor_base<
+          mapped_iterator<ItTy, FuncTy>, ItTy,
+          typename std::iterator_traits<ItTy>::iterator_category,
+          std::remove_reference_t<ReferenceTy>,
+          typename std::iterator_traits<ItTy>::difference_type,
+          std::remove_reference_t<ReferenceTy> *, ReferenceTy> {
+public:
+  mapped_iterator(ItTy U, FuncTy F)
+    : mapped_iterator::iterator_adaptor_base(std::move(U)), F(std::move(F)) {}
+
+  ItTy getCurrent() { return this->I; }
+
+  const FuncTy &getFunction() const { return F; }
+
+  ReferenceTy operator*() const { return F(*this->I); }
+
+private:
+  FuncTy F;
+};
+
+// map_iterator - Provide a convenient way to create mapped_iterators, just like
+// make_pair is useful for creating pairs...
+template <class ItTy, class FuncTy>
+inline mapped_iterator<ItTy, FuncTy> map_iterator(ItTy I, FuncTy F) {
+  return mapped_iterator<ItTy, FuncTy>(std::move(I), std::move(F));
+}
+
+template <class ContainerTy, class FuncTy>
+auto map_range(ContainerTy &&C, FuncTy F) {
+  return make_range(map_iterator(C.begin(), F), map_iterator(C.end(), F));
+}
+
+/// A base type of mapped iterator, that is useful for building derived
+/// iterators that do not need/want to store the map function (as in
+/// mapped_iterator). These iterators must simply provide a `mapElement` method
+/// that defines how to map a value of the iterator to the provided reference
+/// type.
+template <typename DerivedT, typename ItTy, typename ReferenceTy>
+class mapped_iterator_base
+    : public iterator_adaptor_base<
+          DerivedT, ItTy,
+          typename std::iterator_traits<ItTy>::iterator_category,
+          std::remove_reference_t<ReferenceTy>,
+          typename std::iterator_traits<ItTy>::difference_type,
+          std::remove_reference_t<ReferenceTy> *, ReferenceTy> {
+public:
+  using BaseT = mapped_iterator_base;
+
+  mapped_iterator_base(ItTy U)
+      : mapped_iterator_base::iterator_adaptor_base(std::move(U)) {}
+
+  ItTy getCurrent() { return this->I; }
+
+  ReferenceTy operator*() const {
+    return static_cast<const DerivedT &>(*this).mapElement(*this->I);
+  }
+};
+
+/// Helper to determine if type T has a member called rbegin().
+template <typename Ty> class has_rbegin_impl {
+  using yes = char[1];
+  using no = char[2];
+
+  template <typename Inner>
+  static yes& test(Inner *I, decltype(I->rbegin()) * = nullptr);
+
+  template <typename>
+  static no& test(...);
+
+public:
+  static const bool value = sizeof(test<Ty>(nullptr)) == sizeof(yes);
+};
+
+/// Metafunction to determine if T& or T has a member called rbegin().
+template <typename Ty>
+struct has_rbegin : has_rbegin_impl<typename std::remove_reference<Ty>::type> {
+};
+
+// Returns an iterator_range over the given container which iterates in reverse.
+// Note that the container must have rbegin()/rend() methods for this to work.
+template <typename ContainerTy>
+auto reverse(ContainerTy &&C,
+             std::enable_if_t<has_rbegin<ContainerTy>::value> * = nullptr) {
+  return make_range(C.rbegin(), C.rend());
+}
+
+// Returns an iterator_range over the given container which iterates in reverse.
+// Note that the container must have begin()/end() methods which return
+// bidirectional iterators for this to work.
+template <typename ContainerTy>
+auto reverse(ContainerTy &&C,
+             std::enable_if_t<!has_rbegin<ContainerTy>::value> * = nullptr) {
+  return make_range(std::make_reverse_iterator(std::end(C)),
+                    std::make_reverse_iterator(std::begin(C)));
+}
+
+/// An iterator adaptor that filters the elements of given inner iterators.
+///
+/// The predicate parameter should be a callable object that accepts the wrapped
+/// iterator's reference type and returns a bool. When incrementing or
+/// decrementing the iterator, it will call the predicate on each element and
+/// skip any where it returns false.
+///
+/// \code
+///   int A[] = { 1, 2, 3, 4 };
+///   auto R = make_filter_range(A, [](int N) { return N % 2 == 1; });
+///   // R contains { 1, 3 }.
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// Note: filter_iterator_base implements support for forward iteration.
+/// filter_iterator_impl exists to provide support for bidirectional iteration,
+/// conditional on whether the wrapped iterator supports it.
+template <typename WrappedIteratorT, typename PredicateT, typename IterTag>
+class filter_iterator_base
+    : public iterator_adaptor_base<
+          filter_iterator_base<WrappedIteratorT, PredicateT, IterTag>,
+          WrappedIteratorT,
+          typename std::common_type<
+              IterTag, typename std::iterator_traits<
+                           WrappedIteratorT>::iterator_category>::type> {
+  using BaseT = typename filter_iterator_base::iterator_adaptor_base;
+
+protected:
+  WrappedIteratorT End;
+  PredicateT Pred;
+
+  void findNextValid() {
+    while (this->I != End && !Pred(*this->I))
+      BaseT::operator++();
+  }
+
+  // Construct the iterator. The begin iterator needs to know where the end
+  // is, so that it can properly stop when it gets there. The end iterator only
+  // needs the predicate to support bidirectional iteration.
+  filter_iterator_base(WrappedIteratorT Begin, WrappedIteratorT End,
+                       PredicateT Pred)
+      : BaseT(Begin), End(End), Pred(Pred) {
+    findNextValid();
+  }
+
+public:
+  using BaseT::operator++;
+
+  filter_iterator_base &operator++() {
+    BaseT::operator++();
+    findNextValid();
+    return *this;
+  }
+};
+
+/// Specialization of filter_iterator_base for forward iteration only.
+template <typename WrappedIteratorT, typename PredicateT,
+          typename IterTag = std::forward_iterator_tag>
+class filter_iterator_impl
+    : public filter_iterator_base<WrappedIteratorT, PredicateT, IterTag> {
+public:
+  filter_iterator_impl(WrappedIteratorT Begin, WrappedIteratorT End,
+                       PredicateT Pred)
+      : filter_iterator_impl::filter_iterator_base(Begin, End, Pred) {}
+};
+
+/// Specialization of filter_iterator_base for bidirectional iteration.
+template <typename WrappedIteratorT, typename PredicateT>
+class filter_iterator_impl<WrappedIteratorT, PredicateT,
+                           std::bidirectional_iterator_tag>
+    : public filter_iterator_base<WrappedIteratorT, PredicateT,
+                                  std::bidirectional_iterator_tag> {
+  using BaseT = typename filter_iterator_impl::filter_iterator_base;
+
+  void findPrevValid() {
+    while (!this->Pred(*this->I))
+      BaseT::operator--();
+  }
+
+public:
+  using BaseT::operator--;
+
+  filter_iterator_impl(WrappedIteratorT Begin, WrappedIteratorT End,
+                       PredicateT Pred)
+      : BaseT(Begin, End, Pred) {}
+
+  filter_iterator_impl &operator--() {
+    BaseT::operator--();
+    findPrevValid();
+    return *this;
+  }
+};
+
+namespace detail {
+
+template <bool is_bidirectional> struct fwd_or_bidi_tag_impl {
+  using type = std::forward_iterator_tag;
+};
+
+template <> struct fwd_or_bidi_tag_impl<true> {
+  using type = std::bidirectional_iterator_tag;
+};
+
+/// Helper which sets its type member to forward_iterator_tag if the category
+/// of \p IterT does not derive from bidirectional_iterator_tag, and to
+/// bidirectional_iterator_tag otherwise.
+template <typename IterT> struct fwd_or_bidi_tag {
+  using type = typename fwd_or_bidi_tag_impl<std::is_base_of<
+      std::bidirectional_iterator_tag,
+      typename std::iterator_traits<IterT>::iterator_category>::value>::type;
+};
+
+} // namespace detail
+
+/// Defines filter_iterator to a suitable specialization of
+/// filter_iterator_impl, based on the underlying iterator's category.
+template <typename WrappedIteratorT, typename PredicateT>
+using filter_iterator = filter_iterator_impl<
+    WrappedIteratorT, PredicateT,
+    typename detail::fwd_or_bidi_tag<WrappedIteratorT>::type>;
+
+/// Convenience function that takes a range of elements and a predicate,
+/// and return a new filter_iterator range.
+///
+/// FIXME: Currently if RangeT && is a rvalue reference to a temporary, the
+/// lifetime of that temporary is not kept by the returned range object, and the
+/// temporary is going to be dropped on the floor after the make_iterator_range
+/// full expression that contains this function call.
+template <typename RangeT, typename PredicateT>
+iterator_range<filter_iterator<detail::IterOfRange<RangeT>, PredicateT>>
+make_filter_range(RangeT &&Range, PredicateT Pred) {
+  using FilterIteratorT =
+      filter_iterator<detail::IterOfRange<RangeT>, PredicateT>;
+  return make_range(
+      FilterIteratorT(std::begin(std::forward<RangeT>(Range)),
+                      std::end(std::forward<RangeT>(Range)), Pred),
+      FilterIteratorT(std::end(std::forward<RangeT>(Range)),
+                      std::end(std::forward<RangeT>(Range)), Pred));
+}
+
+/// A pseudo-iterator adaptor that is designed to implement "early increment"
+/// style loops.
+///
+/// This is *not a normal iterator* and should almost never be used directly. It
+/// is intended primarily to be used with range based for loops and some range
+/// algorithms.
+///
+/// The iterator isn't quite an `OutputIterator` or an `InputIterator` but
+/// somewhere between them. The constraints of these iterators are:
+///
+/// - On construction or after being incremented, it is comparable and
+///   dereferencable. It is *not* incrementable.
+/// - After being dereferenced, it is neither comparable nor dereferencable, it
+///   is only incrementable.
+///
+/// This means you can only dereference the iterator once, and you can only
+/// increment it once between dereferences.
+template <typename WrappedIteratorT>
+class early_inc_iterator_impl
+    : public iterator_adaptor_base<early_inc_iterator_impl<WrappedIteratorT>,
+                                   WrappedIteratorT, std::input_iterator_tag> {
+  using BaseT = typename early_inc_iterator_impl::iterator_adaptor_base;
+
+  using PointerT = typename std::iterator_traits<WrappedIteratorT>::pointer;
+
+protected:
+#if LLVM_ENABLE_ABI_BREAKING_CHECKS
+  bool IsEarlyIncremented = false;
+#endif
+
+public:
+  early_inc_iterator_impl(WrappedIteratorT I) : BaseT(I) {}
+
+  using BaseT::operator*;
+  decltype(*std::declval<WrappedIteratorT>()) operator*() {
+#if LLVM_ENABLE_ABI_BREAKING_CHECKS
+    assert(!IsEarlyIncremented && "Cannot dereference twice!");
+    IsEarlyIncremented = true;
+#endif
+    return *(this->I)++;
+  }
+
+  using BaseT::operator++;
+  early_inc_iterator_impl &operator++() {
+#if LLVM_ENABLE_ABI_BREAKING_CHECKS
+    assert(IsEarlyIncremented && "Cannot increment before dereferencing!");
+    IsEarlyIncremented = false;
+#endif
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  friend bool operator==(const early_inc_iterator_impl &LHS,
+                         const early_inc_iterator_impl &RHS) {
+#if LLVM_ENABLE_ABI_BREAKING_CHECKS
+    assert(!LHS.IsEarlyIncremented && "Cannot compare after dereferencing!");
+#endif
+    return (const BaseT &)LHS == (const BaseT &)RHS;
+  }
+};
+
+/// Make a range that does early increment to allow mutation of the underlying
+/// range without disrupting iteration.
+///
+/// The underlying iterator will be incremented immediately after it is
+/// dereferenced, allowing deletion of the current node or insertion of nodes to
+/// not disrupt iteration provided they do not invalidate the *next* iterator --
+/// the current iterator can be invalidated.
+///
+/// This requires a very exact pattern of use that is only really suitable to
+/// range based for loops and other range algorithms that explicitly guarantee
+/// to dereference exactly once each element, and to increment exactly once each
+/// element.
+template <typename RangeT>
+iterator_range<early_inc_iterator_impl<detail::IterOfRange<RangeT>>>
+make_early_inc_range(RangeT &&Range) {
+  using EarlyIncIteratorT =
+      early_inc_iterator_impl<detail::IterOfRange<RangeT>>;
+  return make_range(EarlyIncIteratorT(std::begin(std::forward<RangeT>(Range))),
+                    EarlyIncIteratorT(std::end(std::forward<RangeT>(Range))));
+}
+
+// forward declarations required by zip_shortest/zip_first/zip_longest
+template <typename R, typename UnaryPredicate>
+bool all_of(R &&range, UnaryPredicate P);
+template <typename R, typename UnaryPredicate>
+bool any_of(R &&range, UnaryPredicate P);
+
+namespace detail {
+
+using std::declval;
+
+// We have to alias this since inlining the actual type at the usage site
+// in the parameter list of iterator_facade_base<> below ICEs MSVC 2017.
+template<typename... Iters> struct ZipTupleType {
+  using type = std::tuple<decltype(*declval<Iters>())...>;
+};
+
+template <typename ZipType, typename... Iters>
+using zip_traits = iterator_facade_base<
+    ZipType, typename std::common_type<std::bidirectional_iterator_tag,
+                                       typename std::iterator_traits<
+                                           Iters>::iterator_category...>::type,
+    // ^ TODO: Implement random access methods.
+    typename ZipTupleType<Iters...>::type,
+    typename std::iterator_traits<typename std::tuple_element<
+        0, std::tuple<Iters...>>::type>::difference_type,
+    // ^ FIXME: This follows boost::make_zip_iterator's assumption that all
+    // inner iterators have the same difference_type. It would fail if, for
+    // instance, the second field's difference_type were non-numeric while the
+    // first is.
+    typename ZipTupleType<Iters...>::type *,
+    typename ZipTupleType<Iters...>::type>;
+
+template <typename ZipType, typename... Iters>
+struct zip_common : public zip_traits<ZipType, Iters...> {
+  using Base = zip_traits<ZipType, Iters...>;
+  using value_type = typename Base::value_type;
+
+  std::tuple<Iters...> iterators;
+
+protected:
+  template <size_t... Ns> value_type deref(std::index_sequence<Ns...>) const {
+    return value_type(*std::get<Ns>(iterators)...);
+  }
+
+  template <size_t... Ns>
+  decltype(iterators) tup_inc(std::index_sequence<Ns...>) const {
+    return std::tuple<Iters...>(std::next(std::get<Ns>(iterators))...);
+  }
+
+  template <size_t... Ns>
+  decltype(iterators) tup_dec(std::index_sequence<Ns...>) const {
+    return std::tuple<Iters...>(std::prev(std::get<Ns>(iterators))...);
+  }
+
+  template <size_t... Ns>
+  bool test_all_equals(const zip_common &other,
+            std::index_sequence<Ns...>) const {
+    return all_of(std::initializer_list<bool>{std::get<Ns>(this->iterators) ==
+                                              std::get<Ns>(other.iterators)...},
+                  identity<bool>{});
+  }
+
+public:
+  zip_common(Iters &&... ts) : iterators(std::forward<Iters>(ts)...) {}
+
+  value_type operator*() const {
+    return deref(std::index_sequence_for<Iters...>{});
+  }
+
+  ZipType &operator++() {
+    iterators = tup_inc(std::index_sequence_for<Iters...>{});
+    return *reinterpret_cast<ZipType *>(this);
+  }
+
+  ZipType &operator--() {
+    static_assert(Base::IsBidirectional,
+                  "All inner iterators must be at least bidirectional.");
+    iterators = tup_dec(std::index_sequence_for<Iters...>{});
+    return *reinterpret_cast<ZipType *>(this);
+  }
+
+  /// Return true if all the iterator are matching `other`'s iterators.
+  bool all_equals(zip_common &other) {
+    return test_all_equals(other, std::index_sequence_for<Iters...>{});
+  }
+};
+
+template <typename... Iters>
+struct zip_first : public zip_common<zip_first<Iters...>, Iters...> {
+  using Base = zip_common<zip_first<Iters...>, Iters...>;
+
+  bool operator==(const zip_first<Iters...> &other) const {
+    return std::get<0>(this->iterators) == std::get<0>(other.iterators);
+  }
+
+  zip_first(Iters &&... ts) : Base(std::forward<Iters>(ts)...) {}
+};
+
+template <typename... Iters>
+class zip_shortest : public zip_common<zip_shortest<Iters...>, Iters...> {
+  template <size_t... Ns>
+  bool test(const zip_shortest<Iters...> &other,
+            std::index_sequence<Ns...>) const {
+    return all_of(std::initializer_list<bool>{std::get<Ns>(this->iterators) !=
+                                              std::get<Ns>(other.iterators)...},
+                  identity<bool>{});
+  }
+
+public:
+  using Base = zip_common<zip_shortest<Iters...>, Iters...>;
+
+  zip_shortest(Iters &&... ts) : Base(std::forward<Iters>(ts)...) {}
+
+  bool operator==(const zip_shortest<Iters...> &other) const {
+    return !test(other, std::index_sequence_for<Iters...>{});
+  }
+};
+
+template <template <typename...> class ItType, typename... Args> class zippy {
+public:
+  using iterator = ItType<decltype(std::begin(std::declval<Args>()))...>;
+  using iterator_category = typename iterator::iterator_category;
+  using value_type = typename iterator::value_type;
+  using difference_type = typename iterator::difference_type;
+  using pointer = typename iterator::pointer;
+  using reference = typename iterator::reference;
+
+private:
+  std::tuple<Args...> ts;
+
+  template <size_t... Ns>
+  iterator begin_impl(std::index_sequence<Ns...>) const {
+    return iterator(std::begin(std::get<Ns>(ts))...);
+  }
+  template <size_t... Ns> iterator end_impl(std::index_sequence<Ns...>) const {
+    return iterator(std::end(std::get<Ns>(ts))...);
+  }
+
+public:
+  zippy(Args &&... ts_) : ts(std::forward<Args>(ts_)...) {}
+
+  iterator begin() const {
+    return begin_impl(std::index_sequence_for<Args...>{});
+  }
+  iterator end() const { return end_impl(std::index_sequence_for<Args...>{}); }
+};
+
+} // end namespace detail
+
+/// zip iterator for two or more iteratable types.
+template <typename T, typename U, typename... Args>
+detail::zippy<detail::zip_shortest, T, U, Args...> zip(T &&t, U &&u,
+                                                       Args &&... args) {
+  return detail::zippy<detail::zip_shortest, T, U, Args...>(
+      std::forward<T>(t), std::forward<U>(u), std::forward<Args>(args)...);
+}
+
+/// zip iterator that, for the sake of efficiency, assumes the first iteratee to
+/// be the shortest.
+template <typename T, typename U, typename... Args>
+detail::zippy<detail::zip_first, T, U, Args...> zip_first(T &&t, U &&u,
+                                                          Args &&... args) {
+  return detail::zippy<detail::zip_first, T, U, Args...>(
+      std::forward<T>(t), std::forward<U>(u), std::forward<Args>(args)...);
+}
+
+namespace detail {
+template <typename Iter>
+Iter next_or_end(const Iter &I, const Iter &End) {
+  if (I == End)
+    return End;
+  return std::next(I);
+}
+
+template <typename Iter>
+auto deref_or_none(const Iter &I, const Iter &End) -> llvm::Optional<
+    std::remove_const_t<std::remove_reference_t<decltype(*I)>>> {
+  if (I == End)
+    return None;
+  return *I;
+}
+
+template <typename Iter> struct ZipLongestItemType {
+  using type =
+      llvm::Optional<typename std::remove_const<typename std::remove_reference<
+          decltype(*std::declval<Iter>())>::type>::type>;
+};
+
+template <typename... Iters> struct ZipLongestTupleType {
+  using type = std::tuple<typename ZipLongestItemType<Iters>::type...>;
+};
+
+template <typename... Iters>
+class zip_longest_iterator
+    : public iterator_facade_base<
+          zip_longest_iterator<Iters...>,
+          typename std::common_type<
+              std::forward_iterator_tag,
+              typename std::iterator_traits<Iters>::iterator_category...>::type,
+          typename ZipLongestTupleType<Iters...>::type,
+          typename std::iterator_traits<typename std::tuple_element<
+              0, std::tuple<Iters...>>::type>::difference_type,
+          typename ZipLongestTupleType<Iters...>::type *,
+          typename ZipLongestTupleType<Iters...>::type> {
+public:
+  using value_type = typename ZipLongestTupleType<Iters...>::type;
+
+private:
+  std::tuple<Iters...> iterators;
+  std::tuple<Iters...> end_iterators;
+
+  template <size_t... Ns>
+  bool test(const zip_longest_iterator<Iters...> &other,
+            std::index_sequence<Ns...>) const {
+    return llvm::any_of(
+        std::initializer_list<bool>{std::get<Ns>(this->iterators) !=
+                                    std::get<Ns>(other.iterators)...},
+        identity<bool>{});
+  }
+
+  template <size_t... Ns> value_type deref(std::index_sequence<Ns...>) const {
+    return value_type(
+        deref_or_none(std::get<Ns>(iterators), std::get<Ns>(end_iterators))...);
+  }
+
+  template <size_t... Ns>
+  decltype(iterators) tup_inc(std::index_sequence<Ns...>) const {
+    return std::tuple<Iters...>(
+        next_or_end(std::get<Ns>(iterators), std::get<Ns>(end_iterators))...);
+  }
+
+public:
+  zip_longest_iterator(std::pair<Iters &&, Iters &&>... ts)
+      : iterators(std::forward<Iters>(ts.first)...),
+        end_iterators(std::forward<Iters>(ts.second)...) {}
+
+  value_type operator*() const {
+    return deref(std::index_sequence_for<Iters...>{});
+  }
+
+  zip_longest_iterator<Iters...> &operator++() {
+    iterators = tup_inc(std::index_sequence_for<Iters...>{});
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  bool operator==(const zip_longest_iterator<Iters...> &other) const {
+    return !test(other, std::index_sequence_for<Iters...>{});
+  }
+};
+
+template <typename... Args> class zip_longest_range {
+public:
+  using iterator =
+      zip_longest_iterator<decltype(adl_begin(std::declval<Args>()))...>;
+  using iterator_category = typename iterator::iterator_category;
+  using value_type = typename iterator::value_type;
+  using difference_type = typename iterator::difference_type;
+  using pointer = typename iterator::pointer;
+  using reference = typename iterator::reference;
+
+private:
+  std::tuple<Args...> ts;
+
+  template <size_t... Ns>
+  iterator begin_impl(std::index_sequence<Ns...>) const {
+    return iterator(std::make_pair(adl_begin(std::get<Ns>(ts)),
+                                   adl_end(std::get<Ns>(ts)))...);
+  }
+
+  template <size_t... Ns> iterator end_impl(std::index_sequence<Ns...>) const {
+    return iterator(std::make_pair(adl_end(std::get<Ns>(ts)),
+                                   adl_end(std::get<Ns>(ts)))...);
+  }
+
+public:
+  zip_longest_range(Args &&... ts_) : ts(std::forward<Args>(ts_)...) {}
+
+  iterator begin() const {
+    return begin_impl(std::index_sequence_for<Args...>{});
+  }
+  iterator end() const { return end_impl(std::index_sequence_for<Args...>{}); }
+};
+} // namespace detail
+
+/// Iterate over two or more iterators at the same time. Iteration continues
+/// until all iterators reach the end. The llvm::Optional only contains a value
+/// if the iterator has not reached the end.
+template <typename T, typename U, typename... Args>
+detail::zip_longest_range<T, U, Args...> zip_longest(T &&t, U &&u,
+                                                     Args &&... args) {
+  return detail::zip_longest_range<T, U, Args...>(
+      std::forward<T>(t), std::forward<U>(u), std::forward<Args>(args)...);
+}
+
+/// Iterator wrapper that concatenates sequences together.
+///
+/// This can concatenate different iterators, even with different types, into
+/// a single iterator provided the value types of all the concatenated
+/// iterators expose `reference` and `pointer` types that can be converted to
+/// `ValueT &` and `ValueT *` respectively. It doesn't support more
+/// interesting/customized pointer or reference types.
+///
+/// Currently this only supports forward or higher iterator categories as
+/// inputs and always exposes a forward iterator interface.
+template <typename ValueT, typename... IterTs>
+class concat_iterator
+    : public iterator_facade_base<concat_iterator<ValueT, IterTs...>,
+                                  std::forward_iterator_tag, ValueT> {
+  using BaseT = typename concat_iterator::iterator_facade_base;
+
+  /// We store both the current and end iterators for each concatenated
+  /// sequence in a tuple of pairs.
+  ///
+  /// Note that something like iterator_range seems nice at first here, but the
+  /// range properties are of little benefit and end up getting in the way
+  /// because we need to do mutation on the current iterators.
+  std::tuple<IterTs...> Begins;
+  std::tuple<IterTs...> Ends;
+
+  /// Attempts to increment a specific iterator.
+  ///
+  /// Returns true if it was able to increment the iterator. Returns false if
+  /// the iterator is already at the end iterator.
+  template <size_t Index> bool incrementHelper() {
+    auto &Begin = std::get<Index>(Begins);
+    auto &End = std::get<Index>(Ends);
+    if (Begin == End)
+      return false;
+
+    ++Begin;
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  /// Increments the first non-end iterator.
+  ///
+  /// It is an error to call this with all iterators at the end.
+  template <size_t... Ns> void increment(std::index_sequence<Ns...>) {
+    // Build a sequence of functions to increment each iterator if possible.
+    bool (concat_iterator::*IncrementHelperFns[])() = {
+        &concat_iterator::incrementHelper<Ns>...};
+
+    // Loop over them, and stop as soon as we succeed at incrementing one.
+    for (auto &IncrementHelperFn : IncrementHelperFns)
+      if ((this->*IncrementHelperFn)())
+        return;
+
+    llvm_unreachable("Attempted to increment an end concat iterator!");
+  }
+
+  /// Returns null if the specified iterator is at the end. Otherwise,
+  /// dereferences the iterator and returns the address of the resulting
+  /// reference.
+  template <size_t Index> ValueT *getHelper() const {
+    auto &Begin = std::get<Index>(Begins);
+    auto &End = std::get<Index>(Ends);
+    if (Begin == End)
+      return nullptr;
+
+    return &*Begin;
+  }
+
+  /// Finds the first non-end iterator, dereferences, and returns the resulting
+  /// reference.
+  ///
+  /// It is an error to call this with all iterators at the end.
+  template <size_t... Ns> ValueT &get(std::index_sequence<Ns...>) const {
+    // Build a sequence of functions to get from iterator if possible.
+    ValueT *(concat_iterator::*GetHelperFns[])() const = {
+        &concat_iterator::getHelper<Ns>...};
+
+    // Loop over them, and return the first result we find.
+    for (auto &GetHelperFn : GetHelperFns)
+      if (ValueT *P = (this->*GetHelperFn)())
+        return *P;
+
+    llvm_unreachable("Attempted to get a pointer from an end concat iterator!");
+  }
+
+public:
+  /// Constructs an iterator from a sequence of ranges.
+  ///
+  /// We need the full range to know how to switch between each of the
+  /// iterators.
+  template <typename... RangeTs>
+  explicit concat_iterator(RangeTs &&... Ranges)
+      : Begins(std::begin(Ranges)...), Ends(std::end(Ranges)...) {}
+
+  using BaseT::operator++;
+
+  concat_iterator &operator++() {
+    increment(std::index_sequence_for<IterTs...>());
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  ValueT &operator*() const {
+    return get(std::index_sequence_for<IterTs...>());
+  }
+
+  bool operator==(const concat_iterator &RHS) const {
+    return Begins == RHS.Begins && Ends == RHS.Ends;
+  }
+};
+
+namespace detail {
+
+/// Helper to store a sequence of ranges being concatenated and access them.
+///
+/// This is designed to facilitate providing actual storage when temporaries
+/// are passed into the constructor such that we can use it as part of range
+/// based for loops.
+template <typename ValueT, typename... RangeTs> class concat_range {
+public:
+  using iterator =
+      concat_iterator<ValueT,
+                      decltype(std::begin(std::declval<RangeTs &>()))...>;
+
+private:
+  std::tuple<RangeTs...> Ranges;
+
+  template <size_t... Ns>
+  iterator begin_impl(std::index_sequence<Ns...>) {
+    return iterator(std::get<Ns>(Ranges)...);
+  }
+  template <size_t... Ns>
+  iterator begin_impl(std::index_sequence<Ns...>) const {
+    return iterator(std::get<Ns>(Ranges)...);
+  }
+  template <size_t... Ns> iterator end_impl(std::index_sequence<Ns...>) {
+    return iterator(make_range(std::end(std::get<Ns>(Ranges)),
+                               std::end(std::get<Ns>(Ranges)))...);
+  }
+  template <size_t... Ns> iterator end_impl(std::index_sequence<Ns...>) const {
+    return iterator(make_range(std::end(std::get<Ns>(Ranges)),
+                               std::end(std::get<Ns>(Ranges)))...);
+  }
+
+public:
+  concat_range(RangeTs &&... Ranges)
+      : Ranges(std::forward<RangeTs>(Ranges)...) {}
+
+  iterator begin() {
+    return begin_impl(std::index_sequence_for<RangeTs...>{});
+  }
+  iterator begin() const {
+    return begin_impl(std::index_sequence_for<RangeTs...>{});
+  }
+  iterator end() {
+    return end_impl(std::index_sequence_for<RangeTs...>{});
+  }
+  iterator end() const {
+    return end_impl(std::index_sequence_for<RangeTs...>{});
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace detail
+
+/// Concatenated range across two or more ranges.
+///
+/// The desired value type must be explicitly specified.
+template <typename ValueT, typename... RangeTs>
+detail::concat_range<ValueT, RangeTs...> concat(RangeTs &&... Ranges) {
+  static_assert(sizeof...(RangeTs) > 1,
+                "Need more than one range to concatenate!");
+  return detail::concat_range<ValueT, RangeTs...>(
+      std::forward<RangeTs>(Ranges)...);
+}
+
+/// A utility class used to implement an iterator that contains some base object
+/// and an index. The iterator moves the index but keeps the base constant.
+template <typename DerivedT, typename BaseT, typename T,
+          typename PointerT = T *, typename ReferenceT = T &>
+class indexed_accessor_iterator
+    : public llvm::iterator_facade_base<DerivedT,
+                                        std::random_access_iterator_tag, T,
+                                        std::ptrdiff_t, PointerT, ReferenceT> {
+public:
+  ptrdiff_t operator-(const indexed_accessor_iterator &rhs) const {
+    assert(base == rhs.base && "incompatible iterators");
+    return index - rhs.index;
+  }
+  bool operator==(const indexed_accessor_iterator &rhs) const {
+    return base == rhs.base && index == rhs.index;
+  }
+  bool operator<(const indexed_accessor_iterator &rhs) const {
+    assert(base == rhs.base && "incompatible iterators");
+    return index < rhs.index;
+  }
+
+  DerivedT &operator+=(ptrdiff_t offset) {
+    this->index += offset;
+    return static_cast<DerivedT &>(*this);
+  }
+  DerivedT &operator-=(ptrdiff_t offset) {
+    this->index -= offset;
+    return static_cast<DerivedT &>(*this);
+  }
+
+  /// Returns the current index of the iterator.
+  ptrdiff_t getIndex() const { return index; }
+
+  /// Returns the current base of the iterator.
+  const BaseT &getBase() const { return base; }
+
+protected:
+  indexed_accessor_iterator(BaseT base, ptrdiff_t index)
+      : base(base), index(index) {}
+  BaseT base;
+  ptrdiff_t index;
+};
+
+namespace detail {
+/// The class represents the base of a range of indexed_accessor_iterators. It
+/// provides support for many different range functionalities, e.g.
+/// drop_front/slice/etc.. Derived range classes must implement the following
+/// static methods:
+///   * ReferenceT dereference_iterator(const BaseT &base, ptrdiff_t index)
+///     - Dereference an iterator pointing to the base object at the given
+///       index.
+///   * BaseT offset_base(const BaseT &base, ptrdiff_t index)
+///     - Return a new base that is offset from the provide base by 'index'
+///       elements.
+template <typename DerivedT, typename BaseT, typename T,
+          typename PointerT = T *, typename ReferenceT = T &>
+class indexed_accessor_range_base {
+public:
+  using RangeBaseT = indexed_accessor_range_base;
+
+  /// An iterator element of this range.
+  class iterator : public indexed_accessor_iterator<iterator, BaseT, T,
+                                                    PointerT, ReferenceT> {
+  public:
+    // Index into this iterator, invoking a static method on the derived type.
+    ReferenceT operator*() const {
+      return DerivedT::dereference_iterator(this->getBase(), this->getIndex());
+    }
+
+  private:
+    iterator(BaseT owner, ptrdiff_t curIndex)
+        : iterator::indexed_accessor_iterator(owner, curIndex) {}
+
+    /// Allow access to the constructor.
+    friend indexed_accessor_range_base<DerivedT, BaseT, T, PointerT,
+                                       ReferenceT>;
+  };
+
+  indexed_accessor_range_base(iterator begin, iterator end)
+      : base(offset_base(begin.getBase(), begin.getIndex())),
+        count(end.getIndex() - begin.getIndex()) {}
+  indexed_accessor_range_base(const iterator_range<iterator> &range)
+      : indexed_accessor_range_base(range.begin(), range.end()) {}
+  indexed_accessor_range_base(BaseT base, ptrdiff_t count)
+      : base(base), count(count) {}
+
+  iterator begin() const { return iterator(base, 0); }
+  iterator end() const { return iterator(base, count); }
+  ReferenceT operator[](size_t Index) const {
+    assert(Index < size() && "invalid index for value range");
+    return DerivedT::dereference_iterator(base, static_cast<ptrdiff_t>(Index));
+  }
+  ReferenceT front() const {
+    assert(!empty() && "expected non-empty range");
+    return (*this)[0];
+  }
+  ReferenceT back() const {
+    assert(!empty() && "expected non-empty range");
+    return (*this)[size() - 1];
+  }
+
+  /// Compare this range with another.
+  template <typename OtherT> bool operator==(const OtherT &other) const {
+    return size() ==
+               static_cast<size_t>(std::distance(other.begin(), other.end())) &&
+           std::equal(begin(), end(), other.begin());
+  }
+  template <typename OtherT> bool operator!=(const OtherT &other) const {
+    return !(*this == other);
+  }
+
+  /// Return the size of this range.
+  size_t size() const { return count; }
+
+  /// Return if the range is empty.
+  bool empty() const { return size() == 0; }
+
+  /// Drop the first N elements, and keep M elements.
+  DerivedT slice(size_t n, size_t m) const {
+    assert(n + m <= size() && "invalid size specifiers");
+    return DerivedT(offset_base(base, n), m);
+  }
+
+  /// Drop the first n elements.
+  DerivedT drop_front(size_t n = 1) const {
+    assert(size() >= n && "Dropping more elements than exist");
+    return slice(n, size() - n);
+  }
+  /// Drop the last n elements.
+  DerivedT drop_back(size_t n = 1) const {
+    assert(size() >= n && "Dropping more elements than exist");
+    return DerivedT(base, size() - n);
+  }
+
+  /// Take the first n elements.
+  DerivedT take_front(size_t n = 1) const {
+    return n < size() ? drop_back(size() - n)
+                      : static_cast<const DerivedT &>(*this);
+  }
+
+  /// Take the last n elements.
+  DerivedT take_back(size_t n = 1) const {
+    return n < size() ? drop_front(size() - n)
+                      : static_cast<const DerivedT &>(*this);
+  }
+
+  /// Allow conversion to any type accepting an iterator_range.
+  template <typename RangeT, typename = std::enable_if_t<std::is_constructible<
+                                 RangeT, iterator_range<iterator>>::value>>
+  operator RangeT() const {
+    return RangeT(iterator_range<iterator>(*this));
+  }
+
+  /// Returns the base of this range.
+  const BaseT &getBase() const { return base; }
+
+private:
+  /// Offset the given base by the given amount.
+  static BaseT offset_base(const BaseT &base, size_t n) {
+    return n == 0 ? base : DerivedT::offset_base(base, n);
+  }
+
+protected:
+  indexed_accessor_range_base(const indexed_accessor_range_base &) = default;
+  indexed_accessor_range_base(indexed_accessor_range_base &&) = default;
+  indexed_accessor_range_base &
+  operator=(const indexed_accessor_range_base &) = default;
+
+  /// The base that owns the provided range of values.
+  BaseT base;
+  /// The size from the owning range.
+  ptrdiff_t count;
+};
+} // end namespace detail
+
+/// This class provides an implementation of a range of
+/// indexed_accessor_iterators where the base is not indexable. Ranges with
+/// bases that are offsetable should derive from indexed_accessor_range_base
+/// instead. Derived range classes are expected to implement the following
+/// static method:
+///   * ReferenceT dereference(const BaseT &base, ptrdiff_t index)
+///     - Dereference an iterator pointing to a parent base at the given index.
+template <typename DerivedT, typename BaseT, typename T,
+          typename PointerT = T *, typename ReferenceT = T &>
+class indexed_accessor_range
+    : public detail::indexed_accessor_range_base<
+          DerivedT, std::pair<BaseT, ptrdiff_t>, T, PointerT, ReferenceT> {
+public:
+  indexed_accessor_range(BaseT base, ptrdiff_t startIndex, ptrdiff_t count)
+      : detail::indexed_accessor_range_base<
+            DerivedT, std::pair<BaseT, ptrdiff_t>, T, PointerT, ReferenceT>(
+            std::make_pair(base, startIndex), count) {}
+  using detail::indexed_accessor_range_base<
+      DerivedT, std::pair<BaseT, ptrdiff_t>, T, PointerT,
+      ReferenceT>::indexed_accessor_range_base;
+
+  /// Returns the current base of the range.
+  const BaseT &getBase() const { return this->base.first; }
+
+  /// Returns the current start index of the range.
+  ptrdiff_t getStartIndex() const { return this->base.second; }
+
+  /// See `detail::indexed_accessor_range_base` for details.
+  static std::pair<BaseT, ptrdiff_t>
+  offset_base(const std::pair<BaseT, ptrdiff_t> &base, ptrdiff_t index) {
+    // We encode the internal base as a pair of the derived base and a start
+    // index into the derived base.
+    return std::make_pair(base.first, base.second + index);
+  }
+  /// See `detail::indexed_accessor_range_base` for details.
+  static ReferenceT
+  dereference_iterator(const std::pair<BaseT, ptrdiff_t> &base,
+                       ptrdiff_t index) {
+    return DerivedT::dereference(base.first, base.second + index);
+  }
+};
+
+namespace detail {
+/// Return a reference to the first or second member of a reference. Otherwise,
+/// return a copy of the member of a temporary.
+///
+/// When passing a range whose iterators return values instead of references,
+/// the reference must be dropped from `decltype((elt.first))`, which will
+/// always be a reference, to avoid returning a reference to a temporary.
+template <typename EltTy, typename FirstTy> class first_or_second_type {
+public:
+  using type =
+      typename std::conditional_t<std::is_reference<EltTy>::value, FirstTy,
+                                  std::remove_reference_t<FirstTy>>;
+};
+} // end namespace detail
+
+/// Given a container of pairs, return a range over the first elements.
+template <typename ContainerTy> auto make_first_range(ContainerTy &&c) {
+  using EltTy = decltype((*std::begin(c)));
+  return llvm::map_range(std::forward<ContainerTy>(c),
+                         [](EltTy elt) -> typename detail::first_or_second_type<
+                                           EltTy, decltype((elt.first))>::type {
+                           return elt.first;
+                         });
+}
+
+/// Given a container of pairs, return a range over the second elements.
+template <typename ContainerTy> auto make_second_range(ContainerTy &&c) {
+  return llvm::map_range(
+      std::forward<ContainerTy>(c),
+      [](decltype((*std::begin(c))) elt) -> decltype((elt.second)) {
+        return elt.second;
+      });
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//     Extra additions to <utility>
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/// Function object to check whether the first component of a std::pair
+/// compares less than the first component of another std::pair.
+struct less_first {
+  template <typename T> bool operator()(const T &lhs, const T &rhs) const {
+    return std::less<>()(lhs.first, rhs.first);
+  }
+};
+
+/// Function object to check whether the second component of a std::pair
+/// compares less than the second component of another std::pair.
+struct less_second {
+  template <typename T> bool operator()(const T &lhs, const T &rhs) const {
+    return std::less<>()(lhs.second, rhs.second);
+  }
+};
+
+/// \brief Function object to apply a binary function to the first component of
+/// a std::pair.
+template<typename FuncTy>
+struct on_first {
+  FuncTy func;
+
+  template <typename T>
+  decltype(auto) operator()(const T &lhs, const T &rhs) const {
+    return func(lhs.first, rhs.first);
+  }
+};
+
+/// Utility type to build an inheritance chain that makes it easy to rank
+/// overload candidates.
+template <int N> struct rank : rank<N - 1> {};
+template <> struct rank<0> {};
+
+/// traits class for checking whether type T is one of any of the given
+/// types in the variadic list.
+template <typename T, typename... Ts>
+using is_one_of = disjunction<std::is_same<T, Ts>...>;
+
+/// traits class for checking whether type T is a base class for all
+///  the given types in the variadic list.
+template <typename T, typename... Ts>
+using are_base_of = conjunction<std::is_base_of<T, Ts>...>;
+
+namespace detail {
+template <typename... Ts> struct Visitor;
+
+template <typename HeadT, typename... TailTs>
+struct Visitor<HeadT, TailTs...> : remove_cvref_t<HeadT>, Visitor<TailTs...> {
+  explicit constexpr Visitor(HeadT &&Head, TailTs &&...Tail)
+      : remove_cvref_t<HeadT>(std::forward<HeadT>(Head)),
+        Visitor<TailTs...>(std::forward<TailTs>(Tail)...) {}
+  using remove_cvref_t<HeadT>::operator();
+  using Visitor<TailTs...>::operator();
+};
+
+template <typename HeadT> struct Visitor<HeadT> : remove_cvref_t<HeadT> {
+  explicit constexpr Visitor(HeadT &&Head)
+      : remove_cvref_t<HeadT>(std::forward<HeadT>(Head)) {}
+  using remove_cvref_t<HeadT>::operator();
+};
+} // namespace detail
+
+/// Returns an opaquely-typed Callable object whose operator() overload set is
+/// the sum of the operator() overload sets of each CallableT in CallableTs.
+///
+/// The type of the returned object derives from each CallableT in CallableTs.
+/// The returned object is constructed by invoking the appropriate copy or move
+/// constructor of each CallableT, as selected by overload resolution on the
+/// corresponding argument to makeVisitor.
+///
+/// Example:
+///
+/// \code
+/// auto visitor = makeVisitor([](auto) { return "unhandled type"; },
+///                            [](int i) { return "int"; },
+///                            [](std::string s) { return "str"; });
+/// auto a = visitor(42);    // `a` is now "int".
+/// auto b = visitor("foo"); // `b` is now "str".
+/// auto c = visitor(3.14f); // `c` is now "unhandled type".
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// Example of making a visitor with a lambda which captures a move-only type:
+///
+/// \code
+/// std::unique_ptr<FooHandler> FH = /* ... */;
+/// auto visitor = makeVisitor(
+///     [FH{std::move(FH)}](Foo F) { return FH->handle(F); },
+///     [](int i) { return i; },
+///     [](std::string s) { return atoi(s); });
+/// \endcode
+template <typename... CallableTs>
+constexpr decltype(auto) makeVisitor(CallableTs &&...Callables) {
+  return detail::Visitor<CallableTs...>(std::forward<CallableTs>(Callables)...);
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//     Extra additions to <algorithm>
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+// We have a copy here so that LLVM behaves the same when using different
+// standard libraries.
+template <class Iterator, class RNG>
+void shuffle(Iterator first, Iterator last, RNG &&g) {
+  // It would be better to use a std::uniform_int_distribution,
+  // but that would be stdlib dependent.
+  typedef
+      typename std::iterator_traits<Iterator>::difference_type difference_type;
+  for (auto size = last - first; size > 1; ++first, (void)--size) {
+    difference_type offset = g() % size;
+    // Avoid self-assignment due to incorrect assertions in libstdc++
+    // containers (https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85828).
+    if (offset != difference_type(0))
+      std::iter_swap(first, first + offset);
+  }
+}
+
+/// Adapt std::less<T> for array_pod_sort.
+template<typename T>
+inline int array_pod_sort_comparator(const void *P1, const void *P2) {
+  if (std::less<T>()(*reinterpret_cast<const T*>(P1),
+                     *reinterpret_cast<const T*>(P2)))
+    return -1;
+  if (std::less<T>()(*reinterpret_cast<const T*>(P2),
+                     *reinterpret_cast<const T*>(P1)))
+    return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/// get_array_pod_sort_comparator - This is an internal helper function used to
+/// get type deduction of T right.
+template<typename T>
+inline int (*get_array_pod_sort_comparator(const T &))
+             (const void*, const void*) {
+  return array_pod_sort_comparator<T>;
+}
+
+#ifdef EXPENSIVE_CHECKS
+namespace detail {
+
+inline unsigned presortShuffleEntropy() {
+  static unsigned Result(std::random_device{}());
+  return Result;
+}
+
+template <class IteratorTy>
+inline void presortShuffle(IteratorTy Start, IteratorTy End) {
+  std::mt19937 Generator(presortShuffleEntropy());
+  llvm::shuffle(Start, End, Generator);
+}
+
+} // end namespace detail
+#endif
+
+/// array_pod_sort - This sorts an array with the specified start and end
+/// extent.  This is just like std::sort, except that it calls qsort instead of
+/// using an inlined template.  qsort is slightly slower than std::sort, but
+/// most sorts are not performance critical in LLVM and std::sort has to be
+/// template instantiated for each type, leading to significant measured code
+/// bloat.  This function should generally be used instead of std::sort where
+/// possible.
+///
+/// This function assumes that you have simple POD-like types that can be
+/// compared with std::less and can be moved with memcpy.  If this isn't true,
+/// you should use std::sort.
+///
+/// NOTE: If qsort_r were portable, we could allow a custom comparator and
+/// default to std::less.
+template<class IteratorTy>
+inline void array_pod_sort(IteratorTy Start, IteratorTy End) {
+  // Don't inefficiently call qsort with one element or trigger undefined
+  // behavior with an empty sequence.
+  auto NElts = End - Start;
+  if (NElts <= 1) return;
+#ifdef EXPENSIVE_CHECKS
+  detail::presortShuffle<IteratorTy>(Start, End);
+#endif
+  qsort(&*Start, NElts, sizeof(*Start), get_array_pod_sort_comparator(*Start));
+}
+
+template <class IteratorTy>
+inline void array_pod_sort(
+    IteratorTy Start, IteratorTy End,
+    int (*Compare)(
+        const typename std::iterator_traits<IteratorTy>::value_type *,
+        const typename std::iterator_traits<IteratorTy>::value_type *)) {
+  // Don't inefficiently call qsort with one element or trigger undefined
+  // behavior with an empty sequence.
+  auto NElts = End - Start;
+  if (NElts <= 1) return;
+#ifdef EXPENSIVE_CHECKS
+  detail::presortShuffle<IteratorTy>(Start, End);
+#endif
+  qsort(&*Start, NElts, sizeof(*Start),
+        reinterpret_cast<int (*)(const void *, const void *)>(Compare));
+}
+
+namespace detail {
+template <typename T>
+// We can use qsort if the iterator type is a pointer and the underlying value
+// is trivially copyable.
+using sort_trivially_copyable = conjunction<
+    std::is_pointer<T>,
+    std::is_trivially_copyable<typename std::iterator_traits<T>::value_type>>;
+} // namespace detail
+
+// Provide wrappers to std::sort which shuffle the elements before sorting
+// to help uncover non-deterministic behavior (PR35135).
+template <typename IteratorTy,
+          std::enable_if_t<!detail::sort_trivially_copyable<IteratorTy>::value,
+                           int> = 0>
+inline void sort(IteratorTy Start, IteratorTy End) {
+#ifdef EXPENSIVE_CHECKS
+  detail::presortShuffle<IteratorTy>(Start, End);
+#endif
+  std::sort(Start, End);
+}
+
+// Forward trivially copyable types to array_pod_sort. This avoids a large
+// amount of code bloat for a minor performance hit.
+template <typename IteratorTy,
+          std::enable_if_t<detail::sort_trivially_copyable<IteratorTy>::value,
+                           int> = 0>
+inline void sort(IteratorTy Start, IteratorTy End) {
+  array_pod_sort(Start, End);
+}
+
+template <typename Container> inline void sort(Container &&C) {
+  llvm::sort(adl_begin(C), adl_end(C));
+}
+
+template <typename IteratorTy, typename Compare>
+inline void sort(IteratorTy Start, IteratorTy End, Compare Comp) {
+#ifdef EXPENSIVE_CHECKS
+  detail::presortShuffle<IteratorTy>(Start, End);
+#endif
+  std::sort(Start, End, Comp);
+}
+
+template <typename Container, typename Compare>
+inline void sort(Container &&C, Compare Comp) {
+  llvm::sort(adl_begin(C), adl_end(C), Comp);
+}
+
+/// Get the size of a range. This is a wrapper function around std::distance
+/// which is only enabled when the operation is O(1).
+template <typename R>
+auto size(R &&Range,
+          std::enable_if_t<
+              std::is_base_of<std::random_access_iterator_tag,
+                              typename std::iterator_traits<decltype(
+                                  Range.begin())>::iterator_category>::value,
+              void> * = nullptr) {
+  return std::distance(Range.begin(), Range.end());
+}
+
+/// Provide wrappers to std::for_each which take ranges instead of having to
+/// pass begin/end explicitly.
+template <typename R, typename UnaryFunction>
+UnaryFunction for_each(R &&Range, UnaryFunction F) {
+  return std::for_each(adl_begin(Range), adl_end(Range), F);
+}
+
+/// Provide wrappers to std::all_of which take ranges instead of having to pass
+/// begin/end explicitly.
+template <typename R, typename UnaryPredicate>
+bool all_of(R &&Range, UnaryPredicate P) {
+  return std::all_of(adl_begin(Range), adl_end(Range), P);
+}
+
+/// Provide wrappers to std::any_of which take ranges instead of having to pass
+/// begin/end explicitly.
+template <typename R, typename UnaryPredicate>
+bool any_of(R &&Range, UnaryPredicate P) {
+  return std::any_of(adl_begin(Range), adl_end(Range), P);
+}
+
+/// Provide wrappers to std::none_of which take ranges instead of having to pass
+/// begin/end explicitly.
+template <typename R, typename UnaryPredicate>
+bool none_of(R &&Range, UnaryPredicate P) {
+  return std::none_of(adl_begin(Range), adl_end(Range), P);
+}
+
+/// Provide wrappers to std::find which take ranges instead of having to pass
+/// begin/end explicitly.
+template <typename R, typename T> auto find(R &&Range, const T &Val) {
+  return std::find(adl_begin(Range), adl_end(Range), Val);
+}
+
+/// Provide wrappers to std::find_if which take ranges instead of having to pass
+/// begin/end explicitly.
+template <typename R, typename UnaryPredicate>
+auto find_if(R &&Range, UnaryPredicate P) {
+  return std::find_if(adl_begin(Range), adl_end(Range), P);
+}
+
+template <typename R, typename UnaryPredicate>
+auto find_if_not(R &&Range, UnaryPredicate P) {
+  return std::find_if_not(adl_begin(Range), adl_end(Range), P);
+}
+
+/// Provide wrappers to std::remove_if which take ranges instead of having to
+/// pass begin/end explicitly.
+template <typename R, typename UnaryPredicate>
+auto remove_if(R &&Range, UnaryPredicate P) {
+  return std::remove_if(adl_begin(Range), adl_end(Range), P);
+}
+
+/// Provide wrappers to std::copy_if which take ranges instead of having to
+/// pass begin/end explicitly.
+template <typename R, typename OutputIt, typename UnaryPredicate>
+OutputIt copy_if(R &&Range, OutputIt Out, UnaryPredicate P) {
+  return std::copy_if(adl_begin(Range), adl_end(Range), Out, P);
+}
+
+template <typename R, typename OutputIt>
+OutputIt copy(R &&Range, OutputIt Out) {
+  return std::copy(adl_begin(Range), adl_end(Range), Out);
+}
+
+/// Provide wrappers to std::move which take ranges instead of having to
+/// pass begin/end explicitly.
+template <typename R, typename OutputIt>
+OutputIt move(R &&Range, OutputIt Out) {
+  return std::move(adl_begin(Range), adl_end(Range), Out);
+}
+
+/// Wrapper function around std::find to detect if an element exists
+/// in a container.
+template <typename R, typename E>
+bool is_contained(R &&Range, const E &Element) {
+  return std::find(adl_begin(Range), adl_end(Range), Element) != adl_end(Range);
+}
+
+/// Wrapper function around std::is_sorted to check if elements in a range \p R
+/// are sorted with respect to a comparator \p C.
+template <typename R, typename Compare> bool is_sorted(R &&Range, Compare C) {
+  return std::is_sorted(adl_begin(Range), adl_end(Range), C);
+}
+
+/// Wrapper function around std::is_sorted to check if elements in a range \p R
+/// are sorted in non-descending order.
+template <typename R> bool is_sorted(R &&Range) {
+  return std::is_sorted(adl_begin(Range), adl_end(Range));
+}
+
+/// Wrapper function around std::count to count the number of times an element
+/// \p Element occurs in the given range \p Range.
+template <typename R, typename E> auto count(R &&Range, const E &Element) {
+  return std::count(adl_begin(Range), adl_end(Range), Element);
+}
+
+/// Wrapper function around std::count_if to count the number of times an
+/// element satisfying a given predicate occurs in a range.
+template <typename R, typename UnaryPredicate>
+auto count_if(R &&Range, UnaryPredicate P) {
+  return std::count_if(adl_begin(Range), adl_end(Range), P);
+}
+
+/// Wrapper function around std::transform to apply a function to a range and
+/// store the result elsewhere.
+template <typename R, typename OutputIt, typename UnaryFunction>
+OutputIt transform(R &&Range, OutputIt d_first, UnaryFunction F) {
+  return std::transform(adl_begin(Range), adl_end(Range), d_first, F);
+}
+
+/// Provide wrappers to std::partition which take ranges instead of having to
+/// pass begin/end explicitly.
+template <typename R, typename UnaryPredicate>
+auto partition(R &&Range, UnaryPredicate P) {
+  return std::partition(adl_begin(Range), adl_end(Range), P);
+}
+
+/// Provide wrappers to std::lower_bound which take ranges instead of having to
+/// pass begin/end explicitly.
+template <typename R, typename T> auto lower_bound(R &&Range, T &&Value) {
+  return std::lower_bound(adl_begin(Range), adl_end(Range),
+                          std::forward<T>(Value));
+}
+
+template <typename R, typename T, typename Compare>
+auto lower_bound(R &&Range, T &&Value, Compare C) {
+  return std::lower_bound(adl_begin(Range), adl_end(Range),
+                          std::forward<T>(Value), C);
+}
+
+/// Provide wrappers to std::upper_bound which take ranges instead of having to
+/// pass begin/end explicitly.
+template <typename R, typename T> auto upper_bound(R &&Range, T &&Value) {
+  return std::upper_bound(adl_begin(Range), adl_end(Range),
+                          std::forward<T>(Value));
+}
+
+template <typename R, typename T, typename Compare>
+auto upper_bound(R &&Range, T &&Value, Compare C) {
+  return std::upper_bound(adl_begin(Range), adl_end(Range),
+                          std::forward<T>(Value), C);
+}
+
+template <typename R>
+void stable_sort(R &&Range) {
+  std::stable_sort(adl_begin(Range), adl_end(Range));
+}
+
+template <typename R, typename Compare>
+void stable_sort(R &&Range, Compare C) {
+  std::stable_sort(adl_begin(Range), adl_end(Range), C);
+}
+
+/// Binary search for the first iterator in a range where a predicate is false.
+/// Requires that C is always true below some limit, and always false above it.
+template <typename R, typename Predicate,
+          typename Val = decltype(*adl_begin(std::declval<R>()))>
+auto partition_point(R &&Range, Predicate P) {
+  return std::partition_point(adl_begin(Range), adl_end(Range), P);
+}
+
+template<typename Range, typename Predicate>
+auto unique(Range &&R, Predicate P) {
+  return std::unique(adl_begin(R), adl_end(R), P);
+}
+
+/// Wrapper function around std::equal to detect if pair-wise elements between
+/// two ranges are the same.
+template <typename L, typename R> bool equal(L &&LRange, R &&RRange) {
+  return std::equal(adl_begin(LRange), adl_end(LRange), adl_begin(RRange),
+                    adl_end(RRange));
+}
+
+/// Wrapper function around std::equal to detect if all elements
+/// in a container are same.
+template <typename R>
+bool is_splat(R &&Range) {
+  size_t range_size = size(Range);
+  return range_size != 0 && (range_size == 1 ||
+         std::equal(adl_begin(Range) + 1, adl_end(Range), adl_begin(Range)));
+}
+
+/// Provide a container algorithm similar to C++ Library Fundamentals v2's
+/// `erase_if` which is equivalent to:
+///
+///   C.erase(remove_if(C, pred), C.end());
+///
+/// This version works for any container with an erase method call accepting
+/// two iterators.
+template <typename Container, typename UnaryPredicate>
+void erase_if(Container &C, UnaryPredicate P) {
+  C.erase(remove_if(C, P), C.end());
+}
+
+/// Wrapper function to remove a value from a container:
+///
+/// C.erase(remove(C.begin(), C.end(), V), C.end());
+template <typename Container, typename ValueType>
+void erase_value(Container &C, ValueType V) {
+  C.erase(std::remove(C.begin(), C.end(), V), C.end());
+}
+
+/// Wrapper function to append a range to a container.
+///
+/// C.insert(C.end(), R.begin(), R.end());
+template <typename Container, typename Range>
+inline void append_range(Container &C, Range &&R) {
+  C.insert(C.end(), R.begin(), R.end());
+}
+
+/// Given a sequence container Cont, replace the range [ContIt, ContEnd) with
+/// the range [ValIt, ValEnd) (which is not from the same container).
+template<typename Container, typename RandomAccessIterator>
+void replace(Container &Cont, typename Container::iterator ContIt,
+             typename Container::iterator ContEnd, RandomAccessIterator ValIt,
+             RandomAccessIterator ValEnd) {
+  while (true) {
+    if (ValIt == ValEnd) {
+      Cont.erase(ContIt, ContEnd);
+      return;
+    } else if (ContIt == ContEnd) {
+      Cont.insert(ContIt, ValIt, ValEnd);
+      return;
+    }
+    *ContIt++ = *ValIt++;
+  }
+}
+
+/// Given a sequence container Cont, replace the range [ContIt, ContEnd) with
+/// the range R.
+template<typename Container, typename Range = std::initializer_list<
+                                 typename Container::value_type>>
+void replace(Container &Cont, typename Container::iterator ContIt,
+             typename Container::iterator ContEnd, Range R) {
+  replace(Cont, ContIt, ContEnd, R.begin(), R.end());
+}
+
+/// An STL-style algorithm similar to std::for_each that applies a second
+/// functor between every pair of elements.
+///
+/// This provides the control flow logic to, for example, print a
+/// comma-separated list:
+/// \code
+///   interleave(names.begin(), names.end(),
+///              [&](StringRef name) { os << name; },
+///              [&] { os << ", "; });
+/// \endcode
+template <typename ForwardIterator, typename UnaryFunctor,
+          typename NullaryFunctor,
+          typename = typename std::enable_if<
+              !std::is_constructible<StringRef, UnaryFunctor>::value &&
+              !std::is_constructible<StringRef, NullaryFunctor>::value>::type>
+inline void interleave(ForwardIterator begin, ForwardIterator end,
+                       UnaryFunctor each_fn, NullaryFunctor between_fn) {
+  if (begin == end)
+    return;
+  each_fn(*begin);
+  ++begin;
+  for (; begin != end; ++begin) {
+    between_fn();
+    each_fn(*begin);
+  }
+}
+
+template <typename Container, typename UnaryFunctor, typename NullaryFunctor,
+          typename = typename std::enable_if<
+              !std::is_constructible<StringRef, UnaryFunctor>::value &&
+              !std::is_constructible<StringRef, NullaryFunctor>::value>::type>
+inline void interleave(const Container &c, UnaryFunctor each_fn,
+                       NullaryFunctor between_fn) {
+  interleave(c.begin(), c.end(), each_fn, between_fn);
+}
+
+/// Overload of interleave for the common case of string separator.
+template <typename Container, typename UnaryFunctor, typename StreamT,
+          typename T = detail::ValueOfRange<Container>>
+inline void interleave(const Container &c, StreamT &os, UnaryFunctor each_fn,
+                       const StringRef &separator) {
+  interleave(c.begin(), c.end(), each_fn, [&] { os << separator; });
+}
+template <typename Container, typename StreamT,
+          typename T = detail::ValueOfRange<Container>>
+inline void interleave(const Container &c, StreamT &os,
+                       const StringRef &separator) {
+  interleave(
+      c, os, [&](const T &a) { os << a; }, separator);
+}
+
+template <typename Container, typename UnaryFunctor, typename StreamT,
+          typename T = detail::ValueOfRange<Container>>
+inline void interleaveComma(const Container &c, StreamT &os,
+                            UnaryFunctor each_fn) {
+  interleave(c, os, each_fn, ", ");
+}
+template <typename Container, typename StreamT,
+          typename T = detail::ValueOfRange<Container>>
+inline void interleaveComma(const Container &c, StreamT &os) {
+  interleaveComma(c, os, [&](const T &a) { os << a; });
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//     Extra additions to <memory>
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+struct FreeDeleter {
+  void operator()(void* v) {
+    ::free(v);
+  }
+};
+
+template<typename First, typename Second>
+struct pair_hash {
+  size_t operator()(const std::pair<First, Second> &P) const {
+    return std::hash<First>()(P.first) * 31 + std::hash<Second>()(P.second);
+  }
+};
+
+/// Binary functor that adapts to any other binary functor after dereferencing
+/// operands.
+template <typename T> struct deref {
+  T func;
+
+  // Could be further improved to cope with non-derivable functors and
+  // non-binary functors (should be a variadic template member function
+  // operator()).
+  template <typename A, typename B> auto operator()(A &lhs, B &rhs) const {
+    assert(lhs);
+    assert(rhs);
+    return func(*lhs, *rhs);
+  }
+};
+
+namespace detail {
+
+template <typename R> class enumerator_iter;
+
+template <typename R> struct result_pair {
+  using value_reference =
+      typename std::iterator_traits<IterOfRange<R>>::reference;
+
+  friend class enumerator_iter<R>;
+
+  result_pair() = default;
+  result_pair(std::size_t Index, IterOfRange<R> Iter)
+      : Index(Index), Iter(Iter) {}
+
+  result_pair(const result_pair<R> &Other)
+      : Index(Other.Index), Iter(Other.Iter) {}
+  result_pair &operator=(const result_pair &Other) {
+    Index = Other.Index;
+    Iter = Other.Iter;
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  std::size_t index() const { return Index; }
+  value_reference value() const { return *Iter; }
+
+private:
+  std::size_t Index = std::numeric_limits<std::size_t>::max();
+  IterOfRange<R> Iter;
+};
+
+template <typename R>
+class enumerator_iter
+    : public iterator_facade_base<enumerator_iter<R>, std::forward_iterator_tag,
+                                  const result_pair<R>> {
+  using result_type = result_pair<R>;
+
+public:
+  explicit enumerator_iter(IterOfRange<R> EndIter)
+      : Result(std::numeric_limits<size_t>::max(), EndIter) {}
+
+  enumerator_iter(std::size_t Index, IterOfRange<R> Iter)
+      : Result(Index, Iter) {}
+
+  const result_type &operator*() const { return Result; }
+
+  enumerator_iter &operator++() {
+    assert(Result.Index != std::numeric_limits<size_t>::max());
+    ++Result.Iter;
+    ++Result.Index;
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  bool operator==(const enumerator_iter &RHS) const {
+    // Don't compare indices here, only iterators.  It's possible for an end
+    // iterator to have different indices depending on whether it was created
+    // by calling std::end() versus incrementing a valid iterator.
+    return Result.Iter == RHS.Result.Iter;
+  }
+
+  enumerator_iter(const enumerator_iter &Other) : Result(Other.Result) {}
+  enumerator_iter &operator=(const enumerator_iter &Other) {
+    Result = Other.Result;
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+private:
+  result_type Result;
+};
+
+template <typename R> class enumerator {
+public:
+  explicit enumerator(R &&Range) : TheRange(std::forward<R>(Range)) {}
+
+  enumerator_iter<R> begin() {
+    return enumerator_iter<R>(0, std::begin(TheRange));
+  }
+  enumerator_iter<R> begin() const {
+    return enumerator_iter<R>(0, std::begin(TheRange));
+  }
+
+  enumerator_iter<R> end() {
+    return enumerator_iter<R>(std::end(TheRange));
+  }
+  enumerator_iter<R> end() const {
+    return enumerator_iter<R>(std::end(TheRange));
+  }
+
+private:
+  R TheRange;
+};
+
+} // end namespace detail
+
+/// Given an input range, returns a new range whose values are are pair (A,B)
+/// such that A is the 0-based index of the item in the sequence, and B is
+/// the value from the original sequence.  Example:
+///
+/// std::vector<char> Items = {'A', 'B', 'C', 'D'};
+/// for (auto X : enumerate(Items)) {
+///   printf("Item %d - %c\n", X.index(), X.value());
+/// }
+///
+/// Output:
+///   Item 0 - A
+///   Item 1 - B
+///   Item 2 - C
+///   Item 3 - D
+///
+template <typename R> detail::enumerator<R> enumerate(R &&TheRange) {
+  return detail::enumerator<R>(std::forward<R>(TheRange));
+}
+
+namespace detail {
+
+template <typename F, typename Tuple, std::size_t... I>
+decltype(auto) apply_tuple_impl(F &&f, Tuple &&t, std::index_sequence<I...>) {
+  return std::forward<F>(f)(std::get<I>(std::forward<Tuple>(t))...);
+}
+
+} // end namespace detail
+
+/// Given an input tuple (a1, a2, ..., an), pass the arguments of the
+/// tuple variadically to f as if by calling f(a1, a2, ..., an) and
+/// return the result.
+template <typename F, typename Tuple>
+decltype(auto) apply_tuple(F &&f, Tuple &&t) {
+  using Indices = std::make_index_sequence<
+      std::tuple_size<typename std::decay<Tuple>::type>::value>;
+
+  return detail::apply_tuple_impl(std::forward<F>(f), std::forward<Tuple>(t),
+                                  Indices{});
+}
+
+namespace detail {
+
+template <typename Predicate, typename... Args>
+bool all_of_zip_predicate_first(Predicate &&P, Args &&...args) {
+  auto z = zip(args...);
+  auto it = z.begin();
+  auto end = z.end();
+  while (it != end) {
+    if (!apply_tuple([&](auto &&...args) { return P(args...); }, *it))
+      return false;
+    ++it;
+  }
+  return it.all_equals(end);
+}
+
+// Just an adaptor to switch the order of argument and have the predicate before
+// the zipped inputs.
+template <typename... ArgsThenPredicate, size_t... InputIndexes>
+bool all_of_zip_predicate_last(
+    std::tuple<ArgsThenPredicate...> argsThenPredicate,
+    std::index_sequence<InputIndexes...>) {
+  auto constexpr OutputIndex =
+      std::tuple_size<decltype(argsThenPredicate)>::value - 1;
+  return all_of_zip_predicate_first(std::get<OutputIndex>(argsThenPredicate),
+                             std::get<InputIndexes>(argsThenPredicate)...);
+}
+
+} // end namespace detail
+
+/// Compare two zipped ranges using the provided predicate (as last argument).
+/// Return true if all elements satisfy the predicate and false otherwise.
+//  Return false if the zipped iterator aren't all at end (size mismatch).
+template <typename... ArgsAndPredicate>
+bool all_of_zip(ArgsAndPredicate &&...argsAndPredicate) {
+  return detail::all_of_zip_predicate_last(
+      std::forward_as_tuple(argsAndPredicate...),
+      std::make_index_sequence<sizeof...(argsAndPredicate) - 1>{});
+}
+
+/// Return true if the sequence [Begin, End) has exactly N items. Runs in O(N)
+/// time. Not meant for use with random-access iterators.
+/// Can optionally take a predicate to filter lazily some items.
+template <typename IterTy,
+          typename Pred = bool (*)(const decltype(*std::declval<IterTy>()) &)>
+bool hasNItems(
+    IterTy &&Begin, IterTy &&End, unsigned N,
+    Pred &&ShouldBeCounted =
+        [](const decltype(*std::declval<IterTy>()) &) { return true; },
+    std::enable_if_t<
+        !std::is_base_of<std::random_access_iterator_tag,
+                         typename std::iterator_traits<std::remove_reference_t<
+                             decltype(Begin)>>::iterator_category>::value,
+        void> * = nullptr) {
+  for (; N; ++Begin) {
+    if (Begin == End)
+      return false; // Too few.
+    N -= ShouldBeCounted(*Begin);
+  }
+  for (; Begin != End; ++Begin)
+    if (ShouldBeCounted(*Begin))
+      return false; // Too many.
+  return true;
+}
+
+/// Return true if the sequence [Begin, End) has N or more items. Runs in O(N)
+/// time. Not meant for use with random-access iterators.
+/// Can optionally take a predicate to lazily filter some items.
+template <typename IterTy,
+          typename Pred = bool (*)(const decltype(*std::declval<IterTy>()) &)>
+bool hasNItemsOrMore(
+    IterTy &&Begin, IterTy &&End, unsigned N,
+    Pred &&ShouldBeCounted =
+        [](const decltype(*std::declval<IterTy>()) &) { return true; },
+    std::enable_if_t<
+        !std::is_base_of<std::random_access_iterator_tag,
+                         typename std::iterator_traits<std::remove_reference_t<
+                             decltype(Begin)>>::iterator_category>::value,
+        void> * = nullptr) {
+  for (; N; ++Begin) {
+    if (Begin == End)
+      return false; // Too few.
+    N -= ShouldBeCounted(*Begin);
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+/// Returns true if the sequence [Begin, End) has N or less items. Can
+/// optionally take a predicate to lazily filter some items.
+template <typename IterTy,
+          typename Pred = bool (*)(const decltype(*std::declval<IterTy>()) &)>
+bool hasNItemsOrLess(
+    IterTy &&Begin, IterTy &&End, unsigned N,
+    Pred &&ShouldBeCounted = [](const decltype(*std::declval<IterTy>()) &) {
+      return true;
+    }) {
+  assert(N != std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max());
+  return !hasNItemsOrMore(Begin, End, N + 1, ShouldBeCounted);
+}
+
+/// Returns true if the given container has exactly N items
+template <typename ContainerTy> bool hasNItems(ContainerTy &&C, unsigned N) {
+  return hasNItems(std::begin(C), std::end(C), N);
+}
+
+/// Returns true if the given container has N or more items
+template <typename ContainerTy>
+bool hasNItemsOrMore(ContainerTy &&C, unsigned N) {
+  return hasNItemsOrMore(std::begin(C), std::end(C), N);
+}
+
+/// Returns true if the given container has N or less items
+template <typename ContainerTy>
+bool hasNItemsOrLess(ContainerTy &&C, unsigned N) {
+  return hasNItemsOrLess(std::begin(C), std::end(C), N);
+}
+
+/// Returns a raw pointer that represents the same address as the argument.
+///
+/// This implementation can be removed once we move to C++20 where it's defined
+/// as std::to_address().
+///
+/// The std::pointer_traits<>::to_address(p) variations of these overloads has
+/// not been implemented.
+template <class Ptr> auto to_address(const Ptr &P) { return P.operator->(); }
+template <class T> constexpr T *to_address(T *P) { return P; }
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_STLEXTRAS_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/STLForwardCompat.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/STLForwardCompat.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7bb9c7432a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/STLForwardCompat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- STLForwardCompat.h - Library features from future STLs ------C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file contains library features backported from future STL versions.
+///
+/// These should be replaced with their STL counterparts as the C++ version LLVM
+/// is compiled with is updated.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_STLFORWARDCOMPAT_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_STLFORWARDCOMPAT_H
+
+#include <type_traits>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//     Features from C++17
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+template <typename T>
+struct negation // NOLINT(readability-identifier-naming)
+    : std::integral_constant<bool, !bool(T::value)> {};
+
+template <typename...>
+struct conjunction // NOLINT(readability-identifier-naming)
+    : std::true_type {};
+template <typename B1> struct conjunction<B1> : B1 {};
+template <typename B1, typename... Bn>
+struct conjunction<B1, Bn...>
+    : std::conditional<bool(B1::value), conjunction<Bn...>, B1>::type {};
+
+template <typename...>
+struct disjunction // NOLINT(readability-identifier-naming)
+    : std::false_type {};
+template <typename B1> struct disjunction<B1> : B1 {};
+template <typename B1, typename... Bn>
+struct disjunction<B1, Bn...>
+    : std::conditional<bool(B1::value), B1, disjunction<Bn...>>::type {};
+
+struct in_place_t // NOLINT(readability-identifier-naming)
+{
+  explicit in_place_t() = default;
+};
+/// \warning This must not be odr-used, as it cannot be made \c inline in C++14.
+constexpr in_place_t in_place; // NOLINT(readability-identifier-naming)
+
+template <typename T>
+struct in_place_type_t // NOLINT(readability-identifier-naming)
+{
+  explicit in_place_type_t() = default;
+};
+
+template <std::size_t I>
+struct in_place_index_t // NOLINT(readability-identifier-naming)
+{
+  explicit in_place_index_t() = default;
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//     Features from C++20
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+template <typename T>
+struct remove_cvref // NOLINT(readability-identifier-naming)
+{
+  using type = std::remove_cv_t<std::remove_reference_t<T>>;
+};
+
+template <typename T>
+using remove_cvref_t // NOLINT(readability-identifier-naming)
+    = typename llvm::remove_cvref<T>::type;
+
+} // namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_STLFORWARDCOMPAT_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/STLFunctionalExtras.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/STLFunctionalExtras.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2ac0accaeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/STLFunctionalExtras.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/STLFunctionalExtras.h - Extras for <functional> -*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file contains some extension to <functional>.
+//
+// No library is required when using these functions.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_STLFUNCTIONALEXTRAS_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_STLFUNCTIONALEXTRAS_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/STLForwardCompat.h"
+
+#include <type_traits>
+#include <utility>
+#include <cstdint>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//     Extra additions to <functional>
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/// An efficient, type-erasing, non-owning reference to a callable. This is
+/// intended for use as the type of a function parameter that is not used
+/// after the function in question returns.
+///
+/// This class does not own the callable, so it is not in general safe to store
+/// a function_ref.
+template<typename Fn> class function_ref;
+
+template<typename Ret, typename ...Params>
+class function_ref<Ret(Params...)> {
+  Ret (*callback)(intptr_t callable, Params ...params) = nullptr;
+  intptr_t callable;
+
+  template<typename Callable>
+  static Ret callback_fn(intptr_t callable, Params ...params) {
+    return (*reinterpret_cast<Callable*>(callable))(
+        std::forward<Params>(params)...);
+  }
+
+public:
+  function_ref() = default;
+  function_ref(std::nullptr_t) {}
+
+  template <typename Callable>
+  function_ref(
+      Callable &&callable,
+      // This is not the copy-constructor.
+      std::enable_if_t<!std::is_same<remove_cvref_t<Callable>,
+                                     function_ref>::value> * = nullptr,
+      // Functor must be callable and return a suitable type.
+      std::enable_if_t<std::is_void<Ret>::value ||
+                       std::is_convertible<decltype(std::declval<Callable>()(
+                                               std::declval<Params>()...)),
+                                           Ret>::value> * = nullptr)
+      : callback(callback_fn<typename std::remove_reference<Callable>::type>),
+        callable(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(&callable)) {}
+
+  Ret operator()(Params ...params) const {
+    return callback(callable, std::forward<Params>(params)...);
+  }
+
+  explicit operator bool() const { return callback; }
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_STLFUNCTIONALEXTRAS_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ScopeExit.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ScopeExit.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ed4e3e11f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ScopeExit.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/ScopeExit.h - Execute code at scope exit --------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines the make_scope_exit function, which executes user-defined
+/// cleanup logic at scope exit.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_SCOPEEXIT_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_SCOPEEXIT_H
+
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+
+#include <type_traits>
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace llvm {
+namespace detail {
+
+template <typename Callable> class scope_exit {
+  Callable ExitFunction;
+  bool Engaged = true; // False once moved-from or release()d.
+
+public:
+  template <typename Fp>
+  explicit scope_exit(Fp &&F) : ExitFunction(std::forward<Fp>(F)) {}
+
+  scope_exit(scope_exit &&Rhs)
+      : ExitFunction(std::move(Rhs.ExitFunction)), Engaged(Rhs.Engaged) {
+    Rhs.release();
+  }
+  scope_exit(const scope_exit &) = delete;
+  scope_exit &operator=(scope_exit &&) = delete;
+  scope_exit &operator=(const scope_exit &) = delete;
+
+  void release() { Engaged = false; }
+
+  ~scope_exit() {
+    if (Engaged)
+      ExitFunction();
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace detail
+
+// Keeps the callable object that is passed in, and execute it at the
+// destruction of the returned object (usually at the scope exit where the
+// returned object is kept).
+//
+// Interface is specified by p0052r2.
+template <typename Callable>
+LLVM_NODISCARD detail::scope_exit<typename std::decay<Callable>::type>
+make_scope_exit(Callable &&F) {
+  return detail::scope_exit<typename std::decay<Callable>::type>(
+      std::forward<Callable>(F));
+}
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ScopedHashTable.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ScopedHashTable.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0336fd9a18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ScopedHashTable.h
@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- ScopedHashTable.h - A simple scoped hash table -----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file implements an efficient scoped hash table, which is useful for
+// things like dominator-based optimizations.  This allows clients to do things
+// like this:
+//
+//  ScopedHashTable<int, int> HT;
+//  {
+//    ScopedHashTableScope<int, int> Scope1(HT);
+//    HT.insert(0, 0);
+//    HT.insert(1, 1);
+//    {
+//      ScopedHashTableScope<int, int> Scope2(HT);
+//      HT.insert(0, 42);
+//    }
+//  }
+//
+// Looking up the value for "0" in the Scope2 block will return 42.  Looking
+// up the value for 0 before 42 is inserted or after Scope2 is popped will
+// return 0.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_SCOPEDHASHTABLE_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_SCOPEDHASHTABLE_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMapInfo.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/AllocatorBase.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <new>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+template <typename K, typename V, typename KInfo = DenseMapInfo<K>,
+          typename AllocatorTy = MallocAllocator>
+class ScopedHashTable;
+
+template <typename K, typename V>
+class ScopedHashTableVal {
+  ScopedHashTableVal *NextInScope;
+  ScopedHashTableVal *NextForKey;
+  K Key;
+  V Val;
+
+  ScopedHashTableVal(const K &key, const V &val) : Key(key), Val(val) {}
+
+public:
+  const K &getKey() const { return Key; }
+  const V &getValue() const { return Val; }
+  V &getValue() { return Val; }
+
+  ScopedHashTableVal *getNextForKey() { return NextForKey; }
+  const ScopedHashTableVal *getNextForKey() const { return NextForKey; }
+  ScopedHashTableVal *getNextInScope() { return NextInScope; }
+
+  template <typename AllocatorTy>
+  static ScopedHashTableVal *Create(ScopedHashTableVal *nextInScope,
+                                    ScopedHashTableVal *nextForKey,
+                                    const K &key, const V &val,
+                                    AllocatorTy &Allocator) {
+    ScopedHashTableVal *New = Allocator.template Allocate<ScopedHashTableVal>();
+    // Set up the value.
+    new (New) ScopedHashTableVal(key, val);
+    New->NextInScope = nextInScope;
+    New->NextForKey = nextForKey;
+    return New;
+  }
+
+  template <typename AllocatorTy> void Destroy(AllocatorTy &Allocator) {
+    // Free memory referenced by the item.
+    this->~ScopedHashTableVal();
+    Allocator.Deallocate(this);
+  }
+};
+
+template <typename K, typename V, typename KInfo = DenseMapInfo<K>,
+          typename AllocatorTy = MallocAllocator>
+class ScopedHashTableScope {
+  /// HT - The hashtable that we are active for.
+  ScopedHashTable<K, V, KInfo, AllocatorTy> &HT;
+
+  /// PrevScope - This is the scope that we are shadowing in HT.
+  ScopedHashTableScope *PrevScope;
+
+  /// LastValInScope - This is the last value that was inserted for this scope
+  /// or null if none have been inserted yet.
+  ScopedHashTableVal<K, V> *LastValInScope;
+
+public:
+  ScopedHashTableScope(ScopedHashTable<K, V, KInfo, AllocatorTy> &HT);
+  ScopedHashTableScope(ScopedHashTableScope &) = delete;
+  ScopedHashTableScope &operator=(ScopedHashTableScope &) = delete;
+  ~ScopedHashTableScope();
+
+  ScopedHashTableScope *getParentScope() { return PrevScope; }
+  const ScopedHashTableScope *getParentScope() const { return PrevScope; }
+
+private:
+  friend class ScopedHashTable<K, V, KInfo, AllocatorTy>;
+
+  ScopedHashTableVal<K, V> *getLastValInScope() {
+    return LastValInScope;
+  }
+
+  void setLastValInScope(ScopedHashTableVal<K, V> *Val) {
+    LastValInScope = Val;
+  }
+};
+
+template <typename K, typename V, typename KInfo = DenseMapInfo<K>>
+class ScopedHashTableIterator {
+  ScopedHashTableVal<K, V> *Node;
+
+public:
+  ScopedHashTableIterator(ScopedHashTableVal<K, V> *node) : Node(node) {}
+
+  V &operator*() const {
+    assert(Node && "Dereference end()");
+    return Node->getValue();
+  }
+  V *operator->() const {
+    return &Node->getValue();
+  }
+
+  bool operator==(const ScopedHashTableIterator &RHS) const {
+    return Node == RHS.Node;
+  }
+  bool operator!=(const ScopedHashTableIterator &RHS) const {
+    return Node != RHS.Node;
+  }
+
+  inline ScopedHashTableIterator& operator++() {          // Preincrement
+    assert(Node && "incrementing past end()");
+    Node = Node->getNextForKey();
+    return *this;
+  }
+  ScopedHashTableIterator operator++(int) {        // Postincrement
+    ScopedHashTableIterator tmp = *this; ++*this; return tmp;
+  }
+};
+
+template <typename K, typename V, typename KInfo, typename AllocatorTy>
+class ScopedHashTable {
+public:
+  /// ScopeTy - This is a helpful typedef that allows clients to get easy access
+  /// to the name of the scope for this hash table.
+  using ScopeTy = ScopedHashTableScope<K, V, KInfo, AllocatorTy>;
+  using size_type = unsigned;
+
+private:
+  friend class ScopedHashTableScope<K, V, KInfo, AllocatorTy>;
+
+  using ValTy = ScopedHashTableVal<K, V>;
+
+  DenseMap<K, ValTy*, KInfo> TopLevelMap;
+  ScopeTy *CurScope = nullptr;
+
+  AllocatorTy Allocator;
+
+public:
+  ScopedHashTable() = default;
+  ScopedHashTable(AllocatorTy A) : Allocator(A) {}
+  ScopedHashTable(const ScopedHashTable &) = delete;
+  ScopedHashTable &operator=(const ScopedHashTable &) = delete;
+
+  ~ScopedHashTable() {
+    assert(!CurScope && TopLevelMap.empty() && "Scope imbalance!");
+  }
+
+  /// Access to the allocator.
+  AllocatorTy &getAllocator() { return Allocator; }
+  const AllocatorTy &getAllocator() const { return Allocator; }
+
+  /// Return 1 if the specified key is in the table, 0 otherwise.
+  size_type count(const K &Key) const {
+    return TopLevelMap.count(Key);
+  }
+
+  V lookup(const K &Key) const {
+    auto I = TopLevelMap.find(Key);
+    if (I != TopLevelMap.end())
+      return I->second->getValue();
+
+    return V();
+  }
+
+  void insert(const K &Key, const V &Val) {
+    insertIntoScope(CurScope, Key, Val);
+  }
+
+  using iterator = ScopedHashTableIterator<K, V, KInfo>;
+
+  iterator end() { return iterator(nullptr); }
+
+  iterator begin(const K &Key) {
+    typename DenseMap<K, ValTy*, KInfo>::iterator I =
+      TopLevelMap.find(Key);
+    if (I == TopLevelMap.end()) return end();
+    return iterator(I->second);
+  }
+
+  ScopeTy *getCurScope() { return CurScope; }
+  const ScopeTy *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
+
+  /// insertIntoScope - This inserts the specified key/value at the specified
+  /// (possibly not the current) scope.  While it is ok to insert into a scope
+  /// that isn't the current one, it isn't ok to insert *underneath* an existing
+  /// value of the specified key.
+  void insertIntoScope(ScopeTy *S, const K &Key, const V &Val) {
+    assert(S && "No scope active!");
+    ScopedHashTableVal<K, V> *&KeyEntry = TopLevelMap[Key];
+    KeyEntry = ValTy::Create(S->getLastValInScope(), KeyEntry, Key, Val,
+                             Allocator);
+    S->setLastValInScope(KeyEntry);
+  }
+};
+
+/// ScopedHashTableScope ctor - Install this as the current scope for the hash
+/// table.
+template <typename K, typename V, typename KInfo, typename Allocator>
+ScopedHashTableScope<K, V, KInfo, Allocator>::
+  ScopedHashTableScope(ScopedHashTable<K, V, KInfo, Allocator> &ht) : HT(ht) {
+  PrevScope = HT.CurScope;
+  HT.CurScope = this;
+  LastValInScope = nullptr;
+}
+
+template <typename K, typename V, typename KInfo, typename Allocator>
+ScopedHashTableScope<K, V, KInfo, Allocator>::~ScopedHashTableScope() {
+  assert(HT.CurScope == this && "Scope imbalance!");
+  HT.CurScope = PrevScope;
+
+  // Pop and delete all values corresponding to this scope.
+  while (ScopedHashTableVal<K, V> *ThisEntry = LastValInScope) {
+    // Pop this value out of the TopLevelMap.
+    if (!ThisEntry->getNextForKey()) {
+      assert(HT.TopLevelMap[ThisEntry->getKey()] == ThisEntry &&
+             "Scope imbalance!");
+      HT.TopLevelMap.erase(ThisEntry->getKey());
+    } else {
+      ScopedHashTableVal<K, V> *&KeyEntry = HT.TopLevelMap[ThisEntry->getKey()];
+      assert(KeyEntry == ThisEntry && "Scope imbalance!");
+      KeyEntry = ThisEntry->getNextForKey();
+    }
+
+    // Pop this value out of the scope.
+    LastValInScope = ThisEntry->getNextInScope();
+
+    // Delete this entry.
+    ThisEntry->Destroy(HT.getAllocator());
+  }
+}
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_SCOPEDHASHTABLE_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/Sequence.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/Sequence.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2cd1085d1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/Sequence.h
@@ -0,0 +1,388 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- Sequence.h - Utility for producing sequences of values ---*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// \file
+/// Provides some synthesis utilities to produce sequences of values. The names
+/// are intentionally kept very short as they tend to occur in common and
+/// widely used contexts.
+///
+/// The `seq(A, B)` function produces a sequence of values from `A` to up to
+/// (but not including) `B`, i.e., [`A`, `B`), that can be safely iterated over.
+/// `seq` supports both integral (e.g., `int`, `char`, `uint32_t`) and enum
+/// types. `seq_inclusive(A, B)` produces a sequence of values from `A` to `B`,
+/// including `B`.
+///
+/// Examples with integral types:
+/// ```
+/// for (int x : seq(0, 3))
+///   outs() << x << " ";
+/// ```
+///
+/// Prints: `0 1 2 `.
+///
+/// ```
+/// for (int x : seq_inclusive(0, 3))
+///   outs() << x << " ";
+/// ```
+///
+/// Prints: `0 1 2 3 `.
+///
+/// Similar to `seq` and `seq_inclusive`, the `enum_seq` and
+/// `enum_seq_inclusive` functions produce sequences of enum values that can be
+/// iterated over.
+/// To enable iteration with enum types, you need to either mark enums as safe
+/// to iterate on by specializing `enum_iteration_traits`, or opt into
+/// potentially unsafe iteration at every callsite by passing
+/// `force_iteration_on_noniterable_enum`.
+///
+/// Examples with enum types:
+/// ```
+/// namespace X {
+///   enum class MyEnum : unsigned {A = 0, B, C};
+/// } // namespace X
+///
+/// template <> struct enum_iteration_traits<X::MyEnum> {
+///   static contexpr bool is_iterable = true;
+/// };
+///
+/// class MyClass {
+/// public:
+///   enum Safe { D = 3, E, F };
+///   enum MaybeUnsafe { G = 1, H = 2, I = 4 };
+/// };
+///
+/// template <> struct enum_iteration_traits<MyClass::Safe> {
+///   static contexpr bool is_iterable = true;
+/// };
+/// ```
+///
+/// ```
+///   for (auto v : enum_seq(MyClass::Safe::D, MyClass::Safe::F))
+///     outs() << int(v) << " ";
+/// ```
+///
+/// Prints: `3 4 `.
+///
+/// ```
+///   for (auto v : enum_seq(MyClass::MaybeUnsafe::H, MyClass::MaybeUnsafe::I,
+///                          force_iteration_on_noniterable_enum))
+///     outs() << int(v) << " ";
+/// ```
+///
+/// Prints: `2 3 `.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_SEQUENCE_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_SEQUENCE_H
+
+#include <cassert>     // assert
+#include <iterator>    // std::random_access_iterator_tag
+#include <limits>      // std::numeric_limits
+#include <type_traits> // std::is_integral, std::is_enum, std::underlying_type,
+                       // std::enable_if
+
+#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" // AddOverflow / SubOverflow
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+// Enum traits that marks enums as safe or unsafe to iterate over.
+// By default, enum types are *not* considered safe for iteration.
+// To allow iteration for your enum type, provide a specialization with
+// `is_iterable` set to `true` in the `llvm` namespace.
+// Alternatively, you can pass the `force_iteration_on_noniterable_enum` tag
+// to `enum_seq` or `enum_seq_inclusive`.
+template <typename EnumT> struct enum_iteration_traits {
+  static constexpr bool is_iterable = false;
+};
+
+struct force_iteration_on_noniterable_enum_t {
+  explicit force_iteration_on_noniterable_enum_t() = default;
+};
+
+// TODO: Make this `inline` once we update to C++17 to avoid ORD violations.
+constexpr force_iteration_on_noniterable_enum_t
+    force_iteration_on_noniterable_enum;
+
+namespace detail {
+
+// Returns whether a value of type U can be represented with type T.
+template <typename T, typename U> bool canTypeFitValue(const U Value) {
+  const intmax_t BotT = intmax_t(std::numeric_limits<T>::min());
+  const intmax_t BotU = intmax_t(std::numeric_limits<U>::min());
+  const uintmax_t TopT = uintmax_t(std::numeric_limits<T>::max());
+  const uintmax_t TopU = uintmax_t(std::numeric_limits<U>::max());
+  return !((BotT > BotU && Value < static_cast<U>(BotT)) ||
+           (TopT < TopU && Value > static_cast<U>(TopT)));
+}
+
+// An integer type that asserts when:
+// - constructed from a value that doesn't fit into intmax_t,
+// - casted to a type that cannot hold the current value,
+// - its internal representation overflows.
+struct CheckedInt {
+  // Integral constructor, asserts if Value cannot be represented as intmax_t.
+  template <typename Integral, typename std::enable_if_t<
+                                   std::is_integral<Integral>::value, bool> = 0>
+  static CheckedInt from(Integral FromValue) {
+    if (!canTypeFitValue<intmax_t>(FromValue))
+      assertOutOfBounds();
+    CheckedInt Result;
+    Result.Value = static_cast<intmax_t>(FromValue);
+    return Result;
+  }
+
+  // Enum constructor, asserts if Value cannot be represented as intmax_t.
+  template <typename Enum,
+            typename std::enable_if_t<std::is_enum<Enum>::value, bool> = 0>
+  static CheckedInt from(Enum FromValue) {
+    using type = typename std::underlying_type<Enum>::type;
+    return from<type>(static_cast<type>(FromValue));
+  }
+
+  // Equality
+  bool operator==(const CheckedInt &O) const { return Value == O.Value; }
+  bool operator!=(const CheckedInt &O) const { return Value != O.Value; }
+
+  CheckedInt operator+(intmax_t Offset) const {
+    CheckedInt Result;
+    if (AddOverflow(Value, Offset, Result.Value))
+      assertOutOfBounds();
+    return Result;
+  }
+
+  intmax_t operator-(CheckedInt Other) const {
+    intmax_t Result;
+    if (SubOverflow(Value, Other.Value, Result))
+      assertOutOfBounds();
+    return Result;
+  }
+
+  // Convert to integral, asserts if Value cannot be represented as Integral.
+  template <typename Integral, typename std::enable_if_t<
+                                   std::is_integral<Integral>::value, bool> = 0>
+  Integral to() const {
+    if (!canTypeFitValue<Integral>(Value))
+      assertOutOfBounds();
+    return static_cast<Integral>(Value);
+  }
+
+  // Convert to enum, asserts if Value cannot be represented as Enum's
+  // underlying type.
+  template <typename Enum,
+            typename std::enable_if_t<std::is_enum<Enum>::value, bool> = 0>
+  Enum to() const {
+    using type = typename std::underlying_type<Enum>::type;
+    return Enum(to<type>());
+  }
+
+private:
+  static void assertOutOfBounds() { assert(false && "Out of bounds"); }
+
+  intmax_t Value;
+};
+
+template <typename T, bool IsReverse> struct SafeIntIterator {
+  using iterator_category = std::random_access_iterator_tag;
+  using value_type = T;
+  using difference_type = intmax_t;
+  using pointer = T *;
+  using reference = T &;
+
+  // Construct from T.
+  explicit SafeIntIterator(T Value) : SI(CheckedInt::from<T>(Value)) {}
+  // Construct from other direction.
+  SafeIntIterator(const SafeIntIterator<T, !IsReverse> &O) : SI(O.SI) {}
+
+  // Dereference
+  value_type operator*() const { return SI.to<T>(); }
+  // Indexing
+  value_type operator[](intmax_t Offset) const { return *(*this + Offset); }
+
+  // Can be compared for equivalence using the equality/inequality operators.
+  bool operator==(const SafeIntIterator &O) const { return SI == O.SI; }
+  bool operator!=(const SafeIntIterator &O) const { return SI != O.SI; }
+  // Comparison
+  bool operator<(const SafeIntIterator &O) const { return (*this - O) < 0; }
+  bool operator>(const SafeIntIterator &O) const { return (*this - O) > 0; }
+  bool operator<=(const SafeIntIterator &O) const { return (*this - O) <= 0; }
+  bool operator>=(const SafeIntIterator &O) const { return (*this - O) >= 0; }
+
+  // Pre Increment/Decrement
+  void operator++() { offset(1); }
+  void operator--() { offset(-1); }
+
+  // Post Increment/Decrement
+  SafeIntIterator operator++(int) {
+    const auto Copy = *this;
+    ++*this;
+    return Copy;
+  }
+  SafeIntIterator operator--(int) {
+    const auto Copy = *this;
+    --*this;
+    return Copy;
+  }
+
+  // Compound assignment operators
+  void operator+=(intmax_t Offset) { offset(Offset); }
+  void operator-=(intmax_t Offset) { offset(-Offset); }
+
+  // Arithmetic
+  SafeIntIterator operator+(intmax_t Offset) const { return add(Offset); }
+  SafeIntIterator operator-(intmax_t Offset) const { return add(-Offset); }
+
+  // Difference
+  intmax_t operator-(const SafeIntIterator &O) const {
+    return IsReverse ? O.SI - SI : SI - O.SI;
+  }
+
+private:
+  SafeIntIterator(const CheckedInt &SI) : SI(SI) {}
+
+  static intmax_t getOffset(intmax_t Offset) {
+    return IsReverse ? -Offset : Offset;
+  }
+
+  CheckedInt add(intmax_t Offset) const { return SI + getOffset(Offset); }
+
+  void offset(intmax_t Offset) { SI = SI + getOffset(Offset); }
+
+  CheckedInt SI;
+
+  // To allow construction from the other direction.
+  template <typename, bool> friend struct SafeIntIterator;
+};
+
+} // namespace detail
+
+template <typename T> struct iota_range {
+  using value_type = T;
+  using reference = T &;
+  using const_reference = const T &;
+  using iterator = detail::SafeIntIterator<value_type, false>;
+  using const_iterator = iterator;
+  using reverse_iterator = detail::SafeIntIterator<value_type, true>;
+  using const_reverse_iterator = reverse_iterator;
+  using difference_type = intmax_t;
+  using size_type = std::size_t;
+
+  explicit iota_range(T Begin, T End, bool Inclusive)
+      : BeginValue(Begin), PastEndValue(End) {
+    assert(Begin <= End && "Begin must be less or equal to End.");
+    if (Inclusive)
+      ++PastEndValue;
+  }
+
+  size_t size() const { return PastEndValue - BeginValue; }
+  bool empty() const { return BeginValue == PastEndValue; }
+
+  auto begin() const { return const_iterator(BeginValue); }
+  auto end() const { return const_iterator(PastEndValue); }
+
+  auto rbegin() const { return const_reverse_iterator(PastEndValue - 1); }
+  auto rend() const { return const_reverse_iterator(BeginValue - 1); }
+
+private:
+  static_assert(std::is_integral<T>::value || std::is_enum<T>::value,
+                "T must be an integral or enum type");
+  static_assert(std::is_same<T, std::remove_cv_t<T>>::value,
+                "T must not be const nor volatile");
+
+  iterator BeginValue;
+  iterator PastEndValue;
+};
+
+/// Iterate over an integral type from Begin up to - but not including - End.
+/// Note: Begin and End values have to be within [INTMAX_MIN, INTMAX_MAX] for
+/// forward iteration (resp. [INTMAX_MIN + 1, INTMAX_MAX] for reverse
+/// iteration).
+template <typename T, typename = std::enable_if_t<std::is_integral<T>::value &&
+                                                  !std::is_enum<T>::value>>
+auto seq(T Begin, T End) {
+  return iota_range<T>(Begin, End, false);
+}
+
+/// Iterate over an integral type from Begin to End inclusive.
+/// Note: Begin and End values have to be within [INTMAX_MIN, INTMAX_MAX - 1]
+/// for forward iteration (resp. [INTMAX_MIN + 1, INTMAX_MAX - 1] for reverse
+/// iteration).
+template <typename T, typename = std::enable_if_t<std::is_integral<T>::value &&
+                                                  !std::is_enum<T>::value>>
+auto seq_inclusive(T Begin, T End) {
+  return iota_range<T>(Begin, End, true);
+}
+
+/// Iterate over an enum type from Begin up to - but not including - End.
+/// Note: `enum_seq` will generate each consecutive value, even if no
+/// enumerator with that value exists.
+/// Note: Begin and End values have to be within [INTMAX_MIN, INTMAX_MAX] for
+/// forward iteration (resp. [INTMAX_MIN + 1, INTMAX_MAX] for reverse
+/// iteration).
+template <typename EnumT,
+          typename = std::enable_if_t<std::is_enum<EnumT>::value>>
+auto enum_seq(EnumT Begin, EnumT End) {
+  static_assert(enum_iteration_traits<EnumT>::is_iterable,
+                "Enum type is not marked as iterable.");
+  return iota_range<EnumT>(Begin, End, false);
+}
+
+/// Iterate over an enum type from Begin up to - but not including - End, even
+/// when `EnumT` is not marked as safely iterable by `enum_iteration_traits`.
+/// Note: `enum_seq` will generate each consecutive value, even if no
+/// enumerator with that value exists.
+/// Note: Begin and End values have to be within [INTMAX_MIN, INTMAX_MAX] for
+/// forward iteration (resp. [INTMAX_MIN + 1, INTMAX_MAX] for reverse
+/// iteration).
+template <typename EnumT,
+          typename = std::enable_if_t<std::is_enum<EnumT>::value>>
+auto enum_seq(EnumT Begin, EnumT End, force_iteration_on_noniterable_enum_t) {
+  return iota_range<EnumT>(Begin, End, false);
+}
+
+/// Iterate over an enum type from Begin to End inclusive.
+/// Note: `enum_seq_inclusive` will generate each consecutive value, even if no
+/// enumerator with that value exists.
+/// Note: Begin and End values have to be within [INTMAX_MIN, INTMAX_MAX - 1]
+/// for forward iteration (resp. [INTMAX_MIN + 1, INTMAX_MAX - 1] for reverse
+/// iteration).
+template <typename EnumT,
+          typename = std::enable_if_t<std::is_enum<EnumT>::value>>
+auto enum_seq_inclusive(EnumT Begin, EnumT End) {
+  static_assert(enum_iteration_traits<EnumT>::is_iterable,
+                "Enum type is not marked as iterable.");
+  return iota_range<EnumT>(Begin, End, true);
+}
+
+/// Iterate over an enum type from Begin to End inclusive, even when `EnumT`
+/// is not marked as safely iterable by `enum_iteration_traits`.
+/// Note: `enum_seq_inclusive` will generate each consecutive value, even if no
+/// enumerator with that value exists.
+/// Note: Begin and End values have to be within [INTMAX_MIN, INTMAX_MAX - 1]
+/// for forward iteration (resp. [INTMAX_MIN + 1, INTMAX_MAX - 1] for reverse
+/// iteration).
+template <typename EnumT,
+          typename = std::enable_if_t<std::is_enum<EnumT>::value>>
+auto enum_seq_inclusive(EnumT Begin, EnumT End,
+                        force_iteration_on_noniterable_enum_t) {
+  return iota_range<EnumT>(Begin, End, true);
+}
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_SEQUENCE_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SetOperations.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SetOperations.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ffddec525e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SetOperations.h
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===-- llvm/ADT/SetOperations.h - Generic Set Operations -------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines generic set operations that may be used on set's of
+/// different types, and different element types.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_SETOPERATIONS_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_SETOPERATIONS_H
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// set_union(A, B) - Compute A := A u B, return whether A changed.
+///
+template <class S1Ty, class S2Ty>
+bool set_union(S1Ty &S1, const S2Ty &S2) {
+  bool Changed = false;
+
+  for (typename S2Ty::const_iterator SI = S2.begin(), SE = S2.end();
+       SI != SE; ++SI)
+    if (S1.insert(*SI).second)
+      Changed = true;
+
+  return Changed;
+}
+
+/// set_intersect(A, B) - Compute A := A ^ B
+/// Identical to set_intersection, except that it works on set<>'s and
+/// is nicer to use.  Functionally, this iterates through S1, removing
+/// elements that are not contained in S2.
+///
+template <class S1Ty, class S2Ty>
+void set_intersect(S1Ty &S1, const S2Ty &S2) {
+   for (typename S1Ty::iterator I = S1.begin(); I != S1.end();) {
+     const auto &E = *I;
+     ++I;
+     if (!S2.count(E)) S1.erase(E);   // Erase element if not in S2
+   }
+}
+
+/// set_difference(A, B) - Return A - B
+///
+template <class S1Ty, class S2Ty>
+S1Ty set_difference(const S1Ty &S1, const S2Ty &S2) {
+  S1Ty Result;
+  for (typename S1Ty::const_iterator SI = S1.begin(), SE = S1.end();
+       SI != SE; ++SI)
+    if (!S2.count(*SI))       // if the element is not in set2
+      Result.insert(*SI);
+  return Result;
+}
+
+/// set_subtract(A, B) - Compute A := A - B
+///
+template <class S1Ty, class S2Ty>
+void set_subtract(S1Ty &S1, const S2Ty &S2) {
+  for (typename S2Ty::const_iterator SI = S2.begin(), SE = S2.end();
+       SI != SE; ++SI)
+    S1.erase(*SI);
+}
+
+/// set_is_subset(A, B) - Return true iff A in B
+///
+template <class S1Ty, class S2Ty>
+bool set_is_subset(const S1Ty &S1, const S2Ty &S2) {
+  if (S1.size() > S2.size())
+    return false;
+  for (const auto It : S1)
+    if (!S2.count(It))
+      return false;
+  return true;
+}
+
+} // End llvm namespace
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SetVector.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SetVector.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..006a2e85c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SetVector.h
@@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/SetVector.h - Set with insert order iteration ---*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file implements a set that has insertion order iteration
+/// characteristics. This is useful for keeping a set of things that need to be
+/// visited later but in a deterministic order (insertion order). The interface
+/// is purposefully minimal.
+///
+/// This file defines SetVector and SmallSetVector, which performs no
+/// allocations if the SetVector has less than a certain number of elements.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_SETVECTOR_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_SETVECTOR_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <iterator>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// A vector that has set insertion semantics.
+///
+/// This adapter class provides a way to keep a set of things that also has the
+/// property of a deterministic iteration order. The order of iteration is the
+/// order of insertion.
+template <typename T, typename Vector = std::vector<T>,
+          typename Set = DenseSet<T>>
+class SetVector {
+public:
+  using value_type = T;
+  using key_type = T;
+  using reference = T&;
+  using const_reference = const T&;
+  using set_type = Set;
+  using vector_type = Vector;
+  using iterator = typename vector_type::const_iterator;
+  using const_iterator = typename vector_type::const_iterator;
+  using reverse_iterator = typename vector_type::const_reverse_iterator;
+  using const_reverse_iterator = typename vector_type::const_reverse_iterator;
+  using size_type = typename vector_type::size_type;
+
+  /// Construct an empty SetVector
+  SetVector() = default;
+
+  /// Initialize a SetVector with a range of elements
+  template<typename It>
+  SetVector(It Start, It End) {
+    insert(Start, End);
+  }
+
+  ArrayRef<T> getArrayRef() const { return vector_; }
+
+  /// Clear the SetVector and return the underlying vector.
+  Vector takeVector() {
+    set_.clear();
+    return std::move(vector_);
+  }
+
+  /// Determine if the SetVector is empty or not.
+  bool empty() const {
+    return vector_.empty();
+  }
+
+  /// Determine the number of elements in the SetVector.
+  size_type size() const {
+    return vector_.size();
+  }
+
+  /// Get an iterator to the beginning of the SetVector.
+  iterator begin() {
+    return vector_.begin();
+  }
+
+  /// Get a const_iterator to the beginning of the SetVector.
+  const_iterator begin() const {
+    return vector_.begin();
+  }
+
+  /// Get an iterator to the end of the SetVector.
+  iterator end() {
+    return vector_.end();
+  }
+
+  /// Get a const_iterator to the end of the SetVector.
+  const_iterator end() const {
+    return vector_.end();
+  }
+
+  /// Get an reverse_iterator to the end of the SetVector.
+  reverse_iterator rbegin() {
+    return vector_.rbegin();
+  }
+
+  /// Get a const_reverse_iterator to the end of the SetVector.
+  const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const {
+    return vector_.rbegin();
+  }
+
+  /// Get a reverse_iterator to the beginning of the SetVector.
+  reverse_iterator rend() {
+    return vector_.rend();
+  }
+
+  /// Get a const_reverse_iterator to the beginning of the SetVector.
+  const_reverse_iterator rend() const {
+    return vector_.rend();
+  }
+
+  /// Return the first element of the SetVector.
+  const T &front() const {
+    assert(!empty() && "Cannot call front() on empty SetVector!");
+    return vector_.front();
+  }
+
+  /// Return the last element of the SetVector.
+  const T &back() const {
+    assert(!empty() && "Cannot call back() on empty SetVector!");
+    return vector_.back();
+  }
+
+  /// Index into the SetVector.
+  const_reference operator[](size_type n) const {
+    assert(n < vector_.size() && "SetVector access out of range!");
+    return vector_[n];
+  }
+
+  /// Insert a new element into the SetVector.
+  /// \returns true if the element was inserted into the SetVector.
+  bool insert(const value_type &X) {
+    bool result = set_.insert(X).second;
+    if (result)
+      vector_.push_back(X);
+    return result;
+  }
+
+  /// Insert a range of elements into the SetVector.
+  template<typename It>
+  void insert(It Start, It End) {
+    for (; Start != End; ++Start)
+      if (set_.insert(*Start).second)
+        vector_.push_back(*Start);
+  }
+
+  /// Remove an item from the set vector.
+  bool remove(const value_type& X) {
+    if (set_.erase(X)) {
+      typename vector_type::iterator I = find(vector_, X);
+      assert(I != vector_.end() && "Corrupted SetVector instances!");
+      vector_.erase(I);
+      return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// Erase a single element from the set vector.
+  /// \returns an iterator pointing to the next element that followed the
+  /// element erased. This is the end of the SetVector if the last element is
+  /// erased.
+  iterator erase(iterator I) {
+    const key_type &V = *I;
+    assert(set_.count(V) && "Corrupted SetVector instances!");
+    set_.erase(V);
+
+    // FIXME: No need to use the non-const iterator when built with
+    // std::vector.erase(const_iterator) as defined in C++11. This is for
+    // compatibility with non-standard libstdc++ up to 4.8 (fixed in 4.9).
+    auto NI = vector_.begin();
+    std::advance(NI, std::distance<iterator>(NI, I));
+
+    return vector_.erase(NI);
+  }
+
+  /// Remove items from the set vector based on a predicate function.
+  ///
+  /// This is intended to be equivalent to the following code, if we could
+  /// write it:
+  ///
+  /// \code
+  ///   V.erase(remove_if(V, P), V.end());
+  /// \endcode
+  ///
+  /// However, SetVector doesn't expose non-const iterators, making any
+  /// algorithm like remove_if impossible to use.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if any element is removed.
+  template <typename UnaryPredicate>
+  bool remove_if(UnaryPredicate P) {
+    typename vector_type::iterator I =
+        llvm::remove_if(vector_, TestAndEraseFromSet<UnaryPredicate>(P, set_));
+    if (I == vector_.end())
+      return false;
+    vector_.erase(I, vector_.end());
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  /// Check if the SetVector contains the given key.
+  bool contains(const key_type &key) const {
+    return set_.find(key) != set_.end();
+  }
+
+  /// Count the number of elements of a given key in the SetVector.
+  /// \returns 0 if the element is not in the SetVector, 1 if it is.
+  size_type count(const key_type &key) const {
+    return set_.count(key);
+  }
+
+  /// Completely clear the SetVector
+  void clear() {
+    set_.clear();
+    vector_.clear();
+  }
+
+  /// Remove the last element of the SetVector.
+  void pop_back() {
+    assert(!empty() && "Cannot remove an element from an empty SetVector!");
+    set_.erase(back());
+    vector_.pop_back();
+  }
+
+  LLVM_NODISCARD T pop_back_val() {
+    T Ret = back();
+    pop_back();
+    return Ret;
+  }
+
+  bool operator==(const SetVector &that) const {
+    return vector_ == that.vector_;
+  }
+
+  bool operator!=(const SetVector &that) const {
+    return vector_ != that.vector_;
+  }
+
+  /// Compute This := This u S, return whether 'This' changed.
+  /// TODO: We should be able to use set_union from SetOperations.h, but
+  ///       SetVector interface is inconsistent with DenseSet.
+  template <class STy>
+  bool set_union(const STy &S) {
+    bool Changed = false;
+
+    for (typename STy::const_iterator SI = S.begin(), SE = S.end(); SI != SE;
+         ++SI)
+      if (insert(*SI))
+        Changed = true;
+
+    return Changed;
+  }
+
+  /// Compute This := This - B
+  /// TODO: We should be able to use set_subtract from SetOperations.h, but
+  ///       SetVector interface is inconsistent with DenseSet.
+  template <class STy>
+  void set_subtract(const STy &S) {
+    for (typename STy::const_iterator SI = S.begin(), SE = S.end(); SI != SE;
+         ++SI)
+      remove(*SI);
+  }
+
+  void swap(SetVector<T, Vector, Set> &RHS) {
+    set_.swap(RHS.set_);
+    vector_.swap(RHS.vector_);
+  }
+
+private:
+  /// A wrapper predicate designed for use with std::remove_if.
+  ///
+  /// This predicate wraps a predicate suitable for use with std::remove_if to
+  /// call set_.erase(x) on each element which is slated for removal.
+  template <typename UnaryPredicate>
+  class TestAndEraseFromSet {
+    UnaryPredicate P;
+    set_type &set_;
+
+  public:
+    TestAndEraseFromSet(UnaryPredicate P, set_type &set_)
+        : P(std::move(P)), set_(set_) {}
+
+    template <typename ArgumentT>
+    bool operator()(const ArgumentT &Arg) {
+      if (P(Arg)) {
+        set_.erase(Arg);
+        return true;
+      }
+      return false;
+    }
+  };
+
+  set_type set_;         ///< The set.
+  vector_type vector_;   ///< The vector.
+};
+
+/// A SetVector that performs no allocations if smaller than
+/// a certain size.
+template <typename T, unsigned N>
+class SmallSetVector
+    : public SetVector<T, SmallVector<T, N>, SmallDenseSet<T, N>> {
+public:
+  SmallSetVector() = default;
+
+  /// Initialize a SmallSetVector with a range of elements
+  template<typename It>
+  SmallSetVector(It Start, It End) {
+    this->insert(Start, End);
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+namespace std {
+
+/// Implement std::swap in terms of SetVector swap.
+template<typename T, typename V, typename S>
+inline void
+swap(llvm::SetVector<T, V, S> &LHS, llvm::SetVector<T, V, S> &RHS) {
+  LHS.swap(RHS);
+}
+
+/// Implement std::swap in terms of SmallSetVector swap.
+template<typename T, unsigned N>
+inline void
+swap(llvm::SmallSetVector<T, N> &LHS, llvm::SmallSetVector<T, N> &RHS) {
+  LHS.swap(RHS);
+}
+
+} // end namespace std
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_SETVECTOR_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aae99f6b7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h
@@ -0,0 +1,772 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h - 'Normally small' bit vectors -*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file implements the SmallBitVector class.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_SMALLBITVECTOR_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_SMALLBITVECTOR_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/BitVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <cassert>
+#include <climits>
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <cstdint>
+#include <limits>
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// This is a 'bitvector' (really, a variable-sized bit array), optimized for
+/// the case when the array is small. It contains one pointer-sized field, which
+/// is directly used as a plain collection of bits when possible, or as a
+/// pointer to a larger heap-allocated array when necessary. This allows normal
+/// "small" cases to be fast without losing generality for large inputs.
+class SmallBitVector {
+  // TODO: In "large" mode, a pointer to a BitVector is used, leading to an
+  // unnecessary level of indirection. It would be more efficient to use a
+  // pointer to memory containing size, allocation size, and the array of bits.
+  uintptr_t X = 1;
+
+  enum {
+    // The number of bits in this class.
+    NumBaseBits = sizeof(uintptr_t) * CHAR_BIT,
+
+    // One bit is used to discriminate between small and large mode. The
+    // remaining bits are used for the small-mode representation.
+    SmallNumRawBits = NumBaseBits - 1,
+
+    // A few more bits are used to store the size of the bit set in small mode.
+    // Theoretically this is a ceil-log2. These bits are encoded in the most
+    // significant bits of the raw bits.
+    SmallNumSizeBits = (NumBaseBits == 32 ? 5 :
+                        NumBaseBits == 64 ? 6 :
+                        SmallNumRawBits),
+
+    // The remaining bits are used to store the actual set in small mode.
+    SmallNumDataBits = SmallNumRawBits - SmallNumSizeBits
+  };
+
+  static_assert(NumBaseBits == 64 || NumBaseBits == 32,
+                "Unsupported word size");
+
+public:
+  using size_type = uintptr_t;
+
+  // Encapsulation of a single bit.
+  class reference {
+    SmallBitVector &TheVector;
+    unsigned BitPos;
+
+  public:
+    reference(SmallBitVector &b, unsigned Idx) : TheVector(b), BitPos(Idx) {}
+
+    reference(const reference&) = default;
+
+    reference& operator=(reference t) {
+      *this = bool(t);
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    reference& operator=(bool t) {
+      if (t)
+        TheVector.set(BitPos);
+      else
+        TheVector.reset(BitPos);
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    operator bool() const {
+      return const_cast<const SmallBitVector &>(TheVector).operator[](BitPos);
+    }
+  };
+
+private:
+  BitVector *getPointer() const {
+    assert(!isSmall());
+    return reinterpret_cast<BitVector *>(X);
+  }
+
+  void switchToSmall(uintptr_t NewSmallBits, size_type NewSize) {
+    X = 1;
+    setSmallSize(NewSize);
+    setSmallBits(NewSmallBits);
+  }
+
+  void switchToLarge(BitVector *BV) {
+    X = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(BV);
+    assert(!isSmall() && "Tried to use an unaligned pointer");
+  }
+
+  // Return all the bits used for the "small" representation; this includes
+  // bits for the size as well as the element bits.
+  uintptr_t getSmallRawBits() const {
+    assert(isSmall());
+    return X >> 1;
+  }
+
+  void setSmallRawBits(uintptr_t NewRawBits) {
+    assert(isSmall());
+    X = (NewRawBits << 1) | uintptr_t(1);
+  }
+
+  // Return the size.
+  size_type getSmallSize() const {
+    return getSmallRawBits() >> SmallNumDataBits;
+  }
+
+  void setSmallSize(size_type Size) {
+    setSmallRawBits(getSmallBits() | (Size << SmallNumDataBits));
+  }
+
+  // Return the element bits.
+  uintptr_t getSmallBits() const {
+    return getSmallRawBits() & ~(~uintptr_t(0) << getSmallSize());
+  }
+
+  void setSmallBits(uintptr_t NewBits) {
+    setSmallRawBits((NewBits & ~(~uintptr_t(0) << getSmallSize())) |
+                    (getSmallSize() << SmallNumDataBits));
+  }
+
+public:
+  /// Creates an empty bitvector.
+  SmallBitVector() = default;
+
+  /// Creates a bitvector of specified number of bits. All bits are initialized
+  /// to the specified value.
+  explicit SmallBitVector(unsigned s, bool t = false) {
+    if (s <= SmallNumDataBits)
+      switchToSmall(t ? ~uintptr_t(0) : 0, s);
+    else
+      switchToLarge(new BitVector(s, t));
+  }
+
+  /// SmallBitVector copy ctor.
+  SmallBitVector(const SmallBitVector &RHS) {
+    if (RHS.isSmall())
+      X = RHS.X;
+    else
+      switchToLarge(new BitVector(*RHS.getPointer()));
+  }
+
+  SmallBitVector(SmallBitVector &&RHS) : X(RHS.X) {
+    RHS.X = 1;
+  }
+
+  ~SmallBitVector() {
+    if (!isSmall())
+      delete getPointer();
+  }
+
+  using const_set_bits_iterator = const_set_bits_iterator_impl<SmallBitVector>;
+  using set_iterator = const_set_bits_iterator;
+
+  const_set_bits_iterator set_bits_begin() const {
+    return const_set_bits_iterator(*this);
+  }
+
+  const_set_bits_iterator set_bits_end() const {
+    return const_set_bits_iterator(*this, -1);
+  }
+
+  iterator_range<const_set_bits_iterator> set_bits() const {
+    return make_range(set_bits_begin(), set_bits_end());
+  }
+
+  bool isSmall() const { return X & uintptr_t(1); }
+
+  /// Tests whether there are no bits in this bitvector.
+  bool empty() const {
+    return isSmall() ? getSmallSize() == 0 : getPointer()->empty();
+  }
+
+  /// Returns the number of bits in this bitvector.
+  size_type size() const {
+    return isSmall() ? getSmallSize() : getPointer()->size();
+  }
+
+  /// Returns the number of bits which are set.
+  size_type count() const {
+    if (isSmall()) {
+      uintptr_t Bits = getSmallBits();
+      return countPopulation(Bits);
+    }
+    return getPointer()->count();
+  }
+
+  /// Returns true if any bit is set.
+  bool any() const {
+    if (isSmall())
+      return getSmallBits() != 0;
+    return getPointer()->any();
+  }
+
+  /// Returns true if all bits are set.
+  bool all() const {
+    if (isSmall())
+      return getSmallBits() == (uintptr_t(1) << getSmallSize()) - 1;
+    return getPointer()->all();
+  }
+
+  /// Returns true if none of the bits are set.
+  bool none() const {
+    if (isSmall())
+      return getSmallBits() == 0;
+    return getPointer()->none();
+  }
+
+  /// Returns the index of the first set bit, -1 if none of the bits are set.
+  int find_first() const {
+    if (isSmall()) {
+      uintptr_t Bits = getSmallBits();
+      if (Bits == 0)
+        return -1;
+      return countTrailingZeros(Bits);
+    }
+    return getPointer()->find_first();
+  }
+
+  int find_last() const {
+    if (isSmall()) {
+      uintptr_t Bits = getSmallBits();
+      if (Bits == 0)
+        return -1;
+      return NumBaseBits - countLeadingZeros(Bits) - 1;
+    }
+    return getPointer()->find_last();
+  }
+
+  /// Returns the index of the first unset bit, -1 if all of the bits are set.
+  int find_first_unset() const {
+    if (isSmall()) {
+      if (count() == getSmallSize())
+        return -1;
+
+      uintptr_t Bits = getSmallBits();
+      return countTrailingOnes(Bits);
+    }
+    return getPointer()->find_first_unset();
+  }
+
+  int find_last_unset() const {
+    if (isSmall()) {
+      if (count() == getSmallSize())
+        return -1;
+
+      uintptr_t Bits = getSmallBits();
+      // Set unused bits.
+      Bits |= ~uintptr_t(0) << getSmallSize();
+      return NumBaseBits - countLeadingOnes(Bits) - 1;
+    }
+    return getPointer()->find_last_unset();
+  }
+
+  /// Returns the index of the next set bit following the "Prev" bit.
+  /// Returns -1 if the next set bit is not found.
+  int find_next(unsigned Prev) const {
+    if (isSmall()) {
+      uintptr_t Bits = getSmallBits();
+      // Mask off previous bits.
+      Bits &= ~uintptr_t(0) << (Prev + 1);
+      if (Bits == 0 || Prev + 1 >= getSmallSize())
+        return -1;
+      return countTrailingZeros(Bits);
+    }
+    return getPointer()->find_next(Prev);
+  }
+
+  /// Returns the index of the next unset bit following the "Prev" bit.
+  /// Returns -1 if the next unset bit is not found.
+  int find_next_unset(unsigned Prev) const {
+    if (isSmall()) {
+      uintptr_t Bits = getSmallBits();
+      // Mask in previous bits.
+      Bits |= (uintptr_t(1) << (Prev + 1)) - 1;
+      // Mask in unused bits.
+      Bits |= ~uintptr_t(0) << getSmallSize();
+
+      if (Bits == ~uintptr_t(0) || Prev + 1 >= getSmallSize())
+        return -1;
+      return countTrailingOnes(Bits);
+    }
+    return getPointer()->find_next_unset(Prev);
+  }
+
+  /// find_prev - Returns the index of the first set bit that precedes the
+  /// the bit at \p PriorTo.  Returns -1 if all previous bits are unset.
+  int find_prev(unsigned PriorTo) const {
+    if (isSmall()) {
+      if (PriorTo == 0)
+        return -1;
+
+      --PriorTo;
+      uintptr_t Bits = getSmallBits();
+      Bits &= maskTrailingOnes<uintptr_t>(PriorTo + 1);
+      if (Bits == 0)
+        return -1;
+
+      return NumBaseBits - countLeadingZeros(Bits) - 1;
+    }
+    return getPointer()->find_prev(PriorTo);
+  }
+
+  /// Clear all bits.
+  void clear() {
+    if (!isSmall())
+      delete getPointer();
+    switchToSmall(0, 0);
+  }
+
+  /// Grow or shrink the bitvector.
+  void resize(unsigned N, bool t = false) {
+    if (!isSmall()) {
+      getPointer()->resize(N, t);
+    } else if (SmallNumDataBits >= N) {
+      uintptr_t NewBits = t ? ~uintptr_t(0) << getSmallSize() : 0;
+      setSmallSize(N);
+      setSmallBits(NewBits | getSmallBits());
+    } else {
+      BitVector *BV = new BitVector(N, t);
+      uintptr_t OldBits = getSmallBits();
+      for (size_type I = 0, E = getSmallSize(); I != E; ++I)
+        (*BV)[I] = (OldBits >> I) & 1;
+      switchToLarge(BV);
+    }
+  }
+
+  void reserve(unsigned N) {
+    if (isSmall()) {
+      if (N > SmallNumDataBits) {
+        uintptr_t OldBits = getSmallRawBits();
+        size_type SmallSize = getSmallSize();
+        BitVector *BV = new BitVector(SmallSize);
+        for (size_type I = 0; I < SmallSize; ++I)
+          if ((OldBits >> I) & 1)
+            BV->set(I);
+        BV->reserve(N);
+        switchToLarge(BV);
+      }
+    } else {
+      getPointer()->reserve(N);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Set, reset, flip
+  SmallBitVector &set() {
+    if (isSmall())
+      setSmallBits(~uintptr_t(0));
+    else
+      getPointer()->set();
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  SmallBitVector &set(unsigned Idx) {
+    if (isSmall()) {
+      assert(Idx <= static_cast<unsigned>(
+                        std::numeric_limits<uintptr_t>::digits) &&
+             "undefined behavior");
+      setSmallBits(getSmallBits() | (uintptr_t(1) << Idx));
+    }
+    else
+      getPointer()->set(Idx);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// Efficiently set a range of bits in [I, E)
+  SmallBitVector &set(unsigned I, unsigned E) {
+    assert(I <= E && "Attempted to set backwards range!");
+    assert(E <= size() && "Attempted to set out-of-bounds range!");
+    if (I == E) return *this;
+    if (isSmall()) {
+      uintptr_t EMask = ((uintptr_t)1) << E;
+      uintptr_t IMask = ((uintptr_t)1) << I;
+      uintptr_t Mask = EMask - IMask;
+      setSmallBits(getSmallBits() | Mask);
+    } else
+      getPointer()->set(I, E);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  SmallBitVector &reset() {
+    if (isSmall())
+      setSmallBits(0);
+    else
+      getPointer()->reset();
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  SmallBitVector &reset(unsigned Idx) {
+    if (isSmall())
+      setSmallBits(getSmallBits() & ~(uintptr_t(1) << Idx));
+    else
+      getPointer()->reset(Idx);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// Efficiently reset a range of bits in [I, E)
+  SmallBitVector &reset(unsigned I, unsigned E) {
+    assert(I <= E && "Attempted to reset backwards range!");
+    assert(E <= size() && "Attempted to reset out-of-bounds range!");
+    if (I == E) return *this;
+    if (isSmall()) {
+      uintptr_t EMask = ((uintptr_t)1) << E;
+      uintptr_t IMask = ((uintptr_t)1) << I;
+      uintptr_t Mask = EMask - IMask;
+      setSmallBits(getSmallBits() & ~Mask);
+    } else
+      getPointer()->reset(I, E);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  SmallBitVector &flip() {
+    if (isSmall())
+      setSmallBits(~getSmallBits());
+    else
+      getPointer()->flip();
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  SmallBitVector &flip(unsigned Idx) {
+    if (isSmall())
+      setSmallBits(getSmallBits() ^ (uintptr_t(1) << Idx));
+    else
+      getPointer()->flip(Idx);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  // No argument flip.
+  SmallBitVector operator~() const {
+    return SmallBitVector(*this).flip();
+  }
+
+  // Indexing.
+  reference operator[](unsigned Idx) {
+    assert(Idx < size() && "Out-of-bounds Bit access.");
+    return reference(*this, Idx);
+  }
+
+  bool operator[](unsigned Idx) const {
+    assert(Idx < size() && "Out-of-bounds Bit access.");
+    if (isSmall())
+      return ((getSmallBits() >> Idx) & 1) != 0;
+    return getPointer()->operator[](Idx);
+  }
+
+  /// Return the last element in the vector.
+  bool back() const {
+    assert(!empty() && "Getting last element of empty vector.");
+    return (*this)[size() - 1];
+  }
+
+  bool test(unsigned Idx) const {
+    return (*this)[Idx];
+  }
+
+  // Push single bit to end of vector.
+  void push_back(bool Val) {
+    resize(size() + 1, Val);
+  }
+
+  /// Pop one bit from the end of the vector.
+  void pop_back() {
+    assert(!empty() && "Empty vector has no element to pop.");
+    resize(size() - 1);
+  }
+
+  /// Test if any common bits are set.
+  bool anyCommon(const SmallBitVector &RHS) const {
+    if (isSmall() && RHS.isSmall())
+      return (getSmallBits() & RHS.getSmallBits()) != 0;
+    if (!isSmall() && !RHS.isSmall())
+      return getPointer()->anyCommon(*RHS.getPointer());
+
+    for (unsigned i = 0, e = std::min(size(), RHS.size()); i != e; ++i)
+      if (test(i) && RHS.test(i))
+        return true;
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  // Comparison operators.
+  bool operator==(const SmallBitVector &RHS) const {
+    if (size() != RHS.size())
+      return false;
+    if (isSmall() && RHS.isSmall())
+      return getSmallBits() == RHS.getSmallBits();
+    else if (!isSmall() && !RHS.isSmall())
+      return *getPointer() == *RHS.getPointer();
+    else {
+      for (size_type I = 0, E = size(); I != E; ++I) {
+        if ((*this)[I] != RHS[I])
+          return false;
+      }
+      return true;
+    }
+  }
+
+  bool operator!=(const SmallBitVector &RHS) const {
+    return !(*this == RHS);
+  }
+
+  // Intersection, union, disjoint union.
+  // FIXME BitVector::operator&= does not resize the LHS but this does
+  SmallBitVector &operator&=(const SmallBitVector &RHS) {
+    resize(std::max(size(), RHS.size()));
+    if (isSmall() && RHS.isSmall())
+      setSmallBits(getSmallBits() & RHS.getSmallBits());
+    else if (!isSmall() && !RHS.isSmall())
+      getPointer()->operator&=(*RHS.getPointer());
+    else {
+      size_type I, E;
+      for (I = 0, E = std::min(size(), RHS.size()); I != E; ++I)
+        (*this)[I] = test(I) && RHS.test(I);
+      for (E = size(); I != E; ++I)
+        reset(I);
+    }
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// Reset bits that are set in RHS. Same as *this &= ~RHS.
+  SmallBitVector &reset(const SmallBitVector &RHS) {
+    if (isSmall() && RHS.isSmall())
+      setSmallBits(getSmallBits() & ~RHS.getSmallBits());
+    else if (!isSmall() && !RHS.isSmall())
+      getPointer()->reset(*RHS.getPointer());
+    else
+      for (unsigned i = 0, e = std::min(size(), RHS.size()); i != e; ++i)
+        if (RHS.test(i))
+          reset(i);
+
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// Check if (This - RHS) is zero. This is the same as reset(RHS) and any().
+  bool test(const SmallBitVector &RHS) const {
+    if (isSmall() && RHS.isSmall())
+      return (getSmallBits() & ~RHS.getSmallBits()) != 0;
+    if (!isSmall() && !RHS.isSmall())
+      return getPointer()->test(*RHS.getPointer());
+
+    unsigned i, e;
+    for (i = 0, e = std::min(size(), RHS.size()); i != e; ++i)
+      if (test(i) && !RHS.test(i))
+        return true;
+
+    for (e = size(); i != e; ++i)
+      if (test(i))
+        return true;
+
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  SmallBitVector &operator|=(const SmallBitVector &RHS) {
+    resize(std::max(size(), RHS.size()));
+    if (isSmall() && RHS.isSmall())
+      setSmallBits(getSmallBits() | RHS.getSmallBits());
+    else if (!isSmall() && !RHS.isSmall())
+      getPointer()->operator|=(*RHS.getPointer());
+    else {
+      for (size_type I = 0, E = RHS.size(); I != E; ++I)
+        (*this)[I] = test(I) || RHS.test(I);
+    }
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  SmallBitVector &operator^=(const SmallBitVector &RHS) {
+    resize(std::max(size(), RHS.size()));
+    if (isSmall() && RHS.isSmall())
+      setSmallBits(getSmallBits() ^ RHS.getSmallBits());
+    else if (!isSmall() && !RHS.isSmall())
+      getPointer()->operator^=(*RHS.getPointer());
+    else {
+      for (size_type I = 0, E = RHS.size(); I != E; ++I)
+        (*this)[I] = test(I) != RHS.test(I);
+    }
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  SmallBitVector &operator<<=(unsigned N) {
+    if (isSmall())
+      setSmallBits(getSmallBits() << N);
+    else
+      getPointer()->operator<<=(N);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  SmallBitVector &operator>>=(unsigned N) {
+    if (isSmall())
+      setSmallBits(getSmallBits() >> N);
+    else
+      getPointer()->operator>>=(N);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  // Assignment operator.
+  const SmallBitVector &operator=(const SmallBitVector &RHS) {
+    if (isSmall()) {
+      if (RHS.isSmall())
+        X = RHS.X;
+      else
+        switchToLarge(new BitVector(*RHS.getPointer()));
+    } else {
+      if (!RHS.isSmall())
+        *getPointer() = *RHS.getPointer();
+      else {
+        delete getPointer();
+        X = RHS.X;
+      }
+    }
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  const SmallBitVector &operator=(SmallBitVector &&RHS) {
+    if (this != &RHS) {
+      clear();
+      swap(RHS);
+    }
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  void swap(SmallBitVector &RHS) {
+    std::swap(X, RHS.X);
+  }
+
+  /// Add '1' bits from Mask to this vector. Don't resize.
+  /// This computes "*this |= Mask".
+  void setBitsInMask(const uint32_t *Mask, unsigned MaskWords = ~0u) {
+    if (isSmall())
+      applyMask<true, false>(Mask, MaskWords);
+    else
+      getPointer()->setBitsInMask(Mask, MaskWords);
+  }
+
+  /// Clear any bits in this vector that are set in Mask. Don't resize.
+  /// This computes "*this &= ~Mask".
+  void clearBitsInMask(const uint32_t *Mask, unsigned MaskWords = ~0u) {
+    if (isSmall())
+      applyMask<false, false>(Mask, MaskWords);
+    else
+      getPointer()->clearBitsInMask(Mask, MaskWords);
+  }
+
+  /// Add a bit to this vector for every '0' bit in Mask. Don't resize.
+  /// This computes "*this |= ~Mask".
+  void setBitsNotInMask(const uint32_t *Mask, unsigned MaskWords = ~0u) {
+    if (isSmall())
+      applyMask<true, true>(Mask, MaskWords);
+    else
+      getPointer()->setBitsNotInMask(Mask, MaskWords);
+  }
+
+  /// Clear a bit in this vector for every '0' bit in Mask. Don't resize.
+  /// This computes "*this &= Mask".
+  void clearBitsNotInMask(const uint32_t *Mask, unsigned MaskWords = ~0u) {
+    if (isSmall())
+      applyMask<false, true>(Mask, MaskWords);
+    else
+      getPointer()->clearBitsNotInMask(Mask, MaskWords);
+  }
+
+  void invalid() {
+    assert(empty());
+    X = (uintptr_t)-1;
+  }
+  bool isInvalid() const { return X == (uintptr_t)-1; }
+
+  ArrayRef<uintptr_t> getData(uintptr_t &Store) const {
+    if (!isSmall())
+      return getPointer()->getData();
+    Store = getSmallBits();
+    return makeArrayRef(Store);
+  }
+
+private:
+  template <bool AddBits, bool InvertMask>
+  void applyMask(const uint32_t *Mask, unsigned MaskWords) {
+    assert(MaskWords <= sizeof(uintptr_t) && "Mask is larger than base!");
+    uintptr_t M = Mask[0];
+    if (NumBaseBits == 64)
+      M |= uint64_t(Mask[1]) << 32;
+    if (InvertMask)
+      M = ~M;
+    if (AddBits)
+      setSmallBits(getSmallBits() | M);
+    else
+      setSmallBits(getSmallBits() & ~M);
+  }
+};
+
+inline SmallBitVector
+operator&(const SmallBitVector &LHS, const SmallBitVector &RHS) {
+  SmallBitVector Result(LHS);
+  Result &= RHS;
+  return Result;
+}
+
+inline SmallBitVector
+operator|(const SmallBitVector &LHS, const SmallBitVector &RHS) {
+  SmallBitVector Result(LHS);
+  Result |= RHS;
+  return Result;
+}
+
+inline SmallBitVector
+operator^(const SmallBitVector &LHS, const SmallBitVector &RHS) {
+  SmallBitVector Result(LHS);
+  Result ^= RHS;
+  return Result;
+}
+
+template <> struct DenseMapInfo<SmallBitVector> {
+  static inline SmallBitVector getEmptyKey() { return SmallBitVector(); }
+  static inline SmallBitVector getTombstoneKey() {
+    SmallBitVector V;
+    V.invalid();
+    return V;
+  }
+  static unsigned getHashValue(const SmallBitVector &V) {
+    uintptr_t Store;
+    return DenseMapInfo<
+        std::pair<SmallBitVector::size_type, ArrayRef<uintptr_t>>>::
+        getHashValue(std::make_pair(V.size(), V.getData(Store)));
+  }
+  static bool isEqual(const SmallBitVector &LHS, const SmallBitVector &RHS) {
+    if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
+      return LHS.isInvalid() == RHS.isInvalid();
+    return LHS == RHS;
+  }
+};
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+namespace std {
+
+/// Implement std::swap in terms of BitVector swap.
+inline void
+swap(llvm::SmallBitVector &LHS, llvm::SmallBitVector &RHS) {
+  LHS.swap(RHS);
+}
+
+} // end namespace std
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_SMALLBITVECTOR_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..301209a3c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h
@@ -0,0 +1,529 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h - 'Normally small' pointer set ----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines the SmallPtrSet class.  See the doxygen comment for
+/// SmallPtrSetImplBase for more details on the algorithm used.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_SMALLPTRSET_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_SMALLPTRSET_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/EpochTracker.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ReverseIteration.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <cstdlib>
+#include <cstring>
+#include <initializer_list>
+#include <iterator>
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// SmallPtrSetImplBase - This is the common code shared among all the
+/// SmallPtrSet<>'s, which is almost everything.  SmallPtrSet has two modes, one
+/// for small and one for large sets.
+///
+/// Small sets use an array of pointers allocated in the SmallPtrSet object,
+/// which is treated as a simple array of pointers.  When a pointer is added to
+/// the set, the array is scanned to see if the element already exists, if not
+/// the element is 'pushed back' onto the array.  If we run out of space in the
+/// array, we grow into the 'large set' case.  SmallSet should be used when the
+/// sets are often small.  In this case, no memory allocation is used, and only
+/// light-weight and cache-efficient scanning is used.
+///
+/// Large sets use a classic exponentially-probed hash table.  Empty buckets are
+/// represented with an illegal pointer value (-1) to allow null pointers to be
+/// inserted.  Tombstones are represented with another illegal pointer value
+/// (-2), to allow deletion.  The hash table is resized when the table is 3/4 or
+/// more.  When this happens, the table is doubled in size.
+///
+class SmallPtrSetImplBase : public DebugEpochBase {
+  friend class SmallPtrSetIteratorImpl;
+
+protected:
+  /// SmallArray - Points to a fixed size set of buckets, used in 'small mode'.
+  const void **SmallArray;
+  /// CurArray - This is the current set of buckets.  If equal to SmallArray,
+  /// then the set is in 'small mode'.
+  const void **CurArray;
+  /// CurArraySize - The allocated size of CurArray, always a power of two.
+  unsigned CurArraySize;
+
+  /// Number of elements in CurArray that contain a value or are a tombstone.
+  /// If small, all these elements are at the beginning of CurArray and the rest
+  /// is uninitialized.
+  unsigned NumNonEmpty;
+  /// Number of tombstones in CurArray.
+  unsigned NumTombstones;
+
+  // Helpers to copy and move construct a SmallPtrSet.
+  SmallPtrSetImplBase(const void **SmallStorage,
+                      const SmallPtrSetImplBase &that);
+  SmallPtrSetImplBase(const void **SmallStorage, unsigned SmallSize,
+                      SmallPtrSetImplBase &&that);
+
+  explicit SmallPtrSetImplBase(const void **SmallStorage, unsigned SmallSize)
+      : SmallArray(SmallStorage), CurArray(SmallStorage),
+        CurArraySize(SmallSize), NumNonEmpty(0), NumTombstones(0) {
+    assert(SmallSize && (SmallSize & (SmallSize-1)) == 0 &&
+           "Initial size must be a power of two!");
+  }
+
+  ~SmallPtrSetImplBase() {
+    if (!isSmall())
+      free(CurArray);
+  }
+
+public:
+  using size_type = unsigned;
+
+  SmallPtrSetImplBase &operator=(const SmallPtrSetImplBase &) = delete;
+
+  LLVM_NODISCARD bool empty() const { return size() == 0; }
+  size_type size() const { return NumNonEmpty - NumTombstones; }
+
+  void clear() {
+    incrementEpoch();
+    // If the capacity of the array is huge, and the # elements used is small,
+    // shrink the array.
+    if (!isSmall()) {
+      if (size() * 4 < CurArraySize && CurArraySize > 32)
+        return shrink_and_clear();
+      // Fill the array with empty markers.
+      memset(CurArray, -1, CurArraySize * sizeof(void *));
+    }
+
+    NumNonEmpty = 0;
+    NumTombstones = 0;
+  }
+
+protected:
+  static void *getTombstoneMarker() { return reinterpret_cast<void*>(-2); }
+
+  static void *getEmptyMarker() {
+    // Note that -1 is chosen to make clear() efficiently implementable with
+    // memset and because it's not a valid pointer value.
+    return reinterpret_cast<void*>(-1);
+  }
+
+  const void **EndPointer() const {
+    return isSmall() ? CurArray + NumNonEmpty : CurArray + CurArraySize;
+  }
+
+  /// insert_imp - This returns true if the pointer was new to the set, false if
+  /// it was already in the set.  This is hidden from the client so that the
+  /// derived class can check that the right type of pointer is passed in.
+  std::pair<const void *const *, bool> insert_imp(const void *Ptr) {
+    if (isSmall()) {
+      // Check to see if it is already in the set.
+      const void **LastTombstone = nullptr;
+      for (const void **APtr = SmallArray, **E = SmallArray + NumNonEmpty;
+           APtr != E; ++APtr) {
+        const void *Value = *APtr;
+        if (Value == Ptr)
+          return std::make_pair(APtr, false);
+        if (Value == getTombstoneMarker())
+          LastTombstone = APtr;
+      }
+
+      // Did we find any tombstone marker?
+      if (LastTombstone != nullptr) {
+        *LastTombstone = Ptr;
+        --NumTombstones;
+        incrementEpoch();
+        return std::make_pair(LastTombstone, true);
+      }
+
+      // Nope, there isn't.  If we stay small, just 'pushback' now.
+      if (NumNonEmpty < CurArraySize) {
+        SmallArray[NumNonEmpty++] = Ptr;
+        incrementEpoch();
+        return std::make_pair(SmallArray + (NumNonEmpty - 1), true);
+      }
+      // Otherwise, hit the big set case, which will call grow.
+    }
+    return insert_imp_big(Ptr);
+  }
+
+  /// erase_imp - If the set contains the specified pointer, remove it and
+  /// return true, otherwise return false.  This is hidden from the client so
+  /// that the derived class can check that the right type of pointer is passed
+  /// in.
+  bool erase_imp(const void * Ptr) {
+    const void *const *P = find_imp(Ptr);
+    if (P == EndPointer())
+      return false;
+
+    const void **Loc = const_cast<const void **>(P);
+    assert(*Loc == Ptr && "broken find!");
+    *Loc = getTombstoneMarker();
+    NumTombstones++;
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  /// Returns the raw pointer needed to construct an iterator.  If element not
+  /// found, this will be EndPointer.  Otherwise, it will be a pointer to the
+  /// slot which stores Ptr;
+  const void *const * find_imp(const void * Ptr) const {
+    if (isSmall()) {
+      // Linear search for the item.
+      for (const void *const *APtr = SmallArray,
+                      *const *E = SmallArray + NumNonEmpty; APtr != E; ++APtr)
+        if (*APtr == Ptr)
+          return APtr;
+      return EndPointer();
+    }
+
+    // Big set case.
+    auto *Bucket = FindBucketFor(Ptr);
+    if (*Bucket == Ptr)
+      return Bucket;
+    return EndPointer();
+  }
+
+private:
+  bool isSmall() const { return CurArray == SmallArray; }
+
+  std::pair<const void *const *, bool> insert_imp_big(const void *Ptr);
+
+  const void * const *FindBucketFor(const void *Ptr) const;
+  void shrink_and_clear();
+
+  /// Grow - Allocate a larger backing store for the buckets and move it over.
+  void Grow(unsigned NewSize);
+
+protected:
+  /// swap - Swaps the elements of two sets.
+  /// Note: This method assumes that both sets have the same small size.
+  void swap(SmallPtrSetImplBase &RHS);
+
+  void CopyFrom(const SmallPtrSetImplBase &RHS);
+  void MoveFrom(unsigned SmallSize, SmallPtrSetImplBase &&RHS);
+
+private:
+  /// Code shared by MoveFrom() and move constructor.
+  void MoveHelper(unsigned SmallSize, SmallPtrSetImplBase &&RHS);
+  /// Code shared by CopyFrom() and copy constructor.
+  void CopyHelper(const SmallPtrSetImplBase &RHS);
+};
+
+/// SmallPtrSetIteratorImpl - This is the common base class shared between all
+/// instances of SmallPtrSetIterator.
+class SmallPtrSetIteratorImpl {
+protected:
+  const void *const *Bucket;
+  const void *const *End;
+
+public:
+  explicit SmallPtrSetIteratorImpl(const void *const *BP, const void*const *E)
+    : Bucket(BP), End(E) {
+    if (shouldReverseIterate()) {
+      RetreatIfNotValid();
+      return;
+    }
+    AdvanceIfNotValid();
+  }
+
+  bool operator==(const SmallPtrSetIteratorImpl &RHS) const {
+    return Bucket == RHS.Bucket;
+  }
+  bool operator!=(const SmallPtrSetIteratorImpl &RHS) const {
+    return Bucket != RHS.Bucket;
+  }
+
+protected:
+  /// AdvanceIfNotValid - If the current bucket isn't valid, advance to a bucket
+  /// that is.   This is guaranteed to stop because the end() bucket is marked
+  /// valid.
+  void AdvanceIfNotValid() {
+    assert(Bucket <= End);
+    while (Bucket != End &&
+           (*Bucket == SmallPtrSetImplBase::getEmptyMarker() ||
+            *Bucket == SmallPtrSetImplBase::getTombstoneMarker()))
+      ++Bucket;
+  }
+  void RetreatIfNotValid() {
+    assert(Bucket >= End);
+    while (Bucket != End &&
+           (Bucket[-1] == SmallPtrSetImplBase::getEmptyMarker() ||
+            Bucket[-1] == SmallPtrSetImplBase::getTombstoneMarker())) {
+      --Bucket;
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+/// SmallPtrSetIterator - This implements a const_iterator for SmallPtrSet.
+template <typename PtrTy>
+class SmallPtrSetIterator : public SmallPtrSetIteratorImpl,
+                            DebugEpochBase::HandleBase {
+  using PtrTraits = PointerLikeTypeTraits<PtrTy>;
+
+public:
+  using value_type = PtrTy;
+  using reference = PtrTy;
+  using pointer = PtrTy;
+  using difference_type = std::ptrdiff_t;
+  using iterator_category = std::forward_iterator_tag;
+
+  explicit SmallPtrSetIterator(const void *const *BP, const void *const *E,
+                               const DebugEpochBase &Epoch)
+      : SmallPtrSetIteratorImpl(BP, E), DebugEpochBase::HandleBase(&Epoch) {}
+
+  // Most methods are provided by the base class.
+
+  const PtrTy operator*() const {
+    assert(isHandleInSync() && "invalid iterator access!");
+    if (shouldReverseIterate()) {
+      assert(Bucket > End);
+      return PtrTraits::getFromVoidPointer(const_cast<void *>(Bucket[-1]));
+    }
+    assert(Bucket < End);
+    return PtrTraits::getFromVoidPointer(const_cast<void*>(*Bucket));
+  }
+
+  inline SmallPtrSetIterator& operator++() {          // Preincrement
+    assert(isHandleInSync() && "invalid iterator access!");
+    if (shouldReverseIterate()) {
+      --Bucket;
+      RetreatIfNotValid();
+      return *this;
+    }
+    ++Bucket;
+    AdvanceIfNotValid();
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  SmallPtrSetIterator operator++(int) {        // Postincrement
+    SmallPtrSetIterator tmp = *this;
+    ++*this;
+    return tmp;
+  }
+};
+
+/// RoundUpToPowerOfTwo - This is a helper template that rounds N up to the next
+/// power of two (which means N itself if N is already a power of two).
+template<unsigned N>
+struct RoundUpToPowerOfTwo;
+
+/// RoundUpToPowerOfTwoH - If N is not a power of two, increase it.  This is a
+/// helper template used to implement RoundUpToPowerOfTwo.
+template<unsigned N, bool isPowerTwo>
+struct RoundUpToPowerOfTwoH {
+  enum { Val = N };
+};
+template<unsigned N>
+struct RoundUpToPowerOfTwoH<N, false> {
+  enum {
+    // We could just use NextVal = N+1, but this converges faster.  N|(N-1) sets
+    // the right-most zero bits to one all at once, e.g. 0b0011000 -> 0b0011111.
+    Val = RoundUpToPowerOfTwo<(N|(N-1)) + 1>::Val
+  };
+};
+
+template<unsigned N>
+struct RoundUpToPowerOfTwo {
+  enum { Val = RoundUpToPowerOfTwoH<N, (N&(N-1)) == 0>::Val };
+};
+
+/// A templated base class for \c SmallPtrSet which provides the
+/// typesafe interface that is common across all small sizes.
+///
+/// This is particularly useful for passing around between interface boundaries
+/// to avoid encoding a particular small size in the interface boundary.
+template <typename PtrType>
+class SmallPtrSetImpl : public SmallPtrSetImplBase {
+  using ConstPtrType = typename add_const_past_pointer<PtrType>::type;
+  using PtrTraits = PointerLikeTypeTraits<PtrType>;
+  using ConstPtrTraits = PointerLikeTypeTraits<ConstPtrType>;
+
+protected:
+  // Forward constructors to the base.
+  using SmallPtrSetImplBase::SmallPtrSetImplBase;
+
+public:
+  using iterator = SmallPtrSetIterator<PtrType>;
+  using const_iterator = SmallPtrSetIterator<PtrType>;
+  using key_type = ConstPtrType;
+  using value_type = PtrType;
+
+  SmallPtrSetImpl(const SmallPtrSetImpl &) = delete;
+
+  /// Inserts Ptr if and only if there is no element in the container equal to
+  /// Ptr. The bool component of the returned pair is true if and only if the
+  /// insertion takes place, and the iterator component of the pair points to
+  /// the element equal to Ptr.
+  std::pair<iterator, bool> insert(PtrType Ptr) {
+    auto p = insert_imp(PtrTraits::getAsVoidPointer(Ptr));
+    return std::make_pair(makeIterator(p.first), p.second);
+  }
+
+  /// Insert the given pointer with an iterator hint that is ignored. This is
+  /// identical to calling insert(Ptr), but allows SmallPtrSet to be used by
+  /// std::insert_iterator and std::inserter().
+  iterator insert(iterator, PtrType Ptr) {
+    return insert(Ptr).first;
+  }
+
+  /// erase - If the set contains the specified pointer, remove it and return
+  /// true, otherwise return false.
+  bool erase(PtrType Ptr) {
+    return erase_imp(PtrTraits::getAsVoidPointer(Ptr));
+  }
+  /// count - Return 1 if the specified pointer is in the set, 0 otherwise.
+  size_type count(ConstPtrType Ptr) const {
+    return find_imp(ConstPtrTraits::getAsVoidPointer(Ptr)) != EndPointer();
+  }
+  iterator find(ConstPtrType Ptr) const {
+    return makeIterator(find_imp(ConstPtrTraits::getAsVoidPointer(Ptr)));
+  }
+  bool contains(ConstPtrType Ptr) const {
+    return find_imp(ConstPtrTraits::getAsVoidPointer(Ptr)) != EndPointer();
+  }
+
+  template <typename IterT>
+  void insert(IterT I, IterT E) {
+    for (; I != E; ++I)
+      insert(*I);
+  }
+
+  void insert(std::initializer_list<PtrType> IL) {
+    insert(IL.begin(), IL.end());
+  }
+
+  iterator begin() const {
+    if (shouldReverseIterate())
+      return makeIterator(EndPointer() - 1);
+    return makeIterator(CurArray);
+  }
+  iterator end() const { return makeIterator(EndPointer()); }
+
+private:
+  /// Create an iterator that dereferences to same place as the given pointer.
+  iterator makeIterator(const void *const *P) const {
+    if (shouldReverseIterate())
+      return iterator(P == EndPointer() ? CurArray : P + 1, CurArray, *this);
+    return iterator(P, EndPointer(), *this);
+  }
+};
+
+/// Equality comparison for SmallPtrSet.
+///
+/// Iterates over elements of LHS confirming that each value from LHS is also in
+/// RHS, and that no additional values are in RHS.
+template <typename PtrType>
+bool operator==(const SmallPtrSetImpl<PtrType> &LHS,
+                const SmallPtrSetImpl<PtrType> &RHS) {
+  if (LHS.size() != RHS.size())
+    return false;
+
+  for (const auto *KV : LHS)
+    if (!RHS.count(KV))
+      return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/// Inequality comparison for SmallPtrSet.
+///
+/// Equivalent to !(LHS == RHS).
+template <typename PtrType>
+bool operator!=(const SmallPtrSetImpl<PtrType> &LHS,
+                const SmallPtrSetImpl<PtrType> &RHS) {
+  return !(LHS == RHS);
+}
+
+/// SmallPtrSet - This class implements a set which is optimized for holding
+/// SmallSize or less elements.  This internally rounds up SmallSize to the next
+/// power of two if it is not already a power of two.  See the comments above
+/// SmallPtrSetImplBase for details of the algorithm.
+template<class PtrType, unsigned SmallSize>
+class SmallPtrSet : public SmallPtrSetImpl<PtrType> {
+  // In small mode SmallPtrSet uses linear search for the elements, so it is
+  // not a good idea to choose this value too high. You may consider using a
+  // DenseSet<> instead if you expect many elements in the set.
+  static_assert(SmallSize <= 32, "SmallSize should be small");
+
+  using BaseT = SmallPtrSetImpl<PtrType>;
+
+  // Make sure that SmallSize is a power of two, round up if not.
+  enum { SmallSizePowTwo = RoundUpToPowerOfTwo<SmallSize>::Val };
+  /// SmallStorage - Fixed size storage used in 'small mode'.
+  const void *SmallStorage[SmallSizePowTwo];
+
+public:
+  SmallPtrSet() : BaseT(SmallStorage, SmallSizePowTwo) {}
+  SmallPtrSet(const SmallPtrSet &that) : BaseT(SmallStorage, that) {}
+  SmallPtrSet(SmallPtrSet &&that)
+      : BaseT(SmallStorage, SmallSizePowTwo, std::move(that)) {}
+
+  template<typename It>
+  SmallPtrSet(It I, It E) : BaseT(SmallStorage, SmallSizePowTwo) {
+    this->insert(I, E);
+  }
+
+  SmallPtrSet(std::initializer_list<PtrType> IL)
+      : BaseT(SmallStorage, SmallSizePowTwo) {
+    this->insert(IL.begin(), IL.end());
+  }
+
+  SmallPtrSet<PtrType, SmallSize> &
+  operator=(const SmallPtrSet<PtrType, SmallSize> &RHS) {
+    if (&RHS != this)
+      this->CopyFrom(RHS);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  SmallPtrSet<PtrType, SmallSize> &
+  operator=(SmallPtrSet<PtrType, SmallSize> &&RHS) {
+    if (&RHS != this)
+      this->MoveFrom(SmallSizePowTwo, std::move(RHS));
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  SmallPtrSet<PtrType, SmallSize> &
+  operator=(std::initializer_list<PtrType> IL) {
+    this->clear();
+    this->insert(IL.begin(), IL.end());
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// swap - Swaps the elements of two sets.
+  void swap(SmallPtrSet<PtrType, SmallSize> &RHS) {
+    SmallPtrSetImplBase::swap(RHS);
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+namespace std {
+
+  /// Implement std::swap in terms of SmallPtrSet swap.
+  template<class T, unsigned N>
+  inline void swap(llvm::SmallPtrSet<T, N> &LHS, llvm::SmallPtrSet<T, N> &RHS) {
+    LHS.swap(RHS);
+  }
+
+} // end namespace std
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_SMALLPTRSET_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..472b8fb362
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h
@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h - 'Normally small' sets --------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines the SmallSet class.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_SMALLSET_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_SMALLSET_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/None.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/iterator.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <functional>
+#include <set>
+#include <type_traits>
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// SmallSetIterator - This class implements a const_iterator for SmallSet by
+/// delegating to the underlying SmallVector or Set iterators.
+template <typename T, unsigned N, typename C>
+class SmallSetIterator
+    : public iterator_facade_base<SmallSetIterator<T, N, C>,
+                                  std::forward_iterator_tag, T> {
+private:
+  using SetIterTy = typename std::set<T, C>::const_iterator;
+  using VecIterTy = typename SmallVector<T, N>::const_iterator;
+  using SelfTy = SmallSetIterator<T, N, C>;
+
+  /// Iterators to the parts of the SmallSet containing the data. They are set
+  /// depending on isSmall.
+  union {
+    SetIterTy SetIter;
+    VecIterTy VecIter;
+  };
+
+  bool isSmall;
+
+public:
+  SmallSetIterator(SetIterTy SetIter) : SetIter(SetIter), isSmall(false) {}
+
+  SmallSetIterator(VecIterTy VecIter) : VecIter(VecIter), isSmall(true) {}
+
+  // Spell out destructor, copy/move constructor and assignment operators for
+  // MSVC STL, where set<T>::const_iterator is not trivially copy constructible.
+  ~SmallSetIterator() {
+    if (isSmall)
+      VecIter.~VecIterTy();
+    else
+      SetIter.~SetIterTy();
+  }
+
+  SmallSetIterator(const SmallSetIterator &Other) : isSmall(Other.isSmall) {
+    if (isSmall)
+      VecIter = Other.VecIter;
+    else
+      // Use placement new, to make sure SetIter is properly constructed, even
+      // if it is not trivially copy-able (e.g. in MSVC).
+      new (&SetIter) SetIterTy(Other.SetIter);
+  }
+
+  SmallSetIterator(SmallSetIterator &&Other) : isSmall(Other.isSmall) {
+    if (isSmall)
+      VecIter = std::move(Other.VecIter);
+    else
+      // Use placement new, to make sure SetIter is properly constructed, even
+      // if it is not trivially copy-able (e.g. in MSVC).
+      new (&SetIter) SetIterTy(std::move(Other.SetIter));
+  }
+
+  SmallSetIterator& operator=(const SmallSetIterator& Other) {
+    // Call destructor for SetIter, so it gets properly destroyed if it is
+    // not trivially destructible in case we are setting VecIter.
+    if (!isSmall)
+      SetIter.~SetIterTy();
+
+    isSmall = Other.isSmall;
+    if (isSmall)
+      VecIter = Other.VecIter;
+    else
+      new (&SetIter) SetIterTy(Other.SetIter);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  SmallSetIterator& operator=(SmallSetIterator&& Other) {
+    // Call destructor for SetIter, so it gets properly destroyed if it is
+    // not trivially destructible in case we are setting VecIter.
+    if (!isSmall)
+      SetIter.~SetIterTy();
+
+    isSmall = Other.isSmall;
+    if (isSmall)
+      VecIter = std::move(Other.VecIter);
+    else
+      new (&SetIter) SetIterTy(std::move(Other.SetIter));
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  bool operator==(const SmallSetIterator &RHS) const {
+    if (isSmall != RHS.isSmall)
+      return false;
+    if (isSmall)
+      return VecIter == RHS.VecIter;
+    return SetIter == RHS.SetIter;
+  }
+
+  SmallSetIterator &operator++() { // Preincrement
+    if (isSmall)
+      VecIter++;
+    else
+      SetIter++;
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  const T &operator*() const { return isSmall ? *VecIter : *SetIter; }
+};
+
+/// SmallSet - This maintains a set of unique values, optimizing for the case
+/// when the set is small (less than N).  In this case, the set can be
+/// maintained with no mallocs.  If the set gets large, we expand to using an
+/// std::set to maintain reasonable lookup times.
+template <typename T, unsigned N, typename C = std::less<T>>
+class SmallSet {
+  /// Use a SmallVector to hold the elements here (even though it will never
+  /// reach its 'large' stage) to avoid calling the default ctors of elements
+  /// we will never use.
+  SmallVector<T, N> Vector;
+  std::set<T, C> Set;
+
+  using VIterator = typename SmallVector<T, N>::const_iterator;
+  using mutable_iterator = typename SmallVector<T, N>::iterator;
+
+  // In small mode SmallPtrSet uses linear search for the elements, so it is
+  // not a good idea to choose this value too high. You may consider using a
+  // DenseSet<> instead if you expect many elements in the set.
+  static_assert(N <= 32, "N should be small");
+
+public:
+  using size_type = size_t;
+  using const_iterator = SmallSetIterator<T, N, C>;
+
+  SmallSet() = default;
+
+  LLVM_NODISCARD bool empty() const {
+    return Vector.empty() && Set.empty();
+  }
+
+  size_type size() const {
+    return isSmall() ? Vector.size() : Set.size();
+  }
+
+  /// count - Return 1 if the element is in the set, 0 otherwise.
+  size_type count(const T &V) const {
+    if (isSmall()) {
+      // Since the collection is small, just do a linear search.
+      return vfind(V) == Vector.end() ? 0 : 1;
+    } else {
+      return Set.count(V);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /// insert - Insert an element into the set if it isn't already there.
+  /// Returns true if the element is inserted (it was not in the set before).
+  /// The first value of the returned pair is unused and provided for
+  /// partial compatibility with the standard library self-associative container
+  /// concept.
+  // FIXME: Add iterators that abstract over the small and large form, and then
+  // return those here.
+  std::pair<NoneType, bool> insert(const T &V) {
+    if (!isSmall())
+      return std::make_pair(None, Set.insert(V).second);
+
+    VIterator I = vfind(V);
+    if (I != Vector.end())    // Don't reinsert if it already exists.
+      return std::make_pair(None, false);
+    if (Vector.size() < N) {
+      Vector.push_back(V);
+      return std::make_pair(None, true);
+    }
+
+    // Otherwise, grow from vector to set.
+    while (!Vector.empty()) {
+      Set.insert(Vector.back());
+      Vector.pop_back();
+    }
+    Set.insert(V);
+    return std::make_pair(None, true);
+  }
+
+  template <typename IterT>
+  void insert(IterT I, IterT E) {
+    for (; I != E; ++I)
+      insert(*I);
+  }
+
+  bool erase(const T &V) {
+    if (!isSmall())
+      return Set.erase(V);
+    for (mutable_iterator I = Vector.begin(), E = Vector.end(); I != E; ++I)
+      if (*I == V) {
+        Vector.erase(I);
+        return true;
+      }
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  void clear() {
+    Vector.clear();
+    Set.clear();
+  }
+
+  const_iterator begin() const {
+    if (isSmall())
+      return {Vector.begin()};
+    return {Set.begin()};
+  }
+
+  const_iterator end() const {
+    if (isSmall())
+      return {Vector.end()};
+    return {Set.end()};
+  }
+
+  /// Check if the SmallSet contains the given element.
+  bool contains(const T &V) const {
+    if (isSmall())
+      return vfind(V) != Vector.end();
+    return Set.find(V) != Set.end();
+  }
+
+private:
+  bool isSmall() const { return Set.empty(); }
+
+  VIterator vfind(const T &V) const {
+    for (VIterator I = Vector.begin(), E = Vector.end(); I != E; ++I)
+      if (*I == V)
+        return I;
+    return Vector.end();
+  }
+};
+
+/// If this set is of pointer values, transparently switch over to using
+/// SmallPtrSet for performance.
+template <typename PointeeType, unsigned N>
+class SmallSet<PointeeType*, N> : public SmallPtrSet<PointeeType*, N> {};
+
+/// Equality comparison for SmallSet.
+///
+/// Iterates over elements of LHS confirming that each element is also a member
+/// of RHS, and that RHS contains no additional values.
+/// Equivalent to N calls to RHS.count.
+/// For small-set mode amortized complexity is O(N^2)
+/// For large-set mode amortized complexity is linear, worst case is O(N^2) (if
+/// every hash collides).
+template <typename T, unsigned LN, unsigned RN, typename C>
+bool operator==(const SmallSet<T, LN, C> &LHS, const SmallSet<T, RN, C> &RHS) {
+  if (LHS.size() != RHS.size())
+    return false;
+
+  // All elements in LHS must also be in RHS
+  return all_of(LHS, [&RHS](const T &E) { return RHS.count(E); });
+}
+
+/// Inequality comparison for SmallSet.
+///
+/// Equivalent to !(LHS == RHS). See operator== for performance notes.
+template <typename T, unsigned LN, unsigned RN, typename C>
+bool operator!=(const SmallSet<T, LN, C> &LHS, const SmallSet<T, RN, C> &RHS) {
+  return !(LHS == RHS);
+}
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_SMALLSET_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SmallString.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SmallString.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9e7998a1b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SmallString.h
@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/SmallString.h - 'Normally small' strings --------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines the SmallString class.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_SMALLSTRING_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_SMALLSTRING_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include <cstddef>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// SmallString - A SmallString is just a SmallVector with methods and accessors
+/// that make it work better as a string (e.g. operator+ etc).
+template<unsigned InternalLen>
+class SmallString : public SmallVector<char, InternalLen> {
+public:
+  /// Default ctor - Initialize to empty.
+  SmallString() = default;
+
+  /// Initialize from a StringRef.
+  SmallString(StringRef S) : SmallVector<char, InternalLen>(S.begin(), S.end()) {}
+
+  /// Initialize by concatenating a list of StringRefs.
+  SmallString(std::initializer_list<StringRef> Refs)
+      : SmallVector<char, InternalLen>() {
+    this->append(Refs);
+  }
+
+  /// Initialize with a range.
+  template<typename ItTy>
+  SmallString(ItTy S, ItTy E) : SmallVector<char, InternalLen>(S, E) {}
+
+  /// @}
+  /// @name String Assignment
+  /// @{
+
+  using SmallVector<char, InternalLen>::assign;
+
+  /// Assign from a StringRef.
+  void assign(StringRef RHS) {
+    SmallVectorImpl<char>::assign(RHS.begin(), RHS.end());
+  }
+
+  /// Assign from a list of StringRefs.
+  void assign(std::initializer_list<StringRef> Refs) {
+    this->clear();
+    append(Refs);
+  }
+
+  /// @}
+  /// @name String Concatenation
+  /// @{
+
+  using SmallVector<char, InternalLen>::append;
+
+  /// Append from a StringRef.
+  void append(StringRef RHS) {
+    SmallVectorImpl<char>::append(RHS.begin(), RHS.end());
+  }
+
+  /// Append from a list of StringRefs.
+  void append(std::initializer_list<StringRef> Refs) {
+    size_t CurrentSize = this->size();
+    size_t SizeNeeded = CurrentSize;
+    for (const StringRef &Ref : Refs)
+      SizeNeeded += Ref.size();
+    this->resize_for_overwrite(SizeNeeded);
+    for (const StringRef &Ref : Refs) {
+      std::copy(Ref.begin(), Ref.end(), this->begin() + CurrentSize);
+      CurrentSize += Ref.size();
+    }
+    assert(CurrentSize == this->size());
+  }
+
+  /// @}
+  /// @name String Comparison
+  /// @{
+
+  /// Check for string equality.  This is more efficient than compare() when
+  /// the relative ordering of inequal strings isn't needed.
+  bool equals(StringRef RHS) const {
+    return str().equals(RHS);
+  }
+
+  /// Check for string equality, ignoring case.
+  bool equals_insensitive(StringRef RHS) const {
+    return str().equals_insensitive(RHS);
+  }
+
+  /// Compare two strings; the result is -1, 0, or 1 if this string is
+  /// lexicographically less than, equal to, or greater than the \p RHS.
+  int compare(StringRef RHS) const {
+    return str().compare(RHS);
+  }
+
+  /// compare_insensitive - Compare two strings, ignoring case.
+  int compare_insensitive(StringRef RHS) const {
+    return str().compare_insensitive(RHS);
+  }
+
+  /// compare_numeric - Compare two strings, treating sequences of digits as
+  /// numbers.
+  int compare_numeric(StringRef RHS) const {
+    return str().compare_numeric(RHS);
+  }
+
+  /// @}
+  /// @name String Predicates
+  /// @{
+
+  /// startswith - Check if this string starts with the given \p Prefix.
+  bool startswith(StringRef Prefix) const {
+    return str().startswith(Prefix);
+  }
+
+  /// endswith - Check if this string ends with the given \p Suffix.
+  bool endswith(StringRef Suffix) const {
+    return str().endswith(Suffix);
+  }
+
+  /// @}
+  /// @name String Searching
+  /// @{
+
+  /// find - Search for the first character \p C in the string.
+  ///
+  /// \return - The index of the first occurrence of \p C, or npos if not
+  /// found.
+  size_t find(char C, size_t From = 0) const {
+    return str().find(C, From);
+  }
+
+  /// Search for the first string \p Str in the string.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The index of the first occurrence of \p Str, or npos if not
+  /// found.
+  size_t find(StringRef Str, size_t From = 0) const {
+    return str().find(Str, From);
+  }
+
+  /// Search for the last character \p C in the string.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The index of the last occurrence of \p C, or npos if not
+  /// found.
+  size_t rfind(char C, size_t From = StringRef::npos) const {
+    return str().rfind(C, From);
+  }
+
+  /// Search for the last string \p Str in the string.
+  ///
+  /// \returns The index of the last occurrence of \p Str, or npos if not
+  /// found.
+  size_t rfind(StringRef Str) const {
+    return str().rfind(Str);
+  }
+
+  /// Find the first character in the string that is \p C, or npos if not
+  /// found. Same as find.
+  size_t find_first_of(char C, size_t From = 0) const {
+    return str().find_first_of(C, From);
+  }
+
+  /// Find the first character in the string that is in \p Chars, or npos if
+  /// not found.
+  ///
+  /// Complexity: O(size() + Chars.size())
+  size_t find_first_of(StringRef Chars, size_t From = 0) const {
+    return str().find_first_of(Chars, From);
+  }
+
+  /// Find the first character in the string that is not \p C or npos if not
+  /// found.
+  size_t find_first_not_of(char C, size_t From = 0) const {
+    return str().find_first_not_of(C, From);
+  }
+
+  /// Find the first character in the string that is not in the string
+  /// \p Chars, or npos if not found.
+  ///
+  /// Complexity: O(size() + Chars.size())
+  size_t find_first_not_of(StringRef Chars, size_t From = 0) const {
+    return str().find_first_not_of(Chars, From);
+  }
+
+  /// Find the last character in the string that is \p C, or npos if not
+  /// found.
+  size_t find_last_of(char C, size_t From = StringRef::npos) const {
+    return str().find_last_of(C, From);
+  }
+
+  /// Find the last character in the string that is in \p C, or npos if not
+  /// found.
+  ///
+  /// Complexity: O(size() + Chars.size())
+  size_t find_last_of(
+      StringRef Chars, size_t From = StringRef::npos) const {
+    return str().find_last_of(Chars, From);
+  }
+
+  /// @}
+  /// @name Helpful Algorithms
+  /// @{
+
+  /// Return the number of occurrences of \p C in the string.
+  size_t count(char C) const {
+    return str().count(C);
+  }
+
+  /// Return the number of non-overlapped occurrences of \p Str in the
+  /// string.
+  size_t count(StringRef Str) const {
+    return str().count(Str);
+  }
+
+  /// @}
+  /// @name Substring Operations
+  /// @{
+
+  /// Return a reference to the substring from [Start, Start + N).
+  ///
+  /// \param Start The index of the starting character in the substring; if
+  /// the index is npos or greater than the length of the string then the
+  /// empty substring will be returned.
+  ///
+  /// \param N The number of characters to included in the substring. If \p N
+  /// exceeds the number of characters remaining in the string, the string
+  /// suffix (starting with \p Start) will be returned.
+  StringRef substr(size_t Start, size_t N = StringRef::npos) const {
+    return str().substr(Start, N);
+  }
+
+  /// Return a reference to the substring from [Start, End).
+  ///
+  /// \param Start The index of the starting character in the substring; if
+  /// the index is npos or greater than the length of the string then the
+  /// empty substring will be returned.
+  ///
+  /// \param End The index following the last character to include in the
+  /// substring. If this is npos, or less than \p Start, or exceeds the
+  /// number of characters remaining in the string, the string suffix
+  /// (starting with \p Start) will be returned.
+  StringRef slice(size_t Start, size_t End) const {
+    return str().slice(Start, End);
+  }
+
+  // Extra methods.
+
+  /// Explicit conversion to StringRef.
+  StringRef str() const { return StringRef(this->data(), this->size()); }
+
+  // TODO: Make this const, if it's safe...
+  const char* c_str() {
+    this->push_back(0);
+    this->pop_back();
+    return this->data();
+  }
+
+  /// Implicit conversion to StringRef.
+  operator StringRef() const { return str(); }
+
+  explicit operator std::string() const {
+    return std::string(this->data(), this->size());
+  }
+
+  // Extra operators.
+  SmallString &operator=(StringRef RHS) {
+    this->assign(RHS);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  SmallString &operator+=(StringRef RHS) {
+    this->append(RHS.begin(), RHS.end());
+    return *this;
+  }
+  SmallString &operator+=(char C) {
+    this->push_back(C);
+    return *this;
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_SMALLSTRING_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cb04df7a70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1320 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h - 'Normally small' vectors --------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// /file
+/// This file defines the SmallVector class.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_SMALLVECTOR_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_SMALLVECTOR_H
+
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <cstdlib>
+#include <cstring>
+#include <functional>
+#include <initializer_list>
+#include <iterator>
+#include <limits>
+#include <memory>
+#include <new>
+#include <type_traits>
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+template <typename IteratorT> class iterator_range;
+
+/// This is all the stuff common to all SmallVectors.
+///
+/// The template parameter specifies the type which should be used to hold the
+/// Size and Capacity of the SmallVector, so it can be adjusted.
+/// Using 32 bit size is desirable to shrink the size of the SmallVector.
+/// Using 64 bit size is desirable for cases like SmallVector<char>, where a
+/// 32 bit size would limit the vector to ~4GB. SmallVectors are used for
+/// buffering bitcode output - which can exceed 4GB.
+template <class Size_T> class SmallVectorBase {
+protected:
+  void *BeginX;
+  Size_T Size = 0, Capacity;
+
+  /// The maximum value of the Size_T used.
+  static constexpr size_t SizeTypeMax() {
+    return std::numeric_limits<Size_T>::max();
+  }
+
+  SmallVectorBase() = delete;
+  SmallVectorBase(void *FirstEl, size_t TotalCapacity)
+      : BeginX(FirstEl), Capacity(TotalCapacity) {}
+
+  /// This is a helper for \a grow() that's out of line to reduce code
+  /// duplication.  This function will report a fatal error if it can't grow at
+  /// least to \p MinSize.
+  void *mallocForGrow(size_t MinSize, size_t TSize, size_t &NewCapacity);
+
+  /// This is an implementation of the grow() method which only works
+  /// on POD-like data types and is out of line to reduce code duplication.
+  /// This function will report a fatal error if it cannot increase capacity.
+  void grow_pod(void *FirstEl, size_t MinSize, size_t TSize);
+
+public:
+  size_t size() const { return Size; }
+  size_t capacity() const { return Capacity; }
+
+  LLVM_NODISCARD bool empty() const { return !Size; }
+
+protected:
+  /// Set the array size to \p N, which the current array must have enough
+  /// capacity for.
+  ///
+  /// This does not construct or destroy any elements in the vector.
+  void set_size(size_t N) {
+    assert(N <= capacity());
+    Size = N;
+  }
+};
+
+template <class T>
+using SmallVectorSizeType =
+    typename std::conditional<sizeof(T) < 4 && sizeof(void *) >= 8, uint64_t,
+                              uint32_t>::type;
+
+/// Figure out the offset of the first element.
+template <class T, typename = void> struct SmallVectorAlignmentAndSize {
+  alignas(SmallVectorBase<SmallVectorSizeType<T>>) char Base[sizeof(
+      SmallVectorBase<SmallVectorSizeType<T>>)];
+  alignas(T) char FirstEl[sizeof(T)];
+};
+
+/// This is the part of SmallVectorTemplateBase which does not depend on whether
+/// the type T is a POD. The extra dummy template argument is used by ArrayRef
+/// to avoid unnecessarily requiring T to be complete.
+template <typename T, typename = void>
+class SmallVectorTemplateCommon
+    : public SmallVectorBase<SmallVectorSizeType<T>> {
+  using Base = SmallVectorBase<SmallVectorSizeType<T>>;
+
+  /// Find the address of the first element.  For this pointer math to be valid
+  /// with small-size of 0 for T with lots of alignment, it's important that
+  /// SmallVectorStorage is properly-aligned even for small-size of 0.
+  void *getFirstEl() const {
+    return const_cast<void *>(reinterpret_cast<const void *>(
+        reinterpret_cast<const char *>(this) +
+        offsetof(SmallVectorAlignmentAndSize<T>, FirstEl)));
+  }
+  // Space after 'FirstEl' is clobbered, do not add any instance vars after it.
+
+protected:
+  SmallVectorTemplateCommon(size_t Size) : Base(getFirstEl(), Size) {}
+
+  void grow_pod(size_t MinSize, size_t TSize) {
+    Base::grow_pod(getFirstEl(), MinSize, TSize);
+  }
+
+  /// Return true if this is a smallvector which has not had dynamic
+  /// memory allocated for it.
+  bool isSmall() const { return this->BeginX == getFirstEl(); }
+
+  /// Put this vector in a state of being small.
+  void resetToSmall() {
+    this->BeginX = getFirstEl();
+    this->Size = this->Capacity = 0; // FIXME: Setting Capacity to 0 is suspect.
+  }
+
+  /// Return true if V is an internal reference to the given range.
+  bool isReferenceToRange(const void *V, const void *First, const void *Last) const {
+    // Use std::less to avoid UB.
+    std::less<> LessThan;
+    return !LessThan(V, First) && LessThan(V, Last);
+  }
+
+  /// Return true if V is an internal reference to this vector.
+  bool isReferenceToStorage(const void *V) const {
+    return isReferenceToRange(V, this->begin(), this->end());
+  }
+
+  /// Return true if First and Last form a valid (possibly empty) range in this
+  /// vector's storage.
+  bool isRangeInStorage(const void *First, const void *Last) const {
+    // Use std::less to avoid UB.
+    std::less<> LessThan;
+    return !LessThan(First, this->begin()) && !LessThan(Last, First) &&
+           !LessThan(this->end(), Last);
+  }
+
+  /// Return true unless Elt will be invalidated by resizing the vector to
+  /// NewSize.
+  bool isSafeToReferenceAfterResize(const void *Elt, size_t NewSize) {
+    // Past the end.
+    if (LLVM_LIKELY(!isReferenceToStorage(Elt)))
+      return true;
+
+    // Return false if Elt will be destroyed by shrinking.
+    if (NewSize <= this->size())
+      return Elt < this->begin() + NewSize;
+
+    // Return false if we need to grow.
+    return NewSize <= this->capacity();
+  }
+
+  /// Check whether Elt will be invalidated by resizing the vector to NewSize.
+  void assertSafeToReferenceAfterResize(const void *Elt, size_t NewSize) {
+    assert(isSafeToReferenceAfterResize(Elt, NewSize) &&
+           "Attempting to reference an element of the vector in an operation "
+           "that invalidates it");
+  }
+
+  /// Check whether Elt will be invalidated by increasing the size of the
+  /// vector by N.
+  void assertSafeToAdd(const void *Elt, size_t N = 1) {
+    this->assertSafeToReferenceAfterResize(Elt, this->size() + N);
+  }
+
+  /// Check whether any part of the range will be invalidated by clearing.
+  void assertSafeToReferenceAfterClear(const T *From, const T *To) {
+    if (From == To)
+      return;
+    this->assertSafeToReferenceAfterResize(From, 0);
+    this->assertSafeToReferenceAfterResize(To - 1, 0);
+  }
+  template <
+      class ItTy,
+      std::enable_if_t<!std::is_same<std::remove_const_t<ItTy>, T *>::value,
+                       bool> = false>
+  void assertSafeToReferenceAfterClear(ItTy, ItTy) {}
+
+  /// Check whether any part of the range will be invalidated by growing.
+  void assertSafeToAddRange(const T *From, const T *To) {
+    if (From == To)
+      return;
+    this->assertSafeToAdd(From, To - From);
+    this->assertSafeToAdd(To - 1, To - From);
+  }
+  template <
+      class ItTy,
+      std::enable_if_t<!std::is_same<std::remove_const_t<ItTy>, T *>::value,
+                       bool> = false>
+  void assertSafeToAddRange(ItTy, ItTy) {}
+
+  /// Reserve enough space to add one element, and return the updated element
+  /// pointer in case it was a reference to the storage.
+  template <class U>
+  static const T *reserveForParamAndGetAddressImpl(U *This, const T &Elt,
+                                                   size_t N) {
+    size_t NewSize = This->size() + N;
+    if (LLVM_LIKELY(NewSize <= This->capacity()))
+      return &Elt;
+
+    bool ReferencesStorage = false;
+    int64_t Index = -1;
+    if (!U::TakesParamByValue) {
+      if (LLVM_UNLIKELY(This->isReferenceToStorage(&Elt))) {
+        ReferencesStorage = true;
+        Index = &Elt - This->begin();
+      }
+    }
+    This->grow(NewSize);
+    return ReferencesStorage ? This->begin() + Index : &Elt;
+  }
+
+public:
+  using size_type = size_t;
+  using difference_type = ptrdiff_t;
+  using value_type = T;
+  using iterator = T *;
+  using const_iterator = const T *;
+
+  using const_reverse_iterator = std::reverse_iterator<const_iterator>;
+  using reverse_iterator = std::reverse_iterator<iterator>;
+
+  using reference = T &;
+  using const_reference = const T &;
+  using pointer = T *;
+  using const_pointer = const T *;
+
+  using Base::capacity;
+  using Base::empty;
+  using Base::size;
+
+  // forward iterator creation methods.
+  iterator begin() { return (iterator)this->BeginX; }
+  const_iterator begin() const { return (const_iterator)this->BeginX; }
+  iterator end() { return begin() + size(); }
+  const_iterator end() const { return begin() + size(); }
+
+  // reverse iterator creation methods.
+  reverse_iterator rbegin()            { return reverse_iterator(end()); }
+  const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const{ return const_reverse_iterator(end()); }
+  reverse_iterator rend()              { return reverse_iterator(begin()); }
+  const_reverse_iterator rend() const { return const_reverse_iterator(begin());}
+
+  size_type size_in_bytes() const { return size() * sizeof(T); }
+  size_type max_size() const {
+    return std::min(this->SizeTypeMax(), size_type(-1) / sizeof(T));
+  }
+
+  size_t capacity_in_bytes() const { return capacity() * sizeof(T); }
+
+  /// Return a pointer to the vector's buffer, even if empty().
+  pointer data() { return pointer(begin()); }
+  /// Return a pointer to the vector's buffer, even if empty().
+  const_pointer data() const { return const_pointer(begin()); }
+
+  reference operator[](size_type idx) {
+    assert(idx < size());
+    return begin()[idx];
+  }
+  const_reference operator[](size_type idx) const {
+    assert(idx < size());
+    return begin()[idx];
+  }
+
+  reference front() {
+    assert(!empty());
+    return begin()[0];
+  }
+  const_reference front() const {
+    assert(!empty());
+    return begin()[0];
+  }
+
+  reference back() {
+    assert(!empty());
+    return end()[-1];
+  }
+  const_reference back() const {
+    assert(!empty());
+    return end()[-1];
+  }
+};
+
+/// SmallVectorTemplateBase<TriviallyCopyable = false> - This is where we put
+/// method implementations that are designed to work with non-trivial T's.
+///
+/// We approximate is_trivially_copyable with trivial move/copy construction and
+/// trivial destruction. While the standard doesn't specify that you're allowed
+/// copy these types with memcpy, there is no way for the type to observe this.
+/// This catches the important case of std::pair<POD, POD>, which is not
+/// trivially assignable.
+template <typename T, bool = (is_trivially_copy_constructible<T>::value) &&
+                             (is_trivially_move_constructible<T>::value) &&
+                             std::is_trivially_destructible<T>::value>
+class SmallVectorTemplateBase : public SmallVectorTemplateCommon<T> {
+  friend class SmallVectorTemplateCommon<T>;
+
+protected:
+  static constexpr bool TakesParamByValue = false;
+  using ValueParamT = const T &;
+
+  SmallVectorTemplateBase(size_t Size) : SmallVectorTemplateCommon<T>(Size) {}
+
+  static void destroy_range(T *S, T *E) {
+    while (S != E) {
+      --E;
+      E->~T();
+    }
+  }
+
+  /// Move the range [I, E) into the uninitialized memory starting with "Dest",
+  /// constructing elements as needed.
+  template<typename It1, typename It2>
+  static void uninitialized_move(It1 I, It1 E, It2 Dest) {
+    std::uninitialized_copy(std::make_move_iterator(I),
+                            std::make_move_iterator(E), Dest);
+  }
+
+  /// Copy the range [I, E) onto the uninitialized memory starting with "Dest",
+  /// constructing elements as needed.
+  template<typename It1, typename It2>
+  static void uninitialized_copy(It1 I, It1 E, It2 Dest) {
+    std::uninitialized_copy(I, E, Dest);
+  }
+
+  /// Grow the allocated memory (without initializing new elements), doubling
+  /// the size of the allocated memory. Guarantees space for at least one more
+  /// element, or MinSize more elements if specified.
+  void grow(size_t MinSize = 0);
+
+  /// Create a new allocation big enough for \p MinSize and pass back its size
+  /// in \p NewCapacity. This is the first section of \a grow().
+  T *mallocForGrow(size_t MinSize, size_t &NewCapacity) {
+    return static_cast<T *>(
+        SmallVectorBase<SmallVectorSizeType<T>>::mallocForGrow(
+            MinSize, sizeof(T), NewCapacity));
+  }
+
+  /// Move existing elements over to the new allocation \p NewElts, the middle
+  /// section of \a grow().
+  void moveElementsForGrow(T *NewElts);
+
+  /// Transfer ownership of the allocation, finishing up \a grow().
+  void takeAllocationForGrow(T *NewElts, size_t NewCapacity);
+
+  /// Reserve enough space to add one element, and return the updated element
+  /// pointer in case it was a reference to the storage.
+  const T *reserveForParamAndGetAddress(const T &Elt, size_t N = 1) {
+    return this->reserveForParamAndGetAddressImpl(this, Elt, N);
+  }
+
+  /// Reserve enough space to add one element, and return the updated element
+  /// pointer in case it was a reference to the storage.
+  T *reserveForParamAndGetAddress(T &Elt, size_t N = 1) {
+    return const_cast<T *>(
+        this->reserveForParamAndGetAddressImpl(this, Elt, N));
+  }
+
+  static T &&forward_value_param(T &&V) { return std::move(V); }
+  static const T &forward_value_param(const T &V) { return V; }
+
+  void growAndAssign(size_t NumElts, const T &Elt) {
+    // Grow manually in case Elt is an internal reference.
+    size_t NewCapacity;
+    T *NewElts = mallocForGrow(NumElts, NewCapacity);
+    std::uninitialized_fill_n(NewElts, NumElts, Elt);
+    this->destroy_range(this->begin(), this->end());
+    takeAllocationForGrow(NewElts, NewCapacity);
+    this->set_size(NumElts);
+  }
+
+  template <typename... ArgTypes> T &growAndEmplaceBack(ArgTypes &&... Args) {
+    // Grow manually in case one of Args is an internal reference.
+    size_t NewCapacity;
+    T *NewElts = mallocForGrow(0, NewCapacity);
+    ::new ((void *)(NewElts + this->size())) T(std::forward<ArgTypes>(Args)...);
+    moveElementsForGrow(NewElts);
+    takeAllocationForGrow(NewElts, NewCapacity);
+    this->set_size(this->size() + 1);
+    return this->back();
+  }
+
+public:
+  void push_back(const T &Elt) {
+    const T *EltPtr = reserveForParamAndGetAddress(Elt);
+    ::new ((void *)this->end()) T(*EltPtr);
+    this->set_size(this->size() + 1);
+  }
+
+  void push_back(T &&Elt) {
+    T *EltPtr = reserveForParamAndGetAddress(Elt);
+    ::new ((void *)this->end()) T(::std::move(*EltPtr));
+    this->set_size(this->size() + 1);
+  }
+
+  void pop_back() {
+    this->set_size(this->size() - 1);
+    this->end()->~T();
+  }
+};
+
+// Define this out-of-line to dissuade the C++ compiler from inlining it.
+template <typename T, bool TriviallyCopyable>
+void SmallVectorTemplateBase<T, TriviallyCopyable>::grow(size_t MinSize) {
+  size_t NewCapacity;
+  T *NewElts = mallocForGrow(MinSize, NewCapacity);
+  moveElementsForGrow(NewElts);
+  takeAllocationForGrow(NewElts, NewCapacity);
+}
+
+// Define this out-of-line to dissuade the C++ compiler from inlining it.
+template <typename T, bool TriviallyCopyable>
+void SmallVectorTemplateBase<T, TriviallyCopyable>::moveElementsForGrow(
+    T *NewElts) {
+  // Move the elements over.
+  this->uninitialized_move(this->begin(), this->end(), NewElts);
+
+  // Destroy the original elements.
+  destroy_range(this->begin(), this->end());
+}
+
+// Define this out-of-line to dissuade the C++ compiler from inlining it.
+template <typename T, bool TriviallyCopyable>
+void SmallVectorTemplateBase<T, TriviallyCopyable>::takeAllocationForGrow(
+    T *NewElts, size_t NewCapacity) {
+  // If this wasn't grown from the inline copy, deallocate the old space.
+  if (!this->isSmall())
+    free(this->begin());
+
+  this->BeginX = NewElts;
+  this->Capacity = NewCapacity;
+}
+
+/// SmallVectorTemplateBase<TriviallyCopyable = true> - This is where we put
+/// method implementations that are designed to work with trivially copyable
+/// T's. This allows using memcpy in place of copy/move construction and
+/// skipping destruction.
+template <typename T>
+class SmallVectorTemplateBase<T, true> : public SmallVectorTemplateCommon<T> {
+  friend class SmallVectorTemplateCommon<T>;
+
+protected:
+  /// True if it's cheap enough to take parameters by value. Doing so avoids
+  /// overhead related to mitigations for reference invalidation.
+  static constexpr bool TakesParamByValue = sizeof(T) <= 2 * sizeof(void *);
+
+  /// Either const T& or T, depending on whether it's cheap enough to take
+  /// parameters by value.
+  using ValueParamT =
+      typename std::conditional<TakesParamByValue, T, const T &>::type;
+
+  SmallVectorTemplateBase(size_t Size) : SmallVectorTemplateCommon<T>(Size) {}
+
+  // No need to do a destroy loop for POD's.
+  static void destroy_range(T *, T *) {}
+
+  /// Move the range [I, E) onto the uninitialized memory
+  /// starting with "Dest", constructing elements into it as needed.
+  template<typename It1, typename It2>
+  static void uninitialized_move(It1 I, It1 E, It2 Dest) {
+    // Just do a copy.
+    uninitialized_copy(I, E, Dest);
+  }
+
+  /// Copy the range [I, E) onto the uninitialized memory
+  /// starting with "Dest", constructing elements into it as needed.
+  template<typename It1, typename It2>
+  static void uninitialized_copy(It1 I, It1 E, It2 Dest) {
+    // Arbitrary iterator types; just use the basic implementation.
+    std::uninitialized_copy(I, E, Dest);
+  }
+
+  /// Copy the range [I, E) onto the uninitialized memory
+  /// starting with "Dest", constructing elements into it as needed.
+  template <typename T1, typename T2>
+  static void uninitialized_copy(
+      T1 *I, T1 *E, T2 *Dest,
+      std::enable_if_t<std::is_same<typename std::remove_const<T1>::type,
+                                    T2>::value> * = nullptr) {
+    // Use memcpy for PODs iterated by pointers (which includes SmallVector
+    // iterators): std::uninitialized_copy optimizes to memmove, but we can
+    // use memcpy here. Note that I and E are iterators and thus might be
+    // invalid for memcpy if they are equal.
+    if (I != E)
+      memcpy(reinterpret_cast<void *>(Dest), I, (E - I) * sizeof(T));
+  }
+
+  /// Double the size of the allocated memory, guaranteeing space for at
+  /// least one more element or MinSize if specified.
+  void grow(size_t MinSize = 0) { this->grow_pod(MinSize, sizeof(T)); }
+
+  /// Reserve enough space to add one element, and return the updated element
+  /// pointer in case it was a reference to the storage.
+  const T *reserveForParamAndGetAddress(const T &Elt, size_t N = 1) {
+    return this->reserveForParamAndGetAddressImpl(this, Elt, N);
+  }
+
+  /// Reserve enough space to add one element, and return the updated element
+  /// pointer in case it was a reference to the storage.
+  T *reserveForParamAndGetAddress(T &Elt, size_t N = 1) {
+    return const_cast<T *>(
+        this->reserveForParamAndGetAddressImpl(this, Elt, N));
+  }
+
+  /// Copy \p V or return a reference, depending on \a ValueParamT.
+  static ValueParamT forward_value_param(ValueParamT V) { return V; }
+
+  void growAndAssign(size_t NumElts, T Elt) {
+    // Elt has been copied in case it's an internal reference, side-stepping
+    // reference invalidation problems without losing the realloc optimization.
+    this->set_size(0);
+    this->grow(NumElts);
+    std::uninitialized_fill_n(this->begin(), NumElts, Elt);
+    this->set_size(NumElts);
+  }
+
+  template <typename... ArgTypes> T &growAndEmplaceBack(ArgTypes &&... Args) {
+    // Use push_back with a copy in case Args has an internal reference,
+    // side-stepping reference invalidation problems without losing the realloc
+    // optimization.
+    push_back(T(std::forward<ArgTypes>(Args)...));
+    return this->back();
+  }
+
+public:
+  void push_back(ValueParamT Elt) {
+    const T *EltPtr = reserveForParamAndGetAddress(Elt);
+    memcpy(reinterpret_cast<void *>(this->end()), EltPtr, sizeof(T));
+    this->set_size(this->size() + 1);
+  }
+
+  void pop_back() { this->set_size(this->size() - 1); }
+};
+
+/// This class consists of common code factored out of the SmallVector class to
+/// reduce code duplication based on the SmallVector 'N' template parameter.
+template <typename T>
+class SmallVectorImpl : public SmallVectorTemplateBase<T> {
+  using SuperClass = SmallVectorTemplateBase<T>;
+
+public:
+  using iterator = typename SuperClass::iterator;
+  using const_iterator = typename SuperClass::const_iterator;
+  using reference = typename SuperClass::reference;
+  using size_type = typename SuperClass::size_type;
+
+protected:
+  using SmallVectorTemplateBase<T>::TakesParamByValue;
+  using ValueParamT = typename SuperClass::ValueParamT;
+
+  // Default ctor - Initialize to empty.
+  explicit SmallVectorImpl(unsigned N)
+      : SmallVectorTemplateBase<T>(N) {}
+
+  void assignRemote(SmallVectorImpl &&RHS) {
+    this->destroy_range(this->begin(), this->end());
+    if (!this->isSmall())
+      free(this->begin());
+    this->BeginX = RHS.BeginX;
+    this->Size = RHS.Size;
+    this->Capacity = RHS.Capacity;
+    RHS.resetToSmall();
+  }
+
+public:
+  SmallVectorImpl(const SmallVectorImpl &) = delete;
+
+  ~SmallVectorImpl() {
+    // Subclass has already destructed this vector's elements.
+    // If this wasn't grown from the inline copy, deallocate the old space.
+    if (!this->isSmall())
+      free(this->begin());
+  }
+
+  void clear() {
+    this->destroy_range(this->begin(), this->end());
+    this->Size = 0;
+  }
+
+private:
+  // Make set_size() private to avoid misuse in subclasses.
+  using SuperClass::set_size;
+
+  template <bool ForOverwrite> void resizeImpl(size_type N) {
+    if (N == this->size())
+      return;
+
+    if (N < this->size()) {
+      this->truncate(N);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    this->reserve(N);
+    for (auto I = this->end(), E = this->begin() + N; I != E; ++I)
+      if (ForOverwrite)
+        new (&*I) T;
+      else
+        new (&*I) T();
+    this->set_size(N);
+  }
+
+public:
+  void resize(size_type N) { resizeImpl<false>(N); }
+
+  /// Like resize, but \ref T is POD, the new values won't be initialized.
+  void resize_for_overwrite(size_type N) { resizeImpl<true>(N); }
+
+  /// Like resize, but requires that \p N is less than \a size().
+  void truncate(size_type N) {
+    assert(this->size() >= N && "Cannot increase size with truncate");
+    this->destroy_range(this->begin() + N, this->end());
+    this->set_size(N);
+  }
+
+  void resize(size_type N, ValueParamT NV) {
+    if (N == this->size())
+      return;
+
+    if (N < this->size()) {
+      this->truncate(N);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    // N > this->size(). Defer to append.
+    this->append(N - this->size(), NV);
+  }
+
+  void reserve(size_type N) {
+    if (this->capacity() < N)
+      this->grow(N);
+  }
+
+  void pop_back_n(size_type NumItems) {
+    assert(this->size() >= NumItems);
+    truncate(this->size() - NumItems);
+  }
+
+  LLVM_NODISCARD T pop_back_val() {
+    T Result = ::std::move(this->back());
+    this->pop_back();
+    return Result;
+  }
+
+  void swap(SmallVectorImpl &RHS);
+
+  /// Add the specified range to the end of the SmallVector.
+  template <typename in_iter,
+            typename = std::enable_if_t<std::is_convertible<
+                typename std::iterator_traits<in_iter>::iterator_category,
+                std::input_iterator_tag>::value>>
+  void append(in_iter in_start, in_iter in_end) {
+    this->assertSafeToAddRange(in_start, in_end);
+    size_type NumInputs = std::distance(in_start, in_end);
+    this->reserve(this->size() + NumInputs);
+    this->uninitialized_copy(in_start, in_end, this->end());
+    this->set_size(this->size() + NumInputs);
+  }
+
+  /// Append \p NumInputs copies of \p Elt to the end.
+  void append(size_type NumInputs, ValueParamT Elt) {
+    const T *EltPtr = this->reserveForParamAndGetAddress(Elt, NumInputs);
+    std::uninitialized_fill_n(this->end(), NumInputs, *EltPtr);
+    this->set_size(this->size() + NumInputs);
+  }
+
+  void append(std::initializer_list<T> IL) {
+    append(IL.begin(), IL.end());
+  }
+
+  void append(const SmallVectorImpl &RHS) { append(RHS.begin(), RHS.end()); }
+
+  void assign(size_type NumElts, ValueParamT Elt) {
+    // Note that Elt could be an internal reference.
+    if (NumElts > this->capacity()) {
+      this->growAndAssign(NumElts, Elt);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    // Assign over existing elements.
+    std::fill_n(this->begin(), std::min(NumElts, this->size()), Elt);
+    if (NumElts > this->size())
+      std::uninitialized_fill_n(this->end(), NumElts - this->size(), Elt);
+    else if (NumElts < this->size())
+      this->destroy_range(this->begin() + NumElts, this->end());
+    this->set_size(NumElts);
+  }
+
+  // FIXME: Consider assigning over existing elements, rather than clearing &
+  // re-initializing them - for all assign(...) variants.
+
+  template <typename in_iter,
+            typename = std::enable_if_t<std::is_convertible<
+                typename std::iterator_traits<in_iter>::iterator_category,
+                std::input_iterator_tag>::value>>
+  void assign(in_iter in_start, in_iter in_end) {
+    this->assertSafeToReferenceAfterClear(in_start, in_end);
+    clear();
+    append(in_start, in_end);
+  }
+
+  void assign(std::initializer_list<T> IL) {
+    clear();
+    append(IL);
+  }
+
+  void assign(const SmallVectorImpl &RHS) { assign(RHS.begin(), RHS.end()); }
+
+  iterator erase(const_iterator CI) {
+    // Just cast away constness because this is a non-const member function.
+    iterator I = const_cast<iterator>(CI);
+
+    assert(this->isReferenceToStorage(CI) && "Iterator to erase is out of bounds.");
+
+    iterator N = I;
+    // Shift all elts down one.
+    std::move(I+1, this->end(), I);
+    // Drop the last elt.
+    this->pop_back();
+    return(N);
+  }
+
+  iterator erase(const_iterator CS, const_iterator CE) {
+    // Just cast away constness because this is a non-const member function.
+    iterator S = const_cast<iterator>(CS);
+    iterator E = const_cast<iterator>(CE);
+
+    assert(this->isRangeInStorage(S, E) && "Range to erase is out of bounds.");
+
+    iterator N = S;
+    // Shift all elts down.
+    iterator I = std::move(E, this->end(), S);
+    // Drop the last elts.
+    this->destroy_range(I, this->end());
+    this->set_size(I - this->begin());
+    return(N);
+  }
+
+private:
+  template <class ArgType> iterator insert_one_impl(iterator I, ArgType &&Elt) {
+    // Callers ensure that ArgType is derived from T.
+    static_assert(
+        std::is_same<std::remove_const_t<std::remove_reference_t<ArgType>>,
+                     T>::value,
+        "ArgType must be derived from T!");
+
+    if (I == this->end()) {  // Important special case for empty vector.
+      this->push_back(::std::forward<ArgType>(Elt));
+      return this->end()-1;
+    }
+
+    assert(this->isReferenceToStorage(I) && "Insertion iterator is out of bounds.");
+
+    // Grow if necessary.
+    size_t Index = I - this->begin();
+    std::remove_reference_t<ArgType> *EltPtr =
+        this->reserveForParamAndGetAddress(Elt);
+    I = this->begin() + Index;
+
+    ::new ((void*) this->end()) T(::std::move(this->back()));
+    // Push everything else over.
+    std::move_backward(I, this->end()-1, this->end());
+    this->set_size(this->size() + 1);
+
+    // If we just moved the element we're inserting, be sure to update
+    // the reference (never happens if TakesParamByValue).
+    static_assert(!TakesParamByValue || std::is_same<ArgType, T>::value,
+                  "ArgType must be 'T' when taking by value!");
+    if (!TakesParamByValue && this->isReferenceToRange(EltPtr, I, this->end()))
+      ++EltPtr;
+
+    *I = ::std::forward<ArgType>(*EltPtr);
+    return I;
+  }
+
+public:
+  iterator insert(iterator I, T &&Elt) {
+    return insert_one_impl(I, this->forward_value_param(std::move(Elt)));
+  }
+
+  iterator insert(iterator I, const T &Elt) {
+    return insert_one_impl(I, this->forward_value_param(Elt));
+  }
+
+  iterator insert(iterator I, size_type NumToInsert, ValueParamT Elt) {
+    // Convert iterator to elt# to avoid invalidating iterator when we reserve()
+    size_t InsertElt = I - this->begin();
+
+    if (I == this->end()) {  // Important special case for empty vector.
+      append(NumToInsert, Elt);
+      return this->begin()+InsertElt;
+    }
+
+    assert(this->isReferenceToStorage(I) && "Insertion iterator is out of bounds.");
+
+    // Ensure there is enough space, and get the (maybe updated) address of
+    // Elt.
+    const T *EltPtr = this->reserveForParamAndGetAddress(Elt, NumToInsert);
+
+    // Uninvalidate the iterator.
+    I = this->begin()+InsertElt;
+
+    // If there are more elements between the insertion point and the end of the
+    // range than there are being inserted, we can use a simple approach to
+    // insertion.  Since we already reserved space, we know that this won't
+    // reallocate the vector.
+    if (size_t(this->end()-I) >= NumToInsert) {
+      T *OldEnd = this->end();
+      append(std::move_iterator<iterator>(this->end() - NumToInsert),
+             std::move_iterator<iterator>(this->end()));
+
+      // Copy the existing elements that get replaced.
+      std::move_backward(I, OldEnd-NumToInsert, OldEnd);
+
+      // If we just moved the element we're inserting, be sure to update
+      // the reference (never happens if TakesParamByValue).
+      if (!TakesParamByValue && I <= EltPtr && EltPtr < this->end())
+        EltPtr += NumToInsert;
+
+      std::fill_n(I, NumToInsert, *EltPtr);
+      return I;
+    }
+
+    // Otherwise, we're inserting more elements than exist already, and we're
+    // not inserting at the end.
+
+    // Move over the elements that we're about to overwrite.
+    T *OldEnd = this->end();
+    this->set_size(this->size() + NumToInsert);
+    size_t NumOverwritten = OldEnd-I;
+    this->uninitialized_move(I, OldEnd, this->end()-NumOverwritten);
+
+    // If we just moved the element we're inserting, be sure to update
+    // the reference (never happens if TakesParamByValue).
+    if (!TakesParamByValue && I <= EltPtr && EltPtr < this->end())
+      EltPtr += NumToInsert;
+
+    // Replace the overwritten part.
+    std::fill_n(I, NumOverwritten, *EltPtr);
+
+    // Insert the non-overwritten middle part.
+    std::uninitialized_fill_n(OldEnd, NumToInsert - NumOverwritten, *EltPtr);
+    return I;
+  }
+
+  template <typename ItTy,
+            typename = std::enable_if_t<std::is_convertible<
+                typename std::iterator_traits<ItTy>::iterator_category,
+                std::input_iterator_tag>::value>>
+  iterator insert(iterator I, ItTy From, ItTy To) {
+    // Convert iterator to elt# to avoid invalidating iterator when we reserve()
+    size_t InsertElt = I - this->begin();
+
+    if (I == this->end()) {  // Important special case for empty vector.
+      append(From, To);
+      return this->begin()+InsertElt;
+    }
+
+    assert(this->isReferenceToStorage(I) && "Insertion iterator is out of bounds.");
+
+    // Check that the reserve that follows doesn't invalidate the iterators.
+    this->assertSafeToAddRange(From, To);
+
+    size_t NumToInsert = std::distance(From, To);
+
+    // Ensure there is enough space.
+    reserve(this->size() + NumToInsert);
+
+    // Uninvalidate the iterator.
+    I = this->begin()+InsertElt;
+
+    // If there are more elements between the insertion point and the end of the
+    // range than there are being inserted, we can use a simple approach to
+    // insertion.  Since we already reserved space, we know that this won't
+    // reallocate the vector.
+    if (size_t(this->end()-I) >= NumToInsert) {
+      T *OldEnd = this->end();
+      append(std::move_iterator<iterator>(this->end() - NumToInsert),
+             std::move_iterator<iterator>(this->end()));
+
+      // Copy the existing elements that get replaced.
+      std::move_backward(I, OldEnd-NumToInsert, OldEnd);
+
+      std::copy(From, To, I);
+      return I;
+    }
+
+    // Otherwise, we're inserting more elements than exist already, and we're
+    // not inserting at the end.
+
+    // Move over the elements that we're about to overwrite.
+    T *OldEnd = this->end();
+    this->set_size(this->size() + NumToInsert);
+    size_t NumOverwritten = OldEnd-I;
+    this->uninitialized_move(I, OldEnd, this->end()-NumOverwritten);
+
+    // Replace the overwritten part.
+    for (T *J = I; NumOverwritten > 0; --NumOverwritten) {
+      *J = *From;
+      ++J; ++From;
+    }
+
+    // Insert the non-overwritten middle part.
+    this->uninitialized_copy(From, To, OldEnd);
+    return I;
+  }
+
+  void insert(iterator I, std::initializer_list<T> IL) {
+    insert(I, IL.begin(), IL.end());
+  }
+
+  template <typename... ArgTypes> reference emplace_back(ArgTypes &&... Args) {
+    if (LLVM_UNLIKELY(this->size() >= this->capacity()))
+      return this->growAndEmplaceBack(std::forward<ArgTypes>(Args)...);
+
+    ::new ((void *)this->end()) T(std::forward<ArgTypes>(Args)...);
+    this->set_size(this->size() + 1);
+    return this->back();
+  }
+
+  SmallVectorImpl &operator=(const SmallVectorImpl &RHS);
+
+  SmallVectorImpl &operator=(SmallVectorImpl &&RHS);
+
+  bool operator==(const SmallVectorImpl &RHS) const {
+    if (this->size() != RHS.size()) return false;
+    return std::equal(this->begin(), this->end(), RHS.begin());
+  }
+  bool operator!=(const SmallVectorImpl &RHS) const {
+    return !(*this == RHS);
+  }
+
+  bool operator<(const SmallVectorImpl &RHS) const {
+    return std::lexicographical_compare(this->begin(), this->end(),
+                                        RHS.begin(), RHS.end());
+  }
+};
+
+template <typename T>
+void SmallVectorImpl<T>::swap(SmallVectorImpl<T> &RHS) {
+  if (this == &RHS) return;
+
+  // We can only avoid copying elements if neither vector is small.
+  if (!this->isSmall() && !RHS.isSmall()) {
+    std::swap(this->BeginX, RHS.BeginX);
+    std::swap(this->Size, RHS.Size);
+    std::swap(this->Capacity, RHS.Capacity);
+    return;
+  }
+  this->reserve(RHS.size());
+  RHS.reserve(this->size());
+
+  // Swap the shared elements.
+  size_t NumShared = this->size();
+  if (NumShared > RHS.size()) NumShared = RHS.size();
+  for (size_type i = 0; i != NumShared; ++i)
+    std::swap((*this)[i], RHS[i]);
+
+  // Copy over the extra elts.
+  if (this->size() > RHS.size()) {
+    size_t EltDiff = this->size() - RHS.size();
+    this->uninitialized_copy(this->begin()+NumShared, this->end(), RHS.end());
+    RHS.set_size(RHS.size() + EltDiff);
+    this->destroy_range(this->begin()+NumShared, this->end());
+    this->set_size(NumShared);
+  } else if (RHS.size() > this->size()) {
+    size_t EltDiff = RHS.size() - this->size();
+    this->uninitialized_copy(RHS.begin()+NumShared, RHS.end(), this->end());
+    this->set_size(this->size() + EltDiff);
+    this->destroy_range(RHS.begin()+NumShared, RHS.end());
+    RHS.set_size(NumShared);
+  }
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+SmallVectorImpl<T> &SmallVectorImpl<T>::
+  operator=(const SmallVectorImpl<T> &RHS) {
+  // Avoid self-assignment.
+  if (this == &RHS) return *this;
+
+  // If we already have sufficient space, assign the common elements, then
+  // destroy any excess.
+  size_t RHSSize = RHS.size();
+  size_t CurSize = this->size();
+  if (CurSize >= RHSSize) {
+    // Assign common elements.
+    iterator NewEnd;
+    if (RHSSize)
+      NewEnd = std::copy(RHS.begin(), RHS.begin()+RHSSize, this->begin());
+    else
+      NewEnd = this->begin();
+
+    // Destroy excess elements.
+    this->destroy_range(NewEnd, this->end());
+
+    // Trim.
+    this->set_size(RHSSize);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  // If we have to grow to have enough elements, destroy the current elements.
+  // This allows us to avoid copying them during the grow.
+  // FIXME: don't do this if they're efficiently moveable.
+  if (this->capacity() < RHSSize) {
+    // Destroy current elements.
+    this->clear();
+    CurSize = 0;
+    this->grow(RHSSize);
+  } else if (CurSize) {
+    // Otherwise, use assignment for the already-constructed elements.
+    std::copy(RHS.begin(), RHS.begin()+CurSize, this->begin());
+  }
+
+  // Copy construct the new elements in place.
+  this->uninitialized_copy(RHS.begin()+CurSize, RHS.end(),
+                           this->begin()+CurSize);
+
+  // Set end.
+  this->set_size(RHSSize);
+  return *this;
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+SmallVectorImpl<T> &SmallVectorImpl<T>::operator=(SmallVectorImpl<T> &&RHS) {
+  // Avoid self-assignment.
+  if (this == &RHS) return *this;
+
+  // If the RHS isn't small, clear this vector and then steal its buffer.
+  if (!RHS.isSmall()) {
+    this->assignRemote(std::move(RHS));
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  // If we already have sufficient space, assign the common elements, then
+  // destroy any excess.
+  size_t RHSSize = RHS.size();
+  size_t CurSize = this->size();
+  if (CurSize >= RHSSize) {
+    // Assign common elements.
+    iterator NewEnd = this->begin();
+    if (RHSSize)
+      NewEnd = std::move(RHS.begin(), RHS.end(), NewEnd);
+
+    // Destroy excess elements and trim the bounds.
+    this->destroy_range(NewEnd, this->end());
+    this->set_size(RHSSize);
+
+    // Clear the RHS.
+    RHS.clear();
+
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  // If we have to grow to have enough elements, destroy the current elements.
+  // This allows us to avoid copying them during the grow.
+  // FIXME: this may not actually make any sense if we can efficiently move
+  // elements.
+  if (this->capacity() < RHSSize) {
+    // Destroy current elements.
+    this->clear();
+    CurSize = 0;
+    this->grow(RHSSize);
+  } else if (CurSize) {
+    // Otherwise, use assignment for the already-constructed elements.
+    std::move(RHS.begin(), RHS.begin()+CurSize, this->begin());
+  }
+
+  // Move-construct the new elements in place.
+  this->uninitialized_move(RHS.begin()+CurSize, RHS.end(),
+                           this->begin()+CurSize);
+
+  // Set end.
+  this->set_size(RHSSize);
+
+  RHS.clear();
+  return *this;
+}
+
+/// Storage for the SmallVector elements.  This is specialized for the N=0 case
+/// to avoid allocating unnecessary storage.
+template <typename T, unsigned N>
+struct SmallVectorStorage {
+  alignas(T) char InlineElts[N * sizeof(T)];
+};
+
+/// We need the storage to be properly aligned even for small-size of 0 so that
+/// the pointer math in \a SmallVectorTemplateCommon::getFirstEl() is
+/// well-defined.
+template <typename T> struct alignas(T) SmallVectorStorage<T, 0> {};
+
+/// Forward declaration of SmallVector so that
+/// calculateSmallVectorDefaultInlinedElements can reference
+/// `sizeof(SmallVector<T, 0>)`.
+template <typename T, unsigned N> class LLVM_GSL_OWNER SmallVector;
+
+/// Helper class for calculating the default number of inline elements for
+/// `SmallVector<T>`.
+///
+/// This should be migrated to a constexpr function when our minimum
+/// compiler support is enough for multi-statement constexpr functions.
+template <typename T> struct CalculateSmallVectorDefaultInlinedElements {
+  // Parameter controlling the default number of inlined elements
+  // for `SmallVector<T>`.
+  //
+  // The default number of inlined elements ensures that
+  // 1. There is at least one inlined element.
+  // 2. `sizeof(SmallVector<T>) <= kPreferredSmallVectorSizeof` unless
+  // it contradicts 1.
+  static constexpr size_t kPreferredSmallVectorSizeof = 64;
+
+  // static_assert that sizeof(T) is not "too big".
+  //
+  // Because our policy guarantees at least one inlined element, it is possible
+  // for an arbitrarily large inlined element to allocate an arbitrarily large
+  // amount of inline storage. We generally consider it an antipattern for a
+  // SmallVector to allocate an excessive amount of inline storage, so we want
+  // to call attention to these cases and make sure that users are making an
+  // intentional decision if they request a lot of inline storage.
+  //
+  // We want this assertion to trigger in pathological cases, but otherwise
+  // not be too easy to hit. To accomplish that, the cutoff is actually somewhat
+  // larger than kPreferredSmallVectorSizeof (otherwise,
+  // `SmallVector<SmallVector<T>>` would be one easy way to trip it, and that
+  // pattern seems useful in practice).
+  //
+  // One wrinkle is that this assertion is in theory non-portable, since
+  // sizeof(T) is in general platform-dependent. However, we don't expect this
+  // to be much of an issue, because most LLVM development happens on 64-bit
+  // hosts, and therefore sizeof(T) is expected to *decrease* when compiled for
+  // 32-bit hosts, dodging the issue. The reverse situation, where development
+  // happens on a 32-bit host and then fails due to sizeof(T) *increasing* on a
+  // 64-bit host, is expected to be very rare.
+  static_assert(
+      sizeof(T) <= 256,
+      "You are trying to use a default number of inlined elements for "
+      "`SmallVector<T>` but `sizeof(T)` is really big! Please use an "
+      "explicit number of inlined elements with `SmallVector<T, N>` to make "
+      "sure you really want that much inline storage.");
+
+  // Discount the size of the header itself when calculating the maximum inline
+  // bytes.
+  static constexpr size_t PreferredInlineBytes =
+      kPreferredSmallVectorSizeof - sizeof(SmallVector<T, 0>);
+  static constexpr size_t NumElementsThatFit = PreferredInlineBytes / sizeof(T);
+  static constexpr size_t value =
+      NumElementsThatFit == 0 ? 1 : NumElementsThatFit;
+};
+
+/// This is a 'vector' (really, a variable-sized array), optimized
+/// for the case when the array is small.  It contains some number of elements
+/// in-place, which allows it to avoid heap allocation when the actual number of
+/// elements is below that threshold.  This allows normal "small" cases to be
+/// fast without losing generality for large inputs.
+///
+/// \note
+/// In the absence of a well-motivated choice for the number of inlined
+/// elements \p N, it is recommended to use \c SmallVector<T> (that is,
+/// omitting the \p N). This will choose a default number of inlined elements
+/// reasonable for allocation on the stack (for example, trying to keep \c
+/// sizeof(SmallVector<T>) around 64 bytes).
+///
+/// \warning This does not attempt to be exception safe.
+///
+/// \see https://llvm.org/docs/ProgrammersManual.html#llvm-adt-smallvector-h
+template <typename T,
+          unsigned N = CalculateSmallVectorDefaultInlinedElements<T>::value>
+class LLVM_GSL_OWNER SmallVector : public SmallVectorImpl<T>,
+                                   SmallVectorStorage<T, N> {
+public:
+  SmallVector() : SmallVectorImpl<T>(N) {}
+
+  ~SmallVector() {
+    // Destroy the constructed elements in the vector.
+    this->destroy_range(this->begin(), this->end());
+  }
+
+  explicit SmallVector(size_t Size, const T &Value = T())
+    : SmallVectorImpl<T>(N) {
+    this->assign(Size, Value);
+  }
+
+  template <typename ItTy,
+            typename = std::enable_if_t<std::is_convertible<
+                typename std::iterator_traits<ItTy>::iterator_category,
+                std::input_iterator_tag>::value>>
+  SmallVector(ItTy S, ItTy E) : SmallVectorImpl<T>(N) {
+    this->append(S, E);
+  }
+
+  template <typename RangeTy>
+  explicit SmallVector(const iterator_range<RangeTy> &R)
+      : SmallVectorImpl<T>(N) {
+    this->append(R.begin(), R.end());
+  }
+
+  SmallVector(std::initializer_list<T> IL) : SmallVectorImpl<T>(N) {
+    this->assign(IL);
+  }
+
+  SmallVector(const SmallVector &RHS) : SmallVectorImpl<T>(N) {
+    if (!RHS.empty())
+      SmallVectorImpl<T>::operator=(RHS);
+  }
+
+  SmallVector &operator=(const SmallVector &RHS) {
+    SmallVectorImpl<T>::operator=(RHS);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  SmallVector(SmallVector &&RHS) : SmallVectorImpl<T>(N) {
+    if (!RHS.empty())
+      SmallVectorImpl<T>::operator=(::std::move(RHS));
+  }
+
+  SmallVector(SmallVectorImpl<T> &&RHS) : SmallVectorImpl<T>(N) {
+    if (!RHS.empty())
+      SmallVectorImpl<T>::operator=(::std::move(RHS));
+  }
+
+  SmallVector &operator=(SmallVector &&RHS) {
+    if (N) {
+      SmallVectorImpl<T>::operator=(::std::move(RHS));
+      return *this;
+    }
+    // SmallVectorImpl<T>::operator= does not leverage N==0. Optimize the
+    // case.
+    if (this == &RHS)
+      return *this;
+    if (RHS.empty()) {
+      this->destroy_range(this->begin(), this->end());
+      this->Size = 0;
+    } else {
+      this->assignRemote(std::move(RHS));
+    }
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  SmallVector &operator=(SmallVectorImpl<T> &&RHS) {
+    SmallVectorImpl<T>::operator=(::std::move(RHS));
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  SmallVector &operator=(std::initializer_list<T> IL) {
+    this->assign(IL);
+    return *this;
+  }
+};
+
+template <typename T, unsigned N>
+inline size_t capacity_in_bytes(const SmallVector<T, N> &X) {
+  return X.capacity_in_bytes();
+}
+
+template <typename RangeType>
+using ValueTypeFromRangeType =
+    typename std::remove_const<typename std::remove_reference<
+        decltype(*std::begin(std::declval<RangeType &>()))>::type>::type;
+
+/// Given a range of type R, iterate the entire range and return a
+/// SmallVector with elements of the vector.  This is useful, for example,
+/// when you want to iterate a range and then sort the results.
+template <unsigned Size, typename R>
+SmallVector<ValueTypeFromRangeType<R>, Size> to_vector(R &&Range) {
+  return {std::begin(Range), std::end(Range)};
+}
+template <typename R>
+SmallVector<ValueTypeFromRangeType<R>,
+            CalculateSmallVectorDefaultInlinedElements<
+                ValueTypeFromRangeType<R>>::value>
+to_vector(R &&Range) {
+  return {std::begin(Range), std::end(Range)};
+}
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+namespace std {
+
+  /// Implement std::swap in terms of SmallVector swap.
+  template<typename T>
+  inline void
+  swap(llvm::SmallVectorImpl<T> &LHS, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<T> &RHS) {
+    LHS.swap(RHS);
+  }
+
+  /// Implement std::swap in terms of SmallVector swap.
+  template<typename T, unsigned N>
+  inline void
+  swap(llvm::SmallVector<T, N> &LHS, llvm::SmallVector<T, N> &RHS) {
+    LHS.swap(RHS);
+  }
+
+} // end namespace std
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_SMALLVECTOR_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SparseBitVector.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SparseBitVector.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4609c871bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SparseBitVector.h
@@ -0,0 +1,904 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/SparseBitVector.h - Efficient Sparse BitVector --*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines the SparseBitVector class.  See the doxygen comment for
+/// SparseBitVector for more details on the algorithm used.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_SPARSEBITVECTOR_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_SPARSEBITVECTOR_H
+
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <climits>
+#include <cstring>
+#include <iterator>
+#include <list>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// SparseBitVector is an implementation of a bitvector that is sparse by only
+/// storing the elements that have non-zero bits set.  In order to make this
+/// fast for the most common cases, SparseBitVector is implemented as a linked
+/// list of SparseBitVectorElements.  We maintain a pointer to the last
+/// SparseBitVectorElement accessed (in the form of a list iterator), in order
+/// to make multiple in-order test/set constant time after the first one is
+/// executed.  Note that using vectors to store SparseBitVectorElement's does
+/// not work out very well because it causes insertion in the middle to take
+/// enormous amounts of time with a large amount of bits.  Other structures that
+/// have better worst cases for insertion in the middle (various balanced trees,
+/// etc) do not perform as well in practice as a linked list with this iterator
+/// kept up to date.  They are also significantly more memory intensive.
+
+template <unsigned ElementSize = 128> struct SparseBitVectorElement {
+public:
+  using BitWord = unsigned long;
+  using size_type = unsigned;
+  enum {
+    BITWORD_SIZE = sizeof(BitWord) * CHAR_BIT,
+    BITWORDS_PER_ELEMENT = (ElementSize + BITWORD_SIZE - 1) / BITWORD_SIZE,
+    BITS_PER_ELEMENT = ElementSize
+  };
+
+private:
+  // Index of Element in terms of where first bit starts.
+  unsigned ElementIndex;
+  BitWord Bits[BITWORDS_PER_ELEMENT];
+
+  SparseBitVectorElement() {
+    ElementIndex = ~0U;
+    memset(&Bits[0], 0, sizeof (BitWord) * BITWORDS_PER_ELEMENT);
+  }
+
+public:
+  explicit SparseBitVectorElement(unsigned Idx) {
+    ElementIndex = Idx;
+    memset(&Bits[0], 0, sizeof (BitWord) * BITWORDS_PER_ELEMENT);
+  }
+
+  // Comparison.
+  bool operator==(const SparseBitVectorElement &RHS) const {
+    if (ElementIndex != RHS.ElementIndex)
+      return false;
+    for (unsigned i = 0; i < BITWORDS_PER_ELEMENT; ++i)
+      if (Bits[i] != RHS.Bits[i])
+        return false;
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  bool operator!=(const SparseBitVectorElement &RHS) const {
+    return !(*this == RHS);
+  }
+
+  // Return the bits that make up word Idx in our element.
+  BitWord word(unsigned Idx) const {
+    assert(Idx < BITWORDS_PER_ELEMENT);
+    return Bits[Idx];
+  }
+
+  unsigned index() const {
+    return ElementIndex;
+  }
+
+  bool empty() const {
+    for (unsigned i = 0; i < BITWORDS_PER_ELEMENT; ++i)
+      if (Bits[i])
+        return false;
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  void set(unsigned Idx) {
+    Bits[Idx / BITWORD_SIZE] |= 1L << (Idx % BITWORD_SIZE);
+  }
+
+  bool test_and_set(unsigned Idx) {
+    bool old = test(Idx);
+    if (!old) {
+      set(Idx);
+      return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  void reset(unsigned Idx) {
+    Bits[Idx / BITWORD_SIZE] &= ~(1L << (Idx % BITWORD_SIZE));
+  }
+
+  bool test(unsigned Idx) const {
+    return Bits[Idx / BITWORD_SIZE] & (1L << (Idx % BITWORD_SIZE));
+  }
+
+  size_type count() const {
+    unsigned NumBits = 0;
+    for (unsigned i = 0; i < BITWORDS_PER_ELEMENT; ++i)
+      NumBits += countPopulation(Bits[i]);
+    return NumBits;
+  }
+
+  /// find_first - Returns the index of the first set bit.
+  int find_first() const {
+    for (unsigned i = 0; i < BITWORDS_PER_ELEMENT; ++i)
+      if (Bits[i] != 0)
+        return i * BITWORD_SIZE + countTrailingZeros(Bits[i]);
+    llvm_unreachable("Illegal empty element");
+  }
+
+  /// find_last - Returns the index of the last set bit.
+  int find_last() const {
+    for (unsigned I = 0; I < BITWORDS_PER_ELEMENT; ++I) {
+      unsigned Idx = BITWORDS_PER_ELEMENT - I - 1;
+      if (Bits[Idx] != 0)
+        return Idx * BITWORD_SIZE + BITWORD_SIZE -
+               countLeadingZeros(Bits[Idx]) - 1;
+    }
+    llvm_unreachable("Illegal empty element");
+  }
+
+  /// find_next - Returns the index of the next set bit starting from the
+  /// "Curr" bit. Returns -1 if the next set bit is not found.
+  int find_next(unsigned Curr) const {
+    if (Curr >= BITS_PER_ELEMENT)
+      return -1;
+
+    unsigned WordPos = Curr / BITWORD_SIZE;
+    unsigned BitPos = Curr % BITWORD_SIZE;
+    BitWord Copy = Bits[WordPos];
+    assert(WordPos <= BITWORDS_PER_ELEMENT
+           && "Word Position outside of element");
+
+    // Mask off previous bits.
+    Copy &= ~0UL << BitPos;
+
+    if (Copy != 0)
+      return WordPos * BITWORD_SIZE + countTrailingZeros(Copy);
+
+    // Check subsequent words.
+    for (unsigned i = WordPos+1; i < BITWORDS_PER_ELEMENT; ++i)
+      if (Bits[i] != 0)
+        return i * BITWORD_SIZE + countTrailingZeros(Bits[i]);
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  // Union this element with RHS and return true if this one changed.
+  bool unionWith(const SparseBitVectorElement &RHS) {
+    bool changed = false;
+    for (unsigned i = 0; i < BITWORDS_PER_ELEMENT; ++i) {
+      BitWord old = changed ? 0 : Bits[i];
+
+      Bits[i] |= RHS.Bits[i];
+      if (!changed && old != Bits[i])
+        changed = true;
+    }
+    return changed;
+  }
+
+  // Return true if we have any bits in common with RHS
+  bool intersects(const SparseBitVectorElement &RHS) const {
+    for (unsigned i = 0; i < BITWORDS_PER_ELEMENT; ++i) {
+      if (RHS.Bits[i] & Bits[i])
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  // Intersect this Element with RHS and return true if this one changed.
+  // BecameZero is set to true if this element became all-zero bits.
+  bool intersectWith(const SparseBitVectorElement &RHS,
+                     bool &BecameZero) {
+    bool changed = false;
+    bool allzero = true;
+
+    BecameZero = false;
+    for (unsigned i = 0; i < BITWORDS_PER_ELEMENT; ++i) {
+      BitWord old = changed ? 0 : Bits[i];
+
+      Bits[i] &= RHS.Bits[i];
+      if (Bits[i] != 0)
+        allzero = false;
+
+      if (!changed && old != Bits[i])
+        changed = true;
+    }
+    BecameZero = allzero;
+    return changed;
+  }
+
+  // Intersect this Element with the complement of RHS and return true if this
+  // one changed.  BecameZero is set to true if this element became all-zero
+  // bits.
+  bool intersectWithComplement(const SparseBitVectorElement &RHS,
+                               bool &BecameZero) {
+    bool changed = false;
+    bool allzero = true;
+
+    BecameZero = false;
+    for (unsigned i = 0; i < BITWORDS_PER_ELEMENT; ++i) {
+      BitWord old = changed ? 0 : Bits[i];
+
+      Bits[i] &= ~RHS.Bits[i];
+      if (Bits[i] != 0)
+        allzero = false;
+
+      if (!changed && old != Bits[i])
+        changed = true;
+    }
+    BecameZero = allzero;
+    return changed;
+  }
+
+  // Three argument version of intersectWithComplement that intersects
+  // RHS1 & ~RHS2 into this element
+  void intersectWithComplement(const SparseBitVectorElement &RHS1,
+                               const SparseBitVectorElement &RHS2,
+                               bool &BecameZero) {
+    bool allzero = true;
+
+    BecameZero = false;
+    for (unsigned i = 0; i < BITWORDS_PER_ELEMENT; ++i) {
+      Bits[i] = RHS1.Bits[i] & ~RHS2.Bits[i];
+      if (Bits[i] != 0)
+        allzero = false;
+    }
+    BecameZero = allzero;
+  }
+};
+
+template <unsigned ElementSize = 128>
+class SparseBitVector {
+  using ElementList = std::list<SparseBitVectorElement<ElementSize>>;
+  using ElementListIter = typename ElementList::iterator;
+  using ElementListConstIter = typename ElementList::const_iterator;
+  enum {
+    BITWORD_SIZE = SparseBitVectorElement<ElementSize>::BITWORD_SIZE
+  };
+
+  ElementList Elements;
+  // Pointer to our current Element. This has no visible effect on the external
+  // state of a SparseBitVector, it's just used to improve performance in the
+  // common case of testing/modifying bits with similar indices.
+  mutable ElementListIter CurrElementIter;
+
+  // This is like std::lower_bound, except we do linear searching from the
+  // current position.
+  ElementListIter FindLowerBoundImpl(unsigned ElementIndex) const {
+
+    // We cache a non-const iterator so we're forced to resort to const_cast to
+    // get the begin/end in the case where 'this' is const. To avoid duplication
+    // of code with the only difference being whether the const cast is present
+    // 'this' is always const in this particular function and we sort out the
+    // difference in FindLowerBound and FindLowerBoundConst.
+    ElementListIter Begin =
+        const_cast<SparseBitVector<ElementSize> *>(this)->Elements.begin();
+    ElementListIter End =
+        const_cast<SparseBitVector<ElementSize> *>(this)->Elements.end();
+
+    if (Elements.empty()) {
+      CurrElementIter = Begin;
+      return CurrElementIter;
+    }
+
+    // Make sure our current iterator is valid.
+    if (CurrElementIter == End)
+      --CurrElementIter;
+
+    // Search from our current iterator, either backwards or forwards,
+    // depending on what element we are looking for.
+    ElementListIter ElementIter = CurrElementIter;
+    if (CurrElementIter->index() == ElementIndex) {
+      return ElementIter;
+    } else if (CurrElementIter->index() > ElementIndex) {
+      while (ElementIter != Begin
+             && ElementIter->index() > ElementIndex)
+        --ElementIter;
+    } else {
+      while (ElementIter != End &&
+             ElementIter->index() < ElementIndex)
+        ++ElementIter;
+    }
+    CurrElementIter = ElementIter;
+    return ElementIter;
+  }
+  ElementListConstIter FindLowerBoundConst(unsigned ElementIndex) const {
+    return FindLowerBoundImpl(ElementIndex);
+  }
+  ElementListIter FindLowerBound(unsigned ElementIndex) {
+    return FindLowerBoundImpl(ElementIndex);
+  }
+
+  // Iterator to walk set bits in the bitmap.  This iterator is a lot uglier
+  // than it would be, in order to be efficient.
+  class SparseBitVectorIterator {
+  private:
+    bool AtEnd;
+
+    const SparseBitVector<ElementSize> *BitVector = nullptr;
+
+    // Current element inside of bitmap.
+    ElementListConstIter Iter;
+
+    // Current bit number inside of our bitmap.
+    unsigned BitNumber;
+
+    // Current word number inside of our element.
+    unsigned WordNumber;
+
+    // Current bits from the element.
+    typename SparseBitVectorElement<ElementSize>::BitWord Bits;
+
+    // Move our iterator to the first non-zero bit in the bitmap.
+    void AdvanceToFirstNonZero() {
+      if (AtEnd)
+        return;
+      if (BitVector->Elements.empty()) {
+        AtEnd = true;
+        return;
+      }
+      Iter = BitVector->Elements.begin();
+      BitNumber = Iter->index() * ElementSize;
+      unsigned BitPos = Iter->find_first();
+      BitNumber += BitPos;
+      WordNumber = (BitNumber % ElementSize) / BITWORD_SIZE;
+      Bits = Iter->word(WordNumber);
+      Bits >>= BitPos % BITWORD_SIZE;
+    }
+
+    // Move our iterator to the next non-zero bit.
+    void AdvanceToNextNonZero() {
+      if (AtEnd)
+        return;
+
+      while (Bits && !(Bits & 1)) {
+        Bits >>= 1;
+        BitNumber += 1;
+      }
+
+      // See if we ran out of Bits in this word.
+      if (!Bits) {
+        int NextSetBitNumber = Iter->find_next(BitNumber % ElementSize) ;
+        // If we ran out of set bits in this element, move to next element.
+        if (NextSetBitNumber == -1 || (BitNumber % ElementSize == 0)) {
+          ++Iter;
+          WordNumber = 0;
+
+          // We may run out of elements in the bitmap.
+          if (Iter == BitVector->Elements.end()) {
+            AtEnd = true;
+            return;
+          }
+          // Set up for next non-zero word in bitmap.
+          BitNumber = Iter->index() * ElementSize;
+          NextSetBitNumber = Iter->find_first();
+          BitNumber += NextSetBitNumber;
+          WordNumber = (BitNumber % ElementSize) / BITWORD_SIZE;
+          Bits = Iter->word(WordNumber);
+          Bits >>= NextSetBitNumber % BITWORD_SIZE;
+        } else {
+          WordNumber = (NextSetBitNumber % ElementSize) / BITWORD_SIZE;
+          Bits = Iter->word(WordNumber);
+          Bits >>= NextSetBitNumber % BITWORD_SIZE;
+          BitNumber = Iter->index() * ElementSize;
+          BitNumber += NextSetBitNumber;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+  public:
+    SparseBitVectorIterator() = default;
+
+    SparseBitVectorIterator(const SparseBitVector<ElementSize> *RHS,
+                            bool end = false):BitVector(RHS) {
+      Iter = BitVector->Elements.begin();
+      BitNumber = 0;
+      Bits = 0;
+      WordNumber = ~0;
+      AtEnd = end;
+      AdvanceToFirstNonZero();
+    }
+
+    // Preincrement.
+    inline SparseBitVectorIterator& operator++() {
+      ++BitNumber;
+      Bits >>= 1;
+      AdvanceToNextNonZero();
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    // Postincrement.
+    inline SparseBitVectorIterator operator++(int) {
+      SparseBitVectorIterator tmp = *this;
+      ++*this;
+      return tmp;
+    }
+
+    // Return the current set bit number.
+    unsigned operator*() const {
+      return BitNumber;
+    }
+
+    bool operator==(const SparseBitVectorIterator &RHS) const {
+      // If they are both at the end, ignore the rest of the fields.
+      if (AtEnd && RHS.AtEnd)
+        return true;
+      // Otherwise they are the same if they have the same bit number and
+      // bitmap.
+      return AtEnd == RHS.AtEnd && RHS.BitNumber == BitNumber;
+    }
+
+    bool operator!=(const SparseBitVectorIterator &RHS) const {
+      return !(*this == RHS);
+    }
+  };
+
+public:
+  using iterator = SparseBitVectorIterator;
+
+  SparseBitVector() : Elements(), CurrElementIter(Elements.begin()) {}
+
+  SparseBitVector(const SparseBitVector &RHS)
+      : Elements(RHS.Elements), CurrElementIter(Elements.begin()) {}
+  SparseBitVector(SparseBitVector &&RHS)
+      : Elements(std::move(RHS.Elements)), CurrElementIter(Elements.begin()) {}
+
+  // Clear.
+  void clear() {
+    Elements.clear();
+  }
+
+  // Assignment
+  SparseBitVector& operator=(const SparseBitVector& RHS) {
+    if (this == &RHS)
+      return *this;
+
+    Elements = RHS.Elements;
+    CurrElementIter = Elements.begin();
+    return *this;
+  }
+  SparseBitVector &operator=(SparseBitVector &&RHS) {
+    Elements = std::move(RHS.Elements);
+    CurrElementIter = Elements.begin();
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  // Test, Reset, and Set a bit in the bitmap.
+  bool test(unsigned Idx) const {
+    if (Elements.empty())
+      return false;
+
+    unsigned ElementIndex = Idx / ElementSize;
+    ElementListConstIter ElementIter = FindLowerBoundConst(ElementIndex);
+
+    // If we can't find an element that is supposed to contain this bit, there
+    // is nothing more to do.
+    if (ElementIter == Elements.end() ||
+        ElementIter->index() != ElementIndex)
+      return false;
+    return ElementIter->test(Idx % ElementSize);
+  }
+
+  void reset(unsigned Idx) {
+    if (Elements.empty())
+      return;
+
+    unsigned ElementIndex = Idx / ElementSize;
+    ElementListIter ElementIter = FindLowerBound(ElementIndex);
+
+    // If we can't find an element that is supposed to contain this bit, there
+    // is nothing more to do.
+    if (ElementIter == Elements.end() ||
+        ElementIter->index() != ElementIndex)
+      return;
+    ElementIter->reset(Idx % ElementSize);
+
+    // When the element is zeroed out, delete it.
+    if (ElementIter->empty()) {
+      ++CurrElementIter;
+      Elements.erase(ElementIter);
+    }
+  }
+
+  void set(unsigned Idx) {
+    unsigned ElementIndex = Idx / ElementSize;
+    ElementListIter ElementIter;
+    if (Elements.empty()) {
+      ElementIter = Elements.emplace(Elements.end(), ElementIndex);
+    } else {
+      ElementIter = FindLowerBound(ElementIndex);
+
+      if (ElementIter == Elements.end() ||
+          ElementIter->index() != ElementIndex) {
+        // We may have hit the beginning of our SparseBitVector, in which case,
+        // we may need to insert right after this element, which requires moving
+        // the current iterator forward one, because insert does insert before.
+        if (ElementIter != Elements.end() &&
+            ElementIter->index() < ElementIndex)
+          ++ElementIter;
+        ElementIter = Elements.emplace(ElementIter, ElementIndex);
+      }
+    }
+    CurrElementIter = ElementIter;
+
+    ElementIter->set(Idx % ElementSize);
+  }
+
+  bool test_and_set(unsigned Idx) {
+    bool old = test(Idx);
+    if (!old) {
+      set(Idx);
+      return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  bool operator!=(const SparseBitVector &RHS) const {
+    return !(*this == RHS);
+  }
+
+  bool operator==(const SparseBitVector &RHS) const {
+    ElementListConstIter Iter1 = Elements.begin();
+    ElementListConstIter Iter2 = RHS.Elements.begin();
+
+    for (; Iter1 != Elements.end() && Iter2 != RHS.Elements.end();
+         ++Iter1, ++Iter2) {
+      if (*Iter1 != *Iter2)
+        return false;
+    }
+    return Iter1 == Elements.end() && Iter2 == RHS.Elements.end();
+  }
+
+  // Union our bitmap with the RHS and return true if we changed.
+  bool operator|=(const SparseBitVector &RHS) {
+    if (this == &RHS)
+      return false;
+
+    bool changed = false;
+    ElementListIter Iter1 = Elements.begin();
+    ElementListConstIter Iter2 = RHS.Elements.begin();
+
+    // If RHS is empty, we are done
+    if (RHS.Elements.empty())
+      return false;
+
+    while (Iter2 != RHS.Elements.end()) {
+      if (Iter1 == Elements.end() || Iter1->index() > Iter2->index()) {
+        Elements.insert(Iter1, *Iter2);
+        ++Iter2;
+        changed = true;
+      } else if (Iter1->index() == Iter2->index()) {
+        changed |= Iter1->unionWith(*Iter2);
+        ++Iter1;
+        ++Iter2;
+      } else {
+        ++Iter1;
+      }
+    }
+    CurrElementIter = Elements.begin();
+    return changed;
+  }
+
+  // Intersect our bitmap with the RHS and return true if ours changed.
+  bool operator&=(const SparseBitVector &RHS) {
+    if (this == &RHS)
+      return false;
+
+    bool changed = false;
+    ElementListIter Iter1 = Elements.begin();
+    ElementListConstIter Iter2 = RHS.Elements.begin();
+
+    // Check if both bitmaps are empty.
+    if (Elements.empty() && RHS.Elements.empty())
+      return false;
+
+    // Loop through, intersecting as we go, erasing elements when necessary.
+    while (Iter2 != RHS.Elements.end()) {
+      if (Iter1 == Elements.end()) {
+        CurrElementIter = Elements.begin();
+        return changed;
+      }
+
+      if (Iter1->index() > Iter2->index()) {
+        ++Iter2;
+      } else if (Iter1->index() == Iter2->index()) {
+        bool BecameZero;
+        changed |= Iter1->intersectWith(*Iter2, BecameZero);
+        if (BecameZero) {
+          ElementListIter IterTmp = Iter1;
+          ++Iter1;
+          Elements.erase(IterTmp);
+        } else {
+          ++Iter1;
+        }
+        ++Iter2;
+      } else {
+        ElementListIter IterTmp = Iter1;
+        ++Iter1;
+        Elements.erase(IterTmp);
+        changed = true;
+      }
+    }
+    if (Iter1 != Elements.end()) {
+      Elements.erase(Iter1, Elements.end());
+      changed = true;
+    }
+    CurrElementIter = Elements.begin();
+    return changed;
+  }
+
+  // Intersect our bitmap with the complement of the RHS and return true
+  // if ours changed.
+  bool intersectWithComplement(const SparseBitVector &RHS) {
+    if (this == &RHS) {
+      if (!empty()) {
+        clear();
+        return true;
+      }
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    bool changed = false;
+    ElementListIter Iter1 = Elements.begin();
+    ElementListConstIter Iter2 = RHS.Elements.begin();
+
+    // If either our bitmap or RHS is empty, we are done
+    if (Elements.empty() || RHS.Elements.empty())
+      return false;
+
+    // Loop through, intersecting as we go, erasing elements when necessary.
+    while (Iter2 != RHS.Elements.end()) {
+      if (Iter1 == Elements.end()) {
+        CurrElementIter = Elements.begin();
+        return changed;
+      }
+
+      if (Iter1->index() > Iter2->index()) {
+        ++Iter2;
+      } else if (Iter1->index() == Iter2->index()) {
+        bool BecameZero;
+        changed |= Iter1->intersectWithComplement(*Iter2, BecameZero);
+        if (BecameZero) {
+          ElementListIter IterTmp = Iter1;
+          ++Iter1;
+          Elements.erase(IterTmp);
+        } else {
+          ++Iter1;
+        }
+        ++Iter2;
+      } else {
+        ++Iter1;
+      }
+    }
+    CurrElementIter = Elements.begin();
+    return changed;
+  }
+
+  bool intersectWithComplement(const SparseBitVector<ElementSize> *RHS) const {
+    return intersectWithComplement(*RHS);
+  }
+
+  //  Three argument version of intersectWithComplement.
+  //  Result of RHS1 & ~RHS2 is stored into this bitmap.
+  void intersectWithComplement(const SparseBitVector<ElementSize> &RHS1,
+                               const SparseBitVector<ElementSize> &RHS2)
+  {
+    if (this == &RHS1) {
+      intersectWithComplement(RHS2);
+      return;
+    } else if (this == &RHS2) {
+      SparseBitVector RHS2Copy(RHS2);
+      intersectWithComplement(RHS1, RHS2Copy);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    Elements.clear();
+    CurrElementIter = Elements.begin();
+    ElementListConstIter Iter1 = RHS1.Elements.begin();
+    ElementListConstIter Iter2 = RHS2.Elements.begin();
+
+    // If RHS1 is empty, we are done
+    // If RHS2 is empty, we still have to copy RHS1
+    if (RHS1.Elements.empty())
+      return;
+
+    // Loop through, intersecting as we go, erasing elements when necessary.
+    while (Iter2 != RHS2.Elements.end()) {
+      if (Iter1 == RHS1.Elements.end())
+        return;
+
+      if (Iter1->index() > Iter2->index()) {
+        ++Iter2;
+      } else if (Iter1->index() == Iter2->index()) {
+        bool BecameZero = false;
+        Elements.emplace_back(Iter1->index());
+        Elements.back().intersectWithComplement(*Iter1, *Iter2, BecameZero);
+        if (BecameZero)
+          Elements.pop_back();
+        ++Iter1;
+        ++Iter2;
+      } else {
+        Elements.push_back(*Iter1++);
+      }
+    }
+
+    // copy the remaining elements
+    std::copy(Iter1, RHS1.Elements.end(), std::back_inserter(Elements));
+  }
+
+  void intersectWithComplement(const SparseBitVector<ElementSize> *RHS1,
+                               const SparseBitVector<ElementSize> *RHS2) {
+    intersectWithComplement(*RHS1, *RHS2);
+  }
+
+  bool intersects(const SparseBitVector<ElementSize> *RHS) const {
+    return intersects(*RHS);
+  }
+
+  // Return true if we share any bits in common with RHS
+  bool intersects(const SparseBitVector<ElementSize> &RHS) const {
+    ElementListConstIter Iter1 = Elements.begin();
+    ElementListConstIter Iter2 = RHS.Elements.begin();
+
+    // Check if both bitmaps are empty.
+    if (Elements.empty() && RHS.Elements.empty())
+      return false;
+
+    // Loop through, intersecting stopping when we hit bits in common.
+    while (Iter2 != RHS.Elements.end()) {
+      if (Iter1 == Elements.end())
+        return false;
+
+      if (Iter1->index() > Iter2->index()) {
+        ++Iter2;
+      } else if (Iter1->index() == Iter2->index()) {
+        if (Iter1->intersects(*Iter2))
+          return true;
+        ++Iter1;
+        ++Iter2;
+      } else {
+        ++Iter1;
+      }
+    }
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  // Return true iff all bits set in this SparseBitVector are
+  // also set in RHS.
+  bool contains(const SparseBitVector<ElementSize> &RHS) const {
+    SparseBitVector<ElementSize> Result(*this);
+    Result &= RHS;
+    return (Result == RHS);
+  }
+
+  // Return the first set bit in the bitmap.  Return -1 if no bits are set.
+  int find_first() const {
+    if (Elements.empty())
+      return -1;
+    const SparseBitVectorElement<ElementSize> &First = *(Elements.begin());
+    return (First.index() * ElementSize) + First.find_first();
+  }
+
+  // Return the last set bit in the bitmap.  Return -1 if no bits are set.
+  int find_last() const {
+    if (Elements.empty())
+      return -1;
+    const SparseBitVectorElement<ElementSize> &Last = *(Elements.rbegin());
+    return (Last.index() * ElementSize) + Last.find_last();
+  }
+
+  // Return true if the SparseBitVector is empty
+  bool empty() const {
+    return Elements.empty();
+  }
+
+  unsigned count() const {
+    unsigned BitCount = 0;
+    for (ElementListConstIter Iter = Elements.begin();
+         Iter != Elements.end();
+         ++Iter)
+      BitCount += Iter->count();
+
+    return BitCount;
+  }
+
+  iterator begin() const {
+    return iterator(this);
+  }
+
+  iterator end() const {
+    return iterator(this, true);
+  }
+};
+
+// Convenience functions to allow Or and And without dereferencing in the user
+// code.
+
+template <unsigned ElementSize>
+inline bool operator |=(SparseBitVector<ElementSize> &LHS,
+                        const SparseBitVector<ElementSize> *RHS) {
+  return LHS |= *RHS;
+}
+
+template <unsigned ElementSize>
+inline bool operator |=(SparseBitVector<ElementSize> *LHS,
+                        const SparseBitVector<ElementSize> &RHS) {
+  return LHS->operator|=(RHS);
+}
+
+template <unsigned ElementSize>
+inline bool operator &=(SparseBitVector<ElementSize> *LHS,
+                        const SparseBitVector<ElementSize> &RHS) {
+  return LHS->operator&=(RHS);
+}
+
+template <unsigned ElementSize>
+inline bool operator &=(SparseBitVector<ElementSize> &LHS,
+                        const SparseBitVector<ElementSize> *RHS) {
+  return LHS &= *RHS;
+}
+
+// Convenience functions for infix union, intersection, difference operators.
+
+template <unsigned ElementSize>
+inline SparseBitVector<ElementSize>
+operator|(const SparseBitVector<ElementSize> &LHS,
+          const SparseBitVector<ElementSize> &RHS) {
+  SparseBitVector<ElementSize> Result(LHS);
+  Result |= RHS;
+  return Result;
+}
+
+template <unsigned ElementSize>
+inline SparseBitVector<ElementSize>
+operator&(const SparseBitVector<ElementSize> &LHS,
+          const SparseBitVector<ElementSize> &RHS) {
+  SparseBitVector<ElementSize> Result(LHS);
+  Result &= RHS;
+  return Result;
+}
+
+template <unsigned ElementSize>
+inline SparseBitVector<ElementSize>
+operator-(const SparseBitVector<ElementSize> &LHS,
+          const SparseBitVector<ElementSize> &RHS) {
+  SparseBitVector<ElementSize> Result;
+  Result.intersectWithComplement(LHS, RHS);
+  return Result;
+}
+
+// Dump a SparseBitVector to a stream
+template <unsigned ElementSize>
+void dump(const SparseBitVector<ElementSize> &LHS, raw_ostream &out) {
+  out << "[";
+
+  typename SparseBitVector<ElementSize>::iterator bi = LHS.begin(),
+    be = LHS.end();
+  if (bi != be) {
+    out << *bi;
+    for (++bi; bi != be; ++bi) {
+      out << " " << *bi;
+    }
+  }
+  out << "]\n";
+}
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_SPARSEBITVECTOR_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SparseMultiSet.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SparseMultiSet.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1bb07867be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SparseMultiSet.h
@@ -0,0 +1,534 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/SparseMultiSet.h - Sparse multiset --------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines the SparseMultiSet class, which adds multiset behavior to
+/// the SparseSet.
+///
+/// A sparse multiset holds a small number of objects identified by integer keys
+/// from a moderately sized universe. The sparse multiset uses more memory than
+/// other containers in order to provide faster operations. Any key can map to
+/// multiple values. A SparseMultiSetNode class is provided, which serves as a
+/// convenient base class for the contents of a SparseMultiSet.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_SPARSEMULTISET_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_SPARSEMULTISET_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/identity.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SparseSet.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstdint>
+#include <cstdlib>
+#include <iterator>
+#include <limits>
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// Fast multiset implementation for objects that can be identified by small
+/// unsigned keys.
+///
+/// SparseMultiSet allocates memory proportional to the size of the key
+/// universe, so it is not recommended for building composite data structures.
+/// It is useful for algorithms that require a single set with fast operations.
+///
+/// Compared to DenseSet and DenseMap, SparseMultiSet provides constant-time
+/// fast clear() as fast as a vector.  The find(), insert(), and erase()
+/// operations are all constant time, and typically faster than a hash table.
+/// The iteration order doesn't depend on numerical key values, it only depends
+/// on the order of insert() and erase() operations.  Iteration order is the
+/// insertion order. Iteration is only provided over elements of equivalent
+/// keys, but iterators are bidirectional.
+///
+/// Compared to BitVector, SparseMultiSet<unsigned> uses 8x-40x more memory, but
+/// offers constant-time clear() and size() operations as well as fast iteration
+/// independent on the size of the universe.
+///
+/// SparseMultiSet contains a dense vector holding all the objects and a sparse
+/// array holding indexes into the dense vector.  Most of the memory is used by
+/// the sparse array which is the size of the key universe. The SparseT template
+/// parameter provides a space/speed tradeoff for sets holding many elements.
+///
+/// When SparseT is uint32_t, find() only touches up to 3 cache lines, but the
+/// sparse array uses 4 x Universe bytes.
+///
+/// When SparseT is uint8_t (the default), find() touches up to 3+[N/256] cache
+/// lines, but the sparse array is 4x smaller.  N is the number of elements in
+/// the set.
+///
+/// For sets that may grow to thousands of elements, SparseT should be set to
+/// uint16_t or uint32_t.
+///
+/// Multiset behavior is provided by providing doubly linked lists for values
+/// that are inlined in the dense vector. SparseMultiSet is a good choice when
+/// one desires a growable number of entries per key, as it will retain the
+/// SparseSet algorithmic properties despite being growable. Thus, it is often a
+/// better choice than a SparseSet of growable containers or a vector of
+/// vectors. SparseMultiSet also keeps iterators valid after erasure (provided
+/// the iterators don't point to the element erased), allowing for more
+/// intuitive and fast removal.
+///
+/// @tparam ValueT      The type of objects in the set.
+/// @tparam KeyFunctorT A functor that computes an unsigned index from KeyT.
+/// @tparam SparseT     An unsigned integer type. See above.
+///
+template<typename ValueT,
+         typename KeyFunctorT = identity<unsigned>,
+         typename SparseT = uint8_t>
+class SparseMultiSet {
+  static_assert(std::numeric_limits<SparseT>::is_integer &&
+                !std::numeric_limits<SparseT>::is_signed,
+                "SparseT must be an unsigned integer type");
+
+  /// The actual data that's stored, as a doubly-linked list implemented via
+  /// indices into the DenseVector.  The doubly linked list is implemented
+  /// circular in Prev indices, and INVALID-terminated in Next indices. This
+  /// provides efficient access to list tails. These nodes can also be
+  /// tombstones, in which case they are actually nodes in a single-linked
+  /// freelist of recyclable slots.
+  struct SMSNode {
+    static constexpr unsigned INVALID = ~0U;
+
+    ValueT Data;
+    unsigned Prev;
+    unsigned Next;
+
+    SMSNode(ValueT D, unsigned P, unsigned N) : Data(D), Prev(P), Next(N) {}
+
+    /// List tails have invalid Nexts.
+    bool isTail() const {
+      return Next == INVALID;
+    }
+
+    /// Whether this node is a tombstone node, and thus is in our freelist.
+    bool isTombstone() const {
+      return Prev == INVALID;
+    }
+
+    /// Since the list is circular in Prev, all non-tombstone nodes have a valid
+    /// Prev.
+    bool isValid() const { return Prev != INVALID; }
+  };
+
+  using KeyT = typename KeyFunctorT::argument_type;
+  using DenseT = SmallVector<SMSNode, 8>;
+  DenseT Dense;
+  SparseT *Sparse = nullptr;
+  unsigned Universe = 0;
+  KeyFunctorT KeyIndexOf;
+  SparseSetValFunctor<KeyT, ValueT, KeyFunctorT> ValIndexOf;
+
+  /// We have a built-in recycler for reusing tombstone slots. This recycler
+  /// puts a singly-linked free list into tombstone slots, allowing us quick
+  /// erasure, iterator preservation, and dense size.
+  unsigned FreelistIdx = SMSNode::INVALID;
+  unsigned NumFree = 0;
+
+  unsigned sparseIndex(const ValueT &Val) const {
+    assert(ValIndexOf(Val) < Universe &&
+           "Invalid key in set. Did object mutate?");
+    return ValIndexOf(Val);
+  }
+  unsigned sparseIndex(const SMSNode &N) const { return sparseIndex(N.Data); }
+
+  /// Whether the given entry is the head of the list. List heads's previous
+  /// pointers are to the tail of the list, allowing for efficient access to the
+  /// list tail. D must be a valid entry node.
+  bool isHead(const SMSNode &D) const {
+    assert(D.isValid() && "Invalid node for head");
+    return Dense[D.Prev].isTail();
+  }
+
+  /// Whether the given entry is a singleton entry, i.e. the only entry with
+  /// that key.
+  bool isSingleton(const SMSNode &N) const {
+    assert(N.isValid() && "Invalid node for singleton");
+    // Is N its own predecessor?
+    return &Dense[N.Prev] == &N;
+  }
+
+  /// Add in the given SMSNode. Uses a free entry in our freelist if
+  /// available. Returns the index of the added node.
+  unsigned addValue(const ValueT& V, unsigned Prev, unsigned Next) {
+    if (NumFree == 0) {
+      Dense.push_back(SMSNode(V, Prev, Next));
+      return Dense.size() - 1;
+    }
+
+    // Peel off a free slot
+    unsigned Idx = FreelistIdx;
+    unsigned NextFree = Dense[Idx].Next;
+    assert(Dense[Idx].isTombstone() && "Non-tombstone free?");
+
+    Dense[Idx] = SMSNode(V, Prev, Next);
+    FreelistIdx = NextFree;
+    --NumFree;
+    return Idx;
+  }
+
+  /// Make the current index a new tombstone. Pushes it onto the freelist.
+  void makeTombstone(unsigned Idx) {
+    Dense[Idx].Prev = SMSNode::INVALID;
+    Dense[Idx].Next = FreelistIdx;
+    FreelistIdx = Idx;
+    ++NumFree;
+  }
+
+public:
+  using value_type = ValueT;
+  using reference = ValueT &;
+  using const_reference = const ValueT &;
+  using pointer = ValueT *;
+  using const_pointer = const ValueT *;
+  using size_type = unsigned;
+
+  SparseMultiSet() = default;
+  SparseMultiSet(const SparseMultiSet &) = delete;
+  SparseMultiSet &operator=(const SparseMultiSet &) = delete;
+  ~SparseMultiSet() { free(Sparse); }
+
+  /// Set the universe size which determines the largest key the set can hold.
+  /// The universe must be sized before any elements can be added.
+  ///
+  /// @param U Universe size. All object keys must be less than U.
+  ///
+  void setUniverse(unsigned U) {
+    // It's not hard to resize the universe on a non-empty set, but it doesn't
+    // seem like a likely use case, so we can add that code when we need it.
+    assert(empty() && "Can only resize universe on an empty map");
+    // Hysteresis prevents needless reallocations.
+    if (U >= Universe/4 && U <= Universe)
+      return;
+    free(Sparse);
+    // The Sparse array doesn't actually need to be initialized, so malloc
+    // would be enough here, but that will cause tools like valgrind to
+    // complain about branching on uninitialized data.
+    Sparse = static_cast<SparseT*>(safe_calloc(U, sizeof(SparseT)));
+    Universe = U;
+  }
+
+  /// Our iterators are iterators over the collection of objects that share a
+  /// key.
+  template <typename SMSPtrTy> class iterator_base {
+    friend class SparseMultiSet;
+
+  public:
+    using iterator_category = std::bidirectional_iterator_tag;
+    using value_type = ValueT;
+    using difference_type = std::ptrdiff_t;
+    using pointer = value_type *;
+    using reference = value_type &;
+
+  private:
+    SMSPtrTy SMS;
+    unsigned Idx;
+    unsigned SparseIdx;
+
+    iterator_base(SMSPtrTy P, unsigned I, unsigned SI)
+      : SMS(P), Idx(I), SparseIdx(SI) {}
+
+    /// Whether our iterator has fallen outside our dense vector.
+    bool isEnd() const {
+      if (Idx == SMSNode::INVALID)
+        return true;
+
+      assert(Idx < SMS->Dense.size() && "Out of range, non-INVALID Idx?");
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    /// Whether our iterator is properly keyed, i.e. the SparseIdx is valid
+    bool isKeyed() const { return SparseIdx < SMS->Universe; }
+
+    unsigned Prev() const { return SMS->Dense[Idx].Prev; }
+    unsigned Next() const { return SMS->Dense[Idx].Next; }
+
+    void setPrev(unsigned P) { SMS->Dense[Idx].Prev = P; }
+    void setNext(unsigned N) { SMS->Dense[Idx].Next = N; }
+
+  public:
+    reference operator*() const {
+      assert(isKeyed() && SMS->sparseIndex(SMS->Dense[Idx].Data) == SparseIdx &&
+             "Dereferencing iterator of invalid key or index");
+
+      return SMS->Dense[Idx].Data;
+    }
+    pointer operator->() const { return &operator*(); }
+
+    /// Comparison operators
+    bool operator==(const iterator_base &RHS) const {
+      // end compares equal
+      if (SMS == RHS.SMS && Idx == RHS.Idx) {
+        assert((isEnd() || SparseIdx == RHS.SparseIdx) &&
+               "Same dense entry, but different keys?");
+        return true;
+      }
+
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    bool operator!=(const iterator_base &RHS) const {
+      return !operator==(RHS);
+    }
+
+    /// Increment and decrement operators
+    iterator_base &operator--() { // predecrement - Back up
+      assert(isKeyed() && "Decrementing an invalid iterator");
+      assert((isEnd() || !SMS->isHead(SMS->Dense[Idx])) &&
+             "Decrementing head of list");
+
+      // If we're at the end, then issue a new find()
+      if (isEnd())
+        Idx = SMS->findIndex(SparseIdx).Prev();
+      else
+        Idx = Prev();
+
+      return *this;
+    }
+    iterator_base &operator++() { // preincrement - Advance
+      assert(!isEnd() && isKeyed() && "Incrementing an invalid/end iterator");
+      Idx = Next();
+      return *this;
+    }
+    iterator_base operator--(int) { // postdecrement
+      iterator_base I(*this);
+      --*this;
+      return I;
+    }
+    iterator_base operator++(int) { // postincrement
+      iterator_base I(*this);
+      ++*this;
+      return I;
+    }
+  };
+
+  using iterator = iterator_base<SparseMultiSet *>;
+  using const_iterator = iterator_base<const SparseMultiSet *>;
+
+  // Convenience types
+  using RangePair = std::pair<iterator, iterator>;
+
+  /// Returns an iterator past this container. Note that such an iterator cannot
+  /// be decremented, but will compare equal to other end iterators.
+  iterator end() { return iterator(this, SMSNode::INVALID, SMSNode::INVALID); }
+  const_iterator end() const {
+    return const_iterator(this, SMSNode::INVALID, SMSNode::INVALID);
+  }
+
+  /// Returns true if the set is empty.
+  ///
+  /// This is not the same as BitVector::empty().
+  ///
+  bool empty() const { return size() == 0; }
+
+  /// Returns the number of elements in the set.
+  ///
+  /// This is not the same as BitVector::size() which returns the size of the
+  /// universe.
+  ///
+  size_type size() const {
+    assert(NumFree <= Dense.size() && "Out-of-bounds free entries");
+    return Dense.size() - NumFree;
+  }
+
+  /// Clears the set.  This is a very fast constant time operation.
+  ///
+  void clear() {
+    // Sparse does not need to be cleared, see find().
+    Dense.clear();
+    NumFree = 0;
+    FreelistIdx = SMSNode::INVALID;
+  }
+
+  /// Find an element by its index.
+  ///
+  /// @param   Idx A valid index to find.
+  /// @returns An iterator to the element identified by key, or end().
+  ///
+  iterator findIndex(unsigned Idx) {
+    assert(Idx < Universe && "Key out of range");
+    const unsigned Stride = std::numeric_limits<SparseT>::max() + 1u;
+    for (unsigned i = Sparse[Idx], e = Dense.size(); i < e; i += Stride) {
+      const unsigned FoundIdx = sparseIndex(Dense[i]);
+      // Check that we're pointing at the correct entry and that it is the head
+      // of a valid list.
+      if (Idx == FoundIdx && Dense[i].isValid() && isHead(Dense[i]))
+        return iterator(this, i, Idx);
+      // Stride is 0 when SparseT >= unsigned.  We don't need to loop.
+      if (!Stride)
+        break;
+    }
+    return end();
+  }
+
+  /// Find an element by its key.
+  ///
+  /// @param   Key A valid key to find.
+  /// @returns An iterator to the element identified by key, or end().
+  ///
+  iterator find(const KeyT &Key) {
+    return findIndex(KeyIndexOf(Key));
+  }
+
+  const_iterator find(const KeyT &Key) const {
+    iterator I = const_cast<SparseMultiSet*>(this)->findIndex(KeyIndexOf(Key));
+    return const_iterator(I.SMS, I.Idx, KeyIndexOf(Key));
+  }
+
+  /// Returns the number of elements identified by Key. This will be linear in
+  /// the number of elements of that key.
+  size_type count(const KeyT &Key) const {
+    unsigned Ret = 0;
+    for (const_iterator It = find(Key); It != end(); ++It)
+      ++Ret;
+
+    return Ret;
+  }
+
+  /// Returns true if this set contains an element identified by Key.
+  bool contains(const KeyT &Key) const {
+    return find(Key) != end();
+  }
+
+  /// Return the head and tail of the subset's list, otherwise returns end().
+  iterator getHead(const KeyT &Key) { return find(Key); }
+  iterator getTail(const KeyT &Key) {
+    iterator I = find(Key);
+    if (I != end())
+      I = iterator(this, I.Prev(), KeyIndexOf(Key));
+    return I;
+  }
+
+  /// The bounds of the range of items sharing Key K. First member is the head
+  /// of the list, and the second member is a decrementable end iterator for
+  /// that key.
+  RangePair equal_range(const KeyT &K) {
+    iterator B = find(K);
+    iterator E = iterator(this, SMSNode::INVALID, B.SparseIdx);
+    return std::make_pair(B, E);
+  }
+
+  /// Insert a new element at the tail of the subset list. Returns an iterator
+  /// to the newly added entry.
+  iterator insert(const ValueT &Val) {
+    unsigned Idx = sparseIndex(Val);
+    iterator I = findIndex(Idx);
+
+    unsigned NodeIdx = addValue(Val, SMSNode::INVALID, SMSNode::INVALID);
+
+    if (I == end()) {
+      // Make a singleton list
+      Sparse[Idx] = NodeIdx;
+      Dense[NodeIdx].Prev = NodeIdx;
+      return iterator(this, NodeIdx, Idx);
+    }
+
+    // Stick it at the end.
+    unsigned HeadIdx = I.Idx;
+    unsigned TailIdx = I.Prev();
+    Dense[TailIdx].Next = NodeIdx;
+    Dense[HeadIdx].Prev = NodeIdx;
+    Dense[NodeIdx].Prev = TailIdx;
+
+    return iterator(this, NodeIdx, Idx);
+  }
+
+  /// Erases an existing element identified by a valid iterator.
+  ///
+  /// This invalidates iterators pointing at the same entry, but erase() returns
+  /// an iterator pointing to the next element in the subset's list. This makes
+  /// it possible to erase selected elements while iterating over the subset:
+  ///
+  ///   tie(I, E) = Set.equal_range(Key);
+  ///   while (I != E)
+  ///     if (test(*I))
+  ///       I = Set.erase(I);
+  ///     else
+  ///       ++I;
+  ///
+  /// Note that if the last element in the subset list is erased, this will
+  /// return an end iterator which can be decremented to get the new tail (if it
+  /// exists):
+  ///
+  ///  tie(B, I) = Set.equal_range(Key);
+  ///  for (bool isBegin = B == I; !isBegin; /* empty */) {
+  ///    isBegin = (--I) == B;
+  ///    if (test(I))
+  ///      break;
+  ///    I = erase(I);
+  ///  }
+  iterator erase(iterator I) {
+    assert(I.isKeyed() && !I.isEnd() && !Dense[I.Idx].isTombstone() &&
+           "erasing invalid/end/tombstone iterator");
+
+    // First, unlink the node from its list. Then swap the node out with the
+    // dense vector's last entry
+    iterator NextI = unlink(Dense[I.Idx]);
+
+    // Put in a tombstone.
+    makeTombstone(I.Idx);
+
+    return NextI;
+  }
+
+  /// Erase all elements with the given key. This invalidates all
+  /// iterators of that key.
+  void eraseAll(const KeyT &K) {
+    for (iterator I = find(K); I != end(); /* empty */)
+      I = erase(I);
+  }
+
+private:
+  /// Unlink the node from its list. Returns the next node in the list.
+  iterator unlink(const SMSNode &N) {
+    if (isSingleton(N)) {
+      // Singleton is already unlinked
+      assert(N.Next == SMSNode::INVALID && "Singleton has next?");
+      return iterator(this, SMSNode::INVALID, ValIndexOf(N.Data));
+    }
+
+    if (isHead(N)) {
+      // If we're the head, then update the sparse array and our next.
+      Sparse[sparseIndex(N)] = N.Next;
+      Dense[N.Next].Prev = N.Prev;
+      return iterator(this, N.Next, ValIndexOf(N.Data));
+    }
+
+    if (N.isTail()) {
+      // If we're the tail, then update our head and our previous.
+      findIndex(sparseIndex(N)).setPrev(N.Prev);
+      Dense[N.Prev].Next = N.Next;
+
+      // Give back an end iterator that can be decremented
+      iterator I(this, N.Prev, ValIndexOf(N.Data));
+      return ++I;
+    }
+
+    // Otherwise, just drop us
+    Dense[N.Next].Prev = N.Prev;
+    Dense[N.Prev].Next = N.Next;
+    return iterator(this, N.Next, ValIndexOf(N.Data));
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_SPARSEMULTISET_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SparseSet.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SparseSet.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f0b94afda2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/SparseSet.h
@@ -0,0 +1,330 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/SparseSet.h - Sparse set ------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines the SparseSet class derived from the version described in
+/// Briggs, Torczon, "An efficient representation for sparse sets", ACM Letters
+/// on Programming Languages and Systems, Volume 2 Issue 1-4, March-Dec.  1993.
+///
+/// A sparse set holds a small number of objects identified by integer keys from
+/// a moderately sized universe. The sparse set uses more memory than other
+/// containers in order to provide faster operations.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_SPARSESET_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_SPARSESET_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/identity.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/AllocatorBase.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstdint>
+#include <cstdlib>
+#include <limits>
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// SparseSetValTraits - Objects in a SparseSet are identified by keys that can
+/// be uniquely converted to a small integer less than the set's universe. This
+/// class allows the set to hold values that differ from the set's key type as
+/// long as an index can still be derived from the value. SparseSet never
+/// directly compares ValueT, only their indices, so it can map keys to
+/// arbitrary values. SparseSetValTraits computes the index from the value
+/// object. To compute the index from a key, SparseSet uses a separate
+/// KeyFunctorT template argument.
+///
+/// A simple type declaration, SparseSet<Type>, handles these cases:
+/// - unsigned key, identity index, identity value
+/// - unsigned key, identity index, fat value providing getSparseSetIndex()
+///
+/// The type declaration SparseSet<Type, UnaryFunction> handles:
+/// - unsigned key, remapped index, identity value (virtual registers)
+/// - pointer key, pointer-derived index, identity value (node+ID)
+/// - pointer key, pointer-derived index, fat value with getSparseSetIndex()
+///
+/// Only other, unexpected cases require specializing SparseSetValTraits.
+///
+/// For best results, ValueT should not require a destructor.
+///
+template<typename ValueT>
+struct SparseSetValTraits {
+  static unsigned getValIndex(const ValueT &Val) {
+    return Val.getSparseSetIndex();
+  }
+};
+
+/// SparseSetValFunctor - Helper class for selecting SparseSetValTraits. The
+/// generic implementation handles ValueT classes which either provide
+/// getSparseSetIndex() or specialize SparseSetValTraits<>.
+///
+template<typename KeyT, typename ValueT, typename KeyFunctorT>
+struct SparseSetValFunctor {
+  unsigned operator()(const ValueT &Val) const {
+    return SparseSetValTraits<ValueT>::getValIndex(Val);
+  }
+};
+
+/// SparseSetValFunctor<KeyT, KeyT> - Helper class for the common case of
+/// identity key/value sets.
+template<typename KeyT, typename KeyFunctorT>
+struct SparseSetValFunctor<KeyT, KeyT, KeyFunctorT> {
+  unsigned operator()(const KeyT &Key) const {
+    return KeyFunctorT()(Key);
+  }
+};
+
+/// SparseSet - Fast set implementation for objects that can be identified by
+/// small unsigned keys.
+///
+/// SparseSet allocates memory proportional to the size of the key universe, so
+/// it is not recommended for building composite data structures.  It is useful
+/// for algorithms that require a single set with fast operations.
+///
+/// Compared to DenseSet and DenseMap, SparseSet provides constant-time fast
+/// clear() and iteration as fast as a vector.  The find(), insert(), and
+/// erase() operations are all constant time, and typically faster than a hash
+/// table.  The iteration order doesn't depend on numerical key values, it only
+/// depends on the order of insert() and erase() operations.  When no elements
+/// have been erased, the iteration order is the insertion order.
+///
+/// Compared to BitVector, SparseSet<unsigned> uses 8x-40x more memory, but
+/// offers constant-time clear() and size() operations as well as fast
+/// iteration independent on the size of the universe.
+///
+/// SparseSet contains a dense vector holding all the objects and a sparse
+/// array holding indexes into the dense vector.  Most of the memory is used by
+/// the sparse array which is the size of the key universe.  The SparseT
+/// template parameter provides a space/speed tradeoff for sets holding many
+/// elements.
+///
+/// When SparseT is uint32_t, find() only touches 2 cache lines, but the sparse
+/// array uses 4 x Universe bytes.
+///
+/// When SparseT is uint8_t (the default), find() touches up to 2+[N/256] cache
+/// lines, but the sparse array is 4x smaller.  N is the number of elements in
+/// the set.
+///
+/// For sets that may grow to thousands of elements, SparseT should be set to
+/// uint16_t or uint32_t.
+///
+/// @tparam ValueT      The type of objects in the set.
+/// @tparam KeyFunctorT A functor that computes an unsigned index from KeyT.
+/// @tparam SparseT     An unsigned integer type. See above.
+///
+template<typename ValueT,
+         typename KeyFunctorT = identity<unsigned>,
+         typename SparseT = uint8_t>
+class SparseSet {
+  static_assert(std::numeric_limits<SparseT>::is_integer &&
+                !std::numeric_limits<SparseT>::is_signed,
+                "SparseT must be an unsigned integer type");
+
+  using KeyT = typename KeyFunctorT::argument_type;
+  using DenseT = SmallVector<ValueT, 8>;
+  using size_type = unsigned;
+  DenseT Dense;
+  SparseT *Sparse = nullptr;
+  unsigned Universe = 0;
+  KeyFunctorT KeyIndexOf;
+  SparseSetValFunctor<KeyT, ValueT, KeyFunctorT> ValIndexOf;
+
+public:
+  using value_type = ValueT;
+  using reference = ValueT &;
+  using const_reference = const ValueT &;
+  using pointer = ValueT *;
+  using const_pointer = const ValueT *;
+
+  SparseSet() = default;
+  SparseSet(const SparseSet &) = delete;
+  SparseSet &operator=(const SparseSet &) = delete;
+  ~SparseSet() { free(Sparse); }
+
+  /// setUniverse - Set the universe size which determines the largest key the
+  /// set can hold.  The universe must be sized before any elements can be
+  /// added.
+  ///
+  /// @param U Universe size. All object keys must be less than U.
+  ///
+  void setUniverse(unsigned U) {
+    // It's not hard to resize the universe on a non-empty set, but it doesn't
+    // seem like a likely use case, so we can add that code when we need it.
+    assert(empty() && "Can only resize universe on an empty map");
+    // Hysteresis prevents needless reallocations.
+    if (U >= Universe/4 && U <= Universe)
+      return;
+    free(Sparse);
+    // The Sparse array doesn't actually need to be initialized, so malloc
+    // would be enough here, but that will cause tools like valgrind to
+    // complain about branching on uninitialized data.
+    Sparse = static_cast<SparseT*>(safe_calloc(U, sizeof(SparseT)));
+    Universe = U;
+  }
+
+  // Import trivial vector stuff from DenseT.
+  using iterator = typename DenseT::iterator;
+  using const_iterator = typename DenseT::const_iterator;
+
+  const_iterator begin() const { return Dense.begin(); }
+  const_iterator end() const { return Dense.end(); }
+  iterator begin() { return Dense.begin(); }
+  iterator end() { return Dense.end(); }
+
+  /// empty - Returns true if the set is empty.
+  ///
+  /// This is not the same as BitVector::empty().
+  ///
+  bool empty() const { return Dense.empty(); }
+
+  /// size - Returns the number of elements in the set.
+  ///
+  /// This is not the same as BitVector::size() which returns the size of the
+  /// universe.
+  ///
+  size_type size() const { return Dense.size(); }
+
+  /// clear - Clears the set.  This is a very fast constant time operation.
+  ///
+  void clear() {
+    // Sparse does not need to be cleared, see find().
+    Dense.clear();
+  }
+
+  /// findIndex - Find an element by its index.
+  ///
+  /// @param   Idx A valid index to find.
+  /// @returns An iterator to the element identified by key, or end().
+  ///
+  iterator findIndex(unsigned Idx) {
+    assert(Idx < Universe && "Key out of range");
+    const unsigned Stride = std::numeric_limits<SparseT>::max() + 1u;
+    for (unsigned i = Sparse[Idx], e = size(); i < e; i += Stride) {
+      const unsigned FoundIdx = ValIndexOf(Dense[i]);
+      assert(FoundIdx < Universe && "Invalid key in set. Did object mutate?");
+      if (Idx == FoundIdx)
+        return begin() + i;
+      // Stride is 0 when SparseT >= unsigned.  We don't need to loop.
+      if (!Stride)
+        break;
+    }
+    return end();
+  }
+
+  /// find - Find an element by its key.
+  ///
+  /// @param   Key A valid key to find.
+  /// @returns An iterator to the element identified by key, or end().
+  ///
+  iterator find(const KeyT &Key) {
+    return findIndex(KeyIndexOf(Key));
+  }
+
+  const_iterator find(const KeyT &Key) const {
+    return const_cast<SparseSet*>(this)->findIndex(KeyIndexOf(Key));
+  }
+
+  /// Check if the set contains the given \c Key.
+  ///
+  /// @param Key A valid key to find.
+  bool contains(const KeyT &Key) const { return find(Key) == end() ? 0 : 1; }
+
+  /// count - Returns 1 if this set contains an element identified by Key,
+  /// 0 otherwise.
+  ///
+  size_type count(const KeyT &Key) const { return contains(Key) ? 1 : 0; }
+
+  /// insert - Attempts to insert a new element.
+  ///
+  /// If Val is successfully inserted, return (I, true), where I is an iterator
+  /// pointing to the newly inserted element.
+  ///
+  /// If the set already contains an element with the same key as Val, return
+  /// (I, false), where I is an iterator pointing to the existing element.
+  ///
+  /// Insertion invalidates all iterators.
+  ///
+  std::pair<iterator, bool> insert(const ValueT &Val) {
+    unsigned Idx = ValIndexOf(Val);
+    iterator I = findIndex(Idx);
+    if (I != end())
+      return std::make_pair(I, false);
+    Sparse[Idx] = size();
+    Dense.push_back(Val);
+    return std::make_pair(end() - 1, true);
+  }
+
+  /// array subscript - If an element already exists with this key, return it.
+  /// Otherwise, automatically construct a new value from Key, insert it,
+  /// and return the newly inserted element.
+  ValueT &operator[](const KeyT &Key) {
+    return *insert(ValueT(Key)).first;
+  }
+
+  ValueT pop_back_val() {
+    // Sparse does not need to be cleared, see find().
+    return Dense.pop_back_val();
+  }
+
+  /// erase - Erases an existing element identified by a valid iterator.
+  ///
+  /// This invalidates all iterators, but erase() returns an iterator pointing
+  /// to the next element.  This makes it possible to erase selected elements
+  /// while iterating over the set:
+  ///
+  ///   for (SparseSet::iterator I = Set.begin(); I != Set.end();)
+  ///     if (test(*I))
+  ///       I = Set.erase(I);
+  ///     else
+  ///       ++I;
+  ///
+  /// Note that end() changes when elements are erased, unlike std::list.
+  ///
+  iterator erase(iterator I) {
+    assert(unsigned(I - begin()) < size() && "Invalid iterator");
+    if (I != end() - 1) {
+      *I = Dense.back();
+      unsigned BackIdx = ValIndexOf(Dense.back());
+      assert(BackIdx < Universe && "Invalid key in set. Did object mutate?");
+      Sparse[BackIdx] = I - begin();
+    }
+    // This depends on SmallVector::pop_back() not invalidating iterators.
+    // std::vector::pop_back() doesn't give that guarantee.
+    Dense.pop_back();
+    return I;
+  }
+
+  /// erase - Erases an element identified by Key, if it exists.
+  ///
+  /// @param   Key The key identifying the element to erase.
+  /// @returns True when an element was erased, false if no element was found.
+  ///
+  bool erase(const KeyT &Key) {
+    iterator I = find(Key);
+    if (I == end())
+      return false;
+    erase(I);
+    return true;
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_SPARSESET_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/Statistic.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/Statistic.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a10666757a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/Statistic.h
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===-- llvm/ADT/Statistic.h - Easy way to expose stats ---------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines the 'Statistic' class, which is designed to be an easy way
+/// to expose various metrics from passes.  These statistics are printed at the
+/// end of a run (from llvm_shutdown), when the -stats command line option is
+/// passed on the command line.
+///
+/// This is useful for reporting information like the number of instructions
+/// simplified, optimized or removed by various transformations, like this:
+///
+/// static Statistic NumInstsKilled("gcse", "Number of instructions killed");
+///
+/// Later, in the code: ++NumInstsKilled;
+///
+/// NOTE: Statistics *must* be declared as global variables.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_STATISTIC_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_STATISTIC_H
+
+#include "llvm/Config/llvm-config.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include <atomic>
+#include <memory>
+#include <vector>
+
+// Determine whether statistics should be enabled. We must do it here rather
+// than in CMake because multi-config generators cannot determine this at
+// configure time.
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || LLVM_FORCE_ENABLE_STATS
+#define LLVM_ENABLE_STATS 1
+#else
+#define LLVM_ENABLE_STATS 0
+#endif
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+class raw_ostream;
+class raw_fd_ostream;
+class StringRef;
+
+class TrackingStatistic {
+public:
+  const char *const DebugType;
+  const char *const Name;
+  const char *const Desc;
+
+  std::atomic<unsigned> Value;
+  std::atomic<bool> Initialized;
+
+  constexpr TrackingStatistic(const char *DebugType, const char *Name,
+                              const char *Desc)
+      : DebugType(DebugType), Name(Name), Desc(Desc), Value(0),
+        Initialized(false) {}
+
+  const char *getDebugType() const { return DebugType; }
+  const char *getName() const { return Name; }
+  const char *getDesc() const { return Desc; }
+
+  unsigned getValue() const { return Value.load(std::memory_order_relaxed); }
+
+  // Allow use of this class as the value itself.
+  operator unsigned() const { return getValue(); }
+
+  const TrackingStatistic &operator=(unsigned Val) {
+    Value.store(Val, std::memory_order_relaxed);
+    return init();
+  }
+
+  const TrackingStatistic &operator++() {
+    Value.fetch_add(1, std::memory_order_relaxed);
+    return init();
+  }
+
+  unsigned operator++(int) {
+    init();
+    return Value.fetch_add(1, std::memory_order_relaxed);
+  }
+
+  const TrackingStatistic &operator--() {
+    Value.fetch_sub(1, std::memory_order_relaxed);
+    return init();
+  }
+
+  unsigned operator--(int) {
+    init();
+    return Value.fetch_sub(1, std::memory_order_relaxed);
+  }
+
+  const TrackingStatistic &operator+=(unsigned V) {
+    if (V == 0)
+      return *this;
+    Value.fetch_add(V, std::memory_order_relaxed);
+    return init();
+  }
+
+  const TrackingStatistic &operator-=(unsigned V) {
+    if (V == 0)
+      return *this;
+    Value.fetch_sub(V, std::memory_order_relaxed);
+    return init();
+  }
+
+  void updateMax(unsigned V) {
+    unsigned PrevMax = Value.load(std::memory_order_relaxed);
+    // Keep trying to update max until we succeed or another thread produces
+    // a bigger max than us.
+    while (V > PrevMax && !Value.compare_exchange_weak(
+                              PrevMax, V, std::memory_order_relaxed)) {
+    }
+    init();
+  }
+
+protected:
+  TrackingStatistic &init() {
+    if (!Initialized.load(std::memory_order_acquire))
+      RegisterStatistic();
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  void RegisterStatistic();
+};
+
+class NoopStatistic {
+public:
+  NoopStatistic(const char * /*DebugType*/, const char * /*Name*/,
+                const char * /*Desc*/) {}
+
+  unsigned getValue() const { return 0; }
+
+  // Allow use of this class as the value itself.
+  operator unsigned() const { return 0; }
+
+  const NoopStatistic &operator=(unsigned Val) { return *this; }
+
+  const NoopStatistic &operator++() { return *this; }
+
+  unsigned operator++(int) { return 0; }
+
+  const NoopStatistic &operator--() { return *this; }
+
+  unsigned operator--(int) { return 0; }
+
+  const NoopStatistic &operator+=(const unsigned &V) { return *this; }
+
+  const NoopStatistic &operator-=(const unsigned &V) { return *this; }
+
+  void updateMax(unsigned V) {}
+};
+
+#if LLVM_ENABLE_STATS
+using Statistic = TrackingStatistic;
+#else
+using Statistic = NoopStatistic;
+#endif
+
+// STATISTIC - A macro to make definition of statistics really simple.  This
+// automatically passes the DEBUG_TYPE of the file into the statistic.
+#define STATISTIC(VARNAME, DESC)                                               \
+  static llvm::Statistic VARNAME = {DEBUG_TYPE, #VARNAME, DESC}
+
+// ALWAYS_ENABLED_STATISTIC - A macro to define a statistic like STATISTIC but
+// it is enabled even if LLVM_ENABLE_STATS is off.
+#define ALWAYS_ENABLED_STATISTIC(VARNAME, DESC)                                \
+  static llvm::TrackingStatistic VARNAME = {DEBUG_TYPE, #VARNAME, DESC}
+
+/// Enable the collection and printing of statistics.
+void EnableStatistics(bool DoPrintOnExit = true);
+
+/// Check if statistics are enabled.
+bool AreStatisticsEnabled();
+
+/// Return a file stream to print our output on.
+std::unique_ptr<raw_fd_ostream> CreateInfoOutputFile();
+
+/// Print statistics to the file returned by CreateInfoOutputFile().
+void PrintStatistics();
+
+/// Print statistics to the given output stream.
+void PrintStatistics(raw_ostream &OS);
+
+/// Print statistics in JSON format. This does include all global timers (\see
+/// Timer, TimerGroup). Note that the timers are cleared after printing and will
+/// not be printed in human readable form or in a second call of
+/// PrintStatisticsJSON().
+void PrintStatisticsJSON(raw_ostream &OS);
+
+/// Get the statistics. This can be used to look up the value of
+/// statistics without needing to parse JSON.
+///
+/// This function does not prevent statistics being updated by other threads
+/// during it's execution. It will return the value at the point that it is
+/// read. However, it will prevent new statistics from registering until it
+/// completes.
+const std::vector<std::pair<StringRef, unsigned>> GetStatistics();
+
+/// Reset the statistics. This can be used to zero and de-register the
+/// statistics in order to measure a compilation.
+///
+/// When this function begins to call destructors prior to returning, all
+/// statistics will be zero and unregistered. However, that might not remain the
+/// case by the time this function finishes returning. Whether update from other
+/// threads are lost or merely deferred until during the function return is
+/// timing sensitive.
+///
+/// Callers who intend to use this to measure statistics for a single
+/// compilation should ensure that no compilations are in progress at the point
+/// this function is called and that only one compilation executes until calling
+/// GetStatistics().
+void ResetStatistics();
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_STATISTIC_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8de07bf2d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h
@@ -0,0 +1,612 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h - Useful string functions --------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file contains some functions that are useful when dealing with strings.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_STRINGEXTRAS_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_STRINGEXTRAS_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <cstdint>
+#include <cstdlib>
+#include <cstring>
+#include <iterator>
+#include <string>
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+class raw_ostream;
+
+/// hexdigit - Return the hexadecimal character for the
+/// given number \p X (which should be less than 16).
+inline char hexdigit(unsigned X, bool LowerCase = false) {
+  assert(X < 16);
+  static const char LUT[] = "0123456789ABCDEF";
+  const uint8_t Offset = LowerCase ? 32 : 0;
+  return LUT[X] | Offset;
+}
+
+/// Given an array of c-style strings terminated by a null pointer, construct
+/// a vector of StringRefs representing the same strings without the terminating
+/// null string.
+inline std::vector<StringRef> toStringRefArray(const char *const *Strings) {
+  std::vector<StringRef> Result;
+  while (*Strings)
+    Result.push_back(*Strings++);
+  return Result;
+}
+
+/// Construct a string ref from a boolean.
+inline StringRef toStringRef(bool B) { return StringRef(B ? "true" : "false"); }
+
+/// Construct a string ref from an array ref of unsigned chars.
+inline StringRef toStringRef(ArrayRef<uint8_t> Input) {
+  return StringRef(reinterpret_cast<const char *>(Input.begin()), Input.size());
+}
+
+/// Construct a string ref from an array ref of unsigned chars.
+inline ArrayRef<uint8_t> arrayRefFromStringRef(StringRef Input) {
+  return {Input.bytes_begin(), Input.bytes_end()};
+}
+
+/// Interpret the given character \p C as a hexadecimal digit and return its
+/// value.
+///
+/// If \p C is not a valid hex digit, -1U is returned.
+inline unsigned hexDigitValue(char C) {
+  /* clang-format off */
+  static const int16_t LUT[256] = {
+    -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+    -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+    -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+     0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,  // '0'..'9'
+    -1, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,  // 'A'..'F'
+    -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+    -1, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,  // 'a'..'f'
+    -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+    -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+    -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+    -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+    -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+    -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+    -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+    -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+    -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+  };
+  /* clang-format on */
+  return LUT[static_cast<unsigned char>(C)];
+}
+
+/// Checks if character \p C is one of the 10 decimal digits.
+inline bool isDigit(char C) { return C >= '0' && C <= '9'; }
+
+/// Checks if character \p C is a hexadecimal numeric character.
+inline bool isHexDigit(char C) { return hexDigitValue(C) != ~0U; }
+
+/// Checks if character \p C is a valid letter as classified by "C" locale.
+inline bool isAlpha(char C) {
+  return ('a' <= C && C <= 'z') || ('A' <= C && C <= 'Z');
+}
+
+/// Checks whether character \p C is either a decimal digit or an uppercase or
+/// lowercase letter as classified by "C" locale.
+inline bool isAlnum(char C) { return isAlpha(C) || isDigit(C); }
+
+/// Checks whether character \p C is valid ASCII (high bit is zero).
+inline bool isASCII(char C) { return static_cast<unsigned char>(C) <= 127; }
+
+/// Checks whether all characters in S are ASCII.
+inline bool isASCII(llvm::StringRef S) {
+  for (char C : S)
+    if (LLVM_UNLIKELY(!isASCII(C)))
+      return false;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/// Checks whether character \p C is printable.
+///
+/// Locale-independent version of the C standard library isprint whose results
+/// may differ on different platforms.
+inline bool isPrint(char C) {
+  unsigned char UC = static_cast<unsigned char>(C);
+  return (0x20 <= UC) && (UC <= 0x7E);
+}
+
+/// Checks whether character \p C is whitespace in the "C" locale.
+///
+/// Locale-independent version of the C standard library isspace.
+inline bool isSpace(char C) {
+  return C == ' ' || C == '\f' || C == '\n' || C == '\r' || C == '\t' ||
+         C == '\v';
+}
+
+/// Returns the corresponding lowercase character if \p x is uppercase.
+inline char toLower(char x) {
+  if (x >= 'A' && x <= 'Z')
+    return x - 'A' + 'a';
+  return x;
+}
+
+/// Returns the corresponding uppercase character if \p x is lowercase.
+inline char toUpper(char x) {
+  if (x >= 'a' && x <= 'z')
+    return x - 'a' + 'A';
+  return x;
+}
+
+inline std::string utohexstr(uint64_t X, bool LowerCase = false,
+                             unsigned Width = 0) {
+  char Buffer[17];
+  char *BufPtr = std::end(Buffer);
+
+  if (X == 0) *--BufPtr = '0';
+
+  for (unsigned i = 0; Width ? (i < Width) : X; ++i) {
+    unsigned char Mod = static_cast<unsigned char>(X) & 15;
+    *--BufPtr = hexdigit(Mod, LowerCase);
+    X >>= 4;
+  }
+
+  return std::string(BufPtr, std::end(Buffer));
+}
+
+/// Convert buffer \p Input to its hexadecimal representation.
+/// The returned string is double the size of \p Input.
+inline void toHex(ArrayRef<uint8_t> Input, bool LowerCase,
+                  SmallVectorImpl<char> &Output) {
+  const size_t Length = Input.size();
+  Output.resize_for_overwrite(Length * 2);
+
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < Length; i++) {
+    const uint8_t c = Input[i];
+    Output[i * 2    ] = hexdigit(c >> 4, LowerCase);
+    Output[i * 2 + 1] = hexdigit(c & 15, LowerCase);
+  }
+}
+
+inline std::string toHex(ArrayRef<uint8_t> Input, bool LowerCase = false) {
+  SmallString<16> Output;
+  toHex(Input, LowerCase, Output);
+  return std::string(Output);
+}
+
+inline std::string toHex(StringRef Input, bool LowerCase = false) {
+  return toHex(arrayRefFromStringRef(Input), LowerCase);
+}
+
+/// Store the binary representation of the two provided values, \p MSB and
+/// \p LSB, that make up the nibbles of a hexadecimal digit. If \p MSB or \p LSB
+/// do not correspond to proper nibbles of a hexadecimal digit, this method
+/// returns false. Otherwise, returns true.
+inline bool tryGetHexFromNibbles(char MSB, char LSB, uint8_t &Hex) {
+  unsigned U1 = hexDigitValue(MSB);
+  unsigned U2 = hexDigitValue(LSB);
+  if (U1 == ~0U || U2 == ~0U)
+    return false;
+
+  Hex = static_cast<uint8_t>((U1 << 4) | U2);
+  return true;
+}
+
+/// Return the binary representation of the two provided values, \p MSB and
+/// \p LSB, that make up the nibbles of a hexadecimal digit.
+inline uint8_t hexFromNibbles(char MSB, char LSB) {
+  uint8_t Hex = 0;
+  bool GotHex = tryGetHexFromNibbles(MSB, LSB, Hex);
+  (void)GotHex;
+  assert(GotHex && "MSB and/or LSB do not correspond to hex digits");
+  return Hex;
+}
+
+/// Convert hexadecimal string \p Input to its binary representation and store
+/// the result in \p Output. Returns true if the binary representation could be
+/// converted from the hexadecimal string. Returns false if \p Input contains
+/// non-hexadecimal digits. The output string is half the size of \p Input.
+inline bool tryGetFromHex(StringRef Input, std::string &Output) {
+  if (Input.empty())
+    return true;
+
+  // If the input string is not properly aligned on 2 nibbles we pad out the
+  // front with a 0 prefix; e.g. `ABC` -> `0ABC`.
+  Output.resize((Input.size() + 1) / 2);
+  char *OutputPtr = const_cast<char *>(Output.data());
+  if (Input.size() % 2 == 1) {
+    uint8_t Hex = 0;
+    if (!tryGetHexFromNibbles('0', Input.front(), Hex))
+      return false;
+    *OutputPtr++ = Hex;
+    Input = Input.drop_front();
+  }
+
+  // Convert the nibble pairs (e.g. `9C`) into bytes (0x9C).
+  // With the padding above we know the input is aligned and the output expects
+  // exactly half as many bytes as nibbles in the input.
+  size_t InputSize = Input.size();
+  assert(InputSize % 2 == 0);
+  const char *InputPtr = Input.data();
+  for (size_t OutputIndex = 0; OutputIndex < InputSize / 2; ++OutputIndex) {
+    uint8_t Hex = 0;
+    if (!tryGetHexFromNibbles(InputPtr[OutputIndex * 2 + 0], // MSB
+                              InputPtr[OutputIndex * 2 + 1], // LSB
+                              Hex))
+      return false;
+    OutputPtr[OutputIndex] = Hex;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+/// Convert hexadecimal string \p Input to its binary representation.
+/// The return string is half the size of \p Input.
+inline std::string fromHex(StringRef Input) {
+  std::string Hex;
+  bool GotHex = tryGetFromHex(Input, Hex);
+  (void)GotHex;
+  assert(GotHex && "Input contains non hex digits");
+  return Hex;
+}
+
+/// Convert the string \p S to an integer of the specified type using
+/// the radix \p Base.  If \p Base is 0, auto-detects the radix.
+/// Returns true if the number was successfully converted, false otherwise.
+template <typename N> bool to_integer(StringRef S, N &Num, unsigned Base = 0) {
+  return !S.getAsInteger(Base, Num);
+}
+
+namespace detail {
+template <typename N>
+inline bool to_float(const Twine &T, N &Num, N (*StrTo)(const char *, char **)) {
+  SmallString<32> Storage;
+  StringRef S = T.toNullTerminatedStringRef(Storage);
+  char *End;
+  N Temp = StrTo(S.data(), &End);
+  if (*End != '\0')
+    return false;
+  Num = Temp;
+  return true;
+}
+}
+
+inline bool to_float(const Twine &T, float &Num) {
+  return detail::to_float(T, Num, strtof);
+}
+
+inline bool to_float(const Twine &T, double &Num) {
+  return detail::to_float(T, Num, strtod);
+}
+
+inline bool to_float(const Twine &T, long double &Num) {
+  return detail::to_float(T, Num, strtold);
+}
+
+inline std::string utostr(uint64_t X, bool isNeg = false) {
+  char Buffer[21];
+  char *BufPtr = std::end(Buffer);
+
+  if (X == 0) *--BufPtr = '0';  // Handle special case...
+
+  while (X) {
+    *--BufPtr = '0' + char(X % 10);
+    X /= 10;
+  }
+
+  if (isNeg) *--BufPtr = '-';   // Add negative sign...
+  return std::string(BufPtr, std::end(Buffer));
+}
+
+inline std::string itostr(int64_t X) {
+  if (X < 0)
+    return utostr(static_cast<uint64_t>(1) + ~static_cast<uint64_t>(X), true);
+  else
+    return utostr(static_cast<uint64_t>(X));
+}
+
+inline std::string toString(const APInt &I, unsigned Radix, bool Signed,
+                            bool formatAsCLiteral = false) {
+  SmallString<40> S;
+  I.toString(S, Radix, Signed, formatAsCLiteral);
+  return std::string(S.str());
+}
+
+inline std::string toString(const APSInt &I, unsigned Radix) {
+  return toString(I, Radix, I.isSigned());
+}
+
+/// StrInStrNoCase - Portable version of strcasestr.  Locates the first
+/// occurrence of string 's1' in string 's2', ignoring case.  Returns
+/// the offset of s2 in s1 or npos if s2 cannot be found.
+StringRef::size_type StrInStrNoCase(StringRef s1, StringRef s2);
+
+/// getToken - This function extracts one token from source, ignoring any
+/// leading characters that appear in the Delimiters string, and ending the
+/// token at any of the characters that appear in the Delimiters string.  If
+/// there are no tokens in the source string, an empty string is returned.
+/// The function returns a pair containing the extracted token and the
+/// remaining tail string.
+std::pair<StringRef, StringRef> getToken(StringRef Source,
+                                         StringRef Delimiters = " \t\n\v\f\r");
+
+/// SplitString - Split up the specified string according to the specified
+/// delimiters, appending the result fragments to the output list.
+void SplitString(StringRef Source,
+                 SmallVectorImpl<StringRef> &OutFragments,
+                 StringRef Delimiters = " \t\n\v\f\r");
+
+/// Returns the English suffix for an ordinal integer (-st, -nd, -rd, -th).
+inline StringRef getOrdinalSuffix(unsigned Val) {
+  // It is critically important that we do this perfectly for
+  // user-written sequences with over 100 elements.
+  switch (Val % 100) {
+  case 11:
+  case 12:
+  case 13:
+    return "th";
+  default:
+    switch (Val % 10) {
+      case 1: return "st";
+      case 2: return "nd";
+      case 3: return "rd";
+      default: return "th";
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/// Print each character of the specified string, escaping it if it is not
+/// printable or if it is an escape char.
+void printEscapedString(StringRef Name, raw_ostream &Out);
+
+/// Print each character of the specified string, escaping HTML special
+/// characters.
+void printHTMLEscaped(StringRef String, raw_ostream &Out);
+
+/// printLowerCase - Print each character as lowercase if it is uppercase.
+void printLowerCase(StringRef String, raw_ostream &Out);
+
+/// Converts a string from camel-case to snake-case by replacing all uppercase
+/// letters with '_' followed by the letter in lowercase, except if the
+/// uppercase letter is the first character of the string.
+std::string convertToSnakeFromCamelCase(StringRef input);
+
+/// Converts a string from snake-case to camel-case by replacing all occurrences
+/// of '_' followed by a lowercase letter with the letter in uppercase.
+/// Optionally allow capitalization of the first letter (if it is a lowercase
+/// letter)
+std::string convertToCamelFromSnakeCase(StringRef input,
+                                        bool capitalizeFirst = false);
+
+namespace detail {
+
+template <typename IteratorT>
+inline std::string join_impl(IteratorT Begin, IteratorT End,
+                             StringRef Separator, std::input_iterator_tag) {
+  std::string S;
+  if (Begin == End)
+    return S;
+
+  S += (*Begin);
+  while (++Begin != End) {
+    S += Separator;
+    S += (*Begin);
+  }
+  return S;
+}
+
+template <typename IteratorT>
+inline std::string join_impl(IteratorT Begin, IteratorT End,
+                             StringRef Separator, std::forward_iterator_tag) {
+  std::string S;
+  if (Begin == End)
+    return S;
+
+  size_t Len = (std::distance(Begin, End) - 1) * Separator.size();
+  for (IteratorT I = Begin; I != End; ++I)
+    Len += (*I).size();
+  S.reserve(Len);
+  size_t PrevCapacity = S.capacity();
+  (void)PrevCapacity;
+  S += (*Begin);
+  while (++Begin != End) {
+    S += Separator;
+    S += (*Begin);
+  }
+  assert(PrevCapacity == S.capacity() && "String grew during building");
+  return S;
+}
+
+template <typename Sep>
+inline void join_items_impl(std::string &Result, Sep Separator) {}
+
+template <typename Sep, typename Arg>
+inline void join_items_impl(std::string &Result, Sep Separator,
+                            const Arg &Item) {
+  Result += Item;
+}
+
+template <typename Sep, typename Arg1, typename... Args>
+inline void join_items_impl(std::string &Result, Sep Separator, const Arg1 &A1,
+                            Args &&... Items) {
+  Result += A1;
+  Result += Separator;
+  join_items_impl(Result, Separator, std::forward<Args>(Items)...);
+}
+
+inline size_t join_one_item_size(char) { return 1; }
+inline size_t join_one_item_size(const char *S) { return S ? ::strlen(S) : 0; }
+
+template <typename T> inline size_t join_one_item_size(const T &Str) {
+  return Str.size();
+}
+
+inline size_t join_items_size() { return 0; }
+
+template <typename A1> inline size_t join_items_size(const A1 &A) {
+  return join_one_item_size(A);
+}
+template <typename A1, typename... Args>
+inline size_t join_items_size(const A1 &A, Args &&... Items) {
+  return join_one_item_size(A) + join_items_size(std::forward<Args>(Items)...);
+}
+
+} // end namespace detail
+
+/// Joins the strings in the range [Begin, End), adding Separator between
+/// the elements.
+template <typename IteratorT>
+inline std::string join(IteratorT Begin, IteratorT End, StringRef Separator) {
+  using tag = typename std::iterator_traits<IteratorT>::iterator_category;
+  return detail::join_impl(Begin, End, Separator, tag());
+}
+
+/// Joins the strings in the range [R.begin(), R.end()), adding Separator
+/// between the elements.
+template <typename Range>
+inline std::string join(Range &&R, StringRef Separator) {
+  return join(R.begin(), R.end(), Separator);
+}
+
+/// Joins the strings in the parameter pack \p Items, adding \p Separator
+/// between the elements.  All arguments must be implicitly convertible to
+/// std::string, or there should be an overload of std::string::operator+=()
+/// that accepts the argument explicitly.
+template <typename Sep, typename... Args>
+inline std::string join_items(Sep Separator, Args &&... Items) {
+  std::string Result;
+  if (sizeof...(Items) == 0)
+    return Result;
+
+  size_t NS = detail::join_one_item_size(Separator);
+  size_t NI = detail::join_items_size(std::forward<Args>(Items)...);
+  Result.reserve(NI + (sizeof...(Items) - 1) * NS + 1);
+  detail::join_items_impl(Result, Separator, std::forward<Args>(Items)...);
+  return Result;
+}
+
+/// A helper class to return the specified delimiter string after the first
+/// invocation of operator StringRef().  Used to generate a comma-separated
+/// list from a loop like so:
+///
+/// \code
+///   ListSeparator LS;
+///   for (auto &I : C)
+///     OS << LS << I.getName();
+/// \end
+class ListSeparator {
+  bool First = true;
+  StringRef Separator;
+
+public:
+  ListSeparator(StringRef Separator = ", ") : Separator(Separator) {}
+  operator StringRef() {
+    if (First) {
+      First = false;
+      return {};
+    }
+    return Separator;
+  }
+};
+
+/// A forward iterator over partitions of string over a separator.
+class SplittingIterator
+    : public iterator_facade_base<SplittingIterator, std::forward_iterator_tag,
+                                  StringRef> {
+  char SeparatorStorage;
+  StringRef Current;
+  StringRef Next;
+  StringRef Separator;
+
+public:
+  SplittingIterator(StringRef Str, StringRef Separator)
+      : Next(Str), Separator(Separator) {
+    ++*this;
+  }
+
+  SplittingIterator(StringRef Str, char Separator)
+      : SeparatorStorage(Separator), Next(Str),
+        Separator(&SeparatorStorage, 1) {
+    ++*this;
+  }
+
+  SplittingIterator(const SplittingIterator &R)
+      : SeparatorStorage(R.SeparatorStorage), Current(R.Current), Next(R.Next),
+        Separator(R.Separator) {
+    if (R.Separator.data() == &R.SeparatorStorage)
+      Separator = StringRef(&SeparatorStorage, 1);
+  }
+
+  SplittingIterator &operator=(const SplittingIterator &R) {
+    if (this == &R)
+      return *this;
+
+    SeparatorStorage = R.SeparatorStorage;
+    Current = R.Current;
+    Next = R.Next;
+    Separator = R.Separator;
+    if (R.Separator.data() == &R.SeparatorStorage)
+      Separator = StringRef(&SeparatorStorage, 1);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  bool operator==(const SplittingIterator &R) const {
+    assert(Separator == R.Separator);
+    return Current.data() == R.Current.data();
+  }
+
+  const StringRef &operator*() const { return Current; }
+
+  StringRef &operator*() { return Current; }
+
+  SplittingIterator &operator++() {
+    std::tie(Current, Next) = Next.split(Separator);
+    return *this;
+  }
+};
+
+/// Split the specified string over a separator and return a range-compatible
+/// iterable over its partitions.  Used to permit conveniently iterating
+/// over separated strings like so:
+///
+/// \code
+///   for (StringRef x : llvm::split("foo,bar,baz", ","))
+///     ...;
+/// \end
+///
+/// Note that the passed string must remain valid throuhgout lifetime
+/// of the iterators.
+inline iterator_range<SplittingIterator> split(StringRef Str, StringRef Separator) {
+  return {SplittingIterator(Str, Separator),
+          SplittingIterator(StringRef(), Separator)};
+}
+
+inline iterator_range<SplittingIterator> split(StringRef Str, char Separator) {
+  return {SplittingIterator(Str, Separator),
+          SplittingIterator(StringRef(), Separator)};
+}
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_STRINGEXTRAS_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/StringMap.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/StringMap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..52ed099d5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/StringMap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,499 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- StringMap.h - String Hash table map interface ------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines the StringMap class.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_STRINGMAP_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_STRINGMAP_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringMapEntry.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/iterator.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/AllocatorBase.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h"
+#include <initializer_list>
+#include <iterator>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+template <typename ValueTy> class StringMapConstIterator;
+template <typename ValueTy> class StringMapIterator;
+template <typename ValueTy> class StringMapKeyIterator;
+
+/// StringMapImpl - This is the base class of StringMap that is shared among
+/// all of its instantiations.
+class StringMapImpl {
+protected:
+  // Array of NumBuckets pointers to entries, null pointers are holes.
+  // TheTable[NumBuckets] contains a sentinel value for easy iteration. Followed
+  // by an array of the actual hash values as unsigned integers.
+  StringMapEntryBase **TheTable = nullptr;
+  unsigned NumBuckets = 0;
+  unsigned NumItems = 0;
+  unsigned NumTombstones = 0;
+  unsigned ItemSize;
+
+protected:
+  explicit StringMapImpl(unsigned itemSize) : ItemSize(itemSize) {}
+  StringMapImpl(StringMapImpl &&RHS)
+      : TheTable(RHS.TheTable), NumBuckets(RHS.NumBuckets),
+        NumItems(RHS.NumItems), NumTombstones(RHS.NumTombstones),
+        ItemSize(RHS.ItemSize) {
+    RHS.TheTable = nullptr;
+    RHS.NumBuckets = 0;
+    RHS.NumItems = 0;
+    RHS.NumTombstones = 0;
+  }
+
+  StringMapImpl(unsigned InitSize, unsigned ItemSize);
+  unsigned RehashTable(unsigned BucketNo = 0);
+
+  /// LookupBucketFor - Look up the bucket that the specified string should end
+  /// up in.  If it already exists as a key in the map, the Item pointer for the
+  /// specified bucket will be non-null.  Otherwise, it will be null.  In either
+  /// case, the FullHashValue field of the bucket will be set to the hash value
+  /// of the string.
+  unsigned LookupBucketFor(StringRef Key);
+
+  /// FindKey - Look up the bucket that contains the specified key. If it exists
+  /// in the map, return the bucket number of the key.  Otherwise return -1.
+  /// This does not modify the map.
+  int FindKey(StringRef Key) const;
+
+  /// RemoveKey - Remove the specified StringMapEntry from the table, but do not
+  /// delete it.  This aborts if the value isn't in the table.
+  void RemoveKey(StringMapEntryBase *V);
+
+  /// RemoveKey - Remove the StringMapEntry for the specified key from the
+  /// table, returning it.  If the key is not in the table, this returns null.
+  StringMapEntryBase *RemoveKey(StringRef Key);
+
+  /// Allocate the table with the specified number of buckets and otherwise
+  /// setup the map as empty.
+  void init(unsigned Size);
+
+public:
+  static constexpr uintptr_t TombstoneIntVal =
+      static_cast<uintptr_t>(-1)
+      << PointerLikeTypeTraits<StringMapEntryBase *>::NumLowBitsAvailable;
+
+  static StringMapEntryBase *getTombstoneVal() {
+    return reinterpret_cast<StringMapEntryBase *>(TombstoneIntVal);
+  }
+
+  unsigned getNumBuckets() const { return NumBuckets; }
+  unsigned getNumItems() const { return NumItems; }
+
+  bool empty() const { return NumItems == 0; }
+  unsigned size() const { return NumItems; }
+
+  void swap(StringMapImpl &Other) {
+    std::swap(TheTable, Other.TheTable);
+    std::swap(NumBuckets, Other.NumBuckets);
+    std::swap(NumItems, Other.NumItems);
+    std::swap(NumTombstones, Other.NumTombstones);
+  }
+};
+
+/// StringMap - This is an unconventional map that is specialized for handling
+/// keys that are "strings", which are basically ranges of bytes. This does some
+/// funky memory allocation and hashing things to make it extremely efficient,
+/// storing the string data *after* the value in the map.
+template <typename ValueTy, typename AllocatorTy = MallocAllocator>
+class StringMap : public StringMapImpl {
+  AllocatorTy Allocator;
+
+public:
+  using MapEntryTy = StringMapEntry<ValueTy>;
+
+  StringMap() : StringMapImpl(static_cast<unsigned>(sizeof(MapEntryTy))) {}
+
+  explicit StringMap(unsigned InitialSize)
+      : StringMapImpl(InitialSize, static_cast<unsigned>(sizeof(MapEntryTy))) {}
+
+  explicit StringMap(AllocatorTy A)
+      : StringMapImpl(static_cast<unsigned>(sizeof(MapEntryTy))), Allocator(A) {
+  }
+
+  StringMap(unsigned InitialSize, AllocatorTy A)
+      : StringMapImpl(InitialSize, static_cast<unsigned>(sizeof(MapEntryTy))),
+        Allocator(A) {}
+
+  StringMap(std::initializer_list<std::pair<StringRef, ValueTy>> List)
+      : StringMapImpl(List.size(), static_cast<unsigned>(sizeof(MapEntryTy))) {
+    insert(List);
+  }
+
+  StringMap(StringMap &&RHS)
+      : StringMapImpl(std::move(RHS)), Allocator(std::move(RHS.Allocator)) {}
+
+  StringMap(const StringMap &RHS)
+      : StringMapImpl(static_cast<unsigned>(sizeof(MapEntryTy))),
+        Allocator(RHS.Allocator) {
+    if (RHS.empty())
+      return;
+
+    // Allocate TheTable of the same size as RHS's TheTable, and set the
+    // sentinel appropriately (and NumBuckets).
+    init(RHS.NumBuckets);
+    unsigned *HashTable = (unsigned *)(TheTable + NumBuckets + 1),
+             *RHSHashTable = (unsigned *)(RHS.TheTable + NumBuckets + 1);
+
+    NumItems = RHS.NumItems;
+    NumTombstones = RHS.NumTombstones;
+    for (unsigned I = 0, E = NumBuckets; I != E; ++I) {
+      StringMapEntryBase *Bucket = RHS.TheTable[I];
+      if (!Bucket || Bucket == getTombstoneVal()) {
+        TheTable[I] = Bucket;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      TheTable[I] = MapEntryTy::Create(
+          static_cast<MapEntryTy *>(Bucket)->getKey(), Allocator,
+          static_cast<MapEntryTy *>(Bucket)->getValue());
+      HashTable[I] = RHSHashTable[I];
+    }
+
+    // Note that here we've copied everything from the RHS into this object,
+    // tombstones included. We could, instead, have re-probed for each key to
+    // instantiate this new object without any tombstone buckets. The
+    // assumption here is that items are rarely deleted from most StringMaps,
+    // and so tombstones are rare, so the cost of re-probing for all inputs is
+    // not worthwhile.
+  }
+
+  StringMap &operator=(StringMap RHS) {
+    StringMapImpl::swap(RHS);
+    std::swap(Allocator, RHS.Allocator);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  ~StringMap() {
+    // Delete all the elements in the map, but don't reset the elements
+    // to default values.  This is a copy of clear(), but avoids unnecessary
+    // work not required in the destructor.
+    if (!empty()) {
+      for (unsigned I = 0, E = NumBuckets; I != E; ++I) {
+        StringMapEntryBase *Bucket = TheTable[I];
+        if (Bucket && Bucket != getTombstoneVal()) {
+          static_cast<MapEntryTy *>(Bucket)->Destroy(Allocator);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    free(TheTable);
+  }
+
+  AllocatorTy &getAllocator() { return Allocator; }
+  const AllocatorTy &getAllocator() const { return Allocator; }
+
+  using key_type = const char *;
+  using mapped_type = ValueTy;
+  using value_type = StringMapEntry<ValueTy>;
+  using size_type = size_t;
+
+  using const_iterator = StringMapConstIterator<ValueTy>;
+  using iterator = StringMapIterator<ValueTy>;
+
+  iterator begin() { return iterator(TheTable, NumBuckets == 0); }
+  iterator end() { return iterator(TheTable + NumBuckets, true); }
+  const_iterator begin() const {
+    return const_iterator(TheTable, NumBuckets == 0);
+  }
+  const_iterator end() const {
+    return const_iterator(TheTable + NumBuckets, true);
+  }
+
+  iterator_range<StringMapKeyIterator<ValueTy>> keys() const {
+    return make_range(StringMapKeyIterator<ValueTy>(begin()),
+                      StringMapKeyIterator<ValueTy>(end()));
+  }
+
+  iterator find(StringRef Key) {
+    int Bucket = FindKey(Key);
+    if (Bucket == -1)
+      return end();
+    return iterator(TheTable + Bucket, true);
+  }
+
+  const_iterator find(StringRef Key) const {
+    int Bucket = FindKey(Key);
+    if (Bucket == -1)
+      return end();
+    return const_iterator(TheTable + Bucket, true);
+  }
+
+  /// lookup - Return the entry for the specified key, or a default
+  /// constructed value if no such entry exists.
+  ValueTy lookup(StringRef Key) const {
+    const_iterator it = find(Key);
+    if (it != end())
+      return it->second;
+    return ValueTy();
+  }
+
+  /// Lookup the ValueTy for the \p Key, or create a default constructed value
+  /// if the key is not in the map.
+  ValueTy &operator[](StringRef Key) { return try_emplace(Key).first->second; }
+
+  /// count - Return 1 if the element is in the map, 0 otherwise.
+  size_type count(StringRef Key) const { return find(Key) == end() ? 0 : 1; }
+
+  template <typename InputTy>
+  size_type count(const StringMapEntry<InputTy> &MapEntry) const {
+    return count(MapEntry.getKey());
+  }
+
+  /// equal - check whether both of the containers are equal.
+  bool operator==(const StringMap &RHS) const {
+    if (size() != RHS.size())
+      return false;
+
+    for (const auto &KeyValue : *this) {
+      auto FindInRHS = RHS.find(KeyValue.getKey());
+
+      if (FindInRHS == RHS.end())
+        return false;
+
+      if (!(KeyValue.getValue() == FindInRHS->getValue()))
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  bool operator!=(const StringMap &RHS) const { return !(*this == RHS); }
+
+  /// insert - Insert the specified key/value pair into the map.  If the key
+  /// already exists in the map, return false and ignore the request, otherwise
+  /// insert it and return true.
+  bool insert(MapEntryTy *KeyValue) {
+    unsigned BucketNo = LookupBucketFor(KeyValue->getKey());
+    StringMapEntryBase *&Bucket = TheTable[BucketNo];
+    if (Bucket && Bucket != getTombstoneVal())
+      return false; // Already exists in map.
+
+    if (Bucket == getTombstoneVal())
+      --NumTombstones;
+    Bucket = KeyValue;
+    ++NumItems;
+    assert(NumItems + NumTombstones <= NumBuckets);
+
+    RehashTable();
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  /// insert - Inserts the specified key/value pair into the map if the key
+  /// isn't already in the map. The bool component of the returned pair is true
+  /// if and only if the insertion takes place, and the iterator component of
+  /// the pair points to the element with key equivalent to the key of the pair.
+  std::pair<iterator, bool> insert(std::pair<StringRef, ValueTy> KV) {
+    return try_emplace(KV.first, std::move(KV.second));
+  }
+
+  /// Inserts elements from range [first, last). If multiple elements in the
+  /// range have keys that compare equivalent, it is unspecified which element
+  /// is inserted .
+  template <typename InputIt> void insert(InputIt First, InputIt Last) {
+    for (InputIt It = First; It != Last; ++It)
+      insert(*It);
+  }
+
+  ///  Inserts elements from initializer list ilist. If multiple elements in
+  /// the range have keys that compare equivalent, it is unspecified which
+  /// element is inserted
+  void insert(std::initializer_list<std::pair<StringRef, ValueTy>> List) {
+    insert(List.begin(), List.end());
+  }
+
+  /// Inserts an element or assigns to the current element if the key already
+  /// exists. The return type is the same as try_emplace.
+  template <typename V>
+  std::pair<iterator, bool> insert_or_assign(StringRef Key, V &&Val) {
+    auto Ret = try_emplace(Key, std::forward<V>(Val));
+    if (!Ret.second)
+      Ret.first->second = std::forward<V>(Val);
+    return Ret;
+  }
+
+  /// Emplace a new element for the specified key into the map if the key isn't
+  /// already in the map. The bool component of the returned pair is true
+  /// if and only if the insertion takes place, and the iterator component of
+  /// the pair points to the element with key equivalent to the key of the pair.
+  template <typename... ArgsTy>
+  std::pair<iterator, bool> try_emplace(StringRef Key, ArgsTy &&... Args) {
+    unsigned BucketNo = LookupBucketFor(Key);
+    StringMapEntryBase *&Bucket = TheTable[BucketNo];
+    if (Bucket && Bucket != getTombstoneVal())
+      return std::make_pair(iterator(TheTable + BucketNo, false),
+                            false); // Already exists in map.
+
+    if (Bucket == getTombstoneVal())
+      --NumTombstones;
+    Bucket = MapEntryTy::Create(Key, Allocator, std::forward<ArgsTy>(Args)...);
+    ++NumItems;
+    assert(NumItems + NumTombstones <= NumBuckets);
+
+    BucketNo = RehashTable(BucketNo);
+    return std::make_pair(iterator(TheTable + BucketNo, false), true);
+  }
+
+  // clear - Empties out the StringMap
+  void clear() {
+    if (empty())
+      return;
+
+    // Zap all values, resetting the keys back to non-present (not tombstone),
+    // which is safe because we're removing all elements.
+    for (unsigned I = 0, E = NumBuckets; I != E; ++I) {
+      StringMapEntryBase *&Bucket = TheTable[I];
+      if (Bucket && Bucket != getTombstoneVal()) {
+        static_cast<MapEntryTy *>(Bucket)->Destroy(Allocator);
+      }
+      Bucket = nullptr;
+    }
+
+    NumItems = 0;
+    NumTombstones = 0;
+  }
+
+  /// remove - Remove the specified key/value pair from the map, but do not
+  /// erase it.  This aborts if the key is not in the map.
+  void remove(MapEntryTy *KeyValue) { RemoveKey(KeyValue); }
+
+  void erase(iterator I) {
+    MapEntryTy &V = *I;
+    remove(&V);
+    V.Destroy(Allocator);
+  }
+
+  bool erase(StringRef Key) {
+    iterator I = find(Key);
+    if (I == end())
+      return false;
+    erase(I);
+    return true;
+  }
+};
+
+template <typename DerivedTy, typename ValueTy>
+class StringMapIterBase
+    : public iterator_facade_base<DerivedTy, std::forward_iterator_tag,
+                                  ValueTy> {
+protected:
+  StringMapEntryBase **Ptr = nullptr;
+
+public:
+  StringMapIterBase() = default;
+
+  explicit StringMapIterBase(StringMapEntryBase **Bucket,
+                             bool NoAdvance = false)
+      : Ptr(Bucket) {
+    if (!NoAdvance)
+      AdvancePastEmptyBuckets();
+  }
+
+  DerivedTy &operator=(const DerivedTy &Other) {
+    Ptr = Other.Ptr;
+    return static_cast<DerivedTy &>(*this);
+  }
+
+  friend bool operator==(const DerivedTy &LHS, const DerivedTy &RHS) {
+    return LHS.Ptr == RHS.Ptr;
+  }
+
+  DerivedTy &operator++() { // Preincrement
+    ++Ptr;
+    AdvancePastEmptyBuckets();
+    return static_cast<DerivedTy &>(*this);
+  }
+
+  DerivedTy operator++(int) { // Post-increment
+    DerivedTy Tmp(Ptr);
+    ++*this;
+    return Tmp;
+  }
+
+private:
+  void AdvancePastEmptyBuckets() {
+    while (*Ptr == nullptr || *Ptr == StringMapImpl::getTombstoneVal())
+      ++Ptr;
+  }
+};
+
+template <typename ValueTy>
+class StringMapConstIterator
+    : public StringMapIterBase<StringMapConstIterator<ValueTy>,
+                               const StringMapEntry<ValueTy>> {
+  using base = StringMapIterBase<StringMapConstIterator<ValueTy>,
+                                 const StringMapEntry<ValueTy>>;
+
+public:
+  StringMapConstIterator() = default;
+  explicit StringMapConstIterator(StringMapEntryBase **Bucket,
+                                  bool NoAdvance = false)
+      : base(Bucket, NoAdvance) {}
+
+  const StringMapEntry<ValueTy> &operator*() const {
+    return *static_cast<const StringMapEntry<ValueTy> *>(*this->Ptr);
+  }
+};
+
+template <typename ValueTy>
+class StringMapIterator : public StringMapIterBase<StringMapIterator<ValueTy>,
+                                                   StringMapEntry<ValueTy>> {
+  using base =
+      StringMapIterBase<StringMapIterator<ValueTy>, StringMapEntry<ValueTy>>;
+
+public:
+  StringMapIterator() = default;
+  explicit StringMapIterator(StringMapEntryBase **Bucket,
+                             bool NoAdvance = false)
+      : base(Bucket, NoAdvance) {}
+
+  StringMapEntry<ValueTy> &operator*() const {
+    return *static_cast<StringMapEntry<ValueTy> *>(*this->Ptr);
+  }
+
+  operator StringMapConstIterator<ValueTy>() const {
+    return StringMapConstIterator<ValueTy>(this->Ptr, true);
+  }
+};
+
+template <typename ValueTy>
+class StringMapKeyIterator
+    : public iterator_adaptor_base<StringMapKeyIterator<ValueTy>,
+                                   StringMapConstIterator<ValueTy>,
+                                   std::forward_iterator_tag, StringRef> {
+  using base = iterator_adaptor_base<StringMapKeyIterator<ValueTy>,
+                                     StringMapConstIterator<ValueTy>,
+                                     std::forward_iterator_tag, StringRef>;
+
+public:
+  StringMapKeyIterator() = default;
+  explicit StringMapKeyIterator(StringMapConstIterator<ValueTy> Iter)
+      : base(std::move(Iter)) {}
+
+  StringRef operator*() const { return this->wrapped()->getKey(); }
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_STRINGMAP_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/StringMapEntry.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/StringMapEntry.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..78e3874702
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/StringMapEntry.h
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- StringMapEntry.h - String Hash table map interface -------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines the StringMapEntry class - it is intended to be a low
+/// dependency implementation detail of StringMap that is more suitable for
+/// inclusion in public headers than StringMap.h itself is.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_STRINGMAPENTRY_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_STRINGMAPENTRY_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/None.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/STLFunctionalExtras.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// StringMapEntryBase - Shared base class of StringMapEntry instances.
+class StringMapEntryBase {
+  size_t keyLength;
+
+public:
+  explicit StringMapEntryBase(size_t keyLength) : keyLength(keyLength) {}
+
+  size_t getKeyLength() const { return keyLength; }
+
+protected:
+  /// Helper to tail-allocate \p Key. It'd be nice to generalize this so it
+  /// could be reused elsewhere, maybe even taking an llvm::function_ref to
+  /// type-erase the allocator and put it in a source file.
+  template <typename AllocatorTy>
+  static void *allocateWithKey(size_t EntrySize, size_t EntryAlign,
+                               StringRef Key, AllocatorTy &Allocator);
+};
+
+// Define out-of-line to dissuade inlining.
+template <typename AllocatorTy>
+void *StringMapEntryBase::allocateWithKey(size_t EntrySize, size_t EntryAlign,
+                                          StringRef Key,
+                                          AllocatorTy &Allocator) {
+  size_t KeyLength = Key.size();
+
+  // Allocate a new item with space for the string at the end and a null
+  // terminator.
+  size_t AllocSize = EntrySize + KeyLength + 1;
+  void *Allocation = Allocator.Allocate(AllocSize, EntryAlign);
+  assert(Allocation && "Unhandled out-of-memory");
+
+  // Copy the string information.
+  char *Buffer = reinterpret_cast<char *>(Allocation) + EntrySize;
+  if (KeyLength > 0)
+    ::memcpy(Buffer, Key.data(), KeyLength);
+  Buffer[KeyLength] = 0; // Null terminate for convenience of clients.
+  return Allocation;
+}
+
+/// StringMapEntryStorage - Holds the value in a StringMapEntry.
+///
+/// Factored out into a separate base class to make it easier to specialize.
+/// This is primarily intended to support StringSet, which doesn't need a value
+/// stored at all.
+template <typename ValueTy>
+class StringMapEntryStorage : public StringMapEntryBase {
+public:
+  ValueTy second;
+
+  explicit StringMapEntryStorage(size_t keyLength)
+      : StringMapEntryBase(keyLength), second() {}
+  template <typename... InitTy>
+  StringMapEntryStorage(size_t keyLength, InitTy &&... initVals)
+      : StringMapEntryBase(keyLength),
+        second(std::forward<InitTy>(initVals)...) {}
+  StringMapEntryStorage(StringMapEntryStorage &e) = delete;
+
+  const ValueTy &getValue() const { return second; }
+  ValueTy &getValue() { return second; }
+
+  void setValue(const ValueTy &V) { second = V; }
+};
+
+template <> class StringMapEntryStorage<NoneType> : public StringMapEntryBase {
+public:
+  explicit StringMapEntryStorage(size_t keyLength, NoneType = None)
+      : StringMapEntryBase(keyLength) {}
+  StringMapEntryStorage(StringMapEntryStorage &entry) = delete;
+
+  NoneType getValue() const { return None; }
+};
+
+/// StringMapEntry - This is used to represent one value that is inserted into
+/// a StringMap.  It contains the Value itself and the key: the string length
+/// and data.
+template <typename ValueTy>
+class StringMapEntry final : public StringMapEntryStorage<ValueTy> {
+public:
+  using StringMapEntryStorage<ValueTy>::StringMapEntryStorage;
+
+  StringRef getKey() const {
+    return StringRef(getKeyData(), this->getKeyLength());
+  }
+
+  /// getKeyData - Return the start of the string data that is the key for this
+  /// value.  The string data is always stored immediately after the
+  /// StringMapEntry object.
+  const char *getKeyData() const {
+    return reinterpret_cast<const char *>(this + 1);
+  }
+
+  StringRef first() const {
+    return StringRef(getKeyData(), this->getKeyLength());
+  }
+
+  /// Create a StringMapEntry for the specified key construct the value using
+  /// \p InitiVals.
+  template <typename AllocatorTy, typename... InitTy>
+  static StringMapEntry *Create(StringRef key, AllocatorTy &allocator,
+                                InitTy &&... initVals) {
+    return new (StringMapEntryBase::allocateWithKey(
+        sizeof(StringMapEntry), alignof(StringMapEntry), key, allocator))
+        StringMapEntry(key.size(), std::forward<InitTy>(initVals)...);
+  }
+
+  /// GetStringMapEntryFromKeyData - Given key data that is known to be embedded
+  /// into a StringMapEntry, return the StringMapEntry itself.
+  static StringMapEntry &GetStringMapEntryFromKeyData(const char *keyData) {
+    char *ptr = const_cast<char *>(keyData) - sizeof(StringMapEntry<ValueTy>);
+    return *reinterpret_cast<StringMapEntry *>(ptr);
+  }
+
+  /// Destroy - Destroy this StringMapEntry, releasing memory back to the
+  /// specified allocator.
+  template <typename AllocatorTy> void Destroy(AllocatorTy &allocator) {
+    // Free memory referenced by the item.
+    size_t AllocSize = sizeof(StringMapEntry) + this->getKeyLength() + 1;
+    this->~StringMapEntry();
+    allocator.Deallocate(static_cast<void *>(this), AllocSize,
+                         alignof(StringMapEntry));
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_STRINGMAPENTRY_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/StringRef.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/StringRef.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..87d136fec2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/StringRef.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1006 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- StringRef.h - Constant String Reference Wrapper ----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_STRINGREF_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_STRINGREF_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMapInfo.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/STLFunctionalExtras.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <cstring>
+#include <limits>
+#include <string>
+#if __cplusplus > 201402L
+#include <string_view>
+#endif
+#include <type_traits>
+#include <utility>
+
+// Declare the __builtin_strlen intrinsic for MSVC so it can be used in
+// constexpr context.
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+extern "C" size_t __builtin_strlen(const char *);
+#endif
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+  class APInt;
+  class hash_code;
+  template <typename T> class SmallVectorImpl;
+  class StringRef;
+
+  /// Helper functions for StringRef::getAsInteger.
+  bool getAsUnsignedInteger(StringRef Str, unsigned Radix,
+                            unsigned long long &Result);
+
+  bool getAsSignedInteger(StringRef Str, unsigned Radix, long long &Result);
+
+  bool consumeUnsignedInteger(StringRef &Str, unsigned Radix,
+                              unsigned long long &Result);
+  bool consumeSignedInteger(StringRef &Str, unsigned Radix, long long &Result);
+
+  /// StringRef - Represent a constant reference to a string, i.e. a character
+  /// array and a length, which need not be null terminated.
+  ///
+  /// This class does not own the string data, it is expected to be used in
+  /// situations where the character data resides in some other buffer, whose
+  /// lifetime extends past that of the StringRef. For this reason, it is not in
+  /// general safe to store a StringRef.
+  class LLVM_GSL_POINTER StringRef {
+  public:
+    static constexpr size_t npos = ~size_t(0);
+
+    using iterator = const char *;
+    using const_iterator = const char *;
+    using size_type = size_t;
+
+  private:
+    /// The start of the string, in an external buffer.
+    const char *Data = nullptr;
+
+    /// The length of the string.
+    size_t Length = 0;
+
+    // Workaround memcmp issue with null pointers (undefined behavior)
+    // by providing a specialized version
+    static int compareMemory(const char *Lhs, const char *Rhs, size_t Length) {
+      if (Length == 0) { return 0; }
+      return ::memcmp(Lhs,Rhs,Length);
+    }
+
+    // Constexpr version of std::strlen.
+    static constexpr size_t strLen(const char *Str) {
+#if __cplusplus > 201402L
+      return std::char_traits<char>::length(Str);
+#elif __has_builtin(__builtin_strlen) || defined(__GNUC__) || \
+    (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1916)
+      return __builtin_strlen(Str);
+#else
+      const char *Begin = Str;
+      while (*Str != '\0')
+        ++Str;
+      return Str - Begin;
+#endif
+    }
+
+  public:
+    /// @name Constructors
+    /// @{
+
+    /// Construct an empty string ref.
+    /*implicit*/ StringRef() = default;
+
+    /// Disable conversion from nullptr.  This prevents things like
+    /// if (S == nullptr)
+    StringRef(std::nullptr_t) = delete;
+
+    /// Construct a string ref from a cstring.
+    /*implicit*/ constexpr StringRef(const char *Str)
+        : Data(Str), Length(Str ? strLen(Str) : 0) {}
+
+    /// Construct a string ref from a pointer and length.
+    /*implicit*/ constexpr StringRef(const char *data, size_t length)
+        : Data(data), Length(length) {}
+
+    /// Construct a string ref from an std::string.
+    /*implicit*/ StringRef(const std::string &Str)
+      : Data(Str.data()), Length(Str.length()) {}
+
+#if __cplusplus > 201402L
+    /// Construct a string ref from an std::string_view.
+    /*implicit*/ constexpr StringRef(std::string_view Str)
+        : Data(Str.data()), Length(Str.size()) {}
+#endif
+
+    /// @}
+    /// @name Iterators
+    /// @{
+
+    iterator begin() const { return Data; }
+
+    iterator end() const { return Data + Length; }
+
+    const unsigned char *bytes_begin() const {
+      return reinterpret_cast<const unsigned char *>(begin());
+    }
+    const unsigned char *bytes_end() const {
+      return reinterpret_cast<const unsigned char *>(end());
+    }
+    iterator_range<const unsigned char *> bytes() const {
+      return make_range(bytes_begin(), bytes_end());
+    }
+
+    /// @}
+    /// @name String Operations
+    /// @{
+
+    /// data - Get a pointer to the start of the string (which may not be null
+    /// terminated).
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    const char *data() const { return Data; }
+
+    /// empty - Check if the string is empty.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    constexpr bool empty() const { return Length == 0; }
+
+    /// size - Get the string size.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    constexpr size_t size() const { return Length; }
+
+    /// front - Get the first character in the string.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    char front() const {
+      assert(!empty());
+      return Data[0];
+    }
+
+    /// back - Get the last character in the string.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    char back() const {
+      assert(!empty());
+      return Data[Length-1];
+    }
+
+    // copy - Allocate copy in Allocator and return StringRef to it.
+    template <typename Allocator>
+    LLVM_NODISCARD StringRef copy(Allocator &A) const {
+      // Don't request a length 0 copy from the allocator.
+      if (empty())
+        return StringRef();
+      char *S = A.template Allocate<char>(Length);
+      std::copy(begin(), end(), S);
+      return StringRef(S, Length);
+    }
+
+    /// equals - Check for string equality, this is more efficient than
+    /// compare() when the relative ordering of inequal strings isn't needed.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    bool equals(StringRef RHS) const {
+      return (Length == RHS.Length &&
+              compareMemory(Data, RHS.Data, RHS.Length) == 0);
+    }
+
+    /// Check for string equality, ignoring case.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    bool equals_insensitive(StringRef RHS) const {
+      return Length == RHS.Length && compare_insensitive(RHS) == 0;
+    }
+
+    /// compare - Compare two strings; the result is -1, 0, or 1 if this string
+    /// is lexicographically less than, equal to, or greater than the \p RHS.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    int compare(StringRef RHS) const {
+      // Check the prefix for a mismatch.
+      if (int Res = compareMemory(Data, RHS.Data, std::min(Length, RHS.Length)))
+        return Res < 0 ? -1 : 1;
+
+      // Otherwise the prefixes match, so we only need to check the lengths.
+      if (Length == RHS.Length)
+        return 0;
+      return Length < RHS.Length ? -1 : 1;
+    }
+
+    /// Compare two strings, ignoring case.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    int compare_insensitive(StringRef RHS) const;
+
+    /// compare_numeric - Compare two strings, treating sequences of digits as
+    /// numbers.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    int compare_numeric(StringRef RHS) const;
+
+    /// Determine the edit distance between this string and another
+    /// string.
+    ///
+    /// \param Other the string to compare this string against.
+    ///
+    /// \param AllowReplacements whether to allow character
+    /// replacements (change one character into another) as a single
+    /// operation, rather than as two operations (an insertion and a
+    /// removal).
+    ///
+    /// \param MaxEditDistance If non-zero, the maximum edit distance that
+    /// this routine is allowed to compute. If the edit distance will exceed
+    /// that maximum, returns \c MaxEditDistance+1.
+    ///
+    /// \returns the minimum number of character insertions, removals,
+    /// or (if \p AllowReplacements is \c true) replacements needed to
+    /// transform one of the given strings into the other. If zero,
+    /// the strings are identical.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    unsigned edit_distance(StringRef Other, bool AllowReplacements = true,
+                           unsigned MaxEditDistance = 0) const;
+
+    /// str - Get the contents as an std::string.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    std::string str() const {
+      if (!Data) return std::string();
+      return std::string(Data, Length);
+    }
+
+    /// @}
+    /// @name Operator Overloads
+    /// @{
+
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    char operator[](size_t Index) const {
+      assert(Index < Length && "Invalid index!");
+      return Data[Index];
+    }
+
+    /// Disallow accidental assignment from a temporary std::string.
+    ///
+    /// The declaration here is extra complicated so that `stringRef = {}`
+    /// and `stringRef = "abc"` continue to select the move assignment operator.
+    template <typename T>
+    std::enable_if_t<std::is_same<T, std::string>::value, StringRef> &
+    operator=(T &&Str) = delete;
+
+    /// @}
+    /// @name Type Conversions
+    /// @{
+
+    explicit operator std::string() const { return str(); }
+
+#if __cplusplus > 201402L
+    operator std::string_view() const {
+      return std::string_view(data(), size());
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /// @}
+    /// @name String Predicates
+    /// @{
+
+    /// Check if this string starts with the given \p Prefix.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    bool startswith(StringRef Prefix) const {
+      return Length >= Prefix.Length &&
+             compareMemory(Data, Prefix.Data, Prefix.Length) == 0;
+    }
+
+    /// Check if this string starts with the given \p Prefix, ignoring case.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    bool startswith_insensitive(StringRef Prefix) const;
+
+    /// Check if this string ends with the given \p Suffix.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    bool endswith(StringRef Suffix) const {
+      return Length >= Suffix.Length &&
+        compareMemory(end() - Suffix.Length, Suffix.Data, Suffix.Length) == 0;
+    }
+
+    /// Check if this string ends with the given \p Suffix, ignoring case.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    bool endswith_insensitive(StringRef Suffix) const;
+
+    /// @}
+    /// @name String Searching
+    /// @{
+
+    /// Search for the first character \p C in the string.
+    ///
+    /// \returns The index of the first occurrence of \p C, or npos if not
+    /// found.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    size_t find(char C, size_t From = 0) const {
+      size_t FindBegin = std::min(From, Length);
+      if (FindBegin < Length) { // Avoid calling memchr with nullptr.
+        // Just forward to memchr, which is faster than a hand-rolled loop.
+        if (const void *P = ::memchr(Data + FindBegin, C, Length - FindBegin))
+          return static_cast<const char *>(P) - Data;
+      }
+      return npos;
+    }
+
+    /// Search for the first character \p C in the string, ignoring case.
+    ///
+    /// \returns The index of the first occurrence of \p C, or npos if not
+    /// found.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    size_t find_insensitive(char C, size_t From = 0) const;
+
+    /// Search for the first character satisfying the predicate \p F
+    ///
+    /// \returns The index of the first character satisfying \p F starting from
+    /// \p From, or npos if not found.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    size_t find_if(function_ref<bool(char)> F, size_t From = 0) const {
+      StringRef S = drop_front(From);
+      while (!S.empty()) {
+        if (F(S.front()))
+          return size() - S.size();
+        S = S.drop_front();
+      }
+      return npos;
+    }
+
+    /// Search for the first character not satisfying the predicate \p F
+    ///
+    /// \returns The index of the first character not satisfying \p F starting
+    /// from \p From, or npos if not found.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    size_t find_if_not(function_ref<bool(char)> F, size_t From = 0) const {
+      return find_if([F](char c) { return !F(c); }, From);
+    }
+
+    /// Search for the first string \p Str in the string.
+    ///
+    /// \returns The index of the first occurrence of \p Str, or npos if not
+    /// found.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    size_t find(StringRef Str, size_t From = 0) const;
+
+    /// Search for the first string \p Str in the string, ignoring case.
+    ///
+    /// \returns The index of the first occurrence of \p Str, or npos if not
+    /// found.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    size_t find_insensitive(StringRef Str, size_t From = 0) const;
+
+    /// Search for the last character \p C in the string.
+    ///
+    /// \returns The index of the last occurrence of \p C, or npos if not
+    /// found.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    size_t rfind(char C, size_t From = npos) const {
+      From = std::min(From, Length);
+      size_t i = From;
+      while (i != 0) {
+        --i;
+        if (Data[i] == C)
+          return i;
+      }
+      return npos;
+    }
+
+    /// Search for the last character \p C in the string, ignoring case.
+    ///
+    /// \returns The index of the last occurrence of \p C, or npos if not
+    /// found.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    size_t rfind_insensitive(char C, size_t From = npos) const;
+
+    /// Search for the last string \p Str in the string.
+    ///
+    /// \returns The index of the last occurrence of \p Str, or npos if not
+    /// found.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    size_t rfind(StringRef Str) const;
+
+    /// Search for the last string \p Str in the string, ignoring case.
+    ///
+    /// \returns The index of the last occurrence of \p Str, or npos if not
+    /// found.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    size_t rfind_insensitive(StringRef Str) const;
+
+    /// Find the first character in the string that is \p C, or npos if not
+    /// found. Same as find.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    size_t find_first_of(char C, size_t From = 0) const {
+      return find(C, From);
+    }
+
+    /// Find the first character in the string that is in \p Chars, or npos if
+    /// not found.
+    ///
+    /// Complexity: O(size() + Chars.size())
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    size_t find_first_of(StringRef Chars, size_t From = 0) const;
+
+    /// Find the first character in the string that is not \p C or npos if not
+    /// found.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    size_t find_first_not_of(char C, size_t From = 0) const;
+
+    /// Find the first character in the string that is not in the string
+    /// \p Chars, or npos if not found.
+    ///
+    /// Complexity: O(size() + Chars.size())
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    size_t find_first_not_of(StringRef Chars, size_t From = 0) const;
+
+    /// Find the last character in the string that is \p C, or npos if not
+    /// found.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    size_t find_last_of(char C, size_t From = npos) const {
+      return rfind(C, From);
+    }
+
+    /// Find the last character in the string that is in \p C, or npos if not
+    /// found.
+    ///
+    /// Complexity: O(size() + Chars.size())
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    size_t find_last_of(StringRef Chars, size_t From = npos) const;
+
+    /// Find the last character in the string that is not \p C, or npos if not
+    /// found.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    size_t find_last_not_of(char C, size_t From = npos) const;
+
+    /// Find the last character in the string that is not in \p Chars, or
+    /// npos if not found.
+    ///
+    /// Complexity: O(size() + Chars.size())
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    size_t find_last_not_of(StringRef Chars, size_t From = npos) const;
+
+    /// Return true if the given string is a substring of *this, and false
+    /// otherwise.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    bool contains(StringRef Other) const { return find(Other) != npos; }
+
+    /// Return true if the given character is contained in *this, and false
+    /// otherwise.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    bool contains(char C) const { return find_first_of(C) != npos; }
+
+    /// Return true if the given string is a substring of *this, and false
+    /// otherwise.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    bool contains_insensitive(StringRef Other) const {
+      return find_insensitive(Other) != npos;
+    }
+
+    /// Return true if the given character is contained in *this, and false
+    /// otherwise.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    bool contains_insensitive(char C) const {
+      return find_insensitive(C) != npos;
+    }
+
+    /// @}
+    /// @name Helpful Algorithms
+    /// @{
+
+    /// Return the number of occurrences of \p C in the string.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    size_t count(char C) const {
+      size_t Count = 0;
+      for (size_t i = 0, e = Length; i != e; ++i)
+        if (Data[i] == C)
+          ++Count;
+      return Count;
+    }
+
+    /// Return the number of non-overlapped occurrences of \p Str in
+    /// the string.
+    size_t count(StringRef Str) const;
+
+    /// Parse the current string as an integer of the specified radix.  If
+    /// \p Radix is specified as zero, this does radix autosensing using
+    /// extended C rules: 0 is octal, 0x is hex, 0b is binary.
+    ///
+    /// If the string is invalid or if only a subset of the string is valid,
+    /// this returns true to signify the error.  The string is considered
+    /// erroneous if empty or if it overflows T.
+    template <typename T>
+    std::enable_if_t<std::numeric_limits<T>::is_signed, bool>
+    getAsInteger(unsigned Radix, T &Result) const {
+      long long LLVal;
+      if (getAsSignedInteger(*this, Radix, LLVal) ||
+            static_cast<T>(LLVal) != LLVal)
+        return true;
+      Result = LLVal;
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    template <typename T>
+    std::enable_if_t<!std::numeric_limits<T>::is_signed, bool>
+    getAsInteger(unsigned Radix, T &Result) const {
+      unsigned long long ULLVal;
+      // The additional cast to unsigned long long is required to avoid the
+      // Visual C++ warning C4805: '!=' : unsafe mix of type 'bool' and type
+      // 'unsigned __int64' when instantiating getAsInteger with T = bool.
+      if (getAsUnsignedInteger(*this, Radix, ULLVal) ||
+          static_cast<unsigned long long>(static_cast<T>(ULLVal)) != ULLVal)
+        return true;
+      Result = ULLVal;
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    /// Parse the current string as an integer of the specified radix.  If
+    /// \p Radix is specified as zero, this does radix autosensing using
+    /// extended C rules: 0 is octal, 0x is hex, 0b is binary.
+    ///
+    /// If the string does not begin with a number of the specified radix,
+    /// this returns true to signify the error. The string is considered
+    /// erroneous if empty or if it overflows T.
+    /// The portion of the string representing the discovered numeric value
+    /// is removed from the beginning of the string.
+    template <typename T>
+    std::enable_if_t<std::numeric_limits<T>::is_signed, bool>
+    consumeInteger(unsigned Radix, T &Result) {
+      long long LLVal;
+      if (consumeSignedInteger(*this, Radix, LLVal) ||
+          static_cast<long long>(static_cast<T>(LLVal)) != LLVal)
+        return true;
+      Result = LLVal;
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    template <typename T>
+    std::enable_if_t<!std::numeric_limits<T>::is_signed, bool>
+    consumeInteger(unsigned Radix, T &Result) {
+      unsigned long long ULLVal;
+      if (consumeUnsignedInteger(*this, Radix, ULLVal) ||
+          static_cast<unsigned long long>(static_cast<T>(ULLVal)) != ULLVal)
+        return true;
+      Result = ULLVal;
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    /// Parse the current string as an integer of the specified \p Radix, or of
+    /// an autosensed radix if the \p Radix given is 0.  The current value in
+    /// \p Result is discarded, and the storage is changed to be wide enough to
+    /// store the parsed integer.
+    ///
+    /// \returns true if the string does not solely consist of a valid
+    /// non-empty number in the appropriate base.
+    ///
+    /// APInt::fromString is superficially similar but assumes the
+    /// string is well-formed in the given radix.
+    bool getAsInteger(unsigned Radix, APInt &Result) const;
+
+    /// Parse the current string as an IEEE double-precision floating
+    /// point value.  The string must be a well-formed double.
+    ///
+    /// If \p AllowInexact is false, the function will fail if the string
+    /// cannot be represented exactly.  Otherwise, the function only fails
+    /// in case of an overflow or underflow, or an invalid floating point
+    /// representation.
+    bool getAsDouble(double &Result, bool AllowInexact = true) const;
+
+    /// @}
+    /// @name String Operations
+    /// @{
+
+    // Convert the given ASCII string to lowercase.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    std::string lower() const;
+
+    /// Convert the given ASCII string to uppercase.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    std::string upper() const;
+
+    /// @}
+    /// @name Substring Operations
+    /// @{
+
+    /// Return a reference to the substring from [Start, Start + N).
+    ///
+    /// \param Start The index of the starting character in the substring; if
+    /// the index is npos or greater than the length of the string then the
+    /// empty substring will be returned.
+    ///
+    /// \param N The number of characters to included in the substring. If N
+    /// exceeds the number of characters remaining in the string, the string
+    /// suffix (starting with \p Start) will be returned.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    StringRef substr(size_t Start, size_t N = npos) const {
+      Start = std::min(Start, Length);
+      return StringRef(Data + Start, std::min(N, Length - Start));
+    }
+
+    /// Return a StringRef equal to 'this' but with only the first \p N
+    /// elements remaining.  If \p N is greater than the length of the
+    /// string, the entire string is returned.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    StringRef take_front(size_t N = 1) const {
+      if (N >= size())
+        return *this;
+      return drop_back(size() - N);
+    }
+
+    /// Return a StringRef equal to 'this' but with only the last \p N
+    /// elements remaining.  If \p N is greater than the length of the
+    /// string, the entire string is returned.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    StringRef take_back(size_t N = 1) const {
+      if (N >= size())
+        return *this;
+      return drop_front(size() - N);
+    }
+
+    /// Return the longest prefix of 'this' such that every character
+    /// in the prefix satisfies the given predicate.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    StringRef take_while(function_ref<bool(char)> F) const {
+      return substr(0, find_if_not(F));
+    }
+
+    /// Return the longest prefix of 'this' such that no character in
+    /// the prefix satisfies the given predicate.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    StringRef take_until(function_ref<bool(char)> F) const {
+      return substr(0, find_if(F));
+    }
+
+    /// Return a StringRef equal to 'this' but with the first \p N elements
+    /// dropped.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    StringRef drop_front(size_t N = 1) const {
+      assert(size() >= N && "Dropping more elements than exist");
+      return substr(N);
+    }
+
+    /// Return a StringRef equal to 'this' but with the last \p N elements
+    /// dropped.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    StringRef drop_back(size_t N = 1) const {
+      assert(size() >= N && "Dropping more elements than exist");
+      return substr(0, size()-N);
+    }
+
+    /// Return a StringRef equal to 'this', but with all characters satisfying
+    /// the given predicate dropped from the beginning of the string.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    StringRef drop_while(function_ref<bool(char)> F) const {
+      return substr(find_if_not(F));
+    }
+
+    /// Return a StringRef equal to 'this', but with all characters not
+    /// satisfying the given predicate dropped from the beginning of the string.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    StringRef drop_until(function_ref<bool(char)> F) const {
+      return substr(find_if(F));
+    }
+
+    /// Returns true if this StringRef has the given prefix and removes that
+    /// prefix.
+    bool consume_front(StringRef Prefix) {
+      if (!startswith(Prefix))
+        return false;
+
+      *this = drop_front(Prefix.size());
+      return true;
+    }
+
+    /// Returns true if this StringRef has the given prefix, ignoring case,
+    /// and removes that prefix.
+    bool consume_front_insensitive(StringRef Prefix) {
+      if (!startswith_insensitive(Prefix))
+        return false;
+
+      *this = drop_front(Prefix.size());
+      return true;
+    }
+
+    /// Returns true if this StringRef has the given suffix and removes that
+    /// suffix.
+    bool consume_back(StringRef Suffix) {
+      if (!endswith(Suffix))
+        return false;
+
+      *this = drop_back(Suffix.size());
+      return true;
+    }
+
+    /// Returns true if this StringRef has the given suffix, ignoring case,
+    /// and removes that suffix.
+    bool consume_back_insensitive(StringRef Suffix) {
+      if (!endswith_insensitive(Suffix))
+        return false;
+
+      *this = drop_back(Suffix.size());
+      return true;
+    }
+
+    /// Return a reference to the substring from [Start, End).
+    ///
+    /// \param Start The index of the starting character in the substring; if
+    /// the index is npos or greater than the length of the string then the
+    /// empty substring will be returned.
+    ///
+    /// \param End The index following the last character to include in the
+    /// substring. If this is npos or exceeds the number of characters
+    /// remaining in the string, the string suffix (starting with \p Start)
+    /// will be returned. If this is less than \p Start, an empty string will
+    /// be returned.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    StringRef slice(size_t Start, size_t End) const {
+      Start = std::min(Start, Length);
+      End = std::min(std::max(Start, End), Length);
+      return StringRef(Data + Start, End - Start);
+    }
+
+    /// Split into two substrings around the first occurrence of a separator
+    /// character.
+    ///
+    /// If \p Separator is in the string, then the result is a pair (LHS, RHS)
+    /// such that (*this == LHS + Separator + RHS) is true and RHS is
+    /// maximal. If \p Separator is not in the string, then the result is a
+    /// pair (LHS, RHS) where (*this == LHS) and (RHS == "").
+    ///
+    /// \param Separator The character to split on.
+    /// \returns The split substrings.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    std::pair<StringRef, StringRef> split(char Separator) const {
+      return split(StringRef(&Separator, 1));
+    }
+
+    /// Split into two substrings around the first occurrence of a separator
+    /// string.
+    ///
+    /// If \p Separator is in the string, then the result is a pair (LHS, RHS)
+    /// such that (*this == LHS + Separator + RHS) is true and RHS is
+    /// maximal. If \p Separator is not in the string, then the result is a
+    /// pair (LHS, RHS) where (*this == LHS) and (RHS == "").
+    ///
+    /// \param Separator - The string to split on.
+    /// \return - The split substrings.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    std::pair<StringRef, StringRef> split(StringRef Separator) const {
+      size_t Idx = find(Separator);
+      if (Idx == npos)
+        return std::make_pair(*this, StringRef());
+      return std::make_pair(slice(0, Idx), slice(Idx + Separator.size(), npos));
+    }
+
+    /// Split into two substrings around the last occurrence of a separator
+    /// string.
+    ///
+    /// If \p Separator is in the string, then the result is a pair (LHS, RHS)
+    /// such that (*this == LHS + Separator + RHS) is true and RHS is
+    /// minimal. If \p Separator is not in the string, then the result is a
+    /// pair (LHS, RHS) where (*this == LHS) and (RHS == "").
+    ///
+    /// \param Separator - The string to split on.
+    /// \return - The split substrings.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    std::pair<StringRef, StringRef> rsplit(StringRef Separator) const {
+      size_t Idx = rfind(Separator);
+      if (Idx == npos)
+        return std::make_pair(*this, StringRef());
+      return std::make_pair(slice(0, Idx), slice(Idx + Separator.size(), npos));
+    }
+
+    /// Split into substrings around the occurrences of a separator string.
+    ///
+    /// Each substring is stored in \p A. If \p MaxSplit is >= 0, at most
+    /// \p MaxSplit splits are done and consequently <= \p MaxSplit + 1
+    /// elements are added to A.
+    /// If \p KeepEmpty is false, empty strings are not added to \p A. They
+    /// still count when considering \p MaxSplit
+    /// An useful invariant is that
+    /// Separator.join(A) == *this if MaxSplit == -1 and KeepEmpty == true
+    ///
+    /// \param A - Where to put the substrings.
+    /// \param Separator - The string to split on.
+    /// \param MaxSplit - The maximum number of times the string is split.
+    /// \param KeepEmpty - True if empty substring should be added.
+    void split(SmallVectorImpl<StringRef> &A,
+               StringRef Separator, int MaxSplit = -1,
+               bool KeepEmpty = true) const;
+
+    /// Split into substrings around the occurrences of a separator character.
+    ///
+    /// Each substring is stored in \p A. If \p MaxSplit is >= 0, at most
+    /// \p MaxSplit splits are done and consequently <= \p MaxSplit + 1
+    /// elements are added to A.
+    /// If \p KeepEmpty is false, empty strings are not added to \p A. They
+    /// still count when considering \p MaxSplit
+    /// An useful invariant is that
+    /// Separator.join(A) == *this if MaxSplit == -1 and KeepEmpty == true
+    ///
+    /// \param A - Where to put the substrings.
+    /// \param Separator - The string to split on.
+    /// \param MaxSplit - The maximum number of times the string is split.
+    /// \param KeepEmpty - True if empty substring should be added.
+    void split(SmallVectorImpl<StringRef> &A, char Separator, int MaxSplit = -1,
+               bool KeepEmpty = true) const;
+
+    /// Split into two substrings around the last occurrence of a separator
+    /// character.
+    ///
+    /// If \p Separator is in the string, then the result is a pair (LHS, RHS)
+    /// such that (*this == LHS + Separator + RHS) is true and RHS is
+    /// minimal. If \p Separator is not in the string, then the result is a
+    /// pair (LHS, RHS) where (*this == LHS) and (RHS == "").
+    ///
+    /// \param Separator - The character to split on.
+    /// \return - The split substrings.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    std::pair<StringRef, StringRef> rsplit(char Separator) const {
+      return rsplit(StringRef(&Separator, 1));
+    }
+
+    /// Return string with consecutive \p Char characters starting from the
+    /// the left removed.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    StringRef ltrim(char Char) const {
+      return drop_front(std::min(Length, find_first_not_of(Char)));
+    }
+
+    /// Return string with consecutive characters in \p Chars starting from
+    /// the left removed.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    StringRef ltrim(StringRef Chars = " \t\n\v\f\r") const {
+      return drop_front(std::min(Length, find_first_not_of(Chars)));
+    }
+
+    /// Return string with consecutive \p Char characters starting from the
+    /// right removed.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    StringRef rtrim(char Char) const {
+      return drop_back(Length - std::min(Length, find_last_not_of(Char) + 1));
+    }
+
+    /// Return string with consecutive characters in \p Chars starting from
+    /// the right removed.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    StringRef rtrim(StringRef Chars = " \t\n\v\f\r") const {
+      return drop_back(Length - std::min(Length, find_last_not_of(Chars) + 1));
+    }
+
+    /// Return string with consecutive \p Char characters starting from the
+    /// left and right removed.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    StringRef trim(char Char) const {
+      return ltrim(Char).rtrim(Char);
+    }
+
+    /// Return string with consecutive characters in \p Chars starting from
+    /// the left and right removed.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    StringRef trim(StringRef Chars = " \t\n\v\f\r") const {
+      return ltrim(Chars).rtrim(Chars);
+    }
+
+    /// Detect the line ending style of the string.
+    ///
+    /// If the string contains a line ending, return the line ending character
+    /// sequence that is detected. Otherwise return '\n' for unix line endings.
+    ///
+    /// \return - The line ending character sequence.
+    LLVM_NODISCARD
+    StringRef detectEOL() const {
+      size_t Pos = find('\r');
+      if (Pos == npos) {
+        // If there is no carriage return, assume unix
+        return "\n";
+      }
+      if (Pos + 1 < Length && Data[Pos + 1] == '\n')
+        return "\r\n"; // Windows
+      if (Pos > 0 && Data[Pos - 1] == '\n')
+        return "\n\r"; // You monster!
+      return "\r";     // Classic Mac
+    }
+    /// @}
+  };
+
+  /// A wrapper around a string literal that serves as a proxy for constructing
+  /// global tables of StringRefs with the length computed at compile time.
+  /// In order to avoid the invocation of a global constructor, StringLiteral
+  /// should *only* be used in a constexpr context, as such:
+  ///
+  /// constexpr StringLiteral S("test");
+  ///
+  class StringLiteral : public StringRef {
+  private:
+    constexpr StringLiteral(const char *Str, size_t N) : StringRef(Str, N) {
+    }
+
+  public:
+    template <size_t N>
+    constexpr StringLiteral(const char (&Str)[N])
+#if defined(__clang__) && __has_attribute(enable_if)
+#pragma clang diagnostic push
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wgcc-compat"
+        __attribute((enable_if(__builtin_strlen(Str) == N - 1,
+                               "invalid string literal")))
+#pragma clang diagnostic pop
+#endif
+        : StringRef(Str, N - 1) {
+    }
+
+    // Explicit construction for strings like "foo\0bar".
+    template <size_t N>
+    static constexpr StringLiteral withInnerNUL(const char (&Str)[N]) {
+      return StringLiteral(Str, N - 1);
+    }
+  };
+
+  /// @name StringRef Comparison Operators
+  /// @{
+
+  inline bool operator==(StringRef LHS, StringRef RHS) {
+    return LHS.equals(RHS);
+  }
+
+  inline bool operator!=(StringRef LHS, StringRef RHS) { return !(LHS == RHS); }
+
+  inline bool operator<(StringRef LHS, StringRef RHS) {
+    return LHS.compare(RHS) == -1;
+  }
+
+  inline bool operator<=(StringRef LHS, StringRef RHS) {
+    return LHS.compare(RHS) != 1;
+  }
+
+  inline bool operator>(StringRef LHS, StringRef RHS) {
+    return LHS.compare(RHS) == 1;
+  }
+
+  inline bool operator>=(StringRef LHS, StringRef RHS) {
+    return LHS.compare(RHS) != -1;
+  }
+
+  inline std::string &operator+=(std::string &buffer, StringRef string) {
+    return buffer.append(string.data(), string.size());
+  }
+
+  /// @}
+
+  /// Compute a hash_code for a StringRef.
+  LLVM_NODISCARD
+  hash_code hash_value(StringRef S);
+
+  // Provide DenseMapInfo for StringRefs.
+  template <> struct DenseMapInfo<StringRef, void> {
+    static inline StringRef getEmptyKey() {
+      return StringRef(
+          reinterpret_cast<const char *>(~static_cast<uintptr_t>(0)), 0);
+    }
+
+    static inline StringRef getTombstoneKey() {
+      return StringRef(
+          reinterpret_cast<const char *>(~static_cast<uintptr_t>(1)), 0);
+    }
+
+    static unsigned getHashValue(StringRef Val);
+
+    static bool isEqual(StringRef LHS, StringRef RHS) {
+      if (RHS.data() == getEmptyKey().data())
+        return LHS.data() == getEmptyKey().data();
+      if (RHS.data() == getTombstoneKey().data())
+        return LHS.data() == getTombstoneKey().data();
+      return LHS == RHS;
+    }
+  };
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_STRINGREF_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/StringSet.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/StringSet.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c895fcf0f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/StringSet.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- StringSet.h - An efficient set built on StringMap --------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+///  StringSet - A set-like wrapper for the StringMap.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_STRINGSET_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_STRINGSET_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// StringSet - A wrapper for StringMap that provides set-like functionality.
+template <class AllocatorTy = MallocAllocator>
+class StringSet : public StringMap<NoneType, AllocatorTy> {
+  using Base = StringMap<NoneType, AllocatorTy>;
+
+public:
+  StringSet() = default;
+  StringSet(std::initializer_list<StringRef> initializer) {
+    for (StringRef str : initializer)
+      insert(str);
+  }
+  explicit StringSet(AllocatorTy a) : Base(a) {}
+
+  std::pair<typename Base::iterator, bool> insert(StringRef key) {
+    return Base::try_emplace(key);
+  }
+
+  template <typename InputIt>
+  void insert(const InputIt &begin, const InputIt &end) {
+    for (auto it = begin; it != end; ++it)
+      insert(*it);
+  }
+
+  template <typename ValueTy>
+  std::pair<typename Base::iterator, bool>
+  insert(const StringMapEntry<ValueTy> &mapEntry) {
+    return insert(mapEntry.getKey());
+  }
+
+  /// Check if the set contains the given \c key.
+  bool contains(StringRef key) const { return Base::FindKey(key) != -1; }
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_STRINGSET_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a5dbb7fe58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===--- StringSwitch.h - Switch-on-literal-string Construct --------------===/
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===/
+///
+/// \file
+///  This file implements the StringSwitch template, which mimics a switch()
+///  statement whose cases are string literals.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===/
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_STRINGSWITCH_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_STRINGSWITCH_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstring>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// A switch()-like statement whose cases are string literals.
+///
+/// The StringSwitch class is a simple form of a switch() statement that
+/// determines whether the given string matches one of the given string
+/// literals. The template type parameter \p T is the type of the value that
+/// will be returned from the string-switch expression. For example,
+/// the following code switches on the name of a color in \c argv[i]:
+///
+/// \code
+/// Color color = StringSwitch<Color>(argv[i])
+///   .Case("red", Red)
+///   .Case("orange", Orange)
+///   .Case("yellow", Yellow)
+///   .Case("green", Green)
+///   .Case("blue", Blue)
+///   .Case("indigo", Indigo)
+///   .Cases("violet", "purple", Violet)
+///   .Default(UnknownColor);
+/// \endcode
+template<typename T, typename R = T>
+class StringSwitch {
+  /// The string we are matching.
+  const StringRef Str;
+
+  /// The pointer to the result of this switch statement, once known,
+  /// null before that.
+  Optional<T> Result;
+
+public:
+  explicit StringSwitch(StringRef S)
+  : Str(S), Result() { }
+
+  // StringSwitch is not copyable.
+  StringSwitch(const StringSwitch &) = delete;
+
+  // StringSwitch is not assignable due to 'Str' being 'const'.
+  void operator=(const StringSwitch &) = delete;
+  void operator=(StringSwitch &&other) = delete;
+
+  StringSwitch(StringSwitch &&other)
+    : Str(other.Str), Result(std::move(other.Result)) { }
+
+  ~StringSwitch() = default;
+
+  // Case-sensitive case matchers
+  StringSwitch &Case(StringLiteral S, T Value) {
+    if (!Result && Str == S) {
+      Result = std::move(Value);
+    }
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  StringSwitch& EndsWith(StringLiteral S, T Value) {
+    if (!Result && Str.endswith(S)) {
+      Result = std::move(Value);
+    }
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  StringSwitch& StartsWith(StringLiteral S, T Value) {
+    if (!Result && Str.startswith(S)) {
+      Result = std::move(Value);
+    }
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  StringSwitch &Cases(StringLiteral S0, StringLiteral S1, T Value) {
+    return Case(S0, Value).Case(S1, Value);
+  }
+
+  StringSwitch &Cases(StringLiteral S0, StringLiteral S1, StringLiteral S2,
+                      T Value) {
+    return Case(S0, Value).Cases(S1, S2, Value);
+  }
+
+  StringSwitch &Cases(StringLiteral S0, StringLiteral S1, StringLiteral S2,
+                      StringLiteral S3, T Value) {
+    return Case(S0, Value).Cases(S1, S2, S3, Value);
+  }
+
+  StringSwitch &Cases(StringLiteral S0, StringLiteral S1, StringLiteral S2,
+                      StringLiteral S3, StringLiteral S4, T Value) {
+    return Case(S0, Value).Cases(S1, S2, S3, S4, Value);
+  }
+
+  StringSwitch &Cases(StringLiteral S0, StringLiteral S1, StringLiteral S2,
+                      StringLiteral S3, StringLiteral S4, StringLiteral S5,
+                      T Value) {
+    return Case(S0, Value).Cases(S1, S2, S3, S4, S5, Value);
+  }
+
+  StringSwitch &Cases(StringLiteral S0, StringLiteral S1, StringLiteral S2,
+                      StringLiteral S3, StringLiteral S4, StringLiteral S5,
+                      StringLiteral S6, T Value) {
+    return Case(S0, Value).Cases(S1, S2, S3, S4, S5, S6, Value);
+  }
+
+  StringSwitch &Cases(StringLiteral S0, StringLiteral S1, StringLiteral S2,
+                      StringLiteral S3, StringLiteral S4, StringLiteral S5,
+                      StringLiteral S6, StringLiteral S7, T Value) {
+    return Case(S0, Value).Cases(S1, S2, S3, S4, S5, S6, S7, Value);
+  }
+
+  StringSwitch &Cases(StringLiteral S0, StringLiteral S1, StringLiteral S2,
+                      StringLiteral S3, StringLiteral S4, StringLiteral S5,
+                      StringLiteral S6, StringLiteral S7, StringLiteral S8,
+                      T Value) {
+    return Case(S0, Value).Cases(S1, S2, S3, S4, S5, S6, S7, S8, Value);
+  }
+
+  StringSwitch &Cases(StringLiteral S0, StringLiteral S1, StringLiteral S2,
+                      StringLiteral S3, StringLiteral S4, StringLiteral S5,
+                      StringLiteral S6, StringLiteral S7, StringLiteral S8,
+                      StringLiteral S9, T Value) {
+    return Case(S0, Value).Cases(S1, S2, S3, S4, S5, S6, S7, S8, S9, Value);
+  }
+
+  // Case-insensitive case matchers.
+  StringSwitch &CaseLower(StringLiteral S, T Value) {
+    if (!Result && Str.equals_insensitive(S))
+      Result = std::move(Value);
+
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  StringSwitch &EndsWithLower(StringLiteral S, T Value) {
+    if (!Result && Str.endswith_insensitive(S))
+      Result = Value;
+
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  StringSwitch &StartsWithLower(StringLiteral S, T Value) {
+    if (!Result && Str.startswith_insensitive(S))
+      Result = std::move(Value);
+
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  StringSwitch &CasesLower(StringLiteral S0, StringLiteral S1, T Value) {
+    return CaseLower(S0, Value).CaseLower(S1, Value);
+  }
+
+  StringSwitch &CasesLower(StringLiteral S0, StringLiteral S1, StringLiteral S2,
+                           T Value) {
+    return CaseLower(S0, Value).CasesLower(S1, S2, Value);
+  }
+
+  StringSwitch &CasesLower(StringLiteral S0, StringLiteral S1, StringLiteral S2,
+                           StringLiteral S3, T Value) {
+    return CaseLower(S0, Value).CasesLower(S1, S2, S3, Value);
+  }
+
+  StringSwitch &CasesLower(StringLiteral S0, StringLiteral S1, StringLiteral S2,
+                           StringLiteral S3, StringLiteral S4, T Value) {
+    return CaseLower(S0, Value).CasesLower(S1, S2, S3, S4, Value);
+  }
+
+  LLVM_NODISCARD
+  R Default(T Value) {
+    if (Result)
+      return std::move(*Result);
+    return Value;
+  }
+
+  LLVM_NODISCARD
+  operator R() {
+    assert(Result && "Fell off the end of a string-switch");
+    return std::move(*Result);
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_STRINGSWITCH_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f84519e77f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h
@@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h - 'Normally tiny' vectors -------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_TINYPTRVECTOR_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_TINYPTRVECTOR_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/None.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <iterator>
+#include <type_traits>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// TinyPtrVector - This class is specialized for cases where there are
+/// normally 0 or 1 element in a vector, but is general enough to go beyond that
+/// when required.
+///
+/// NOTE: This container doesn't allow you to store a null pointer into it.
+///
+template <typename EltTy>
+class TinyPtrVector {
+public:
+  using VecTy = SmallVector<EltTy, 4>;
+  using value_type = typename VecTy::value_type;
+  // EltTy must be the first pointer type so that is<EltTy> is true for the
+  // default-constructed PtrUnion. This allows an empty TinyPtrVector to
+  // naturally vend a begin/end iterator of type EltTy* without an additional
+  // check for the empty state.
+  using PtrUnion = PointerUnion<EltTy, VecTy *>;
+
+private:
+  PtrUnion Val;
+
+public:
+  TinyPtrVector() = default;
+
+  ~TinyPtrVector() {
+    if (VecTy *V = Val.template dyn_cast<VecTy*>())
+      delete V;
+  }
+
+  TinyPtrVector(const TinyPtrVector &RHS) : Val(RHS.Val) {
+    if (VecTy *V = Val.template dyn_cast<VecTy*>())
+      Val = new VecTy(*V);
+  }
+
+  TinyPtrVector &operator=(const TinyPtrVector &RHS) {
+    if (this == &RHS)
+      return *this;
+    if (RHS.empty()) {
+      this->clear();
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    // Try to squeeze into the single slot. If it won't fit, allocate a copied
+    // vector.
+    if (Val.template is<EltTy>()) {
+      if (RHS.size() == 1)
+        Val = RHS.front();
+      else
+        Val = new VecTy(*RHS.Val.template get<VecTy*>());
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    // If we have a full vector allocated, try to re-use it.
+    if (RHS.Val.template is<EltTy>()) {
+      Val.template get<VecTy*>()->clear();
+      Val.template get<VecTy*>()->push_back(RHS.front());
+    } else {
+      *Val.template get<VecTy*>() = *RHS.Val.template get<VecTy*>();
+    }
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  TinyPtrVector(TinyPtrVector &&RHS) : Val(RHS.Val) {
+    RHS.Val = (EltTy)nullptr;
+  }
+
+  TinyPtrVector &operator=(TinyPtrVector &&RHS) {
+    if (this == &RHS)
+      return *this;
+    if (RHS.empty()) {
+      this->clear();
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    // If this vector has been allocated on the heap, re-use it if cheap. If it
+    // would require more copying, just delete it and we'll steal the other
+    // side.
+    if (VecTy *V = Val.template dyn_cast<VecTy*>()) {
+      if (RHS.Val.template is<EltTy>()) {
+        V->clear();
+        V->push_back(RHS.front());
+        RHS.Val = EltTy();
+        return *this;
+      }
+      delete V;
+    }
+
+    Val = RHS.Val;
+    RHS.Val = EltTy();
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  TinyPtrVector(std::initializer_list<EltTy> IL)
+      : Val(IL.size() == 0
+                ? PtrUnion()
+                : IL.size() == 1 ? PtrUnion(*IL.begin())
+                                 : PtrUnion(new VecTy(IL.begin(), IL.end()))) {}
+
+  /// Constructor from an ArrayRef.
+  ///
+  /// This also is a constructor for individual array elements due to the single
+  /// element constructor for ArrayRef.
+  explicit TinyPtrVector(ArrayRef<EltTy> Elts)
+      : Val(Elts.empty()
+                ? PtrUnion()
+                : Elts.size() == 1
+                      ? PtrUnion(Elts[0])
+                      : PtrUnion(new VecTy(Elts.begin(), Elts.end()))) {}
+
+  TinyPtrVector(size_t Count, EltTy Value)
+      : Val(Count == 0 ? PtrUnion()
+                       : Count == 1 ? PtrUnion(Value)
+                                    : PtrUnion(new VecTy(Count, Value))) {}
+
+  // implicit conversion operator to ArrayRef.
+  operator ArrayRef<EltTy>() const {
+    if (Val.isNull())
+      return None;
+    if (Val.template is<EltTy>())
+      return *Val.getAddrOfPtr1();
+    return *Val.template get<VecTy*>();
+  }
+
+  // implicit conversion operator to MutableArrayRef.
+  operator MutableArrayRef<EltTy>() {
+    if (Val.isNull())
+      return None;
+    if (Val.template is<EltTy>())
+      return *Val.getAddrOfPtr1();
+    return *Val.template get<VecTy*>();
+  }
+
+  // Implicit conversion to ArrayRef<U> if EltTy* implicitly converts to U*.
+  template <
+      typename U,
+      std::enable_if_t<std::is_convertible<ArrayRef<EltTy>, ArrayRef<U>>::value,
+                       bool> = false>
+  operator ArrayRef<U>() const {
+    return operator ArrayRef<EltTy>();
+  }
+
+  bool empty() const {
+    // This vector can be empty if it contains no element, or if it
+    // contains a pointer to an empty vector.
+    if (Val.isNull()) return true;
+    if (VecTy *Vec = Val.template dyn_cast<VecTy*>())
+      return Vec->empty();
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  unsigned size() const {
+    if (empty())
+      return 0;
+    if (Val.template is<EltTy>())
+      return 1;
+    return Val.template get<VecTy*>()->size();
+  }
+
+  using iterator = EltTy *;
+  using const_iterator = const EltTy *;
+  using reverse_iterator = std::reverse_iterator<iterator>;
+  using const_reverse_iterator = std::reverse_iterator<const_iterator>;
+
+  iterator begin() {
+    if (Val.template is<EltTy>())
+      return Val.getAddrOfPtr1();
+
+    return Val.template get<VecTy *>()->begin();
+  }
+
+  iterator end() {
+    if (Val.template is<EltTy>())
+      return begin() + (Val.isNull() ? 0 : 1);
+
+    return Val.template get<VecTy *>()->end();
+  }
+
+  const_iterator begin() const {
+    return (const_iterator)const_cast<TinyPtrVector*>(this)->begin();
+  }
+
+  const_iterator end() const {
+    return (const_iterator)const_cast<TinyPtrVector*>(this)->end();
+  }
+
+  reverse_iterator rbegin() { return reverse_iterator(end()); }
+  reverse_iterator rend() { return reverse_iterator(begin()); }
+
+  const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const {
+    return const_reverse_iterator(end());
+  }
+
+  const_reverse_iterator rend() const {
+    return const_reverse_iterator(begin());
+  }
+
+  EltTy operator[](unsigned i) const {
+    assert(!Val.isNull() && "can't index into an empty vector");
+    if (Val.template is<EltTy>()) {
+      assert(i == 0 && "tinyvector index out of range");
+      return Val.template get<EltTy>();
+    }
+
+    assert(i < Val.template get<VecTy*>()->size() &&
+           "tinyvector index out of range");
+    return (*Val.template get<VecTy*>())[i];
+  }
+
+  EltTy front() const {
+    assert(!empty() && "vector empty");
+    if (Val.template is<EltTy>())
+      return Val.template get<EltTy>();
+    return Val.template get<VecTy*>()->front();
+  }
+
+  EltTy back() const {
+    assert(!empty() && "vector empty");
+    if (Val.template is<EltTy>())
+      return Val.template get<EltTy>();
+    return Val.template get<VecTy*>()->back();
+  }
+
+  void push_back(EltTy NewVal) {
+    // If we have nothing, add something.
+    if (Val.isNull()) {
+      Val = NewVal;
+      assert(!Val.isNull() && "Can't add a null value");
+      return;
+    }
+
+    // If we have a single value, convert to a vector.
+    if (Val.template is<EltTy>()) {
+      EltTy V = Val.template get<EltTy>();
+      Val = new VecTy();
+      Val.template get<VecTy*>()->push_back(V);
+    }
+
+    // Add the new value, we know we have a vector.
+    Val.template get<VecTy*>()->push_back(NewVal);
+  }
+
+  void pop_back() {
+    // If we have a single value, convert to empty.
+    if (Val.template is<EltTy>())
+      Val = (EltTy)nullptr;
+    else if (VecTy *Vec = Val.template get<VecTy*>())
+      Vec->pop_back();
+  }
+
+  void clear() {
+    // If we have a single value, convert to empty.
+    if (Val.template is<EltTy>()) {
+      Val = EltTy();
+    } else if (VecTy *Vec = Val.template dyn_cast<VecTy*>()) {
+      // If we have a vector form, just clear it.
+      Vec->clear();
+    }
+    // Otherwise, we're already empty.
+  }
+
+  iterator erase(iterator I) {
+    assert(I >= begin() && "Iterator to erase is out of bounds.");
+    assert(I < end() && "Erasing at past-the-end iterator.");
+
+    // If we have a single value, convert to empty.
+    if (Val.template is<EltTy>()) {
+      if (I == begin())
+        Val = EltTy();
+    } else if (VecTy *Vec = Val.template dyn_cast<VecTy*>()) {
+      // multiple items in a vector; just do the erase, there is no
+      // benefit to collapsing back to a pointer
+      return Vec->erase(I);
+    }
+    return end();
+  }
+
+  iterator erase(iterator S, iterator E) {
+    assert(S >= begin() && "Range to erase is out of bounds.");
+    assert(S <= E && "Trying to erase invalid range.");
+    assert(E <= end() && "Trying to erase past the end.");
+
+    if (Val.template is<EltTy>()) {
+      if (S == begin() && S != E)
+        Val = EltTy();
+    } else if (VecTy *Vec = Val.template dyn_cast<VecTy*>()) {
+      return Vec->erase(S, E);
+    }
+    return end();
+  }
+
+  iterator insert(iterator I, const EltTy &Elt) {
+    assert(I >= this->begin() && "Insertion iterator is out of bounds.");
+    assert(I <= this->end() && "Inserting past the end of the vector.");
+    if (I == end()) {
+      push_back(Elt);
+      return std::prev(end());
+    }
+    assert(!Val.isNull() && "Null value with non-end insert iterator.");
+    if (Val.template is<EltTy>()) {
+      EltTy V = Val.template get<EltTy>();
+      assert(I == begin());
+      Val = Elt;
+      push_back(V);
+      return begin();
+    }
+
+    return Val.template get<VecTy*>()->insert(I, Elt);
+  }
+
+  template<typename ItTy>
+  iterator insert(iterator I, ItTy From, ItTy To) {
+    assert(I >= this->begin() && "Insertion iterator is out of bounds.");
+    assert(I <= this->end() && "Inserting past the end of the vector.");
+    if (From == To)
+      return I;
+
+    // If we have a single value, convert to a vector.
+    ptrdiff_t Offset = I - begin();
+    if (Val.isNull()) {
+      if (std::next(From) == To) {
+        Val = *From;
+        return begin();
+      }
+
+      Val = new VecTy();
+    } else if (Val.template is<EltTy>()) {
+      EltTy V = Val.template get<EltTy>();
+      Val = new VecTy();
+      Val.template get<VecTy*>()->push_back(V);
+    }
+    return Val.template get<VecTy*>()->insert(begin() + Offset, From, To);
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_TINYPTRVECTOR_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/Triple.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/Triple.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..85660e978b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/Triple.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1016 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===-- llvm/ADT/Triple.h - Target triple helper class ----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_TRIPLE_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_TRIPLE_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/VersionTuple.h"
+
+// Some system headers or GCC predefined macros conflict with identifiers in
+// this file.  Undefine them here.
+#undef NetBSD
+#undef mips
+#undef sparc
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// Triple - Helper class for working with autoconf configuration names. For
+/// historical reasons, we also call these 'triples' (they used to contain
+/// exactly three fields).
+///
+/// Configuration names are strings in the canonical form:
+///   ARCHITECTURE-VENDOR-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+/// or
+///   ARCHITECTURE-VENDOR-OPERATING_SYSTEM-ENVIRONMENT
+///
+/// This class is used for clients which want to support arbitrary
+/// configuration names, but also want to implement certain special
+/// behavior for particular configurations. This class isolates the mapping
+/// from the components of the configuration name to well known IDs.
+///
+/// At its core the Triple class is designed to be a wrapper for a triple
+/// string; the constructor does not change or normalize the triple string.
+/// Clients that need to handle the non-canonical triples that users often
+/// specify should use the normalize method.
+///
+/// See autoconf/config.guess for a glimpse into what configuration names
+/// look like in practice.
+class Triple {
+public:
+  enum ArchType {
+    UnknownArch,
+
+    arm,            // ARM (little endian): arm, armv.*, xscale
+    armeb,          // ARM (big endian): armeb
+    aarch64,        // AArch64 (little endian): aarch64
+    aarch64_be,     // AArch64 (big endian): aarch64_be
+    aarch64_32,     // AArch64 (little endian) ILP32: aarch64_32
+    arc,            // ARC: Synopsys ARC
+    avr,            // AVR: Atmel AVR microcontroller
+    bpfel,          // eBPF or extended BPF or 64-bit BPF (little endian)
+    bpfeb,          // eBPF or extended BPF or 64-bit BPF (big endian)
+    csky,           // CSKY: csky
+    hexagon,        // Hexagon: hexagon
+    m68k,           // M68k: Motorola 680x0 family
+    mips,           // MIPS: mips, mipsallegrex, mipsr6
+    mipsel,         // MIPSEL: mipsel, mipsallegrexe, mipsr6el
+    mips64,         // MIPS64: mips64, mips64r6, mipsn32, mipsn32r6
+    mips64el,       // MIPS64EL: mips64el, mips64r6el, mipsn32el, mipsn32r6el
+    msp430,         // MSP430: msp430
+    ppc,            // PPC: powerpc
+    ppcle,          // PPCLE: powerpc (little endian)
+    ppc64,          // PPC64: powerpc64, ppu
+    ppc64le,        // PPC64LE: powerpc64le
+    r600,           // R600: AMD GPUs HD2XXX - HD6XXX
+    amdgcn,         // AMDGCN: AMD GCN GPUs
+    riscv32,        // RISC-V (32-bit): riscv32
+    riscv64,        // RISC-V (64-bit): riscv64
+    sparc,          // Sparc: sparc
+    sparcv9,        // Sparcv9: Sparcv9
+    sparcel,        // Sparc: (endianness = little). NB: 'Sparcle' is a CPU variant
+    systemz,        // SystemZ: s390x
+    tce,            // TCE (http://tce.cs.tut.fi/): tce
+    tcele,          // TCE little endian (http://tce.cs.tut.fi/): tcele
+    thumb,          // Thumb (little endian): thumb, thumbv.*
+    thumbeb,        // Thumb (big endian): thumbeb
+    x86,            // X86: i[3-9]86
+    x86_64,         // X86-64: amd64, x86_64
+    xcore,          // XCore: xcore
+    nvptx,          // NVPTX: 32-bit
+    nvptx64,        // NVPTX: 64-bit
+    le32,           // le32: generic little-endian 32-bit CPU (PNaCl)
+    le64,           // le64: generic little-endian 64-bit CPU (PNaCl)
+    amdil,          // AMDIL
+    amdil64,        // AMDIL with 64-bit pointers
+    hsail,          // AMD HSAIL
+    hsail64,        // AMD HSAIL with 64-bit pointers
+    spir,           // SPIR: standard portable IR for OpenCL 32-bit version
+    spir64,         // SPIR: standard portable IR for OpenCL 64-bit version
+    spirv32,        // SPIR-V with 32-bit pointers
+    spirv64,        // SPIR-V with 64-bit pointers
+    kalimba,        // Kalimba: generic kalimba
+    shave,          // SHAVE: Movidius vector VLIW processors
+    lanai,          // Lanai: Lanai 32-bit
+    wasm32,         // WebAssembly with 32-bit pointers
+    wasm64,         // WebAssembly with 64-bit pointers
+    renderscript32, // 32-bit RenderScript
+    renderscript64, // 64-bit RenderScript
+    ve,             // NEC SX-Aurora Vector Engine
+    LastArchType = ve
+  };
+  enum SubArchType {
+    NoSubArch,
+
+    ARMSubArch_v9_3a,
+    ARMSubArch_v9_2a,
+    ARMSubArch_v9_1a,
+    ARMSubArch_v9,
+    ARMSubArch_v8_8a,
+    ARMSubArch_v8_7a,
+    ARMSubArch_v8_6a,
+    ARMSubArch_v8_5a,
+    ARMSubArch_v8_4a,
+    ARMSubArch_v8_3a,
+    ARMSubArch_v8_2a,
+    ARMSubArch_v8_1a,
+    ARMSubArch_v8,
+    ARMSubArch_v8r,
+    ARMSubArch_v8m_baseline,
+    ARMSubArch_v8m_mainline,
+    ARMSubArch_v8_1m_mainline,
+    ARMSubArch_v7,
+    ARMSubArch_v7em,
+    ARMSubArch_v7m,
+    ARMSubArch_v7s,
+    ARMSubArch_v7k,
+    ARMSubArch_v7ve,
+    ARMSubArch_v6,
+    ARMSubArch_v6m,
+    ARMSubArch_v6k,
+    ARMSubArch_v6t2,
+    ARMSubArch_v5,
+    ARMSubArch_v5te,
+    ARMSubArch_v4t,
+
+    AArch64SubArch_arm64e,
+
+    KalimbaSubArch_v3,
+    KalimbaSubArch_v4,
+    KalimbaSubArch_v5,
+
+    MipsSubArch_r6,
+
+    PPCSubArch_spe
+  };
+  enum VendorType {
+    UnknownVendor,
+
+    Apple,
+    PC,
+    SCEI,
+    Freescale,
+    IBM,
+    ImaginationTechnologies,
+    MipsTechnologies,
+    NVIDIA,
+    CSR,
+    Myriad,
+    AMD,
+    Mesa,
+    SUSE,
+    OpenEmbedded,
+    LastVendorType = OpenEmbedded
+  };
+  enum OSType {
+    UnknownOS,
+
+    Ananas,
+    CloudABI,
+    Darwin,
+    DragonFly,
+    FreeBSD,
+    Fuchsia,
+    IOS,
+    KFreeBSD,
+    Linux,
+    Lv2,        // PS3
+    MacOSX,
+    NetBSD,
+    OpenBSD,
+    Solaris,
+    Win32,
+    ZOS,
+    Haiku,
+    Minix,
+    RTEMS,
+    NaCl,       // Native Client
+    AIX,
+    CUDA,       // NVIDIA CUDA
+    NVCL,       // NVIDIA OpenCL
+    AMDHSA,     // AMD HSA Runtime
+    PS4,
+    ELFIAMCU,
+    TvOS,       // Apple tvOS
+    WatchOS,    // Apple watchOS
+    Mesa3D,
+    Contiki,
+    AMDPAL,     // AMD PAL Runtime
+    HermitCore, // HermitCore Unikernel/Multikernel
+    Hurd,       // GNU/Hurd
+    WASI,       // Experimental WebAssembly OS
+    Emscripten,
+    LastOSType = Emscripten
+  };
+  enum EnvironmentType {
+    UnknownEnvironment,
+
+    GNU,
+    GNUABIN32,
+    GNUABI64,
+    GNUEABI,
+    GNUEABIHF,
+    GNUX32,
+    GNUILP32,
+    CODE16,
+    EABI,
+    EABIHF,
+    Android,
+    Musl,
+    MuslEABI,
+    MuslEABIHF,
+    MuslX32,
+
+    MSVC,
+    Itanium,
+    Cygnus,
+    CoreCLR,
+    Simulator, // Simulator variants of other systems, e.g., Apple's iOS
+    MacABI, // Mac Catalyst variant of Apple's iOS deployment target.
+    LastEnvironmentType = MacABI
+  };
+  enum ObjectFormatType {
+    UnknownObjectFormat,
+
+    COFF,
+    ELF,
+    GOFF,
+    MachO,
+    Wasm,
+    XCOFF,
+  };
+
+private:
+  std::string Data;
+
+  /// The parsed arch type.
+  ArchType Arch;
+
+  /// The parsed subarchitecture type.
+  SubArchType SubArch;
+
+  /// The parsed vendor type.
+  VendorType Vendor;
+
+  /// The parsed OS type.
+  OSType OS;
+
+  /// The parsed Environment type.
+  EnvironmentType Environment;
+
+  /// The object format type.
+  ObjectFormatType ObjectFormat;
+
+public:
+  /// @name Constructors
+  /// @{
+
+  /// Default constructor is the same as an empty string and leaves all
+  /// triple fields unknown.
+  Triple() : Arch(), SubArch(), Vendor(), OS(), Environment(), ObjectFormat() {}
+
+  explicit Triple(const Twine &Str);
+  Triple(const Twine &ArchStr, const Twine &VendorStr, const Twine &OSStr);
+  Triple(const Twine &ArchStr, const Twine &VendorStr, const Twine &OSStr,
+         const Twine &EnvironmentStr);
+
+  bool operator==(const Triple &Other) const {
+    return Arch == Other.Arch && SubArch == Other.SubArch &&
+           Vendor == Other.Vendor && OS == Other.OS &&
+           Environment == Other.Environment &&
+           ObjectFormat == Other.ObjectFormat;
+  }
+
+  bool operator!=(const Triple &Other) const {
+    return !(*this == Other);
+  }
+
+  /// @}
+  /// @name Normalization
+  /// @{
+
+  /// Turn an arbitrary machine specification into the canonical triple form (or
+  /// something sensible that the Triple class understands if nothing better can
+  /// reasonably be done).  In particular, it handles the common case in which
+  /// otherwise valid components are in the wrong order.
+  static std::string normalize(StringRef Str);
+
+  /// Return the normalized form of this triple's string.
+  std::string normalize() const { return normalize(Data); }
+
+  /// @}
+  /// @name Typed Component Access
+  /// @{
+
+  /// Get the parsed architecture type of this triple.
+  ArchType getArch() const { return Arch; }
+
+  /// get the parsed subarchitecture type for this triple.
+  SubArchType getSubArch() const { return SubArch; }
+
+  /// Get the parsed vendor type of this triple.
+  VendorType getVendor() const { return Vendor; }
+
+  /// Get the parsed operating system type of this triple.
+  OSType getOS() const { return OS; }
+
+  /// Does this triple have the optional environment (fourth) component?
+  bool hasEnvironment() const {
+    return getEnvironmentName() != "";
+  }
+
+  /// Get the parsed environment type of this triple.
+  EnvironmentType getEnvironment() const { return Environment; }
+
+  /// Parse the version number from the OS name component of the
+  /// triple, if present.
+  ///
+  /// For example, "fooos1.2.3" would return (1, 2, 3).
+  VersionTuple getEnvironmentVersion() const;
+
+  /// Get the object format for this triple.
+  ObjectFormatType getObjectFormat() const { return ObjectFormat; }
+
+  /// Parse the version number from the OS name component of the triple, if
+  /// present.
+  ///
+  /// For example, "fooos1.2.3" would return (1, 2, 3).
+  VersionTuple getOSVersion() const;
+
+  /// Return just the major version number, this is specialized because it is a
+  /// common query.
+  unsigned getOSMajorVersion() const { return getOSVersion().getMajor(); }
+
+  /// Parse the version number as with getOSVersion and then translate generic
+  /// "darwin" versions to the corresponding OS X versions.  This may also be
+  /// called with IOS triples but the OS X version number is just set to a
+  /// constant 10.4.0 in that case.  Returns true if successful.
+  bool getMacOSXVersion(VersionTuple &Version) const;
+
+  /// Parse the version number as with getOSVersion.  This should only be called
+  /// with IOS or generic triples.
+  VersionTuple getiOSVersion() const;
+
+  /// Parse the version number as with getOSVersion.  This should only be called
+  /// with WatchOS or generic triples.
+  VersionTuple getWatchOSVersion() const;
+
+  /// @}
+  /// @name Direct Component Access
+  /// @{
+
+  const std::string &str() const { return Data; }
+
+  const std::string &getTriple() const { return Data; }
+
+  /// Get the architecture (first) component of the triple.
+  StringRef getArchName() const;
+
+  /// Get the architecture name based on Kind and SubArch.
+  StringRef getArchName(ArchType Kind, SubArchType SubArch = NoSubArch) const;
+
+  /// Get the vendor (second) component of the triple.
+  StringRef getVendorName() const;
+
+  /// Get the operating system (third) component of the triple.
+  StringRef getOSName() const;
+
+  /// Get the optional environment (fourth) component of the triple, or "" if
+  /// empty.
+  StringRef getEnvironmentName() const;
+
+  /// Get the operating system and optional environment components as a single
+  /// string (separated by a '-' if the environment component is present).
+  StringRef getOSAndEnvironmentName() const;
+
+  /// @}
+  /// @name Convenience Predicates
+  /// @{
+
+  /// Test whether the architecture is 64-bit
+  ///
+  /// Note that this tests for 64-bit pointer width, and nothing else. Note
+  /// that we intentionally expose only three predicates, 64-bit, 32-bit, and
+  /// 16-bit. The inner details of pointer width for particular architectures
+  /// is not summed up in the triple, and so only a coarse grained predicate
+  /// system is provided.
+  bool isArch64Bit() const;
+
+  /// Test whether the architecture is 32-bit
+  ///
+  /// Note that this tests for 32-bit pointer width, and nothing else.
+  bool isArch32Bit() const;
+
+  /// Test whether the architecture is 16-bit
+  ///
+  /// Note that this tests for 16-bit pointer width, and nothing else.
+  bool isArch16Bit() const;
+
+  /// Helper function for doing comparisons against version numbers included in
+  /// the target triple.
+  bool isOSVersionLT(unsigned Major, unsigned Minor = 0,
+                     unsigned Micro = 0) const {
+    if (Minor == 0) {
+      return getOSVersion() < VersionTuple(Major);
+    }
+    if (Micro == 0) {
+      return getOSVersion() < VersionTuple(Major, Minor);
+    }
+    return getOSVersion() < VersionTuple(Major, Minor, Micro);
+  }
+
+  bool isOSVersionLT(const Triple &Other) const {
+    return getOSVersion() < Other.getOSVersion();
+  }
+
+  /// Comparison function for checking OS X version compatibility, which handles
+  /// supporting skewed version numbering schemes used by the "darwin" triples.
+  bool isMacOSXVersionLT(unsigned Major, unsigned Minor = 0,
+                         unsigned Micro = 0) const;
+
+  /// Is this a Mac OS X triple. For legacy reasons, we support both "darwin"
+  /// and "osx" as OS X triples.
+  bool isMacOSX() const {
+    return getOS() == Triple::Darwin || getOS() == Triple::MacOSX;
+  }
+
+  /// Is this an iOS triple.
+  /// Note: This identifies tvOS as a variant of iOS. If that ever
+  /// changes, i.e., if the two operating systems diverge or their version
+  /// numbers get out of sync, that will need to be changed.
+  /// watchOS has completely different version numbers so it is not included.
+  bool isiOS() const {
+    return getOS() == Triple::IOS || isTvOS();
+  }
+
+  /// Is this an Apple tvOS triple.
+  bool isTvOS() const {
+    return getOS() == Triple::TvOS;
+  }
+
+  /// Is this an Apple watchOS triple.
+  bool isWatchOS() const {
+    return getOS() == Triple::WatchOS;
+  }
+
+  bool isWatchABI() const {
+    return getSubArch() == Triple::ARMSubArch_v7k;
+  }
+
+  bool isOSzOS() const { return getOS() == Triple::ZOS; }
+
+  /// Is this a "Darwin" OS (macOS, iOS, tvOS or watchOS).
+  bool isOSDarwin() const {
+    return isMacOSX() || isiOS() || isWatchOS();
+  }
+
+  bool isSimulatorEnvironment() const {
+    return getEnvironment() == Triple::Simulator;
+  }
+
+  bool isMacCatalystEnvironment() const {
+    return getEnvironment() == Triple::MacABI;
+  }
+
+  /// Returns true for targets that run on a macOS machine.
+  bool isTargetMachineMac() const {
+    return isMacOSX() || (isOSDarwin() && (isSimulatorEnvironment() ||
+                                           isMacCatalystEnvironment()));
+  }
+
+  bool isOSNetBSD() const {
+    return getOS() == Triple::NetBSD;
+  }
+
+  bool isOSOpenBSD() const {
+    return getOS() == Triple::OpenBSD;
+  }
+
+  bool isOSFreeBSD() const {
+    return getOS() == Triple::FreeBSD;
+  }
+
+  bool isOSFuchsia() const {
+    return getOS() == Triple::Fuchsia;
+  }
+
+  bool isOSDragonFly() const { return getOS() == Triple::DragonFly; }
+
+  bool isOSSolaris() const {
+    return getOS() == Triple::Solaris;
+  }
+
+  bool isOSIAMCU() const {
+    return getOS() == Triple::ELFIAMCU;
+  }
+
+  bool isOSUnknown() const { return getOS() == Triple::UnknownOS; }
+
+  bool isGNUEnvironment() const {
+    EnvironmentType Env = getEnvironment();
+    return Env == Triple::GNU || Env == Triple::GNUABIN32 ||
+           Env == Triple::GNUABI64 || Env == Triple::GNUEABI ||
+           Env == Triple::GNUEABIHF || Env == Triple::GNUX32;
+  }
+
+  bool isOSContiki() const {
+    return getOS() == Triple::Contiki;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the OS is Haiku.
+  bool isOSHaiku() const {
+    return getOS() == Triple::Haiku;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the OS is Windows.
+  bool isOSWindows() const {
+    return getOS() == Triple::Win32;
+  }
+
+  /// Checks if the environment is MSVC.
+  bool isKnownWindowsMSVCEnvironment() const {
+    return isOSWindows() && getEnvironment() == Triple::MSVC;
+  }
+
+  /// Checks if the environment could be MSVC.
+  bool isWindowsMSVCEnvironment() const {
+    return isKnownWindowsMSVCEnvironment() ||
+           (isOSWindows() && getEnvironment() == Triple::UnknownEnvironment);
+  }
+
+  bool isWindowsCoreCLREnvironment() const {
+    return isOSWindows() && getEnvironment() == Triple::CoreCLR;
+  }
+
+  bool isWindowsItaniumEnvironment() const {
+    return isOSWindows() && getEnvironment() == Triple::Itanium;
+  }
+
+  bool isWindowsCygwinEnvironment() const {
+    return isOSWindows() && getEnvironment() == Triple::Cygnus;
+  }
+
+  bool isWindowsGNUEnvironment() const {
+    return isOSWindows() && getEnvironment() == Triple::GNU;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests for either Cygwin or MinGW OS
+  bool isOSCygMing() const {
+    return isWindowsCygwinEnvironment() || isWindowsGNUEnvironment();
+  }
+
+  /// Is this a "Windows" OS targeting a "MSVCRT.dll" environment.
+  bool isOSMSVCRT() const {
+    return isWindowsMSVCEnvironment() || isWindowsGNUEnvironment() ||
+           isWindowsItaniumEnvironment();
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the OS is NaCl (Native Client)
+  bool isOSNaCl() const {
+    return getOS() == Triple::NaCl;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the OS is Linux.
+  bool isOSLinux() const {
+    return getOS() == Triple::Linux;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the OS is kFreeBSD.
+  bool isOSKFreeBSD() const {
+    return getOS() == Triple::KFreeBSD;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the OS is Hurd.
+  bool isOSHurd() const {
+    return getOS() == Triple::Hurd;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the OS is WASI.
+  bool isOSWASI() const {
+    return getOS() == Triple::WASI;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the OS is Emscripten.
+  bool isOSEmscripten() const {
+    return getOS() == Triple::Emscripten;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the OS uses glibc.
+  bool isOSGlibc() const {
+    return (getOS() == Triple::Linux || getOS() == Triple::KFreeBSD ||
+            getOS() == Triple::Hurd) &&
+           !isAndroid();
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the OS is AIX.
+  bool isOSAIX() const {
+    return getOS() == Triple::AIX;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the OS uses the ELF binary format.
+  bool isOSBinFormatELF() const {
+    return getObjectFormat() == Triple::ELF;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the OS uses the COFF binary format.
+  bool isOSBinFormatCOFF() const {
+    return getObjectFormat() == Triple::COFF;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the OS uses the GOFF binary format.
+  bool isOSBinFormatGOFF() const { return getObjectFormat() == Triple::GOFF; }
+
+  /// Tests whether the environment is MachO.
+  bool isOSBinFormatMachO() const {
+    return getObjectFormat() == Triple::MachO;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the OS uses the Wasm binary format.
+  bool isOSBinFormatWasm() const {
+    return getObjectFormat() == Triple::Wasm;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the OS uses the XCOFF binary format.
+  bool isOSBinFormatXCOFF() const {
+    return getObjectFormat() == Triple::XCOFF;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target is the PS4 CPU
+  bool isPS4CPU() const {
+    return getArch() == Triple::x86_64 &&
+           getVendor() == Triple::SCEI &&
+           getOS() == Triple::PS4;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target is the PS4 platform
+  bool isPS4() const {
+    return getVendor() == Triple::SCEI &&
+           getOS() == Triple::PS4;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target is Android
+  bool isAndroid() const { return getEnvironment() == Triple::Android; }
+
+  bool isAndroidVersionLT(unsigned Major) const {
+    assert(isAndroid() && "Not an Android triple!");
+
+    VersionTuple Version = getEnvironmentVersion();
+
+    // 64-bit targets did not exist before API level 21 (Lollipop).
+    if (isArch64Bit() && Version.getMajor() < 21)
+      return VersionTuple(21) < VersionTuple(Major);
+
+    return Version < VersionTuple(Major);
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the environment is musl-libc
+  bool isMusl() const {
+    return getEnvironment() == Triple::Musl ||
+           getEnvironment() == Triple::MuslEABI ||
+           getEnvironment() == Triple::MuslEABIHF ||
+           getEnvironment() == Triple::MuslX32;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target is SPIR (32- or 64-bit).
+  bool isSPIR() const {
+    return getArch() == Triple::spir || getArch() == Triple::spir64;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target is SPIR-V (32/64-bit).
+  bool isSPIRV() const {
+    return getArch() == Triple::spirv32 || getArch() == Triple::spirv64;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target is NVPTX (32- or 64-bit).
+  bool isNVPTX() const {
+    return getArch() == Triple::nvptx || getArch() == Triple::nvptx64;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target is AMDGCN
+  bool isAMDGCN() const { return getArch() == Triple::amdgcn; }
+
+  bool isAMDGPU() const {
+    return getArch() == Triple::r600 || getArch() == Triple::amdgcn;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target is Thumb (little and big endian).
+  bool isThumb() const {
+    return getArch() == Triple::thumb || getArch() == Triple::thumbeb;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target is ARM (little and big endian).
+  bool isARM() const {
+    return getArch() == Triple::arm || getArch() == Triple::armeb;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target supports the EHABI exception
+  /// handling standard.
+  bool isTargetEHABICompatible() const {
+    return (isARM() || isThumb()) &&
+           (getEnvironment() == Triple::EABI ||
+            getEnvironment() == Triple::GNUEABI ||
+            getEnvironment() == Triple::MuslEABI ||
+            getEnvironment() == Triple::EABIHF ||
+            getEnvironment() == Triple::GNUEABIHF ||
+            getEnvironment() == Triple::MuslEABIHF || isAndroid()) &&
+           isOSBinFormatELF();
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target is T32.
+  bool isArmT32() const {
+    switch (getSubArch()) {
+    case Triple::ARMSubArch_v8m_baseline:
+    case Triple::ARMSubArch_v7s:
+    case Triple::ARMSubArch_v7k:
+    case Triple::ARMSubArch_v7ve:
+    case Triple::ARMSubArch_v6:
+    case Triple::ARMSubArch_v6m:
+    case Triple::ARMSubArch_v6k:
+    case Triple::ARMSubArch_v6t2:
+    case Triple::ARMSubArch_v5:
+    case Triple::ARMSubArch_v5te:
+    case Triple::ARMSubArch_v4t:
+      return false;
+    default:
+      return true;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target is an M-class.
+  bool isArmMClass() const {
+    switch (getSubArch()) {
+    case Triple::ARMSubArch_v6m:
+    case Triple::ARMSubArch_v7m:
+    case Triple::ARMSubArch_v7em:
+    case Triple::ARMSubArch_v8m_mainline:
+    case Triple::ARMSubArch_v8m_baseline:
+    case Triple::ARMSubArch_v8_1m_mainline:
+      return true;
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target is AArch64 (little and big endian).
+  bool isAArch64() const {
+    return getArch() == Triple::aarch64 || getArch() == Triple::aarch64_be ||
+           getArch() == Triple::aarch64_32;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target is AArch64 and pointers are the size specified by
+  /// \p PointerWidth.
+  bool isAArch64(int PointerWidth) const {
+    assert(PointerWidth == 64 || PointerWidth == 32);
+    if (!isAArch64())
+      return false;
+    return getArch() == Triple::aarch64_32 ||
+                   getEnvironment() == Triple::GNUILP32
+               ? PointerWidth == 32
+               : PointerWidth == 64;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target is MIPS 32-bit (little and big endian).
+  bool isMIPS32() const {
+    return getArch() == Triple::mips || getArch() == Triple::mipsel;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target is MIPS 64-bit (little and big endian).
+  bool isMIPS64() const {
+    return getArch() == Triple::mips64 || getArch() == Triple::mips64el;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target is MIPS (little and big endian, 32- or 64-bit).
+  bool isMIPS() const {
+    return isMIPS32() || isMIPS64();
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target is PowerPC (32- or 64-bit LE or BE).
+  bool isPPC() const {
+    return getArch() == Triple::ppc || getArch() == Triple::ppc64 ||
+           getArch() == Triple::ppcle || getArch() == Triple::ppc64le;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target is 32-bit PowerPC (little and big endian).
+  bool isPPC32() const {
+    return getArch() == Triple::ppc || getArch() == Triple::ppcle;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target is 64-bit PowerPC (little and big endian).
+  bool isPPC64() const {
+    return getArch() == Triple::ppc64 || getArch() == Triple::ppc64le;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target is RISC-V (32- and 64-bit).
+  bool isRISCV() const {
+    return getArch() == Triple::riscv32 || getArch() == Triple::riscv64;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target is SystemZ.
+  bool isSystemZ() const {
+    return getArch() == Triple::systemz;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target is x86 (32- or 64-bit).
+  bool isX86() const {
+    return getArch() == Triple::x86 || getArch() == Triple::x86_64;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target is VE
+  bool isVE() const {
+    return getArch() == Triple::ve;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target is wasm (32- and 64-bit).
+  bool isWasm() const {
+    return getArch() == Triple::wasm32 || getArch() == Triple::wasm64;
+  }
+
+  // Tests whether the target is CSKY
+  bool isCSKY() const {
+    return getArch() == Triple::csky;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target is the Apple "arm64e" AArch64 subarch.
+  bool isArm64e() const {
+    return getArch() == Triple::aarch64 &&
+           getSubArch() == Triple::AArch64SubArch_arm64e;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target is X32.
+  bool isX32() const {
+    EnvironmentType Env = getEnvironment();
+    return Env == Triple::GNUX32 || Env == Triple::MuslX32;
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target supports comdat
+  bool supportsCOMDAT() const {
+    return !(isOSBinFormatMachO() || isOSBinFormatXCOFF());
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target uses emulated TLS as default.
+  bool hasDefaultEmulatedTLS() const {
+    return isAndroid() || isOSOpenBSD() || isWindowsCygwinEnvironment();
+  }
+
+  /// Tests whether the target uses -data-sections as default.
+  bool hasDefaultDataSections() const {
+    return isOSBinFormatXCOFF() || isWasm();
+  }
+
+  /// Tests if the environment supports dllimport/export annotations.
+  bool hasDLLImportExport() const { return isOSWindows() || isPS4CPU(); }
+
+  /// @}
+  /// @name Mutators
+  /// @{
+
+  /// Set the architecture (first) component of the triple to a known type.
+  void setArch(ArchType Kind, SubArchType SubArch = NoSubArch);
+
+  /// Set the vendor (second) component of the triple to a known type.
+  void setVendor(VendorType Kind);
+
+  /// Set the operating system (third) component of the triple to a known type.
+  void setOS(OSType Kind);
+
+  /// Set the environment (fourth) component of the triple to a known type.
+  void setEnvironment(EnvironmentType Kind);
+
+  /// Set the object file format.
+  void setObjectFormat(ObjectFormatType Kind);
+
+  /// Set all components to the new triple \p Str.
+  void setTriple(const Twine &Str);
+
+  /// Set the architecture (first) component of the triple by name.
+  void setArchName(StringRef Str);
+
+  /// Set the vendor (second) component of the triple by name.
+  void setVendorName(StringRef Str);
+
+  /// Set the operating system (third) component of the triple by name.
+  void setOSName(StringRef Str);
+
+  /// Set the optional environment (fourth) component of the triple by name.
+  void setEnvironmentName(StringRef Str);
+
+  /// Set the operating system and optional environment components with a single
+  /// string.
+  void setOSAndEnvironmentName(StringRef Str);
+
+  /// @}
+  /// @name Helpers to build variants of a particular triple.
+  /// @{
+
+  /// Form a triple with a 32-bit variant of the current architecture.
+  ///
+  /// This can be used to move across "families" of architectures where useful.
+  ///
+  /// \returns A new triple with a 32-bit architecture or an unknown
+  ///          architecture if no such variant can be found.
+  llvm::Triple get32BitArchVariant() const;
+
+  /// Form a triple with a 64-bit variant of the current architecture.
+  ///
+  /// This can be used to move across "families" of architectures where useful.
+  ///
+  /// \returns A new triple with a 64-bit architecture or an unknown
+  ///          architecture if no such variant can be found.
+  llvm::Triple get64BitArchVariant() const;
+
+  /// Form a triple with a big endian variant of the current architecture.
+  ///
+  /// This can be used to move across "families" of architectures where useful.
+  ///
+  /// \returns A new triple with a big endian architecture or an unknown
+  ///          architecture if no such variant can be found.
+  llvm::Triple getBigEndianArchVariant() const;
+
+  /// Form a triple with a little endian variant of the current architecture.
+  ///
+  /// This can be used to move across "families" of architectures where useful.
+  ///
+  /// \returns A new triple with a little endian architecture or an unknown
+  ///          architecture if no such variant can be found.
+  llvm::Triple getLittleEndianArchVariant() const;
+
+  /// Get the (LLVM) name of the minimum ARM CPU for the arch we are targeting.
+  ///
+  /// \param Arch the architecture name (e.g., "armv7s"). If it is an empty
+  /// string then the triple's arch name is used.
+  StringRef getARMCPUForArch(StringRef Arch = StringRef()) const;
+
+  /// Tests whether the target triple is little endian.
+  ///
+  /// \returns true if the triple is little endian, false otherwise.
+  bool isLittleEndian() const;
+
+  /// Test whether target triples are compatible.
+  bool isCompatibleWith(const Triple &Other) const;
+
+  /// Merge target triples.
+  std::string merge(const Triple &Other) const;
+
+  /// Some platforms have different minimum supported OS versions that
+  /// varies by the architecture specified in the triple. This function
+  /// returns the minimum supported OS version for this triple if one an exists,
+  /// or an invalid version tuple if this triple doesn't have one.
+  VersionTuple getMinimumSupportedOSVersion() const;
+
+  /// @}
+  /// @name Static helpers for IDs.
+  /// @{
+
+  /// Get the canonical name for the \p Kind architecture.
+  static StringRef getArchTypeName(ArchType Kind);
+
+  /// Get the "prefix" canonical name for the \p Kind architecture. This is the
+  /// prefix used by the architecture specific builtins, and is suitable for
+  /// passing to \see Intrinsic::getIntrinsicForGCCBuiltin().
+  ///
+  /// \return - The architecture prefix, or 0 if none is defined.
+  static StringRef getArchTypePrefix(ArchType Kind);
+
+  /// Get the canonical name for the \p Kind vendor.
+  static StringRef getVendorTypeName(VendorType Kind);
+
+  /// Get the canonical name for the \p Kind operating system.
+  static StringRef getOSTypeName(OSType Kind);
+
+  /// Get the canonical name for the \p Kind environment.
+  static StringRef getEnvironmentTypeName(EnvironmentType Kind);
+
+  /// @}
+  /// @name Static helpers for converting alternate architecture names.
+  /// @{
+
+  /// The canonical type for the given LLVM architecture name (e.g., "x86").
+  static ArchType getArchTypeForLLVMName(StringRef Str);
+
+  /// @}
+
+  /// Returns a canonicalized OS version number for the specified OS.
+  static VersionTuple getCanonicalVersionForOS(OSType OSKind,
+                                               const VersionTuple &Version);
+};
+
+} // End llvm namespace
+
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/Twine.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/Twine.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..743b4a6d8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/Twine.h
@@ -0,0 +1,577 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- Twine.h - Fast Temporary String Concatenation ------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_TWINE_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_TWINE_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstdint>
+#include <string>
+#if __cplusplus > 201402L
+#include <string_view>
+#endif
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+  class formatv_object_base;
+  class raw_ostream;
+
+  /// Twine - A lightweight data structure for efficiently representing the
+  /// concatenation of temporary values as strings.
+  ///
+  /// A Twine is a kind of rope, it represents a concatenated string using a
+  /// binary-tree, where the string is the preorder of the nodes. Since the
+  /// Twine can be efficiently rendered into a buffer when its result is used,
+  /// it avoids the cost of generating temporary values for intermediate string
+  /// results -- particularly in cases when the Twine result is never
+  /// required. By explicitly tracking the type of leaf nodes, we can also avoid
+  /// the creation of temporary strings for conversions operations (such as
+  /// appending an integer to a string).
+  ///
+  /// A Twine is not intended for use directly and should not be stored, its
+  /// implementation relies on the ability to store pointers to temporary stack
+  /// objects which may be deallocated at the end of a statement. Twines should
+  /// only be used accepted as const references in arguments, when an API wishes
+  /// to accept possibly-concatenated strings.
+  ///
+  /// Twines support a special 'null' value, which always concatenates to form
+  /// itself, and renders as an empty string. This can be returned from APIs to
+  /// effectively nullify any concatenations performed on the result.
+  ///
+  /// \b Implementation
+  ///
+  /// Given the nature of a Twine, it is not possible for the Twine's
+  /// concatenation method to construct interior nodes; the result must be
+  /// represented inside the returned value. For this reason a Twine object
+  /// actually holds two values, the left- and right-hand sides of a
+  /// concatenation. We also have nullary Twine objects, which are effectively
+  /// sentinel values that represent empty strings.
+  ///
+  /// Thus, a Twine can effectively have zero, one, or two children. The \see
+  /// isNullary(), \see isUnary(), and \see isBinary() predicates exist for
+  /// testing the number of children.
+  ///
+  /// We maintain a number of invariants on Twine objects (FIXME: Why):
+  ///  - Nullary twines are always represented with their Kind on the left-hand
+  ///    side, and the Empty kind on the right-hand side.
+  ///  - Unary twines are always represented with the value on the left-hand
+  ///    side, and the Empty kind on the right-hand side.
+  ///  - If a Twine has another Twine as a child, that child should always be
+  ///    binary (otherwise it could have been folded into the parent).
+  ///
+  /// These invariants are check by \see isValid().
+  ///
+  /// \b Efficiency Considerations
+  ///
+  /// The Twine is designed to yield efficient and small code for common
+  /// situations. For this reason, the concat() method is inlined so that
+  /// concatenations of leaf nodes can be optimized into stores directly into a
+  /// single stack allocated object.
+  ///
+  /// In practice, not all compilers can be trusted to optimize concat() fully,
+  /// so we provide two additional methods (and accompanying operator+
+  /// overloads) to guarantee that particularly important cases (cstring plus
+  /// StringRef) codegen as desired.
+  class Twine {
+    /// NodeKind - Represent the type of an argument.
+    enum NodeKind : unsigned char {
+      /// An empty string; the result of concatenating anything with it is also
+      /// empty.
+      NullKind,
+
+      /// The empty string.
+      EmptyKind,
+
+      /// A pointer to a Twine instance.
+      TwineKind,
+
+      /// A pointer to a C string instance.
+      CStringKind,
+
+      /// A pointer to an std::string instance.
+      StdStringKind,
+
+      /// A Pointer and Length representation. Used for std::string_view,
+      /// StringRef, and SmallString.  Can't use a StringRef here
+      /// because they are not trivally constructible.
+      PtrAndLengthKind,
+
+      /// A pointer to a formatv_object_base instance.
+      FormatvObjectKind,
+
+      /// A char value, to render as a character.
+      CharKind,
+
+      /// An unsigned int value, to render as an unsigned decimal integer.
+      DecUIKind,
+
+      /// An int value, to render as a signed decimal integer.
+      DecIKind,
+
+      /// A pointer to an unsigned long value, to render as an unsigned decimal
+      /// integer.
+      DecULKind,
+
+      /// A pointer to a long value, to render as a signed decimal integer.
+      DecLKind,
+
+      /// A pointer to an unsigned long long value, to render as an unsigned
+      /// decimal integer.
+      DecULLKind,
+
+      /// A pointer to a long long value, to render as a signed decimal integer.
+      DecLLKind,
+
+      /// A pointer to a uint64_t value, to render as an unsigned hexadecimal
+      /// integer.
+      UHexKind
+    };
+
+    union Child
+    {
+      const Twine *twine;
+      const char *cString;
+      const std::string *stdString;
+      struct {
+        const char *ptr;
+        size_t length;
+      } ptrAndLength;
+      const formatv_object_base *formatvObject;
+      char character;
+      unsigned int decUI;
+      int decI;
+      const unsigned long *decUL;
+      const long *decL;
+      const unsigned long long *decULL;
+      const long long *decLL;
+      const uint64_t *uHex;
+    };
+
+    /// LHS - The prefix in the concatenation, which may be uninitialized for
+    /// Null or Empty kinds.
+    Child LHS;
+
+    /// RHS - The suffix in the concatenation, which may be uninitialized for
+    /// Null or Empty kinds.
+    Child RHS;
+
+    /// LHSKind - The NodeKind of the left hand side, \see getLHSKind().
+    NodeKind LHSKind = EmptyKind;
+
+    /// RHSKind - The NodeKind of the right hand side, \see getRHSKind().
+    NodeKind RHSKind = EmptyKind;
+
+    /// Construct a nullary twine; the kind must be NullKind or EmptyKind.
+    explicit Twine(NodeKind Kind) : LHSKind(Kind) {
+      assert(isNullary() && "Invalid kind!");
+    }
+
+    /// Construct a binary twine.
+    explicit Twine(const Twine &LHS, const Twine &RHS)
+        : LHSKind(TwineKind), RHSKind(TwineKind) {
+      this->LHS.twine = &LHS;
+      this->RHS.twine = &RHS;
+      assert(isValid() && "Invalid twine!");
+    }
+
+    /// Construct a twine from explicit values.
+    explicit Twine(Child LHS, NodeKind LHSKind, Child RHS, NodeKind RHSKind)
+        : LHS(LHS), RHS(RHS), LHSKind(LHSKind), RHSKind(RHSKind) {
+      assert(isValid() && "Invalid twine!");
+    }
+
+    /// Check for the null twine.
+    bool isNull() const {
+      return getLHSKind() == NullKind;
+    }
+
+    /// Check for the empty twine.
+    bool isEmpty() const {
+      return getLHSKind() == EmptyKind;
+    }
+
+    /// Check if this is a nullary twine (null or empty).
+    bool isNullary() const {
+      return isNull() || isEmpty();
+    }
+
+    /// Check if this is a unary twine.
+    bool isUnary() const {
+      return getRHSKind() == EmptyKind && !isNullary();
+    }
+
+    /// Check if this is a binary twine.
+    bool isBinary() const {
+      return getLHSKind() != NullKind && getRHSKind() != EmptyKind;
+    }
+
+    /// Check if this is a valid twine (satisfying the invariants on
+    /// order and number of arguments).
+    bool isValid() const {
+      // Nullary twines always have Empty on the RHS.
+      if (isNullary() && getRHSKind() != EmptyKind)
+        return false;
+
+      // Null should never appear on the RHS.
+      if (getRHSKind() == NullKind)
+        return false;
+
+      // The RHS cannot be non-empty if the LHS is empty.
+      if (getRHSKind() != EmptyKind && getLHSKind() == EmptyKind)
+        return false;
+
+      // A twine child should always be binary.
+      if (getLHSKind() == TwineKind &&
+          !LHS.twine->isBinary())
+        return false;
+      if (getRHSKind() == TwineKind &&
+          !RHS.twine->isBinary())
+        return false;
+
+      return true;
+    }
+
+    /// Get the NodeKind of the left-hand side.
+    NodeKind getLHSKind() const { return LHSKind; }
+
+    /// Get the NodeKind of the right-hand side.
+    NodeKind getRHSKind() const { return RHSKind; }
+
+    /// Print one child from a twine.
+    void printOneChild(raw_ostream &OS, Child Ptr, NodeKind Kind) const;
+
+    /// Print the representation of one child from a twine.
+    void printOneChildRepr(raw_ostream &OS, Child Ptr,
+                           NodeKind Kind) const;
+
+  public:
+    /// @name Constructors
+    /// @{
+
+    /// Construct from an empty string.
+    /*implicit*/ Twine() {
+      assert(isValid() && "Invalid twine!");
+    }
+
+    Twine(const Twine &) = default;
+
+    /// Construct from a C string.
+    ///
+    /// We take care here to optimize "" into the empty twine -- this will be
+    /// optimized out for string constants. This allows Twine arguments have
+    /// default "" values, without introducing unnecessary string constants.
+    /*implicit*/ Twine(const char *Str) {
+      if (Str[0] != '\0') {
+        LHS.cString = Str;
+        LHSKind = CStringKind;
+      } else
+        LHSKind = EmptyKind;
+
+      assert(isValid() && "Invalid twine!");
+    }
+    /// Delete the implicit conversion from nullptr as Twine(const char *)
+    /// cannot take nullptr.
+    /*implicit*/ Twine(std::nullptr_t) = delete;
+
+    /// Construct from an std::string.
+    /*implicit*/ Twine(const std::string &Str) : LHSKind(StdStringKind) {
+      LHS.stdString = &Str;
+      assert(isValid() && "Invalid twine!");
+    }
+
+#if __cplusplus > 201402L
+    /// Construct from an std::string_view by converting it to a pointer and
+    /// length.  This handles string_views on a pure API basis, and avoids
+    /// storing one (or a pointer to one) inside a Twine, which avoids problems
+    /// when mixing code compiled under various C++ standards.
+    /*implicit*/ Twine(const std::string_view &Str)
+        : LHSKind(PtrAndLengthKind) {
+      LHS.ptrAndLength.ptr = Str.data();
+      LHS.ptrAndLength.length = Str.length();
+      assert(isValid() && "Invalid twine!");
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /// Construct from a StringRef.
+    /*implicit*/ Twine(const StringRef &Str) : LHSKind(PtrAndLengthKind) {
+      LHS.ptrAndLength.ptr = Str.data();
+      LHS.ptrAndLength.length = Str.size();
+      assert(isValid() && "Invalid twine!");
+    }
+
+    /// Construct from a SmallString.
+    /*implicit*/ Twine(const SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str)
+        : LHSKind(PtrAndLengthKind) {
+      LHS.ptrAndLength.ptr = Str.data();
+      LHS.ptrAndLength.length = Str.size();
+      assert(isValid() && "Invalid twine!");
+    }
+
+    /// Construct from a formatv_object_base.
+    /*implicit*/ Twine(const formatv_object_base &Fmt)
+        : LHSKind(FormatvObjectKind) {
+      LHS.formatvObject = &Fmt;
+      assert(isValid() && "Invalid twine!");
+    }
+
+    /// Construct from a char.
+    explicit Twine(char Val) : LHSKind(CharKind) {
+      LHS.character = Val;
+    }
+
+    /// Construct from a signed char.
+    explicit Twine(signed char Val) : LHSKind(CharKind) {
+      LHS.character = static_cast<char>(Val);
+    }
+
+    /// Construct from an unsigned char.
+    explicit Twine(unsigned char Val) : LHSKind(CharKind) {
+      LHS.character = static_cast<char>(Val);
+    }
+
+    /// Construct a twine to print \p Val as an unsigned decimal integer.
+    explicit Twine(unsigned Val) : LHSKind(DecUIKind) {
+      LHS.decUI = Val;
+    }
+
+    /// Construct a twine to print \p Val as a signed decimal integer.
+    explicit Twine(int Val) : LHSKind(DecIKind) {
+      LHS.decI = Val;
+    }
+
+    /// Construct a twine to print \p Val as an unsigned decimal integer.
+    explicit Twine(const unsigned long &Val) : LHSKind(DecULKind) {
+      LHS.decUL = &Val;
+    }
+
+    /// Construct a twine to print \p Val as a signed decimal integer.
+    explicit Twine(const long &Val) : LHSKind(DecLKind) {
+      LHS.decL = &Val;
+    }
+
+    /// Construct a twine to print \p Val as an unsigned decimal integer.
+    explicit Twine(const unsigned long long &Val) : LHSKind(DecULLKind) {
+      LHS.decULL = &Val;
+    }
+
+    /// Construct a twine to print \p Val as a signed decimal integer.
+    explicit Twine(const long long &Val) : LHSKind(DecLLKind) {
+      LHS.decLL = &Val;
+    }
+
+    // FIXME: Unfortunately, to make sure this is as efficient as possible we
+    // need extra binary constructors from particular types. We can't rely on
+    // the compiler to be smart enough to fold operator+()/concat() down to the
+    // right thing. Yet.
+
+    /// Construct as the concatenation of a C string and a StringRef.
+    /*implicit*/ Twine(const char *LHS, const StringRef &RHS)
+        : LHSKind(CStringKind), RHSKind(PtrAndLengthKind) {
+      this->LHS.cString = LHS;
+      this->RHS.ptrAndLength.ptr = RHS.data();
+      this->RHS.ptrAndLength.length = RHS.size();
+      assert(isValid() && "Invalid twine!");
+    }
+
+    /// Construct as the concatenation of a StringRef and a C string.
+    /*implicit*/ Twine(const StringRef &LHS, const char *RHS)
+        : LHSKind(PtrAndLengthKind), RHSKind(CStringKind) {
+      this->LHS.ptrAndLength.ptr = LHS.data();
+      this->LHS.ptrAndLength.length = LHS.size();
+      this->RHS.cString = RHS;
+      assert(isValid() && "Invalid twine!");
+    }
+
+    /// Since the intended use of twines is as temporary objects, assignments
+    /// when concatenating might cause undefined behavior or stack corruptions
+    Twine &operator=(const Twine &) = delete;
+
+    /// Create a 'null' string, which is an empty string that always
+    /// concatenates to form another empty string.
+    static Twine createNull() {
+      return Twine(NullKind);
+    }
+
+    /// @}
+    /// @name Numeric Conversions
+    /// @{
+
+    // Construct a twine to print \p Val as an unsigned hexadecimal integer.
+    static Twine utohexstr(const uint64_t &Val) {
+      Child LHS, RHS;
+      LHS.uHex = &Val;
+      RHS.twine = nullptr;
+      return Twine(LHS, UHexKind, RHS, EmptyKind);
+    }
+
+    /// @}
+    /// @name Predicate Operations
+    /// @{
+
+    /// Check if this twine is trivially empty; a false return value does not
+    /// necessarily mean the twine is empty.
+    bool isTriviallyEmpty() const {
+      return isNullary();
+    }
+
+    /// Return true if this twine can be dynamically accessed as a single
+    /// StringRef value with getSingleStringRef().
+    bool isSingleStringRef() const {
+      if (getRHSKind() != EmptyKind) return false;
+
+      switch (getLHSKind()) {
+      case EmptyKind:
+      case CStringKind:
+      case StdStringKind:
+      case PtrAndLengthKind:
+        return true;
+      default:
+        return false;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /// @}
+    /// @name String Operations
+    /// @{
+
+    Twine concat(const Twine &Suffix) const;
+
+    /// @}
+    /// @name Output & Conversion.
+    /// @{
+
+    /// Return the twine contents as a std::string.
+    std::string str() const;
+
+    /// Append the concatenated string into the given SmallString or SmallVector.
+    void toVector(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Out) const;
+
+    /// This returns the twine as a single StringRef.  This method is only valid
+    /// if isSingleStringRef() is true.
+    StringRef getSingleStringRef() const {
+      assert(isSingleStringRef() &&"This cannot be had as a single stringref!");
+      switch (getLHSKind()) {
+      default: llvm_unreachable("Out of sync with isSingleStringRef");
+      case EmptyKind:
+        return StringRef();
+      case CStringKind:
+        return StringRef(LHS.cString);
+      case StdStringKind:
+        return StringRef(*LHS.stdString);
+      case PtrAndLengthKind:
+        return StringRef(LHS.ptrAndLength.ptr, LHS.ptrAndLength.length);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /// This returns the twine as a single StringRef if it can be
+    /// represented as such. Otherwise the twine is written into the given
+    /// SmallVector and a StringRef to the SmallVector's data is returned.
+    StringRef toStringRef(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Out) const {
+      if (isSingleStringRef())
+        return getSingleStringRef();
+      toVector(Out);
+      return StringRef(Out.data(), Out.size());
+    }
+
+    /// This returns the twine as a single null terminated StringRef if it
+    /// can be represented as such. Otherwise the twine is written into the
+    /// given SmallVector and a StringRef to the SmallVector's data is returned.
+    ///
+    /// The returned StringRef's size does not include the null terminator.
+    StringRef toNullTerminatedStringRef(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Out) const;
+
+    /// Write the concatenated string represented by this twine to the
+    /// stream \p OS.
+    void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
+
+    /// Dump the concatenated string represented by this twine to stderr.
+    void dump() const;
+
+    /// Write the representation of this twine to the stream \p OS.
+    void printRepr(raw_ostream &OS) const;
+
+    /// Dump the representation of this twine to stderr.
+    void dumpRepr() const;
+
+    /// @}
+  };
+
+  /// @name Twine Inline Implementations
+  /// @{
+
+  inline Twine Twine::concat(const Twine &Suffix) const {
+    // Concatenation with null is null.
+    if (isNull() || Suffix.isNull())
+      return Twine(NullKind);
+
+    // Concatenation with empty yields the other side.
+    if (isEmpty())
+      return Suffix;
+    if (Suffix.isEmpty())
+      return *this;
+
+    // Otherwise we need to create a new node, taking care to fold in unary
+    // twines.
+    Child NewLHS, NewRHS;
+    NewLHS.twine = this;
+    NewRHS.twine = &Suffix;
+    NodeKind NewLHSKind = TwineKind, NewRHSKind = TwineKind;
+    if (isUnary()) {
+      NewLHS = LHS;
+      NewLHSKind = getLHSKind();
+    }
+    if (Suffix.isUnary()) {
+      NewRHS = Suffix.LHS;
+      NewRHSKind = Suffix.getLHSKind();
+    }
+
+    return Twine(NewLHS, NewLHSKind, NewRHS, NewRHSKind);
+  }
+
+  inline Twine operator+(const Twine &LHS, const Twine &RHS) {
+    return LHS.concat(RHS);
+  }
+
+  /// Additional overload to guarantee simplified codegen; this is equivalent to
+  /// concat().
+
+  inline Twine operator+(const char *LHS, const StringRef &RHS) {
+    return Twine(LHS, RHS);
+  }
+
+  /// Additional overload to guarantee simplified codegen; this is equivalent to
+  /// concat().
+
+  inline Twine operator+(const StringRef &LHS, const char *RHS) {
+    return Twine(LHS, RHS);
+  }
+
+  inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const Twine &RHS) {
+    RHS.print(OS);
+    return OS;
+  }
+
+  /// @}
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_TWINE_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/UniqueVector.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/UniqueVector.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..091169be07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/UniqueVector.h
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/UniqueVector.h ----------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_UNIQUEVECTOR_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_UNIQUEVECTOR_H
+
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <map>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// UniqueVector - This class produces a sequential ID number (base 1) for each
+/// unique entry that is added.  T is the type of entries in the vector. This
+/// class should have an implementation of operator== and of operator<.
+/// Entries can be fetched using operator[] with the entry ID.
+template<class T> class UniqueVector {
+public:
+  using VectorType = typename std::vector<T>;
+  using iterator = typename VectorType::iterator;
+  using const_iterator = typename VectorType::const_iterator;
+
+private:
+  // Map - Used to handle the correspondence of entry to ID.
+  std::map<T, unsigned> Map;
+
+  // Vector - ID ordered vector of entries. Entries can be indexed by ID - 1.
+  VectorType Vector;
+
+public:
+  /// insert - Append entry to the vector if it doesn't already exist.  Returns
+  /// the entry's index + 1 to be used as a unique ID.
+  unsigned insert(const T &Entry) {
+    // Check if the entry is already in the map.
+    unsigned &Val = Map[Entry];
+
+    // See if entry exists, if so return prior ID.
+    if (Val) return Val;
+
+    // Compute ID for entry.
+    Val = static_cast<unsigned>(Vector.size()) + 1;
+
+    // Insert in vector.
+    Vector.push_back(Entry);
+    return Val;
+  }
+
+  /// idFor - return the ID for an existing entry.  Returns 0 if the entry is
+  /// not found.
+  unsigned idFor(const T &Entry) const {
+    // Search for entry in the map.
+    typename std::map<T, unsigned>::const_iterator MI = Map.find(Entry);
+
+    // See if entry exists, if so return ID.
+    if (MI != Map.end()) return MI->second;
+
+    // No luck.
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /// operator[] - Returns a reference to the entry with the specified ID.
+  const T &operator[](unsigned ID) const {
+    assert(ID-1 < size() && "ID is 0 or out of range!");
+    return Vector[ID - 1];
+  }
+
+  /// Return an iterator to the start of the vector.
+  iterator begin() { return Vector.begin(); }
+
+  /// Return an iterator to the start of the vector.
+  const_iterator begin() const { return Vector.begin(); }
+
+  /// Return an iterator to the end of the vector.
+  iterator end() { return Vector.end(); }
+
+  /// Return an iterator to the end of the vector.
+  const_iterator end() const { return Vector.end(); }
+
+  /// size - Returns the number of entries in the vector.
+  size_t size() const { return Vector.size(); }
+
+  /// empty - Returns true if the vector is empty.
+  bool empty() const { return Vector.empty(); }
+
+  /// reset - Clears all the entries.
+  void reset() {
+    Map.clear();
+    Vector.resize(0, 0);
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_UNIQUEVECTOR_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/bit.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/bit.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9831531312
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/bit.h
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===-- llvm/ADT/bit.h - C++20 <bit> ----------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file implements the C++20 <bit> header.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_BIT_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_BIT_H
+
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include <cstring>
+#include <type_traits>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+// This implementation of bit_cast is different from the C++17 one in two ways:
+//  - It isn't constexpr because that requires compiler support.
+//  - It requires trivially-constructible To, to avoid UB in the implementation.
+template <
+    typename To, typename From,
+    typename = std::enable_if_t<sizeof(To) == sizeof(From)>
+#if (__has_feature(is_trivially_constructible) && defined(_LIBCPP_VERSION)) || \
+    (defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 5)
+    ,
+    typename = std::enable_if_t<std::is_trivially_constructible<To>::value>
+#elif __has_feature(is_trivially_constructible)
+    ,
+    typename = std::enable_if_t<__is_trivially_constructible(To)>
+#else
+  // See comment below.
+#endif
+#if (__has_feature(is_trivially_copyable) && defined(_LIBCPP_VERSION)) || \
+    (defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 5)
+    ,
+    typename = std::enable_if_t<std::is_trivially_copyable<To>::value>,
+    typename = std::enable_if_t<std::is_trivially_copyable<From>::value>
+#elif __has_feature(is_trivially_copyable)
+    ,
+    typename = std::enable_if_t<__is_trivially_copyable(To)>,
+    typename = std::enable_if_t<__is_trivially_copyable(From)>
+#else
+// This case is GCC 4.x. clang with libc++ or libstdc++ never get here. Unlike
+// llvm/Support/type_traits.h's is_trivially_copyable we don't want to
+// provide a good-enough answer here: developers in that configuration will hit
+// compilation failures on the bots instead of locally. That's acceptable
+// because it's very few developers, and only until we move past C++11.
+#endif
+    >
+inline To bit_cast(const From &from) noexcept {
+  To to;
+  std::memcpy(&to, &from, sizeof(To));
+  return to;
+}
+
+} // namespace llvm
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/edit_distance.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/edit_distance.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3edbcf6583
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/edit_distance.h
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===-- llvm/ADT/edit_distance.h - Array edit distance function --- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines a Levenshtein distance function that works for any two
+/// sequences, with each element of each sequence being analogous to a character
+/// in a string.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_EDIT_DISTANCE_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_EDIT_DISTANCE_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <memory>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// Determine the edit distance between two sequences.
+///
+/// \param FromArray the first sequence to compare.
+///
+/// \param ToArray the second sequence to compare.
+///
+/// \param AllowReplacements whether to allow element replacements (change one
+/// element into another) as a single operation, rather than as two operations
+/// (an insertion and a removal).
+///
+/// \param MaxEditDistance If non-zero, the maximum edit distance that this
+/// routine is allowed to compute. If the edit distance will exceed that
+/// maximum, returns \c MaxEditDistance+1.
+///
+/// \returns the minimum number of element insertions, removals, or (if
+/// \p AllowReplacements is \c true) replacements needed to transform one of
+/// the given sequences into the other. If zero, the sequences are identical.
+template<typename T>
+unsigned ComputeEditDistance(ArrayRef<T> FromArray, ArrayRef<T> ToArray,
+                             bool AllowReplacements = true,
+                             unsigned MaxEditDistance = 0) {
+  // The algorithm implemented below is the "classic"
+  // dynamic-programming algorithm for computing the Levenshtein
+  // distance, which is described here:
+  //
+  //   http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Levenshtein_distance
+  //
+  // Although the algorithm is typically described using an m x n
+  // array, only one row plus one element are used at a time, so this
+  // implementation just keeps one vector for the row.  To update one entry,
+  // only the entries to the left, top, and top-left are needed.  The left
+  // entry is in Row[x-1], the top entry is what's in Row[x] from the last
+  // iteration, and the top-left entry is stored in Previous.
+  typename ArrayRef<T>::size_type m = FromArray.size();
+  typename ArrayRef<T>::size_type n = ToArray.size();
+
+  const unsigned SmallBufferSize = 64;
+  unsigned SmallBuffer[SmallBufferSize];
+  std::unique_ptr<unsigned[]> Allocated;
+  unsigned *Row = SmallBuffer;
+  if (n + 1 > SmallBufferSize) {
+    Row = new unsigned[n + 1];
+    Allocated.reset(Row);
+  }
+
+  for (unsigned i = 1; i <= n; ++i)
+    Row[i] = i;
+
+  for (typename ArrayRef<T>::size_type y = 1; y <= m; ++y) {
+    Row[0] = y;
+    unsigned BestThisRow = Row[0];
+
+    unsigned Previous = y - 1;
+    for (typename ArrayRef<T>::size_type x = 1; x <= n; ++x) {
+      int OldRow = Row[x];
+      if (AllowReplacements) {
+        Row[x] = std::min(
+            Previous + (FromArray[y-1] == ToArray[x-1] ? 0u : 1u),
+            std::min(Row[x-1], Row[x])+1);
+      }
+      else {
+        if (FromArray[y-1] == ToArray[x-1]) Row[x] = Previous;
+        else Row[x] = std::min(Row[x-1], Row[x]) + 1;
+      }
+      Previous = OldRow;
+      BestThisRow = std::min(BestThisRow, Row[x]);
+    }
+
+    if (MaxEditDistance && BestThisRow > MaxEditDistance)
+      return MaxEditDistance + 1;
+  }
+
+  unsigned Result = Row[n];
+  return Result;
+}
+
+} // End llvm namespace
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/fallible_iterator.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/fallible_iterator.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b016701789
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/fallible_iterator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===--- fallible_iterator.h - Wrapper for fallible iterators ---*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_FALLIBLE_ITERATOR_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_FALLIBLE_ITERATOR_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Error.h"
+
+#include <type_traits>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// A wrapper class for fallible iterators.
+///
+///   The fallible_iterator template wraps an underlying iterator-like class
+/// whose increment and decrement operations are replaced with fallible versions
+/// like:
+///
+///   @code{.cpp}
+///   Error inc();
+///   Error dec();
+///   @endcode
+///
+///   It produces an interface that is (mostly) compatible with a traditional
+/// c++ iterator, including ++ and -- operators that do not fail.
+///
+///   Instances of the wrapper are constructed with an instance of the
+/// underlying iterator and (for non-end iterators) a reference to an Error
+/// instance. If the underlying increment/decrement operations fail, the Error
+/// is returned via this reference, and the resulting iterator value set to an
+/// end-of-range sentinel value. This enables the following loop idiom:
+///
+///   @code{.cpp}
+///   class Archive { // E.g. Potentially malformed on-disk archive
+///   public:
+///     fallible_iterator<ArchiveChildItr> children_begin(Error &Err);
+///     fallible_iterator<ArchiveChildItr> children_end();
+///     iterator_range<fallible_iterator<ArchiveChildItr>>
+///     children(Error &Err) {
+///       return make_range(children_begin(Err), children_end());
+///     //...
+///   };
+///
+///   void walk(Archive &A) {
+///     Error Err = Error::success();
+///     for (auto &C : A.children(Err)) {
+///       // Loop body only entered when increment succeeds.
+///     }
+///     if (Err) {
+///       // handle error.
+///     }
+///   }
+///   @endcode
+///
+///   The wrapper marks the referenced Error as unchecked after each increment
+/// and/or decrement operation, and clears the unchecked flag when a non-end
+/// value is compared against end (since, by the increment invariant, not being
+/// an end value proves that there was no error, and is equivalent to checking
+/// that the Error is success). This allows early exits from the loop body
+/// without requiring redundant error checks.
+template <typename Underlying> class fallible_iterator {
+private:
+  template <typename T>
+  using enable_if_struct_deref_supported = std::enable_if<
+      !std::is_void<decltype(std::declval<T>().operator->())>::value,
+      decltype(std::declval<T>().operator->())>;
+
+public:
+  /// Construct a fallible iterator that *cannot* be used as an end-of-range
+  /// value.
+  ///
+  /// A value created by this method can be dereferenced, incremented,
+  /// decremented and compared, providing the underlying type supports it.
+  ///
+  /// The error that is passed in will be initially marked as checked, so if the
+  /// iterator is not used at all the Error need not be checked.
+  static fallible_iterator itr(Underlying I, Error &Err) {
+    (void)!!Err;
+    return fallible_iterator(std::move(I), &Err);
+  }
+
+  /// Construct a fallible iterator that can be used as an end-of-range value.
+  ///
+  /// A value created by this method can be dereferenced (if the underlying
+  /// value points at a valid value) and compared, but not incremented or
+  /// decremented.
+  static fallible_iterator end(Underlying I) {
+    return fallible_iterator(std::move(I), nullptr);
+  }
+
+  /// Forward dereference to the underlying iterator.
+  decltype(auto) operator*() { return *I; }
+
+  /// Forward const dereference to the underlying iterator.
+  decltype(auto) operator*() const { return *I; }
+
+  /// Forward structure dereference to the underlying iterator (if the
+  /// underlying iterator supports it).
+  template <typename T = Underlying>
+  typename enable_if_struct_deref_supported<T>::type operator->() {
+    return I.operator->();
+  }
+
+  /// Forward const structure dereference to the underlying iterator (if the
+  /// underlying iterator supports it).
+  template <typename T = Underlying>
+  typename enable_if_struct_deref_supported<const T>::type operator->() const {
+    return I.operator->();
+  }
+
+  /// Increment the fallible iterator.
+  ///
+  /// If the underlying 'inc' operation fails, this will set the Error value
+  /// and update this iterator value to point to end-of-range.
+  ///
+  /// The Error value is marked as needing checking, regardless of whether the
+  /// 'inc' operation succeeds or fails.
+  fallible_iterator &operator++() {
+    assert(getErrPtr() && "Cannot increment end iterator");
+    if (auto Err = I.inc())
+      handleError(std::move(Err));
+    else
+      resetCheckedFlag();
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// Decrement the fallible iterator.
+  ///
+  /// If the underlying 'dec' operation fails, this will set the Error value
+  /// and update this iterator value to point to end-of-range.
+  ///
+  /// The Error value is marked as needing checking, regardless of whether the
+  /// 'dec' operation succeeds or fails.
+  fallible_iterator &operator--() {
+    assert(getErrPtr() && "Cannot decrement end iterator");
+    if (auto Err = I.dec())
+      handleError(std::move(Err));
+    else
+      resetCheckedFlag();
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// Compare fallible iterators for equality.
+  ///
+  /// Returns true if both LHS and RHS are end-of-range values, or if both are
+  /// non-end-of-range values whose underlying iterator values compare equal.
+  ///
+  /// If this is a comparison between an end-of-range iterator and a
+  /// non-end-of-range iterator, then the Error (referenced by the
+  /// non-end-of-range value) is marked as checked: Since all
+  /// increment/decrement operations result in an end-of-range value, comparing
+  /// false against end-of-range is equivalent to checking that the Error value
+  /// is success. This flag management enables early returns from loop bodies
+  /// without redundant Error checks.
+  friend bool operator==(const fallible_iterator &LHS,
+                         const fallible_iterator &RHS) {
+    // If both iterators are in the end state they compare
+    // equal, regardless of whether either is valid.
+    if (LHS.isEnd() && RHS.isEnd())
+      return true;
+
+    assert(LHS.isValid() && RHS.isValid() &&
+           "Invalid iterators can only be compared against end");
+
+    bool Equal = LHS.I == RHS.I;
+
+    // If the iterators differ and this is a comparison against end then mark
+    // the Error as checked.
+    if (!Equal) {
+      if (LHS.isEnd())
+        (void)!!*RHS.getErrPtr();
+      else
+        (void)!!*LHS.getErrPtr();
+    }
+
+    return Equal;
+  }
+
+  /// Compare fallible iterators for inequality.
+  ///
+  /// See notes for operator==.
+  friend bool operator!=(const fallible_iterator &LHS,
+                         const fallible_iterator &RHS) {
+    return !(LHS == RHS);
+  }
+
+private:
+  fallible_iterator(Underlying I, Error *Err)
+      : I(std::move(I)), ErrState(Err, false) {}
+
+  Error *getErrPtr() const { return ErrState.getPointer(); }
+
+  bool isEnd() const { return getErrPtr() == nullptr; }
+
+  bool isValid() const { return !ErrState.getInt(); }
+
+  void handleError(Error Err) {
+    *getErrPtr() = std::move(Err);
+    ErrState.setPointer(nullptr);
+    ErrState.setInt(true);
+  }
+
+  void resetCheckedFlag() {
+    *getErrPtr() = Error::success();
+  }
+
+  Underlying I;
+  mutable PointerIntPair<Error *, 1> ErrState;
+};
+
+/// Convenience wrapper to make a fallible_iterator value from an instance
+/// of an underlying iterator and an Error reference.
+template <typename Underlying>
+fallible_iterator<Underlying> make_fallible_itr(Underlying I, Error &Err) {
+  return fallible_iterator<Underlying>::itr(std::move(I), Err);
+}
+
+/// Convenience wrapper to make a fallible_iterator end value from an instance
+/// of an underlying iterator.
+template <typename Underlying>
+fallible_iterator<Underlying> make_fallible_end(Underlying E) {
+  return fallible_iterator<Underlying>::end(std::move(E));
+}
+
+template <typename Underlying>
+iterator_range<fallible_iterator<Underlying>>
+make_fallible_range(Underlying I, Underlying E, Error &Err) {
+  return make_range(make_fallible_itr(std::move(I), Err),
+                    make_fallible_end(std::move(E)));
+}
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_FALLIBLE_ITERATOR_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/identity.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/identity.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..498374edb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/identity.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/Identity.h - Provide std::identity from C++20 ---*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file provides an implementation of std::identity from C++20.
+//
+// No library is required when using these functions.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_IDENTITY_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_IDENTITY_H
+
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+template <class Ty> struct identity {
+  using argument_type = Ty;
+
+  Ty &operator()(Ty &self) const {
+    return self;
+  }
+  const Ty &operator()(const Ty &self) const {
+    return self;
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_IDENTITY_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ilist.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ilist.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ff61d717f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ilist.h
@@ -0,0 +1,433 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//==-- llvm/ADT/ilist.h - Intrusive Linked List Template ---------*- C++ -*-==//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines classes to implement an intrusive doubly linked list class
+/// (i.e. each node of the list must contain a next and previous field for the
+/// list.
+///
+/// The ilist class itself should be a plug in replacement for list.  This list
+/// replacement does not provide a constant time size() method, so be careful to
+/// use empty() when you really want to know if it's empty.
+///
+/// The ilist class is implemented as a circular list.  The list itself contains
+/// a sentinel node, whose Next points at begin() and whose Prev points at
+/// rbegin().  The sentinel node itself serves as end() and rend().
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_ILIST_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_ILIST_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/simple_ilist.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <iterator>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// Use delete by default for iplist and ilist.
+///
+/// Specialize this to get different behaviour for ownership-related API.  (If
+/// you really want ownership semantics, consider using std::list or building
+/// something like \a BumpPtrList.)
+///
+/// \see ilist_noalloc_traits
+template <typename NodeTy> struct ilist_alloc_traits {
+  static void deleteNode(NodeTy *V) { delete V; }
+};
+
+/// Custom traits to do nothing on deletion.
+///
+/// Specialize ilist_alloc_traits to inherit from this to disable the
+/// non-intrusive deletion in iplist (which implies ownership).
+///
+/// If you want purely intrusive semantics with no callbacks, consider using \a
+/// simple_ilist instead.
+///
+/// \code
+/// template <>
+/// struct ilist_alloc_traits<MyType> : ilist_noalloc_traits<MyType> {};
+/// \endcode
+template <typename NodeTy> struct ilist_noalloc_traits {
+  static void deleteNode(NodeTy *V) {}
+};
+
+/// Callbacks do nothing by default in iplist and ilist.
+///
+/// Specialize this for to use callbacks for when nodes change their list
+/// membership.
+template <typename NodeTy> struct ilist_callback_traits {
+  void addNodeToList(NodeTy *) {}
+  void removeNodeFromList(NodeTy *) {}
+
+  /// Callback before transferring nodes to this list. The nodes may already be
+  /// in this same list.
+  template <class Iterator>
+  void transferNodesFromList(ilist_callback_traits &OldList, Iterator /*first*/,
+                             Iterator /*last*/) {
+    (void)OldList;
+  }
+};
+
+/// A fragment for template traits for intrusive list that provides default
+/// node related operations.
+///
+/// TODO: Remove this layer of indirection.  It's not necessary.
+template <typename NodeTy>
+struct ilist_node_traits : ilist_alloc_traits<NodeTy>,
+                           ilist_callback_traits<NodeTy> {};
+
+/// Template traits for intrusive list.
+///
+/// Customize callbacks and allocation semantics.
+template <typename NodeTy>
+struct ilist_traits : public ilist_node_traits<NodeTy> {};
+
+/// Const traits should never be instantiated.
+template <typename Ty> struct ilist_traits<const Ty> {};
+
+namespace ilist_detail {
+
+template <class T> T &make();
+
+/// Type trait to check for a traits class that has a getNext member (as a
+/// canary for any of the ilist_nextprev_traits API).
+template <class TraitsT, class NodeT> struct HasGetNext {
+  typedef char Yes[1];
+  typedef char No[2];
+  template <size_t N> struct SFINAE {};
+
+  template <class U>
+  static Yes &test(U *I, decltype(I->getNext(&make<NodeT>())) * = nullptr);
+  template <class> static No &test(...);
+
+public:
+  static const bool value = sizeof(test<TraitsT>(nullptr)) == sizeof(Yes);
+};
+
+/// Type trait to check for a traits class that has a createSentinel member (as
+/// a canary for any of the ilist_sentinel_traits API).
+template <class TraitsT> struct HasCreateSentinel {
+  typedef char Yes[1];
+  typedef char No[2];
+
+  template <class U>
+  static Yes &test(U *I, decltype(I->createSentinel()) * = nullptr);
+  template <class> static No &test(...);
+
+public:
+  static const bool value = sizeof(test<TraitsT>(nullptr)) == sizeof(Yes);
+};
+
+/// Type trait to check for a traits class that has a createNode member.
+/// Allocation should be managed in a wrapper class, instead of in
+/// ilist_traits.
+template <class TraitsT, class NodeT> struct HasCreateNode {
+  typedef char Yes[1];
+  typedef char No[2];
+  template <size_t N> struct SFINAE {};
+
+  template <class U>
+  static Yes &test(U *I, decltype(I->createNode(make<NodeT>())) * = 0);
+  template <class> static No &test(...);
+
+public:
+  static const bool value = sizeof(test<TraitsT>(nullptr)) == sizeof(Yes);
+};
+
+template <class TraitsT, class NodeT> struct HasObsoleteCustomization {
+  static const bool value = HasGetNext<TraitsT, NodeT>::value ||
+                            HasCreateSentinel<TraitsT>::value ||
+                            HasCreateNode<TraitsT, NodeT>::value;
+};
+
+} // end namespace ilist_detail
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+/// A wrapper around an intrusive list with callbacks and non-intrusive
+/// ownership.
+///
+/// This wraps a purely intrusive list (like simple_ilist) with a configurable
+/// traits class.  The traits can implement callbacks and customize the
+/// ownership semantics.
+///
+/// This is a subset of ilist functionality that can safely be used on nodes of
+/// polymorphic types, i.e. a heterogeneous list with a common base class that
+/// holds the next/prev pointers.  The only state of the list itself is an
+/// ilist_sentinel, which holds pointers to the first and last nodes in the
+/// list.
+template <class IntrusiveListT, class TraitsT>
+class iplist_impl : public TraitsT, IntrusiveListT {
+  typedef IntrusiveListT base_list_type;
+
+public:
+  typedef typename base_list_type::pointer pointer;
+  typedef typename base_list_type::const_pointer const_pointer;
+  typedef typename base_list_type::reference reference;
+  typedef typename base_list_type::const_reference const_reference;
+  typedef typename base_list_type::value_type value_type;
+  typedef typename base_list_type::size_type size_type;
+  typedef typename base_list_type::difference_type difference_type;
+  typedef typename base_list_type::iterator iterator;
+  typedef typename base_list_type::const_iterator const_iterator;
+  typedef typename base_list_type::reverse_iterator reverse_iterator;
+  typedef
+      typename base_list_type::const_reverse_iterator const_reverse_iterator;
+
+private:
+  // TODO: Drop this assertion and the transitive type traits anytime after
+  // v4.0 is branched (i.e,. keep them for one release to help out-of-tree code
+  // update).
+  static_assert(
+      !ilist_detail::HasObsoleteCustomization<TraitsT, value_type>::value,
+      "ilist customization points have changed!");
+
+  static bool op_less(const_reference L, const_reference R) { return L < R; }
+  static bool op_equal(const_reference L, const_reference R) { return L == R; }
+
+public:
+  iplist_impl() = default;
+
+  iplist_impl(const iplist_impl &) = delete;
+  iplist_impl &operator=(const iplist_impl &) = delete;
+
+  iplist_impl(iplist_impl &&X)
+      : TraitsT(std::move(static_cast<TraitsT &>(X))),
+        IntrusiveListT(std::move(static_cast<IntrusiveListT &>(X))) {}
+  iplist_impl &operator=(iplist_impl &&X) {
+    *static_cast<TraitsT *>(this) = std::move(static_cast<TraitsT &>(X));
+    *static_cast<IntrusiveListT *>(this) =
+        std::move(static_cast<IntrusiveListT &>(X));
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  ~iplist_impl() { clear(); }
+
+  // Miscellaneous inspection routines.
+  size_type max_size() const { return size_type(-1); }
+
+  using base_list_type::begin;
+  using base_list_type::end;
+  using base_list_type::rbegin;
+  using base_list_type::rend;
+  using base_list_type::empty;
+  using base_list_type::front;
+  using base_list_type::back;
+
+  void swap(iplist_impl &RHS) {
+    assert(0 && "Swap does not use list traits callback correctly yet!");
+    base_list_type::swap(RHS);
+  }
+
+  iterator insert(iterator where, pointer New) {
+    this->addNodeToList(New); // Notify traits that we added a node...
+    return base_list_type::insert(where, *New);
+  }
+
+  iterator insert(iterator where, const_reference New) {
+    return this->insert(where, new value_type(New));
+  }
+
+  iterator insertAfter(iterator where, pointer New) {
+    if (empty())
+      return insert(begin(), New);
+    else
+      return insert(++where, New);
+  }
+
+  /// Clone another list.
+  template <class Cloner> void cloneFrom(const iplist_impl &L2, Cloner clone) {
+    clear();
+    for (const_reference V : L2)
+      push_back(clone(V));
+  }
+
+  pointer remove(iterator &IT) {
+    pointer Node = &*IT++;
+    this->removeNodeFromList(Node); // Notify traits that we removed a node...
+    base_list_type::remove(*Node);
+    return Node;
+  }
+
+  pointer remove(const iterator &IT) {
+    iterator MutIt = IT;
+    return remove(MutIt);
+  }
+
+  pointer remove(pointer IT) { return remove(iterator(IT)); }
+  pointer remove(reference IT) { return remove(iterator(IT)); }
+
+  // erase - remove a node from the controlled sequence... and delete it.
+  iterator erase(iterator where) {
+    this->deleteNode(remove(where));
+    return where;
+  }
+
+  iterator erase(pointer IT) { return erase(iterator(IT)); }
+  iterator erase(reference IT) { return erase(iterator(IT)); }
+
+  /// Remove all nodes from the list like clear(), but do not call
+  /// removeNodeFromList() or deleteNode().
+  ///
+  /// This should only be used immediately before freeing nodes in bulk to
+  /// avoid traversing the list and bringing all the nodes into cache.
+  void clearAndLeakNodesUnsafely() { base_list_type::clear(); }
+
+private:
+  // transfer - The heart of the splice function.  Move linked list nodes from
+  // [first, last) into position.
+  //
+  void transfer(iterator position, iplist_impl &L2, iterator first, iterator last) {
+    if (position == last)
+      return;
+
+    // Notify traits we moved the nodes...
+    this->transferNodesFromList(L2, first, last);
+
+    base_list_type::splice(position, L2, first, last);
+  }
+
+public:
+  //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===
+  // Functionality derived from other functions defined above...
+  //
+
+  using base_list_type::size;
+
+  iterator erase(iterator first, iterator last) {
+    while (first != last)
+      first = erase(first);
+    return last;
+  }
+
+  void clear() { erase(begin(), end()); }
+
+  // Front and back inserters...
+  void push_front(pointer val) { insert(begin(), val); }
+  void push_back(pointer val) { insert(end(), val); }
+  void pop_front() {
+    assert(!empty() && "pop_front() on empty list!");
+    erase(begin());
+  }
+  void pop_back() {
+    assert(!empty() && "pop_back() on empty list!");
+    iterator t = end(); erase(--t);
+  }
+
+  // Special forms of insert...
+  template<class InIt> void insert(iterator where, InIt first, InIt last) {
+    for (; first != last; ++first) insert(where, *first);
+  }
+
+  // Splice members - defined in terms of transfer...
+  void splice(iterator where, iplist_impl &L2) {
+    if (!L2.empty())
+      transfer(where, L2, L2.begin(), L2.end());
+  }
+  void splice(iterator where, iplist_impl &L2, iterator first) {
+    iterator last = first; ++last;
+    if (where == first || where == last) return; // No change
+    transfer(where, L2, first, last);
+  }
+  void splice(iterator where, iplist_impl &L2, iterator first, iterator last) {
+    if (first != last) transfer(where, L2, first, last);
+  }
+  void splice(iterator where, iplist_impl &L2, reference N) {
+    splice(where, L2, iterator(N));
+  }
+  void splice(iterator where, iplist_impl &L2, pointer N) {
+    splice(where, L2, iterator(N));
+  }
+
+  template <class Compare>
+  void merge(iplist_impl &Right, Compare comp) {
+    if (this == &Right)
+      return;
+    this->transferNodesFromList(Right, Right.begin(), Right.end());
+    base_list_type::merge(Right, comp);
+  }
+  void merge(iplist_impl &Right) { return merge(Right, op_less); }
+
+  using base_list_type::sort;
+
+  /// Get the previous node, or \c nullptr for the list head.
+  pointer getPrevNode(reference N) const {
+    auto I = N.getIterator();
+    if (I == begin())
+      return nullptr;
+    return &*std::prev(I);
+  }
+  /// Get the previous node, or \c nullptr for the list head.
+  const_pointer getPrevNode(const_reference N) const {
+    return getPrevNode(const_cast<reference >(N));
+  }
+
+  /// Get the next node, or \c nullptr for the list tail.
+  pointer getNextNode(reference N) const {
+    auto Next = std::next(N.getIterator());
+    if (Next == end())
+      return nullptr;
+    return &*Next;
+  }
+  /// Get the next node, or \c nullptr for the list tail.
+  const_pointer getNextNode(const_reference N) const {
+    return getNextNode(const_cast<reference >(N));
+  }
+};
+
+/// An intrusive list with ownership and callbacks specified/controlled by
+/// ilist_traits, only with API safe for polymorphic types.
+///
+/// The \p Options parameters are the same as those for \a simple_ilist.  See
+/// there for a description of what's available.
+template <class T, class... Options>
+class iplist
+    : public iplist_impl<simple_ilist<T, Options...>, ilist_traits<T>> {
+  using iplist_impl_type = typename iplist::iplist_impl;
+
+public:
+  iplist() = default;
+
+  iplist(const iplist &X) = delete;
+  iplist &operator=(const iplist &X) = delete;
+
+  iplist(iplist &&X) : iplist_impl_type(std::move(X)) {}
+  iplist &operator=(iplist &&X) {
+    *static_cast<iplist_impl_type *>(this) = std::move(X);
+    return *this;
+  }
+};
+
+template <class T, class... Options> using ilist = iplist<T, Options...>;
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+namespace std {
+
+  // Ensure that swap uses the fast list swap...
+  template<class Ty>
+  void swap(llvm::iplist<Ty> &Left, llvm::iplist<Ty> &Right) {
+    Left.swap(Right);
+  }
+
+} // end namespace std
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_ILIST_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ilist_base.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ilist_base.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4d8df7df09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ilist_base.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/ilist_base.h - Intrusive List Base --------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_ILIST_BASE_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_ILIST_BASE_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/ilist_node_base.h"
+#include <cassert>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// Implementations of list algorithms using ilist_node_base.
+template <bool EnableSentinelTracking> class ilist_base {
+public:
+  using node_base_type = ilist_node_base<EnableSentinelTracking>;
+
+  static void insertBeforeImpl(node_base_type &Next, node_base_type &N) {
+    node_base_type &Prev = *Next.getPrev();
+    N.setNext(&Next);
+    N.setPrev(&Prev);
+    Prev.setNext(&N);
+    Next.setPrev(&N);
+  }
+
+  static void removeImpl(node_base_type &N) {
+    node_base_type *Prev = N.getPrev();
+    node_base_type *Next = N.getNext();
+    Next->setPrev(Prev);
+    Prev->setNext(Next);
+
+    // Not strictly necessary, but helps catch a class of bugs.
+    N.setPrev(nullptr);
+    N.setNext(nullptr);
+  }
+
+  static void removeRangeImpl(node_base_type &First, node_base_type &Last) {
+    node_base_type *Prev = First.getPrev();
+    node_base_type *Final = Last.getPrev();
+    Last.setPrev(Prev);
+    Prev->setNext(&Last);
+
+    // Not strictly necessary, but helps catch a class of bugs.
+    First.setPrev(nullptr);
+    Final->setNext(nullptr);
+  }
+
+  static void transferBeforeImpl(node_base_type &Next, node_base_type &First,
+                                 node_base_type &Last) {
+    if (&Next == &Last || &First == &Last)
+      return;
+
+    // Position cannot be contained in the range to be transferred.
+    assert(&Next != &First &&
+           // Check for the most common mistake.
+           "Insertion point can't be one of the transferred nodes");
+
+    node_base_type &Final = *Last.getPrev();
+
+    // Detach from old list/position.
+    First.getPrev()->setNext(&Last);
+    Last.setPrev(First.getPrev());
+
+    // Splice [First, Final] into its new list/position.
+    node_base_type &Prev = *Next.getPrev();
+    Final.setNext(&Next);
+    First.setPrev(&Prev);
+    Prev.setNext(&First);
+    Next.setPrev(&Final);
+  }
+
+  template <class T> static void insertBefore(T &Next, T &N) {
+    insertBeforeImpl(Next, N);
+  }
+
+  template <class T> static void remove(T &N) { removeImpl(N); }
+  template <class T> static void removeRange(T &First, T &Last) {
+    removeRangeImpl(First, Last);
+  }
+
+  template <class T> static void transferBefore(T &Next, T &First, T &Last) {
+    transferBeforeImpl(Next, First, Last);
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_ILIST_BASE_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ilist_iterator.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ilist_iterator.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e8644f9521
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ilist_iterator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/ilist_iterator.h - Intrusive List Iterator ------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_ILIST_ITERATOR_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_ILIST_ITERATOR_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/ilist_node.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <iterator>
+#include <type_traits>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+namespace ilist_detail {
+
+/// Find const-correct node types.
+template <class OptionsT, bool IsConst> struct IteratorTraits;
+template <class OptionsT> struct IteratorTraits<OptionsT, false> {
+  using value_type = typename OptionsT::value_type;
+  using pointer = typename OptionsT::pointer;
+  using reference = typename OptionsT::reference;
+  using node_pointer = ilist_node_impl<OptionsT> *;
+  using node_reference = ilist_node_impl<OptionsT> &;
+};
+template <class OptionsT> struct IteratorTraits<OptionsT, true> {
+  using value_type = const typename OptionsT::value_type;
+  using pointer = typename OptionsT::const_pointer;
+  using reference = typename OptionsT::const_reference;
+  using node_pointer = const ilist_node_impl<OptionsT> *;
+  using node_reference = const ilist_node_impl<OptionsT> &;
+};
+
+template <bool IsReverse> struct IteratorHelper;
+template <> struct IteratorHelper<false> : ilist_detail::NodeAccess {
+  using Access = ilist_detail::NodeAccess;
+
+  template <class T> static void increment(T *&I) { I = Access::getNext(*I); }
+  template <class T> static void decrement(T *&I) { I = Access::getPrev(*I); }
+};
+template <> struct IteratorHelper<true> : ilist_detail::NodeAccess {
+  using Access = ilist_detail::NodeAccess;
+
+  template <class T> static void increment(T *&I) { I = Access::getPrev(*I); }
+  template <class T> static void decrement(T *&I) { I = Access::getNext(*I); }
+};
+
+} // end namespace ilist_detail
+
+/// Iterator for intrusive lists  based on ilist_node.
+template <class OptionsT, bool IsReverse, bool IsConst>
+class ilist_iterator : ilist_detail::SpecificNodeAccess<OptionsT> {
+  friend ilist_iterator<OptionsT, IsReverse, !IsConst>;
+  friend ilist_iterator<OptionsT, !IsReverse, IsConst>;
+  friend ilist_iterator<OptionsT, !IsReverse, !IsConst>;
+
+  using Traits = ilist_detail::IteratorTraits<OptionsT, IsConst>;
+  using Access = ilist_detail::SpecificNodeAccess<OptionsT>;
+
+public:
+  using value_type = typename Traits::value_type;
+  using pointer = typename Traits::pointer;
+  using reference = typename Traits::reference;
+  using difference_type = ptrdiff_t;
+  using iterator_category = std::bidirectional_iterator_tag;
+  using const_pointer = typename OptionsT::const_pointer;
+  using const_reference = typename OptionsT::const_reference;
+
+private:
+  using node_pointer = typename Traits::node_pointer;
+  using node_reference = typename Traits::node_reference;
+
+  node_pointer NodePtr = nullptr;
+
+public:
+  /// Create from an ilist_node.
+  explicit ilist_iterator(node_reference N) : NodePtr(&N) {}
+
+  explicit ilist_iterator(pointer NP) : NodePtr(Access::getNodePtr(NP)) {}
+  explicit ilist_iterator(reference NR) : NodePtr(Access::getNodePtr(&NR)) {}
+  ilist_iterator() = default;
+
+  // This is templated so that we can allow constructing a const iterator from
+  // a nonconst iterator...
+  template <bool RHSIsConst>
+  ilist_iterator(const ilist_iterator<OptionsT, IsReverse, RHSIsConst> &RHS,
+                 std::enable_if_t<IsConst || !RHSIsConst, void *> = nullptr)
+      : NodePtr(RHS.NodePtr) {}
+
+  // This is templated so that we can allow assigning to a const iterator from
+  // a nonconst iterator...
+  template <bool RHSIsConst>
+  std::enable_if_t<IsConst || !RHSIsConst, ilist_iterator &>
+  operator=(const ilist_iterator<OptionsT, IsReverse, RHSIsConst> &RHS) {
+    NodePtr = RHS.NodePtr;
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  /// Explicit conversion between forward/reverse iterators.
+  ///
+  /// Translate between forward and reverse iterators without changing range
+  /// boundaries.  The resulting iterator will dereference (and have a handle)
+  /// to the previous node, which is somewhat unexpected; but converting the
+  /// two endpoints in a range will give the same range in reverse.
+  ///
+  /// This matches std::reverse_iterator conversions.
+  explicit ilist_iterator(
+      const ilist_iterator<OptionsT, !IsReverse, IsConst> &RHS)
+      : ilist_iterator(++RHS.getReverse()) {}
+
+  /// Get a reverse iterator to the same node.
+  ///
+  /// Gives a reverse iterator that will dereference (and have a handle) to the
+  /// same node.  Converting the endpoint iterators in a range will give a
+  /// different range; for range operations, use the explicit conversions.
+  ilist_iterator<OptionsT, !IsReverse, IsConst> getReverse() const {
+    if (NodePtr)
+      return ilist_iterator<OptionsT, !IsReverse, IsConst>(*NodePtr);
+    return ilist_iterator<OptionsT, !IsReverse, IsConst>();
+  }
+
+  /// Const-cast.
+  ilist_iterator<OptionsT, IsReverse, false> getNonConst() const {
+    if (NodePtr)
+      return ilist_iterator<OptionsT, IsReverse, false>(
+          const_cast<typename ilist_iterator<OptionsT, IsReverse,
+                                             false>::node_reference>(*NodePtr));
+    return ilist_iterator<OptionsT, IsReverse, false>();
+  }
+
+  // Accessors...
+  reference operator*() const {
+    assert(!NodePtr->isKnownSentinel());
+    return *Access::getValuePtr(NodePtr);
+  }
+  pointer operator->() const { return &operator*(); }
+
+  // Comparison operators
+  friend bool operator==(const ilist_iterator &LHS, const ilist_iterator &RHS) {
+    return LHS.NodePtr == RHS.NodePtr;
+  }
+  friend bool operator!=(const ilist_iterator &LHS, const ilist_iterator &RHS) {
+    return LHS.NodePtr != RHS.NodePtr;
+  }
+
+  // Increment and decrement operators...
+  ilist_iterator &operator--() {
+    NodePtr = IsReverse ? NodePtr->getNext() : NodePtr->getPrev();
+    return *this;
+  }
+  ilist_iterator &operator++() {
+    NodePtr = IsReverse ? NodePtr->getPrev() : NodePtr->getNext();
+    return *this;
+  }
+  ilist_iterator operator--(int) {
+    ilist_iterator tmp = *this;
+    --*this;
+    return tmp;
+  }
+  ilist_iterator operator++(int) {
+    ilist_iterator tmp = *this;
+    ++*this;
+    return tmp;
+  }
+
+  /// Get the underlying ilist_node.
+  node_pointer getNodePtr() const { return static_cast<node_pointer>(NodePtr); }
+
+  /// Check for end.  Only valid if ilist_sentinel_tracking<true>.
+  bool isEnd() const { return NodePtr ? NodePtr->isSentinel() : false; }
+};
+
+template <typename From> struct simplify_type;
+
+/// Allow ilist_iterators to convert into pointers to a node automatically when
+/// used by the dyn_cast, cast, isa mechanisms...
+///
+/// FIXME: remove this, since there is no implicit conversion to NodeTy.
+template <class OptionsT, bool IsConst>
+struct simplify_type<ilist_iterator<OptionsT, false, IsConst>> {
+  using iterator = ilist_iterator<OptionsT, false, IsConst>;
+  using SimpleType = typename iterator::pointer;
+
+  static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(const iterator &Node) { return &*Node; }
+};
+template <class OptionsT, bool IsConst>
+struct simplify_type<const ilist_iterator<OptionsT, false, IsConst>>
+    : simplify_type<ilist_iterator<OptionsT, false, IsConst>> {};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_ILIST_ITERATOR_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ilist_node.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ilist_node.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..174da6a4c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ilist_node.h
@@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/ilist_node.h - Intrusive Linked List Helper -----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// This file defines the ilist_node class template, which is a convenient
+/// base class for creating classes that can be used with ilists.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_ILIST_NODE_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_ILIST_NODE_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/ilist_node_base.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ilist_node_options.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+namespace ilist_detail {
+
+struct NodeAccess;
+
+} // end namespace ilist_detail
+
+template <class OptionsT, bool IsReverse, bool IsConst> class ilist_iterator;
+template <class OptionsT> class ilist_sentinel;
+
+/// Implementation for an ilist node.
+///
+/// Templated on an appropriate \a ilist_detail::node_options, usually computed
+/// by \a ilist_detail::compute_node_options.
+///
+/// This is a wrapper around \a ilist_node_base whose main purpose is to
+/// provide type safety: you can't insert nodes of \a ilist_node_impl into the
+/// wrong \a simple_ilist or \a iplist.
+template <class OptionsT> class ilist_node_impl : OptionsT::node_base_type {
+  using value_type = typename OptionsT::value_type;
+  using node_base_type = typename OptionsT::node_base_type;
+  using list_base_type = typename OptionsT::list_base_type;
+
+  friend typename OptionsT::list_base_type;
+  friend struct ilist_detail::NodeAccess;
+  friend class ilist_sentinel<OptionsT>;
+  friend class ilist_iterator<OptionsT, false, false>;
+  friend class ilist_iterator<OptionsT, false, true>;
+  friend class ilist_iterator<OptionsT, true, false>;
+  friend class ilist_iterator<OptionsT, true, true>;
+
+protected:
+  using self_iterator = ilist_iterator<OptionsT, false, false>;
+  using const_self_iterator = ilist_iterator<OptionsT, false, true>;
+  using reverse_self_iterator = ilist_iterator<OptionsT, true, false>;
+  using const_reverse_self_iterator = ilist_iterator<OptionsT, true, true>;
+
+  ilist_node_impl() = default;
+
+private:
+  ilist_node_impl *getPrev() {
+    return static_cast<ilist_node_impl *>(node_base_type::getPrev());
+  }
+
+  ilist_node_impl *getNext() {
+    return static_cast<ilist_node_impl *>(node_base_type::getNext());
+  }
+
+  const ilist_node_impl *getPrev() const {
+    return static_cast<ilist_node_impl *>(node_base_type::getPrev());
+  }
+
+  const ilist_node_impl *getNext() const {
+    return static_cast<ilist_node_impl *>(node_base_type::getNext());
+  }
+
+  void setPrev(ilist_node_impl *N) { node_base_type::setPrev(N); }
+  void setNext(ilist_node_impl *N) { node_base_type::setNext(N); }
+
+public:
+  self_iterator getIterator() { return self_iterator(*this); }
+  const_self_iterator getIterator() const { return const_self_iterator(*this); }
+
+  reverse_self_iterator getReverseIterator() {
+    return reverse_self_iterator(*this);
+  }
+
+  const_reverse_self_iterator getReverseIterator() const {
+    return const_reverse_self_iterator(*this);
+  }
+
+  // Under-approximation, but always available for assertions.
+  using node_base_type::isKnownSentinel;
+
+  /// Check whether this is the sentinel node.
+  ///
+  /// This requires sentinel tracking to be explicitly enabled.  Use the
+  /// ilist_sentinel_tracking<true> option to get this API.
+  bool isSentinel() const {
+    static_assert(OptionsT::is_sentinel_tracking_explicit,
+                  "Use ilist_sentinel_tracking<true> to enable isSentinel()");
+    return node_base_type::isSentinel();
+  }
+};
+
+/// An intrusive list node.
+///
+/// A base class to enable membership in intrusive lists, including \a
+/// simple_ilist, \a iplist, and \a ilist.  The first template parameter is the
+/// \a value_type for the list.
+///
+/// An ilist node can be configured with compile-time options to change
+/// behaviour and/or add API.
+///
+/// By default, an \a ilist_node knows whether it is the list sentinel (an
+/// instance of \a ilist_sentinel) if and only if
+/// LLVM_ENABLE_ABI_BREAKING_CHECKS.  The function \a isKnownSentinel() always
+/// returns \c false tracking is off.  Sentinel tracking steals a bit from the
+/// "prev" link, which adds a mask operation when decrementing an iterator, but
+/// enables bug-finding assertions in \a ilist_iterator.
+///
+/// To turn sentinel tracking on all the time, pass in the
+/// ilist_sentinel_tracking<true> template parameter.  This also enables the \a
+/// isSentinel() function.  The same option must be passed to the intrusive
+/// list.  (ilist_sentinel_tracking<false> turns sentinel tracking off all the
+/// time.)
+///
+/// A type can inherit from ilist_node multiple times by passing in different
+/// \a ilist_tag options.  This allows a single instance to be inserted into
+/// multiple lists simultaneously, where each list is given the same tag.
+///
+/// \example
+/// struct A {};
+/// struct B {};
+/// struct N : ilist_node<N, ilist_tag<A>>, ilist_node<N, ilist_tag<B>> {};
+///
+/// void foo() {
+///   simple_ilist<N, ilist_tag<A>> ListA;
+///   simple_ilist<N, ilist_tag<B>> ListB;
+///   N N1;
+///   ListA.push_back(N1);
+///   ListB.push_back(N1);
+/// }
+/// \endexample
+///
+/// See \a is_valid_option for steps on adding a new option.
+template <class T, class... Options>
+class ilist_node
+    : public ilist_node_impl<
+          typename ilist_detail::compute_node_options<T, Options...>::type> {
+  static_assert(ilist_detail::check_options<Options...>::value,
+                "Unrecognized node option!");
+};
+
+namespace ilist_detail {
+
+/// An access class for ilist_node private API.
+///
+/// This gives access to the private parts of ilist nodes.  Nodes for an ilist
+/// should friend this class if they inherit privately from ilist_node.
+///
+/// Using this class outside of the ilist implementation is unsupported.
+struct NodeAccess {
+protected:
+  template <class OptionsT>
+  static ilist_node_impl<OptionsT> *getNodePtr(typename OptionsT::pointer N) {
+    return N;
+  }
+
+  template <class OptionsT>
+  static const ilist_node_impl<OptionsT> *
+  getNodePtr(typename OptionsT::const_pointer N) {
+    return N;
+  }
+
+  template <class OptionsT>
+  static typename OptionsT::pointer getValuePtr(ilist_node_impl<OptionsT> *N) {
+    return static_cast<typename OptionsT::pointer>(N);
+  }
+
+  template <class OptionsT>
+  static typename OptionsT::const_pointer
+  getValuePtr(const ilist_node_impl<OptionsT> *N) {
+    return static_cast<typename OptionsT::const_pointer>(N);
+  }
+
+  template <class OptionsT>
+  static ilist_node_impl<OptionsT> *getPrev(ilist_node_impl<OptionsT> &N) {
+    return N.getPrev();
+  }
+
+  template <class OptionsT>
+  static ilist_node_impl<OptionsT> *getNext(ilist_node_impl<OptionsT> &N) {
+    return N.getNext();
+  }
+
+  template <class OptionsT>
+  static const ilist_node_impl<OptionsT> *
+  getPrev(const ilist_node_impl<OptionsT> &N) {
+    return N.getPrev();
+  }
+
+  template <class OptionsT>
+  static const ilist_node_impl<OptionsT> *
+  getNext(const ilist_node_impl<OptionsT> &N) {
+    return N.getNext();
+  }
+};
+
+template <class OptionsT> struct SpecificNodeAccess : NodeAccess {
+protected:
+  using pointer = typename OptionsT::pointer;
+  using const_pointer = typename OptionsT::const_pointer;
+  using node_type = ilist_node_impl<OptionsT>;
+
+  static node_type *getNodePtr(pointer N) {
+    return NodeAccess::getNodePtr<OptionsT>(N);
+  }
+
+  static const node_type *getNodePtr(const_pointer N) {
+    return NodeAccess::getNodePtr<OptionsT>(N);
+  }
+
+  static pointer getValuePtr(node_type *N) {
+    return NodeAccess::getValuePtr<OptionsT>(N);
+  }
+
+  static const_pointer getValuePtr(const node_type *N) {
+    return NodeAccess::getValuePtr<OptionsT>(N);
+  }
+};
+
+} // end namespace ilist_detail
+
+template <class OptionsT>
+class ilist_sentinel : public ilist_node_impl<OptionsT> {
+public:
+  ilist_sentinel() {
+    this->initializeSentinel();
+    reset();
+  }
+
+  void reset() {
+    this->setPrev(this);
+    this->setNext(this);
+  }
+
+  bool empty() const { return this == this->getPrev(); }
+};
+
+/// An ilist node that can access its parent list.
+///
+/// Requires \c NodeTy to have \a getParent() to find the parent node, and the
+/// \c ParentTy to have \a getSublistAccess() to get a reference to the list.
+template <typename NodeTy, typename ParentTy, class... Options>
+class ilist_node_with_parent : public ilist_node<NodeTy, Options...> {
+protected:
+  ilist_node_with_parent() = default;
+
+private:
+  /// Forward to NodeTy::getParent().
+  ///
+  /// Note: do not use the name "getParent()".  We want a compile error
+  /// (instead of recursion) when the subclass fails to implement \a
+  /// getParent().
+  const ParentTy *getNodeParent() const {
+    return static_cast<const NodeTy *>(this)->getParent();
+  }
+
+public:
+  /// @name Adjacent Node Accessors
+  /// @{
+  /// Get the previous node, or \c nullptr for the list head.
+  NodeTy *getPrevNode() {
+    // Should be separated to a reused function, but then we couldn't use auto
+    // (and would need the type of the list).
+    const auto &List =
+        getNodeParent()->*(ParentTy::getSublistAccess((NodeTy *)nullptr));
+    return List.getPrevNode(*static_cast<NodeTy *>(this));
+  }
+
+  /// Get the previous node, or \c nullptr for the list head.
+  const NodeTy *getPrevNode() const {
+    return const_cast<ilist_node_with_parent *>(this)->getPrevNode();
+  }
+
+  /// Get the next node, or \c nullptr for the list tail.
+  NodeTy *getNextNode() {
+    // Should be separated to a reused function, but then we couldn't use auto
+    // (and would need the type of the list).
+    const auto &List =
+        getNodeParent()->*(ParentTy::getSublistAccess((NodeTy *)nullptr));
+    return List.getNextNode(*static_cast<NodeTy *>(this));
+  }
+
+  /// Get the next node, or \c nullptr for the list tail.
+  const NodeTy *getNextNode() const {
+    return const_cast<ilist_node_with_parent *>(this)->getNextNode();
+  }
+  /// @}
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_ILIST_NODE_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ilist_node_base.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ilist_node_base.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..98e83aaf5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ilist_node_base.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/ilist_node_base.h - Intrusive List Node Base -----*- C++ -*-==//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_ILIST_NODE_BASE_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_ILIST_NODE_BASE_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// Base class for ilist nodes.
+///
+/// Optionally tracks whether this node is the sentinel.
+template <bool EnableSentinelTracking> class ilist_node_base;
+
+template <> class ilist_node_base<false> {
+  ilist_node_base *Prev = nullptr;
+  ilist_node_base *Next = nullptr;
+
+public:
+  void setPrev(ilist_node_base *Prev) { this->Prev = Prev; }
+  void setNext(ilist_node_base *Next) { this->Next = Next; }
+  ilist_node_base *getPrev() const { return Prev; }
+  ilist_node_base *getNext() const { return Next; }
+
+  bool isKnownSentinel() const { return false; }
+  void initializeSentinel() {}
+};
+
+template <> class ilist_node_base<true> {
+  PointerIntPair<ilist_node_base *, 1> PrevAndSentinel;
+  ilist_node_base *Next = nullptr;
+
+public:
+  void setPrev(ilist_node_base *Prev) { PrevAndSentinel.setPointer(Prev); }
+  void setNext(ilist_node_base *Next) { this->Next = Next; }
+  ilist_node_base *getPrev() const { return PrevAndSentinel.getPointer(); }
+  ilist_node_base *getNext() const { return Next; }
+
+  bool isSentinel() const { return PrevAndSentinel.getInt(); }
+  bool isKnownSentinel() const { return isSentinel(); }
+  void initializeSentinel() { PrevAndSentinel.setInt(true); }
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_ILIST_NODE_BASE_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ilist_node_options.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ilist_node_options.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..acd63b1d2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/ilist_node_options.h
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/ilist_node_options.h - ilist_node Options -------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_ILIST_NODE_OPTIONS_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_ILIST_NODE_OPTIONS_H
+
+#include "llvm/Config/abi-breaking.h"
+
+#include <type_traits>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+template <bool EnableSentinelTracking> class ilist_node_base;
+template <bool EnableSentinelTracking> class ilist_base;
+
+/// Option to choose whether to track sentinels.
+///
+/// This option affects the ABI for the nodes.  When not specified explicitly,
+/// the ABI depends on LLVM_ENABLE_ABI_BREAKING_CHECKS.  Specify explicitly to
+/// enable \a ilist_node::isSentinel().
+template <bool EnableSentinelTracking> struct ilist_sentinel_tracking {};
+
+/// Option to specify a tag for the node type.
+///
+/// This option allows a single value type to be inserted in multiple lists
+/// simultaneously.  See \a ilist_node for usage examples.
+template <class Tag> struct ilist_tag {};
+
+namespace ilist_detail {
+
+/// Helper trait for recording whether an option is specified explicitly.
+template <bool IsExplicit> struct explicitness {
+  static const bool is_explicit = IsExplicit;
+};
+typedef explicitness<true> is_explicit;
+typedef explicitness<false> is_implicit;
+
+/// Check whether an option is valid.
+///
+/// The steps for adding and enabling a new ilist option include:
+/// \li define the option, ilist_foo<Bar>, above;
+/// \li add new parameters for Bar to \a ilist_detail::node_options;
+/// \li add an extraction meta-function, ilist_detail::extract_foo;
+/// \li call extract_foo from \a ilist_detail::compute_node_options and pass it
+/// into \a ilist_detail::node_options; and
+/// \li specialize \c is_valid_option<ilist_foo<Bar>> to inherit from \c
+/// std::true_type to get static assertions passing in \a simple_ilist and \a
+/// ilist_node.
+template <class Option> struct is_valid_option : std::false_type {};
+
+/// Extract sentinel tracking option.
+///
+/// Look through \p Options for the \a ilist_sentinel_tracking option, with the
+/// default depending on LLVM_ENABLE_ABI_BREAKING_CHECKS.
+template <class... Options> struct extract_sentinel_tracking;
+template <bool EnableSentinelTracking, class... Options>
+struct extract_sentinel_tracking<
+    ilist_sentinel_tracking<EnableSentinelTracking>, Options...>
+    : std::integral_constant<bool, EnableSentinelTracking>, is_explicit {};
+template <class Option1, class... Options>
+struct extract_sentinel_tracking<Option1, Options...>
+    : extract_sentinel_tracking<Options...> {};
+#if LLVM_ENABLE_ABI_BREAKING_CHECKS
+template <> struct extract_sentinel_tracking<> : std::true_type, is_implicit {};
+#else
+template <>
+struct extract_sentinel_tracking<> : std::false_type, is_implicit {};
+#endif
+template <bool EnableSentinelTracking>
+struct is_valid_option<ilist_sentinel_tracking<EnableSentinelTracking>>
+    : std::true_type {};
+
+/// Extract custom tag option.
+///
+/// Look through \p Options for the \a ilist_tag option, pulling out the
+/// custom tag type, using void as a default.
+template <class... Options> struct extract_tag;
+template <class Tag, class... Options>
+struct extract_tag<ilist_tag<Tag>, Options...> {
+  typedef Tag type;
+};
+template <class Option1, class... Options>
+struct extract_tag<Option1, Options...> : extract_tag<Options...> {};
+template <> struct extract_tag<> { typedef void type; };
+template <class Tag> struct is_valid_option<ilist_tag<Tag>> : std::true_type {};
+
+/// Check whether options are valid.
+///
+/// The conjunction of \a is_valid_option on each individual option.
+template <class... Options> struct check_options;
+template <> struct check_options<> : std::true_type {};
+template <class Option1, class... Options>
+struct check_options<Option1, Options...>
+    : std::integral_constant<bool, is_valid_option<Option1>::value &&
+                                       check_options<Options...>::value> {};
+
+/// Traits for options for \a ilist_node.
+///
+/// This is usually computed via \a compute_node_options.
+template <class T, bool EnableSentinelTracking, bool IsSentinelTrackingExplicit,
+          class TagT>
+struct node_options {
+  typedef T value_type;
+  typedef T *pointer;
+  typedef T &reference;
+  typedef const T *const_pointer;
+  typedef const T &const_reference;
+
+  static const bool enable_sentinel_tracking = EnableSentinelTracking;
+  static const bool is_sentinel_tracking_explicit = IsSentinelTrackingExplicit;
+  typedef TagT tag;
+  typedef ilist_node_base<enable_sentinel_tracking> node_base_type;
+  typedef ilist_base<enable_sentinel_tracking> list_base_type;
+};
+
+template <class T, class... Options> struct compute_node_options {
+  typedef node_options<T, extract_sentinel_tracking<Options...>::value,
+                       extract_sentinel_tracking<Options...>::is_explicit,
+                       typename extract_tag<Options...>::type>
+      type;
+};
+
+} // end namespace ilist_detail
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_ILIST_NODE_OPTIONS_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/iterator.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/iterator.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..34992b6020
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/iterator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,389 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- iterator.h - Utilities for using and defining iterators --*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_ITERATOR_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_ITERATOR_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h"
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <iterator>
+#include <type_traits>
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// CRTP base class which implements the entire standard iterator facade
+/// in terms of a minimal subset of the interface.
+///
+/// Use this when it is reasonable to implement most of the iterator
+/// functionality in terms of a core subset. If you need special behavior or
+/// there are performance implications for this, you may want to override the
+/// relevant members instead.
+///
+/// Note, one abstraction that this does *not* provide is implementing
+/// subtraction in terms of addition by negating the difference. Negation isn't
+/// always information preserving, and I can see very reasonable iterator
+/// designs where this doesn't work well. It doesn't really force much added
+/// boilerplate anyways.
+///
+/// Another abstraction that this doesn't provide is implementing increment in
+/// terms of addition of one. These aren't equivalent for all iterator
+/// categories, and respecting that adds a lot of complexity for little gain.
+///
+/// Iterators are expected to have const rules analogous to pointers, with a
+/// single, const-qualified operator*() that returns ReferenceT. This matches
+/// the second and third pointers in the following example:
+/// \code
+///   int Value;
+///   { int *I = &Value; }             // ReferenceT 'int&'
+///   { int *const I = &Value; }       // ReferenceT 'int&'; const
+///   { const int *I = &Value; }       // ReferenceT 'const int&'
+///   { const int *const I = &Value; } // ReferenceT 'const int&'; const
+/// \endcode
+/// If an iterator facade returns a handle to its own state, then T (and
+/// PointerT and ReferenceT) should usually be const-qualified. Otherwise, if
+/// clients are expected to modify the handle itself, the field can be declared
+/// mutable or use const_cast.
+///
+/// Classes wishing to use `iterator_facade_base` should implement the following
+/// methods:
+///
+/// Forward Iterators:
+///   (All of the following methods)
+///   - DerivedT &operator=(const DerivedT &R);
+///   - bool operator==(const DerivedT &R) const;
+///   - T &operator*() const;
+///   - DerivedT &operator++();
+///
+/// Bidirectional Iterators:
+///   (All methods of forward iterators, plus the following)
+///   - DerivedT &operator--();
+///
+/// Random-access Iterators:
+///   (All methods of bidirectional iterators excluding the following)
+///   - DerivedT &operator++();
+///   - DerivedT &operator--();
+///   (and plus the following)
+///   - bool operator<(const DerivedT &RHS) const;
+///   - DifferenceTypeT operator-(const DerivedT &R) const;
+///   - DerivedT &operator+=(DifferenceTypeT N);
+///   - DerivedT &operator-=(DifferenceTypeT N);
+///
+template <typename DerivedT, typename IteratorCategoryT, typename T,
+          typename DifferenceTypeT = std::ptrdiff_t, typename PointerT = T *,
+          typename ReferenceT = T &>
+class iterator_facade_base {
+public:
+  using iterator_category = IteratorCategoryT;
+  using value_type = T;
+  using difference_type = DifferenceTypeT;
+  using pointer = PointerT;
+  using reference = ReferenceT;
+
+protected:
+  enum {
+    IsRandomAccess = std::is_base_of<std::random_access_iterator_tag,
+                                     IteratorCategoryT>::value,
+    IsBidirectional = std::is_base_of<std::bidirectional_iterator_tag,
+                                      IteratorCategoryT>::value,
+  };
+
+  /// A proxy object for computing a reference via indirecting a copy of an
+  /// iterator. This is used in APIs which need to produce a reference via
+  /// indirection but for which the iterator object might be a temporary. The
+  /// proxy preserves the iterator internally and exposes the indirected
+  /// reference via a conversion operator.
+  class ReferenceProxy {
+    friend iterator_facade_base;
+
+    DerivedT I;
+
+    ReferenceProxy(DerivedT I) : I(std::move(I)) {}
+
+  public:
+    operator ReferenceT() const { return *I; }
+  };
+
+  /// A proxy object for computing a pointer via indirecting a copy of a
+  /// reference. This is used in APIs which need to produce a pointer but for
+  /// which the reference might be a temporary. The proxy preserves the
+  /// reference internally and exposes the pointer via a arrow operator.
+  class PointerProxy {
+    friend iterator_facade_base;
+
+    ReferenceT R;
+
+    template <typename RefT>
+    PointerProxy(RefT &&R) : R(std::forward<RefT>(R)) {}
+
+  public:
+    PointerT operator->() const { return &R; }
+  };
+
+public:
+  DerivedT operator+(DifferenceTypeT n) const {
+    static_assert(std::is_base_of<iterator_facade_base, DerivedT>::value,
+                  "Must pass the derived type to this template!");
+    static_assert(
+        IsRandomAccess,
+        "The '+' operator is only defined for random access iterators.");
+    DerivedT tmp = *static_cast<const DerivedT *>(this);
+    tmp += n;
+    return tmp;
+  }
+  friend DerivedT operator+(DifferenceTypeT n, const DerivedT &i) {
+    static_assert(
+        IsRandomAccess,
+        "The '+' operator is only defined for random access iterators.");
+    return i + n;
+  }
+  DerivedT operator-(DifferenceTypeT n) const {
+    static_assert(
+        IsRandomAccess,
+        "The '-' operator is only defined for random access iterators.");
+    DerivedT tmp = *static_cast<const DerivedT *>(this);
+    tmp -= n;
+    return tmp;
+  }
+
+  DerivedT &operator++() {
+    static_assert(std::is_base_of<iterator_facade_base, DerivedT>::value,
+                  "Must pass the derived type to this template!");
+    return static_cast<DerivedT *>(this)->operator+=(1);
+  }
+  DerivedT operator++(int) {
+    DerivedT tmp = *static_cast<DerivedT *>(this);
+    ++*static_cast<DerivedT *>(this);
+    return tmp;
+  }
+  DerivedT &operator--() {
+    static_assert(
+        IsBidirectional,
+        "The decrement operator is only defined for bidirectional iterators.");
+    return static_cast<DerivedT *>(this)->operator-=(1);
+  }
+  DerivedT operator--(int) {
+    static_assert(
+        IsBidirectional,
+        "The decrement operator is only defined for bidirectional iterators.");
+    DerivedT tmp = *static_cast<DerivedT *>(this);
+    --*static_cast<DerivedT *>(this);
+    return tmp;
+  }
+
+#ifndef __cpp_impl_three_way_comparison
+  bool operator!=(const DerivedT &RHS) const {
+    return !(static_cast<const DerivedT &>(*this) == RHS);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  bool operator>(const DerivedT &RHS) const {
+    static_assert(
+        IsRandomAccess,
+        "Relational operators are only defined for random access iterators.");
+    return !(static_cast<const DerivedT &>(*this) < RHS) &&
+           !(static_cast<const DerivedT &>(*this) == RHS);
+  }
+  bool operator<=(const DerivedT &RHS) const {
+    static_assert(
+        IsRandomAccess,
+        "Relational operators are only defined for random access iterators.");
+    return !(static_cast<const DerivedT &>(*this) > RHS);
+  }
+  bool operator>=(const DerivedT &RHS) const {
+    static_assert(
+        IsRandomAccess,
+        "Relational operators are only defined for random access iterators.");
+    return !(static_cast<const DerivedT &>(*this) < RHS);
+  }
+
+  PointerProxy operator->() const {
+    return static_cast<const DerivedT *>(this)->operator*();
+  }
+  ReferenceProxy operator[](DifferenceTypeT n) const {
+    static_assert(IsRandomAccess,
+                  "Subscripting is only defined for random access iterators.");
+    return static_cast<const DerivedT *>(this)->operator+(n);
+  }
+};
+
+/// CRTP base class for adapting an iterator to a different type.
+///
+/// This class can be used through CRTP to adapt one iterator into another.
+/// Typically this is done through providing in the derived class a custom \c
+/// operator* implementation. Other methods can be overridden as well.
+template <
+    typename DerivedT, typename WrappedIteratorT,
+    typename IteratorCategoryT =
+        typename std::iterator_traits<WrappedIteratorT>::iterator_category,
+    typename T = typename std::iterator_traits<WrappedIteratorT>::value_type,
+    typename DifferenceTypeT =
+        typename std::iterator_traits<WrappedIteratorT>::difference_type,
+    typename PointerT = std::conditional_t<
+        std::is_same<T, typename std::iterator_traits<
+                            WrappedIteratorT>::value_type>::value,
+        typename std::iterator_traits<WrappedIteratorT>::pointer, T *>,
+    typename ReferenceT = std::conditional_t<
+        std::is_same<T, typename std::iterator_traits<
+                            WrappedIteratorT>::value_type>::value,
+        typename std::iterator_traits<WrappedIteratorT>::reference, T &>>
+class iterator_adaptor_base
+    : public iterator_facade_base<DerivedT, IteratorCategoryT, T,
+                                  DifferenceTypeT, PointerT, ReferenceT> {
+  using BaseT = typename iterator_adaptor_base::iterator_facade_base;
+
+protected:
+  WrappedIteratorT I;
+
+  iterator_adaptor_base() = default;
+
+  explicit iterator_adaptor_base(WrappedIteratorT u) : I(std::move(u)) {
+    static_assert(std::is_base_of<iterator_adaptor_base, DerivedT>::value,
+                  "Must pass the derived type to this template!");
+  }
+
+  const WrappedIteratorT &wrapped() const { return I; }
+
+public:
+  using difference_type = DifferenceTypeT;
+
+  DerivedT &operator+=(difference_type n) {
+    static_assert(
+        BaseT::IsRandomAccess,
+        "The '+=' operator is only defined for random access iterators.");
+    I += n;
+    return *static_cast<DerivedT *>(this);
+  }
+  DerivedT &operator-=(difference_type n) {
+    static_assert(
+        BaseT::IsRandomAccess,
+        "The '-=' operator is only defined for random access iterators.");
+    I -= n;
+    return *static_cast<DerivedT *>(this);
+  }
+  using BaseT::operator-;
+  difference_type operator-(const DerivedT &RHS) const {
+    static_assert(
+        BaseT::IsRandomAccess,
+        "The '-' operator is only defined for random access iterators.");
+    return I - RHS.I;
+  }
+
+  // We have to explicitly provide ++ and -- rather than letting the facade
+  // forward to += because WrappedIteratorT might not support +=.
+  using BaseT::operator++;
+  DerivedT &operator++() {
+    ++I;
+    return *static_cast<DerivedT *>(this);
+  }
+  using BaseT::operator--;
+  DerivedT &operator--() {
+    static_assert(
+        BaseT::IsBidirectional,
+        "The decrement operator is only defined for bidirectional iterators.");
+    --I;
+    return *static_cast<DerivedT *>(this);
+  }
+
+  friend bool operator==(const iterator_adaptor_base &LHS,
+                         const iterator_adaptor_base &RHS) {
+    return LHS.I == RHS.I;
+  }
+  friend bool operator<(const iterator_adaptor_base &LHS,
+                        const iterator_adaptor_base &RHS) {
+    static_assert(
+        BaseT::IsRandomAccess,
+        "Relational operators are only defined for random access iterators.");
+    return LHS.I < RHS.I;
+  }
+
+  ReferenceT operator*() const { return *I; }
+};
+
+/// An iterator type that allows iterating over the pointees via some
+/// other iterator.
+///
+/// The typical usage of this is to expose a type that iterates over Ts, but
+/// which is implemented with some iterator over T*s:
+///
+/// \code
+///   using iterator = pointee_iterator<SmallVectorImpl<T *>::iterator>;
+/// \endcode
+template <typename WrappedIteratorT,
+          typename T = std::remove_reference_t<decltype(
+              **std::declval<WrappedIteratorT>())>>
+struct pointee_iterator
+    : iterator_adaptor_base<
+          pointee_iterator<WrappedIteratorT, T>, WrappedIteratorT,
+          typename std::iterator_traits<WrappedIteratorT>::iterator_category,
+          T> {
+  pointee_iterator() = default;
+  template <typename U>
+  pointee_iterator(U &&u)
+      : pointee_iterator::iterator_adaptor_base(std::forward<U &&>(u)) {}
+
+  T &operator*() const { return **this->I; }
+};
+
+template <typename RangeT, typename WrappedIteratorT =
+                               decltype(std::begin(std::declval<RangeT>()))>
+iterator_range<pointee_iterator<WrappedIteratorT>>
+make_pointee_range(RangeT &&Range) {
+  using PointeeIteratorT = pointee_iterator<WrappedIteratorT>;
+  return make_range(PointeeIteratorT(std::begin(std::forward<RangeT>(Range))),
+                    PointeeIteratorT(std::end(std::forward<RangeT>(Range))));
+}
+
+template <typename WrappedIteratorT,
+          typename T = decltype(&*std::declval<WrappedIteratorT>())>
+class pointer_iterator
+    : public iterator_adaptor_base<
+          pointer_iterator<WrappedIteratorT, T>, WrappedIteratorT,
+          typename std::iterator_traits<WrappedIteratorT>::iterator_category,
+          T> {
+  mutable T Ptr;
+
+public:
+  pointer_iterator() = default;
+
+  explicit pointer_iterator(WrappedIteratorT u)
+      : pointer_iterator::iterator_adaptor_base(std::move(u)) {}
+
+  T &operator*() const { return Ptr = &*this->I; }
+};
+
+template <typename RangeT, typename WrappedIteratorT =
+                               decltype(std::begin(std::declval<RangeT>()))>
+iterator_range<pointer_iterator<WrappedIteratorT>>
+make_pointer_range(RangeT &&Range) {
+  using PointerIteratorT = pointer_iterator<WrappedIteratorT>;
+  return make_range(PointerIteratorT(std::begin(std::forward<RangeT>(Range))),
+                    PointerIteratorT(std::end(std::forward<RangeT>(Range))));
+}
+
+template <typename WrappedIteratorT,
+          typename T1 = std::remove_reference_t<decltype(
+              **std::declval<WrappedIteratorT>())>,
+          typename T2 = std::add_pointer_t<T1>>
+using raw_pointer_iterator =
+    pointer_iterator<pointee_iterator<WrappedIteratorT, T1>, T2>;
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_ITERATOR_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c5e2ef6366
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- iterator_range.h - A range adaptor for iterators ---------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// \file
+/// This provides a very simple, boring adaptor for a begin and end iterator
+/// into a range type. This should be used to build range views that work well
+/// with range based for loops and range based constructors.
+///
+/// Note that code here follows more standards-based coding conventions as it
+/// is mirroring proposed interfaces for standardization.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_ITERATOR_RANGE_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_ITERATOR_RANGE_H
+
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// A range adaptor for a pair of iterators.
+///
+/// This just wraps two iterators into a range-compatible interface. Nothing
+/// fancy at all.
+template <typename IteratorT>
+class iterator_range {
+  IteratorT begin_iterator, end_iterator;
+
+public:
+  //TODO: Add SFINAE to test that the Container's iterators match the range's
+  //      iterators.
+  template <typename Container>
+  iterator_range(Container &&c)
+  //TODO: Consider ADL/non-member begin/end calls.
+      : begin_iterator(c.begin()), end_iterator(c.end()) {}
+  iterator_range(IteratorT begin_iterator, IteratorT end_iterator)
+      : begin_iterator(std::move(begin_iterator)),
+        end_iterator(std::move(end_iterator)) {}
+
+  IteratorT begin() const { return begin_iterator; }
+  IteratorT end() const { return end_iterator; }
+  bool empty() const { return begin_iterator == end_iterator; }
+};
+
+/// Convenience function for iterating over sub-ranges.
+///
+/// This provides a bit of syntactic sugar to make using sub-ranges
+/// in for loops a bit easier. Analogous to std::make_pair().
+template <class T> iterator_range<T> make_range(T x, T y) {
+  return iterator_range<T>(std::move(x), std::move(y));
+}
+
+template <typename T> iterator_range<T> make_range(std::pair<T, T> p) {
+  return iterator_range<T>(std::move(p.first), std::move(p.second));
+}
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/simple_ilist.h b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/simple_ilist.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..619f3f466b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/libs/llvm14/include/llvm/ADT/simple_ilist.h
@@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
+#endif
+
+//===- llvm/ADT/simple_ilist.h - Simple Intrusive List ----------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_ADT_SIMPLE_ILIST_H
+#define LLVM_ADT_SIMPLE_ILIST_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/ilist_base.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ilist_iterator.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ilist_node.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ilist_node_options.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <functional>
+#include <iterator>
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+/// A simple intrusive list implementation.
+///
+/// This is a simple intrusive list for a \c T that inherits from \c
+/// ilist_node<T>.  The list never takes ownership of anything inserted in it.
+///
+/// Unlike \a iplist<T> and \a ilist<T>, \a simple_ilist<T> never deletes
+/// values, and has no callback traits.
+///
+/// The API for adding nodes include \a push_front(), \a push_back(), and \a
+/// insert().  These all take values by reference (not by pointer), except for
+/// the range version of \a insert().
+///
+/// There are three sets of API for discarding nodes from the list: \a
+/// remove(), which takes a reference to the node to remove, \a erase(), which
+/// takes an iterator or iterator range and returns the next one, and \a
+/// clear(), which empties out the container.  All three are constant time
+/// operations.  None of these deletes any nodes; in particular, if there is a
+/// single node in the list, then these have identical semantics:
+/// \li \c L.remove(L.front());
+/// \li \c L.erase(L.begin());
+/// \li \c L.clear();
+///
+/// As a convenience for callers, there are parallel APIs that take a \c
+/// Disposer (such as \c std::default_delete<T>): \a removeAndDispose(), \a
+/// eraseAndDispose(), and \a clearAndDispose().  These have different names
+/// because the extra semantic is otherwise non-obvious.  They are equivalent
+/// to calling \a std::for_each() on the range to be discarded.
+///
+/// The currently available \p Options customize the nodes in the list.  The
+/// same options must be specified in the \a ilist_node instantiation for
+/// compatibility (although the order is irrelevant).
+/// \li Use \a ilist_tag to designate which ilist_node for a given \p T this
+/// list should use.  This is useful if a type \p T is part of multiple,
+/// independent lists simultaneously.
+/// \li Use \a ilist_sentinel_tracking to always (or never) track whether a
+/// node is a sentinel.  Specifying \c true enables the \a
+/// ilist_node::isSentinel() API.  Unlike \a ilist_node::isKnownSentinel(),
+/// which is only appropriate for assertions, \a ilist_node::isSentinel() is
+/// appropriate for real logic.
+///
+/// Here are examples of \p Options usage:
+/// \li \c simple_ilist<T> gives the defaults.  \li \c
+/// simple_ilist<T,ilist_sentinel_tracking<true>> enables the \a
+/// ilist_node::isSentinel() API.
+/// \li \c simple_ilist<T,ilist_tag<A>,ilist_sentinel_tracking<false>>
+/// specifies a tag of A and that tracking should be off (even when
+/// LLVM_ENABLE_ABI_BREAKING_CHECKS are enabled).
+/// \li \c simple_ilist<T,ilist_sentinel_tracking<false>,ilist_tag<A>> is
+/// equivalent to the last.
+///
+/// See \a is_valid_option for steps on adding a new option.
+template <typename T, class... Options>
+class simple_ilist
+    : ilist_detail::compute_node_options<T, Options...>::type::list_base_type,
+      ilist_detail::SpecificNodeAccess<
+          typename ilist_detail::compute_node_options<T, Options...>::type> {
+  static_assert(ilist_detail::check_options<Options...>::value,
+                "Unrecognized node option!");
+  using OptionsT =
+      typename ilist_detail::compute_node_options<T, Options...>::type;
+  using list_base_type = typename OptionsT::list_base_type;
+  ilist_sentinel<OptionsT> Sentinel;
+
+public:
+  using value_type = typename OptionsT::value_type;
+  using pointer = typename OptionsT::pointer;
+  using reference = typename OptionsT::reference;
+  using const_pointer = typename OptionsT::const_pointer;
+  using const_reference = typename OptionsT::const_reference;
+  using iterator = ilist_iterator<OptionsT, false, false>;
+  using const_iterator = ilist_iterator<OptionsT, false, true>;
+  using reverse_iterator = ilist_iterator<OptionsT, true, false>;
+  using const_reverse_iterator = ilist_iterator<OptionsT, true, true>;
+  using size_type = size_t;
+  using difference_type = ptrdiff_t;
+
+  simple_ilist() = default;
+  ~simple_ilist() = default;
+
+  // No copy constructors.
+  simple_ilist(const simple_ilist &) = delete;
+  simple_ilist &operator=(const simple_ilist &) = delete;
+
+  // Move constructors.
+  simple_ilist(simple_ilist &&X) { splice(end(), X); }
+  simple_ilist &operator=(simple_ilist &&X) {
+    clear();
+    splice(end(), X);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  iterator begin() { return ++iterator(Sentinel); }
+  const_iterator begin() const { return ++const_iterator(Sentinel); }
+  iterator end() { return iterator(Sentinel); }
+  const_iterator end() const { return const_iterator(Sentinel); }
+  reverse_iterator rbegin() { return ++reverse_iterator(Sentinel); }
+  const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const {
+    return ++const_reverse_iterator(Sentinel);
+  }
+  reverse_iterator rend() { return reverse_iterator(Sentinel); }
+  const_reverse_iterator rend() const {
+    return const_reverse_iterator(Sentinel);
+  }
+
+  /// Check if the list is empty in constant time.
+  LLVM_NODISCARD bool empty() const { return Sentinel.empty(); }
+
+  /// Calculate the size of the list in linear time.
+  LLVM_NODISCARD size_type size() const {
+    return std::distance(begin(), end());
+  }
+
+  reference front() { return *begin(); }
+  const_reference front() const { return *begin(); }
+  reference back() { return *rbegin(); }
+  const_reference back() const { return *rbegin(); }
+
+  /// Insert a node at the front; never copies.
+  void push_front(reference Node) { insert(begin(), Node); }
+
+  /// Insert a node at the back; never copies.
+  void push_back(reference Node) { insert(end(), Node); }
+
+  /// Remove the node at the front; never deletes.
+  void pop_front() { erase(begin()); }
+
+  /// Remove the node at the back; never deletes.
+  void pop_back() { erase(--end()); }
+
+  /// Swap with another list in place using std::swap.
+  void swap(simple_ilist &X) { std::swap(*this, X); }
+
+  /// Insert a node by reference; never copies.
+  iterator insert(iterator I, reference Node) {
+    list_base_type::insertBefore(*I.getNodePtr(), *this->getNodePtr(&Node));
+    return iterator(&Node);
+  }
+
+  /// Insert a range of nodes; never copies.
+  template <class Iterator>
+  void insert(iterator I, Iterator First, Iterator Last) {
+    for (; First != Last; ++First)
+      insert(I, *First);
+  }
+
+  /// Clone another list.
+  template <class Cloner, class Disposer>
+  void cloneFrom(const simple_ilist &L2, Cloner clone, Disposer dispose) {
+    clearAndDispose(dispose);
+    for (const_reference V : L2)
+      push_back(*clone(V));
+  }
+
+  /// Remove a node by reference; never deletes.
+  ///
+  /// \see \a erase() for removing by iterator.
+  /// \see \a removeAndDispose() if the node should be deleted.
+  void remove(reference N) { list_base_type::remove(*this->getNodePtr(&N)); }
+
+  /// Remove a node by reference and dispose of it.
+  template <class Disposer>
+  void removeAndDispose(reference N, Disposer dispose) {
+    remove(N);
+    dispose(&N);
+  }
+
+  /// Remove a node by iterator; never deletes.
+  ///
+  /// \see \a remove() for removing by reference.
+  /// \see \a eraseAndDispose() it the node should be deleted.
+  iterator erase(iterator I) {
+    assert(I != end() && "Cannot remove end of list!");
+    remove(*I++);
+    return I;
+  }
+
+  /// Remove a range of nodes; never deletes.
+  ///
+  /// \see \a eraseAndDispose() if the nodes should be deleted.
+  iterator erase(iterator First, iterator Last) {
+    list_base_type::removeRange(*First.getNodePtr(), *Last.getNodePtr());
+    return Last;
+  }
+
+  /// Remove a node by iterator and dispose of it.
+  template <class Disposer>
+  iterator eraseAndDispose(iterator I, Disposer dispose) {
+    auto Next = std::next(I);
+    erase(I);
+    dispose(&*I);
+    return Next;
+  }
+
+  /// Remove a range of nodes and dispose of them.
+  template <class Disposer>
+  iterator eraseAndDispose(iterator First, iterator Last, Disposer dispose) {
+    while (First != Last)
+      First = eraseAndDispose(First, dispose);
+    return Last;
+  }
+
+  /// Clear the list; never deletes.
+  ///
+  /// \see \a clearAndDispose() if the nodes should be deleted.
+  void clear() { Sentinel.reset(); }
+
+  /// Clear the list and dispose of the nodes.
+  template <class Disposer> void clearAndDispose(Disposer dispose) {
+    eraseAndDispose(begin(), end(), dispose);
+  }
+
+  /// Splice in another list.
+  void splice(iterator I, simple_ilist &L2) {
+    splice(I, L2, L2.begin(), L2.end());
+  }
+
+  /// Splice in a node from another list.
+  void splice(iterator I, simple_ilist &L2, iterator Node) {
+    splice(I, L2, Node, std::next(Node));
+  }
+
+  /// Splice in a range of nodes from another list.
+  void splice(iterator I, simple_ilist &, iterator First, iterator Last) {
+    list_base_type::transferBefore(*I.getNodePtr(), *First.getNodePtr(),
+                                   *Last.getNodePtr());
+  }
+
+  /// Merge in another list.
+  ///
+  /// \pre \c this and \p RHS are sorted.
+  ///@{
+  void merge(simple_ilist &RHS) { merge(RHS, std::less<T>()); }
+  template <class Compare> void merge(simple_ilist &RHS, Compare comp);
+  ///@}
+
+  /// Sort the list.
+  ///@{
+  void sort() { sort(std::less<T>()); }
+  template <class Compare> void sort(Compare comp);
+  ///@}
+};
+
+template <class T, class... Options>
+template <class Compare>
+void simple_ilist<T, Options...>::merge(simple_ilist &RHS, Compare comp) {
+  if (this == &RHS || RHS.empty())
+    return;
+  iterator LI = begin(), LE = end();
+  iterator RI = RHS.begin(), RE = RHS.end();
+  while (LI != LE) {
+    if (comp(*RI, *LI)) {
+      // Transfer a run of at least size 1 from RHS to LHS.
+      iterator RunStart = RI++;
+      RI = std::find_if(RI, RE, [&](reference RV) { return !comp(RV, *LI); });
+      splice(LI, RHS, RunStart, RI);
+      if (RI == RE)
+        return;
+    }
+    ++LI;
+  }
+  // Transfer the remaining RHS nodes once LHS is finished.
+  splice(LE, RHS, RI, RE);
+}
+
+template <class T, class... Options>
+template <class Compare>
+void simple_ilist<T, Options...>::sort(Compare comp) {
+  // Vacuously sorted.
+  if (empty() || std::next(begin()) == end())
+    return;
+
+  // Split the list in the middle.
+  iterator Center = begin(), End = begin();
+  while (End != end() && ++End != end()) {
+    ++Center;
+    ++End;
+  }
+  simple_ilist RHS;
+  RHS.splice(RHS.end(), *this, Center, end());
+
+  // Sort the sublists and merge back together.
+  sort(comp);
+  RHS.sort(comp);
+  merge(RHS, comp);
+}
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_ADT_SIMPLE_ILIST_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif